WO2016152881A1 - Buttocks wiping device - Google Patents

Buttocks wiping device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016152881A1
WO2016152881A1 PCT/JP2016/059058 JP2016059058W WO2016152881A1 WO 2016152881 A1 WO2016152881 A1 WO 2016152881A1 JP 2016059058 W JP2016059058 W JP 2016059058W WO 2016152881 A1 WO2016152881 A1 WO 2016152881A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wiping
paper
arm
wiping arm
buttock
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/059058
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
岡田　昭二
Original Assignee
有限会社ファイブ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2015176082A external-priority patent/JP2017006616A/en
Application filed by 有限会社ファイブ filed Critical 有限会社ファイブ
Priority to CN201680015768.3A priority Critical patent/CN107427167A/en
Priority to US15/559,621 priority patent/US10357133B2/en
Publication of WO2016152881A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016152881A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47K—SANITARY EQUIPMENT NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; TOILET ACCESSORIES
    • A47K7/00—Body washing or cleaning implements
    • A47K7/08—Devices or hand implements for cleaning the buttocks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an apparatus for wiping the buttocks with paper.
  • the buttock wiping device described in Patent Document 1 is a device that provides a clearance between a toilet bowl and a toilet seat using a toilet seat lifting device and wipes the buttock with a wiping arm using a plurality of servo motors.
  • the wiping arm of Patent Literature 1 wipes the collar portion with the roll paper sandwiched between the sandwiching members (FIG. 8 of Patent Literature 1 and the like).
  • Patent Document 2 discloses an embodiment (such as FIG. 7 of Patent Document 2) that wipes the collar portion with a special member sandwiched between clip members, and an embodiment that wipes the collar portion by inserting the dedicated paper into the U-shaped cutout portion (Patent Document 2). 18 and the like of Document 2).
  • Patent Document 6 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 15 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the collar portion with the paper at the tip portion.
  • Patent Document 7 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 8, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with paper at the tip.
  • Patent Document 8 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 5, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with paper at the tip.
  • Patent Document 9 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 2 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the collar portion with the paper at the tip portion.
  • Patent Document 10 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 1 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with the paper at the tip.
  • Patent Document 11 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 1 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with paper at the tip.
  • Patent Document 12 discloses an apparatus for wiping the buttock with toilet paper wound around a roller.
  • Patent Document 13 discloses an apparatus for wiping the buttock with toilet paper sandwiched between wiping plates.
  • Patent Document 14 discloses a device for wiping the buttock with a clip pad (c) sandwiching paper.
  • Patent Document 15 discloses an apparatus for wiping the buttocks with the paper grip (11) of the artificial hand (10) sandwiched.
  • the buttock wiping device described in Patent Document 1 needs to wipe the roll paper between the arms, and its structure is complicated. Moreover, since the wiping arm was driven by a plurality of servo motors, the cost was increased in that respect. Furthermore, the use of a toilet seat lifting / lowering device is also necessary, leading to further cost increase. Further, the driving of the wiping arm by the servo motor is an invention that is difficult to put into practical use because the handling of maintenance becomes too specialized.
  • the buttocks wiping device described in Patent Document 2 is trying to coexist with the hot water cleaning device, but requires driving of the hot water cleaning device itself, and is a device that needs further research for practical use.
  • the wiping may be insufficient only by attaching the dedicated paper using the clip member described in FIG.
  • FIG. 18 and the like it is necessary to separately prepare a special paper that can be inserted into the U-shaped cut-out portion, and wiping off only by inserting the special paper into the cut-out portion as in Patent Document 2. May be insufficient. That is, when attaching to a clip member or inserting special paper into a U-shaped cutout, the contact portion with the collar is only flat, and wiping may not be performed sufficiently. .
  • the device of Patent Document 2 is not only a structural problem of coexistence with the hot water cleaning device, but also the device whose invention has not been improved until wiping is sufficiently performed, and requires further research. It was. For this reason, it has not been put to practical use.
  • Patent Documents 9 to 11 are the same as the devices described in Patent Documents 3 to 8, and the invention is not a drastically developed invention. Even in the apparatuses described in Patent Documents 9 to 12, the structure of the wiping arm driving unit is complicated and expensive, and the structure for wiping the paper to be gripped by the arm uses a wire. Therefore, it has a problem that it is prone to failure and is difficult to maintain.
  • Patent Document 12 The device described in Patent Document 12 is not only complicated in structure, but also has a problem in the fundamental point of coexistence with a toilet because it is wiped off by a roller from the back, and still needs to be researched. .
  • Patent Document 13 has the same problem as Patent Document 12.
  • Patent Document 14 in the first place, paper cannot be conveniently dropped one by one on the clip pad (c), and it must be said that the invention is incomplete. In addition, it is necessary to make a hole in the toilet, which is not realistic.
  • Patent Document 15 is only disclosed at the idea level. Since there is a toilet under the toilet seat and it is considered that the artificial hand is exposed from the rear side of the toilet, it is necessary to make a hole in the toilet of the device of Patent Document 15. It is completely unknown how to coexist with the toilet bowl, and it must be said that the invention is incomplete. Further, the structure of the paper grip (11) is unclear, and it is uncertain whether the paper will be gripped as desired. Naturally, it is far from practical use.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, a wiping arm having a pressing part for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation With.
  • the wiping arm driving unit moves the wiping arm in a state where the wiping material is placed on the pressing unit without attaching or inserting the wiping material to the pressing unit, and the pressing unit has a curved surface shape.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a device for wiping the collar by sandwiching the special paper with a clip member or inserting the special paper into a U-shaped cutout, but the wiping portion is flat. Can not be wiped off sufficiently.
  • the wiping arm driving unit moves the wiping arm in a state where the wiping material is placed on the pressing unit without attaching or inserting the wiping material to the pressing unit.
  • the pressing portion is formed in a curved shape that follows the shape of the buttocks, compared to the device described in Patent Document 2, it can be brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus and the buttock can be sufficiently wiped off. It is. As a result, it is possible to provide a buttocks wiping device having a simplified structure, cost reduction, hygiene, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
  • the pressing portion has such a shape that the wiping material does not fall or the wiping material does not fall when moving while the wiping material is placed. Or better.
  • the present invention is also a heel wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, a wiping arm having a pressing part for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, and a wiping arm for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation
  • a drive unit and a paper feed unit for exposing the wiping material are provided below the collar unit.
  • the wiping arm driving unit drives the wiping arm so that the pressing unit pushes up the wiping material from below the wiping material from which the paper feeding unit is exposed.
  • the wiping material can be reliably placed under the buttock.
  • the wiping material may fall from the pressing portion when the wiping arm is moved due to an unexpected situation.
  • the wiping material has to be moved while being placed on the pressing portion, for example, it is necessary to provide a clearance corresponding to the wiping material between the elevation portion and the pressing portion. There is a possibility that it may hang down from the pressing part, or it may jump up and down, and the clearance must be sufficient.
  • the elevated portion may be wet with dirty water, and may become unsanitary due to dirty water adhering to the wiping material.
  • the wiping arm is moved only by placing the wiping material on the pressing part, the purpose of the present invention can be achieved, but the possibility of the wiping material falling or contamination during movement is completely eliminated. It contains the problem that cannot be denied. Therefore, in the present invention, the idea of moving the wiping material separately from the wiping arm is changed, and the wiping material is surely arranged under the buttock so that the pressing portion pushes up the wiping material from below. I decided to wipe the buttocks. Thereby, reliable wiping is possible without gripping the wiping material.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper placement guide for placing the wiping material, and the paper placement guide is exposed in a state where the wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide. Exposed underneath.
  • the wiper can be reliably exposed under the buttock by the paper loading guide.
  • the paper feeding unit returns the paper loading guide to the storage position.
  • the paper feed unit moves the paper loading guide by a rack and pinion mechanism.
  • the rack and pinion mechanism can easily and reliably expose the paper loading guide.
  • the paper feed unit includes a first movement mechanism that moves the paper loading guide and a second movement mechanism that moves the first movement mechanism itself.
  • the stroke may not be sufficient if the paper loading guide is simply moved by the first moving mechanism. Therefore, if the first moving mechanism itself is moved by the second moving mechanism, the area protruding to the side of the toilet seat can be reduced and the stroke of the paper loading guide can be secured. Thereby, it contributes to size reduction of a buttock wiping apparatus.
  • the first movement mechanism moves the paper loading guide by the rack and pinion mechanism
  • the second movement mechanism moves the first movement mechanism by the rack and pinion mechanism
  • first and second mechanisms are rack and pinion mechanisms, the stroke can be secured with a simple and reliable mechanism.
  • the first moving mechanism includes a motor that moves the paper loading guide, and the second moving mechanism moves the first moving mechanism in conjunction with the rotational movement of the motor.
  • the paper feeding unit moves the paper loading guide by the rotation of the screw shaft.
  • the rotation of the screw shaft allows the paper loading guide to be moved linearly, and the paper loading guide can be reliably exposed under the collar.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller that feeds the wiping material to the paper loading guide.
  • the paper loading guide can be arranged, for example, under the toilet seat, the stroke of the paper loading guide can be reduced, and the buttock wiping device Leads to downsizing.
  • the buttock wiping device further includes an automatic paper feeding unit for setting a wiping material on the paper feeding unit.
  • the automatic paper feeding unit cuts a long wiping material at a predetermined length, and sets the cut wiping material on the paper feeding unit.
  • the long wiping material is folded and stored in a paper stocker, and the automatic paper feeder cuts the long wiping material stored in the paper stocker at a predetermined length, Set the cut wipes on the paper feeder.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper supply sensor for detecting whether or not a wiping material is set.
  • the paper supply sensor can prevent a malfunction in which the paper loading guide moves even though the wiping material is not set.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller for sending out the wiping material and a paper feed sensor for detecting whether or not the wiping material is sent out from the paper feed roller.
  • the paper delivery sensor can prevent a malfunction in which the paper loading guide moves even though no wiping material is set.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper supply sensor for detecting whether or not a wiping material is set, and a predetermined time elapses after the paper supply sensor detects that the wiping material is set. If it is not detected by the paper delivery sensor that the wiping material has been delivered, it is determined that an error has occurred.
  • the feeding of the wiping material is not detected even after a predetermined time has passed, there is a possibility that the wiping material is clogged up somewhere. Therefore, if such a diagnostic function is provided, the user can be notified of the error and prompted to be resolved.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper placement guide sensor that detects whether or not a wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide.
  • the paper loading guide sensor can prevent a malfunction in which the paper loading guide is exposed even though the wiping material is not placed.
  • the paper placement guide when it is detected by the paper placement guide sensor that no wiping material is placed, the paper placement guide is returned to the storage position.
  • the wiping material may come off the paper loading guide during exposure. If the wiping material is removed, if the wiping material is wiped off as it is, the pressing portion of the wiping arm directly comes into contact with the collar portion. Thus, when it is detected by the paper placement guide sensor that the wiping material is not placed, such a situation can be avoided by returning the paper placement guide to the storage position.
  • the paper loading guide has a shape that allows the pressing portion to pass from the bottom to the top.
  • Such a shape makes it possible for the pressing portion to lift the wiping material from the paper loading guide and bring it into contact with the buttocks.
  • the paper feed unit and the wiping arm drive unit are on the same side of the left or right side of the toilet seat, or are in a position opposite to the left and right.
  • the positional relationship between the paper feeding unit and the wiping arm driving unit is not particularly limited.
  • the positional relationship may be designed according to the shape of the toilet seat or hot water washing device.
  • a plane having an opening provided to accommodate the paper feed unit is a planar shape.
  • the shape of the opening / closing part can be simplified, which contributes to the cost reduction of the buttock wiping device.
  • the paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller for feeding the wiping material into the paper placement guide, and a motor for exposing the paper placement guide and a motor for rotating the paper feed roller are shared. Yes.
  • the paper feed unit exposes the paper loading guide by angular motion.
  • the exposure method of the paper loading guide there is exposure by angular motion in addition to linear motion, and an appropriate exposure method can be selected as appropriate.
  • an appropriate exposure method can be selected as appropriate.
  • the portion protruding to the side of the toilet is made small, which can contribute to the miniaturization of the buttock wiping device.
  • the paper feed unit includes a mechanism for causing the paper loading guide to move angularly about one axis and a mechanism for moving the paper guide up and down.
  • the height of the paper loading guide can be adjusted in addition to downsizing the buttock wiping device. If the height of the paper loading guide can be adjusted, it is possible to prevent the paper loading guide from hitting the meat even when the buttocks meat hangs down from the toilet seat.
  • the paper feed unit performs the angular movement and the vertical movement of the paper loading guide by using a shaft in which a screw groove and a spline shaft groove are simultaneously formed as one shaft.
  • the shaft on which the screw groove and the spline shaft groove are simultaneously formed includes, for example, a ball screw spline that has been put into practical use, and can achieve a desired angular motion and vertical motion with a reliable configuration.
  • the paper feed unit can adjust the height of the paper loading guide by a mechanism that moves up and down.
  • the paper feeding unit can adjust the height of the paper loading guide.
  • the height of the paper loading guide can be adjusted, it is possible to prevent the paper loading guide from hitting the meat even when the buttocks are hanging from the toilet seat.
  • the paper feed unit has a mechanism for adjusting the height adjustment of the paper loading guide by the rotation of the screw shaft.
  • the cost of the buttock wiping device can be reduced while having the height adjustment function.
  • the paper feeding unit includes a moving unit that moves together with the paper loading guide when the paper loading guide is exposed, and the paper loading guide can slide on the moving unit.
  • the wiping arm driving portion is inclined downward when exposing the wiping arm so that the pressing portion is positioned under the paper loading guide.
  • the placement position of the paper loading guide can be lowered, so that the paper loading guide can be prevented from hitting a user whose buttocks are hanging from the toilet.
  • the wiping arm driving unit fixes the slidable moving unit, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, and the wiping arm, and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit.
  • a rocking part and a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part are included.
  • the paper loading guide is attached to the moving unit and is moved by a sliding mechanism.
  • the movement of the wiping arm and the movement of the paper loading guide can be integrated, and simplification of the driving mechanism can be expected.
  • the motor used for the sliding mechanism and the motor used for the swing mechanism are shared.
  • the motor can be shared in this way.
  • the wiping arm driving unit fixes the slidable moving unit, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, and the wiping arm, and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit.
  • a rocking part and a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part are included.
  • the paper feeding unit is separate from the moving unit and includes a paper loading guide sliding mechanism for sliding the paper loading guide.
  • the motor used for the sliding mechanism the motor used for the swing mechanism, and the motor used for the paper loading guide sliding mechanism are shared.
  • the paper feeding unit includes a paper loading guide sliding mechanism for sliding the paper loading guide.
  • a sliding mechanism can also be adopted as a means for moving the paper loading guide.
  • the wiping arm driving unit fixes the slidable moving unit, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, and the wiping arm, and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit.
  • a rocking part and a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part are included.
  • the paper feeding unit is separate from the moving unit and includes a paper loading guide rocking mechanism for rocking the paper loading guide.
  • the paper loading guide can be directed downward during wiping, and the paper can be easily dropped.
  • the paper feeding unit has a sensor that detects whether or not the paper loading guide hits the user. When the paper loading guide hits the user, the paper feeding guide stops or moves backward.
  • the present invention is a paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, and exposes the wiping material under the wiping arm and under the wiping portion of the wiping arm for wiping the buttock.
  • the paper feeding device further includes a paper placement guide for placing the wiping material, and exposes the paper placement guide in a state where the wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide.
  • the present invention also discloses the following inventions, and all the inventions can contribute to practical use.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, a heightened portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, and a movement of the wiping arm And a wiping arm driving unit that performs a wiping operation. All or part of the wiping arm drive unit is accommodated in the lower part of the toilet seat in the elevation part.
  • the entire device will be reduced in size.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, a toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and Is provided. All or part of the wiping arm drive unit is accommodated in the toilet seat.
  • the present invention is a buttocks wiping device that wipes off the buttocks with a wiping material, and includes a wiping arm for wiping off the buttocks using the wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation.
  • the wiping arm driving unit causes the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation by causing the wiping arm to move angularly around a fixed fulcrum next to the toilet seat so that the wiping portion of the wiping arm moves back and forth near the anus.
  • the motor for moving the wiping arm up and down and the motor for rotating it are mounted.
  • all the motors are mounted in series, and multi-axis motion is realized, but wiping the buttocks includes unnecessary motion, which is the root cause of increased cost and increased equipment. It was.
  • a motor with a large torque had to be used.
  • it is more certain to adopt a servo motor as the motor which also leads to an increase in cost.
  • the structure is fundamentally reviewed, the exposure motor is fixed, the wiping arm is exposed by the angular motion, and the front and rear wiping operations are also performed by the exposure motor. It will be realized. If exposure and wiping can be realized with a single motor, that alone can significantly reduce costs compared to conventional devices. Furthermore, miniaturization is possible.
  • the present invention is a buttocks wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttocks with a wiping material, the wiping arm includes a wiping portion and a support column, and the support column is bent in advance.
  • the wiping portion can be leveled during wiping, and the wiping portion can be brought to a high position.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit is a single motor Thus, the wiping arm can be exposed and moved up and down.
  • a mechanism that can realize exposure and top / bottom with a single motor enables significant cost reduction and miniaturization.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the wiping arm driving unit is a single shaft A mechanism for angularly moving the wiping arm and a mechanism for moving the wiping arm up and down.
  • the wiping arm driving unit performs the angular movement and the vertical movement of the wiping arm by using a shaft in which a screw groove and a spline shaft groove are simultaneously formed as one shaft.
  • the wiping arm drive unit rotates the screw shaft to expose the wiping arm, and regulates the movement of the wiping arm to move the wiping arm up and down along the screw shaft.
  • the wiping arm driving portion includes a restriction rod portion for restricting the movement of the wiping arm and a restriction rod driving portion for sliding the restriction rod.
  • the restriction rod portion is composed of two restriction rods, and when the wiping arm is moved up and down, the wiping arm is inserted between the two restriction rod portions, the wiping arm is moved up and down, and the two restriction rods The wiping arm moves by sliding the two restricting bar portions with the wiping arm inserted between the two portions.
  • the mechanism for moving up and down in the wiping arm drive unit is based on a piston motion.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, a heightened portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, and a movement of the wiping arm And a wiping arm driving unit that performs a wiping operation.
  • the opening for the wiping arm provided in the elevation portion is provided with a dropping portion that hits the wiping material when the wiping arm is stored.
  • it is a pull-type electromagnetic solenoid, it may be a drop part from which a bar-shaped member protrudes, and if it is a swing-type electromagnetic solenoid, it may be a drop part from which a plate-like member swings.
  • the configuration of is not limited.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit includes the wiping arm.
  • An exposure motor for exposing the toilet seat to the toilet seat opening side and a vertical motor for moving the wiping arm up and down during exposure are included, and the exposure motor is fixed to the buttocks wiping device without moving.
  • the wiping arm driving unit causes the vertical motor to move angularly by the rotation of the exposure motor to expose the wiping arm.
  • the wiping arm attached to the vertical motor is also angularly exposed.
  • the wiping arm driving unit causes the wiping arm to be exposed by sliding the vertical motor by rotation of the exposure motor.
  • the wiping arm attached to the vertical motor is also slid and exposed.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit includes the wiping arm.
  • the sliding means includes a sliding means for sliding the toilet seat from the lateral side to the toilet seat opening hole side, and a vertical motor attached to the sliding means for moving the wiping arm up and down. The wiping arm is exposed when the vertical motor slides from the lateral side to the toilet seat opening hole side by the sliding means.
  • wiping can be realized with a simple structure by realizing the movements of exposure by sliding of the vertical motor and the movement of the wiping arm up and down.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the wiping portion of the wiping arm is at the time of wiping Become horizontal.
  • the wiping portion When the wiping arm is tilted upward, the wiping portion is also inclined obliquely under normal circumstances. If the wiping portion is inclined obliquely, the contact area with the collar portion may be reduced, and wiping may not be performed sufficiently. Therefore, in the present invention, at the time of wiping, the wiping portion of the wiping arm is leveled to increase the contact area as much as possible so that sufficient wiping is performed.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, which is provided to accommodate the wiping arm.
  • the surface having the opening is made planar.
  • an opening / closing part in the housing portion of the wiping arm, but if the opening of the opening / closing part has a curved shape, the structure of the opening / closing part has to be complicated. Therefore, if the opening has a planar shape, the structure of the opening / closing part can be simplified, and ultimately the cost of the entire apparatus can be reduced.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit is a wiping part thereof
  • the motor for driving the wiping arm is torque controlled or torque limited.
  • the contact force of the wiping portion In consideration of wiping feeling and safety, it is preferable to limit the contact force of the wiping portion to the buttock. There is a possibility of injury due to being hit with too much force, and it is not appropriate. If it is too weak, it is not satisfactory for wiping. Therefore, if the contact force is controlled (torque is kept within a certain range) or restricted (so that the torque does not exceed the upper limit), the safety and wiping feeling can be improved.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, a heightened portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, and a movement of the wiping arm And a wiping arm driving unit that performs a wiping operation. All or part of the wiping arm drive unit is housed in the lower part of the warm water cleaning device in the elevation portion.
  • the volume of the device protruding from the side of the toilet seat can be reduced, leading to a reduction in the size of the entire device.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit is slidable
  • a moving unit, a sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, a wiping arm is fixed, and a swinging unit that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit, and a swinging unit Swinging mechanism.
  • the wiping arm is fixed to the swinging part that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part.
  • the swing part can be swung by a swing mechanism. Therefore, the wiping arm can be exposed by the moving unit, and the wiping arm can be moved up and down by the swinging unit.
  • Such a mechanism is not only a mechanism that has never existed in the past, but also a useful mechanism that can reduce the size of the entire apparatus and realize reliable wiping.
  • all or a part of the moving part, the sliding mechanism, the swinging part, and the swinging mechanism are provided in the lower part of the hot water washing device, in the elevation part, or in the toilet seat. ing.
  • the motor used for the sliding mechanism and the motor used for the swing mechanism are shared.
  • a slide-type opening / closing part that slides together according to the sliding of the moving part is provided.
  • the present invention includes a hinged opening / closing part, and the moving part includes a pressing part that keeps the hinged opening / closing part open when the wiping arm is exposed.
  • the hinged opening / closing part orthogonal to the sliding opening / closing part may be closed. Therefore, by providing the holding portion in the moving portion, it is not necessary to separately provide a mechanism for opening and closing the hinge-type opening / closing portion, and as a result, the cost of the apparatus is reduced.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, the wiping arm having flexibility .
  • the wiping arm will be deformed so as to match the shape of the buttock when contacting the buttock. Thereby, a feeling of wiping improves.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the wiping portion of the wiping arm is flexible It has the property.
  • the wiping part of the wiping arm is made flexible, the wiping part will be deformed to match the shape near the anus. This improves the wiping feeling.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, the wiping material of the wiping portion of the wiping arm
  • a paper feed unit having a roller for feeding up is provided.
  • the wiping arm can be kept in the elevated portion, for example, which leads to downsizing of the entire apparatus.
  • the buttock wiping device further includes an automatic paper feeding unit for inserting a wiping material in the paper feeding unit.
  • the paper feeding unit feeds the wiping material onto the wiping portion so that the wiping material hangs down before the wiping portion.
  • the wiping material can be surely placed on the wiping portion.
  • the paper feed unit includes a cutting unit for cutting a long wiping material fed by a roller into a predetermined length.
  • the paper feeding unit further includes a moving conveyance unit, and the conveyance unit moves in accordance with the rotation of the roller, and places the wiping material on the wiping portion.
  • the present invention relates to a heel wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and generates a negative pressure. Is further provided.
  • the wiping portion of the wiping arm has a hole communicating with the negative pressure generator.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and generates a positive pressure.
  • the wiping portion of the wiping arm has a hole communicating with the positive pressure generator.
  • the present invention is a heel wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and generates a positive pressure. Is further provided.
  • the wiping portion of the wiping arm communicates with the positive pressure generator and swells due to the positive pressure from the positive pressure generator.
  • the wiping portion swells with a positive pressure, so that the contact area with the buttock can be increased and reliable wiping can be expected.
  • the wiping portion is not necessarily disposable, and a wiping material may be separately placed on the wiping portion.
  • the said wiping off part can also be made disposable.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit includes the wiping arm. Includes a link mechanism for movement.
  • the position of the wiping arm can be finely adjusted by the link mechanism.
  • the wiping arm includes a rotating shaft of an up / down motor for swinging the wiping arm up and down and an expansion / contraction part connected to the wiping arm, the expansion / contraction part according to the trajectory of the free end of the link mechanism. It expands and contracts.
  • the length of the wiping arm can be adjusted by using the telescopic part and the link mechanism.
  • the expansion / contraction part extends, so that the wiping part of the wiping arm rises straight.
  • the wiping portion can be raised straight. Thereby, regardless of the individual difference in the position of the user's anus, wiping at the central portion is possible.
  • the position of the wiping portion of the wiping arm is adjusted by the expansion / contraction of the expansion / contraction part.
  • the wiping arm when the wiping arm is expanded and contracted, the position of the wiping part of the wiping arm can be adjusted. If the wiping arm is slightly shortened by the link mechanism, it can be stored.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm drive unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and in the wiping arm, the wiping material is removed with the wiping material.
  • a wiping portion for wiping is attached so as to be swingable.
  • the wiping off part such as the pressing part
  • the wiping arm By attaching the wiping off part such as the pressing part to the wiping arm so as to be able to swing, it can be kept horizontal when the wiping part comes into contact with the buttock or tilted according to the shape of the buttock.
  • the angle can be automatically adjusted. Thereby, a feeling of wiping improves.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and disinfecting the disinfection and / or cleaning liquid -A cleaning arm is further provided.
  • the disinfecting / cleaning arm is exposed separately from the wiping arm to disinfect and / or clean the wiping portion of the wiping arm.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the heel wiping device is disinfected and / or A nozzle for ejecting the cleaning liquid is provided on the lid of the toilet seat.
  • a nozzle is provided on the lid of the toilet seat, it is not necessary to provide a cleaning / disinfecting device in the elevation or use a disinfection / cleaning arm, so disinfection and cleaning can be performed very easily. As a result, the cost of the apparatus is reduced.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the buttock wiping device includes a toilet bowl, a toilet seat, A heightened portion provided between the two is provided.
  • the wiping portion of the wiping arm is accommodated in a disinfection and / or cleaning unit provided in the elevation, and the wiping portion is disinfected and / or cleaned.
  • the disinfection and / or cleaning section has a shape such that the disinfection and / or cleaning liquid is ejected and the ejected disinfection and / or cleaning liquid flows down to the toilet bowl side.
  • the wiping arm includes a protective wall for preventing disinfection and / or cleaning liquid from entering the wiping arm driving unit.
  • the disinfection and / or cleaning unit is removable.
  • the disinfecting and / or cleaning unit mixes the disinfecting and / or cleaning liquid stored in the tank with the water from the water pipe and ejects it toward the wiping portion.
  • the tank for disinfection and / or cleaning liquid can be made smaller, leading to a reduction in the overall size of the apparatus.
  • the disinfection and / or cleaning unit ejects water from the water pipe toward the wiping portion.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and when the toilet seat is not lowered, the operation do not do.
  • the wiping arm pushes the user with an excessive force, which is dangerous. Therefore, in this way, when the toilet seat is not lowered, the safety is enhanced if the toilet seat is not operated.
  • the present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation.
  • a paper stocker unit that accommodates the wiping material in a folded state, and a cutting unit that cuts the long wiping material at a predetermined length.
  • the wiping material can be collected in a compact manner, leading to a reduction in the overall size of the apparatus.
  • the present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation.
  • a drive unit that raises one sheet.
  • the wiping material is soft, it is necessary to devise to send out one sheet. Thus, if the wiping material is raised by one sheet, it is possible to reliably feed only the uppermost sheet, and a practical automatic paper feeder can be provided.
  • the present invention includes a slide for sliding the wiping material fed by the paper feed roller and placing it on the wiping portion of the wiping arm.
  • the wiping material After the wiping material is sent out by the slide, the wiping material can be automatically placed on the wiping portion.
  • the present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation.
  • a paper stocker unit in which a plurality of wiping materials that are cut into a shape are stacked, and a paper feed roller that feeds out one wiping material stored in the paper stocker unit.
  • the paper stocker portion has a friction plate provided at the lower part of the top portion of the wiping material stacked in plural.
  • the friction between the wiping material and the friction plate is larger than the friction between the wiping materials. Further, the friction between the wiping material and the paper feed roller becomes larger than the friction between the wiping materials. As a result, only the uppermost sheet can be fed by the paper feed roller, and a practical and inexpensive automatic paper feeder can be provided.
  • the present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation.
  • a paper stocker portion in which a plurality of wiping materials cut into the shape of the paper are stacked, and a grip portion for gripping one wiping material housed in the paper stocker portion.
  • the wiping material is soft, it is necessary to devise in order to take out only one sheet. However, if the grip portion is used in this way, it is possible to reliably remove only one sheet.
  • the present invention is a wiping arm used in a buttock wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, and the wiping arm is formed by pressing a water-soluble or water-decomposable material.
  • the wiping arm is made by pressing a water-soluble or water-decomposable material, it can be made disposable. Therefore, it is not necessary to worry about the hygiene of the wiping portion of the wiping arm.
  • the wiping arms can be stacked one above the other.
  • the present invention is a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, the buttock wiping device has a pressing portion for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, and in a plan view, the wiping material is a pressing portion Larger than the predetermined shape.
  • the present invention is a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, the buttock wiping device has a pressing portion for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, a plurality of wiping materials are stacked in the vertical direction And at least one part is joined up and down.
  • the wiping material joined up and down is beneficial because the wiping material can be made thick and can be provided at low cost.
  • the present invention is a method of manufacturing a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, the step of feeding roll paper, the step of folding the fed roll paper, the step of cutting the roll paper, and the folded roll paper Joining.
  • a method of folding and joining roll papers can be considered.
  • the process of folding roll paper is required, the manufacturing apparatus itself can be made compact.
  • the present invention is a method of manufacturing a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, comprising a step of stacking a plurality of roll papers, a step of joining the stacked roll papers, and a step of cutting the stacked roll papers. Prepare.
  • the present invention is a method of manufacturing a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, comprising a step of stacking a plurality of roll papers, a step of bonding the stacked roll papers, and a step of cutting the stacked roll papers. Prepare.
  • This invention is a manufacturing method of the wiping material used for a buttock wiping apparatus, Comprising: The process of stacking a plurality of wiping materials, and the process of joining the stacked wiping materials.
  • the present invention is a buttock wiping instrument comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm moving means for performing a wiping operation by exposing and lifting the wiping arm to the toilet opening side by the user. is there.
  • buttock wiping device If such a buttock wiping device is used, it is possible to wipe off the buttock easily, although it is manual. If it is difficult for the user who has difficulty in raising the back or the caregiver to wipe out the buttocks instead of the cared person, such a simple manual buttocks wiping device, It is possible to wipe off the buttocks sufficiently.
  • the present invention is a wiping material used exclusively for the above-described groin wiping device or the above-described groin wiping device.
  • the wiping arm does not attach or insert the wiping material, a mechanism for that is not necessary, so the buttock wiping tool can be simplified correspondingly, leading to cost reduction and ease of maintenance.
  • the pressing portion may have a frictional shape or a shape that does not fall.
  • the wiping material When exposing the wiping arm while placing the wiping material on the pressing part, the wiping material may drop unexpectedly, or moisture etc. may adhere during the exposure, resulting in unsanitary conditions.
  • a paper feed unit that exposes the wiping material under the buttock separately from the wiping arm, if the pressing unit pushes up the exposed wiping material from below, the wiping material will move while the wiping arm is moving. It is possible to avoid situations such as dropping or dirt on the wiping material. Thereby, a hygienic and easy-to-use buttocks wiping device can be provided. Since a simple mechanism that exposes the paper loading guide can be used as the paper supply unit, it is possible to realize simplification of the entire apparatus, cost reduction, and ease of maintenance.
  • the entire apparatus By accommodating all or a part of the wiping arm driving unit in the elevation portion and in the lower part of the toilet seat, the entire apparatus can be reduced in size. Similarly, it is also effective to accommodate all or part of the wiping arm drive unit in the toilet seat.
  • the wiping arm drive unit is a simple mechanism by causing the wiping arm to move angularly around the fixed fulcrum next to the toilet seat so that the wiping part of the wiping arm moves back and forth in the vicinity of the anus.
  • exposure and wiping of the wiping arm can be realized, and a buttock wiping device having simplified structure, cost reduction, ease of use, and ease of maintenance is provided.
  • the wiping part By pre-bending the support arm of the wiping arm, the wiping part can be leveled during wiping, and the wiping part can be brought to a higher position, so an improvement in wiping feeling can be expected. .
  • the wiping arm drive unit can be expected to simplify the structure and reduce costs by providing a mechanism that can expose and move the wiping arm up and down with a single motor.
  • the wiping arm driving unit can be expected to simplify the structure and reduce the cost by providing a mechanism for angularly moving the wiping arm around one axis and a mechanism for moving the wiping arm up and down.
  • the wiping arm When the wiping arm is housed in the opening for the wiping arm provided in the elevation portion, it is not necessary to provide a mechanism for dropping the wiping material by providing a dropping portion that contacts the wiping material. This greatly simplifies the structure and enables cost reduction, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
  • the wiping arm drive unit includes an exposure motor for exposing the wiping arm to the toilet seat opening side, and a vertical motor for moving the wiping arm up and down when exposed, and the exposure motor does not move, but the buttock wiping device
  • the wiping arm drive unit is attached to the sliding means that slides the wiping arm from the side to the toilet seat opening hole side when the toilet seat is viewed from the front, and is used for up and down to move the wiping arm up and down.
  • the wiping arm is exposed by sliding the vertical motor by the sliding means from the side to the toilet seat opening hole side, thereby simplifying the structure, reducing cost, ease of use, and maintenance. Easy to handle.
  • the contact area of the wiping portion to the heel increases, so that sufficient wiping is performed.
  • the surface with the opening provided to accommodate the wiping arm is made into a planar shape, the structure of the opening and closing part is simplified, and as a result, the structure is simplified, the cost is reduced, it is hygienic, and it is easy to use. And, it is possible to provide a buttock wiping device having ease of maintenance.
  • the wiping arm driving unit can improve the wiping feeling and safety.
  • the entire apparatus can be reduced in size by accommodating all or part of the wiping arm drive section in the elevation section and in the lower part of the hot water cleaning apparatus.
  • the wiping arm drive unit includes a slidable moving part, a sliding mechanism for sliding the moving part, a swinging part that fixes the wiping arm and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part, By providing a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part, the entire apparatus can be downsized and reliable wiping can be realized.
  • the feeling of wiping is improved by making the support column part of the wiping arm flexible or making the wiping part of the wiping arm flexible.
  • the wiping material can be sent to the wiping part, and the wiping arm can also be kept in a raised part, for example This leads to the miniaturization of the entire device.
  • the wiping material If the wiping material is adsorbed by the negative pressure generator, the wiping material can be prevented from dropping from the wiping portion. Moreover, if the wiping material is blown away by the positive pressure generator, the wiping material can be reliably dropped.
  • the contact area with the heel portion can be increased and reliable wiping can be expected.
  • the said wiping off part can also be made disposable.
  • the wiping arm drive part is equipped with a link mechanism for moving the wiping arm, the position of the wiping arm can be finely adjusted, and the wiping part can be lifted straight up, or the wiping arm can be shrunk during storage Is possible.
  • the wiping off part such as the pressing part
  • the wiping arm By attaching the wiping off part such as the pressing part to the wiping arm so as to be able to swing, it can be kept horizontal when the wiping part comes into contact with the buttock or tilted according to the shape of the buttock.
  • the angle can be automatically adjusted. Thereby, a feeling of wiping improves.
  • the two arms are exposed and the wiping part is cleaned and disinfected, so that the cleaning and disinfecting device is installed in the elevation part and how to waterproof. , Almost no need to consider.
  • a nozzle is provided on the lid of the toilet seat, it is not necessary to provide a cleaning and disinfecting device in the elevation part or use a disinfecting / cleaning arm, so that disinfection and cleaning can be performed very easily.
  • a disinfection / cleaning unit is provided in the elevation part, disinfection and cleaning can be performed at the time of storage, and convenience is improved.
  • a paper stocker unit that accommodates a long wiping material in a folded state, and an automatic paper feeder that includes a cutting unit that cuts the long wiping material at a predetermined length can accommodate the wiping material in a compact manner. it can.
  • the automatic paper feeder equipped with a drive unit that raises the wiping material contained in the paper stocker part by one sheet can be reliably fed only the top sheet, making a practical automatic paper feeder Can be provided.
  • An automatic paper feeder equipped with a paper feed roller that feeds a single sheet of wiping material stored in the paper stocker unit makes it possible to feed only the top sheet, providing a practical and inexpensive automatic paper feeder. it can.
  • An automatic paper feeder equipped with a gripping part for gripping a single sheet of wiping material stored in the paper stocker unit makes it possible to reliably feed only the top sheet, providing a practical automatic paper feeder. it can.
  • the wiping arm can be disposable and the hygiene aspect does not have to be concerned.
  • the wiping material By making the wiping material larger than the pressing portion and having a predetermined shape, moisture can be wiped hygienically and widely without adhering moisture to the pressing portion.
  • the wiping material joined up and down is beneficial because the wiping material can be made thick and can be provided at low cost.
  • the wiping material manufacturing method of the present invention makes it possible to manufacture a wiping material that is simple and has high dimensional accuracy.
  • FIG. 1A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of an appearance of a buttock wiping device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 1C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when viewed from the opening / closing part 6 side.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed.
  • FIG. 1A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of an appearance of a buttock wiping device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 1C is a flowchar
  • FIG. 5 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • FIG. 6 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward.
  • FIG. 7 is a front view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 8 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed.
  • FIG. 9 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • FIG. 10 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward.
  • FIG. 11A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of the appearance of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 11C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 12 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 13 is a plan view showing a state in which the wiping arm 4 is being exposed.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is exposed to the wiping position.
  • FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is tilted upward.
  • FIG.16 (a) is a front view which shows the internal structure of the collar part wiping apparatus 1 when paper is mounted.
  • FIG.16 (b) is a front view which shows a mode when the wiping arm is exposed.
  • FIG.16 (c) is a front view which shows a mode when wiping off with a wiping arm.
  • FIG. 16D is a front view showing a state when the paper is dropped.
  • FIG. 17 is a front view when the automatic sheet feeder 5 is arranged on the pressing unit 4a.
  • FIG. 18 is a front view of the buttock wiping device according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 19 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a moves forward.
  • FIG. 20 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11j.
  • FIG. 22A is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 22C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 23 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 25 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 22A is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 22C is a flowchart showing the operation
  • FIG. 27 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is fed into the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. FIG. 28 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is exposed.
  • FIG. 29 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is tilted upward.
  • FIG. 30 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the anus.
  • FIG. 31 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is discarded.
  • FIG. 32 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 33 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the automatic paper feeder 5 is attached as an option.
  • FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the exposure motor 9 is provided in the elevation 2.
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view of the heel wiping apparatus 1 equipped with the disinfection / cleaning arm 16 for disinfecting and / or cleaning the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far.
  • FIG. 36 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 in which a disinfection / cleaning nozzle 16d is attached to the lid 7b of the toilet seat 7 in order to disinfect and / or clean the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far.
  • FIG. 37 is a front view showing another mechanism when the wiping arm 4 is slid and exposed as in the first, third, and fourth embodiments.
  • FIG. 38 is a conceptual diagram of the buttock wiping device 1 for standby a plurality of wiping arms 4 and cleaning, disinfecting, and drying the wiping arms 4 in standby.
  • FIG. 39 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the wiping arm 4 in which the height of the convex portion 4a-1 of the pressing portion 4a is raised and lowered.
  • FIG. 40 is a front view of the wiping arm 4 when stored.
  • FIG. 41 is a front view after the paper is sent out.
  • FIG. 42 is a front view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
  • FIG. 43 is a front view during wiping.
  • FIG. 44 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes up and down.
  • FIG. 45 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes to the left and right.
  • FIG. 46 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that is opened and closed separately.
  • FIG. 47 is a front view (during storage) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 48 is a front view (when exposed) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 49 is a diagram showing a structure when the bevel gear 4m and the pedestal 10a are slid together.
  • FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a structure when the bevel gear 4m and the pedestal 10a are slid together.
  • FIG. 51A is a perspective view of a buttock wiping device 1 according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 51B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 51C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 51D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 52 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 53 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 54 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 55 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 56 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 57 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 58 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 51C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 51D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks
  • FIG. 59 is a right side view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent.
  • FIG. 60 is a plan view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent.
  • FIG. 61A is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the ninth embodiment.
  • 61B is a right side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 61C is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1, and shows a transition during paper feeding.
  • FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a movement transition of the pressing unit 4a.
  • FIG. 63 is a front view showing an internal structure when roll paper 11e is installed in the paper supply unit 14 to realize automatic paper supply.
  • FIG. 64 is a front view and a sectional view showing an example of a specific structure of the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 65 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of the pressing portion 4a used when adsorbing paper with negative pressure.
  • FIG. 66 is a plan view and a left side view of the pressing portion 4a that swells with positive pressure.
  • FIG. 67 is a plan view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 68 is a front view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 69 is a perspective view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 70 is a right side view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 71 is a perspective view showing a state when the disposable pressing portion 4a is stacked on the top and bottom.
  • FIG. 72 is a front view showing an example of another embodiment of the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 73 is a front view showing a modification of the pressing portion 4a of FIG.
  • FIG. 74 is a front view showing the structure of the pressing portion 4a when the special paper itself is raised using the special paper 11f.
  • FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a link mechanism when it is desired to move the pressing portion 4a back and forth at the wiping position in the embodiment of FIG. 51A.
  • FIG. 76A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping apparatus 1 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 76B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 76C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 77 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 78 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed.
  • FIG. 79 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed.
  • FIG. 80 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 81 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 82 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 82 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 83 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 84 is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 85 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 86 is a front view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 87 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 88 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the elevation part 2 and showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 89 is a diagram showing a mechanism of the opening / closing part.
  • FIG. 90 is a diagram illustrating a mechanism of the opening / closing unit.
  • FIG. 91 is a plan view showing another example of the paper loading guide.
  • FIG. 92 is a front view showing an example of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 when the rotation of the paper feeding roller 17b and the pushing of the paper loading guide 17c are realized by one motor.
  • FIG. 93 is an enlarged view showing the pressing portion 4a at the storage position and the position of the pressing portion 4a immediately before returning to the storage position.
  • FIG. 94 shows the internal structure of the wiping arm drive unit 3 when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the tenth embodiment is replaced with two motors, ie, an exposure motor 9 and a vertical motor 8.
  • FIG. 95 shows the internal structure of the wiping arm drive unit 3 when the exposure / up / down motor 18 used in the tenth embodiment is replaced with an exposure motor 9 and an up / down motor 8 which are two motors.
  • FIG. 96 is an enlarged perspective view of the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22.
  • FIG. 97 is a diagram illustrating a moving path between the wiping arm 4 and the pressing unit 4a when the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 is used.
  • FIG. 98 is a perspective view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism.
  • FIG. 99 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism.
  • FIG. 100 is a perspective view when the cleaning mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 101 is a view showing an example of the structure of the accommodating portion 2 d for accommodating the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving portion 3.
  • FIG. 102 is a perspective view when the accommodating portion 2d of FIG. 101 is viewed from another angle.
  • 103 is a cross-sectional view of the accommodating portion 2d shown in FIGS. 101 and 102.
  • FIG. FIG. 104 is a cross-sectional view on a plane passing through the arm axis when the wiping arm is at the highest position.
  • FIG. 105 is a perspective view showing the paper feed unit 17 and its storage unit 2b.
  • FIG. 106A is a diagram showing the structure of the heel wiping device 1 according to the eleventh embodiment, in which (a) is a plan view, (b) is a front view, and (c) is a left side view of the regulating rod portion 24. is there.
  • FIG. 106B is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the heel wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 107 shows a view when the bending position 26 of the wiping arm 4 is made rotatable.
  • FIG. 108 is a view showing a structure when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the eleventh embodiment is changed to a vertical motor 8 and an exposure motor 9.
  • FIG. 109 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting or jetting cleaning liquid using tap water pressure.
  • FIG. 110 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting disinfecting or cleaning liquid using the driving unit.
  • FIG. 111 is a perspective view showing a mechanism using the system shown in the block diagram of FIG.
  • FIG. 112 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11b used for the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 113 is a diagram illustrating a structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the twelfth embodiment.
  • FIG. 114 is a diagram showing the structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when a gear box is used.
  • FIG. 115 is a diagram for explaining in detail the link mechanism 27e used at the connecting portion between the wiping arm 4 and the rotary shaft 29a of the vertical motor 8.
  • FIG. 111 is a perspective view showing a mechanism using the system shown in the block diagram of FIG.
  • FIG. 112 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11b used for the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 113 is a diagram
  • FIG. 116 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • FIG. 117 is a cross-sectional view showing a diagonally horizontal structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • FIG. 118 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • FIG. 119 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • FIG. 120 is a cross-sectional view showing an oblique horizontal placement structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • FIG. 121 is an external view of the portable toilet 31 during standby.
  • FIG. 122 is an exploded perspective view of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 123 is an exploded perspective view showing various mechanisms of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 124 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed.
  • FIG. 125 is a plan view of the portable toilet 31 when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed.
  • FIG. 126 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 during wiping.
  • FIG. 127 is a front view of the portable toilet 31 at the time of wiping.
  • FIG. 128 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 provided with the deodorizing device 50.
  • FIG. 129 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for producing dedicated paper.
  • FIG. 129 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for producing dedicated paper.
  • FIG. 129 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for producing dedicated paper.
  • FIG. 129 is a
  • FIG. 130 is a diagram showing a mechanism of a manufacturing apparatus that can manufacture the dedicated paper 11b without folding.
  • FIG. 131 is a diagram showing another mechanism of the manufacturing apparatus that can manufacture the special paper 11b without folding.
  • FIG. 132A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 132B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1 used in the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 132C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 133 is a front view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 134 is a right side view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 135A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttocks wiping device 1 in the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 135B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 135C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • 136 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 137 is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 138 is a front view showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 in the link mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3.
  • FIG. 139 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17.
  • FIG. 135B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 135C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • 136 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock
  • FIG. 140 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17 and is a view when the paper loading guide 17c is stored.
  • FIG. 141 is a diagram illustrating a folded continuous dedicated paper 11k formed by folding a plurality of continuous dedicated paper.
  • FIG. 142 is a diagram showing a schematic structure of the automatic paper feeder when the continuous dedicated paper 11k is used.
  • FIG. 143 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttocks wiping device 100 using the disposable arms 109 and 110.
  • FIG. 144 (a) is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIG. 144 (b) is a right side view of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIG. 144 (c) is a front view of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIGS. 145 (a) to 145 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the center position.
  • FIGS. 146 (a) to 146 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the exposure position.
  • FIG. 147 is a front view when the left and right rails 102 are arranged on the bottom surface of the housing portion.
  • FIG. 148 is a perspective view showing an internal mechanism of the heel wiping apparatus 100 when the disposable arm supply unit 112 is arranged on the left side.
  • FIG. 149 is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIG. 150 is a diagram schematically illustrating an image of the buttock captured by the image capturing unit 115.
  • FIG. 151 is a flowchart showing details of the operation in step S906 in FIG.
  • FIG. 152 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 120 using a wiping arm.
  • FIG. 153 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 120.
  • FIG. 154 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 155 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 accommodated in the height raising unit 2.
  • FIG. 156 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 during wiping.
  • FIG. 157 is a diagram schematically illustrating the movement pattern of the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 158 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the paper feed side opening / closing part 19a.
  • FIG. 159 is a plan view showing the structure of the arm-side opening / closing part 19b.
  • FIG. 160A is a diagram showing a modification of the thirteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 160B is a diagram showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and raised.
  • FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 for driving the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 162A is a modified example of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is housed.
  • FIG. 162B is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and tilted upward.
  • FIG. 163 is a perspective view illustrating the internal structure of the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 164 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 165 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 166 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 167 is a perspective view showing a state of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper placement guide 17c is exposed.
  • FIG. 168 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed.
  • FIG. 169A is a perspective view showing a state of the buttocks wiping device 1 at the time of wiping.
  • FIG. 169B is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c during wiping.
  • FIG. 170 is a diagram showing a structure in the case where a paper dropping unit 223 is provided in the elevation part 2.
  • FIG. 171A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 171B is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when viewed from the diagonally left rear side.
  • FIG. 171C is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 171A is a perspective view showing a state of the buttocks wiping device 1 at the time of wiping.
  • FIG. 169B is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c during wiping.
  • FIG. 170 is
  • FIG. 171D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 171E is a flowchart showing a continued operation of FIG. 171D.
  • FIG. 171F shows error processing when the dedicated paper 11b is not detected while the paper placement guide sensor 17i is working (S1102 to S1109) and the paper placement sensor 12e is working (S1108 to S1121). It is a flowchart to show.
  • FIG. 172A is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 172B is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 173A is a perspective view showing a state when the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper placement guide 17c is exposed.
  • FIG. 173B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 173A.
  • FIG. 174A is a perspective view showing a state where the dedicated paper 11b is lifted and wiped off.
  • FIG. 174B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 174A.
  • FIG. 175A is a perspective view showing a state where the paper loading guide 17c is stored when wiping is being performed.
  • FIG. 175A is a perspective view showing a state where the paper loading guide 17c is stored when wiping is being performed.
  • FIG. 175B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 175A.
  • FIG. 176 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the wiping arm 4 is lowered and the dedicated paper 11b is brought into contact with the paper dropping unit 303 provided under the paper loading guide to drop the paper.
  • FIG. 177 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the sixteenth embodiment.
  • FIG. 178 is an enlarged perspective view of the internal structure.
  • FIG. 179 is a perspective view showing a state when the moving unit 606 and the paper loading guide 17c start to move and the hinge-type opening / closing unit 305 starts to open.
  • FIG. 180 is a perspective view illustrating a state where the moving unit 606 has moved to the storage position.
  • FIG. 181 is a perspective view showing how only the paper loading guide 17c is housed.
  • FIG. 182 is a perspective view showing a state when only the paper loading guide 17c is stored.
  • FIG. 183 is a perspective view of the arm-side opening / closing part 19b.
  • FIG. 184 is a perspective view showing a state when the arm side opening / closing part 19b is opened.
  • FIG. 185 is a diagram showing a structure for wiping the buttocks from behind the toilet seat using the overlap type ball screw spline 401.
  • FIG. 186 is a cross-sectional view showing a mechanism in the case where the nut 407 is rotated to expose the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 187 is a plan view showing the paper feeding unit 17 using the paper loading guide 17c shown in FIG. 186 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 using the rotating unit 208.
  • FIG. FIG. 188 is a diagram showing a structure in the case of swinging the paper loading guide 17c with a structure similar to the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments.
  • FIG. 189 is a cross-sectional view showing that the wiping arm 4 structurally limits the force to push up the collar portion in the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments.
  • FIG. 191 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used.
  • FIG. 192 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used.
  • FIG. 193 is a diagram showing an opening / closing mechanism when the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is used.
  • FIG. 194 is a plan view showing a concept when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed by angular motion.
  • FIG. 191 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used.
  • FIG. 192 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used.
  • FIG. 193 is a diagram showing an opening / closing mechanism when the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is used.
  • FIG. 194 is a plan view showing a concept when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed by angular motion.
  • FIG. 195 is a cross-sectional view when the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 are vertically arranged.
  • FIG. 196 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by an overlap type ball screw spline.
  • FIG. 197 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by a separate type ball screw spline.
  • FIG. 198A is a plan view showing a state when the buttock wiping device according to the seventeenth embodiment is attached to the toilet bowl.
  • FIG. 198B is a left side view of FIG. 198A. However, the description of the paper feeding unit 17 is omitted.
  • FIG. 198C is a right side view of FIG. 198A.
  • FIG. 198D is a front view of FIG. 198A.
  • FIG. 199 is a perspective view showing an embodiment of the paper feed unit 17.
  • FIG. 200 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is slid and moved backward.
  • FIG. 201 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed.
  • 202 is a cross-sectional view showing the positional relationship between the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 203 is a diagram illustrating a modified example of the sheet feeding unit 17.
  • FIG. 204A is a perspective view of a heel wiper that can be used to manually wipe the buttock.
  • FIG. 204B is a perspective view of a heel wiper that can be used to manually wipe the buttock.
  • FIG. 205 (a) is a cross-sectional view for explaining a method of dropping the paper by providing the raised portion 2 with a protruding portion 2e that functions as a dropping portion.
  • FIG. 205 (b) is a plan view showing a modified example of the paper loading guide 17c, and FIG. 205 (c) is a right side view showing how the paper falls.
  • the form for carrying out the invention is an embodiment as described in the attached drawings, and the buttock is wiped by using the wiping arm driving part housed in the elevation part.
  • the toilet seat may be made slightly thicker and a means for driving the arm may be provided inside the thick toilet seat.
  • Other detailed configurations are described in the drawings.
  • the wiping unit for wiping the head (pressing part) of the wiping arm does not move by placing or gripping the paper, but moves the head and the paper. It is something that is done separately.
  • the main points of the operation control in this buttock wiping device will be described.
  • the detection function for example, the following functions exist. Detects whether paper is being supplied by the user (such as a mechanical switch or contact sensor) Detection section for detecting whether or not the paper has been sent correctly Detection unit for detecting whether paper is being sent correctly under the anus (photoelectric sensor, color discrimination sensor, etc.) A detection unit for determining whether or not hot water washing has been completed (such as whether the color of the anus is discriminated by a color discrimination sensor, or whether a hot water washing device switch has been pressed or a warm water washing sound has been detected) Good) Detecting whether or not seated (the seating sensor used in the toilet seat can be used.
  • the seating sensor is placed on the toilet and the signal from the seating sensor is received by the control unit of the buttocks wiping device. do it.) And it operates as follows. 1. 1. Detection of the end of hot water washing Wiping is instructed by the user. If the hot water cleaning has not been completed, it will not operate and will wait for the user to be alerted. 3. If paper is not being supplied, alert and wait 4. If paper is supplied, the paper feed roller is driven to feed the paper. 5. 5. Detecting whether paper is correctly loaded on the paper loading guide 6. Push the paper loading guide. After the paper loading guide goes under the anus, it detects whether the paper is correctly placed.
  • the paper loading guide is returned to the origin position, and the user is prompted to feed paper again. 9. If the paper is correctly placed, the head moves to the wipe position. 10. The head rises and the paper moves away from the paper loading guide. 11. When the paper moves away from the paper loading guide, the paper loading guide returns to the origin position. 12 The drive unit of the arm presses the head against the buttocks. The head moves back and forth and moves up and down to allow moisture and dirt on the buttock to adhere to the paper.
  • the drive unit moves the head to your liking
  • the head returns to the home position.
  • the completion of wiping may be specified by the user, or may be automatically completed after a predetermined operation.
  • Wiping is complete when the head returns to the origin position.
  • the disinfection and / or cleaning unit is driven to disinfect and / or clean the head.
  • the sterilization and / or cleaning unit may have a dryer (blower) built in, and may be dried with a dryer after cleaning or the like. 17.
  • a cleaning mode is provided to enable cleaning.
  • the arm When the cleaning mode is instructed, the arm can be exposed to the toilet and the head can be maintained. It is preferable that the paper loading guide be exposed by an instruction in the cleaning mode. However, with this buttock wiping device, you can easily check the internal structure by simply opening the lid provided on the elevation, so maintenance is possible even if it is not exposed to the toilet. 18. In addition, the abnormal part may be notified by a lamp or the like.
  • 106 to 108, 113, 114, 121 to 128, 135 to 140, and 154 to 156 may operate in the same manner as described above.
  • the head cleaning function shown in FIGS. 98 to 104 is merely an example, and the head cleaning function is not particularly limited in the present invention.
  • paper that can be flowed to a toilet such as toilet paper in order to wipe the buttock, but if the buttock can be wiped off
  • Materials other than paper may be used, and an object for wiping the buttock will be expressed as a wiping material so that the present invention is not limitedly interpreted. Therefore, in the following description, paper is recognized as wiping material, and automatic paper feeding unit or paper feeding unit is recognized as “paper” where there is an expression of “paper”. It should be understood as a device that supplies the wiping material and a device that supplies the wiping material.
  • hip wiping device described in the present specification is greatly different from the conventional hip wiping device.
  • the paper is gripped by the head portion of the wiping arm, and the wiping arm is exposed to the wiping position below the buttock by the wiping arm driving portion while the paper is gripped by the head portion.
  • the conventional buttock wiping device requires a configuration of gripping paper.
  • the warm water washing device removes dirt from the anus almost cleanly, and the dirt that exists near the anus is only a small amount of moisture and defecation (hereinafter referred to as moisture). Even if the paper is not firmly gripped and the buttocks are not wiped off, it is possible to wipe off moisture and the like by pressing the paper near the anus. Therefore, a big change in the idea that the head part does not have to hold the paper. This big change in thinking seems to have simply excluded the component of grabbing paper, but it was not easy to get that change.
  • the head of the wiping arm does not grip the paper.
  • the following two methods were invented as an alternative method in which the head portion does not grip the paper.
  • First method Using the frictional force or shape of the pressing portion of the wiping arm, with the paper placed on the pressing portion, the wiping arm is not attached or inserted into the pressing portion. Moves and wipes the buttocks.
  • Second method The paper is exposed under the collar, and the collar is wiped from the exposed paper so that the pressing portion of the wiping arm pushes up the paper. Both methods are inventions that contribute to simplification of the structure of the buttock wiping device, cost reduction, hygiene, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
  • the inventor of the present application considered that the conventional buttock wiping device was large in size. Since the conventional wiping device for a buttock has a drive mechanism disposed beside the toilet bowl, it has inevitably taken a large space beside the toilet bowl. Therefore, the inventor of the present application has invented the following two methods so as not to take a space beside the toilet as much as possible.
  • FIG. 1A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of an appearance of a buttock wiping device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the internal structure is shown in a transparent manner so that the internal structure can be understood.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes a height raising unit 2, a wiping arm driving unit 3, a wiping arm 4, an automatic paper feeding unit 5, and an opening / closing unit 6.
  • the toilet seat 7 is rotatably attached to the warm water washing device 15.
  • the elevation 2 is provided between a toilet bowl (not shown) and the toilet seat 7, and is provided below the toilet seat 7 and on the toilet bowl.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, and a rail unit 10.
  • the automatic paper feeding unit 5 has a function of sending out the roll-shaped toilet paper 11, folding it, cutting it at a predetermined length, and wiping the cut paper on the pressing unit 4a of the arm 4.
  • the pressing portion 4a is a head provided at the tip portion of the wiping arm 4, and is a wiping portion for pressing the paper against the collar portion when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward to wipe off moisture and the like.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 has already been put into practical use as an electric toilet roll, and can be implemented by diverting such an electric toilet roll. Therefore, only the main points will be described here and the detailed structure will be described. Description is omitted.
  • the roll shape means a state in which a long toilet paper is wound up.
  • a long toilet paper is preliminarily folded to be compact, and the long toilet paper is automatically fed out by the automatic paper feeder 5 and is folded and cut at a predetermined interval. Cases are also disclosed. Further, if the toilet paper itself has a thickness, it is not essential to fold, and it is only necessary to cut a long toilet paper to a predetermined length.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 is removed without using the automatic paper feeder 5, and the paper can be manually placed on the pressing portion 4a at the place where the automatic paper feeder 5 is provided. If a paper feed roller or the like is provided, it is possible to provide the collar wiping device 1 that can manually place paper on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the opening / closing part 6 is a device for opening and closing an opening provided in the elevation part 2.
  • a shutter driven by a motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, a piston or the like can be used up and down, front and rear, etc. Any device that can be opened and closed is not particularly limited.
  • the opening / closing part 6 is not driven by a motor or the like, but is an opening / closing part by a hinge and a spring. When the wiping arm is exposed, the opening / closing part is pushed down to open and automatically closed by the spring force when stored. You may do it.
  • the structure which a user opens and closes the opening-and-closing part 6 up and down, back and forth, etc. manually may be sufficient.
  • the opening / closing mechanism Any known mechanism can be adopted as the opening / closing mechanism.
  • the front side of the toilet seat 7 (the side opposite to the warm water cleaning device 15) is the front direction
  • the warm water cleaning device 15 side is the rear direction
  • the vertically downward direction is the downward direction
  • the vertically upward direction is the upward direction.
  • the right side toward the toilet seat 7 is the right direction
  • the left side toward the toilet seat 7 is the left direction.
  • the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a by the automatic paper feeding unit 5 (or manually).
  • the exposure motor 9 rotates, the wiping arm 4 moves on the rail portion 10 together with the vertical motor 8, and the pressing portion 4a moves to the hole 7a side of the toilet seat 7 and is exposed.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates to swing the wiping arm 4 upward and tilt upward. Thereby, the water
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates to swing the wiping arm 4 downward and tilt downward. Paper falls naturally.
  • the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown here can also be used in the second method in which the paper and the wiping arm move separately. The same applies to other embodiments below. That is, each time, the wiping arm driving unit 3 mechanism used in the first method and the wiping arm driving unit 3 mechanism used in the second method should be used in both methods, even if not indicated each time. Can do.
  • the pressing portion 4a is made of a material having friction on the surface thereof so that the paper does not fall even if the wiping arm 4 moves. Therefore, when the wiping arm 4 is exposed as described above, the pressing portion 4a can be exposed to the hole 7a side without grasping or inserting the paper.
  • Various materials can be used as the material of the pressing portion 4a as long as the paper does not fall due to friction. For example, silicon resin, rubber, resin or metal with a non-slip treatment on the surface, resin or metal with a rough surface, or a pressing portion 4a with a non-slip tape attached thereto can be considered. How the paper is not dropped by friction is not specifically limited to the present invention.
  • the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 does not grip the paper, and the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a as the wiping arm 4 moves due to friction generated between the pressing portion 4a and the paper. It is characterized by being exposed as it is.
  • the pressing portion 4a has a shape such that the tip is raised. Even with such a shape, the paper 11a is less likely to fall when the wiping arm 4 moves.
  • the shape of the pressing part 4a for making it hard to drop the paper 11a is not limited to the illustrated example.
  • the pressing portion 4a has a rounded tip so that the paper 11a contacts the front and back of the anus and has a curved shape along the front and rear direction of the anus, but is not limited to the illustrated example.
  • the paper is not dropped by devising the shape of the pressing portion 4a.
  • the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 is placed on the pressing unit 4a without moving the wiping arm 4 and dropping the paper according to the shape of the pressing unit 4a without gripping the paper. It is characterized by being exposed as it is.
  • a disposable arm using a water-soluble material having water solubility or water decomposability or a disposable pressing unit may be used for the pressing unit 4a.
  • a structure in which the shaft is a hard base material portion and the wiping portion is a water absorption portion is considered as an example. This point is the same in the embodiments other than the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 1B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 1C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when viewed from the opening / closing part 6 side.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed.
  • FIG. 1B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 1C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 2 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when viewed from the opening / closing part 6 side.
  • FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the
  • FIG. 5 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • FIG. 6 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward.
  • FIG. 7 is a front view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 8 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed.
  • FIG. 9 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • FIG. 10 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 includes a control unit 13 that controls the overall operation.
  • the buttocks wiping device 1 includes a cleaning confirmation sensor 12c for detecting whether or not cleaning is completed by the hot water cleaning device 15, and a remaining amount of paper for detecting the remaining amount of the toilet paper 11 in the paper feeding unit 5.
  • the cleaning confirmation sensor 12c is a contact sensor that detects whether or not the nozzle of the hot water cleaning device 15 is exposed, a sound sensor that detects a cleaning sound, a color identification sensor that detects the presence of stool near the anus, and the hot water cleaning device 15
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the remaining paper sensor 12d can be realized by an optical sensor or an ultrasonic sensor for detecting the thickness of the roll of the toilet paper 11, a color identification sensor for detecting the remaining of the toilet paper 11, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Note that when the paper is manually placed on the pressing unit 4a, the automatic paper feeding unit 5 is not necessary, and the paper remaining amount center 12d is also unnecessary.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes a paper placement detection sensor 12e for detecting whether or not paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the paper placement detection center 12e can be realized by an optical sensor or a color identification sensor that determines the presence or absence of paper.
  • the paper placement detection center 12e is attached to the pressing unit 4a. Any other sensor may be used as long as the presence or absence of the device can be detected, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 is for detecting whether or not the wiping arm 4 is in the storage position and a storage position sensor 12 a for detecting whether or not it is in the exposure position. And an exposure position sensor 12b.
  • FIG. 3 shows an image using a limit switch
  • the storage position sensor 12a and the exposure position sensor 12b can be realized by various sensors such as other contact switches, magnetic sensors, optical sensors, and the present invention is limited. Not what you want.
  • the plate-like rail 10 is sandwiched up and down by four pulleys 10g, so that the bases 10a and 10b can slide on the rail 10.
  • a vertical motor 8 is fixed to the pedestal 10a.
  • One end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8.
  • the wiping arm 4 has a pressing portion 4a, and the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • a pulley 10 f is attached to the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9.
  • a pulley 10c is fixed inside the elevation part 2 so as to be rotatable using a bearing (not shown).
  • a belt 10d is hung on the pulley 10c and the pulley 10f.
  • the pedestal 10b is coupled to the belt 10d using a coupling tool 10e.
  • a coupling tool 10e With such a structure, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pulley 10f rotates, and the belt 10d rotates accordingly, and the base 10b and the base 10a slide on the rail 10 together with the belt 10d.
  • the structure for sliding the wiping arm 4 can be considered variously, and the example shown here is only an example and does not limit the present invention.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 includes a paper feed roller 5c and a cutting part 5b.
  • the paper feed roller 5c is rotated by rotation of a motor (not shown), and feeds the toilet paper 11 in the direction of the cutting portion 5b with the toilet paper 11 interposed therebetween.
  • the cutting part 5b cuts the toilet paper 11 with a blade.
  • the toilet paper 11 may be cut by swinging the blade using a swinging electromagnetic solenoid.
  • Such mechanisms are well known and will not be described in detail, but any known cutting mechanism can be used.
  • the cutting unit 5b cuts the toilet paper 11. As a result, as shown in FIG. 7, the cut paper 10a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 has an open / close confirmation sensor 6 a for detecting the open / close state of the open / close unit 6.
  • the open / close confirmation sensor 6a can be realized by various sensors such as a contact switch and a magnetic sensor, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the open / close confirmation sensor 6a is not an essential component.
  • the operation of the buttock wiping device 1 will be described with the flowchart shown in FIG. First, it is assumed that the user instructs wiping using the operation unit 35 (S100).
  • the controller 13 confirms whether or not the cleaning by the hot water cleaning device 15 is completed by the cleaning confirmation sensor 12c (S101). If the cleaning has not been completed yet, the control unit 13 prompts the user to complete the cleaning with a voice or a display message without proceeding to the next operation. If the cleaning is completed, the control unit 13 proceeds to the operation of S102.
  • the supply of power to the hot water cleaning device 15 is interrupted so that the hot water cleaning device 15 does not operate, or when the buttocks wiping device 1 and the hot water cleaning device 15 are allowed to cooperate, It is good to control so that a warm water washing instruction cannot be performed after a wiping instruction.
  • control unit 13 confirms whether or not the paper has run out by the paper remaining amount sensor 12d. If there is no paper, the control unit 13 prompts the user to replenish the toilet paper 11 with a voice, a display message, or the like without proceeding to the next operation. If there is no paper, the control unit 13 proceeds to the operation of S103.
  • the control unit 13 controls the opening / closing unit 6 to open the opening of the elevation portion 2.
  • the control part 13 confirms whether it opened normally based on the signal from the opening / closing confirmation sensor 6a (S104). If it is not normally opened, the control unit 13 controls the opening / closing unit 6 again to attempt opening / closing. If the control unit 13 still does not open, the control unit 13 notifies the user that an abnormality has occurred by voice or a display message without proceeding to the next operation. When it is normally opened, the control unit 13 proceeds to the operation of S105. Note that this control does not occur when a hinge-type simple opening / closing part is used.
  • the control unit 13 operates the automatic paper feeding unit 5 to feed the toilet paper 11 with the paper feed roller 5c and feed a predetermined length as shown in FIG. Disconnect. Thereby, the toilet paper 11 will be mounted in the pressing part 4a.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 has a device that presses the paper 11a placed on the pressing unit 4a from above, so that the folding of the paper 11a does not fall apart. 3 and 7 show a state when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the paper 10a is described as one thick paper.
  • the sheet-like paper 11a will be used for wiping.
  • one sheet of dedicated paper may be automatically or manually placed on the pressing unit 4a.
  • control unit 13 turns on the paper placement detection sensor 12e, and shifts to a mode for detecting whether or not the paper 11a is normally placed on the pressing unit 4a (S106). The mode continues until the paper 11a falls (S110). If the paper is accidentally dropped during the mode, the control unit 13 stops the wiping operation and the wiping arm 4 is stopped. The wiping arm driving unit 3 is driven so that the wiping arm returns to the storage position.
  • the control unit 13 operates the exposure motor 9 to expose the wiping arm 4 to the hole 7a side (S107).
  • 4 and 8 are views showing a state where the pressing portion 4a is exposed to the hole 7a side of the toilet seat 7.
  • the controller 13 determines whether or not the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position, and when it reaches, stops the operation of the exposure motor 9 (S108).
  • the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 so that the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward (S109).
  • 5 and 9 are views showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • the motor detection unit 8 a is installed so as to detect the rotation of the up / down motor 8, detects the rotation speed, rotation angle, torque, and the like, and sends the detected signal to the control unit 13.
  • the motor detection unit 8a is a device that can detect the rotation speed, rotation angle, and torque of the motor, and can be realized by a shunt resistor, a potentiometer, a tachometer, a resolver, a rotary encoder, a Hall element, etc., but is not limited thereto. is not.
  • a variable resistor is used for the motor detection unit 8a so that the rotation of the rotation shaft of the vertical motor 8 is transmitted to the rotation shaft of the variable resistor.
  • the control unit 13 can detect the rotation angle and the number of rotations to detect the inclination angle of the wiping arm 4.
  • the control unit 13 can control the push-up strength by the vertical motor 8.
  • a pressure sensor may be provided in the pressing unit 4a, and the pressure applied to the collar may be measured to thereby recognize the motor torque.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 controls the motor for driving the wiping arm 4 in such a manner as described above so that the pressing unit 4a does not come into contact with the buttocks with a predetermined force or more. .
  • the torque control means that the torque generated by the motor becomes a predetermined value
  • the torque limit means that a torque exceeding a predetermined value is not generated by the motor. If a servo motor is used for the motor, torque control or torque limitation is possible by feeding back torque information. If a servo motor is not used for the motor, as described above, the current value flowing through the motor is detected, the torque generated in the motor is detected, and the detection result is fed back to the control unit 13 to It is sufficient that the controller 13 controls the rotation.
  • FIG. 1B a servo motor incorporating an encoder can be used as the motor disclosed in the present specification, but only a difference whether an encoder is incorporated or not is shown in FIG. 1B as a functional block. (Same for all other embodiments).
  • the control unit 13 controls the rotation of the up / down motor 8 to bring the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 into contact with the collar at a desired speed and strength. , Wipe off moisture, etc.
  • the up / down motor 8 may wipe off moisture or the like by repeating the forward / reverse and slight repetitive rotations so that the paper 11a is applied to or removed from the anus.
  • Whether or not wiping has been completed is typically determined by the time during which the pressing portion 4a is in contact with the collar portion.
  • the controller 13 proceeds to the next operation S110 assuming that wiping is completed when the pressing portion 4a is brought into contact with the collar portion for 10 seconds.
  • the determination of whether or not wiping has been completed is not limited to this, and various methods such as determining whether or not moisture has actually been removed using a color identification sensor or the like are employed. Can do.
  • the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 so that the wiping arm 4 is inclined downward (S110).
  • 6 and 10 are views showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward.
  • the control unit 13 controls the rotation of the vertical motor 8 based on the signal from the motor detection unit 8a to tilt the wiping arm 4 downward by a predetermined angle.
  • the paper 11a naturally falls due to its own weight.
  • the control unit 13 may cause the wiper arm 4 to vibrate slightly by repeatedly rotating the up / down motor 8 and / or the exposure motor 9 repeatedly in the forward and reverse directions to shake off the paper 11a.
  • a protruding portion that protrudes at the time of storage is provided in the opening portion of the height raising portion 2, and when the wiping arm 4 is stored, the protruding portion protrudes and hits the paper 11a and falls from the pressing portion 4a. You may keep it. Note that the protrusion is retracted when wiping.
  • the control unit 13 proceeds to the next operation S111.
  • the control unit 13 operates the up / down motor 8 to return the wiping arm 4 to the horizontal position. Thereafter, the control unit 13 operates the exposure motor 9 to store the wiping arm 4 in the elevation part 2 (S112), and the storing position sensor 12a detects the storing of the wiping arm 4 in the storing position. Then (S113), the opening / closing part 6 is operated to close the opening of the elevation part 2 (S114). When the opening / closing confirmation sensor 6a confirms that the opening has been normally closed (S115), the control unit 13 enters a standby state and waits for the next wiping instruction.
  • the control unit 13 notifies the user that an abnormality has occurred by voice or a display message.
  • the opening / closing part 6 is a simple hinge-type opening / closing part, the operation
  • the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 uses the friction of the paper 11a without gripping the paper as in the first method described at the beginning. Can be moved with the In addition, by making the curved surface shape along the shape of the collar so that the tip of the pressing portion 4a rises, the paper 11a is difficult to fall off, and the paper 11a can be moved while being placed.
  • the wiping arm drive part 3 into a simple structure by setting it as the mechanism in which the wiping arm 4 does not grip the paper 11a.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 having a simple structure can be used, a part of the mechanism, in this case, the pulley 1c, the rail 10, and the like, are provided in the elevation portion as in the third method described at the beginning.
  • the belt 10d can be accommodated. For this reason, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl, and it is possible to reduce the size of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • the thickness of the toilet seat 7 is increased so that the height 2 and the toilet seat 7 are integrated, and the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm are driven on the toilet seat 7. If a cavity that can accommodate a part of the part 3 is provided and the opening / closing part 6 can open and close the opening of the toilet seat 7, a part of the mechanism of the wiping arm drive part 3 can be provided inside the thick toilet seat. Is possible. This can be said not only in the first embodiment but also in all embodiments described below.
  • FIG. 11A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of the appearance of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the internal structure is shown in a transparent manner so that the internal structure can be understood.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes a height raising unit 2, a wiping arm driving unit 3, a wiping arm 4, and an opening / closing unit 6.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, a belt 10d, and pulleys 10c and 10f.
  • the paper 11a is manually placed on the pressing portion 4a. However, as shown in FIG. 17 described later, the paper 11a is automatically placed on the pressing portion 4a. It can be deformed.
  • the pressing portion 4a has a quadrangular prism shape, but the pressing portion 4a has a curved surface shape that follows the shape of the buttocks near the anus, as in the first embodiment, and the wiping arm Even if 4 moves, it is made of a material having friction on its surface so that the paper does not fall.
  • the pressing portion 4a may have an uneven shape, and the paper 11a may have a shape that does not easily fall off when the wiping arm 4 moves.
  • FIG. 11B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 11C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. In the flowchart of FIG. 11C, the same operations as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 12 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 13 is a plan view showing a state in which the wiping arm 4 is being exposed.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is exposed to the wiping position.
  • FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is tilted upward.
  • Fig.16 (a) is a front view which shows the internal structure of the collar part wiping apparatus 1 when paper is mounted.
  • FIG.16 (b) is a front view which shows a mode when the wiping arm is exposed.
  • FIG.16 (c) is a front view which shows a mode when wiping off with a wiping arm.
  • FIG. 16D is a front view showing a state when the paper is dropped. In FIGS. 16A to 16D, the paper 11a is not shown.
  • a pulley 10f is attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9.
  • the pulley 10f and the pulley 10c are connected by a belt 10d so that the rotation of the exposure motor 9 is transmitted.
  • a vertical motor 8 is fixed to the pulley 10c.
  • One end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8.
  • the control unit 13 determines whether or not the paper is placed by the paper placement detection sensor 12e in S200 after S101. . If the paper 11a is not placed, the control unit 13 prompts the user to place the paper using a voice or a display message.
  • the motor detection unit 9a for detecting the rotation of the exposure motor 9 is used. Specific examples and functions of the motor detection unit 9a are the same as those of the motor detection unit 8a described in the first embodiment.
  • the control unit 13 determines how much it has been rotated, and detects whether it has been rotated to the exposure position (S201). As in the first embodiment, the control unit 13 may detect the exposure position and the storage position using an exposure position sensor and a storage position sensor.
  • the control unit 13 uses the up / down motor 8 to tilt the wiping arm 4 in the upward direction in addition to tilting the wiping arm 4 in the forward and reverse directions, thereby pushing it near the anus.
  • a wiping operation is executed such that the abutting portion 4a moves back and forth (S202).
  • the control unit 13 determines whether or not the wiping arm 4 has reached the storage position after the paper has fallen (FIG. 16D) based on a signal from the motor detection unit 9a (S203). After storage, after the opening / closing part 6 is closed, the buttocks wiping device 1 enters a standby state.
  • the user places the paper 11 a in a state where the pressing portion 4 a is exposed to the side of the toilet seat 7, and a part of the wiping arm driving unit 3 is placed in the height raising unit 2. Contained.
  • FIG. 17 is a front view when the automatic paper feeding unit 5 is arranged on the pressing unit 4a. Although illustration is omitted here, folding guides 5a and 5a are provided in the automatic paper feeder 5 so that the paper is folded in advance, as in the first embodiment. Moreover, it is good to also provide the mechanism which presses the said paper against the pressing part 4a after the folded paper is mounted in the pressing part 4a, and prevents it from falling apart.
  • the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 uses the friction of the paper 11a without gripping the paper as in the first method described at the beginning. Can be moved with the Further, if the shape of the pressing portion 4a is a curved shape along the vicinity of the anus of the buttocks, and the paper 11a is difficult to fall off, the paper 11a can be moved while being placed.
  • the wiping arm drive part 3 into a simple structure by setting it as the mechanism in which the wiping arm 4 does not grasp the paper 11a.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 having a simple structure can be used, a part of the mechanism can be accommodated in the elevation portion as in the third method described at the beginning. It was. For this reason, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl, and it is possible to reduce the size of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • the exposure motor 9 is exposed by causing the wiping arm 4 to be angularly moved around a certain fulcrum, but if the exposure motor 9 is rotated repeatedly forward and backward, it is pressed. The part 4a can be moved back and forth near the anus.
  • a large structure in which the wiping arm itself is mounted on the rail and moved back and forth can be omitted, so that significant downsizing can be achieved.
  • the up / down motor 8 may be installed toward the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 15. If the rotational movement of the exposure motor 9 is transmitted to the vertical motor 8 by using a gear box, a bevel gear, a worm gear, or the like, the exposure is exposed in the elevation portion 2 without using a transmission mechanism by the belt 10d.
  • the motor 9 can be accommodated.
  • the paper is manually placed on the pressing portion 4 a or the paper is placed by using the automatic paper feeder 5.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 can be realized by using a commercially available electric toilet roll.
  • such an automatic sheet feeder 5 itself has a certain cost, and the structure of the heel wiping device 1 is complicated. Needless to say, there is a possibility that the automatic paper feeder 5 itself has a problem, and it is difficult to perform maintenance.
  • simply by placing the paper on the pressing portion 4a depending on how the user puts the paper 11a, when the wiping arm 4 is moved, the paper 11a is caught on the elevation part 2, etc. The possibility that the paper 11a cannot be successfully exposed cannot be denied.
  • paper feeding for feeding the paper 11a over the pressing portion 4a is performed. The mechanism of the part will be explained.
  • FIG. 18 is a front view of a buttock wiping device according to the third embodiment.
  • the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes the same mechanism as that of the second embodiment.
  • the wiping arm 4 is stored, it is assumed that the pressing portion 4a is accommodated in the elevation 2 as shown in FIG.
  • the pressing portion 4a has rounded corners so as to follow the shape near the anus and has a curved surface shape.
  • the paper feeding unit 14 is newly added.
  • the paper feed unit 14 includes a paper slot 14a, an endless track 14b, an endless track 14c, and a drive unit 14d.
  • the paper slot 14a is made of a material having a small surface friction, or the paper 11a is easily slipped or moved forward by using a free roller or a driving roller.
  • the endless track 14c is rotated by the rotation of the drive unit 14d.
  • the endless track 14b also rotates.
  • the surfaces of the endless tracks 14b and 14c have irregularities.
  • FIG. 19 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a moves forward.
  • FIG. 20 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the sensor 14e confirms the insertion of the paper 11a
  • the drive unit 14d starts rotating, and the paper 11a is fed into the inside so as to be sandwiched between the endless tracks 14b and 14c.
  • the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a while being formed flat.
  • the sensor 14f detects that the paper 11a has been sent out from the endless tracks 14b and 14c, and the driving unit 14d stops. Thereafter, in the same manner as in the second embodiment, the opening / closing part 6 opens, the wiping arm 4 is exposed, wiping is executed, and the paper is discarded after wiping. Note that only one of the sensors 14e and 14f may be provided.
  • paper feed unit 14 shown in the third embodiment is not limited to the second embodiment, and can be used in other embodiments.
  • the paper supply unit 5 such as an electric toilet roll is installed on the paper supply unit 14, the folded and cut paper 11 a is placed on the paper insertion opening 14 a, and the paper 11 a is infinite. It may be automatically sent to the tracks 14b and 14c.
  • the paper feeding unit 14 when the paper feeding unit 14 is used to feed the paper 11a to the pressing unit 4a, the user simply places the paper on the pressing unit 4a.
  • the paper 11a is appropriately placed on the pressing portion 4a. As a result, it can be expected to proceed to the wiping operation with certainty.
  • the method of feeding the paper onto the pressing unit 4a by such a paper feeding unit 14 is not limited to the folded paper 11a, but also when using only one sheet of paper having a certain thickness. It can be adopted.
  • paper feeding unit shown in the third embodiment can be used in other embodiments in addition to the second embodiment.
  • the surface of the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is made of a material with high friction so that the paper 11a does not fall when exposed.
  • the shape of the pressing portion 4a it is possible to prevent the paper from falling, and a hole for generating a negative pressure is provided in the pressing portion 4a, and a negative pressure provided separately. It is also possible to make the paper difficult to drop during movement by communicating the generator and the hole and sucking the paper through the hole.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11j.
  • the dedicated paper 11j shown in FIG. 21 includes a base material portion 11c and a water absorption portion 11d.
  • the base material portion 11c is a thick material, and preferably a water-soluble (water-decomposable or water-soluble) material.
  • the base material portion 11c has a shape that hardly slides down even when attached to the pressing portion 4a.
  • the base material portion 11c has a shape corresponding to the curved shape of the pressing portion 4a.
  • a water absorbing part 11d is provided on the base part 11c.
  • the water absorbing portion 11d is thick soft paper, and may be made of, for example, a material in which several toilet papers are stacked or a thick water-soluble material.
  • the structure and shape of the exclusive paper 11j should just have the shape according to the shape of the pressing part 4a, and it is not essential to be divided
  • FIG. 22A is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 22C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. In FIG. 22C, portions having the same operations as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 23 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 25 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 27 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is fed into the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 28 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is exposed.
  • FIG. 29 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is tilted upward.
  • FIG. 30 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the anus.
  • FIG. 31 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is discarded.
  • the buttock is wiped off using the dedicated paper 11b.
  • the special paper 11b is a thick water-absorbing paper, and is made of a water-soluble material that can be flowed to the toilet.
  • the special paper 11b may be a quadrangular shape in which a plurality of toilet papers are stacked and the edges are joined, and are cut into a quadrangular shape in advance and supplied to the user after being stacked. Good.
  • the shape is not limited to a square shape. It may be a triangle, pentagon, circle, or the like, and may be cut into a predetermined shape in advance.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is larger than the pressing portion 4a in plan view.
  • the dedicated paper 11b by joining up and down in a state where a plurality of layers are stacked up and down. For example, it may be bonded up and down.
  • the joining position is not limited to the end side, and it is sufficient that at least a part is joined so that the dedicated paper 11b does not come off.
  • a plurality of toilet papers are stacked, the edges are joined, and a roll of the perforation with a predetermined length is supplied to the user, and the user cuts the perforation himself.
  • a method of making the dedicated paper 11b before wiping off may be used.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 has an overall structure in which a paper feed opening 14 k in the paper feed unit 14 is provided beside the elevation part 2.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 for driving the wiping arm 4 is accommodated in the elevation unit 2 and the paper feeding unit 14. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 22A, the portion exposed to the side of the toilet seat 7 is only the paper supply unit 14 for setting the dedicated paper 11b, and the size is reduced.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, a pedestal 10a, pulleys 10c and 10f, a belt 10d, a connector 10e, and a slide bar. 10h and 10i.
  • the pulley 10 f is connected to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9.
  • the pulley 10f rotates
  • the pulley 10c and the belt 10d rotate.
  • the belt 10d and the pedestal 10a are connected by a connecting tool 10e.
  • Slide rods 10h and 10i are inserted into recesses or holes provided at the top and bottom of the base 10a. Therefore, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pedestal 10a slides left and right along the slide bars 10h and 10i.
  • a vertical motor 8 is fixed to the pedestal 10a.
  • One end of the wiping arm 4 is connected to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8.
  • the sliding mechanism using the slide rods 10h and 10i, the belt 10d, and the pulleys 10c and 10f is illustrated, but the sliding mechanism for sliding the vertical motor 8 is not limited to this.
  • the sliding mechanism a screw shaft that rotates in accordance with the rotation of the exposure motor 9 is inserted into the ball screw, the vertical motor 8 is fixed to the ball screw, and the vertical motor 8 is the screw shaft.
  • a mechanism that slides along the rails, or a mechanism in which the vertical motor 8 slides along the rails as in the first embodiment may be used.
  • the paper feed unit 14 includes a paper slot 14a, a paper feed motor 14d, a sensor 14e, a sensor 14f, an upper roller 14g, a guide 14h, a lower roller 14i, and a table 14j.
  • the paper slot 14a is made of a surface material that is slippery and has a small friction.
  • the dedicated paper 11b input from the opening 14k slides down the paper input port 14a and enters the detection range of the sensor 14e (S300 in FIG. 22C).
  • the paper feed motor 14d rotates to rotate the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i (S301 in FIG. 22C).
  • the dedicated paper 11b is sent out so as to be sandwiched between them.
  • the sensor 14f does not detect the special paper 11b and detects that the special paper 11b is sent out (S302 in FIG. 22C).
  • the paper feed motor 14d stops.
  • the special paper 11b hits the guide 14h and hangs down to be placed on the table 14j (FIG. 27).
  • FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the wiping arm 4.
  • the pressing part 4a includes a convex part 4a-1, a base part 4a-2, and a hinge part 4b.
  • the convex portion 4a-1 has a curved shape that follows the shape of the vicinity of the anus, such as silicon resin, and is preferably made of a flexible material having friction, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Absent.
  • the base portion 4a-2 is a hard member that connects the convex portions 4a-1, and may be a resin or a metal, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • a hinge portion 4b is provided on the bottom surface of the base portion.
  • the hinge portion 4b may be swingably connected to one end of the wiping arm 4 by an elastic member such as a spring 4e.
  • an elastic member such as a spring 4e.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the pressing portion 4a In the middle of the wiping arm 4, the pressing portion 4a can be removed by the connecting portion 4d.
  • Various shapes of the pressing portion 4a can be provided according to the preference and the shape of the anus, and the user can customize the shape of the pressing portion 4a according to the preference and the like.
  • An electromagnet 4c having a hinge mechanism is provided at an intermediate portion of the wiping arm 4, and can be bent. In the portion of the electromagnet 4c, a spring (not shown) is provided inside the hinge mechanism so that the wiping arm 4 is kept horizontal even when no current flows.
  • the electromagnet 4c is magnetized so as to repel when the wiping arm 4 is bent, and is magnetized so as to be attracted when it is made horizontal.
  • the hinge mechanism provided together with the electromagnet 4c allows the wiping arm 4 to be bent or horizontal depending on the magnetization direction of the electromagnet 4c.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates to tilt the wiping arm 4 upward. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 30, when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus, the pressing portion 4a is bent around the hinge portion 4b so as to be kept horizontal. Due to the force of the spring 4e, the pressing portion 4a absorbs moisture or the like into the special paper 11b with a feeling of pressing against the anus.
  • the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 may be finely moved, and the pressing portion 4a may be finely moved vertically and horizontally to perform wiping.
  • the motor for moving the pressing part 4a back and forth is attached to the base 10a, and the up and down motor 8 is attached to the motor, the back and forth fine movement is also possible.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates to return the wiping arm 4 to the horizontal direction, the electromagnet 4c is magnetized in a direction to bend the wiping arm 4, and the dedicated paper 11b is Fall naturally. Thereafter, the electromagnet 4c is magnetized so as to return to the original position, and the wiping arm 4 is leveled. Finally, the exposure motor 9 rotates to return the wiping arm 4 to the storage position, the opening / closing part 6 is closed, and the next wiping standby state is entered. Instead of bending the wiping arm 4 using the electromagnet 4c, the wiping arm 4 may be tilted downward by the up / down motor 8, and the paper may be dropped. In that case, the electromagnet 4c may not be used.
  • the fourth embodiment as in the first method described at the beginning, it is possible to move while holding the dedicated paper 11b using the friction without gripping the paper. is there.
  • the special paper 11b is not easily dropped, and the special paper 11b can be moved while being placed.
  • the wiping arm drive part 3 into a simple structure by setting it as the mechanism in which the wiping arm 4 does not grasp the exclusive paper 11b.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 having a simple structure can be used, a part of the mechanism can be accommodated in the elevation portion as in the third method described at the beginning. It was. For this reason, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl, and it is possible to reduce the size of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • the paper 11b when used as in the fourth embodiment, the paper can be placed on the pressing unit 4a by using the paper supply unit 14 having a simple structure using only the paper feed roller. Become. If the paper feeding unit 14 and the wiping arm driving unit 4 are appropriately arranged, the heel wiping device 1 can be downsized.
  • the pressing portion 4a is configured to be kept horizontal by a hinge mechanism or the like when contacting the anus, the wiping feeling is improved, and moisture and the like can be surely wiped off.
  • the fifth embodiment is a buttock wiping device 1 when the automatic paper feeder 5 is optionally attached to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 32 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifth embodiment.
  • the heel wiping device 1 has the automatic paper feeder 5 mounted on the opening 14k.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 has a structure of an electric toilet roll, and can be realized with a simple structure such as being placed and fixed on the opening 14k.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 does not operate unless the sensor 14e detects the dedicated paper 11b.
  • the paper feeding unit 5 and the heel wiping device 1 do not have to be interlocked and can be easily retrofitted as an option. However, it goes without saying that the automatic paper feeding unit 5 and the heel wiping device 1 may be designed to work together.
  • the paper 11e used in the automatic paper feeder 5 is a roll of the thick special paper 11b.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 cuts the roll paper 11e with a predetermined length.
  • the predetermined length is the length of the dedicated paper 11b used in the fourth embodiment, but is determined by the length of the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 33 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the automatic paper feeder 5 is attached as an option.
  • the point different from the fourth embodiment is that the automatic paper feeder 5 for cutting the dedicated roll paper 11e is mounted on the paper feeder 14.
  • the automatic paper feeding unit 5 includes a cutting unit 5b and a paper feed roller 5c.
  • the cutting unit 5b cuts the roll paper 11e.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is cut and falls to the paper insertion opening 14a.
  • the wiping operation by the buttock wiping device 1 is executed.
  • the dedicated paper 11b can be automatically supplied using the dedicated roll paper 11e, so that the convenience is further improved.
  • the automatic paper feeder 5 as shown in the first embodiment is installed on the opening 14k, the roll-shaped toilet paper is fed out, folded and cut at a predetermined length, and the opening The paper may be sent to the pressing portion from 14k.
  • FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the exposure motor 9 is provided in the elevation 2. As shown in FIG. 34, the pressing portion 4a is exposed to the side of the toilet, and the paper 11a is manually placed on the pressing portion 4a so that the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the hole 7a side. May be.
  • the exposure motor 9 may be accommodated in the elevation part 2 so that the vertical motor 8 and the wiping arm 4 are rotated and exposed. Further, the exposure motor 9 may expose the vertical motor 8 using a gear box, various gears, or the like.
  • the pressing portion 4a is preferably made of a material with high friction such as silicon, but is not limited thereto.
  • the wiping arm 4 may be a telescopic structure.
  • a structure that expands and contracts electrically is well known in an antenna of an automobile radio or the like. That is, the antenna is expanded and contracted by electrically winding a wire, or a structure using a rack and pinion, and a flexible belt that can be wrapped around the rack side, and the antenna is expanded and contracted by electrically winding the rack.
  • a water-soluble disposable head may be manually attached to the tip of the wiping arm 4 (including the telescopic arm).
  • FIG. 35 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 equipped with the disinfection / cleaning arm 16 for disinfecting and / or cleaning the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far.
  • the disinfection / washing arm 16 is accommodated in the elevation 2 and a part of the toilet seat 7 is cut away so that it can be seen.
  • the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 is connected to a disinfecting liquid tank, a cleaning liquid tank, tap water, etc. (not shown), and disinfecting liquid or cleaning liquid can be ejected from the disinfecting / cleaning head 16c by opening / closing an electromagnetic valve (not shown). It can be done.
  • the disinfection / cleaning arm 16 includes an exposure motor 16a and a vertical motor 16b.
  • the elevation 2 is provided with an opening for exposing the disinfection / cleaning arm 16. While being seated, the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the hole 7a side of the toilet bowl 7. Accordingly, the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 is exposed, and the disinfecting liquid and / or the cleaning liquid is ejected from above the pressing part 4a to disinfect and / or clean the pressing part 4a.
  • the sterilization / cleaning arm 16 is inclined upward by the up / down motor 16b to perform cleaning or the like from above the pressing portion 4a. However, if the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward, the sterilization / cleaning arm 16 Only the exposure motor 16a may be used.
  • the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 is accommodated in a place other than the elevation part 2, for example, the warm water cleaning device 15, and the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 may be exposed from the warm water cleaning device 15.
  • a mechanism such as disinfection is provided separately from the wiping arm 4, waterproofing around the wiping arm drive unit 3 is also possible.
  • FIG. 36 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 in which a disinfection / cleaning nozzle 16d is attached to the lid 7b of the toilet seat 7 in order to disinfect and / or clean the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 includes a disinfection / cleaning nozzle 16d attached to the lid 7b, a tank 16e, a pipe 16f, and a lid detection sensor 16g.
  • the lid detection sensor 16g detects whether or not the lid 7b is closed.
  • the tank 16e contains a disinfecting liquid and / or a cleaning liquid.
  • an electromagnetic valve connected to tap water may be used.
  • both the tank 16e and the electromagnetic valve may be used.
  • the tank 16e has a built-in mechanism (for example, a pump) for ejecting the stored disinfectant solution or the like.
  • the disinfection / washing nozzle 16d is arranged on the lid 7b so that the exposed pressing portion 4a is positioned under the disinfection / washing nozzle 16d when the lid 7b is closed.
  • the control unit 13 of the heel wiping device 1 exposes the wiping arm 4 to the hole 7a side to drive the ejection mechanism of the tank 16e.
  • the disinfecting liquid and / or the cleaning liquid is ejected from the disinfecting / cleaning nozzle 16d through the pipe 16f to disinfect and / or clean the pressing portion 4a.
  • the lid 7b is provided with a mechanism such as sterilization, the pressing portion 4a can be sterilized with a simple structure.
  • FIG. 37 is a front view showing another mechanism when the wiping arm 4 is slid and exposed as in the first, third and fourth embodiments.
  • the screw shaft 10j is rotated by the rotation of the exposure motor 9.
  • a screw hole is provided in the pedestal 10a, and a ball screw is constituted by the screw shaft 10j and the pedestal 10a by incorporating a ball in the screw hole. Note that the ball is not essential, and sliding is possible even if a mechanism called a trapezoidal screw or a slide screw is simply constituted by the screw shaft 10j and the screw hole of the base 10a.
  • the pedestal 10a is slidably supported by the elevation 2 with a slide shaft (not shown). When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pedestal 10a slides, and at the same time, the vertical motor 8 and the wiping arm 4 connected thereto slide.
  • the wiping arm 4 may have a telescopic structure.
  • the wiping arm 4 is exposed in accordance with the rotation of the exposure motor 9.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates and the wiping arm 4 tilts upward. Due to the presence of the hinge portion 4b, the convex portion 4a-1 of the pressing portion 4a is brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus in a state of being kept horizontal, and wiping is executed. After the wiping, the paper 11a or the dedicated paper 11b falls by bending with the electromagnet 4c of the wiping arm 4.
  • the sliding mechanism using the ball screw is a well-known mechanism that has been put into practical use, and has a lot of technical information, and is a mechanism that can be considered for use in putting the collar wiping device 1 into practical use.
  • FIG. 38 is a conceptual diagram of the buttock wiping device 1 for setting a plurality of wiping arms 4 on standby and cleaning, disinfecting, and drying the wiping arms 4 in standby.
  • a mounting portion 4 f is provided on the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8.
  • the attachment portion 4f is a parallel hand, an electromagnet, a clip-type gripping portion, or the like.
  • the attachment portion 4f can attach the replacement wiping arm 4 that is on standby.
  • the attachment portion grips one wiping arm 4.
  • the attachment part 4 and / or the wiping arm 4 may be telescopic or not telescopic.
  • the operations of the exposure motor 9, the vertical motor 8, and the screw shaft 10j are the same as those in FIG.
  • the replacement wiping arm 4 can be placed on the moving path of the mounting portion. As shown in FIG. 38 (b), when wiping is completed, the wiping arm 4 is removed from the attachment portion 4f, and is disinfected, cleaned, and dried by a disinfecting, cleaning, and drying device (not shown). Next, when wiping is performed, as shown in FIG. 38C, the standby wiping arm 4 is attached to the attachment portion 4 and wiping is performed.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be replaced.
  • FIG. 39 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the wiping arm 4 in which the height of the convex portion 4a-1 of the pressing portion 4a is raised and lowered.
  • the convex portion 4a-1 is a soft head made of silicon resin or the like.
  • a rotating body 4g is provided inside the convex portion 4a-1, and an arm shaft is attached at an eccentric position like a fir ball of the massage device. By rotating the arm itself, The convex part 4a-1 can be moved up and down like a fir ball.
  • the wiping arm 4 may be telescopic.
  • One end of the wiping arm 4 has a built-in vertical motor for moving the wiping arm 4 up and down, and a biaxial drive mechanism 4 h that also incorporates a motor that rotates around the axial direction of the wiping arm 4. .
  • the motor of the biaxial drive mechanism 4h rotates, the rotating body 4g rotates, and the rotating body 4g operates so as to be tilted to the left and right or to be raised, so that the height of the convex portion 4a-1 is increased or decreased.
  • the convex part 4a-1 is made of a soft material such as silicone resin, the pressing part 4a can be gently and carefully wiped off the water around the anus by the movement of the rotating body 4g while the pressing part 4a gently falls on the anus. Become.
  • FIG. 40 is a front view of the wiping arm 4 when stored.
  • FIG. 41 is a front view after the paper is sent out.
  • FIG. 42 is a front view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
  • FIG. 43 is a front view during wiping.
  • the wiping arm 4 is formed of a telescopic arm that is nested, and a wire 9b is inserted therein.
  • One end of the wire 9b is attached to the tip of the telescopic telescopic arm, and the other end is wound around a winding portion attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9.
  • the telescopic arm of the telescopic type expands and contracts.
  • a pin 4j protrudes from the wiping arm 4.
  • the pin 4j is inserted into a groove 2a provided in the elevation part 2.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be slid without tilting by the pin 4j.
  • the structure of the pressing part 4a, the hinge part 4b, and the connection part 4d is the same as that described in FIG.
  • the electromagnet 4c may or may not be present, but is illustrated as not being here.
  • the roll paper 11e used in the automatic paper feeder 5 is a roll of paper having a certain thickness.
  • the roll paper 11e is rotatably attached to the holder 5e of the automatic paper feeder 5, and the roll paper 11e is placed on the table 5f.
  • the end of the roll paper 11e is supplied to the upper and lower paper feed rollers 15c.
  • the paper feed roller 15c is provided with a sensor, and when the roll paper 11e is supplied, the paper feed roller 15c is rotated by a motor (not shown).
  • the paper fed out by the paper feed roller 5c advances through the cutting part 5b, is placed on the table 14j, and further hits the guide 14h and hangs down from the table 14j. In this way, the roll paper 11e having a predetermined length is sent out and cut.
  • Whether or not the predetermined length has been reached can be determined by detecting the number of rotations of the paper feed roller 15c with a sensor.
  • the paper feed roller 15c stops, and the cutting unit 5b that cuts with the upper and lower blades is operated to cut the roll paper 11e.
  • the dedicated paper 11b having a thickness that can be wiped off by one sheet is set on the table 14j (FIG. 41). If the paper feed roller 15c rotates, the roll paper 11e rotates naturally and the paper is fed out. Therefore, a motor for rotating the roll paper 11e is unnecessary, but it may be provided.
  • the telescopic arm extends, and the pressing portion 4a is exposed. At this time, the pin 4j reaches the end of the groove 2a.
  • An exposure position detection sensor may be provided to detect whether or not the exposure position has been reached.
  • a belt provided with a rack or a flexible rack may be used. In any case, the present invention is not limited as long as the wiping arm 4 has a mechanism for expanding and contracting.
  • the pressing portion 4a is in contact with the anus in a horizontal state by the hinge 4b, and moisture or the like is absorbed by the dedicated paper 11b.
  • the wiping arm 4 is leveled, and the vertical motor 8 is finely moved to screen out the special paper 11b.
  • the electromagnet 4c it is good to magnetize in the reverse direction, an arm bends, and paper falls naturally.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates to level the arm
  • the exposure motor 9 rotates, winds the wire 9b, shortens the telescopic arm, and presses the pressing part. It is stored in the elevation 2.
  • the pressing portion 4a can be tilted by a piston or the like due to the presence of the hinge 4b. Therefore, the pressing portion 4a may be tilted with the piston or the like to drop the paper.
  • the wiping arm driving portion 3 can be avoided from water.
  • the telescopic arm is used, the protrusion to the side of the toilet seat can be minimized, and the heel wiping device 1 can be downsized.
  • the opening / closing motor 6d used for the opening / closing section 6 can be covered so as not to be exposed to water, and the entire apparatus can be waterproofed.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 is provided under the automatic sheet feeding unit 5 and can hide a complicated mechanism from the user. Since the pressing part 4a is not provided with an electrical mechanism or a complicated starting mechanism, the user can easily sanitize the pressing part 4a. Moreover, since the pressing part 4a is easily removable by the connection part 4d, it is easy to make the pressing part 4a hygienic.
  • the shape of the opening / closing part 6 is a flat shape, but naturally, the opening / closing part 6 may be curved in accordance with the shape of the toilet bowl, the toilet seat 7 and the elevation part 2.
  • the height of the raised part 2 does not have to be curved in accordance with the shape of the toilet seat 7.
  • the heel wiping device 1 disclosed in the present specification can be downsized, the portion of the elevation 2 where the wiping arm 4 is exposed is not curved and opened. It is also possible to keep the opening in a typical planar shape.
  • FIG. 44 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes up and down.
  • the left and right end sides (left side in the figure) of the opening / closing part 6 form a rack 6g and are connected to the pinion 6f.
  • the opening / closing part 6 is inserted into holding guides 6h, 6h provided in the elevation part 2, and can slide.
  • the pinion 6f is connected to a rotating shaft 6e connected to the opening / closing motor 6d.
  • the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the pinion 6f rotates, and the rack 6g moves accordingly, and the opening / closing portion 6 slides up and down.
  • Waterproofing can be realized by disposing the opening / closing motor 6d on the outside of the elevation part 2 or in a place where it is difficult for water to flow, using the rotating shaft.
  • the position of the opening / closing motor 6 may be reversed left and right.
  • FIG. 45 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes left and right.
  • One end (upper and lower sides in the figure) of the upper and lower portions of the opening / closing part 6 is a rack 6g and is connected to the pinion 6f.
  • the opening / closing part 6 is inserted into holding guides 6h, 6h provided in the elevation part 2, and can slide.
  • the pinion 6f is connected to a rotating shaft 6e connected to the opening / closing motor 6d.
  • the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the pinion 6f rotates, and the rack 6g moves accordingly, and the opening / closing portion 6 slides to the left and right.
  • Waterproofing can be realized by disposing the opening / closing motor 6d on the outside of the elevation part 2 or in a place where it is difficult for water to flow, using the rotating shaft.
  • the position of the opening / closing motor 6 may be upside down.
  • FIG. 46 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes separately on the left and right.
  • Each of the two opening / closing parts 6 is provided with a rack 6g so as to be connected to the pinion 6f.
  • the opening / closing part 6 is inserted into holding guides 6h, 6h provided in the elevation part 2, and can slide.
  • the pinion 6f is connected to a rotating shaft 6e connected to the opening / closing motor 6d. When the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the pinion 6f rotates, and accordingly, the rack 6g also moves, and the opening / closing portion 6 slides separately on the left and right.
  • Waterproofing can be realized by disposing the opening / closing motor 6d on the outside of the elevation part 2 or in a place where it is difficult for water to flow, using the rotating shaft.
  • the position of the opening / closing motor 6 may be upside down.
  • FIG. 47 is a front view (during storage) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 48 is a front view (when exposed) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • the structure of the automatic paper feeder 5 is the same as that of the sixth embodiment.
  • the structure for exposing the wiping arm 4 is the same as that shown in FIG. 37, in which the exposure motor 9 rotates the screw shaft 10j supported by the two bearings 4k to Suppose that it is the structure which slides 10a.
  • the function of the up / down motor 8 is different.
  • the vertical motor 8 is connected to the shaft 10k.
  • the shaft 10k is supported by the bearings 4k and 4k.
  • a bevel gear 4m is fixed immediately before the opening 6 of the shaft 10k.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates, the bevel gear 4m rotates.
  • the bevel gear 4l is rotatably connected to the base 10a.
  • One end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the bevel gear 4l.
  • FIG. 48 shows a view when the exposure position is reached.
  • the bevel gear 4m and the bevel gear 4l mesh with each other as shown in the upper left diagram of FIG.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates.
  • the shaft 10k rotates, and thus the bevel gear 4m rotates.
  • the bevel gear 41 is rotated, and the wiping arm 4 is rotated together, and the pressing portion 4a can be moved in the vertical direction. Thereby, wiping off and fall of paper are realizable.
  • the paper may be dropped by bending the wiping arm 4 with an electromagnet.
  • the wiping arm 4 is moved up and down using the bevel gears 4m and 4l.
  • a transmission mechanism capable of converting the rotational motion of the shaft 10k into motion perpendicular to the shaft 10k is provided.
  • the structure is not limited to bevel gears 4m and 4l.
  • a worm 4o may be used as shown in the enlarged view at the lower left of FIG. That is, the worm 4o is fixed to the shaft 10k, and rotates when the up / down motor 8 rotates.
  • the vertical motor 8 is attached to the return position of the disk 8d.
  • the disk 8d is attached to the rotation shaft of a motor 8c (or a swing type electromagnetic solenoid).
  • the vertical motor 8, the shaft 10k, and the worm 4o move in the direction of the broken line in the figure.
  • the worm wheel 4m connected to the wiping arm 4 and the worm 4o are engaged with each other.
  • the up-and-down motor 8 rotates, and the worm 4o and the worm wheel 4n rotate accordingly, and the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down.
  • the clutch mechanism that connects the worm wheel 4n and the worm 4o is not limited to this.
  • These structures can be considered to have a gear for moving the wiping arm 4 up and down when the wiping arm 4 reaches the exposed position.
  • the vertical motor 8 can be disposed away from the vicinity of the opening 6 even when exposed, so that the vertical motor 8 can be waterproofed.
  • 49 and 50 are diagrams showing a structure when the bevel gear 4m and the pedestal 10a are slid together.
  • the support portion 4q is fixed to the shaft 4p connecting the wiping arm 4 and the bevel gear 4l.
  • a bevel gear 4m is fixed to the support portion 4g.
  • the bevel gear 41 and the bevel gear 4m are always connected and slide.
  • the bevel gear shaft 10k is provided with a notch so that the bevel gear 4m also rotates when the shaft rotates.
  • the shaft 10k may be a spline shaft, a hexagonal medium shaft, or the like.
  • the bevel gear 4m has a protruding part on the inner side where the shaft 10k is inserted, and the protruding part fits into the notch of the shaft 10k.
  • the bevel gear 4m may be connected to the bevel gear 4l by being pushed down by the clutch mechanism after the pedestal 10a is advanced to the exposure position by the exposure motor 9.
  • the bevel gear 4m and the bevel gear 4l always mesh with each other, and the shaft 10k has a structure that expands and contracts, and the bevel gear 4m and the bevel gear 4l slide together while the shaft 10k expands and contracts. May be.
  • the up / down motor 8 and / or the exposure motor 9 may be moved downward by a gear or the like.
  • a mechanism for example, bevel gears 4m and 4l, worm 4o and worm wheel 4n
  • the wiping arm 4 is connected to the mechanism, and the wiping arm 4 is moved up and down.
  • the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 can be realized by a single motor. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 has a mechanism (for example, bevel gears 4m and 4l, a worm 4o and a worm wheel 4n) that converts rotation in a direction perpendicular to the rotation shaft (for example, the screw shaft 10j) of the exposure motor 9.
  • the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 are made common to one motor, and the rotation of the rotary shaft used for the exposure motion and the rotary shaft used for the vertical motion is switched by an electromagnetic clutch or the like. Make it possible. Thereby, the number of motors can be reduced, and the cost reduction and downsizing of the buttocks wiping device can be achieved.
  • the second method that is, the paper is exposed under the buttock separately from the wiping arm, and the pressing portion of the wiping arm pushes up the paper from under the exposed paper.
  • the heel wiping apparatus 1 that employs a method of wiping the buttock will be described.
  • FIG. 51A is a perspective view of a buttock wiping device 1 according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 51B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • 51C and 51D are flowcharts showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 52 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 53 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • 51A, 52, and 53 show a state before the dedicated paper 11b is supplied.
  • FIG. 54 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 55 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 56 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 54 to 56 show a state when the dedicated paper 11b is supplied.
  • FIG. 57 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 58 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG.57 and FIG.58 shows a mode at the time of wiping a collar part with the exclusive paper 11b.
  • the elevation 2 and the toilet seat 7 are indicated by alternate long and short dash lines so that the internal structure can be understood.
  • description of a warm water washing apparatus is abbreviate
  • the buttocks wiping device 1 is provided under the toilet seat 7.
  • the buttocks wiping device 1 includes a wiping arm 4 and a wiping arm driving unit 3 in a storage portion 2 b provided in the elevation portion 2.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, and gears, shafts, bearings, and the like (not shown) for transmitting their power to the wiping arm 4.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes a paper feeding unit 17 for supplying the dedicated paper 11b. A part of the sheet feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the accommodating unit 2 b provided in the elevation unit 2.
  • the toilet seat 7 may be thickened and the structure of the buttock wiping device 1 may be inserted into the toilet seat 7 (the same applies to other embodiments).
  • the wiping arm 4 has a pressing portion 4a at one end.
  • the pressing portion 4a may be configured to be kept horizontal when contacting the anus by a hinge mechanism provided on the wiping arm 4.
  • the other end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. If the vertical motor 8 rotates, the wiping arm 4 moves up and down accordingly, and as a result, the pressing portion 4a moves up and down.
  • the vertical motor 8 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 rotates by rotating around the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9, and the wiping arm 4 also rotates together with the wiping arm 4 from the storage portion 2b. Is exposed to the hole 7 a side of the toilet seat 7. After the exposure, the vertical motor 8 can be rotated to move the pressing portion 4a up and down.
  • the paper feed unit 17 includes a paper insertion port 17a, a paper feed roller 17b, a paper loading guide 17c, an extrusion unit 17d, and a paper feed motor 17e.
  • the extrusion part 17d has a nested structure.
  • the paper feed motor 17e has a gear (pinion) (not shown) attached to its rotating shaft.
  • a rack and pinion structure is formed so that the gear and the pushing portion 17d (rack) mesh with each other.
  • the catching portion is configured such that the advancement of the outer nesting starts and the advancement of the outer nesting advances the inner nesting together.
  • the push-out unit 17 moves backward and contracts. Specifically, the outer nesting (rack) meshes with the pinion attached to the paper feed motor 17e and moves backward, and when the outer nesting moves backward to the end, the pinion is meshed with the inner nesting rack. Thus, the catch of the catch portion described above is released, and the inner nesting is moved backward and accommodated.
  • a paper loading guide 17c is attached on the extrusion portion 17d.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is also moved forward or backward in accordance with the movement of the pushing portion 17d.
  • the paper feed roller 17b has a structure in which the dedicated paper 11b is sandwiched between the upper and lower rollers.
  • the paper feed roller 17b is rotated by the rotation of a motor (not shown).
  • the paper feed sensor 17g attached near the entrance of the paper feed roller 17b detects it and rotates the paper feed roller 17b. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b moves in the paper feed roller 17b.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the paper feeding sensor 17h attached near the outlet of the paper feeding roller 17b detects that the special paper 11b has been discharged, and the paper feeding roller 17b is stopped. In this way, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the paper feed sensor 17g and the paper feed sensor 17h may be sensors that can detect the presence or absence of paper without contact, such as a photo sensor or an ultrasonic sensor, but are not limited thereto.
  • the paper loading guide 17c has such a shape that the pressing portion 4a can pass from the bottom to the top and the special paper 11b does not fall.
  • the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is only an example and does not limit the present invention.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is provided with a paper loading guide sensor 17i so that it can be detected whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is properly placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • Various sensors such as a photo sensor may be used as the paper placement guide sensor 17i. In this way, as shown in FIGS. 54 to 56, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is preferably made of a water-absorbing material having a certain thickness.
  • the special paper 11b may be provided with a base portion having a certain degree of hardness under the water-absorbing material so that it does not bend when placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the dedicated paper 11b may be made by folding a plurality of toilet papers and joining all or part of the edges, or by piling up a plurality of toilet papers and joining all or part of the edges.
  • one thick water-absorbing paper may be cut into a predetermined shape.
  • the paper feeding motor 17e rotates to advance the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is exposed from the elevation 2.
  • a groove or the like is provided in the elevation 2 to regulate the orbit of the paper loading guide 17c so that the paper loading guide 17c is exposed straight.
  • the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved by the rotation of the exposure motor 9, so that it is exposed and tilted upward by the vertical motor 8.
  • the pressing portion 4a pushes up the dedicated paper 11b from under the paper loading guide 17c, and presses the paper 11b against the collar portion to wipe off moisture and the like.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is exposed under the buttock, and the wiping arm 4 is positioned under the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the gap between the user's buttocks sitting on the toilet seat 7 and the wiping arm 4 is about several centimeters.
  • the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is raised, the dedicated paper 11b is lifted, and the dedicated paper 11b comes into contact with the collar portion.
  • the paper feeding motor 17e moves the paper loading guide 17c backward.
  • the wiping arm 4 is finely moved up and down, front and rear, left and right, etc. by the wiping arm driving unit 3, so that moisture or the like is reliably absorbed by the special paper 11b. In this way, wiping is performed.
  • the up / down motor 8 tilts the wiping arm 4 downward.
  • the special paper 11b naturally falls by breaking its balance at the pressing portion 4a due to its own weight. If the wiping arm driving unit 3 drives the wiping arm 4 so as to vibrate slightly, the dedicated paper 11b can be surely dropped.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 stores the wiping arm in the storage unit 2b.
  • the rotation of the vertical motor 8, the exposure motor 9, and the paper feed motor 17e depends on the detection results of the motor detectors 8a, 9a, and 17m. Etc. are controlled by the control unit 13.
  • a specific example of each motor detection unit is the same as that of the motor detection unit 8a described above.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may be pressed against the buttocks.
  • the motor detection unit 17m generates a torque greater than a predetermined value in the paper feed motor 17e. Therefore, the current value detected by the motor detection unit 17m becomes a predetermined value or more.
  • the control unit 13 stops or reversely rotates the paper feeding motor 17e so that the paper loading guide 17c does not hit the user.
  • the paper feed motor 17e may be torque limited or torque controlled.
  • Another possible simple configuration is that a sensor or switch is provided at the tip of the paper loading guide 17c. If the paper loading guide 17c hits the user, the sensor or switch detects it. The control unit 13 may stop or reversely rotate the paper feeding motor 17e. As described above, the paper feeding unit 17 may detect whether or not the paper loading guide 17c has hit the user, and if detected, the paper feeding guide 17c may be stopped or moved backward.
  • an opening / closing part 6 is provided.
  • FIGS. 51C and 51D the same operation parts as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • the control unit 13 After the wiping instruction (S100), it is confirmed whether or not it has been cleaned (S101), and then it is detected by the paper feed sensor 17g of the paper feed unit 17 whether or not the dedicated paper 11b has been loaded ( S400). If not, the control unit 13 displays a message or display that prompts the user to insert the dedicated paper 11b. When the special paper 11b is loaded, the control unit 13 rotates the paper feed roller 17b to send out the special paper 11b (S401). Assume that the paper delivery sensor 17h detects the delivery of the dedicated paper 11b (S402).
  • the control unit 13 determines that there is an error, and gives a message or display to the user that a paper jam has occurred.
  • the control unit 13 When paper feeding is detected, the control unit 13 turns on the paper loading guide sensor 17i (S403). That is, the paper loading guide sensor 17i is turned on until the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. If the paper loading guide sensor 17i detects that no paper is loaded, the dedicated paper 11b is used. May have fallen along the way. If such a thing is detected, the control unit 13 displays a message and a display so as to instruct the user to perform wiping again. Return to the position and start wiping operation from the beginning.
  • the control unit 13 opens and closes the opening / closing unit 6, and proceeds to the operation of S404.
  • the control unit 13 operates the paper feed motor 17e to expose the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the exposure position of the paper loading guide 17c is detected by a detection unit such as a contact switch, a non-contact sensor, a photo sensor, or a magnetic sensor (not shown).
  • the motor 17e is stopped (S405).
  • the control unit 13 rotates the exposure motor 9 to cause the vertical motor 8 to move angularly to expose the wiping arm 4 (S406).
  • the exposure position of the wiping arm 4 is detected based on the rotation angle detected by the motor detection unit 9a.
  • the control unit 13 stops the exposure motor 9 (S407).
  • the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 to tilt the wiping arm 4 upward (S408).
  • the control unit 13 detects that the dedicated paper 11b is no longer placed by the paper loading guide sensor 17i, or the vertical motor 8 detected by the motor detection unit 8a. This is performed by detecting whether or not the pressing portion 4a has reached the wiping position based on the rotation angle or the like (S409).
  • control unit 13 moves the paper feed motor 17e backward to accommodate the paper loading guide 17c in the accommodation unit 2b (S410).
  • the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement detection sensor 12e in the same manner as in the first embodiment (S106), and performs the wiping operation while detecting whether the paper may fall during the wiping. Execute (S412). At the time of wiping, the control unit 13 performs wiping by pressing the dedicated paper 11b up and down or moving left and right and back and forth while slightly rotating the exposure motor 9 and the vertical motor 8. Thereafter, as in the first embodiment, the control unit 13 executes from the fall of the paper to the closing operation of the opening / closing unit 6 (S110 to S115), and returns to the standby state for the next wiping instruction.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is exposed under the buttock separately from the wiping arm 4, and the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is exposed from the exposed dedicated paper 11b to the dedicated paper 11b.
  • the buttock is wiped off by pushing up. Therefore, a structure for grasping the dedicated paper 11b is not required, and the structure of the buttock wiping device can be simplified and the cost can be reduced.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 can also be realized with a simple and reliable structure in which the dedicated paper 11b is fed by the paper feeding roller 17b and exposed by the paper loading guide 17c. In the first method, when the pressing portion 4a is exposed, there is a possibility that the placed paper falls, but in the second method, the possibility that the paper will fall in the middle is extremely low.
  • the buttocks wiping device according to the seventh embodiment is hygienic, easy to use, and easy to maintain.
  • a part of the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit for driving the wiping arm is provided in the heightened portion provided in the gap between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat or in the thick toilet seat.
  • the inside of the raised part or the thick toilet seat not only the left and right but also the space below the hot water washing apparatus can be used. Thereby, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl.
  • the structure which pushes out the extrusion part 17d can be considered variously, and does not limit this invention.
  • a belt is wound around the rotation shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e, and the belt is connected to the nesting structure of the push-out portion 17d so that the belt is stretched or wound up.
  • the extruding portion 17d may be expanded and contracted.
  • a pinion is provided on the rotating shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e, and instead of a belt, a flexible rack is wound around the pinion, and the rack is connected to the nested structure of the push-out portion 17d to expand and contract. Is possible.
  • ADF automatic paper feeder
  • a mechanism of an automatic paper feeder (ADF) used in a copying machine or the like in which a plurality of dedicated papers 11b are stacked one above the other is placed in front of the paper insertion slot, and the paper from the automatic paper feeder mechanism to the paper If the dedicated paper 11b is sent out to the insertion port 17a and the paper feed roller 17b places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c, the paper can be automatically supplied.
  • the long dedicated paper 11b is placed in the paper feed roller 17b, and the cutting unit cuts at a predetermined interval so that the single special paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. May be.
  • the wiping arm 4 and the paper feed unit 17 As in this embodiment, by separating the wiping arm 4 and the paper feed unit 17, only the mechanism of the wiping arm 4 is developed, or only the mechanism of the paper feed unit 17 is developed, and development is performed separately. It can be divided into two.
  • the pressing part 4a is not directly gripped by paper, so the pressing part 4a is made to match the shape of the vicinity of the anus, hard resin, silicon resin, rubber, soft resin, metal, etc.
  • Various things can be developed by applying them to actual human beings, and it is possible to design them appropriately from the viewpoint of ergonomics.
  • the arm portion of the wiping arm 4 is linear, but it may be bent.
  • the wiping arm 4 is mainly composed of a pressing portion 4a provided at the tip portion and an arm portion which becomes a support column portion for connecting the pressing portion 4a to the driving portion, but the arm portion is bent in advance. By doing so, the pressing portion 4a can be moved to a higher position as described below.
  • FIG. 59 is a right side view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent.
  • FIG. 60 is a plan view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent.
  • the position of the wiping arm 4 at the time of storing and wiping is simultaneously shown.
  • the positions of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c during storage and wiping are shown at the same time.
  • the pressing portion 4a can be moved to a higher position than when the arm portion is linear. Therefore, when the pressing part 4a must be provided at a higher position, it is effective to bend the wiping arm 4. Furthermore, the fact that the pressing portion 4a can be moved to a higher position means that the pressing portion 4a can be pressed more strongly against the collar portion, and therefore the pressing portion 4a is more strongly pressed against the collar portion. If it is desired to press the wiping arm 4, the wiping arm 4 may be bent. When using the second method, since the paper and the wiping arm 4 are separately exposed, the height restriction when the wiping arm 4 and the pressing portion are stored is loosened, so even if the arm is bent, Storage is possible.
  • the arm portion of the wiping arm 4 (portion other than the pressing portion 4a) is made of a flexible material that can be bent, the pressing portion 4a can be prevented from coming into contact with the collar portion with an excessive force.
  • the wiping comfort can be improved.
  • FIG. 61A is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the ninth embodiment.
  • 61B is a right side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 61C is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1, and shows a transition during paper feeding.
  • a plurality of wiping arms 4 are described so that the movement path can be understood, but actually, there is only one wiping arm 4.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes an elevation motor 8, an exposure motor 9, and a wiping arm 4 in the elevation part 2.
  • a pressing part 4 a is provided at the tip of the wiping arm 4.
  • the pressing portion 4a is provided at an eccentric position shifted from the central axis of the wiping arm 4, and as shown in FIG. 61A, is attached via a hinge at a point bent in an L shape.
  • the other end of the wiping arm 4 is attached to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8.
  • the axis center of the rotary shaft of the vertical motor 8 and the axis center of the wiping arm 4 are arranged in a straight line. That is, when the up / down motor 8 rotates, the central axis of the wiping arm 4 rotates, and accordingly, the pressing unit 4 moves up (see FIG. 62 described later).
  • the vertical motor 8 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9 so as to rotate. That is, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 rotates by angular movement, and the wiping arm 4 is exposed at the same time.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is inserted into the paper insertion slot 14a of the paper supply unit 14.
  • the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i are rotated by a motor (not shown).
  • the dedicated paper 11b is sent out, and the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the transport unit 14l.
  • the transport unit 141 can slide to the left and right on the paper surface along the slide groove 14m.
  • the conveying unit 141 is fixed to a ball screw attached to a screw shaft (not shown), and the screw shaft is rotated by a motor (not shown), and accordingly, A mechanism for sliding the ball screw is conceivable, but is not particularly limited.
  • the transport unit 14l starts to slide as shown in FIG. 61C (b). Accordingly, the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i rotate. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 61C (b) to FIG. 61C (e), the dedicated paper 11b is sent to the left side on the paper surface.
  • FIG. 61C (d) when the paper is fed from the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i, it is detected that the paper is fed by a sensor (not shown), and the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i stops. At this time, the dedicated paper 11b starts to be placed on the pressing portion 4a. As shown in FIG. 61C (e) to FIG.
  • the paper is fed by the upper and lower rollers 14g and 14i serving as the paper feed rollers, and the transport unit 14l is moved in accordance with the rotation of the paper feed roller.
  • the paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • Such a mechanism of the paper feeding unit 14 can be used in the embodiment using the first method in addition to the ninth embodiment.
  • FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the movement transition of the pressing unit 4a.
  • the pressing portion 4 a is attached to the tip of the wiping arm 4 by being bent twice in an L shape, and is attached at a position eccentric from the central axis of the wiping arm 4.
  • the pressing portion 4a is attached to the wiping arm 4 by a rotating portion 4r.
  • FIG. 163 is a perspective view illustrating the internal structure of the pressing portion 4a.
  • a spherical bearing structure may be used, or as shown in FIG. 163, a pressing part 4a may be rotatably attached to the tip of the arm.
  • the pressing part 4a has such a weight that it can be kept horizontal. As shown in FIG.
  • a protruding portion 4s protrudes from the rotating portion 4r.
  • a protruding portion 4t protrudes inside the portion of the pressing portion 4a that contacts the vicinity of the anus.
  • FIG. 62 (a) when the wiping arm 4 rotates clockwise about the axis about the axis, the pressing portion 4a is lowered with its weight while maintaining a horizontal balance.
  • a state in which the pressing portion 4a as shown in FIG. 62 (a) is lowered is illustrated in detail in FIG. 62 (b).
  • paper feeding by the paper feeding unit 14 is performed as shown in FIG. 61C.
  • the wiping arm 4 rotates about the axis counterclockwise on the paper surface. Then, since the projecting portion 4s and the projecting portion 4t remain in contact with each other, the pressing portion 4a cannot be kept horizontal but tilts and faces downward. Thereby, the paper can be dropped.
  • the wiping arm 4 rotates about the axis counterclockwise on the paper surface.
  • the pressing portion 4a reaches the maximum height, this time, when it rotates clockwise about the axis, the contact between the projecting portions 4s and 4t is released, and the pressing portion 4a is kept horizontal, Returning to the origin is performed and the next wiping standby state is entered.
  • the pressing portion 4a is raised by rotating the wiping arm 4 about the axis by providing the pressing portion 4a eccentrically from the rotation center of the wiping arm 4. It becomes possible.
  • FIG. 63 is a front view showing the internal structure when roll paper 11e is installed in the paper supply unit 14 to realize automatic paper supply. As shown in FIG. 63, using a roll paper 11e in which the dedicated paper 11b is rolled, the paper is sent out by various rollers so that the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a. If the length is cut by a cutting section (not shown), automatic feeding can be realized also in the ninth embodiment.
  • the structure of the buttock wiping device is simplified, the cost is reduced, it is hygienic, ease of use, and ease of maintenance. realizable.
  • FIG. 64 is a front view and a cross-sectional view showing an example of a specific structure of the pressing portion 4a.
  • a pressing portion 4 a is attached to the bent tip of the wiping arm 4.
  • a rotating part 4 r is attached to the tip of the wiping arm 4.
  • the rotating part 4r is rotatable in the direction of arrow B.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be tilted for use.
  • the upper surface of the pressing part 4a has a curved surface shape (here, a convex part) so as to follow the shape of the buttocks near the anus.
  • FIG. 65 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of the pressing portion 4a used when adsorbing paper with negative pressure. As shown in FIG. 65, one or more air holes 4u are provided in the pressing portion 4a.
  • the wiping arm 4 is moved in a state where a negative pressure is generated that allows the inside of the wiping arm 4 to communicate with a negative pressure generator (not shown) that generates a negative pressure, and the paper is adsorbed to the pressing portion 4a. If it is made to wipe or wipe the collar part, the paper can be moved and wiped without dropping from the pressing part 4a.
  • a positive pressure generator is attached to the pressing part 4a, a positive pressure can be generated and air can be taken out from the air hole 4u.
  • a positive pressure may be generated at the time of wiping, and the paper may be wiped up by lifting it a little, or when the paper is discarded, the positive pressure may be generated and the paper may be blown off.
  • FIG. 66 is a plan view and a left side view of the pressing portion 4a that swells with positive pressure.
  • the pressing portion 4a has a bag shape, and has a shape that swells with positive pressure as shown in the left side view.
  • the wiping arm 4 communicates with a positive pressure generator (not shown).
  • paper may be placed on the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm may move. In this case, the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a with the pressing portion 4a swelled.
  • the pressing part 4a may move to the lower part of the separately exposed paper, and may wipe off a collar part.
  • the pressing portion 4a may be moved to the lower portion of the paper in a state where the pressing portion 4a is swollen in advance, or the pressing portion 4a is moved to the lower portion of the paper in a state where the pressing portion 4a is deflated, and then the pressing portion 4a is swollen.
  • the buttocks may be wiped off.
  • the pressing unit 4a is made disposable, the paper is not placed on the pressing unit 4a, but is wiped off with the pressing unit 4a itself and discarded after wiping.
  • FIG. 67 is a plan view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 68 is a front view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 69 is a perspective view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 70 is a right side view of the disposable pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 71 is a perspective view showing a state when the disposable pressing portion 4a is stacked on the top and bottom.
  • the disposable pressing part 4a is made of a water-soluble and water-decomposable material that can be flowed to the toilet.
  • the pressing portion 4a is formed by pressing the material. A material having high water absorption may be bonded to the upper surface of the curved surface of the pressing portion 4a. As shown in FIG.
  • the rounded curved surface portion is provided with a grip portion 4v having a W-shaped cross section.
  • a gripping mechanism such as a parallel hand is provided in the wiping arm driving section, and the gripping section 4v is gripped by the gripping mechanism and used for wiping one by one. As shown in FIG. 71, the gripping mechanism grips the pressing portions 4a stacked one above the other one by one, and the collar portion is wiped off.
  • FIG. 72 is a front view showing an example of another embodiment of the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 72A shows a state where the paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the pressing portion 4 a includes a rising portion 41, a rising portion 42, a rotating portion 43, and a protruding portion 44.
  • the wiping arm 4 further includes a pushing portion 45.
  • FIG. 72 (b) shows the state when the paper 11b is lifted.
  • the rising portions 41 and 42 are connected by a hinge structure so as to be bent at the rotating portion 43.
  • the pushing portion 45 is advanced by a drive mechanism (not shown). When the pushing portion 45 advances, the rising portion 42 is pushed, whereby the rising portion 41 protrudes to the protruding portion 44, and the two rising portions 42 are bent and rise. As a result, the paper is lifted. If a mechanism that lifts the paper 11b from a horizontal state is used in this way, the wiping portion can be wiped without raising or lowering the wiping arm 4 or
  • FIG. 73 is a front view showing a modification of the pressing portion 4a of FIG.
  • the pressing portion 4a shown in FIG. 73 is different from the pressing portion 4a of FIG.
  • the tip convex portion 46 is rotatably mounted on the rising portions 41 and 42.
  • FIG. 73A shows a state where the paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 73 (b) shows a state when the paper 11b is lifted.
  • the tip convex portion 46 is also lifted together. This makes it possible to wipe off the buttocks.
  • Providing the tip convex portion 46 allows the convex portion to be firmly brought into contact with the anus, so that reliable wiping can be performed.
  • the rising mechanism shown in FIGS. 72 and 73 is merely an example and is not limited.
  • a mechanism such as a pantograph may be used, or the paper may be lifted by a mechanism that inflates a rubber tube or an airbag with positive pressure.
  • FIG. 74 is a front view showing the structure of the pressing portion 4a when the special paper itself is raised using the special paper 11f.
  • FIG. 74A shows a state when the dedicated paper 11f is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
  • FIG. 74 (b) shows a state when the dedicated paper 11f rises.
  • the dedicated paper 11f used here is thick paper, and has a certain degree of hardness.
  • the upper part of the special paper 11f may be a material having water absorption.
  • a water-absorbing part such as toilet paper may be bonded on a thick water-soluble paper (base material part) having a certain degree of hardness.
  • the special paper 11f can be bent so as to be bent at the crease portion.
  • the shape of the base material portion of the dedicated paper 11f it is possible to adopt a shape such as a box that can be assembled with one touch. If a so-called one-touch carton shape is adopted for the base material part, the box shape of the one-touch carton can be raised by pushing from the pushing part 45, so that the water absorbing part rises and the collar part is wiped off. In this way, if the special paper 11f itself is raised, the wiping arm 4 can be wiped off without raising or lowering the wiping arm 4 or by reducing the vertical width of the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a link mechanism when it is desired to move the pressing portion 4a back and forth at the wiping position in the embodiment of FIG. 51A.
  • a link mechanism for moving the wiping arm 4 back and forth using the exposure motor 9 is shown.
  • a linear slide groove Y for back-and-forth movement is provided at the end of the arc-shaped slide groove X around the rotation axis of the exposure motor 9.
  • the two free ends A and C fixed to the lower portion of the wiping arm 4 are, for example, wheels and pulleys, and the slide grooves X and Y are slid.
  • the free end B is fixed to the upper part of the wiping arm 4 so that the free end B slides on the link member, and the link member rotates around the rotation axis of the exposure motor 9.
  • the link member rotates. Accordingly, the free end B slides, and the free ends A and C slide along the slide groove X. When the free ends A and C reach the slide groove Y, the free ends A and C slide in the slide groove Y in accordance with the sliding of the free end B in the link member.
  • a vertical motor 8 is fixed to one end of the wiping arm 4, and the vertical motor 8 slides together with the wiping arm 4.
  • the wiping arm 4 slides along the slide groove Y in accordance with the rotation of the exposure motor 9, the wiping arm 4 can be moved back and forth during wiping. If the wiping arm 4 is moved back and forth, the wiping is surely performed.
  • the link mechanism shown here is only an example and is not limited. In the present invention, if the movement of the wiping arm 4 is restricted by using a link mechanism, a complicated movement can be realized while reducing the number of motors to be used.
  • the second method that is, the paper is exposed under the buttock separately from the wiping arm, and the pressing portion of the wiping arm pushes up the paper from under the exposed paper.
  • the heel wiping apparatus 1 that employs a method of wiping the buttock will be described.
  • FIG. 76A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 76B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 76C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 77 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. In FIG. 77, the toilet seat 7 is shown so that the internal structure can be seen without showing it.
  • FIG. 78 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed.
  • FIG. 79 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed.
  • FIG. 80 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 81 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 82 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height.
  • FIG. 83 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned to the maximum height. 81 to 83, the toilet seat 7 is shown so that the internal structure can be seen without showing it.
  • FIG. 84 is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 84 is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 85 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • the toilet seat 7 is shown so that the internal structure can be seen without showing it.
  • FIG. 86 is a front view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • FIG. 87 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns.
  • the elevation 2 and the toilet seat 7 are indicated by alternate long and short dash lines so that the internal structure can be understood.
  • the warm water washing apparatus is provided behind the toilet seat 7, and the toilet seat 7 is rotatably attached with respect to the warm water washing apparatus.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are provided on the left and right sides toward the toilet seat 7, but the buttocks wiping device 1 according to the tenth embodiment. Then, the sheet feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are provided so as to face each other on the opposite side toward the toilet seat 7. That is, the wiping arm 4 is provided on the side opposite to the position of the paper feeding unit 17.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the accommodating part 2c
  • the wiping arm 4 is accommodated in the accommodating part 2b.
  • the exposure motor 9 and the vertical motor 8 are used as a mechanism for exposing and raising the wiping arm 4.
  • the exposure motor 9 is exposed.
  • the wiping arm 4 may be exposed and moved up and down using the exposure motor 9 and the vertical motor 8.
  • the structure of the paper feeding unit 17 is a structure in which a belt 17i is wound around the rotation shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e, and the belt 17i is connected to the nesting structure of the push-out unit 17d.
  • the belt 17i is extended, the extruded portion 17d is extended (FIG. 82), the belt 17i is wound up, and the extruded portion 17d is contracted (FIG. 78).
  • the paper loading guide 17c is obstructed when the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is lifted. As a shape that does not become necessary, the left side is an open U-shape.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is not limited to the illustrated example as long as it has a shape that allows the paper loading guide 17c to pass when the pressing portion 4a is raised. Other structures are the same as those in the eighth embodiment.
  • the buttocks wiping device 1 is provided under the toilet seat 7 and a hot water cleaning device (not shown).
  • the buttocks wiping device 1 includes a wiping arm 4 and a wiping arm driving unit 3 in a storage portion 2 b provided in the elevation portion 2.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 includes a paper feeding unit 17 in a storage unit 2 c provided in the elevation unit 2.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes an exposure / up / down motor 18, an arm connecting portion 18 a, a screw shaft 18 b, a gear 18 c, a first stopper 18 d, a second stopper 18 e, and a third stopper. Part 18f.
  • the wiping arm 4 has the pressing part 4a connected by the hinge mechanism similarly to 8th Embodiment.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes an arm side opening / closing part 19b for opening / closing the accommodating part 2d and a paper feeding side opening / closing part 19a for opening / closing the accommodating part 2c.
  • an arm side opening / closing part 19b for opening / closing the accommodating part 2d
  • a paper feeding side opening / closing part 19a for opening / closing the accommodating part 2c.
  • a shutter that opens and closes the opening portions of the storage parts 2d and 2c using a motor
  • a CD- Like a ROM drive open / close lid it can be realized by a lid having a hinge mechanism on one side and opened and closed vertically.
  • the arm side opening / closing part 19b and the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a are provided with opening / closing confirmation sensors 19d, 19c for detecting whether the opening / closing is normally performed, respectively.
  • a gear 18 c meshes with the rotation shaft of the exposure / up / down motor 18.
  • a gear is provided below the screw shaft 18b, and the gear meshes with the gear 18c.
  • the screw shaft 18b is rotatably attached to the elevation part 2 by upper and lower bearings (not shown) of the elevation part 2.
  • the arm connecting portion 18a has a screw hole and penetrates the screw shaft 18b.
  • the screw hole may be a ball screw, but it is not essential that the ball is contained.
  • the gear 18c rotates, and the screw shaft 18b rotates.
  • the arm connecting portion 18a rotates together. Since the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the arm connecting portion 18a, the wiping arm 4 rotates around the screw shaft 18b in accordance with the rotation of the screw shaft 18b. As a result, the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
  • the first stopper 18d and the second stopper 18e are fixed above and below the elevation 2.
  • the third stopper portion 18f is fixed only to the upper surface of the elevation portion 2, and its lower portion is vacant.
  • the control unit 13 detects that the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position based on the number of rotations detected by the motor detection unit 18g (S501).
  • the control unit 13 may detect that the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position by a detection unit other than the motor detection unit 18a.
  • a specific example of the motor detection unit 18g is the same as that of the motor detection unit 8b.
  • the description of the dedicated paper 11b is omitted, but the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c is supplied from the right side and the pressing portion 4a. Lifts the special paper 11b, and the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the collar through the special paper 11b. Thereafter, the paper feeding unit 17 moves the paper loading guide 17c backward. If the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18 is repeated forward and backward after the paper loading guide 17c moves backward, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth near the anus (S504). Thereby, wiping off of moisture and the like is performed firmly.
  • the shape of the pressing part 4a is not restricted to the illustrated example.
  • a rotating body such as a rotating roller
  • the front and back movement of the pressing portion 4a is performed smoothly.
  • the exposure and vertical motor 18 is rotated so that the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the third stopper 18f, and the third stopper 18f is wiped off.
  • the rotation is continued with the arm 4 in contact.
  • the arm connecting portion 18a is lowered, the height of the pressing portion 4a is lowered, and the contact strength to the flange portion can be weakened.
  • the wiping arm 4 will return to an exposure position if it lowers to the release part of the lower part of the 3rd stop part 18f, it is made not to lower to the lower part. If the exposure / up / down motor 18 is repetitively moved forward and backward again at a place where the contact strength is weakened, the pressing portion 4a can be moved back and forth to be wiped off.
  • the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates in the opposite direction to that during exposure to bring the wiping arm 4 into contact with the third stopper 18f.
  • 84 and 85 are diagrams showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is brought into contact with the third stopper 18f.
  • the part 18a is lowered (S505).
  • the wiping arm 4 is also lowered. As shown in FIGS.
  • the control unit 13 detects that the wiping arm 4 has returned to the accommodation unit 2d at the number of rotations detected by the motor detection unit 18g (S507). In this state, the control unit 13 rotates the exposure / up / down motor 18 a predetermined number of times to lower the wiping arm 4 and return it to the storage position before starting the wiping operation. Thereafter, the operations of S114 and S115 are performed, and the next wiping standby state is entered.
  • the same effect as in the eighth embodiment can be obtained. Further, since the wiping arm 4 is exposed and moved up and down by one motor, the cost can be reduced.
  • FIG. 88 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the elevation part 2 and showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c. In FIG. 88, three wiping arms 4 are shown. However, the wiping arms 4 are only shown so that the movement transition can be seen.
  • the arm side opening 18i may be opened and closed by an opening / closing part 19b (not shown). If a cover 18h is provided at the storing position of the wiping arm 4 at the storing position of the wiping arm 4, the cover 18h can be opened so that the user can clean or disinfect the pressing part 4a. .
  • a nozzle for spraying disinfectant or cleaning liquid may be attached to the back side of the lid 18h so that disinfection or cleaning is performed during storage. The disinfectant or cleaning liquid flows to the toilet side through the arm side opening 18i.
  • a drying device such as a dryer may be provided behind the lid 18h.
  • the paper loading guide opening 17l may be the minimum necessary size.
  • a groove 17k or the like that supports the paper loading guide 17c may be formed.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is supported by the groove 17k and a support portion (not shown). If the bottom surface of the opening 17l is made to coincide with the bottom surface of the paper loading guide 17c, the paper loading guide 17c can move without shaking and is pushed out reliably. Since the opening 17l is small, it can be opened and closed by simple opening and closing means such as an electromagnet and a spring.
  • the locations corresponding to the reference numerals 18d, 18e, and 18f shown in the figure serve as first to third stoppers 18d, 18e, and 18f, respectively. It will be. That is, the wiping arm 4 can be lifted if it comes into contact with the surface 18e. The wiping arm 4 can be lowered if it contacts the surface of 18f. If the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the surface of 18d, the wiping arm 4 can be lowered or the operation can be ended when the wiping arm 4 returns to the origin position.
  • the surface of 18f may be a surface that goes straight downward in the vertical vertical downward direction.
  • FIG. 89 and 90 are diagrams showing the mechanism of the opening / closing section.
  • FIG. 89 shows a closed state
  • FIG. 90 shows an opened state.
  • the mechanism can be used for all the opening / closing sections, and can be used for the opening / closing sections 6, 19a, 19b described so far.
  • Opening / closing parts 6, 19a, 19b are attached to the arm part 20b so as to be rotatable by a rotating shaft 20g so that the guide groove 20a provided in the elevation part 2 can slide.
  • a magnet 20c is attached to one end of the arm portion 20b.
  • a spring 20d is further attached to the one end, and the spring 20d is fixed to the elevation part 2.
  • the arm portion 20b is rotatable around a fulcrum 20e.
  • the fulcrum 20e is fixed to the elevation part 2.
  • the spring 20d always applies a force in the direction of closing the opening / closing parts 6, 19a, 19b.
  • Such a mechanism is preferably provided at both ends of the opening / closing sections 6, 19a, 19b.
  • the electromagnet is in a detached state until an opening instruction is given from the control unit 13.
  • the control unit 13 magnetizes the electromagnet 20f.
  • the electromagnet 20f When opening, the control unit 13 magnetizes the electromagnet 20f.
  • the electromagnet 20f When the electromagnet 20f is magnetized, the magnet 20c and the electromagnet 20f are joined.
  • the opening / closing parts 6, 19a, 19b are lowered along the guide groove 20a around the fulcrum 20e.
  • the control unit 13 removes the electromagnet 20f.
  • the electromagnet 20f is detached, the magnet 20c is lowered by the force of the spring 20d. Thereby, the opening-and-closing part 6, 19a, 19b goes up. If the opening / closing part is realized by such an electromagnet opening / closing mechanism, the cost can be reduced.
  • the relationship between the electromagnet and the permanent magnet shown in FIGS. 89 and 90 can also be realized by attaching the shaft of the solenoid to the end of the arm portion 20b so as to be rotatable.
  • FIG. 91 is a plan view showing another example of the paper loading guide.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may be manufactured by bending a wire. However, it may be other than a wire and is not limited to sheet metal processing, resin molding, or the like.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may be formed so that a portion through which the pressing portion 4a passes is vacant.
  • the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is devised so that the paper does not bend and fall except at the location where the pressing portion 4a passes.
  • a straight wire is used so that the edge of the special paper 11b can be placed in a hole with a reversed C shape (a hole added to the pressing portion 4a). It is arranged.
  • U-shaped hooks may be provided in some places so that the dedicated paper 11b does not fall.
  • the dedicated paper 11b does not fall. With such a shape, the dedicated paper 11b is difficult to bend, so it is sufficient to use a sheet of toilet paper that is one to several sheets stacked. There is no need to attach water-soluble paper.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may have a shape in which the entire surface is plate-shaped and only the portion through which the arm shaft of the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm 4 passes is cut out.
  • FIG. 92 is a front view showing an example of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 when the rotation of the paper feeding roller 17b and the pushing of the paper loading guide 17c are realized by a single motor.
  • the rotation of the paper feeding motor 21a is transmitted to the pulley-equipped electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c via the pulley 21d and the belt 21f.
  • Such a mechanism using an electromagnetic clutch is a mechanism often used in OA equipment and can be implemented. Since the electromagnetic clutch is provided, the electromagnetic clutch is turned on and off at an appropriate timing. For example, the control is as follows.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 21b of the paper feed roller 17b is turned on, the electromagnetic clutch 21c of the take-up portion 21e is turned off, the paper feed motor 21a is rotated, and only the paper feed roller 17b is rotated.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c, and the electromagnetic clutch 21c of the winding portion 21e is turned on and the belt 17j is extended at the timing when the dedicated paper 11b reaches the most advanced position. Meanwhile, the electromagnetic clutch 21b is turned on, and the dedicated paper 11b is sent to the end. Thereafter, the electromagnetic clutch 21b may be turned off.
  • FIG. 93 is an enlarged view showing the position of the pressing portion 4a in the storage position and the pressing portion 4a immediately before returning to the storage position.
  • a clearance of about 2 to 3 mm is provided between the position of the height of the pressing portion 4a (for example, between the upper surface of the pressing portion 4a and the lower end of the protruding portion 2e).
  • the projecting portion 2e is provided at a position where it occurs.
  • the protrusion 2e prevents the movement of the wiping arm 4 from getting in the way.
  • the protrusion 2e has a built-in spring.
  • the spring of the protrusion 2e is pushed down and recessed, so that a clear lance is not provided.
  • the heights of the upper surface of the pressing portion 4a and the lower end of the protruding portion 2e may be the same.
  • the special paper 11b naturally falls out of balance and falls, but if the special paper 11b contains a large amount of moisture, the special paper 11b comes into close contact with the pressing portion 4a. And there is a possibility that it will not fall naturally. In such a case, the special paper 11b hits the protrusion 2e, loses balance, and falls naturally.
  • the dedicated paper 11b hits the opening, so that the paper loses balance and falls naturally.
  • the protrusion 2e is not necessary.
  • the wiping arm 4 is bent or the pressing part 4a is used to drop the special paper 11b. There is no need to rotate.
  • the protrusion 2e using an electromagnet and a spring may protrude from the elevation 2 at the time of dropping, and the dedicated paper 11b may hit the protrusion 2e and fall naturally.
  • the surface of the pressing part 4a is made of a material having water repellency, the moisture of the special paper 11b becomes water repellent, and the special paper 11b is easily slipped off from the pressing part 4a.
  • the protrusion 2e may not be a protrusion depending on the shape of the opening. Therefore, in the present invention, when the wiping arm is stored in the opening for the wiping arm, a dropping portion (here, the protruding portion 2e) that hits the paper 11b placed on the pressing portion 4a is provided. I will capture it.
  • FIG. 94 and 95 show the wiping arm drive unit 3 when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the tenth embodiment is replaced with two motors, that is, an exposure motor 9 and a vertical motor 8. It is a perspective view which shows an internal structure.
  • FIG. 94 shows the storage position.
  • FIG. 95 shows the exposure position.
  • the paper feeding roller 17b and the belt 17j for pushing the paper loading guide 17c are driven by the common paper feeding motor 21a using the electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c, and the opening of the height raising portion 2 is used with an electromagnet. If the simple structure is used, the cost can be reduced accordingly.
  • the buttock wiping device 1 improving the wiping feeling is the biggest problem.
  • the wiping arm drive part 3 can be accommodated in 2 compactly.
  • a vertical motor 8 is fixed on the turntable 8e.
  • the rotation of the exposure motor 9 causes the vertical motor 8 to move angularly about the center of the turntable 8ae to expose the wiping arm 4.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • the rotation center of the wiping arm 4 is located on the lateral side of the anus, if the exposure motor 9 is rotated forward and backward repeatedly with a small width, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth near the anus. , Wipe off before and after. If the vertical motor 8 is used, the height of the pressing portion 4a and the strength of contact can be adjusted according to the user's preference. If the pressing portion 4a is moved back and forth, moisture and dirt near the anus can be almost wiped off.
  • a trapezoidal screw or a triangular screw may be used in addition to the ball screw.
  • a member that is strongly tightened such as a U nut, may be used for the arm connecting portion.
  • FIG. 96 is an enlarged perspective view of the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22.
  • the wiping arm 4 is provided with a water barrier 22c for preventing the disinfecting liquid and the cleaning liquid from entering the wiping arm driving unit 3. If the clearance between the arm moving opening 18j opened in the elevation 2 and the wiping arm 4 is made as small as possible, the defense wall can be made smaller and can be eliminated in some cases. Further, the defense wall 22 c may be inserted into the elevation part 2.
  • a nozzle or shower 22b is provided above the pressing portion 4a, and a disinfecting liquid and / or a cleaning liquid is ejected from the nozzle or shower 22b.
  • Well-known means can be used for the injection method.
  • tap water and a nozzle or shower 22b may be connected via an electromagnetic valve, and cleaning may be performed by opening the electromagnetic valve at the time of disinfection / cleaning.
  • a cleaning solution or a disinfecting solution may be mixed in the connection path. You may wash
  • a well-known means can be used. If the pressing part 4a is configured to be horizontal during wiping, it can be tilted during storage. Due to this inclination, the cleaning liquid or the like naturally falls.
  • the dropped cleaning liquid or the like flows down from the drainage channel 22a to the toilet as it is.
  • the drainage channel 22a may be inclined toward the toilet.
  • a rotating brush may be attached to the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 according to the flow of the cleaning liquid or the like. The brush can be rotated by providing rotating blades in the flow path.
  • FIG. 97 is a diagram showing a moving path between the wiping arm 4 and the pressing unit 4a when the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 is used.
  • the defense wall 22c may be optimized so as not to hit the buttocks during wiping.
  • the arm moving opening 18j for the wiping arm 4 to move can be made as small as possible to prevent moisture from entering the wiping arm driving unit 3.
  • an elastic member such as a cut silicon resin is placed inside the arm moving opening 18j and the wiping arm 4 is moved within the cut, the waterproof effect is further enhanced. If the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 can be removed as a unit so that it can be retrofitted, not only can it be sold as an option, but also it can be easily repaired.
  • the bottom surface of the arm moving opening 18j in the elevation portion 22 is preferably an inclined surface 22d so that moisture does not enter the inside.
  • an insertion port may be provided in the vicinity of 22 e so that the defense wall 22 c is inserted into the elevation portion 2.
  • the position of the defense wall 22c is not particularly limited.
  • the pressing part 4a is inclined and connected with respect to the axis center of the wiping arm 4 so as to be horizontal when wiping, the paper naturally falls only by tilting the arm downward. I can expect that.
  • Various head shapes are conceivable and do not limit the present invention.
  • FIG. 98 is a perspective view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism.
  • FIG. 99 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism.
  • a water pipe is connected to the electromagnetic valve 23a.
  • the electromagnetic valve 23a can supply tap water to the water pipe 23b and the cleaning / disinfecting liquid pipe 23c, and can switch between opening and closing of both pipes.
  • the shower head 23d can be optimized using any known mechanism.
  • the electromagnetic valve 23a connects the tap water and the water pipe 23b. Thereby, water comes out from the shower head 23.
  • the electromagnetic valve 23a connects the tap water and the cleaning / disinfecting liquid pipe 23c. Thereby, tap water mixes with a washing
  • the cleaning / disinfecting liquid pipe 23c communicates with the venturi pipe 23e immediately before the shower head 23d.
  • the venturi-tube 23e has a small diameter at the connecting portion with the cleaning / disinfecting solution tube 23c.
  • the venturi-tube 23e is a portion where the tube diameter is reduced, and communicates with the orifice 23g in the downward direction.
  • the tank 23f contains a disinfectant and a cleaning solution for dilution.
  • a disinfectant for example, sodium hypochlorite and quaternary ammonium salts are included.
  • the pressing portion 4a may corrode, so that the water pipe 23b can be used to perform only water cleaning after disinfection cleaning.
  • the type of cleaning liquid / disinfecting liquid is not particularly limited.
  • FIG. 100 is a perspective view when the cleaning mechanism shown in FIG. 98 is accommodated in the elevation 2.
  • the electromagnetic valve 23 a is provided separately from the wiping arm driving unit 3. Since it is not known from where the water enters, a draining groove 23 i is provided around the wiping arm driving unit 3. Alternatively, instead of the drainage groove 23i, a wall or the like that prevents water from entering may be provided.
  • the surface of the opening part for exposing the wiping arm 4 is a straight plane shape and the shutter is opened directly below or next to it, the structure of the opening / closing part can be simplified. .
  • FIG. 101 is a view showing an example of the structure of the accommodating portion 2d for accommodating the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving portion 3.
  • FIG. 101 description of the specific motor of the wiping arm drive part 3 is abbreviate
  • the storage portion 2d is provided with an arm moving opening 18j, but an inclined surface 22d and a drainage groove 23i are provided as appropriate so that water coming out of the shower head 23d does not enter the arm driving portion 3. ing. Therefore, even if water jumps and water enters the storage portion 2d, the water flows down to the toilet side by the inclined surface 22d and the drainage groove 23i.
  • the protective wall 22c has a function of preventing water droplets from flowing down to the wiping arm driving unit 3 when water droplets adhere to the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • the structure of the opening / closing part for opening / closing the opening 18j can be simplified.
  • the opening (17l in FIG. 105) for accommodating the paper loading guide 17c which will be described later.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 repeatedly swings the wiping arm 4 left and right before storing the pressing unit 4a, the paper naturally falls due to the vibration. If the pressing portion 4a is made of metal or water repellent material to reduce friction or increase water repellency, the wiping feeling is improved and the paper is easily dropped.
  • FIG. 102 is a perspective view of the housing portion 2d shown in FIG. 101 when viewed from another angle.
  • the drive mechanism of the opening / closing section such as a shutter for opening and closing the arm movement opening 18j can be made a simple structure.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 is under the hot water cleaning device, the pressing unit 4a wipes the buttock from the back of the person. In that case, if it is desired to realize the back-and-forth movement of the pressing portion 4a, a motor may be added to the wiping arm driving portion 3.
  • FIG. 103 is a cross-sectional view of the accommodating portion 2d shown in FIGS. 101 and 102.
  • FIG. FIG. 103 shows a cross-sectional view in a plane passing through the arm axis when the wiping arm 4 is in the storage position (the description of the water / cleaning liquid supply path is omitted).
  • the wiping arm 4 is inclined downward in the storage position.
  • the pressing portion 4a is inclined at the storage position so as to be horizontal at the highest position (wiping position).
  • the wiping arm 4 is bent halfway.
  • the pressing portion 4a has a bottom surface cut out in a bowl shape, and is joined to the tip of the wiping arm 4 in the vicinity of the center portion thereof.
  • the structure of the wiping arm 4, the pressing unit 4a, and the storage unit 2d is merely an example, and is appropriately designed and optimized appropriately so that water does not enter the wiping arm driving unit 3. Good. If the pressing portion 4a is a screw type and the pressing portion 4a has a point-symmetric shape, even if the pressing portion 4a is loosened, there is no difference in direction. The pressing unit 4a can be exchanged according to individual differences and preferences.
  • FIG. 104 is a cross-sectional view in a plane passing through the arm axis when the wiping arm is at the highest position.
  • the pressing portion 4a becomes horizontal.
  • the pressing portion 4a is disinfected and cleaned when some water droplets are attached to the pressing portion 4a. Later, the remaining water droplets are clean water droplets.
  • the pressing unit 4a pushes up the paper from below, the remaining water droplets only attach to the lower side of the paper and do not directly adhere to the anus. Therefore, even if some water droplets remain, there is no problem in terms of hygiene. In addition, it is possible to intentionally add a little water drop to the pressing portion 4a so that the paper does not fall when the paper is lifted.
  • FIG. 105 is a perspective view showing the paper feed unit 17 and its storage unit 2b. If the paper loading guide opening 17l in the storage portion 2c for storing the paper supply portion 17 has a linear planar shape as shown in FIG. 105, the structure of the opening / closing portion can be simplified. it can. When the sanitary aspect of the paper loading guide 17c is a concern, a means for spraying a disinfectant solution onto the paper loading guide 17c may be provided. The paper loading guide 17c may be immersed in the disinfecting liquid itself.
  • FIG. 106A is a diagram showing the structure of the heel wiping device 1 according to the eleventh embodiment, in which (a) is a plan view, (b) is a front view, and (c) is a left side view of the regulating rod portion 24. is there.
  • FIG. 106B is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the heel wiping device 1.
  • operation of the buttock wiping apparatus 1 which concerns on 11th Embodiment is demonstrated using FIG. 76C used by description of 10th Embodiment.
  • a plurality of wiping arms 4 are described so that the movement transition can be understood, the number of wiping arms 4 is actually one.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 has a mechanism for transmitting the rotation of the paper feeding motor 21a to the electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c via the belt 21f.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is a mechanism that moves back and forth by the rotation of the rail drive wheel 21j.
  • the back surface of the paper loading guide 17c may be a rack and the rail driving wheel 21j may be a pinion.
  • the rail driving wheel 21j is connected to the pulley 21h via a rotating shaft.
  • the pulley 21h is connected to the pulley 21g by a belt 21i.
  • the pulley 21g is connected to the electromagnetic clutch 21c via a shaft.
  • the sheet feeding motor 21a rotates while the electromagnetic clutch 21c is on, the pulley 21g rotates, the belt 21i rotates, the pulley 21h rotates, and the rail drive wheel 21j rotates, and the paper is loaded.
  • the guide 17c moves forward (or reverse).
  • the electromagnetic clutch 21b is connected to the paper feed roller 17b via a shaft. If the sheet feeding motor 21a rotates while the electromagnetic clutch 21b is on, the sheet feed roller 17b rotates.
  • the paper supply sensor 17g detects it, and the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 21b, turns off the electromagnetic clutch 21c, and the special paper 11b is sent out.
  • the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 21c and advances the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the paper placement guide 17c is provided with a paper placement guide sensor 17i so that it can be detected whether or not the paper is properly placed. Such a detection method is the same as that shown in the eighth embodiment.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 is provided with an exposure / up / down motor 18, which is omitted in FIG. 106A, but provided so that the screw shaft 24g can be rotated.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 is provided with a regulating rod motor 25, which is not shown in FIG. 106A, but the movable plate 24e can slide on the regulating rod drive units 24c and 24d on the rail. It is provided as follows.
  • a regulating bar portion 24 is fixed to the moving plate 24e.
  • the upper portion of the restriction rod portion 24 is slidably attached to the elevation portion 2, and the restriction rod portion 24 is also slidable in accordance with the sliding of the moving plate 24e.
  • the restriction rod portion 24 is composed of two restriction rods 24a and 24b having different lengths. Between the two regulating rod portions 24a and 24b, there is a gap that can be inserted when the wiping arm 4 is raised.
  • the restriction rod 24 a is continuously provided above and below the elevation part 2. On the other hand, the lower part of the restriction rod portion 24b is vacant and is shorter. At the time of exposure / raising, the wiping arm 4 is inserted between the two restricting rod portions 24a and 24b and is lifted.
  • the motor detection unit 18a is provided so as to detect the number of rotations of the exposure / up / down motor 18 and the like.
  • the motor detection unit 25a is provided so as to be able to detect the rotational speed of the regulation rod motor 25 and the like. Specific examples of the motor detection units 18a and 25a are the same as those of the motor detection unit 8a described in the first embodiment.
  • the wiping arm 4 is located at the lowest position in the storage position.
  • An arm connecting portion 24 f is fixed to the base of the wiping arm 4.
  • the arm connecting portion 24f is inserted into the screw shaft 24g.
  • the lower portion of the regulating rod 24b is open.
  • the control unit 13 rotates the exposure and vertical motor 18 (S500 in FIG. 76C) to expose the wiping arm 4.
  • the screw shaft 24g is rotated by the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18, and the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
  • the wiping arm 4 passes through the lower portion of the regulating rod 24b and comes into contact with the regulating rod 24a (the state of the lower wiping arm 4 shown in FIGS. 106A (b) and 106 (c)). Whether or not the wiping arm 4 is exposed and has reached the position in contact with the description rod 24a is detected by the motor detection unit 18a (S501 in FIG. 76C).
  • the wiping arm 4 rises (the state of the upper wiping arm 4 shown in S502 of FIG. 106, FIGS. 106A (b) and (c)).
  • the motor detection unit 18a detects whether or not the maximum height position has been reached (S503 in FIG. 76C). Thereafter, the process proceeds to a wiping operation. Since the dedicated paper 11b is in contact with the collar portion with the pressing portion 4a reaching the maximum height, moisture and the like are almost wiped off. If it is desired to move the pressing portion 4 a back and forth near the anus, the control rod motor 25 is operated by the control portion 13. When the restriction rod motor 25 is operated, the moving plate 24e slides on the control rod drive portions 24c and 24d.
  • Restricting rods 24a and 24b are fixed to the moving plate 24e. Therefore, if the moving plate 24e slides, the regulation rods 24a and 24b slide. Since the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved around the screw shaft 24g in accordance with the sliding of the regulating rods 24a and 24b, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth in the vicinity of the anus. In this way, the wiping operation is executed.
  • the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates in the reverse direction.
  • the screw shaft 24g is rotated by the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18, the arm connecting portion 24f is lowered, and the wiping arm 4 is also lowered (S505 in FIG. 76C).
  • the wiping arm 4 is lowered, the wiping arm 4 reaches the lower end of the regulating rod 24b, and then passes through the open portion of the lower end of the regulating rod 24b, so that the wiping arm 4 returns to the storage position (S506 and S507 in the figure).
  • the wiping arm 4 can be exposed, moved up and down, and back and forth.
  • the wiping arm 4 is bent.
  • the bending position 26 is made to be rotatable, the height of the elevation part 2 can be changed.
  • FIG. 107 shows a view when the bending position 26 of the wiping arm 4 is made rotatable.
  • the bending position 26 of the wiping arm 4 is around the end of the elevation 2 when the wiping arm 4 is exposed, but in FIG. 107, the bending position 26 is rotatable.
  • an electric bending method for example, a method of providing a rocking type electromagnetic solenoid at the bending position 26 and bending it at a certain angle can be considered, but it is not particularly limited.
  • FIG. 108 is a diagram showing a structure when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the eleventh embodiment is changed to a vertical motor 8 and an exposure motor 9.
  • FIG. 108 (a) is a plan view
  • FIG. 108 (b) is a front view.
  • a vertical motor 8 is fixed on a turntable 8e (for example, a thrust needle bearing).
  • the turntable 8e is rotated by the rotation of the exposure motor 9.
  • the root of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8.
  • the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 rotates and the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the toilet bowl side.
  • the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8 is rotated to raise the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down in accordance with the rotation of the vertical motor 8.
  • the exposure motor 9 is repeatedly rotated after the pressing portion 4a is raised, the pressing portion 4a can be moved back and forth. In this way, it is possible to reliably wipe off the buttock.
  • the mechanism of the wiping arm drive unit 3 of the second method can be used for the first method. That is, when the wiping arm driving unit 3 used in the second method is used in the first method, the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a by hand or a paper feeding unit, and then the pressing unit 4a places the paper. It goes without saying that you can move and wipe the anus.
  • FIG. 109 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting or jetting cleaning liquid using tap water pressure.
  • the cleaning of the pressing portion 4a has already been described in FIG. That is, tap water is directly ejected from the ejection part (shower head or the like) 23d to the pressing part 4a by the electromagnetic valve 23a, or the disinfecting liquid or the cleaning liquid in the tank 23f is diluted to form the ejection part (shower head or the like).
  • tap water is directly ejected from the ejection part (shower head or the like) 23d to the pressing part 4a by the electromagnetic valve 23a, or the disinfecting liquid or the cleaning liquid in the tank 23f is diluted to form the ejection part (shower head or the like).
  • FIG. 110 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting or jetting cleaning liquid using the drive unit.
  • FIG. 110 unlike FIG. 109, disinfection or cleaning liquid in the tank 23f is pumped up by the pump 23k and sent to the ejection part 23d or 23j.
  • a power source such as a motor may be used alone. It is also possible to share the motor. As described above, various mechanisms for ejecting the disinfecting or cleaning liquid are conceivable.
  • the disinfecting / cleaning liquid ejecting section may be a nozzle that can be ejected in a mist form, and the tap water ejecting section may be capable of ejecting water over a wide range, such as a shower head.
  • FIG. 111 is a perspective view showing a mechanism using the system shown in the block diagram of FIG.
  • piping for washing the paper loading guide 17c with water is omitted.
  • the cleaning liquid is sucked up by the pump 23k.
  • the pump 23k is, for example, a spiral pump. When a centrifugal pump is used, the impeller is sealed with an oil seal and connected to the motor shaft. In addition, a magnet pump may be used.
  • the type of pump is not particularly limited.
  • the disinfecting liquid sucked up by the pump 23k is ejected from the nozzle 23d near the pressing portion 4a or the nozzle 23j near the paper loading guide through the disinfecting liquid pipe.
  • the disinfectant can be uniformly sprayed onto the pressing portion 4a and the paper loading guide.
  • the pressing part 4a can be washed with water supplied from a water pipe. It is sufficient that the disinfecting liquid in the disinfecting liquid tank 23f is pumped up, and the disinfecting liquid pipe is substantially horizontal, so that the motor can be realized with a simple DC motor at low cost.
  • an inexpensive disinfectant such as benzalkonium chloride may be used. The type of disinfectant is not limited.
  • FIG. 112 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11b used for the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 4A shows a dedicated paper 11b in which a plurality of toilet papers are folded and the respective sides 11g (the hatched portions) are joined.
  • the joining may be any joining method such as pressure bonding, adhesion with an adhesive, sewing with a water-soluble sewing thread, or embossing.
  • FIG. 5B depending on the folding method, the folded sides may not be joined.
  • FIG. 5C since the stacked papers do not have to be separated, only two sides may be joined.
  • pressure bonding for example, it can be realized by pressing a mold having projections and depressions from above and below or sandwiching it like an embossing roller.
  • a thick water-soluble paper may be separately disposed on the lowermost surface or may be disposed in the middle of the paper to be joined.
  • the structure of the special paper 11b shown here is only an example.
  • the toilet paper is folded, but a plurality of toilet papers may be stacked and joined.
  • the joined toilet paper may be cut with a Thomson type or may be cut with another cutting device.
  • FIG. 113 is a diagram illustrating a structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the twelfth embodiment.
  • A is a plan view
  • (b) is a front view
  • (c) is a plan view of the wiping arm 4 part (when exposed: rotated 90 degrees to the right)
  • (d) is a right side view
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view of a link mechanism.
  • a bevel gear 27 b is attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9.
  • the turntable 8e is rotatably attached to the central shaft 27g by bearings 27d and 27e.
  • a bevel gear 27a is attached to the central shaft 27g.
  • the turntable 8e is bent in an L shape on one side, and the vertical motor 8 is fixed to the bent portion in the L shape.
  • the bevel gear 27a and the bevel gear 27b are meshed with each other.
  • the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 is rotated
  • the bevel gear 27b is rotated.
  • the bevel gear 27a is rotated and the turntable 8e is rotated.
  • the vertical motor 8 is rotated by rotating around the central shaft 27g. Since the wiping arm 4 is attached to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8 via a link mechanism 27e (details will be described with reference to FIG. 115), the wiping arm 4 is exposed in accordance with the rotation of the turntable 8e. Will be.
  • the wiping arm 4 and the rotary shaft of the up / down motor 8 are connected by a link mechanism 27e. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 5E, when the wiping arm 4 is raised, the apex position of the pressing portion 4a can be raised straight. If it rises straight, even if an individual difference in the height position of the anus occurs, the apex position of the pressing portion 4a does not shift to the left and right, so that the wiping feeling is improved.
  • FIG. 114 is a diagram showing the structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when a gear box is used.
  • A is a plan view
  • (b) is a front view
  • (c) is a plan view of the wiping arm 4 part (when exposed: rotated 90 degrees to the right)
  • (d) is a right side view
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view of a link mechanism.
  • the rotation of the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 is decelerated using the gear box 28 and transmitted to the central shaft 27g of the turntable 8e by the transmission means 28a such as a belt. .
  • the operation after rotating the central shaft 27g is the same as in FIG.
  • the rotation of the exposure motor 9 may be transmitted to the vertical motor 8 using a gear box.
  • FIG. 115 is a diagram for explaining in detail the link mechanism 27e used at the connecting portion between the wiping arm 4 and the rotary shaft 29a of the vertical motor 8. 115, the vertical movement when the wiping arm 4 is exposed will be described in detail.
  • the rotating shaft 29a and the wiping arm 4 are connected to each other by a telescopic expansion / contraction part 29b.
  • the portion of the wiping arm 4 connected to the rotating shaft 29a is inside the nesting, and the portion of the wiping arm 4 connected to the free end 27f is outside the nesting.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be expanded and contracted at the root portion by the expansion and contraction portion 29b.
  • the free end 27f moves according to the trajectory of the link mechanism 27e, so that the expansion / contraction part 29b expands / contracts.
  • FIG. 1 A of the figure is a front view when the pressing portion 4a reaches the uppermost position.
  • (B) to (e) in the same figure show how the pressing portion 4a is gradually lowered from (a).
  • the rotary shaft 29a of the vertical motor 8 rotates, the telescopic portion extends as the free end 27f moves upward along the groove of the link mechanism 27e.
  • the apex 29 of the pressing portion 4a rises as it is without shaking left and right on the paper surface.
  • the free end 27f comes into contact with the upper end of the groove provided in the link mechanism 27e.
  • the apex 29 of the pressing part 4a has risen without shaking left and right.
  • the pressing portion 4a is connected to the wiping arm 4 through a hinge mechanism 29c.
  • the hinge mechanism 29c is a T-shaped mechanism provided at one end of the wiping arm 4, and can swing within the pressing portion 4a.
  • the pressing portion 4a can be kept horizontal by the hinge mechanism 29c, and when the apex portion is brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus, the pressing portion 4a can be brought into horizontal contact.
  • the structure for preventing it from moving to right and left is only an example, and the structure of the hinge mechanism 29c is only an example, and is not intended to limit the present invention.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be driven using a technically reliable mechanism such as a bevel gear or a gear box.
  • the link mechanism can be used to prevent the apex of the pressing portion 4a from moving sideways, so even if there is an individual difference in the height of the anus, the apex 29 can be brought into contact with the anus. Improved wiping feeling.
  • a mechanism for automatically feeding the dedicated paper 11b will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • the mechanism described here is attached to the paper insertion port 14a of the paper feeding unit 14 used in the first method, or attached to the paper insertion port 17a of the paper feeding unit 17 used in the second method. Is available.
  • the description will be made assuming that the paper is attached to the paper insertion port 17a of the paper feeding unit 17 used in the second method, but the same applies to the case of the first method.
  • FIG. 116 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertical installation structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper supply unit 17.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is laminated.
  • the dedicated paper 11b paper is a thick sheet of paper or a plurality of sheets that are joined together.
  • a friction plate 30a is provided at the bottom of the leading portion of the special paper 11b.
  • the dedicated paper 11b laminated by the friction plate 30a and the feed roller 30b is sandwiched.
  • the feed roller 30b is rotated by a motor or the like (not shown). When the feed roller 30b rotates, the friction between the special papers 11b is smaller than the friction between the special paper 11b and the feed roller 30b, so that only the uppermost special paper 11b is sent out.
  • the presence of the friction plate 30a prevents the second and subsequent dedicated paper 11b from moving forward.
  • the top dedicated paper 11b sent out is supplied to the paper feed roller 17b.
  • the paper feed roller 17b rotates and a sheet of dedicated paper 11b is supplied to the paper loading guide 17c. In this way, the dedicated paper 11b can be automatically supplied to the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 117 is a cross-sectional view showing an oblique horizontal structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • the paper stocker unit 30 may be placed diagonally and the dedicated paper 11b may be sent out one by one by the feed roller 30b.
  • a paper separating mechanism / paper feeding mechanism used in a copying machine or the like may be employed in the paper stocker unit 30.
  • FIG. 118 and 119 are cross-sectional views showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper supply unit 17.
  • FIG. In the paper stocker unit 30, the dedicated paper 11b is laminated. On the upper and lower sides of the paper stocker unit 30, claw portions 30 c that are convex portions for restraining the dedicated paper 11 b are provided. Note that the length, size, position, and the like of the claw portion 30c are optimized as appropriate.
  • the grip portion 30f is a hand that can sandwich the dedicated paper 11b at the tip. However, there is no particular limitation as long as the dedicated paper 11b can be grasped.
  • the grip portion 30f can be moved left and right on the paper surface along the guide 30e by the drive portion 30d.
  • the drive unit 30e is a motor
  • the guide 30e is a screw
  • the grip 30f can be moved left and right. Not.
  • the drive unit 30d When taking out one sheet of the dedicated paper 11b from the paper stocker unit 30, the drive unit 30d is driven so that the grip unit 30f approaches the paper side.
  • the sensor reacts or the current value changes, so that the tip is in contact with the special paper 11b.
  • the grip portion 30f closes the leading end so as to grip the dedicated paper 11b. If the shape of the tip is optimized, the grip portion 30f can grip only one sheet.
  • the drive unit 30d is driven so that the grip unit 30f moves in the reverse direction. Thereby, only one sheet 11b is taken out from the paper stocker unit 30 as shown in FIG.
  • the grip portion 30f When the grip portion 30f reaches a predetermined position, the position where the grip is released is known by a sensor or the like. When the position shown in FIG. 119 is reached, the grip portion 30f releases the grip. Then, the special paper 11b falls and the special paper 11b is supplied to the paper feed roller 17b. Thereafter, the paper feed roller 17b rotates and the paper is supplied to the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 120 is a cross-sectional view showing an oblique horizontal structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17.
  • the paper stocker unit 30 may be placed diagonally and driven so that the gripping unit 30f approaches and separates from the dedicated paper 11b, and the dedicated paper 11b may be gripped one by one.
  • the gripping portion 30f it is possible to take out one sheet at a time by sucking the dedicated paper 11b with a negative pressure, release the negative pressure, drop one sheet of the dedicated paper 11b, and supply it to the paper feed roller 17b.
  • the paper may be taken out one by one using the paper feed roller 30b and the claw portion 30c.
  • portable toilet 31 an example of a buttock wiping device used for a portable toilet 31 with a wiping function (hereinafter referred to as portable toilet 31) is described and will be described below. Any structure can be used for portable toilets.
  • the portable toilet function is a function in which excrement is stored in a container or the like and can be discarded outside after being discharged like a general portable toilet.
  • the hot water cleaning function is a function that can wash the buttocks after draining. Water is often supplied from a water tank in order not to select an installation location, but is not limited.
  • the wiping function is a function for wiping the moisture of the buttocks after water washing with paper.
  • An elevation part is provided in the gap between the toilet seat and the toilet bowl, and the wiping arm and all or part of the drive part are accommodated in the elevation part.
  • the toilet seat may be thickened and all or part of the wiping arm and the wiping arm driving unit may be provided on the toilet seat.
  • the wiping arm wipes the buttock using paper supplied from the paper supply function.
  • the head at the tip of the wiping arm has a shape that fits the anus.
  • the paper supply function is a function of supplying paper to the wiping arm.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 supplies the dedicated paper 11b onto the wiping arm 4 separately from the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 pushes up the dedicated paper 11b from below. And wipe the buttocks. That is, the second method is adopted.
  • the paper disposal function is a function for removing the dedicated paper 11b after wiping off from the wiping arm 4. Slightly move the wiping arm 4 left and right and up and down to allow the dedicated paper 11b to fall naturally, or when the wiping arm 4 returns to the elevation 2 to provide a protrusion for dropping the dedicated paper 11b. Keep it like that.
  • As the special paper 11b a quadrangular paper obtained by press-bonding a plurality of toilet papers stacked so as to sufficiently absorb moisture is used.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is loaded into a paper insertion port 17a provided in the paper supply unit 17, and the dedicated paper 11b is supplied. The cared person inserts the dedicated paper 11b into the paper insertion opening 17a and causes the portable toilet 31 shown in FIGS. 121 to 128 to wipe it.
  • the elevation part 2 is provided with an accommodating part 32 for accommodating the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving part 3 and a paper loading guide opening 33 for accommodating the paper loading guide 17 c of the paper feeding part 17.
  • a shutter function (39, 34) is provided on both the wiping arm side and the paper feed unit side in order to prevent water from entering during the washing from the hollowed portions of the storage portion 32 and the paper loading guide opening 33.
  • the malfunction prevention function is a function of wiping with the wiping arm 4 after judging whether or not the buttock is being cleaned. If the buttocks are not cleaned, do not wipe off to prevent malfunction.
  • the automatic paper feed function refers to the paper stocker unit 38 with a plurality of dedicated papers 11b stacked for a care recipient who is difficult to manually put the special paper 11b into the paper insertion slot 17a of the paper feeding unit 17.
  • An automatic paper feed function that can be stored and loaded one by one from the paper stocker unit 38 into the paper slot is provided as an optional function.
  • Disinfection function In the portable toilet 31 shown in FIGS. 121 to 128, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the buttocks through the special paper 11b. Therefore, it is necessary to keep the pressing part 4a hygienic. Therefore, the function which can inject disinfectant
  • the elevation part 2 In order to disinfect and clean the wiping arm pressing part 4a and the paper loading guide 17c, the elevation part 2 is provided with a lid so that it can be opened and directly disinfected and cleaned. And so on. When the cleaning mode is selected, the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c are exposed so that disinfection and cleaning can be performed.
  • the pressing portion 4a and the paper loading guide 17c are made of an antibacterial material so that germs do not propagate.
  • Deodorizing function As an optional function, a deodorizing apparatus 50 that deodorizes the inside of the toilet in a sealed state so that the smell of excrement does not spread indoors.
  • the elevation part 2 for accommodating various functions is adapted to the shape of the portable toilet 31, the toilet part 36, and the hot water washing device 15 so that fingers are not filled when the toilet seat 7 is opened and closed. Shape.
  • the elevation part 2 is provided with several holes and cutouts on the mechanism, but is normally closed. This prevents the fingers from being stuffed.
  • the elevation part 2 is fixed to the portable toilet 31 so as not to fall from the portable toilet 31.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 and the paper stocker unit 38 slightly protrude from the elevation part 2, but they are secured to the elevation part 2 so as not to fall.
  • the wiping arm 4 It is necessary that the wiping arm 4 does not press the buttocks with an excessive force. (1) In the first place, the wiping arm 4 is prevented from rising to an unnecessarily high height by limiting the height of the ceiling portion of the elevation 2. (2) A motor that does not generate torque more than necessary is used as the wiping arm drive unit 3. (3) When the wiping arm 4 is pressed against the collar and a torque exceeding a predetermined value is generated, the motor loosens the wiping operation, and a sensor or a current value detection unit is connected to the wiping arm driving unit 3 so that the torque is less than the predetermined value. Provide torque control or torque limit.
  • the height of the opening portion where the paper placement guide 17c is exposed is determined from the elevation portion 2 so that the paper placement guide 17c does not hit the collar in the first place.
  • a motor that does not generate more torque than necessary is used for the paper feeding unit 17.
  • the motor is provided with a sensor or a current value detection unit in the paper feeding unit 17 so that the motor stops or reversely rotates. When a sensor or a switch is provided on the guide 17c and comes into contact with the user, the paper loading guide 17c is stopped or reversely rotated.
  • the toilet seat 7 Since there is a possibility that the toilet seat 7 is raised and can be directly seated on the elevation part 2, as a measure not to sit directly on the elevation part 2, if the toilet seat 7 is not lowered, the wiping arm drive unit 3 and the feeding unit A sensor or switch is provided so that the paper unit 17 does not operate.
  • a sensor for detecting the completion of the hot water cleaning is provided so that the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper feeding unit 17 do not operate unless the hot water cleaning is completed. Keep it.
  • ⁇ Removal after washing Measures that take into account the possibility of draining after washing are required.
  • the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is devised so that even if the paper loading guide 17c is removed, only the dedicated paper 11b falls. Further, the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is devised so that it does not break down due to the dropping force of excrement. In preparation for when excrement falls on the wiping arm 4, the dirt of the pressing part 4a is detected by a sensor, and a warning is given if the pressing part 4a is dirty.
  • the wiping arm 4 If the wiping arm 4 cannot be operated due to a motor failure, the wiping arm 4 will not move to a predetermined place within a predetermined time even if the operation switch is pressed. Then, a sensor is provided at the predetermined place to self-diagnose whether or not the wiping arm 4 has moved. If the wiping arm 4 does not move within a predetermined time, a warning is given that an abnormality has occurred.
  • the paper loading guide 17c When the paper loading guide 17c cannot be operated due to a motor failure, the paper loading guide 17c does not move to a predetermined location within a predetermined time even if the operation switch is pressed. Therefore, a sensor is provided at the predetermined location to self-diagnose whether or not the paper loading guide 17c is moving. If the paper loading guide 17c does not move within a predetermined time, a warning is given that an abnormality has occurred.
  • Automatic feed function Detects the presence or absence of paper stocked in the paper stocker unit 38, warns the user if paper is exhausted, and prompts the user to replenish the paper.
  • Appearance 460 mm in width x 645 mm in depth x 680 mm in height, and the above-mentioned appearance size was determined from existing portable toilets and hot water washing devices. The wiping device itself is small.
  • the weight of the existing portable toilet with a hot water washing device is about 20 kg, the weight of about 10 kg of the configuration that realizes the wiping function and the like was added and calculated. It can be driven by AC 100V 50/60 Hz and supplied from a household power source.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes the following actuators.
  • Up / down motor 8 One geared DC motor and up / down motor 8 move the wiping arm 4 up and down.
  • Exposing motor 9 One DC motor with gear and the exposing motor 9 expose and store the wiping arm 4. With these motors, the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down and back and forth during wiping. Each motor only needs to have a torque enough to move the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm 4 and press the pressing portion 4a against the collar portion.
  • the paper feeding unit 17 includes the following actuators.
  • Feed motor 21a 1 geared DC motor
  • the drive motor for driving the feed roller 17b and the rail drive wheel 21j is shared.
  • the motor only needs to have enough torque to move the paper loading guide.
  • the arm opening / closing part 39 is composed of the following actuators. Geared DC motor 39a: However, it is also possible to use a lever to open and close the shutter only by attaching and detaching the electromagnet.
  • the paper loading guide opening / closing part 34 includes the following actuators.
  • Geared DC motor 34a However, it is also possible to use a lever to open and close the shutter only by attaching and detaching the electromagnet.
  • the paper stocker unit 38 includes the following actuators.
  • One geared DC motor (not shown) for gripping the stacked dedicated paper 11b.
  • One geared DC motor (not shown) for loading the paper held in the paper slot.
  • the special paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are separately located under the buttock, there is a possibility that the special paper 11b cannot be in close contact with the buttock when the pressing portion 4a moves from under the special paper 11b. .
  • a hole for generating a negative pressure is provided in the pressing portion 4a, and the negative pressure generating device is brought into contact with the collar portion. A negative pressure is generated, and the special paper 11b is attracted to the pressing portion 4a.
  • the dedicated paper 11b when removing the dedicated paper 11b, the negative pressure is released or the positive pressure is generated, and the dedicated paper 11b is dropped from the pressing portion 4a.
  • a compressor is required to generate negative pressure and positive pressure.
  • the following is an outline of the operation of the portable toilet 31 with a wiping function. 1.
  • the wiping switch of the operation unit 35 When the wiping switch of the operation unit 35 is pressed by the user, the open / close units 34 and 39 are opened, the paper feeding unit 17 is activated, and the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the loading guide 17c moves forward, and the dedicated paper 11b is exposed to the bottom of the collar.
  • the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the bottom of the buttocks.
  • the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 rises from under the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c, and pushes up the dedicated paper 11b so as to be in close contact with the vicinity of the anus. Thereafter, the paper loading guide 17c moves backward and returns to the original position. The wiping arm 4 gently moves up and down and up and down, so that moisture in the buttock is absorbed by the special paper.
  • the pressing portion 4a After completion of wiping When the wiping is completed, the pressing portion 4a is lowered. If the pressing portion 4a is lowered, the dedicated paper 11b has a thickness, so that it is separated from the collar portion by its own weight. The dedicated paper 11b is wiped off the front and rear and up and down by the wiping arm 4 as it is. Finally, the wiping arm 4 returns to the original position, and the open / close portions 34 and 39 are closed.
  • the moving speed of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c is, for example, about 5 cm / second.
  • Wiping switch A wiping button is provided on the operation unit 35 so that a care recipient can also operate.
  • Cleaning Mode Button A cleaning button is provided so that the pressing portion 4a and the paper loading guide 17c can be cleaned. When the cleaning button is pressed, the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c are exposed.
  • Position detection of the paper loading guide 17c Sensors are provided at the left limit and right limit positions of the paper loading guide 17c, respectively, to detect the position of the paper loading guide 17c and to control the paper feeding motor 21a. Use. Note that the left limit, the right limit, and the like may be detected by a motor detection unit that detects the number of rotations of the sheet feeding motor 21a.
  • Completion detection of hot water cleaning Whether hot water cleaning is completed or not is detected by detecting whether or not the operation button for hot water cleaning is pressed. Note that it may be determined whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed by detecting whether or not water is discharged from the nozzle of the hot water cleaning device 15 with a sound sensor.
  • a switch or sensor is provided in the elevation 2 so that it does not operate.
  • FIG. 121 is an external view of the portable toilet 31 during standby.
  • the toilet unit 36 includes a bucket for storing filth therein to realize a portable toilet function.
  • the apparatus which seals a waste in a disposable bag and a container automatically may be equipped.
  • cleaning apparatus 15, the toilet seat 7, and the buttocks wiping apparatus 1 are provided on the toilet part 36.
  • the operation unit 35 is provided beside the toilet seat 7. Note that the operation unit 35 may be wireless.
  • An operation switch for realizing the wiping function may be provided separately, or may be incorporated in the operation unit of the hot water cleaning device 15.
  • the elevation part 2 is provided between the toilet part 36 and the toilet seat 7. All or part of the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are accommodated in the elevation part 2. Further, part of the function of the paper feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the elevation unit 2, and the dedicated paper 11 b is sent out from the paper feeding unit 17.
  • paper stocker unit 38 is not provided when manually feeding paper.
  • FIG. 122 is an exploded perspective view of the portable toilet 31.
  • the wiping arm 4, the wiping arm driving unit 3, and the internal mechanism 40 of the paper feeding unit 17 are accommodated in the elevation unit 2.
  • the internal mechanism 40 of the paper feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the paper loading guide opening 33 provided in the housing 37 and the height raising unit 2 of the paper feeding unit 17.
  • a paper stocker unit 38 is installed on the paper supply unit 17.
  • the structure of the paper feeding unit 17 is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 106A, FIG. 108, FIG.
  • the paper stocker unit 38 uses the structure shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. 123 is an exploded perspective view showing various mechanisms of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes an up / down motor 8 connected to one end of the wiping arm 4, a turntable 8e fixing the up / down motor 8, and an exposure for rotating the turntable 8e.
  • Motor 9. The rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 and the turntable 8e are connected by a bevel gear as shown in FIG. 113, for example, but are not limited thereto.
  • the exposure motor 9 rotates, the turntable 8e rotates, and the vertical motor 8, the wiping arm 4 and the pressing portion 4a are angularly exposed to be exposed.
  • the up / down motor 8 rotates to tilt the wiping arm 4 obliquely upward, and the dedicated paper 11b is lifted by the pressing portion 4a.
  • the wiping arm 4, the pressing unit 4 a, and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are accommodated in the accommodating portion 32 provided in the height raising portion 2.
  • the accommodating part 32 is closed by the lid 32a.
  • an arm opening / closing part 39 driven by a motor 39a is provided. It is also possible to use a mechanism other than the motor 39a to move the arm opening / closing part 39 up and down.
  • the internal mechanism 40 of the paper feed unit 17 includes a paper feed motor 21a, a paper feed roller 17b, a paper loading guide 17c, and a rail drive wheel 21j.
  • the paper supply motor 21a rotates, The paper feed roller 17b is rotated.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 21c connected to the paper feeding motor 21a is operated to rotate the rail driving wheel 21j. By the rotation of the rail driving wheel 21j, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed in a state where the dedicated paper 11b is loaded.
  • a paper loading guide opening / closing section 34 driven by a motor 34a is provided. It is also possible to use a simple mechanism other than the motor 34a to move the paper loading guide opening / closing part 34 up and down.
  • FIG. 124 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 when the special paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed.
  • FIG. 125 is a plan view of the portable toilet 31 when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed. As shown in FIGS. 124 and 125, when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed, the pressing portion 4a is positioned under the dedicated paper 11b.
  • the paper loading guide 17c has a shape that is greatly cut out so that only the special paper 11b is lifted when the pressing portion 4a is raised from below.
  • FIG. 126 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 at the time of wiping.
  • FIG. 127 is a front view of the portable toilet 31 at the time of wiping.
  • the wiping arm 4 is inclined upward, and the pressing portion 4a moves upward.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is lifted.
  • the paper loading guide 17c moves backward and returns to the original position. In this state, the collar portion, the special paper 11b, and the pressing portion 4a are in close contact with each other, so that moisture or the like in the collar portion is absorbed by the special paper 11b.
  • the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth, so that wiping is reliably performed. Moreover, if the pressing part 4a hits the collar part with a certain pressure or higher, the pressing pressure can be adjusted by the vertical motor 8 loosening the pressing.
  • FIG. 128 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 provided with the deodorizing device 50.
  • the elevation portion 2 is provided with a hole for sending air inside the toilet unit 36 to the deodorizing device 50.
  • the arm opening / closing part 39 descends, and air is sent to the deodorization device 50 through the hole to deodorize.
  • the arm opening / closing part 39 rises to prevent the smell from diffusing into the room with the toilet part 36 sealed.
  • the buttock is wiped off using the second method.
  • FIG. 129 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for producing dedicated paper.
  • an apparatus used for manufacturing the dedicated paper 11b an apparatus capable of feeding a roll paper (S600), automatically folding it (S601), and cutting it at a predetermined length (S602) is used. Any known technique can be used as such a process of feeding, folding and cutting.
  • the roll paper may be folded by repeatedly moving a reciprocating member while feeding the roll paper.
  • the roll paper to be fed out may be received in a shape that is naturally folded, such as 3024537, and folded.
  • the folded and cut roll paper is pressure-bonded by a press machine or the like (S603).
  • the pressing machine it is preferable to use an apparatus having an unevenness that sandwiches the paper folded up and down and fits the crimped portion (for example, the edge of the paper) from above and below.
  • the apparatus which has an unevenness
  • the excess edge is cut off from the peripheral edge of the crimped paper using a Thomson-type cutting blade to complete the predetermined size of dedicated paper 11b (S604). In addition, if it can fold with high precision, the peripheral part cutting-off process is unnecessary.
  • FIG. 130 is a diagram showing a mechanism of a manufacturing apparatus that can manufacture the dedicated paper 11b without folding.
  • a plurality of toilet papers 11 are provided so as to be rotatable.
  • the toilet paper 11 is supplied from each toilet paper 11 to the crimping portion 52 in a state where a plurality of toilet papers 11 are stacked one above the other.
  • the crimping part 52 is a device such as an embossing roller, for example, and uneven portions are provided on the upper and lower rollers.
  • the roller of the crimping part 52 is provided with irregularities so that the longitudinal end of the toilet paper 11 and the predetermined length can be crimped in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction.
  • the press-fitted toilet paper 11h is sent out from the pressure-bonding portion 52. Thereafter, in the cutting part 53, the cutter 53a is moved up and down at regular intervals, and the toilet paper 11h that has been crimped is cut at predetermined intervals. As a result, the dedicated paper 11 b is discharged from the cutting unit 53.
  • the cutting part 53 may die-cut the toilet paper 11h in a square shape like a Thomson type. Note that a press machine that fits up and down may be used as the crimping part 52. In that case, a paper feeding roller may be provided in front of the press machine.
  • FIG. 131 is a diagram showing another mechanism of the manufacturing apparatus capable of manufacturing the special paper 11b without folding.
  • a plurality of toilet papers 11 are provided so as to be rotatable.
  • the toilet paper 11 is supplied from the respective toilet papers 11 to the upper and lower rollers 52a in a state where a plurality of toilet papers 11 are vertically stacked.
  • the toilet paper 11 conveyed from the upper and lower rollers 52a is supplied to the bonding part 52b immediately after.
  • the bonding part 52 b is a gun that can inject a water-soluble adhesive, and can seal the water-soluble adhesive hanging from the longitudinal edge of the toilet paper 11.
  • the adhesion part 52b may be provided in front rather than just after the upper and lower rollers 52a.
  • the adhesive portion 52b can also apply an adhesive in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction at a predetermined interval. Thereby, the adhered toilet paper 11 i is carried out and fed into the cutting part 53.
  • the cutting part 53 cuts similarly to FIG. 130, and discharges the exclusive paper 11b.
  • the dedicated paper 11b may be manufactured by cutting the toilet paper into a predetermined size in advance, and stacking a plurality of cut toilet papers and joining them by pressure bonding or the like.
  • a cutting configuration such as a Thomson type may be provided for the purpose of trimming the end portion and adjusting the shape after joining.
  • FIG. 132A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 132B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1 used in the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 132C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 133 is a front view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 134 is a right side view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 132A shows a case where the wiping arm 4 is in the storage position and a case where it is in the exposure position.
  • FIG. 133 the lowest position and the highest position when the wiping arm 4 is in the exposed position are illustrated.
  • FIG. 134 it is assumed that the wiping arm 4 is located at the exposure position.
  • the pressing portion 4a is rotatably attached to a T-shaped member provided at the tip of the wiping arm 4, so that the level is maintained.
  • the pressing portion 4a may be provided with a mechanism for sucking the dedicated paper 11b with negative pressure, or with a mechanism for dropping the dedicated paper 11b with positive pressure.
  • the paper platform 205k has a portion corresponding to the pressing portion 4a cut out.
  • the upper part of the pressing portion 4a is slightly exposed from the cut-out portion.
  • the dedicated paper 11b supplied from the paper supply unit 205 shown in FIG. 134 is placed on the pressing unit 4a that is slightly exposed from the cut-out portion of the paper mounting table 205k.
  • the wiping arm 4 can be exposed by angular motion by the structure using the exposure motor 9, the bevel gears 27 a and 27 b and the central shaft 27 g, and can be moved up and down by the vertical motor 8.
  • Detailed operations by the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 are the same as those of the mechanism shown in FIG. Note that the mechanisms of the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 may be replaced with other mechanisms shown in the present specification.
  • the paper feed unit 205 includes a ball screw motor 205m, a ball screw 205a connected to the rotation shaft of the ball screw motor 205m, a paper stocker 205b, a paper feed motor 205c, A pulley 205d connected to the rotation shaft of the paper feed motor 205c, a paper feed roller 205e, a pulley 205o, a belt 205j for transmitting the rotation of the pulley 205d to the paper feed roller 205e via the pulley 205o, and a free roller 205f, a paper feed driving roller 205g connected to a rotating shaft of a motor (not shown), a paper feed roller 205h, a slide 205i, and a paper platform 205k.
  • a paper platform detector 206a for detecting whether or not paper is placed is provided.
  • a plate on which the dedicated paper 11b is placed is provided, and a remaining paper amount detection unit 206b for detecting whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the plate is provided.
  • a paper feed detection unit 206c for detecting the presence or absence of the dedicated paper 11b is provided in front of the paper feed driving roller 205g.
  • FIG. 133 illustrates a state when the drawer portion 205p is pulled out.
  • the control unit 13 determines whether or not the dedicated paper 11b remains by the remaining paper amount detection unit 206b. (S700), the process proceeds to the next operation only when it remains. If not, the control unit 13 notifies the user of a message, voice, or the like that prompts the user to replenish paper.
  • the control unit 13 rotates the ball screw motor 205m so that the ball screw 205a moves upward by one sheet (S701).
  • the control unit 13 recognizes the rotation amount based on a signal from the motor detection unit 205l.
  • the uppermost exclusive paper 11b comes into contact with the free roller 205f and the paper feed roller 205e.
  • the control unit 13 rotates the paper feed motor 205c (S702).
  • the paper feed roller 205c rotates, the rotational force is transmitted to the paper feed roller 205e by the pulley 205d and the belt 205j. Then, only one uppermost exclusive paper 11b is sent out.
  • the single sheet 11b sent out is inserted between the paper feed driving roller 205g and the paper feed roller 205h.
  • the control unit 13 detects that the dedicated paper 11b is fed to the paper feed driving roller 205g by the paper feed detection unit 206c (S703).
  • the control unit 13 continues to drive the paper feed motor 205c until the paper feed detection unit 206c no longer detects the dedicated paper 11b (S703).
  • the control unit 13 also rotates the paper feed driving roller 205g to send the dedicated paper 11b to the slide 205i.
  • the dedicated paper 11b slides down the slide 205i and is placed on the paper mount 205k.
  • the paper placement table detection unit 206a (or the paper placement sensor 12e provided in the pressing unit 4a) detects that the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a (S704). Since the preparation for the wiping operation is thus completed, the control unit 13 exposes the wiping arm 4 and moves it up and down to perform wiping of the buttock. After wiping, the paper is discarded and the wiping arm 4 is returned to the original storage. The operation of returning to the position is executed (S705).
  • the first method of wiping the collar portion by moving the wiping arm while placing the paper on the pressing portion using the frictional force or the shape of the pressing portion of the wiping arm is used. It is possible to provide a portable toilet 31 that has been used.
  • the root portion of the wiping arm 4 is a telescopic telescopic portion 29b, and the rotation shaft of the vertical motor 8 and the root portion of the telescopic portion 29b are connected by a link mechanism 27e.
  • the detailed structure of the link mechanism is the same as in FIG. Therefore, since the expansion / contraction part 29b expands / contracts in accordance with the rotation of the rotation shaft of the vertical motor 8, the apex position of the pressing part 4a goes straight up and down without shaking.
  • the structure of the paper feeding unit 205 shown in the present embodiment can also be used in a normal toilet other than a portable toilet.
  • FIG. 135A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttocks wiping device 1 in the portable toilet 31.
  • FIG. 135A the time when the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 are exposed is indicated by a solid line, and the position when the wiping arm 4 is stored is indicated by a broken line.
  • FIG. 135B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 135C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 136 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. FIG. 136 shows a transition in which the wiping arm 4 moves up and down.
  • FIG. 137 is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 138 is a front view showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 in the link mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3.
  • FIG. 139 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17.
  • FIG. 140 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17 and is a view when the paper loading guide 17c is stored.
  • the paper supply unit 17 constitutes an overall frame by a motor frame 70, moving frames 70a and 70b, and moving beams 70c and 70d.
  • a paper feed motor 17e and a coupling 17f are fixed to the motor frame 70.
  • the moving frames 70a and 70b are fixed by the moving beams 70c and 70d so as to face each other.
  • a rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as a lower rotating shaft) 73e and a rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as an upper rotating shaft) 74e are rotatably attached to the moving frames 70a and 70b.
  • the lower rotating shaft 73e is connected to the rotating shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e through the coupling 17f.
  • a pulley (hereinafter referred to as a lower pulley) 73f is attached to one end of the lower rotating shaft 73e.
  • Pinions (hereinafter referred to as lower pinions) 73c and 73d are attached to both ends of the lower rotating shaft 73e.
  • a pulley (hereinafter referred to as an upper pulley) 74f is attached to one end of the upper rotating shaft 74e.
  • Pinions (hereinafter referred to as upper pinions) 74c and 74d are attached to both ends of the upper rotating shaft 74e.
  • a belt 75 is hung between the upper pulley 74f and the lower pulley 73f, and the rotational operation of the lower pulley 73f is transmitted to the upper pulley 74f.
  • the upper pulley 74f rotates
  • the upper rotating shaft 74e rotates
  • the upper pinion 74c and the upper pinion 74d rotate.
  • Rail portions (hereinafter referred to as lower rail portions) 71a and 71b are fixed to the elevation portion 2.
  • racks (hereinafter referred to as lower racks) 73a and 73b are fixed to the elevation part 2 by a fixing base 71e.
  • the lower racks 73a and 73b mesh with the lower pinions 73c and 73d, respectively.
  • the lower pinions 73c and 73d are fixed to the slide bases 71c and 71d so as to be slidable on the lower rail portions 71a and 71b, respectively.
  • Rail portions (hereinafter referred to as upper rail portions) 72a and 72b are fixed to moving beams 70c and 70d.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is attached by fixing portions 72c and 72d so as to be slidable on the upper rail portions 72a and 72b.
  • Racks (hereinafter referred to as upper racks) 74a and 74b are fixed to both sides of the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the upper racks 74a and 74b mesh with the upper pinions 74c and 74d, respectively.
  • the paper loading guide 17c By moving the paper loading guide 17c while moving the whole frame, the paper loading guide 17c is accommodated in the size of the front and rear width of the paper loading guide 17c during the accommodation shown in FIG. And at the time of exposure shown in FIG. 136, the paper placement guide 17c can be exposed to a distance equal to or larger than the front and rear width of the paper placement guide 17c.
  • the width of the toilet seat is larger than that of a normal toilet, and the size of the bucket in the toilet bowl is large. Therefore, the moving distance of the paper loading guide 17c must be increased. Therefore, according to such an embodiment, if the paper placement guide is stored and exposed, the paper can be fed by the paper placement guide 17c in the portable toilet.
  • the mechanism of the paper feed unit 17 used here is summarized as follows.
  • the paper supply unit 17 includes upper racks 74a and 74b and upper pinions 74c and 74d as first movement mechanisms for moving the paper loading guide 17c, and a second movement mechanism that moves the first movement mechanism itself.
  • the lower pinions 73 and 73d fixed to the elevation part 2 and the lower racks 73a and 73b that move together with the first moving mechanism.
  • the first moving mechanism includes a paper feeding motor 17e for moving the paper loading guide 17c by the upper racks 74a and 74b and the upper pinions 74c and 74d.
  • the paper feed motor 17e is connected to the upper pinions 74c and 74d so that the rotational movement is transmitted to the second movement mechanism, and the first movement is linked to the rotational movement of the paper feed motor 17e.
  • the mechanism moves.
  • the paper supply unit 17 includes a first movement mechanism that moves the paper loading guide 17c and a second movement mechanism that moves the first movement mechanism itself.
  • the first moving mechanism moves the paper loading guide 17c by a rack and pinion mechanism.
  • the second moving mechanism moves the first moving mechanism by a rack and pinion mechanism.
  • the first moving mechanism includes a paper feeding motor 17e for driving the rack and pinion mechanism.
  • the second moving mechanism moves the first moving mechanism by the rack and pinion mechanism in conjunction with the rotational movement of the paper feeding motor 17e.
  • the user inserts the paper from the paper insertion opening 17a and places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the dedicated paper 11b may be placed on the paper loading guide 17c using the roller 17b.
  • the method for storing the paper loading guide 17c described above may not be used.
  • the upper pinions 74c and 74d and the upper racks 74a and 74b are simply meshed with each other in accordance with the rotation of the paper feeding motor 17e.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is slidably attached to the upper rail portions 72a and 72b so that the upper pinions 74c and 74d rotate and the paper loading guide 17c fixed to the upper racks 74a and 74b is exposed. But you can.
  • the lower pinions 73c and 73d are simply meshed with the lower racks 73a and 73b, and the lower pinions 73c and 73d are made of paper.
  • the loading guide 17c is fixed, and the sheet feeding motor 17e, the lower pinions 73c and 73d, and the sheet loading guide 17c are moved along the lower rail portions 71a and 71b in accordance with the rotation of the sheet feeding motor 17e.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may be exposed.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes an exposure motor 9 and a vertical motor 8.
  • the exposure motor 9 is fixed to the elevation part 2 by an exposure motor fixing part 93.
  • a worm 91 is attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9.
  • a worm wheel 92 is rotatably attached to the elevation portion 2 and the shaft pressing plate 94 so as to mesh with the worm 91.
  • the raised portion 2 and the shaft pressing plate 94 are fixed by support columns 94a and 95b.
  • the turntable 81 is bent into an L shape.
  • a vertical motor 8 and two opposing guide brackets 84 and 84 are fixed to the turntable 81.
  • the turntable 81 rotates by angular movement around the rotation axis of the worm wheel 92, and the vertical motor 8 and the guide brackets 84, 84 rotate together. To do.
  • a link plate 83 is fixed to the motor rotating shaft 82 of the vertical motor 8.
  • a first groove 83 a is formed in the link plate 83.
  • a first free end 86a provided at one end of the telescopic portion 29b is slidably inserted into the first groove 83a.
  • the wiping arm 4 is attached to the expansion / contraction part 29b so that expansion / contraction is possible.
  • the guide brackets 84 and 84 have a second groove 84a formed horizontally, and a third groove 84b cut obliquely in the upper left direction is formed near the middle of the second groove 84a. Furthermore, a fourth groove 84c cut obliquely in the upper left direction is formed at the left end of the second groove 84a.
  • the fourth groove 84c is longer than the third groove 84b.
  • the stretchable part 29 b is a member that is nested at one end of the wiping arm 4.
  • the first free end 86a is also inserted into second, third, and fourth grooves 84a, 84b, and 84c formed in the guide bracket 84.
  • a second free end 86b is provided at one end of the wiping arm 4 on the side where the extendable portion 29b is inserted.
  • the first free end 86a is inserted into second, third, and fourth grooves 84a, 84b, and 84c formed in the guide bracket 84.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes transmission units 92 a and 92 b such as gears for transmitting the rotation of the worm wheel 92.
  • the rotations of the transmission units 92a and 92b are transmitted to the motor detection unit 9a, and the motor detection unit 9a can detect the rotation speed and rotation speed of the exposure motor 9.
  • the motor detection part 9a may be provided separately.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a transmission unit 85 such as a gear for transmitting the rotation of the vertical motor rotation shaft 82.
  • the rotation of the transmission unit 85 is transmitted to the motor detection unit 8a, and the motor detection unit 8a can detect the number of rotations and the rotation speed of the vertical motor 8.
  • the motor detection part 8a may be provided separately.
  • Each motor detection unit may be a small one that is directly attached to the rotation shaft of each motor, or may be built in each motor.
  • the pressure sensor attached to the pressing part 4a may be used for torque detection.
  • a hinge mechanism 29 c is provided at the other end of the wiping arm 4.
  • the hinge mechanism 29c is T-shaped and can be rotated inside the pressing portion 4a.
  • the pressing portion 4a is a convex portion whose upper half is an anus shape, and whose lower half is divided into two weight parts that are rotatably attached by sandwiching a T-shaped hinge mechanism 29c with the upper half. It has become.
  • the pressing portion 4a is rotatable by sandwiching the T-shaped hinge mechanism 29c between the upper half convex portion and the lower half two weight portions. Even if the wiping arm 4 is tilted by the weight portion, the pressing portion 4a can always be kept horizontal.
  • FIG. 138 (k) shows the origin position. At this time, the first free end 86a is located at the right end of the second groove 84a.
  • the state (k) is the state where the wiping arm 4 is retracted most. After that, in accordance with the rotation of the up / down motor 8, the transition is made to (j), (i), (h), (g), (f), (e), (d), (c), (b). Finally, the state (a) is obtained.
  • the state (a) is the state where the wiping arm 4 is most exposed.
  • the length of the wiping arm 4 itself remains the same.
  • the mechanism as shown in FIG. 138 is not necessarily required.
  • the difference in the tip position of the wiping arm 4 from FIGS. 138 (a) to (k) is, for example, a maximum of 40 mm. It is necessary to cause such a difference in tip position when the wiping arm 4 is caught somewhere in the elevation 2 when the wiping arm 4 is exposed or stored, as shown in FIG. If a mechanism is provided so that the tip position can be adjusted in the elevation 2, the wiping arm 4 can be stored without being caught.
  • the link mechanism of this embodiment has the objective of adjusting the left-right position of the pressing part 4a first. This link mechanism is realized by the first free end 86a sliding in the first groove 83a and the first free end 86a sliding in the second groove 84a. However, such a link mechanism is not essential.
  • the link mechanism of the present embodiment has the second object that when the pressing portion 4a is lifted, its apex portion can be lifted straight without shaking left and right. This will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the second free end 86b reaches the leftmost end in FIG. 138 (a)
  • the first and second free ends 86a and l86b can be inserted into the third and fourth grooves 84b and 84c, respectively.
  • the first free end 86a has already reached the lower end of the first groove 83a and cannot slide any further.
  • FIG. 136 shows this state.
  • the link mechanism of the present embodiment can realize a mechanism in which the apex of the pressing portion 4a does not move left and right.
  • such a link mechanism is not essential. In particular, if the displacement of the apex of the pressing portion 4a does not affect the wiping feeling due to the relationship with the length of the wiping arm 4, the link mechanism need not be provided.
  • the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a and the arm side opening / closing part 19b will be described.
  • the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19 a is provided in the opening part of the elevation part 2.
  • the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a can be moved left and right by a rack and pinion and a motor (not shown).
  • the arm-side opening / closing part 19b has a mechanism in which the arm-side opening / closing part 19b enters the elevation part 2 by sliding the lever 96 to the right on the page with a motor or electromagnetic solenoid (not shown). It has become.
  • the mechanism of each opening / closing part is not restricted to these.
  • the control unit 13 determines whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c by the paper placement guide sensor 17i. Then, the sensor 17i is turned on (S800). The sensor 17i is kept on until S806 described later. Meanwhile, if the sensor 17i detects that the dedicated paper 11b is not placed on the paper loading guide 17c, it means that the dedicated paper 11b is not placed due to some error. This will be notified to the user by a display or the like.
  • control unit 13 operates the paper supply side opening / closing unit 19a to open the opening of the elevation portion 2 on the paper supply unit 17 side (S801).
  • the control unit 13 determines whether or not the opening on the paper feeding unit 17 side is opened by an open / close confirmation sensor 19c. If it is not normally opened, the control unit 13 notifies the user to that effect by display or the like.
  • control unit 13 operates the paper feeding motor 17e to expose the paper loading guide 17c (S802).
  • the control unit 13 stops the operation of the paper feeding motor 17e (S803).
  • control unit 13 operates the arm side opening / closing unit 19b to open the opening of the elevation portion 2 on the wiping arm 4 side (S804).
  • the controller 13 determines whether or not the opening on the wiping arm 4 side is opened by the open / close confirmation sensor 19d. If it is not normally opened, the control unit 13 notifies the user to that effect by display or the like.
  • control unit 13 operates the exposure motor 9 to expose the wiping arm 4 to the hole side of the toilet seat 7 (S805).
  • the control unit 13 stops the operation of the exposure motor 9 (S806).
  • the control unit 13 operates the up / down motor to raise the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 (S807).
  • the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement sensor 12e for determining whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a (S808).
  • the on state of the paper placement sensor 12e continues until S811 when the paper discharge operation is performed.
  • the paper placement sensor 12e detects that the special paper 11b is not placed, the pressing unit 4a. This means that the dedicated paper 11b has fallen, so that the control unit 13 drives the wiping arm driving unit 3 to return the wiping arm 4 to the storage position, and notifies the user to that effect by a display or the like.
  • the pressing portion 4a rises, the special paper 11b comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus, and moisture etc. are wiped off by the special paper 11b.
  • the control unit 13 operates the paper feeding motor 17e to rotate in reverse, returns the paper loading guide 17c to the storage position, and closes the paper feeding side opening / closing unit 19a ( S809). Thereafter, the control unit 13 drives the wiping arm driving unit 3 to appropriately drive the pressing unit 4a so as to move back and forth or up and down to perform a wiping operation (S810).
  • the control unit 13 rotates the up / down motor 8 in the reverse direction to process the pressing unit 4a, and the exposure motor 9 until the placement of the dedicated paper 11b is not detected by the paper placement sensor 12e.
  • the special paper 11b is dropped, for example, by repeatedly finely moving the paper, and the paper is discharged (S811).
  • the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 so that the wiping arm 4 returns to the storage position, stores the wiping arm 4, and closes the arm side opening / closing unit 19b. (S812), the next wiping standby state is entered.
  • the second method is used to arrange the dedicated paper 11b from the paper feeding unit 17 until it is anus, and the wiping arm driving unit 3 uses the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 as a dedicated device.
  • the paper 11b is pushed up from below the paper 11b, the moisture is wiped off.
  • a plurality of sheets of dedicated paper 11b are made into a continuous roll shape, and the roll-shaped dedicated paper 11b is automatically cut to a predetermined length by using the structure of the electric toilet roll.
  • the dedicated paper 11b may be placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 141 is a diagram illustrating a folded continuous dedicated paper 11k formed by folding a plurality of continuous dedicated paper.
  • FIG. 142 is a diagram showing a schematic structure of the automatic paper feeder when the continuous dedicated paper 11k is used.
  • the folding interval is set to be the same as the length of the dedicated paper 11b, for example.
  • the folding continuous dedicated paper 11k has its ends joined by pressure bonding, adhesion, water-soluble sewing thread or the like. Note that the cutting portion having a predetermined length may be thin. Further, if water-soluble paper having a certain thickness is used as the continuous dedicated paper 11k, the joining of the edges is unnecessary.
  • the continuous dedicated paper 11k can be stored in the paper stocker unit 96. Even if the continuous length is increased, it is only necessary to adjust the height of the paper stocker unit 96. As shown in FIG. 142, the folded continuous dedicated paper 11k is accommodated in the paper stocker unit 96, and the leading end of the continuous dedicated paper 11k is exposed from the opening 96a.
  • the exposed continuous dedicated paper 11k is sandwiched between paper feed rollers 96c and placed on the paper placement guide 17c via the cutting portion 96b.
  • the cutting unit 96b cuts the continuous dedicated paper 11k.
  • the continuous dedicated paper 11k cut at a predetermined length is placed on the paper loading guide 17c every time it is cut. Thereafter, the paper placement guide 17c is exposed and wiping is executed.
  • the automatic paper feeding mechanism shown here can also be used for the first method. That is, the dedicated paper 11b supplied via the cutting unit 96 and the paper feed roller 96c may be placed on the pressing unit 4a instead of the paper loading guide.
  • cleaning apparatus is demonstrated below.
  • An embodiment in which the disposable arms 109 and 110 are used for wiping the buttock will be described with reference to FIGS. 143 to 151.
  • the disposable arms 109 and 110 used here are devices that are water-soluble as a whole, with a water-soluble water-absorbing portion attached to a water-soluble rod-like base material portion.
  • a rod-shaped member in which water-soluble paper is wound in a spiral shape is used as the base material portion.
  • a disposable pressing portion as shown in FIGS. 67 to 71 may be used.
  • the term “disposable arm” or “disposable pressing part” has nothing to do with the invention.
  • a portion for gripping the water absorption portion is required with respect to the water absorption portion which is a portion for directly wiping the collar portion, but the disposable arm described in FIG.
  • the disposable pressing portion to be described is merely a plate shape in which the gripped portion is bent, and the portion for wiping the collar portion is disposable.
  • FIG. 143 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 100 using the disposable arms 109 and 110.
  • FIG. 144 (a) is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIG. 144 (b) is a right side view of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIG. 144 (c) is a front view of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • FIGS. 145 (a) to 145 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the center position.
  • FIGS. 145 (a) to 145 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the center position.
  • FIGS. 145 (a) to 145 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the center position.
  • 146 (a) to 146 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the exposure position.
  • the disposable arms 109 and 110 used here are merely examples, and any other configuration may be used as long as it is a disposable water wiping tip device.
  • the buttocks wiping device 100 is provided below the hot water cleaning device 113 and the toilet seat 114. As shown in FIG. A toilet (not shown) is provided under the buttock wiping device 100.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 118 By disposing the wiping arm driving unit 118 at the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 113, the buttock wiping device 100 can be efficiently disposed, and the overall size can be made compact.
  • the grasping pressing portion 108 for grasping the disposable arm 109 is not exposed, it can be kept hygienic.
  • the heel wiping device 100 includes an operation unit 117, a control unit 119, a cover unit 116, an imaging unit 115, a wiping arm driving unit 118, and a disposable arm supply unit 112. Since the disposable arm 109 is an arm for wiping, it can also be said to be a wiping arm.
  • the drive unit 118 is a device for moving the disposable arm 109. Therefore, the drive unit 118 can be referred to as a wiping arm drive unit 118.
  • the operation unit 117 is an input device for the user to instruct wiping.
  • the control unit 119 is a device for controlling the operation of the buttock wiping device 100.
  • the cover portion 116 is a device that covers a gap generated between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat 114 and prevents moisture from entering the buttocks wiping device 100.
  • the cover 116 may be a device that moves up and down as shown in FIG. 148 described later, but may also be a device that opens in the left-right direction, and its specific structure limits the present invention. Not a thing.
  • the imaging unit 115 is disposed at a position where an image near the anus can be captured.
  • the control unit 119 determines a region where moisture is attached based on the image obtained by the imaging unit 115, and controls the wiping arm driving unit 118 so that the disposable arm comes into contact with the region.
  • the control unit 119 can determine whether or not dirt is attached to the collar part. If the dirt is adhered, the controller 119 can perform cleaning by the hot water cleaning device 113 before wiping the collar part. Needless to say, the imaging unit 115 should be waterproof.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 118 includes a left and right rail 102, a left and right rail driving motor 103, a front and rear rail driving motor 104, a front and rear rail 105, a vertical motor 106, a gripping portion 107, and a gripping pressing portion 108.
  • the left and right rails 102 are attached to the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 113. As shown in FIG. 144 (c), the left and right rails 102 are attached to the ceiling side of a member (hereinafter referred to as “accommodating unit”) that accommodates the wiping arm driving unit 118. However, as shown in FIG. 147, the left and right rails 102 may be attached to the bottom surface of the housing portion. The left and right rails 102 can move the members placed on the rails to the left and right by the rotation of the left and right rail drive motor 103.
  • the front and rear rails 105 are mounted on the left and right rails 102.
  • the front and rear rail 105 can move the member mounted on the rail back and forth by the rotation of the front and rear rail drive motor 104.
  • the vertical motor 106 is mounted on the front and rear rails.
  • a grip portion 107 is attached to the vertical motor 106, and the grip portion 107 can be moved up and down around its rotation axis by rotating the vertical motor 106.
  • the grip portion 107 may be a parallel hand or a fulcrum hand, but is not particularly limited.
  • the grip portion 107 can grip the base material portion of the disposable arm 109 by the grip pressing portion 108 processed into a shape that makes it easy to grip the base material portion.
  • the disposable arm 109 can move left and right, back and forth, and up and down.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 118 includes a left and right drive unit for moving the disposable arm left and right, a front and rear drive unit for moving the disposable arm back and forth, and a vertical drive unit for moving the disposable arm up and down. It is sufficient that a gripping part for gripping the disposable arm is provided. In order to improve the wiping feeling, the front / rear drive unit is provided. However, the front / rear drive unit is not essential as long as there is no need to wipe the front / rear.
  • the disposable arm supply unit 112 has the standby disposable arms 110 stacked in the vertical direction.
  • a structure for stacking for example, a vertically long box-shaped member capable of stacking the disposable arms 110 in the vertical direction is used, and the base material portion is pulled at every interval of the base material portion so that the base material portion does not tilt. What is necessary is just to arrange
  • Other structures may be used and are not particularly limited.
  • the disposable arm supply unit 112 has an inclined portion on the bottom surface, and the disposable arm 109 for wiping is automatically moved.
  • the disposable arm supply unit 112 may have a structure in which the gripping and pressing unit 108 grips and extracts the base material one by one.
  • the disposable arm 109 is first gripped. After gripping, as shown in FIG. 145, the disposable arm 109 is moved leftward by the left and right rails 102. Needless to say, the disposable arm 109 moves rightward when it has a symmetrical structure. At this time, the cover 116 is opened, and the disposable arm 109 moves to the center of the toilet bowl through the gap between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat. At this time, since the disposable arm 109 is located under the toilet bowl, the disposable arm 109 is not in contact with the buttocks.
  • FIG. 146 the vertical motor 106 is driven and the disposable arm 109 moves upward.
  • FIG. 146 (b) the distal end of the disposable arm 109 is exposed from the toilet seat 114.
  • the buttock is wiped off.
  • wiping is performed carefully so as not to damage the buttocks by a wiping operation by image recognition processing of FIGS. 150 and 151 described later.
  • it is finely moved up and down, front and rear, and left and right, and careful wiping is realized.
  • FIG. 147 is a front view when the left and right rails 102 are arranged on the bottom surface of the housing portion. Since each member should just be arrange
  • the disposable arm supply unit 112 is arranged on the right side toward the toilet, but it goes without saying that it may be arranged on the left side. In that case, each member may be arranged symmetrically.
  • FIG. 148 is a perspective view showing the internal mechanism of the buttock wiping device 100 when the disposable arm supply unit 112 is arranged on the left side.
  • the accommodation portion of the wiping arm driving unit 118 is partially broken and described so that it can be seen that the disposable arm 109 is gripped.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 118 can wipe out the collar portion by exposing the disposable arm 109 gripped by the grip portion 107 while being housed in the housing portion. After wiping, gripping by the grip portion 107 is released, and the disposable arm 109 is naturally dropped. Moisture during wiping does not adhere to the gripping portion 107, and even if stool or urination is accidentally performed after wiping, the gripping pressing portion 108 is hardly considered dirty.
  • the disposable arm 112 also remains clean. Therefore, the heel part wiping apparatus which can perform the wiping of the buttock while being maintained hygienically is provided.
  • FIG. 149 is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 100.
  • the control unit 119 moves and releases the cover unit 116 (step S900).
  • the control unit 119 causes the imaging unit 115 to capture an image near the anus and determines whether or not stool is attached (step S901). If the stool is attached, the control unit 119 closes the cover unit 116 and causes the warm water cleaning device to perform cleaning again.
  • the grip portion 107 is driven in accordance with an instruction from the control portion 119, and the disposable arm 109 is gripped by the grip pressing portion 108 (step S901).
  • the left and right rail drive motor 103, the front and rear rail drive motor 104, and the up and down motor 106 may be driven to move the gripping pressing unit 108 to an appropriate position.
  • the grip portion 107 grips one end of the base material portion of the disposable arm 109 using the grip pressing portion 108 (step 902).
  • the left and right rail drive motor 103 moves the front and rear rails 105 and the like on the left and right rails 102 in the left direction (right direction in the case of a symmetrical configuration) (step S903).
  • the vertical motor 106 and the like move forward on the front and rear rail 105 by the front and rear rail drive motor 104 (step S904).
  • 148 shows an example in which the vertical motor 106 is connected to the front and rear rail 105 via a connecting portion 106a.
  • the gripper 107 After moving forward to a predetermined position, the gripper 107 is moved upward by the up / down motor 106 (step S905). At this time, if the disposable arm 109 moves vigorously, the vicinity of the anus and the like is damaged, so it is preferable to move it slowly. When it moves to a predetermined position, the disposable arm 109 comes into contact with the buttocks and can be wiped off.
  • step S906 the left and right rail drive motor 103, the front and rear rail drive motor 104, and the upper and lower motor 106 are interlocked, and the disposable arm 109 is finely moved up and down, front and rear, and left and right to wipe off moisture (step S906).
  • the operation in step S906 will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 151.
  • the control unit 119 controls the wiping arm driving unit 118 so as to perform a predetermined operation. And
  • the control unit 119 controls the grip unit 107 so as to release the grip of the disposable arm 109 by the grip pressing unit 108 (step S907). As a result, the disposable arm 109 falls naturally. Thereafter, the control unit 119 instructs each motor of the wiping arm driving unit 118 to return to the initial standby state, and returns to the standby state (step S908).
  • the standby state is, for example, a state where the disposable arm 109 can be immediately gripped next. Finally, the control unit 119 moves and closes the cover unit 116 (step S909).
  • FIG. 150 is a diagram schematically showing an image of a buttock imaged by the imaging unit 115.
  • a black dot indicates a water droplet, and this is near the anus when a cross mark is given. Also, there are four black spots above the anus, indicating urine near the female urethra. Based on the image picked up by the image pickup unit 115, the control unit recognizes an attachment location of water droplets (including urine).
  • the place where the disposable arm 109 abuts varies from person to person, but whether there are many water drops in the right direction, many water drops in the left direction, or many water drops in the forward direction Whether there are many water droplets in the backward direction can be determined from the image. Further, it can be determined from the image whether or not the stool remains attached and the washing with the hot water washing apparatus is insufficient. This is because the color of water drops and the color of feces are different. In this way, the control unit can determine whether or not the water droplets are attached or the feces are attached.
  • step S1003 is a flowchart showing details of the operation in step S906 in FIG.
  • the image of the buttocks is captured by the imaging unit 115 (step S1001).
  • the control unit 119 recognizes the position of the water droplet (step S1002). If there are many water droplets in the front direction (or rear direction), the control unit 119 controls the wiping arm drive unit 118 so that the disposable arm 109 moves in the front direction (or rear direction), or controls the wiping arm drive unit 118 in the left direction (or right direction). If there are many water droplets in the direction), the control unit 119 controls the wiping arm driving unit 118 by moving the disposable arm 109 in the left direction (or right direction). Therefore, the wiping arm driving unit 118 finely moves the disposable arm 109 back and forth, up and down, and left and right to wipe off moisture (step S1003).
  • the wiping operation is patterned in accordance with the position of the water droplet, and the control unit 119 may control the wiping arm driving unit 118 based on the patterned memory. Specifically, the control unit 119 patterns and stores the wiping operation in accordance with the position of the water droplet.
  • the wiping operation is an operation pattern such as how far it moves back and forth, whether it moves left and right, or up and down.
  • the control unit 119 determines which pattern the recognized pattern is closer to, and causes the wiping arm driving unit 118 to execute the wiping operation of the closest pattern.
  • a method of pre-determining such that when there is a lot of moisture in the front, it is driven as in the A pattern, and when there is a lot of moisture in the right direction, it is driven as in the B pattern.
  • the control unit 119 may calculate the positional relationship each time and move the disposable arm 109 to an appropriate position. Also, in consideration of the case where a woman uses it, when the female mode is selected, the control unit 119 gently touches the disposable arm 109 first from the vicinity of the urethra, and then wipes off the water droplets near the anus. To do. Note that wiping can be performed without using the imaging unit 115.
  • control unit 119 may control the operation of the wiping arm driving unit 118 so as to have a predetermined movement. It should be noted that the image of the imaging unit 115 may not be output externally from the viewpoint of privacy protection.
  • step S1003 when the originally scheduled wiping is completed, the control unit 119 recognizes the image of the imaging unit 115 again and determines whether or not there is no water droplet (step S1004). If there is no water drop, the process returns to S1003 again to execute wiping. If there is no water drop, the control unit 119 proceeds to the operation for releasing the grip of the disposable arm 109.
  • FIG. 152 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 120 using a wiping arm.
  • FIG. 153 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 120. 152 and 153, parts having the same functions as those in FIGS. 143 and 148 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.
  • the buttock wiping device 120 of the type using the wiping arm includes a wiping arm driving unit 118a for driving the wiping arm 4, a control unit 119a for controlling the wiping arm, a paper feeding unit 123, and the wiping arm 4.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 118a can move the wiping arm 4 up and down, back and forth, and up and down in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 119a.
  • the paper feeding unit 123 is a device that folds the roll-shaped toilet paper 125 while feeding it, cuts it with the cutting unit 124, wipes the cut toilet paper, and places it on the pressing unit 4 a at the tip of the arm 4. Note that paper may be manually placed on the pressing unit 4a, and in that case, the paper feeding unit 123 is not necessary.
  • FIG. 153 shows a state where no paper is attached.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 118a moves the wiping arm 4 back and forth, up and down, and left and right to wipe off the buttock.
  • the control unit 119a controls the operation of the wiping arm driving unit 118a on the basis of the image from the imaging unit 115, and carefully wipes the moisture from the buttocks.
  • the wiping arm driving unit As described above, if all or part of the wiping arm driving unit is arranged at the lower part of the hot water washing apparatus, it can be expected that the whole is compact.
  • FIG. 154 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • the elevation portion 2 disposed below the hot water cleaning device 15 is illustrated, and the wiping arm driving portion 3 is accommodated in the arm side accommodation portion 200 provided in the elevation height portion 2.
  • the sheet feeder 17 is accommodated in 201.
  • the arm side opening / closing part 19b for opening and closing the arm side accommodating part 200 and the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a for opening and closing the sheet feeding side accommodating part 201 are not shown, but these accommodating parts are opened and closed. It can be done.
  • the paper feed unit 17 has any of the structures described so far. In this embodiment, since the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 is characterized, the wiping arm driving unit 3 will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 155 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 accommodated in the elevation unit 2.
  • FIG. 155 illustrates a state at the origin position before wiping.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes a wiping arm 4, a screw shaft 202, a rotating shaft 203, an exposure / up / down motor 204, a moving unit 606, a pulley 606a, an electromagnetic clutch with a pulley 606b, and an electromagnetic clutch with a pulley. 606 c, a belt 207, and a rotating unit (which may be referred to as a “swinging unit”, but described as a rotating unit for ease of reading) 208.
  • the wiping arm 4 has a pressing portion 4a.
  • the pressing portion 4a is made of a flexible material.
  • the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the collar portion, the pressing portion 4a bends.
  • shaft part of the wiping arm 4 may have flexibility, and may be bent at the time of contact
  • the moving part 606 is formed with a screw hole, and the screw shaft 202 is inserted into the screw hole.
  • the screw hole may contain a ball, and the screw hole and the screw shaft 202 may constitute a ball screw, but is not limited thereto.
  • the exposure / up / down motor 204 side of the screw shaft 202 is attached to a bearing (not shown) connected to the elevation 2, and one end on the opposite side of the screw shaft 202 is It is attached to the elevation 2 by a bearing or the like so as to be rotatable.
  • the screw shaft 202 is attached to the electromagnetic clutch 606b with pulley. When the pulley-equipped electromagnetic clutch 606b rotates, the screw shaft 202 rotates, and the moving unit 606 slides accordingly.
  • a slide bar 310 may be inserted into the moving unit 606.
  • the slide bar 310 allows the moving unit 606 to slide without play.
  • the mechanism for sliding the moving unit 606 is merely an example, and the moving unit 606 may be slid by various known mechanisms.
  • the moving unit 606 has a U-shape, and includes a rotation unit 208 in a U-shaped recess. A hole is formed in the moving part 606 and the rotating part 208 so that the rotating shaft 203 can be penetrated.
  • the exposure / up / down motor 204 side of the rotary shaft 203 is attached to a bearing (not shown) connected to the elevation part 2, and one end of the rotary shaft 203 opposite to the exposure / up / down motor 204 side is And it is attached to the elevation part 2 with a bearing or the like so as to be rotatable.
  • the rotating shaft 203 is a semi-cylindrical shape so that it can be easily understood in the figure, but it may be an elliptical column or a polygonal column.
  • a spline shaft (spline shaft) or a ball spline can be applied.
  • the spline shaft is a slide shaft having a gear-like cross section, a slide shaft having a cut in the cross section, or the like.
  • Bearings (spline bearings, spline nuts) used for the spline shaft have a gear shape on the inner side and mesh with the spline shaft, or have a convex portion that meshes with the notch.
  • the wiping arm arm 4 may be fixed to the bearing.
  • the ball spline is a bearing for a ball spline in which a slide shaft having a cut in a cross section and a ball is contained.
  • the wiping arm 4 may be fixed to the ball spline bearing. Note that whether or not a ball is contained is not essential.
  • the hole formed in the moving part 606 for penetrating the rotating shaft 203 is cylindrical.
  • the hole formed in the rotation part 208 for penetrating the rotation shaft 203 is a semi-cylindrical shape having the same shape as the rotation shaft 203. If the rotating shaft 203 is an elliptic cylinder, the hole formed in the rotating portion 208 for penetrating the rotating shaft 203 has an elliptic cylinder shape. If the rotating shaft 203 is a polygonal column, the hole formed in the rotating portion 208 for penetrating the rotating shaft 203 has a polygonal columnar shape. If the rotating shaft 203 is a spline shaft or a ball spline, the respective bearings are formed.
  • the end portion processing of the rotating shaft 203 can be handled using other known means.
  • the rotating shaft 203 and the rotating unit 208 are not fixed.
  • the rotating unit 208 is slidable along the rotating shaft 203. Therefore, as the moving unit 606 slides along the screw shaft 202, the rotating unit 208 can also slide along the rotating shaft 203.
  • the rotating shaft 203 is attached with an electromagnetic clutch 606c with a pulley.
  • the pulley-equipped electromagnetic clutch 606c rotates, the rotating shaft 203 rotates.
  • the hole formed in the rotation unit 208 has the same shape as the rotation shaft 203, the rotation unit 208 rotates together with the rotation of the rotation shaft 203.
  • an optimal shape is appropriately selected. And is not intended to limit the invention.
  • the shape of the rotation part 208 is made into the column shape here, it is not specifically limited, Polygonal column shape may be sufficient.
  • a slidable moving unit 606 and a sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit 606 (here, the screw shaft 202, the exposure and vertical motor 204, various pulleys, An electromagnetic clutch, a belt), a rotating unit 208 that slides together with the sliding of the moving unit 606, a rotating mechanism for rotating the rotating unit 208 (here, the rotating shaft 203, the exposure / up / down motor 204, and Various pulleys, electromagnetic clutches, and belts, which may be referred to as “swinging mechanisms”, are referred to as rotating mechanisms for the sake of easy reading.
  • the wiping arm 4 Since the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating unit 208, the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down in accordance with the rotation of the rotating unit 208.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is supplied to the anus by the paper supply unit 17 after determining whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed. Since various detections such as paper placement and opening / closing of the opening / closing unit at this time can be used in the present embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the following description.
  • a control unit When exposing the wiping arm 4 during wiping, a control unit (not shown) operates the exposure / up / down motor 204. At this time, the control unit turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606b and turns off the electromagnetic clutch 606c. Therefore, only the screw shaft 202 is rotated by the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 204. Therefore, the moving part 606 moves to the exposure side. As the moving unit 606 moves to the exposed side, the rotating unit 208 also moves together, so that the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the exposed position under the anus.
  • the exposure position can be detected by a motor detection unit attached to the exposure / up / down motor 204, a contact sensor provided at the exposure position, or the like.
  • FIG. 156 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 at the time of wiping.
  • the control unit turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606c and turns off the electromagnetic clutch 606b. Thereby, only the rotating shaft 203 rotates.
  • the control unit rotates the exposure / up / down motor 204, the rotation shaft 203 rotates, and the rotation unit 208 rotates together, and the wiping arm 4 tilts upward.
  • the pressing portion 4a is formed of a flexible material, when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the buttocks via the dedicated paper 11b, the pressing portion 4a has a shape near the anus. Will bend to match.
  • the dedicated paper 11b comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus, and moisture and the like are wiped off.
  • arm shaft parts other than the pressing part 4a of the wiping arm 4 may have flexibility.
  • the control unit may appropriately perform wiping such that the moving unit 606 moves right and left or the wiping arm 4 moves up and down.
  • the rotation speed, rotation speed, and the like of the exposure / up / down motor 204 are controlled by a motor detection unit (not shown).
  • control unit rotates the exposure / up / down motor 204 in the reverse direction to tilt the wiping arm 4 horizontally or downward. Accordingly, the dedicated paper 11b falls.
  • control unit may slightly move the moving unit 606 left and right or slightly move the wiping arm 4 up and down to give vibration to the dedicated paper 11b so that the dedicated paper 11b falls. .
  • the control unit turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606c, operates the exposure / up / down motor 204, and moves the wiping arm 4 horizontally. To. Thereafter, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned off, the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on, the screw shaft 202 is rotated in the reverse direction, and the moving unit 606 is returned to the origin position shown in FIG.
  • the wiping arm 4 is arranged at the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 15 while using the second method, a more compact buttock wiping device can be provided. Furthermore, in the wiping arm driving unit described here, the exposure of the wiping arm 4 and the upper and lower sides of the pressing unit 4a can be realized by a single motor, so that the cost can be reduced while further reducing the size. .
  • the rotation of the screw shaft is used as the sliding method of the moving body, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the moving table may be placed on the rail, and the moving table may slide on the rail by a mechanism such as a belt and a pulley, or the driving wheel moves on the rail. Then, the moving table may slide, or the moving table may slide by a mechanism such as a rack and pinion.
  • a housing for appropriately accommodating the wiping arm driving unit 3 is provided on the lateral side of the height raising unit 2. Then, the pressing portion 4a is exposed from the casing so that it can be confirmed. If the pressing portion 4a is dirty, the user can wipe or wash the pressing portion 4a. Also, the pressing unit 4a can be removed from the wiping arm 4 and replaced, or the wiping arm 4 can be removed from the rotating unit 208 and replaced. Thereby, it becomes possible to keep the wiping arm 4 hygienic.
  • all of the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown in FIG. 154 may be accommodated in the height raising unit 2 to achieve compactness.
  • FIG. 157 is a diagram schematically illustrating the movement pattern of the wiping arm 4.
  • the reference numerals are omitted, but the alternate long and short dash line represents a plan view of the toilet seat 7, the pressing portion 4 a is a round figure, the wiping arm 4 is an elongated rectangle, so that the movement path can be understood.
  • FIG. 1 a plurality of wiping arms 4 and a pressing portion 4a are shown.
  • the paper When using the first method, the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm 4 moves.
  • the second method is used, the paper is exposed from the paper loading guide 17c, and the pressing portion 4a is lifted and wiped from the bottom of the paper.
  • the movement path of the wiping arm 4 can be considered equally.
  • the movement path of the paper loading guide 17c is not limited and may be exposure from the rear or front of the toilet seat other than the embodiment shown in this specification (exposure from the toilet seat side).
  • the wiping arm 4 is exposed and stored by an angular movement centered on a certain fulcrum, and the wiping arm 4 is wiped up and down by a vertical movement around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism that moves in the biaxial direction (angular motion and vertical motion) at the root portion of the wiping arm 4.
  • a fulcrum is provided beside the toilet seat.
  • C) is provided with a fulcrum obliquely behind the toilet seat.
  • (D) provides a fulcrum behind the toilet seat.
  • the fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2.
  • FIGS. 11A, 34, 35, 36, 51A, 61A, 76A, 94, 106A, 107, 108, 113, 114, 121 are shown.
  • the embodiment shown in FIGS. 132, 135A and the like is based on this pattern.
  • the wiping arm 4 is manually moved in the axial direction of the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward when wiping is performed by moving up and down around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4.
  • the case where wiping is executed is shown. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism that moves the wiping arm 4 uniaxially (up and down movement) at the root portion and a mechanism that moves the entire wiping arm 4 in a uniaxial direction (sliding movement). .
  • (E) is a case of sliding from the side of the toilet seat
  • (f) is a case of sliding from the back of the toilet seat
  • (g) is a case of sliding from behind the toilet seat
  • (h) is sliding from front of the toilet seat.
  • the fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2.
  • the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1A, 23, 33, 37, 38, 40, 47, 50, and the like are based on this pattern.
  • the wiping arm 4 slides in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 is wiped up and down around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism that moves the wiping arm 4 uniaxially (up and down movement) at the root portion and a mechanism that moves the entire wiping arm 4 in a uniaxial direction (sliding movement).
  • . (I) is a case of sliding from the side of the toilet seat
  • (j) is a case of sliding from behind the toilet seat.
  • the fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2. Of the embodiments described so far, the embodiment shown in FIG. 154 and the like is based on this pattern.
  • the wiping arm 4 is slid in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward during wiping by a vertical movement around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4. It shows a case where wiping is executed and sliding is performed in the axial direction of the wiping arm 4 during wiping. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism for moving the wiping arm 4 uniaxially (up and down movement) at the base portion and a mechanism for moving the entire wiping arm 4 in two directions (exposure and sliding movement back and forth). It is equipped with a shaft motion mechanism.
  • the fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2.
  • the embodiments shown in FIGS. 144, 148, 153, and the like are based on this pattern.
  • the wiping arm 4 is slid in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 is moved up and down around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4 during wiping.
  • the wiping is performed by tilting upward, and the base part of the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved.
  • the angular movement may be performed at the wiping position as shown in (l) and (m), or to expose the wiping arm 4 as shown in (m) and (o) and at the wiping position. May be.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 has three axes, a mechanism that moves the wiping arm 4 biaxially (vertical movement and angular movement) at the root portion and a mechanism that moves the entire wiping arm 4 in one axis direction (sliding movement).
  • the movement mechanism is provided.
  • (L) is the case of sliding from the side of the toilet seat
  • (m) is the case of sliding from the back of the toilet seat
  • (m) and (n) are the wiping arm 4 waiting on the side of the toilet seat and the angular motion and the sliding motion Is exposed to the toilet side.
  • FIGS. 157 (l) to (o) for example, in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • a motor for angular motion is attached to the connecting portion 106a instead of the front / rear rail 105 and the front / rear rail drive motor 104.
  • the arrangement position may be on the side of the toilet seat.
  • the wiping arm drive unit moves the wiping arm to the exposed position under the buttock and wipes the buttock with paper placed by the wiping arm pressing part, All are included in the present invention.
  • FIG. 158 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the paper feed side opening / closing part 19a.
  • the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a is rotatably attached to the elevation part 2 by a hinge part 19g.
  • a spring portion 19i is attached to the elevation portion 2 and the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a, and a force is applied in a direction in which the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a is always closed.
  • a rounded triangular convex portion 19e is provided inside the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a.
  • the convex part 19e By providing the convex part 19e, even if the shape of the lower part of the paper feeding part 17 is complicated, it can be opened and closed smoothly. However, the convex portion 19e is not essential, and it is sufficient if it can be pushed open by the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 159 is a plan view showing the structure of the arm side opening / closing part 19b.
  • FIG. 159 (a) is a plan view when closed.
  • the arm side opening / closing part 19b can be opened and closed by a hinge part 19h provided at the lower part of the elevation part 2, and a force is always applied in a closing direction by a spring part 19i.
  • FIG. 159 (b) shows the state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed by angular motion.
  • the arm side opening / closing part 19b is pushed open while the lower part of the pressing part 4a hits the convex part 19f.
  • the convex portion 19f may have a triangular shape with a rounded cross section.
  • FIG. 159 (c) is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
  • the convex portion 19f comes into contact with the arm portion, and then comes into contact with the lower portion of the pressing portion 4a to be closed.
  • the convex portion 19f By providing the convex portion 19f, even if the shape of the lower portion of the wiping arm 4 is complicated, it can be opened and closed smoothly. However, the convex portion 19f is not essential, and it is only necessary that the wiping arm 4 can be pushed open.
  • Opening and closing with such a simple opening / closing part makes it possible to reduce the cost of the buttock wiping device.
  • Such an opening / closing part in which one side can be rotated by the hinge part can be applied to all the embodiments shown in the present specification.
  • FIG. 160A is a diagram showing a modification of the thirteenth embodiment.
  • the wiping arm 4 is attached to the rotating unit 208, but the pressing unit 4a is the same as that used in the embodiments other than the thirteenth embodiment. That is, the pressing part 4a is assumed to be attached to the wiping arm 4 by a hinge mechanism so as to be rotatable.
  • FIG. 160B is a diagram showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and raised. As shown in FIG. 160B, the pressing portion 4a can keep the level, so even when the heel portion is wiped from behind, the pressing portion 4a can keep the level and wipe off moisture and the like.
  • the convex shape of the pressing part 4a is considered variously, a vertically long convex shape may be sufficient.
  • the wiping arm drive part 3 shown to FIG. 160A and B is provided in the side of the toilet bowl instead of the lower part of a warm water washing
  • FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 for driving the paper loading guide 17c.
  • (A) shows when stored, and (b) shows when exposed.
  • a screw shaft 210 is rotatably attached to a rotation shaft of a paper feeding motor 17e fixed to the elevation portion 2.
  • a screw hole 211 is provided in the paper loading guide 17c. The screw shaft 210 is inserted into the screw hole 211.
  • the screw hole 211 may contain a ball, and the screw shaft 210 may constitute a ball screw.
  • the opening / closing part 19a is rotatably attached to the elevation part 2 by a lower hinge.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is inserted from the paper insertion port 17a.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is sent out by a paper feed roller (not shown).
  • the paper loading guide 17c has a shape that can pass when the pressing portion 4a (not shown) rises.
  • the paper loading guide 17c also penetrates into a slide bar (not shown) at the back of the screw shaft 210.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may be moved by a sliding mechanism by rotating the screw shaft.
  • FIG. 162A is a modified example of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is housed.
  • the exposure motor and the vertical motor are used in common and provided as the exposure and vertical motor 4.
  • the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown here is used for a type in which the wiping arm slides up and down in the direction of the arm axis (FIGS. 157 (e) to (h)). It can be used for both the first and second systems.
  • FIG. 162B is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and tilted upward.
  • the screw shaft 202 and the rotating shaft 203 penetrate the moving portion 606.
  • the screw hole on the screw shaft 202 side is a ball screw or the like.
  • the rotating shaft 203 is, for example, a spline shaft, and the penetrating hole has a cylindrical shape.
  • a rotating unit 208 is rotatably attached to the moving unit 606.
  • a worm wheel 213 is attached to one of the rotating portions 208.
  • the worm 212 is provided with a hole that meshes with the spline shaft, and the worm 212 is inserted into the rotary shaft 203 so as to mesh with the worm wheel 213.
  • the rotating shaft 203 and the worm wheel 213 are not limited to the above as long as they produce the same action.
  • the screw shaft 202 is attached with an electromagnetic clutch 606c with a pulley.
  • An electromagnetic clutch 606c with a pulley is attached to the rotating shaft 203.
  • the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 204 is transmitted to the screw shaft 202 and the rotation shaft 203 via the belt 207 and the pulley 606a.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned off, the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates, and the screw shaft 202 rotates, so that the moving unit 606 slides forward. It becomes.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned on and the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned off. Therefore, the worm 212 is rotated, the worm wheel 213 is rotated, and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
  • the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates in the reverse direction, the wiping arm 4 faces downward, and the dedicated paper 11b is dropped. Thereafter, the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates to level the wiping arm 4. Next, the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned off, and the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates in the reverse direction to return the moving unit 606 to the original position.
  • 162A and 162B includes a slidable moving part 606, a sliding mechanism (such as a screw shaft 202) for sliding the moving part 606, and a sliding movement of the moving part 606. And a rotating part 208 that fixes the wiping arm 4 and a rotating mechanism (rotating shaft 203, worm 212, worm wheel 213, etc.) for rotating the rotating part 208.
  • an exposure motor may be attached to the screw shaft 202 and a vertical motor may be attached to the rotary shaft 203.
  • the paper placement guide 17c is exposed from the side of the toilet seat 7.
  • the paper placement guide 17c may be exposed from the rear of the toilet seat 7.
  • the paper placement guide 17c may be exposed by the method of the paper feeding unit 17 described so far.
  • the mechanism of the paper feed unit 17 described so far is not always suitable for exposure from behind the toilet seat. Therefore, in the fourteenth embodiment, a mechanism suitable for exposing the paper loading guide 17c from behind the toilet seat will be described.
  • a mechanism that can expose the wiping arm 4, the top and bottom, and the paper loading guide 17 c with a single motor by sharing the exposure motor 9, the vertical motor 8, and the paper feed motor 17 e will be described. I decided to.
  • FIG. 164 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourteenth embodiment.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 is exposed so as to understand the structure.
  • the opening / closing part is not described, and the elevation part 2 is left open.
  • the opening / closing part can be realized by using the method described so far.
  • a simple opening / closing unit as shown in a sixteenth embodiment to be described later can also be used.
  • FIG. 165 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • FIG. 166 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 167 is a perspective view showing a state of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper placement guide 17c is exposed.
  • FIG. 168 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed.
  • FIG. 169A is a perspective view showing a state of the buttocks wiping device 1 at the time of wiping.
  • FIG. 169B is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c during wiping.
  • the same functions as those shown in the thirteenth embodiment and the modification of the thirteenth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.
  • different points will be mainly described.
  • the bearing portion 220 provided in the elevation portion 2 is illustrated, and the bearing portions of the screw shaft 202 and the rotating shaft 203 are illustrated so as to be understood.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a drive motor 300.
  • the drive motor 300 is the same as the exposure / up / down motor 204 shown in the thirteenth embodiment, but is also used for moving the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the driving motor 300 can slide the moving unit 606 and rotate the rotating unit 208.
  • the paper loading guide 17 c is fixed to the moving unit 606. This point is different from the thirteenth embodiment and its modifications.
  • the paper loading guide 17c When the moving unit 606 is slid by the driving motor 300, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed together with the moving unit 606 as shown in FIGS. 167 and 168.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is provided with a hole so that the pressing portion 4a can pass upward. Therefore, when the rotator 208 is rotated by the driving motor 300 during wiping, the dedicated paper 11b is lifted upward as shown in FIGS. 169A and 169B. In this way, the buttock is wiped off. After wiping off, the wiping arm 4 is lowered by the driving motor 300. At that time, the dedicated paper 11b after wiping is placed again on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the paper loading guide 17c has a shape that is easy to drop, for example, two rod-like shapes extending on both sides of the pressing portion 4a. When the dedicated paper 11b returns later, the paper loading guide 17c may be formed in a shape that causes the dedicated paper 11b to lose its balance.
  • the exposure position of the moving unit 606 is detected by the exposure position sensor 12b, and the control unit 13 stops the operation of the drive motor 300.
  • the storage position of the moving unit 606 is detected by the storage position sensor 12a, and the control unit 13 stops the operation of the drive motor 300.
  • Torque restriction or torque control is performed by the motor detection unit 300a, and the strength of the pressing of the pressing unit 4a to the flange is controlled.
  • the exposure of the paper loading guide 17c, the exposure of the wiping arm 4, and the upper and lower sides of the wiping arm 4 can all be realized by one motor, and a cost reduction effect can be expected very much.
  • the motor for exposing the wiping arm 4 and the motor for raising and lowering the wiping arm 4 may be separated. Even in that case, since the exposure of the paper loading guide 17c is made common by the motor for exposing the wiping arm 4, a cost reduction effect can be expected.
  • FIG. 170 is a diagram showing a structure in the case where a paper dropping unit 223 is provided in the elevation part 2.
  • the mechanism accommodating portion 222 is provided in the elevation portion 2 so that the moving portion 606 can move to the far side on the opposite side to the mechanism accommodating portion 211.
  • a paper dropping unit 223 is provided so as to protrude from the upper surface of the mechanism housing unit 222.
  • the driving motor 300 moves the moving unit 606 to the mechanism housing unit 222.
  • the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c hits the paper dropping unit 223, and the dedicated paper 11b falls.
  • the wiping arm 4 is raised so that the pressing portion 4a lifts the special paper 11b, the special paper 11b can be dropped more reliably. In this way, the paper can be dropped simply by devising the shape of the elevation part 2, leading to cost reduction.
  • the paper loading guide 17c functions as a paper feeding unit for exposing paper under the collar, and a mechanism for driving the paper feeding unit is a driving motor. 300, the screw shaft 202, and the moving unit 606. Accordingly, the fourteenth embodiment includes a paper feeding unit for exposing paper under the collar.
  • the paper loading guide 17c of the fourteenth embodiment moves together with the wiping arm 4. Therefore, when the fourteenth embodiment is classified as the second method, the paper feeding unit for exposing the paper under the collar is not the wiping arm 4, but is a separate body.
  • the functions of the wiping arm driving unit 3 are the driving motor 300, the screw shaft 202, the moving unit 606, the rotating unit 208, and the rotating shaft 203.
  • the screw shaft 202 and the moving unit 606 are mechanisms for exposing the wiping arm, and all of them are shared with the paper feeding unit.
  • the driving motor 300, the screw shaft 202, the moving unit 606, the rotating unit 208, and the rotating unit are rotated.
  • a shaft 203 is a mechanism for wiping the collar with a wiping arm (wiping up and down and moving left and right), but a part of it is shared with the paper feed unit.
  • the mechanism for the wiping arm driving unit 3 to move the wiping arm 4 (exposure and wiping operation) and the mechanism for exposing the wiping material by the paper feeding unit are all or partly in common. Yes. That is, it can be seen that the drive unit of the paper feed unit and the drive unit of the wiping arm do not need to be provided separately. From the above consideration, the following can be said when the second method is conceptually considered.
  • the wiping arm has a wiping arm for pressing the wiping material against the buttock.
  • the wiping material is exposed under the buttock by the paper feed unit, and the wiping material is exposed with the wiping material exposed. Wipe up the buttocks by pushing up the wiping material from under the material.
  • the mechanism for driving the wiping arm and the mechanism for driving the paper feed unit do not need to be separate, and some or all of them may be shared.
  • the fourteenth embodiment can be grasped, and as a result, the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments described below can be proposed as embodiments for realizing the second scheme. It becomes possible.
  • FIG. 171A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifteenth embodiment.
  • the toilet seat 7 and the warm water washing device 15 are also illustrated.
  • the illustration of the nozzle for hot water ejection in the hot water washing apparatus 15 is omitted.
  • the opening / closing part is not described, and the elevation part 2 is left open.
  • the opening / closing part can be realized by using the method described so far.
  • a simple opening / closing unit as shown in a sixteenth embodiment to be described later can also be used.
  • FIG. 171B is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when viewed from the diagonally left rear side.
  • FIG. 171C is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 171D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1.
  • FIG. 171E is a flowchart showing a continued operation of FIG. 171D.
  • 172A and 172B are perspective views showing the structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the user places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 is exposed, but in reality, a cover is provided.
  • the portion of the paper loading guide 17c may be exposed or may have a lid.
  • the dedicated paper 11b is inserted into the paper insertion opening 17a using the paper insertion opening 17a and the paper supply roller 17b described above, and the paper supply roller 17b feeds the paper onto the paper loading guide 17c. It may be.
  • the paper placement guide 17c is fixed to the moving unit 606.
  • the paper placement guide 17c is not fixed to the moving unit 606, and the paper placement guide 17c is It can move by itself.
  • the paper placement guide 17c is bent into an L shape behind the moving unit 606, and the screw shaft 301 and the slide bar 302 are inserted into the bent portion.
  • One of the screw shaft 301 and the slide rod 302 is attached to the bearing portion 220, and the other is attached to the elevation portion 2. Since the slide bar 302 serves as a guide at the time of sliding, it does not need to rotate, and may be fixed to the bearing part 220 and the elevation part 2.
  • a ball is contained in the screw hole of the paper loading guide 17 c for penetrating the screw shaft 301.
  • the screw hole / ball and the screw shaft 301 constitute a ball screw, and the paper loading guide 17 c can slide along the screw shaft 301 and the slide bar 302.
  • the ball may not be provided, and the screw shaft 301 may be a slide screw or a trapezoidal screw.
  • an electromagnetic clutch 606d with a pulley is attached to one end of the screw shaft 301.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 606d is interlocked with a pulley 606e attached to the rotating shaft of the drive motor 300 via a belt 207.
  • the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606 are separate and separated. Therefore, apart from the sliding of the paper loading guide 17c, as described in the thirteenth embodiment, the moving unit 606 is also slidable.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 606d is turned on and the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606c are turned off.
  • sliding the moving unit 606 the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on and the electromagnetic clutches 606c and 606d are turned off.
  • the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned on and the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d are turned off.
  • FIG. 173A is a perspective view showing a state when the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c is exposed.
  • FIG. 173B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 173A.
  • FIG. 174A is a perspective view showing a state where the dedicated paper 11b is lifted and wiped off.
  • FIG. 174B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 174A.
  • FIG. 175A is a perspective view showing a state where the paper loading guide 17c is stored when wiping is being performed.
  • FIG. 175B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 175A.
  • the control unit 13 determines whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed by the hot water cleaning sensor 12c, and the hot water cleaning liquid does not drip from the nozzle. Is detected (S1101). Whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed can be determined by the control unit 13 when the cleaning check sensor 12c detects whether or not the cleaning switch of the hot water cleaning device 15 is pressed.
  • the detection of whether or not the hot water cleaning liquid is hanging from the nozzle may be determined by providing a sensor that determines whether or not the water drop sound has disappeared, or a sensor that detects water droplets is provided below the nozzle. It is also possible to determine whether or not water droplets have dropped by providing LED light emitters and light receivers on both sides of the nozzle, and various other sensors are used. If the simplest configuration is used, the control may be such that the number of seconds that a water droplet falls from the nozzle is measured, and the wiping is started after waiting for the measured time, after washing with warm water. If it is determined in S1101 that the hot water cleaning is not completed, the control unit 13 prompts the user to perform the hot water cleaning via an output unit (not shown). When the hot water cleaning is completed and wiping is instructed, the control unit 13 controls the hot water cleaning device 15 so that the hot water cleaning device 15 does not operate even if the user presses the hot water cleaning button. And
  • control unit 13 detects whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c by the paper placement guide sensor 17i (S1102). When no paper is placed on the paper placement guide 17c, the control unit 13 prompts the user to place the dedicated paper 11b via an output unit (not shown).
  • control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d and turns off 606c (S1103).
  • the control unit 13 operates the drive motor 300 (S1104). As a result, the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 are moved and exposed.
  • An exposure position sensor 12b (for example, a contact switch or a non-contact sensor) is provided at the exposure position of the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606.
  • the control unit 13 detects the exposure position by the exposure position sensor 12b and stops the drive motor 300 (S1105). The state at this time is shown in FIGS. 173A and 173B.
  • the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d and turns on the 606c (S1106).
  • the control unit 13 operates the drive motor 300 to rotate the rotating shaft 203 and tilt the wiping arm 4 upward (S1107).
  • the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement sensor 12e (S1108). While the paper placement sensor 12e is turned on, if the special paper 11b falls and the paper placement on the pressing portion 4a is no longer detected, the special paper 11b is unexpectedly interrupted. It means that it has fallen.
  • the controller 13 falls in the middle, the controller 13 stops all operations, returns the wiping arm 4 to the horizontal position, returns the paper loading guide 17c to the storage position, and moves the wiping arm 4 to the storage position. We will return to. The operation at the time of such an error will be described later with reference to FIG. 171F.
  • control unit 13 turns off the paper loading guide sensor 17i (S1109). This is because the dedicated paper 11b disappears from the paper loading guide 17c at this timing, so that detection by the paper loading guide sensor 17i becomes unnecessary.
  • the control part 13 has detected the inclination angle of the wiping arm 4 with the signal from the motor detection part 300a. If the wiping arm 4 is tilted to a predetermined tilt angle, the control unit 13 detects that the wiping position has been reached (S1110).
  • a specific example of the motor detection unit 300a is the same as that described in the first embodiment. In the structure diagram, the illustration of the arrangement of the motor detection unit 300a and other various sensors is omitted.
  • control unit 13 detects the torque applied to the drive motor 300 (the strength of the wiping pressure) based on a signal from the motor detection unit 300a.
  • two or more motor detectors 300a may be provided in the case of detecting torque in addition to the rotation angle. Since the specific example about torque detection is also as already demonstrated, description is abbreviate
  • the control unit 13 recognizes the current torque based on the signal from the motor detection unit 300a, performs torque limitation, and controls the pressing unit 4a so that it does not press against the collar with an excessive force (S1111). For example, when performing torque limitation, if a torque exceeding a predetermined value is applied, the control unit 13 stops the drive motor 300 at that time.
  • the position of the user's buttocks is substantially fixed while sitting, and it can be said that the pressing portion 4a and the buttocks are in close contact when the pressing portion 4a contacts the buttocks up to a certain force.
  • a geared motor is used as the drive motor 300, the wiping arm 4 is held in the raised position unless a torque greater than the holding torque is applied in the reverse direction from the collar. Therefore, it is only necessary to stop the drive motor 300 when a predetermined torque or more is generated. The state at this time is shown in FIGS. 174A and 174B.
  • the control unit 13 After stopping the drive motor 300, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606d and turns off 606b and 606c (S1112). The control unit 13 operates the drive motor 300 in the reverse direction to return the paper loading guide 17c to the storage position (S1113). The state at this time is shown in FIGS. 175A and 175B.
  • a storage position sensor 12a (for example, a contact switch or a non-contact sensor) is provided at the storage position of the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606.
  • the control unit 13 detects the storage position by the storage position sensor 12a and stops the drive motor 300 (S1114).
  • the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d and turns on the 606c (S1115).
  • the control unit 13 performs torque control (S1116). That is, when the control unit 13 recognizes the torque detected by the motor detection unit 300a and becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined torque, the control unit 13 reversely rotates the drive motor 300. However, when the drive motor 300 is rotated forward, a state in which the pressing portion 4a is pressed against the collar portion is always created with a certain range of torque.
  • control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606c and 606d, turns on the 606b (S1115), and repeats the drive motor 300 forward and backward so that the pressing unit 4a performs a fine movement to the left and right. (S1116). If these wiping operations are performed for a predetermined pattern, the control unit 13 proceeds to S1117.
  • the drive motor 300 since the drive motor 300 is single, the operations of the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 are controlled while switching the electromagnetic clutch. However, two or more motors can be provided. Thus, switching of the electromagnetic clutch can be reduced, so that the response time of feedback control can be shortened. Further, the response time can be shortened by controlling the drive motor 300 as a servo motor with high accuracy. Further, even if the fine wiping operation is not performed so far, moisture and the like are almost wiped off at the stage of S1111. Therefore, the torque control may be omitted, the left and right fine movement may be omitted, or both may be omitted. That is, the operation of S1116 is not essential.
  • the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d, turns on the 606c (S1117), reversely rotates the drive motor 300, and tilts the wiping arm 4 downward (S1118).
  • the control unit 13 stops the drive motor 300 (S1120). Since the dedicated paper 11b falls at this timing, the control unit 13 turns off the paper placement sensor 12e (S1121).
  • it is a hinge structure of the pressing part 4a and the wiping arm 4, when the wiping arm 4 inclines below, it is comprised so that the pressing part 4a may also incline. If the pressing portion 4a shown in FIGS. 136 and 137 and the like can be rotated at the tip of the T-shaped arm, the pressing portion 4a also tilts as such, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • control unit 13 rotates the drive motor 300 forward and moves the wiping arm 4 to a horizontal position based on a signal from the motor detection unit 300a (S1122). Thereafter, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606b, turns off 606c and 606d (S1124), and slides the moving unit 606 and the wiping arm 4 to reversely rotate the drive motor 300 until the storage position is detected. (S1125), stop (S1126), and wait until the next wiping instruction.
  • the movement of the paper loading guide 17c is realized by the screw shaft 301, the electromagnetic clutch 606d, the drive motor 300, and the like.
  • the movement of the wiping arm 4 is realized by the screw shaft 202, the electromagnetic clutch 606b, the drive motor 300, and the like. Therefore, a mechanism for the wiping arm driving unit 3 to move the wiping arm 4 and a mechanism for exposing the dedicated paper 11b by the paper loading guide 17c are partially shared. Therefore, the cost can be reduced by sharing the drive unit.
  • the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606 can be moved separately, the paper loading guide 17c can be returned to the storage position at the time of wiping while sharing the driving unit. For this reason, when the dedicated paper 11b is dropped, the paper loading guide 17c does not get in the way, so that the dedicated paper 11b is smoothly dropped.
  • the slidable moving portion 606, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving portion 606, and the wiping arm 4 are fixed by sliding according to the sliding of the moving portion 606.
  • the paper loading guide includes a wiping arm drive unit 3 and a paper feeding unit that slides separately from the moving unit 606. It is also characterized in that it is realized by 17c.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is moved by the sliding mechanism of the moving unit 606 while the paper loading guide 17c slides separately from the moving unit 606.
  • the drive unit is shared.
  • FIG. 171F shows error processing when the dedicated paper 11b is not detected while the paper placement guide sensor 17i is working (S1102 to S1109) and the paper placement sensor 12e is working (S1108 to S1121). It is a flowchart to show. While the paper loading guide sensor 17i is working (S1102 to S1109) and while the paper loading sensor 12e is working (S1108 to S1121), the placement of the dedicated paper 11b is no longer detected by at least one of the sensors. In this case (S1200a, S1200b), it means that the special paper 11b has been dropped or caught somewhere. Therefore, the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d, turns on the 606c (S1201), and operates the drive motor 300 until the horizontal position is detected by the motor detection unit 300a (S1202).
  • control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d, turns off the 606c (S1203), and operates the drive motor 300 until the storage position is detected by the storage position sensor 12a (In step S1204, the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c are returned to the state before the stored wiping is started.
  • control unit 13 when it is detected that no paper is placed on the paper placement guide 17c, the control unit 13 may return the paper placement guide 17c to the storage position. Further, when it is detected that no paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a, the control unit 13 may return the wiping arm 4 to the storage position.
  • FIG. 176 is a perspective view showing a state in which the wiping arm 4 is lowered and the dedicated paper 11b is brought into contact with the paper dropping unit 303 provided under the paper loading guide to drop the paper.
  • the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 can be operated separately, the paper loading guide 17c can be used as a means for dropping the paper.
  • the sixteenth embodiment is a mechanism provided with a simple opening / closing portion compared to the fifteenth embodiment.
  • the characteristics of the opening / closing part will be described.
  • the slide bar 310 in the wiping arm driving unit 3, in order to slide the moving unit 606 stably, the slide bar 310 is attached to the elevation unit 2 and the bearing unit 220, and the moving unit 606 is perforated. It is assumed that it has penetrated the hole. Further, the configuration of the moving unit 606 is slightly changed in order to arrange the pressing unit 307, as will be described later.
  • FIG. 177 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the sixteenth embodiment.
  • the heel wiping device 1 includes a slide-type opening / closing part 304, a hinge part 304a, a hinge-type opening / closing part 305, a hinge part 305a, grooves 306, 308, and a holding part. 307.
  • the sliding opening / closing part 304 is made of flexible resin or metal.
  • the groove 306 is provided in the elevation part 2 so that the sliding opening / closing part 304 can be accommodated. When the sliding opening / closing part 304 slides, the sliding opening / closing part 304 bends along the groove 306 and is inserted into the groove 306.
  • a spring is built in the hinge part 305a or a spring (not shown) is attached to the hinged opening / closing part 305 as shown in FIG. 158 so that a force is always applied in the closing direction.
  • FIG. 178 is an enlarged perspective view of the internal structure.
  • the moving unit 606 has a size that slightly protrudes to the right side of the paper loading guide 17c.
  • a hinge part 304 a is provided on the right front end of the moving part 606.
  • the opening / closing part 304 is rotatably attached to the moving part 606 by the hinge part 304a.
  • a pressing part 307 is attached to the lower surface of the moving part 606.
  • the right end of the pressing portion 307 is located on the right side of the right end of the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the holding unit 307 moves together with the movement of the moving table 305.
  • FIG. 179 is a perspective view showing a state when the moving unit 606 and the paper loading guide 17c start to move and the hinge-type opening / closing unit 305 starts to open.
  • the sliding opening / closing unit 304 slides along with it.
  • a groove 308 is provided in the slide path of the sliding opening / closing part 304 on the lower surface of the elevation part 2, and the lower part of the sliding opening / closing part 304 is inserted into the groove 308.
  • the right end of the sliding opening / closing unit 304 is inserted into the groove 306.
  • the right end of the pressing part 307 pushes the hinged opening / closing part 305, so that the hinged opening / closing part 305 rotates around the hinge 305 as a fulcrum.
  • the moving unit 606 may be exposed before the paper loading guide 17c. In this case, the positional relationship between the right end of the moving unit 606 and the right end of the paper loading guide 17c is different from the illustrated example. Also good.
  • FIG. 180 is a perspective view showing a state where the moving unit 606 has moved to the storage position.
  • the sliding opening / closing part 304 is inserted into the groove 306.
  • the pressing portion 307 has such a length that the hinge-type opening / closing portion 305 can be suppressed even when it reaches the exposed position. This prevents the hinged opening / closing part 305 from closing. If the hinge-type opening / closing part 305 can be tilted to both sides (for example, a structure like a swing door), even when the paper-loading guide 17c is housed, the paper-loading guide 17c is used as the hinge-type opening / closing part. Since 305 can be defeated, pressing by the pressing portion 307 becomes unnecessary.
  • FIG. 181 is a perspective view showing a state in which only the paper loading guide 17c is housed.
  • FIG. 182 is a perspective view showing a state when only the paper loading guide 17c is stored. In this manner, the paper loading guide 17c can be stored without pushing the hinged opening / closing portion 305 by the pressing portion 307.
  • the wiping arm 4 is leveled and the moving unit 606 moves backward, so that the opening opened in the height raising unit 2 is closed by the sliding opening / closing unit 304, and the pressing unit 307 is further suppressed.
  • the hinge-type opening / closing part 305 rises and the left opening is also closed.
  • the sliding opening / closing unit 305 that slides together with the movement of the moving unit 606 to open and close the opening of the height raising unit is used to open and close the opening. It can be opened and closed without using a motor or an electromagnet. Furthermore, since the structure is simple and can be reliably opened and closed, the waterproof effect is improved in addition to cost reduction.
  • the hinge-type opening / closing portion 305 uses the pressing portion 307, so that the paper loading guide 17c can be moved backward even in the case of simple one-side opening (how to open only one side). It can be stored.
  • the sixteenth embodiment has a simplified structure including the opening / closing mechanism, and is an extremely effective embodiment for cost reduction.
  • the sliding opening / closing part 304 is made of a flexible material. However, if the sliding opening / closing part 304 is opened straight on the right side, the flexible opening / closing part 304 may not be used. In that case, the groove 306 is provided straight on the right side. If the sliding opening / closing part 304 comes out of the elevation 2 when opened, a cover may be provided.
  • the dedicated paper 11b can be placed on the paper placement guide 17c by the paper feed roller, so that the wiping arm drive unit 3 and the paper placement guide 17c are replaced with the height raising portion. It is possible to accommodate inside. By doing so, it is possible to make the exposed part of the toilet side as small as possible.
  • the moving unit 606 pushes the hinged opening / closing unit 305 open, but the paper loading guide 17c may be pushed open.
  • the arrangement may be symmetrical.
  • FIG. 16 is described as being arranged behind the toilet seat, it can be similarly realized even if it is arranged beside the toilet seat.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is arranged at the lower part of the hot water washing apparatus, it is difficult to manually load the paper, but the paper is fed out by using a paper feed roller, and the paper is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. Should be placed.
  • the opening / closing mechanism shown in the sixteenth embodiment is also applicable to the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments. That is, for example, in FIGS. 155 and 165, if the sliding opening / closing unit 304 is provided at the right end of the moving unit 606, the holding unit 307 is provided at the left end of the moving unit 606, and the hinged opening / closing unit 305 is provided, the same Opening and closing is possible with the configuration. Also in the case of the fourteenth embodiment, the moving unit 606 may be made larger than the paper loading guide 17c so that the moving unit 606 opens the hinged opening / closing unit 305 first. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b does not come into contact with the hinged opening / closing part 305, so that it is hygienic and troubles such as paper slippage can be avoided.
  • FIG. 183 is a perspective view of the arm-side opening / closing part 19b.
  • the arm side opening / closing part 19b is composed of three hinge-type opening / closing parts 19b-1, 19b-2, 19b-3. Each of them can be rotated around a lower hinge portion.
  • the hinge-type opening / closing parts 19b-1, 19b-2, 19b-3 have a built-in spring in the hinge part, or a spring is directly attached to the opening / closing part, so that force is applied in the direction to stand by repulsive force. Shall.
  • FIG. 184 is a perspective view showing a state when the arm side opening / closing part 19b is opened.
  • the hinged opening / closing parts 19b-1 and 19b on both sides -3 will fall.
  • the arm side opening / closing part 19b shown here is effective in the embodiment shown in FIG. 135A, for example, but can be used as appropriate in other embodiments depending on the arrangement of the wiping arm 4.
  • FIG. 185 is a diagram showing a structure for wiping the buttocks from behind the toilet seat using the overlap type ball screw spline 401.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 rotates the ball screw nut 404, the pulley 404b, the belt 404a, the spline nut 405, the pulley 405b, the belt 405a, and the pulley 404b with respect to the ball screw spline 401 (see FIG. And a motor (not shown) for rotating the pulley 405b. Each motor may be switched by an electromagnetic clutch and may be shared.
  • the wiping arm 4 is attached to one end of the ball screw spline 401.
  • the connecting portion between the wiping arm 4 and the ball screw spline 401 can be removed with a bolt or the like in preparation for failure.
  • the ball screw spline 401 is attached to the elevation part 2 so as to be rotatable and slidable by a stand or the like (not shown).
  • the control method can be realized by stopping or wiping operation by detecting the exposure position, the storage position, and the vertical position, torque control (limitation), and the like.
  • FIG. 186 is a cross-sectional view showing a mechanism in the case where the nut 407 is rotated to expose the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the nut 407 is rotated by driving a paper feeding motor (not shown).
  • the screw shaft 406 is received by a plain bearing or the like in a hole drilled in the raised portion 2.
  • the movement of the paper loading guide 17c is regulated and slid by the slide shaft in parallel with the screw shaft 406.
  • the screw shaft 406 moves forward by linear movement (FIG. 186 (a)).
  • the paper placement guide 17c can be exposed (FIG. 186 (b)).
  • FIG. 187 is a plan view showing the paper feeding unit 17 using the paper loading guide 17c shown in FIG. 186 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 using the rotating unit 208.
  • FIG. 187 (a) when the screw shaft 202 is rotated, the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 slide to expose the wiping arm 4.
  • the nut 407 is rotated as shown in (b)
  • the paper loading guide 17c is exposed.
  • (c) when the rotating shaft 203 is rotated, the wiping arm 4 is rotated, and the pressing portion 4a can be swung.
  • FIG. 188 is a diagram showing a structure in the case of swinging the paper loading guide 17c with a structure similar to the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments.
  • the paper placement guide rotation unit 409 is disposed between the rotation unit 208 and the moving unit 606.
  • the rotating shaft 408 is a member that can be swung by applying torque while sliding the rotating portion 409, such as a hexagonal shaft or a spline shaft.
  • the rotation of the screw shaft 202 exposes the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 as the moving portion 606 slides. Thereafter, as shown in FIG.
  • the paper loading guide 17c can be swung downward by rotating the rotating shaft 408 with a motor (not shown). Thereby, after wiping off by the wiping arm 4, if the wiping arm 4 is also swung downward, the paper can be dropped.
  • FIG. 189 is a cross-sectional view showing that the wiping arm 4 structurally limits the force to push up the collar portion in the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments.
  • FIG. 189 (a) is a cross-sectional view when the wiping arm 4 is horizontal.
  • FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view when the wiping arm 4 swings upward.
  • FIG. 4C is a cross-sectional view when the wiping arm 4 swings downward.
  • the wiping arm 4 swings upward (or downward)
  • the shape of the moving part 606 itself becomes a stopper, so that it does not swing further upward (or downward) It is prevented that the arm 4 is wiped off with a torque more than necessary, and the arm 4 is prevented from being pushed up, and a torque limit is applied structurally.
  • FIG. 190 shows a state where the moving part 606 is fixed to the screw shaft 202 by the flanged nuts 410 and 410, and the rotating part 208 is fixed to the rotating shaft 203 by the flanged spline nuts 411 and 411. It is a top view.
  • a fixing hole 412 is provided in the raised height portion 2. As shown in FIG. 190, the fixing hole 412 can be provided in the elevation 2 by selecting an appropriate member, so that the buttock wiping device can be fixed to the toilet.
  • FIG. 195 is a cross-sectional view when the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 are vertically arranged.
  • the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 are arranged vertically as shown in FIG. If the mounting guide 17c is disposed on the back surface of the moving unit 606, the location of the fixing hole 412 can be secured.
  • the thickness of the height raising portion 2 is appropriately selected.
  • an intermediate member may be inserted between the toilet bowl and the elevation part 2, and the toilet bowl, the intermediate member, the elevation part, and the hot water washing apparatus may be fixed in this order.
  • the fixing method is not intended to limit the present invention.
  • the wiping arm 4 may have a screw-type root portion so that the column portion can be removed.
  • 189, 190, and 194 show the wiping arm 4 in a state where the column portion has been removed.
  • the shape of the pressing portion 4a is a matter to be appropriately designed so as to match the shape in the vicinity of the anus. However, the pressing portion 4a can be deformed by a flexible material when contacting the buttocks. It is good to do so.
  • the first method when used, when the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a, the larger the pressing portion 4a can prevent the paper from being unexpectedly dropped.
  • shapes such as FIGS. 191 and 192 are considered as an example.
  • 191 and 192 are perspective views showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used.
  • the pressing portion 4 a includes a flexible portion 415 and side portions 413 including rod-shaped side portions 413 and 413 provided on both sides of the flexible portion 415.
  • the flexible portion 415 is pivotally attached.
  • FIG. 191 (a) shows a horizontal state
  • FIG. 191 (b) shows a state at the time of contact.
  • the flexible portion 415 is bent by the flexibility and is pressed near the anus. Since the side portions 413 and 413 exist, it is difficult to drop when the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a. By providing the rotation part 415, the flexible part 415 can be easily fitted near the anus.
  • FIG. 192 shows the side portions 413 and 413 do not need to rotate. As shown in FIG. 192, if the semi-disc-shaped side portions 413 and 413 are provided and the side portion 413 is also flexible, the pressing portion 4a can easily fit near the anus.
  • FIG. 192 (a) shows the pressing portion 4a when the buttock is wiped from behind
  • FIG. 192 (b) shows the pressing portion 4a when the buttock is wiped from the side.
  • the side portion 413 may be flexible.
  • the shape shown here is merely an example of a shape that makes it easy to fit near the anus while making it difficult to drop the paper, and does not limit the present invention.
  • FIG. 193 is a diagram showing an opening / closing mechanism when the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is used.
  • the stroke of the movable iron core 419 of the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is slightly increased. However, if the stroke is insufficient, the stroke may be increased using a lever. Further, it is preferable that a push spring is provided on the movable iron core 419 and the push spring pushes up the arm portion 418 when the opening / closing lid 417 is closed.
  • the opening / closing lid 417 is lifted by the hinge mechanism between the arm portion 418 and the iron core 419 and the relationship between the groove 417a provided on the opening / closing portion 417 and the arm portion 418. Closed.
  • the iron core 419 pulls the arm portion 418 and slides in the groove 418, and as a result, the open / close lid 417 is pushed down to be in an open state.
  • the opening / closing part can also be configured by a structure using a solenoid.
  • the opening / closing part it is also possible to open and close left and right by inserting a shutter into the upper and lower grooves provided in the elevation part 2 and pushing and pulling the shutter with a solenoid.
  • the shutter since the stroke of the solenoid is insufficient, the shutter can be slid to the left and right along the upper and lower grooves of the elevation 2 by expanding the stroke with a lever.
  • a groove (such as a groove 306 in FIG. 177) for storing the moved shutter is provided in the elevation 2.
  • a flexible rack is attached to the lower surface or upper surface of the flexible plate-like member to form a shutter, the shutter is inserted into the upper and lower grooves of the elevation 2, the pinion engaged with the flexible rack is rotated, and the shutter is moved. Can also be opened and closed. Also in this case, a groove (groove such as 306 in FIG. 177) that only accommodates the moved shutter is provided in the elevation 2. If it is a linear opening, it is not necessary to be a flexible plate-like member and a flexible rack.
  • FIG. 194 is a plan view showing a concept when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed by angular motion.
  • the paper loading guide 17 c is attached to the tip of the paper loading guide arm 420, and the rotation shaft of the paper feeding motor 17 e is attached to the base of the arm 420.
  • the structure for exposing the paper loading guide 17c by the paper feeding unit 17 is not particularly limited. Although structures other than those shown in the present specification can be considered, all structures in which the paper feeding unit 17 can expose the paper loading guide 17c are included in the scope of the present invention.
  • FIG. 196 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by an overlap type ball screw spline.
  • FIG. 197 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by a separate type ball screw spline.
  • illustration of the motor is omitted here, the motor may be attached to each of the pulleys 404b and 405b, or the two motors may be shared.
  • 196 (a) and 197 (a) show a case where the spline nut 405 is rotated via the pulley 405b and the belt 405a. In this case, the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved and exposed to the toilet seat hole side. It will be. Although description of the paper is omitted, the paper may be placed on the pressing portion 4a as in the first method, or the paper loading guide exposes the paper as in the second method. May be.
  • 196 (b) and 197 (b) show a case where the ball screw nut 404 is rotated via the pulley 404b and the belt 404a. In this case, the wiping arm 4 is raised, and the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the collar portion through the paper.
  • 196 (c) and 197 (c) show a case where the spline nut 405 is repeatedly rotated forward and backward through the pulley 405b and the belt 405a. In this case, the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved and swung. Then, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth near the anus. Thus, reliable wiping is performed.
  • the overlap type ball screw spline 401 shown in FIG. 196 can be made compact because the spline groove 403 and the screw groove 402 overlap.
  • the separate type ball screw spline 404 shown in FIG. 197 is larger than the overlap type because the spline groove 403 and the screw groove 402 are separated from each other, but the cost can be reduced. Which type should be used may be appropriately determined.
  • the ball screw nut and the spline nut used in the ball screw spline have a built-in ball. However, in the future, when a product that can achieve the same function without a built-in ball is developed. Even if such a shaft is used, the present invention can be realized and included in the present invention.
  • the spline nut need only be able to apply torque to the shaft, so it is not essential that the ball is built in.
  • the ball screw nut is also used for trapezoidal screws (sliding screws).
  • the ball may not be built in like the nut to be provided. Therefore, whether or not the ball is incorporated does not limit the present invention.
  • the ball screw nut 404 and the spline nut 405 are rotated in the reverse direction, and the wiping arm driving unit 3 stores the wiping arm 4.
  • a protrusion (not shown) for dropping the paper may be provided on the elevation 2 so that the paper naturally falls immediately before storage.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes a mechanism for angularly moving the wiping arm 4 around one axis and a mechanism for moving the wiping arm 4 up and down, and using the ball screw spline 401 as one axis, The angular movement and vertical movement of the arm 4 can be performed. Since the ball screw spline is an established technology, it becomes easier to design the heel wiping device.
  • FIG. 198A is a plan view showing a state when the buttock wiping device according to the seventeenth embodiment is attached to the toilet bowl.
  • FIG. 198B is a left side view of FIG. 198A. However, the description of the paper feeding unit 17 is omitted.
  • FIG. 198C is a right side view of FIG. 198A. However, description of the wiping arm drive unit 3 is omitted.
  • FIG. 198D is a front view of FIG. 198A.
  • description of a bearing, a base part, etc. is abbreviate
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 is the same as FIG. 196 except that the exposure motor 9 is attached to the spline nut 405b, the vertical motor 8 is attached to the ball screw nut 404b, and the wiping arm 4 is accommodated after the toilet seat 7. (Rotation during exposure is opposite to that in FIG. 196).
  • the protrusion 2e is provided behind the toilet seat 7, and when the wiping arm 4 is accommodated, if paper remains on the pressing part 4a, it will come into contact with the protrusion 2e so as to fall naturally.
  • the base portion of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the ball screw spline 401 with a bolt 421.
  • the wiping arm 4 If it is desired to remove the wiping arm 4, it can be removed from the ball screw spline 401 by loosening the bolt 421. Even if the wiping arm 4 is exposed and fails, if the bolts 421 are loosened, the wiping arm 4 can be removed, and an initial response is possible. Not only this embodiment but the wiping arm 4 is good to be removable.
  • the seventeenth embodiment discloses not only a mechanism for exposing the paper loading guide 17c by an angular movement, but also a mechanism capable of adjusting the height by moving the paper loading guide 17c up and down.
  • a paper loading guide arm 420 is attached to one end of the ball screw spline 401 by a bolt 421, and a paper loading guide 17c is attached to the tip thereof.
  • the paper feeding motor 17e rotates and the spline nut 405 is rotated via the pulley 405b and the belt 405a, whereby the ball screw spline 401 rotates and the paper loading guide 17c is moved. Can be exposed.
  • the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted by the vertical movement of the ball screw spline 401 by rotating the ball screw nut 404.
  • the ball screw nut 404 may have a large radius or a lever attached so that it can be rotated manually.
  • the cutting method of the thread groove in the ball screw spline 401 is adjusted so that the paper placing guide 17c does not descend below that. It is also possible to prevent the ball screw spline 401 from falling below the lower limit by providing a stopper or the like.
  • the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted by the mechanism for moving the ball screw spline 401 up and down.
  • the paper loading guide 17c may hit the buttocks. Therefore, if the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted, the paper loading guide 17c can be prevented from hitting the buttocks even if there are individual differences.
  • the paper loading guide 17c is squared using only the spline shaft and spline nut instead of the ball screw spline 401. You may try to exercise.
  • FIG. 199 is a perspective view showing an embodiment of the paper feed unit 17. In FIG. 199, the paper loading guide 17c is accommodated.
  • a stand 500 is attached inside the elevation 2 by a plurality of columns 501 and a screw shaft 502 so as to be slidable up and down.
  • a height adjusting nut 503 is inserted into the screw shaft 502. When the height adjustment nut 503 is rotated, the table 500 moves up and down according to the rotation. Since the drive mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 is disposed on the table 500, the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted by the height adjustment nut 503.
  • Shafts 504a and 504b stand on the platform 500.
  • a screw shaft 505 and a slide shaft 506 are inserted into the shaft bases 504a and 504b in parallel.
  • the distal ends of the screw shaft 505 and the slide shaft 506 are fixedly attached to the moving unit 507.
  • a nut 508 is inserted into the screw shaft 505 between the shaft base 504a and the shaft base 504b.
  • the nut 508 communicates with the pulley 510 via the belt 509.
  • the pulley 510 is connected to the paper feed motor 17e.
  • the paper placement guide 17c has grooves 507b on both sides. A guide 507a is inserted into the groove 507b. Accordingly, the user can slide the paper loading guide 17c on the moving unit 507.
  • FIG. 200 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is slid and moved backward.
  • the user wants to place the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c, the user pulls out the paper loading guide 17c from the elevation part 2 and places it.
  • the toilet paper may not be the dedicated paper 11b as long as the user can fold the toilet paper into a predetermined size, and this can also be said in other embodiments employing the second method.
  • the user places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper placement guide 17c, and then returns the paper placement guide 17c to the elevation part 2. Whether the paper loading guide 17c has returned to the origin position is determined using a limit switch, a photo sensor, or the like, and if it has not returned to the origin position, an error message is notified so as not to start the wiping operation. Good.
  • FIG. 201 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed.
  • the lower part of the paper feed side opening / closing part 19a is a hinge, and a hinge is attached to the elevation part 2, and a force is applied in a closing direction by a spring or the like.
  • the moving unit 507 opens the sheet feeding side opening / closing unit 19a to expose it.
  • the paper 11b is exposed in a state where the special paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c, and the pressing portion 4a rises from below the cut-out portion of the paper placement guide 17c.
  • the buttock is wiped off with the special paper 11b.
  • the paper feed motor 17e rotates in the reverse direction
  • the paper loading guide 17c moves backward, and returns to the origin position.
  • the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a is naturally closed by the force of the spring.
  • the stroke of the screw shaft 505 can be increased by pulling out the paper loading guide 17c so that the user can place the paper. Even if it cannot be ensured, it is possible to make the paper feeding unit 17 compact with a simple structure.
  • Such a simple height adjustment mechanism using a screw shaft can also be applied to the paper feeding unit 17 shown in the other embodiments.
  • a table 500 is provided on the elevation unit 2
  • the paper feeding unit 17 may be placed and the height may be adjusted by the screw shaft 502 and the height adjusting nut 503.
  • the fixed base 71e may be placed on the base 500 and the height may be adjusted by the screw shaft 502 and the height adjustment nut 503. 161
  • the illustrated structure is constructed on the table 500, and the height may be adjusted by the screw shaft 502 and the height adjusting nut 503.
  • the paper loading guide 17c in FIG. 135A is regarded as a moving unit, and the paper placing guide 17c is separately slidably placed on the moving unit.
  • the paper loading guide 17c shown in FIG. 161 is regarded as a moving portion and the paper loading guide 17c is separately slidably mounted on the moving portion. Good. That is, when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed to the paper feeding portion 17, a moving portion that moves together with the paper loading guide 17c is provided so that the paper loading guide 17c can slide on the moving portion. If so, the paper loading guide 17c can be pulled out during use to place the paper. As a result, the paper feeding unit 17 can be made compact.
  • a screw hole may be formed in the base 500, and the screw shaft 502 may be rotated to adjust the height of the base 500.
  • a handle may be attached to the screw shaft 502 at the lower end.
  • the height adjustment of the paper loading guide 17c of the paper feeding unit 17 is not limited to the screw shaft, and the height of the paper loading guide 17c is adjusted by adjusting the inclination of the paper feeding unit 17. can do. That is, if the paper feeding unit 17 is tilted downward, the height of the paper placement guide 17c can be reduced, and if it is tilted upward, the height of the paper placement guide 17c can be increased.
  • a structure in which a spacer is sandwiched between the paper feeding unit 17 and the elevation part 2 may be used. In this case, the base 500 can be lifted and the elevation part 2 and the base 500 can be lifted. A spacer may be inserted in between, and the height of the paper loading guide 17c may be adjusted by the height of the spacer.
  • the height adjustment mechanism is not limited in the present invention.
  • the height can be adjusted by mounting a mechanism on the table, and the height can be adjusted by other methods.
  • FIG. 202 is a cross-sectional view showing the positional relationship between the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the pressing portion 4a can be exposed while being inclined obliquely downward. In this case, even if the paper placement guide 17c is exposed slightly below, collision between the paper placement guide 17c and the pressing portion 4a is avoided.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 may be exposed with the wiping arm 4 tilted from the beginning, or exposed when the wiping arm 4 is once leveled and slightly exposed in the toilet seat opening hole. It may be tilted and moved to below the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the paper loading guide 17 c can be lowered by exposing the wiping arm 4 while tilting downward. Collision between the buttocks meat and the paper loading guide 17c can be avoided.
  • FIG. 203 is a diagram illustrating a modified example of the sheet feeding unit 17.
  • the slide shaft 511 is provided so as not to move. Instead, a guide 512 is fixed to one end of the screw shaft 406, and a slide shaft 506 penetrates the guide 512.
  • the guide 512 slides along the slide shaft 506.
  • the paper loading guide 17c can move forward without swinging.
  • the moving table 507 is fixed to the screw shaft 406 so that the paper loading guide 17c can slide on the moving table 507 in a pull-out manner. Also good.
  • any known mechanism can be used.
  • a mechanism used in a CD-ROM drive is also useful, and any mechanism is used. Whether the paper loading guide 17c is exposed does not limit the present invention.
  • FIG. 204A and 204B are perspective views of a heel wiper that can be used to manually wipe the buttock.
  • FIG. 204A shows the arrangement of the origin
  • FIG. 204B shows the arrangement at the time of wiping.
  • a pressing portion 4 a is rotatably attached to the distal end portion of the wiping arm 4.
  • the rotation structure is not particularly limited, the tip is T-shaped and can be rotated inside the pressing portion 4a.
  • the user puts paper by hand (may be the dedicated paper 11b or the toilet paper in which the user is neatly folded). Further, a simple gripping structure may be provided on the pressing portion 4a.
  • the opening / closing plate is provided on the bottom surface of the pressing portion 4a, the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a, the paper hanging on the bottom surface side is sandwiched by the opening / closing plate, and the opening / closing plate is pulled by a permanent magnet.
  • the pressing portion 4a may be formed of a flexible resin, a cut is made in the flexible resin, and paper may be inserted into the cut. In that case, the cut may be on the top surface or on the bottom surface side.
  • a rotating plate 609 is provided on the elevation portion 2, and a hinge portion 608 is fixed to the rotating plate 609.
  • the wiping arm can be rotated to be exposed or moved up and down.
  • the wiping arm 4 is exposed using the lever 607 and is tilted obliquely upward to wipe the collar portion. As appropriate, the user may wipe the wiping arm 4 back and forth.
  • the structure shown here is merely an example, and any mechanism may be used as long as the wiping arm can be exposed and moved up and down.
  • any mechanism may be used as long as the wiping arm can be exposed and moved up and down.
  • such a mechanism or the pressing portion is finally separated so that it can be separated into two.
  • a mechanism for gripping the heel may be provided in the buttock wiping device.
  • the wiping arm drive part described in this specification, you may use it for the wiping part wiping apparatus which wipes a buttock by attaching a wiping material by wiping the wiping part of the wiping arm and inserting it. That is, when attention is paid only to the driving mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit, the invention is established without limiting whether or not the wiping material is gripped.
  • an electromagnetic solenoid may be used to close one of the two separated pressing portions.
  • a means for opening and closing on the bottom surface of the pressing portion may be provided, and the paper may be attached by sandwiching the paper with the opening and closing means.
  • the pressing portion may be formed of a flexible resin or the like, a cut is made in the resin, and paper is inserted into the cut so that the pressing portion attaches the paper.
  • FIG. 205 (a) is a cross-sectional view for explaining a method of dropping the paper by providing the raised portion 2 with a protruding portion 2e that functions as a dropping portion.
  • the pressing portion 4a is exposed below the paper loading guide 17c (broken line in FIG. 205), but when wiping, it rises to the toilet seat 7 and wipes the buttock.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 is located near the opening of the height raising portion 2 at a position higher than the paper loading guide 17c and higher than the upper surface of the height raising portion 2.
  • the wiping arm 4 is tilted to a low position.
  • the wiping arm drive unit 3 is slid to accommodate the wiping arm 4 as it is. Further, the protrusions 2e and 2e are provided at a position higher than the paper loading guide 17c, and an interval is provided between the protrusions 2e and 2e so that the pressing portion 4a can move through. As a result, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 205, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is stored through the projections 2e and 2e when stored. Even if the paper remains in the pressing portion 4a, the remaining paper always comes into contact with the protruding portion 2e immediately before storage, so that the paper falls. Note that the number of the protrusions 2e is not limited to two.
  • FIG. 205 (b) is a plan view showing a modified example of the paper loading guide 17c
  • FIG. 205 (c) is a right side view showing a state where the paper falls.
  • the type shown here will be described as a type in which the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606 move together, but it can also be applied to a type in which they move separately.
  • a hole in the paper loading guide 17c is made large.
  • the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is designed so that the dedicated paper 11b is placed in a balanced manner by the edge of the paper loading guide 17c and the pressing portion 4a. It is assumed that the wiping arm 4 is exposed in the state of FIG.
  • the wiping arm driving unit 3 moves the wiping arm 4 so that the wiping arm 4 is inclined downward as shown in FIG.
  • the paper loading guide 17c has a hole of such a size that the special paper 11b cannot be placed in a well-balanced manner without the pressing portion 4a. For this reason, when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward, the dedicated paper 11b falls from the hole. At this time, since the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is also inclined, the dedicated paper 11b falls to the toilet bowl.
  • the shape of the paper loading guide 17c when the pressing portion 4a is horizontal, the paper does not fall, but when the pressing portion 4a is tilted downward, the paper is easily dropped.
  • the structure is simplified and the cost is reduced.
  • the paper loading guide 17c moves only with the single bar-shaped portion and the pressing portion 4a.
  • the pressing portion 4a lifts the paper and falls, the pressing portion 4a is lowered so that the paper is easily out of balance from the paper loading guide 17c.
  • the shape of the paper loading guide 17c may be appropriately devised so that the paper can easily lose its balance when dropped while being securely placed on the pressing portion 4a during exposure.
  • the embodiment is not limited to the use of the special paper 11b.
  • the embodiment using the special paper 11b is used by the user to fold the roll paper. Includes wiping material.
  • the present invention is a buttocks wiping device and can be used industrially.

Abstract

The present invention relates to a buttocks wiping device 1 which wipes the buttocks using paper, and is provided with: a wiping arm 4 including a pressing unit 4a for pressing the paper against the buttocks; and a wiping arm drive unit 3 which causes the wiping arm 4 to move and to perform a wiping operation. The wiping arm drive unit 4 wipes the buttocks with the paper placed on the pressing unit 4a, without the paper being attached to or inserted into the pressing unit 4a. Further, the buttocks wiping device 1 according to the present invention is provided with a paper supply unit 17 for exposing the paper. The wiping arm drive unit 4 drives the wiping arm in such a way that the pressing unit 4a lifts up, from below, paper that has been exposed by a paper loading guide 17c of the paper supply unit 17.

Description

臀部拭き取り装置Buttocks wiping device
　本発明は、臀部を紙で拭き取るための装置に関する。 The present invention relates to an apparatus for wiping the buttocks with paper.
　特許文献１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置は、便座昇降装置を用いて便器と便座との間隙を設け、複数のサーボモータによって、拭き取りアームで臀部を拭き取る装置である。特許文献１の拭き取りアームは、ロール紙を挟み部材で挟んで臀部を拭き取る（特許文献１の図８等）。 The buttock wiping device described in Patent Document 1 is a device that provides a clearance between a toilet bowl and a toilet seat using a toilet seat lifting device and wipes the buttock with a wiping arm using a plurality of servo motors. The wiping arm of Patent Literature 1 wipes the collar portion with the roll paper sandwiched between the sandwiching members (FIG. 8 of Patent Literature 1 and the like).
　特許文献２には、クリップ部材で専用紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態（特許文献２の図７等）と、コの字状の切欠部に専用紙を差し込んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態（特許文献２の図１８等）とを開示している。 Patent Document 2 discloses an embodiment (such as FIG. 7 of Patent Document 2) that wipes the collar portion with a special member sandwiched between clip members, and an embodiment that wipes the collar portion by inserting the dedicated paper into the U-shaped cutout portion (Patent Document 2). 18 and the like of Document 2).
　特許文献３～５には、種々の実施形態が開示されているが、図６Ｅ，４８，７９，８３～８６，１１７等のように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Although various embodiments are disclosed in Patent Documents 3 to 5, as shown in FIGS. 6E, 48, 79, 83 to 86, 117, etc., the wiping arm wipes the collar portion with the paper at the tip portion. A form is disclosed.
　特許文献６にも、図１５等に示すように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Patent Document 6 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 15 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the collar portion with the paper at the tip portion.
　特許文献７にも、図８に示すように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Patent Document 7 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 8, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with paper at the tip.
　特許文献８にも、図５に示すように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Patent Document 8 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 5, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with paper at the tip.
　特許文献９にも、図２等に示すように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Patent Document 9 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 2 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the collar portion with the paper at the tip portion.
　特許文献１０にも、図１等に示すように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Patent Document 10 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 1 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with the paper at the tip.
　特許文献１１にも、図１等に示すように、拭き取りアームが先端部分で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る実施形態が開示されている。 Patent Document 11 also discloses an embodiment in which, as shown in FIG. 1 and the like, the wiping arm wipes the buttock with paper at the tip.
　特許文献１２には、ローラに巻き付けられたトイレットペーパーで臀部を拭き取る装置が開示されている。 Patent Document 12 discloses an apparatus for wiping the buttock with toilet paper wound around a roller.
　特許文献１３には、拭き板でトイレットペーパーを挟んで臀部を拭き取る装置が開示されている。 Patent Document 13 discloses an apparatus for wiping the buttock with toilet paper sandwiched between wiping plates.
　特許文献１４には、クリップパッド（ｃ）で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る装置が開示されている。 Patent Document 14 discloses a device for wiping the buttock with a clip pad (c) sandwiching paper.
　特許文献１５には、人工ハンド（１０）の紙掴み（１１）で紙を挟んで臀部を拭き取る装置が開示されている。 Patent Document 15 discloses an apparatus for wiping the buttocks with the paper grip (11) of the artificial hand (10) sandwiched.
　このような従来技術が存在していた。 Such conventional technology existed.
特開2009-061126号公報JP2009-061126 特開2009-263859号公報JP 2009-263859 特開2011-200627号公報JP 2011-200627 特開2011-143233号公報JP 2011-143233 JP 特開2011-144623号公報JP 2011-144623 A 特開2012-172486号公報JP 2012-172486 A 特開2014-094261号公報JP 2014-094261 A 特開2014-233309号公報JP 2014-233309 A 特開2014-064885号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-064885 特開2014-207949号公報JP-A-2014-207949 特開2015-104617号公報JP-A-2015-104617 特開2013-188301号公報JP 2013-188301 A 特開昭49-006751号公報JP-A-49-006751 中国実用新案公告第2682113号公報China Utility Model Notice No.2682113 台湾特許出願公開第200533328号公報Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 200533328 ドイツ特許公報第251031号公報German Patent Publication No. 251031
　これらの従来の臀部拭き取り装置は、いずれも、製品化され、商品化されるには至っていなかった。商品化されるには、所望通りに動作するというだけでなく、構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生面、使いやすさ、メンテナンスのしやすさなど種々の課題を克服しなければならない。 None of these conventional buttock wiping devices have been commercialized and commercialized. In order to be commercialized, it is necessary not only to operate as desired, but also to overcome various problems such as simplification of structure, cost reduction, hygiene, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
　特許文献１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置は、ロール紙を拭き取りアームが挟む必要があり、そのための構造が複雑なものとなっていた。また、拭き取りアームを複数のサーボモータで駆動させていたため、その点で、コストアップとなっていた。さらに、便座昇降装置の使用も必要でもあり、さらなるコストアップを招いていた。また、サーボモータによる拭き取りアームの駆動では、メンテナンスの対応が専門的になりすぎるため、実用化には困難が伴う発明である。 The buttock wiping device described in Patent Document 1 needs to wipe the roll paper between the arms, and its structure is complicated. Moreover, since the wiping arm was driven by a plurality of servo motors, the cost was increased in that respect. Furthermore, the use of a toilet seat lifting / lowering device is also necessary, leading to further cost increase. Further, the driving of the wiping arm by the servo motor is an invention that is difficult to put into practical use because the handling of maintenance becomes too specialized.
　特許文献２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置は、温水洗浄装置との共存を試みているが、温水洗浄装置自体の駆動が必要であり、実用化には、さらなる研究が必要な装置である。拭き取りという点で見た場合、特許文献２の図７等に記載のクリップ部材による専用紙を取り付けただけでは、拭き取りが不十分である可能性がある。また、同図１８等では、コの字状の切欠部に差し込むことが可能な専用紙を別途準備する必要があり、また、特許文献２のような切欠部に専用紙を差し込んだだけでは拭き取りが不十分である可能性がある。すなわち、クリップ部材に取り付けたり、コの字状の切欠部に専用紙を差し込んだりする場合は、臀部との当接部分を平面上にするしかなく、拭き取りが十分に行われない可能性がある。このように、特許文献２の装置は、温水洗浄装置との共存という構造上の問題だけでなく、拭き取りが十分に行われるまで発明が高められておらず、さらなる研究を必要とする装置であった。そのため、実用化には至っていなかった。 The buttocks wiping device described in Patent Document 2 is trying to coexist with the hot water cleaning device, but requires driving of the hot water cleaning device itself, and is a device that needs further research for practical use. When viewed from the viewpoint of wiping, the wiping may be insufficient only by attaching the dedicated paper using the clip member described in FIG. In addition, in FIG. 18 and the like, it is necessary to separately prepare a special paper that can be inserted into the U-shaped cut-out portion, and wiping off only by inserting the special paper into the cut-out portion as in Patent Document 2. May be insufficient. That is, when attaching to a clip member or inserting special paper into a U-shaped cutout, the contact portion with the collar is only flat, and wiping may not be performed sufficiently. . As described above, the device of Patent Document 2 is not only a structural problem of coexistence with the hot water cleaning device, but also the device whose invention has not been improved until wiping is sufficiently performed, and requires further research. It was. For this reason, it has not been put to practical use.
　特許文献３乃至８に記載の装置は、紙を拭き取りアームがしっかり挟んでいるので、臀部の拭き取りは十分に行うことができ、本出願人も実際に開示されている装置のいくつかを製造してその拭き取り感を確かめるに至っている。しかし、実用化するにあたっては、拭き取りアーム駆動部の構造が複雑であり、コストが高くつくことに加え、紙を拭き取りアームが掴むための構造がワイヤや形状記憶金属などを用いるなど複雑なものとなっていたため、故障が生じやすくさらにメンテナンスもしにくいという問題もあり、試作機を開発するまでは可能であったが、実用化には至らなかった。 In the devices described in Patent Documents 3 to 8, since the paper wiping arm is firmly sandwiched, the buttock can be sufficiently wiped off, and the present applicant manufactured some of the devices actually disclosed. This has led to the confirmation of the wiping feeling. However, when it comes to practical use, the structure of the wiping arm drive unit is complicated and expensive, and the structure for wiping paper to be gripped by the arm is complicated, such as using wires or shape memory metals. As a result, there was a problem that it was prone to failure and maintenance was difficult, and it was possible to develop a prototype, but it was not put into practical use.
　特許文献９乃至１１に記載の装置についても、特許文献３乃至８に記載の装置と基本構造は同様であり、飛躍的に発展した発明ではない。特許文献９乃至１２に記載の装置でも、拭き取りアーム駆動部の構造が複雑であり、コストが高くつくことに加え、紙を拭き取りアームが掴むための構造がワイヤを用いるなど複雑なものとなっていたため、故障が生じやすくさらにメンテナンスもしにくいという問題を内包している。 The basic structures of the devices described in Patent Documents 9 to 11 are the same as the devices described in Patent Documents 3 to 8, and the invention is not a drastically developed invention. Even in the apparatuses described in Patent Documents 9 to 12, the structure of the wiping arm driving unit is complicated and expensive, and the structure for wiping the paper to be gripped by the arm uses a wire. Therefore, it has a problem that it is prone to failure and is difficult to maintain.
　特許文献１２に記載の装置は、構造が複雑であるだけでなく、後ろからのローラによる拭き取りであるため、便器との共存という根本的な点で問題があり、まだまだ研究が必要な装置である。 The device described in Patent Document 12 is not only complicated in structure, but also has a problem in the fundamental point of coexistence with a toilet because it is wiped off by a roller from the back, and still needs to be researched. .
　特許文献１３についても、特許文献１２と同様の問題がある。 Patent Document 13 has the same problem as Patent Document 12.
　特許文献１４については、そもそも、クリップパッド（ｃ）の上に、紙が一枚ずつ都合よく垂れ下がることなどありえず、発明としては未完成であると言わざるを得ない。また、便器に穴を開ける必要もあり現実的ではない。 Regarding Patent Document 14, in the first place, paper cannot be conveniently dropped one by one on the clip pad (c), and it must be said that the invention is incomplete. In addition, it is necessary to make a hole in the toilet, which is not realistic.
　特許文献１５については、アイデアレベルで開示しているに過ぎない。便座の下には、便器があり、便器の後側から人工ハンドが露出してくると考えられるので、特許文献１５の装置にも便器に穴を開ける必要がある。どのように、便器との共存を図るのかが全く不明であり、発明として未完成であると言わざるを得ない。また、紙掴み（１１）の構造が不明確であり、所望通り紙が掴まれるのかも不確かである。当然、実用化には程遠い。 Patent Document 15 is only disclosed at the idea level. Since there is a toilet under the toilet seat and it is considered that the artificial hand is exposed from the rear side of the toilet, it is necessary to make a hole in the toilet of the device of Patent Document 15. It is completely unknown how to coexist with the toilet bowl, and it must be said that the invention is incomplete. Further, the structure of the paper grip (11) is unclear, and it is uncertain whether the paper will be gripped as desired. Naturally, it is far from practical use.
　以上より、構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生的であること、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさを備える臀部拭き取り装置を提供し、商品化可能な臀部拭き取り装置を提供することを、本発明の目的とする。 From the above, providing a buttocks wiping device having a simplified structure, cost reduction, hygiene, ease of use, and ease of maintenance, and providing a commercially available buttocks wiping device, It is an object of the present invention.
　上記課題を解決するために、本明細書では、以下に示す発明を開示する。本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取り材を臀部に押し当てるための押し当て部を有する拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取り材を押し当て部に取り付ける若しくは差し込むことなく、拭き取り材を押し当て部の上に載置した状態で、拭き取りアームを移動させ、押し当て部は曲面形状を有する。 In order to solve the above problems, the present invention discloses the following invention. The present invention is a heel wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, a wiping arm having a pressing part for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation With. The wiping arm driving unit moves the wiping arm in a state where the wiping material is placed on the pressing unit without attaching or inserting the wiping material to the pressing unit, and the pressing unit has a curved surface shape.
　従来の特許文献１、３乃至１５では、全て、紙を掴んで臀部を拭き取っていたため、紙を掴むための機構が必要となっていた。そのため、複雑な構造となっていた。複雑であるばかりでなく、紙と掴む部分が臀部に当接する部分であるため、当接部分を衛生的に保つ必要があるが、紙を掴む機構を設けることによって、当接部分を防水構造にしなければならず、いずれの従来技術もその点についての十分な検討がなされていない。特許文献２には、クリップ部材で専用紙を挟んだり、コの字状の切欠部に専用紙を差し込んだりして、臀部を拭き取る装置が開示されているが、拭き取り部分が平面上であるため、十分な拭き取りができない。一方、本発明は、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取り材を押し当て部に取り付ける若しくは差し込むことなく、拭き取り材を押し当て部の上に載置した状態で、拭き取りアームを移動させるので、掴むための構造を必要としない。よって、構造が簡易化されるだけでなく、押し当て部の防水構造を気にする必要もなく、さらに、押し当て部を丸洗いするなど衛生的に保つことも容易となる。さらに、押し当て部を臀部の形状に沿うような曲面形状にすれば、特許文献２に記載の装置に比べて、肛門付近に当接させることができ、臀部の拭き取りを十分に行うことが可能である。これにより、構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生的であること、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさを備える臀部拭き取り装置を提供可能となる。 In the conventional Patent Documents 1, 3 to 15, all the papers are gripped and the buttock is wiped off, so a mechanism for gripping the papers is necessary. Therefore, it has a complicated structure. Not only is it complicated, but the part that grips the paper is the part that abuts against the collar, so it is necessary to keep the contact part hygienic.However, by providing a mechanism for gripping the paper, the contact part is made waterproof. None of the conventional techniques have been sufficiently examined in this regard. Patent Document 2 discloses a device for wiping the collar by sandwiching the special paper with a clip member or inserting the special paper into a U-shaped cutout, but the wiping portion is flat. Can not be wiped off sufficiently. On the other hand, in the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit moves the wiping arm in a state where the wiping material is placed on the pressing unit without attaching or inserting the wiping material to the pressing unit. Does not require structure. Therefore, not only the structure is simplified, but there is no need to worry about the waterproof structure of the pressing portion, and it becomes easy to keep the pressing portion hygienic such as being washed. Furthermore, if the pressing portion is formed in a curved shape that follows the shape of the buttocks, compared to the device described in Patent Document 2, it can be brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus and the buttock can be sufficiently wiped off. It is. As a result, it is possible to provide a buttocks wiping device having a simplified structure, cost reduction, hygiene, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
　本発明において、押し当て部は、拭き取り材を載置させたまま移動する際に、拭き取り材が落下しないような摩擦を表面に有していたり、拭き取り材が落下しないような形状を有していたりするとよい。 In the present invention, the pressing portion has such a shape that the wiping material does not fall or the wiping material does not fall when moving while the wiping material is placed. Or better.
　これによって、拭き取り材を押し当て部に取り付けるか、若しくは、差し込むようにしなくても、拭き取り材の落下が防止できる。 This prevents the wiping material from falling without attaching or wiping the wiping material to the pressing portion.
　また、本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取り材を臀部に押し当てるための押し当て部を有する拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部と、臀部の下に、拭き取り材を露出させるための給紙部とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部は、給紙部が露出した拭き取り材の下から、押し当て部が拭き取り材を押し上げるように、拭き取りアームを駆動させる。 The present invention is also a heel wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, a wiping arm having a pressing part for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, and a wiping arm for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation A drive unit and a paper feed unit for exposing the wiping material are provided below the collar unit. The wiping arm driving unit drives the wiping arm so that the pressing unit pushes up the wiping material from below the wiping material from which the paper feeding unit is exposed.
　このように、拭き取り材を臀部の下に露出させるための給紙部を設けることで、拭き取り材を確実に、臀部の下に配置することができる。たとえば、押し当て部に、拭き取り材を取り付けたり差し込んだりしない構造を採用した場合、想定外の事態によって、拭き取りアームの移動時に、拭き取り材が押し当て部から落下してしまう可能性がある。また、拭き取り材が押し当て部に載置したまま移動しなければならない場合は、たとえば、補高部と押し当て部との間に、拭き取り材分のクリアランスを設ける必要があるが、拭き取り材が押し当て部から垂れ下がっていたり、逆に跳ね上がっていたりする可能性もあり、そのクリアランスは余裕を持たせたものでならなければならない。また、補高部が汚れた水で濡れている可能性もあり、拭き取り材に汚れた水が付着するなどして不衛生になる可能性もある。押し当て部に拭き取り材を載置しただけで拭き取りアームを移動させる方式でも、本発明の目的を達成することは可能ではあるが、移動時に拭き取り材の落下や汚染が発生する可能性を完全には否定できないという課題を内包してしまう。そのため、本発明では、拭き取り材を拭き取りアームとは別に移動させるという発想の転換を図り、確実に、拭き取り材を臀部の下に配置して、押し当て部が拭き取り材を下から押し上げるようにして、臀部を拭き取ることとした。これにより、拭き取り材を掴むことなく、確実な拭き取りが可能となる。なお、本明細書に記載している発明の根底に流れる思想は、無理に拭き取り材を掴まなくてもよいのではないかということである。その発想の転換によって、本明細書に記載の発明がなされている点を付言しておく。ただし、本明細書に記載の発明は、翻って見た場合、紙を掴む臀部拭き取り装置にも利用可能なものであるので、本明細書に記載の種々の発明が、紙を掴まない臀部拭き取り装置にのみ限定されて解釈されてはならない。 Thus, by providing the paper feed unit for exposing the wiping material under the buttock, the wiping material can be reliably placed under the buttock. For example, when a structure in which the wiping material is not attached to or inserted into the pressing portion is employed, the wiping material may fall from the pressing portion when the wiping arm is moved due to an unexpected situation. In addition, when the wiping material has to be moved while being placed on the pressing portion, for example, it is necessary to provide a clearance corresponding to the wiping material between the elevation portion and the pressing portion. There is a possibility that it may hang down from the pressing part, or it may jump up and down, and the clearance must be sufficient. In addition, the elevated portion may be wet with dirty water, and may become unsanitary due to dirty water adhering to the wiping material. Even if the wiping arm is moved only by placing the wiping material on the pressing part, the purpose of the present invention can be achieved, but the possibility of the wiping material falling or contamination during movement is completely eliminated. It contains the problem that cannot be denied. Therefore, in the present invention, the idea of moving the wiping material separately from the wiping arm is changed, and the wiping material is surely arranged under the buttock so that the pressing portion pushes up the wiping material from below. I decided to wipe the buttocks. Thereby, reliable wiping is possible without gripping the wiping material. Note that the idea that flows to the basis of the invention described in this specification is that it is not necessary to forcefully grasp the wiping material. It should be noted that the invention described in the present specification has been made by changing the concept. However, since the invention described in this specification can be used for a heel wiping device that grips paper when viewed in reverse, the various inventions described in this specification can be used for wiping the heel that does not grip paper. It should not be construed as limited to the device only.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り材を載置するための紙載せガイドを含み、拭き取り材を紙載せガイドに載置した状態で、紙載せガイドを露出させることによって、拭き取り材を臀部の下に露出する。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper placement guide for placing the wiping material, and the paper placement guide is exposed in a state where the wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide. Exposed underneath.
　紙載せガイドによって、拭き取り材を臀部の下に、確実に露出させることができる。 The wiper can be reliably exposed under the buttock by the paper loading guide.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部によって、押し当て部が拭き取り材を押し上げた後、給紙部は、紙載せガイドを収納位置に戻す。 In the present invention, after the pressing unit pushes up the wiping material by the wiping arm driving unit, the paper feeding unit returns the paper loading guide to the storage position.
　これによって、拭き取り時には、紙載せガイドが収納位置に戻っているので、紙載せガイドが汚れたりすることがなくなり衛生的に保つことができる。 This allows the paper loading guide to return to the storage position during wiping, so that the paper loading guide is not contaminated and can be kept hygienic.
　本発明において、給紙部は、ラックアンドピニオンの機構によって、紙載せガイドを移動させる。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit moves the paper loading guide by a rack and pinion mechanism.
　ラックアンドピニオンの機構によって、簡易かつ確実に紙載せガイドを露出させることができる。 The rack and pinion mechanism can easily and reliably expose the paper loading guide.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドを移動させる第１の移動機構と、第１の移動機構自体を移動させる第２の移動機構とを含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a first movement mechanism that moves the paper loading guide and a second movement mechanism that moves the first movement mechanism itself.
　便座や便器の大きさによっては、第１の移動機構で紙載せガイドを移動させただけでは、ストロークが足らない可能性がある。そこで、第２の移動機構で第１の移動機構自体を移動させれば、便座横にはみ出る領域を少なくして、紙載せガイドのストロークを確保することができる。これにより、臀部拭き取り装置の小型化に貢献する。 Depending on the size of the toilet seat and toilet, the stroke may not be sufficient if the paper loading guide is simply moved by the first moving mechanism. Therefore, if the first moving mechanism itself is moved by the second moving mechanism, the area protruding to the side of the toilet seat can be reduced and the stroke of the paper loading guide can be secured. Thereby, it contributes to size reduction of a buttock wiping apparatus.
　本発明において、第１の移動機構は、紙載せガイドをラックアンドピニオンの機構によって移動させ、第２の移動機構は、第１の移動機構をラックアンドピニオンの機構によって移動させる。 In the present invention, the first movement mechanism moves the paper loading guide by the rack and pinion mechanism, and the second movement mechanism moves the first movement mechanism by the rack and pinion mechanism.
　第１及び第２の機構をラックアンドピニオンの機構とすれば、簡易かつ確実な機構で、ストロークの確保が可能となる。 If the first and second mechanisms are rack and pinion mechanisms, the stroke can be secured with a simple and reliable mechanism.
　本発明において、第１の移動機構は、紙載せガイドを移動させるモータを含み、第２の移動機構は、モータの回転運動に連動して第１の移動機構を移動させる。 In the present invention, the first moving mechanism includes a motor that moves the paper loading guide, and the second moving mechanism moves the first moving mechanism in conjunction with the rotational movement of the motor.
　第１及び第２の移動機構による移動を一つのモータで実現することができるので、コスト低減を図ることが可能となる。 Since the movement by the first and second moving mechanisms can be realized with one motor, the cost can be reduced.
　本発明において、給紙部は、ねじ軸の回転によって、紙載せガイドを移動させる。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit moves the paper loading guide by the rotation of the screw shaft.
　ねじ軸の回転によって、紙載せガイドを直線的に移動させることが可能であり、確実に、臀部下に紙載せガイドを露出させることが可能となる。 The rotation of the screw shaft allows the paper loading guide to be moved linearly, and the paper loading guide can be reliably exposed under the collar.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り材を紙載せガイドまで送り出す給紙ローラを含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller that feeds the wiping material to the paper loading guide.
　給紙ローラを用いて紙載せガイドまで拭き取り材を送り出せば、紙載せガイドを、たとえば、便座下に配置しておくことが可能となり、紙載せガイドのストロークを小さくすることができ、臀部拭き取り装置の小型化につながる。 If the wiping material is sent out to the paper loading guide using the paper feed roller, the paper loading guide can be arranged, for example, under the toilet seat, the stroke of the paper loading guide can be reduced, and the buttock wiping device Leads to downsizing.
　本発明において、臀部拭き取り装置は、給紙部に、拭き取り材をセットするための自動給紙部をさらに備える。 In the present invention, the buttock wiping device further includes an automatic paper feeding unit for setting a wiping material on the paper feeding unit.
　給紙部に拭き取り材をセットするための自動給紙部を用いれば、手が不自由な場合でも、自動的に拭き取り材を給紙部に供給することが可能となる。 If an automatic paper feeding unit for setting a wiping material on the paper feeding unit is used, it is possible to automatically supply the wiping material to the paper feeding unit even if the hand is inconvenient.
　本発明において、自動給紙部は、長尺の拭き取り材を所定の長さで切断して、切断された拭き取り材を給紙部にセットする。 In the present invention, the automatic paper feeding unit cuts a long wiping material at a predetermined length, and sets the cut wiping material on the paper feeding unit.
　長尺の拭き取り材を所定の長さで切断するという簡易な機構で自動給紙部を実現することが可能である。 It is possible to realize an automatic paper feeding unit with a simple mechanism that cuts a long wiping material at a predetermined length.
　本発明において、長尺の拭き取り材は、折り畳まれて紙ストッカーに収納されており、自動給紙部は、紙ストッカーに収納されている長尺の拭き取り材を所定の長さで切断して、切断された拭き取り材を給紙部にセットする。 In the present invention, the long wiping material is folded and stored in a paper stocker, and the automatic paper feeder cuts the long wiping material stored in the paper stocker at a predetermined length, Set the cut wipes on the paper feeder.
　長尺の拭き取り材を折り畳んで紙ストッカーに収容しておけば、コンパクトに、長尺の拭き取り材を収容しておくことが可能であるばかりか、自動給紙部の機構を簡易かつ確実なものとすることができ、自動給紙部の実用化に貢献する。 If you fold a long wiping material and store it in a paper stocker, you can store a long wiping material in a compact manner, and the mechanism of the automatic paper feeder is simple and reliable. This contributes to the practical application of the automatic paper feeder.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り材がセットされたか否かを検知するための紙供給センサを含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper supply sensor for detecting whether or not a wiping material is set.
　紙供給センサによって、拭き取り材がセットされていないにも関わらず紙載せガイドが移動してしまうという誤作動を防止することが可能となる。 The paper supply sensor can prevent a malfunction in which the paper loading guide moves even though the wiping material is not set.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り材を送り出すための給紙ローラと、拭き取り材が給紙ローラから送り出されたか否かを検知する紙送出センサとを含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller for sending out the wiping material and a paper feed sensor for detecting whether or not the wiping material is sent out from the paper feed roller.
　紙送出センサによって、拭き取り材がセットされていないにも関わらず紙載せガイドが移動してしまうという誤作動を防止することが可能となる。 The paper delivery sensor can prevent a malfunction in which the paper loading guide moves even though no wiping material is set.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り材がセットされたか否かを検知するための紙供給センサを含み、紙供給センサによって拭き取り材がセットされたことが検知された後、所定時間経過しても紙送出センサによって拭き取り材が送り出されたことが検知されなかった場合、エラーであると判定する。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper supply sensor for detecting whether or not a wiping material is set, and a predetermined time elapses after the paper supply sensor detects that the wiping material is set. If it is not detected by the paper delivery sensor that the wiping material has been delivered, it is determined that an error has occurred.
　所定時間経過しても拭き取り材の送り出しが検知されなかったら、拭き取り材がどこかで詰まってしまっている可能性が考えられる。そこで、このような診断機能を設けておけば、エラーを使用者に通知して、解消を促すことができる。 If the feeding of the wiping material is not detected even after a predetermined time has passed, there is a possibility that the wiping material is clogged up somewhere. Therefore, if such a diagnostic function is provided, the user can be notified of the error and prompted to be resolved.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドに拭き取り材が載置されているか否かを検知する紙載せガイドセンサを含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper placement guide sensor that detects whether or not a wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide.
　紙載せガイドセンサによって、拭き取り材が載置されていないにも関わらず、紙載せガイドが露出という誤作動を防止することが可能となる。 The paper loading guide sensor can prevent a malfunction in which the paper loading guide is exposed even though the wiping material is not placed.
　本発明において、紙載せガイドセンサによって拭き取り材が載置されていないことが検出された場合、紙載せガイドを収納位置に戻す。 In the present invention, when it is detected by the paper placement guide sensor that no wiping material is placed, the paper placement guide is returned to the storage position.
　何らかの事情で、露出途中で、拭き取り材が紙載せガイドから外れてしまう可能性もある。拭き取り材が外れてしまったら、そのまま拭き取ると、拭き取りアームの押し当て部が直接臀部に当接してしまうことになる。そこで、このように、紙載せガイドセンサによって拭き取り材が載置されていないことが検出された場合、紙載せガイドを収納位置に戻すことによって、そのような事態を回避することが可能となる。 For some reason, the wiping material may come off the paper loading guide during exposure. If the wiping material is removed, if the wiping material is wiped off as it is, the pressing portion of the wiping arm directly comes into contact with the collar portion. Thus, when it is detected by the paper placement guide sensor that the wiping material is not placed, such a situation can be avoided by returning the paper placement guide to the storage position.
　本発明において、紙載せガイドは、押し当て部が下から上に通過できる形状を有している。 In the present invention, the paper loading guide has a shape that allows the pressing portion to pass from the bottom to the top.
　このような形状によって、押し当て部が拭き取り材を紙載せガイドから持ち上げて、臀部に当接させることが可能となる。 Such a shape makes it possible for the pressing portion to lift the wiping material from the paper loading guide and bring it into contact with the buttocks.
　本発明において、給紙部と拭き取りアーム駆動部とは、便座に向かって左右の同じ側にあるか若しくは左右に対向した位置にある。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit and the wiping arm drive unit are on the same side of the left or right side of the toilet seat, or are in a position opposite to the left and right.
　このように、給紙部と拭き取りアーム駆動部との位置関係は、特に限定されるものではない。適宜、便座や温水洗浄装置の形状等に応じて、位置関係を適切なものに設計すればよい。 Thus, the positional relationship between the paper feeding unit and the wiping arm driving unit is not particularly limited. Appropriately, the positional relationship may be designed according to the shape of the toilet seat or hot water washing device.
　本発明において、給紙部を収容するために設けられた開口を有する面を平面形状とする。 In the present invention, a plane having an opening provided to accommodate the paper feed unit is a planar shape.
　平面形状とすれば、開閉部の形状を簡易なものとすることができ、臀部拭き取り装置のコスト低減に貢献する。 If the flat shape is used, the shape of the opening / closing part can be simplified, which contributes to the cost reduction of the buttock wiping device.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り材を紙載せガイドに送り込むための給紙ローラを含み、紙載せガイドを露出させるためのモータと給紙ローラを回転させるためのモータとを、共通化している。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller for feeding the wiping material into the paper placement guide, and a motor for exposing the paper placement guide and a motor for rotating the paper feed roller are shared. Yes.
　紙載せガイド用のモータと給紙ローラ用のモータを共通化すれば、モータ一つ分のコストを低減することができる。 If the motor for paper loading guide and the motor for paper feed roller are shared, the cost for one motor can be reduced.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドを角運動によって露出させる。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit exposes the paper loading guide by angular motion.
　紙載せガイドの露出方法としては、直線運動以外に、角運動による露出もあり、適宜、適切な露出方法を選択することが可能である。角運動による露出の場合、便器横に突出している部分を小さくすることが期待でき、臀部拭き取り装置の小型化に貢献し得る。 As the exposure method of the paper loading guide, there is exposure by angular motion in addition to linear motion, and an appropriate exposure method can be selected as appropriate. In the case of exposure by angular motion, it can be expected that the portion protruding to the side of the toilet is made small, which can contribute to the miniaturization of the buttock wiping device.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドを、１つの軸を中心に角運動させる機構と、上下させる機構とを含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a mechanism for causing the paper loading guide to move angularly about one axis and a mechanism for moving the paper guide up and down.
　紙載せガイドを１つの軸で角運動させ、上下させることができれば、臀部拭き取り装置の小型化に加え、紙載せガイドの高さ調整も可能となる。紙載せガイドを高さ調整可能とすれば、便座からお尻のお肉が垂れ下がっているような場合でも、紙載せガイドがお肉に当たることを防止できる。 If the paper loading guide can be angularly moved on one axis and moved up and down, the height of the paper loading guide can be adjusted in addition to downsizing the buttock wiping device. If the height of the paper loading guide can be adjusted, it is possible to prevent the paper loading guide from hitting the meat even when the buttocks meat hangs down from the toilet seat.
　本発明において、給紙部は、１つの軸として、ねじ溝とスプライン軸用の溝とが同時に形成された軸を用いることで、紙載せガイドの角運動と上下運動とを行う。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit performs the angular movement and the vertical movement of the paper loading guide by using a shaft in which a screw groove and a spline shaft groove are simultaneously formed as one shaft.
　ねじ溝とスプライン軸用の溝とが同時に形成された軸としては、たとえば、ボールねじスプラインなど実用化されているものがあり、確実な構成で、所望の角運動と上下運動とを実現できる。 The shaft on which the screw groove and the spline shaft groove are simultaneously formed includes, for example, a ball screw spline that has been put into practical use, and can achieve a desired angular motion and vertical motion with a reliable configuration.
　本発明において、給紙部は、上下させる機構によって、紙載せガイドの高さを調整することができる。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit can adjust the height of the paper loading guide by a mechanism that moves up and down.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドの高さを調整することができる。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit can adjust the height of the paper loading guide.
　紙載せガイドを高さ調整可能とすれば、便座からお尻のお肉が垂れ下がっているような場合でも、紙載せガイドがお肉に当たることを防止できる。 If the height of the paper loading guide can be adjusted, it is possible to prevent the paper loading guide from hitting the meat even when the buttocks are hanging from the toilet seat.
　本発明において、給紙部は、ねじ軸の回転によって紙載せガイドの高さ調整を調整する機構を有する。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit has a mechanism for adjusting the height adjustment of the paper loading guide by the rotation of the screw shaft.
　ねじ軸の回転という簡易な構成で、紙載せガイドの高さ調整を調整すれば、高さ調整機能を有しながらも、臀部拭き取り装置のコストを低減することができる。 If the height adjustment of the paper loading guide is adjusted with a simple configuration of rotating the screw shaft, the cost of the buttock wiping device can be reduced while having the height adjustment function.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドを露出させる際に、紙載せガイドと一緒に移動する移動部を含み、紙載せガイドは、移動部の上を摺動可能である。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit includes a moving unit that moves together with the paper loading guide when the paper loading guide is exposed, and the paper loading guide can slide on the moving unit.
　紙載せガイドを移動部の上を摺動可能にしておけば、紙載せガイドのストロークが取れない場合でも、紙載せガイドだけを移動部の上で引き出しのように摺動させて拭き取り材を載せることが可能となる。 If the paper loading guide is slidable on the moving part, even if the paper loading guide stroke cannot be taken, only the paper loading guide slides on the moving part like a drawer to place the wiping material. It becomes possible.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを露出する際に、下方に傾けて、紙載せガイドの下に押し当て部が位置するようにする。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving portion is inclined downward when exposing the wiping arm so that the pressing portion is positioned under the paper loading guide.
　拭き取りアームを下方に傾けることで、紙載せガイドの配置位置を下げることができ、お尻が便器から垂れ下がっているような使用者に対しても、紙載せガイドが当たらないようにできる。 By tilting the wiping arm downward, the placement position of the paper loading guide can be lowered, so that the paper loading guide can be prevented from hitting a user whose buttocks are hanging from the toilet.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、摺動可能な移動部と、移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、拭き取りアームを固定しており、移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを含む。紙載せガイドは、移動部に取り付けられており、摺動機構によって、移動させられる。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit fixes the slidable moving unit, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, and the wiping arm, and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit. A rocking part and a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part are included. The paper loading guide is attached to the moving unit and is moved by a sliding mechanism.
　この構成によって、拭き取りアームの移動と紙載せガイドの移動とを一体化することができ、駆動機構の簡易化が期待できる。 With this configuration, the movement of the wiping arm and the movement of the paper loading guide can be integrated, and simplification of the driving mechanism can be expected.
　本発明において、摺動機構に用いられるモータと、揺動機構に用いられるモータとは、共通化されている。 In the present invention, the motor used for the sliding mechanism and the motor used for the swing mechanism are shared.
　したがって、このように、モータの共通化が可能となるわけである。 Therefore, the motor can be shared in this way.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、摺動可能な移動部と、移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、拭き取りアームを固定しており、移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを含む。給紙部は、移動部とは別体であって、紙載せガイドを摺動させるための紙載せガイド摺動機構を含む。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit fixes the slidable moving unit, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, and the wiping arm, and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit. A rocking part and a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part are included. The paper feeding unit is separate from the moving unit and includes a paper loading guide sliding mechanism for sliding the paper loading guide.
　この構成によって、給紙部だけを移動部とは別に移動させることができるので、押し当て部が拭き取り材を持ち上げたあと、紙載せガイドだけを収納することができ、拭き取り後の拭き取り材の落下が容易となる。 With this configuration, only the paper feed unit can be moved separately from the moving unit, so after the pressing unit lifts the wiping material, only the paper loading guide can be stored, and the wiping material falls after wiping. Becomes easy.
　本発明において、摺動機構に用いられるモータと、揺動機構に用いられるモータと、紙載せガイド摺動機構に用いられるモータとは、共通化されている。 In the present invention, the motor used for the sliding mechanism, the motor used for the swing mechanism, and the motor used for the paper loading guide sliding mechanism are shared.
　このような機構を採用すれば、製造原価との相談とはなるが、場合によっては、モータを１つにすることができ、大幅なコストダウンも期待できる。 If such a mechanism is adopted, it will be a consultation with the manufacturing cost, but depending on the case, one motor can be used, and a significant cost reduction can be expected.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドを摺動させるための紙載せガイド摺動機構を含む。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit includes a paper loading guide sliding mechanism for sliding the paper loading guide.
　紙載せガイドの移動手段として、摺動機構も採用し得る。 A sliding mechanism can also be adopted as a means for moving the paper loading guide.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、摺動可能な移動部と、移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、拭き取りアームを固定しており、移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを含む。給紙部は、移動部とは別体であって、紙載せガイドを揺動させるための紙載せガイド揺動機構を含む。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit fixes the slidable moving unit, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, and the wiping arm, and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit. A rocking part and a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part are included. The paper feeding unit is separate from the moving unit and includes a paper loading guide rocking mechanism for rocking the paper loading guide.
　紙載せガイドを揺動させれば、拭き取り時に紙載せガイドを下に向けることができ、紙の落下が容易となる。 If the paper loading guide is swung, the paper loading guide can be directed downward during wiping, and the paper can be easily dropped.
　本発明において、給紙部は、紙載せガイドが使用者に当たったか否かを検知するセンサを有し、使用者に紙載せガイドが当たった場合、紙載せガイドを停止又は後進させる。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit has a sensor that detects whether or not the paper loading guide hits the user. When the paper loading guide hits the user, the paper feeding guide stops or moves backward.
　これによって、紙載せガイドが使用者に当たった場合に、無理に拭き取り動作に進むということを回避できる。 This makes it possible to avoid forcibly proceeding to the wiping operation when the paper loading guide hits the user.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる給紙装置であって、臀部の下でかつ臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分の下に、拭き取り材を露出させる。給紙装置は、拭き取り材を載置するための紙載せガイドをさらに含み、拭き取り材を紙載せガイドに載置した状態で、紙載せガイドを露出させる。 The present invention is a paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, and exposes the wiping material under the wiping arm and under the wiping portion of the wiping arm for wiping the buttock. The paper feeding device further includes a paper placement guide for placing the wiping material, and exposes the paper placement guide in a state where the wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide.
　また、本明細書には、以下に示すような発明も開示されており、全ての発明が、実用化に貢献し得る発明である。 In addition, the present invention also discloses the following inventions, and all the inventions can contribute to practical use.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、便器と便座との間に設けられた補高部と、拭き取り材を用いて臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部は、補高部内であって便座の下部に収容されている。 The present invention is a heel wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, a heightened portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, and a movement of the wiping arm And a wiping arm driving unit that performs a wiping operation. All or part of the wiping arm drive unit is accommodated in the lower part of the toilet seat in the elevation part.
　補高部内に、拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を収容すれば、装置全体の小型化につながる。 If all or part of the wiping arm drive unit is accommodated in the elevation portion, the entire device will be reduced in size.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、便座と、拭き取り材を用いて臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部は、便座内に収容されている。 The present invention is a heel wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, a toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and Is provided. All or part of the wiping arm drive unit is accommodated in the toilet seat.
　便座内に、拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を収容すれば、装置全体の小型化につながる。 Storing all or part of the wiping arm drive unit in the toilet seat will lead to downsizing of the entire device.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取り材を用いて臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部は、肛門付近で拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分が前後するように、便座横の固定されている支点を中心に拭き取りアームを角運動させて、拭き取り動作を行わせる。 The present invention is a buttocks wiping device that wipes off the buttocks with a wiping material, and includes a wiping arm for wiping off the buttocks using the wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation. The wiping arm driving unit causes the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation by causing the wiping arm to move angularly around a fixed fulcrum next to the toilet seat so that the wiping portion of the wiping arm moves back and forth near the anus.
　便座横の固定されている支点を中心に拭き取りアームを角運動することは、装置全体の小型化につながる。 ¡An angular movement of the wiping arm around the fixed fulcrum next to the toilet seat leads to a reduction in the overall size of the device.
　たとえば、特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１に記載の装置と比べた場合、これらの装置では、拭き取りアームがスライドしたあと、角運動して露出し、拭き取り動作が行われる。そのため、特許文献３乃至８に記載の装置では、スライドのための機構の上に、露出のためのモータを載せていた。露出のためのモータは、スライドの機構の上を移動していたわけである。すなわち、拭き取りアームを露出させるというだけの目的に、スライドのためのモータと角運動の露出のためのモータの二つを設けていた。その他、特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１に記載の装置の決定的な問題は、モータが全て、スライドの機構の上に載っており、角運動して露出させるためのモータの上に、拭き取りアームを上下させるモータや回転させるモータが載っている点にある。すなわち、全てのモータが直列的に載っており、また、多軸運動を実現しているが、臀部の拭き取りには不必要な運動も含まれており、コスト増大、装置増大の根本原因となっていた。当然、トルクの大きなモータを使用しなくてはならなかった。また、このような多軸の複雑な動作を実現するためには、モータとしてはサーボモータを採用する方が確実であり、その点も、コスト増大につながっていた。さらには、拭き取りアーム駆動部を便座の横に設けるために、拭き取りアームを長くする必要があり、トルクの大きなモータが必要となってくる。 For example, when compared with the devices described in Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11, in these devices, after the wiping arm slides, it is exposed by angular movement and a wiping operation is performed. Therefore, in the apparatuses described in Patent Documents 3 to 8, a motor for exposure is placed on a mechanism for sliding. The motor for exposure was moving on the slide mechanism. That is, for the purpose of exposing the wiping arm, two motors are provided: a motor for sliding and a motor for exposing angular motion. In addition, the decisive problem of the devices described in Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11 is that the motors are all mounted on the slide mechanism and are on the motors that are exposed by angular movement. The motor for moving the wiping arm up and down and the motor for rotating it are mounted. In other words, all the motors are mounted in series, and multi-axis motion is realized, but wiping the buttocks includes unnecessary motion, which is the root cause of increased cost and increased equipment. It was. Of course, a motor with a large torque had to be used. Moreover, in order to realize such a complex operation of multiple axes, it is more certain to adopt a servo motor as the motor, which also leads to an increase in cost. Furthermore, in order to provide the wiping arm driving part beside the toilet seat, it is necessary to lengthen the wiping arm, and a motor with a large torque is required.
　一方、本発明のように、根本的に構造を見直し、露出用のモータを固定してしまって、角運動によって、拭き取りアームを露出させ、さらには、前後拭き取り動作を露出用のモータで兼ねて実現してしまう。露出と拭き取りを１つのモータで実現できるようにすれば、従来の装置に比べ、それだけで、大幅なコスト削減となる。さらには、小型化も可能おとなる。 On the other hand, as in the present invention, the structure is fundamentally reviewed, the exposure motor is fixed, the wiping arm is exposed by the angular motion, and the front and rear wiping operations are also performed by the exposure motor. It will be realized. If exposure and wiping can be realized with a single motor, that alone can significantly reduce costs compared to conventional devices. Furthermore, miniaturization is possible.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアームは、拭き取り部分と支柱部とからなり、支柱部は、予め屈曲している。 The present invention is a buttocks wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttocks with a wiping material, the wiping arm includes a wiping portion and a support column, and the support column is bent in advance.
　支柱部を予め屈曲させておけば、拭き取り時に、拭き取り部分を水平にすることができ、また、拭き取り部分を高い位置に持ってくることが可能となる。 If the support column is bent in advance, the wiping portion can be leveled during wiping, and the wiping portion can be brought to a high position.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、１つのモータで、拭き取りアームを露出及び上下させることができる機構を有する。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit is a single motor Thus, the wiping arm can be exposed and moved up and down.
　露出と上下とを１つのモータで実現できる機構によって、大幅なコスト削減及び小型化が可能となる。 A mechanism that can realize exposure and top / bottom with a single motor enables significant cost reduction and miniaturization.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、１つの軸を中心に、拭き取りアームを角運動させる機構と、上下させる機構とを含む。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the wiping arm driving unit is a single shaft A mechanism for angularly moving the wiping arm and a mechanism for moving the wiping arm up and down.
　１つの軸を中心に角運動と上下運動を実現できれば、モータの共通化が可能となり、大幅なコスト削減及び小型化が可能となる。 ¡If angular motion and vertical motion can be achieved around one axis, motors can be shared, and significant cost reduction and miniaturization are possible.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、１つの軸として、ねじ溝とスプライン軸用の溝とが同時に形成された軸を用いることで、拭き取りアームの角運動と上下運動とを行う。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit performs the angular movement and the vertical movement of the wiping arm by using a shaft in which a screw groove and a spline shaft groove are simultaneously formed as one shaft.
　このような軸は、たとえば、ボールねじスプラインとして実用化されているので、確実な動作が可能となる。 Since such a shaft has been put into practical use as, for example, a ball screw spline, a reliable operation is possible.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、ねじ軸を回転することで、拭き取りアームを露出し、拭き取りアームの動きを規制することで、拭き取りアームをねじ軸に沿って上下させる。 In the present invention, the wiping arm drive unit rotates the screw shaft to expose the wiping arm, and regulates the movement of the wiping arm to move the wiping arm up and down along the screw shaft.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームの動きを規制するための規制棒部と、規制棒を摺動させるための規制棒駆動部とを含む。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving portion includes a restriction rod portion for restricting the movement of the wiping arm and a restriction rod driving portion for sliding the restriction rod.
　本発明において、規制棒部は、二本の規制棒からなり、拭き取りアームの上下時に、二本の規制棒部の間に拭き取りアームが挿入されて、拭き取りアームが上下し、二本の規制棒部の間に拭き取りアームが挿入された状態で二本の規制棒部を摺動させることで、拭き取りアームが移動する。 In the present invention, the restriction rod portion is composed of two restriction rods, and when the wiping arm is moved up and down, the wiping arm is inserted between the two restriction rod portions, the wiping arm is moved up and down, and the two restriction rods The wiping arm moves by sliding the two restricting bar portions with the wiping arm inserted between the two portions.
　このような規制によっても、上下及び拭き取り動作が可能である。 Even under such regulations, the up / down and wiping operations are possible.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部において上下させるための機構は、ピストン運動によるものである。 In the present invention, the mechanism for moving up and down in the wiping arm drive unit is based on a piston motion.
　当然、ピストン運動でも上下が可能である。 Of course, it can move up and down even with piston movement.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、便器と便座との間に設けられた補高部と、拭き取り材を用いて臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える。補高部に設けられた拭き取りアーム用の開口には、拭き取りアームが収納されるときに、拭き取り材に当たる落とし部が設けられている。 The present invention is a heel wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, a heightened portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, and a movement of the wiping arm And a wiping arm driving unit that performs a wiping operation. The opening for the wiping arm provided in the elevation portion is provided with a dropping portion that hits the wiping material when the wiping arm is stored.
　たとえば、従来の特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置では、紙を落下させるために、拭き取りアームを軸方向に回転させて、先端部分を下に向けていた。しかし、客観的に考えてみた場合、このような複雑な機構を設けなくても紙の落下は可能である。従来の特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置では、このような考察が一切なされておらず、とにかく、所望の動作を複数のモータを使って、直接的に実現しているに過ぎず、なるべく、モータを使わずに動作を実現しようという発想には至っていない。そのため、いくら、特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置の方向性で開発を続けたとしても、コスト低減や小型化が図られた実用的で、かつ故障しにくく、メンテナンスのしやすい装置を開発することは不可能である。特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置の方向性からの決別が臀部拭き取り装置の開発においては不可欠である。本明細書では、種々の実施形態を開示しているが、特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置の方向性以外の装置を柔軟な発想の上で開示している。今後の臀部拭き取り装置の開発において、本明細書の記載内容が参考になろうことは確実である。 For example, in the conventional apparatuses of Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11, in order to drop the paper, the wiping arm is rotated in the axial direction and the tip portion is directed downward. However, from an objective viewpoint, the paper can be dropped without providing such a complicated mechanism. In the conventional devices of Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11, no such consideration is made, and anyway, a desired operation is simply realized by using a plurality of motors. However, the idea of achieving operation without using a motor as much as possible has not been reached. Therefore, no matter how much the development of the devices of Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11 is continued, it is practical with reduced cost and reduced size, is less likely to fail, and is easy to maintain. It is impossible to develop a device. The separation from the directionality of the devices of Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11 is indispensable in the development of the buttock wiping device. In the present specification, various embodiments are disclosed, but devices other than the directionality of the devices of Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11 are disclosed based on a flexible idea. In the future development of the buttock wiping device, it is certain that the description in this specification will be helpful.
　特に、紙を落下させるということに注目した場合、落とし部のように、簡易なものでも、落下が可能である。簡易な機構で実現が可能なものは、できる限り簡易化して、すぐにモータの駆動に頼らないという姿勢が、コスト低減並びに小型化に不可欠であることを本発明では随所で意識してある。ただし、このような発明は、簡易であるため、ついつい、後知恵的に発明を捉え、進歩性が欠如しているとの議論になりやすい。しかし、このような発想の転換こそ、容易になされるものではないということを十分に理解した上で、本発明を見ない限り、その評価を見誤ることとなる。その最たる例が、ここに示した落とし部であると考えられる。落とし部は、元々突出しているものでもよいし、電磁ソレノイドなどを使って電動式に拭き取り材落下時のみ突出するものでもよい。プル型の電磁ソレノイドであれば、棒状の部材が突出するような落とし部でもよいし、揺動型の電磁ソレノイドであれば、板状の部材が揺動するような落とし部でもよく、落とし部の構成は限定され無し。 Especially, when focusing on dropping paper, even a simple one like a dropping part can be dropped. In the present invention, the fact that what can be realized with a simple mechanism is simplified as much as possible and does not immediately depend on driving of the motor is indispensable for cost reduction and miniaturization. However, since such an invention is simple, it is easy to argue that the invention is caught in the posterior wisdom and lacks inventive step. However, after fully understanding that such a change in concept is not easily made, the evaluation will be mistaken unless the present invention is viewed. The best example is considered to be the dropping part shown here. The dropping part may originally protrude, or may protrude only when the wiping material is dropped electrically using an electromagnetic solenoid or the like. If it is a pull-type electromagnetic solenoid, it may be a drop part from which a bar-shaped member protrudes, and if it is a swing-type electromagnetic solenoid, it may be a drop part from which a plate-like member swings. The configuration of is not limited.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを便座開口側に露出させるための露出用モータと、拭き取りアームを露出時に上下させるための上下用モータとを含み、露出用モータは、移動することなく臀部拭き取り装置に固定されている。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit includes the wiping arm. An exposure motor for exposing the toilet seat to the toilet seat opening side and a vertical motor for moving the wiping arm up and down during exposure are included, and the exposure motor is fixed to the buttocks wiping device without moving.
　露出用モータを固定させている点がポイントである。従来の特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置では、とにかく、露出させるための機構が複雑であった。拭き取りアームを一度スライダーで摺動させて、そのあと、角運動して露出させる。拭き取りアームを露出させるだけであるから、単純に、本発明のように露出用モータで露出すれば、済むことである。単純化によって、発明の進歩性が否定されることなく、従来技術から容易に発明できたかどうかという観点でこの発明を見ないと見誤る。 The point is that the motor for exposure is fixed. In the conventional devices disclosed in Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11, the mechanism for exposing is complicated. Slide the wiping arm once with a slider, and then move it by angular motion to expose it. Since only the wiping arm is exposed, it is sufficient if the exposure motor is simply exposed as in the present invention. It is misunderstood that this invention is not viewed from the viewpoint of whether the invention can be easily invented from the prior art without denying the inventive step of the invention by simplification.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、露出用モータの回転によって、上下用モータを角運動させて、拭き取りアームを露出させる。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit causes the vertical motor to move angularly by the rotation of the exposure motor to expose the wiping arm.
　上下用モータを角運動させれば、上下用モータに取り付けられている拭き取りアームも角運動して露出することとなる。 If the vertical motor is angularly moved, the wiping arm attached to the vertical motor is also angularly exposed.
　本発明において、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、露出用モータの回転によって、上下用モータを摺動させて、拭き取りアームを露出させる。 In the present invention, the wiping arm driving unit causes the wiping arm to be exposed by sliding the vertical motor by rotation of the exposure motor.
　上下用モータを摺動させれば、上下用モータに取り付けられている拭き取りアームも摺動して露出することとなる。 If the vertical motor is slid, the wiping arm attached to the vertical motor is also slid and exposed.
　ここでは、移動しているモータは、上下用モータ１つだけである。従来の特許文献３乃至８及び特許文献９乃至１１の装置のように、複数のモータが一緒に移動していくというような複雑な機構は採用されていない。それだけ、シンプルな機構であるため、コスト低減、小型化、メンテナンスのしやすさ、故障しにくさに本発明は貢献していると言える。 Here, only one vertical motor is moving. A complicated mechanism in which a plurality of motors move together is not used as in the devices of conventional Patent Documents 3 to 8 and Patent Documents 9 to 11. Since it is a simple mechanism, it can be said that the present invention contributes to cost reduction, downsizing, ease of maintenance, and difficulty in failure.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを、便座を正面からみて、横側から便座開口穴側に摺動させる摺動手段と、摺動手段に取り付けられており、拭き取りアームを上下させるための上下用モータとを含む。摺動手段によって上下用モータが横側から便座開口穴側に摺動することによって、拭き取りアームが露出する。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit includes the wiping arm. The sliding means includes a sliding means for sliding the toilet seat from the lateral side to the toilet seat opening hole side, and a vertical motor attached to the sliding means for moving the wiping arm up and down. The wiping arm is exposed when the vertical motor slides from the lateral side to the toilet seat opening hole side by the sliding means.
　本発明も、上下用モータの摺動による露出、拭き取りアームの上下という動作という動きを実現することで、簡易な構造で拭き取りを実現できる。 Also in the present invention, wiping can be realized with a simple structure by realizing the movements of exposure by sliding of the vertical motor and the movement of the wiping arm up and down.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分は、拭き取り時に水平となる。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the wiping portion of the wiping arm is at the time of wiping Become horizontal.
　拭き取りアームを上方に傾けた場合、通常であれば、拭き取り部分も斜めに傾いてしまう。拭き取り部分が斜めに傾くと、臀部への当接面積が少なくなり拭き取りが十分に行われない可能性がある。そこで、本発明では、拭き取り時に、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分を水平にすることで、当接面積をできる限り大きくして、十分な拭き取りが行われるようにしている。 When the wiping arm is tilted upward, the wiping portion is also inclined obliquely under normal circumstances. If the wiping portion is inclined obliquely, the contact area with the collar portion may be reduced, and wiping may not be performed sufficiently. Therefore, in the present invention, at the time of wiping, the wiping portion of the wiping arm is leveled to increase the contact area as much as possible so that sufficient wiping is performed.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアームを収容するために設けられた開口を有する面を平面形状とする。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, which is provided to accommodate the wiping arm. The surface having the opening is made planar.
　防水のために、拭き取りアームの収容部分には、開閉部を設けるのが好ましいが、開閉部の開口が曲面形状になっていると、開閉部の構造が複雑にならざるを得ない。そこで、開口を平面形状とすれば、開閉部の構造を簡易なものとすることが可能となり、最終的には、装置全体のコスト低減が可能となる。 For waterproofing, it is preferable to provide an opening / closing part in the housing portion of the wiping arm, but if the opening of the opening / closing part has a curved shape, the structure of the opening / closing part has to be complicated. Therefore, if the opening has a planar shape, the structure of the opening / closing part can be simplified, and ultimately the cost of the entire apparatus can be reduced.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、その拭き取り部分が臀部に当接する力を制御するために、拭き取りアームを駆動するためのモータをトルク制御又はトルク制限する。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit is a wiping part thereof In order to control the force that abuts against the buttocks, the motor for driving the wiping arm is torque controlled or torque limited.
　拭き取り感や安全面を考慮した場合、臀部への拭き取り部分の当接力を制限するのが好ましい。強い力で当たりすぎてはけがの可能性があり適切でないし、弱すぎては、拭き取りに満足できない。そこで、当接力を制御する（一定の範囲にトルクを収める）か、制限（上限以上にトルクがならないように）するかして、制御すれば、安全及び拭き取り感の向上につながる。 In consideration of wiping feeling and safety, it is preferable to limit the contact force of the wiping portion to the buttock. There is a possibility of injury due to being hit with too much force, and it is not appropriate. If it is too weak, it is not satisfactory for wiping. Therefore, if the contact force is controlled (torque is kept within a certain range) or restricted (so that the torque does not exceed the upper limit), the safety and wiping feeling can be improved.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、便器と便座との間に設けられた補高部と、拭き取り材を用いて臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部は、補高部内であって温水洗浄装置の下部に収容されている。 The present invention is a heel wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, a heightened portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat, a wiping arm for wiping the buttock using the wiping material, and a movement of the wiping arm And a wiping arm driving unit that performs a wiping operation. All or part of the wiping arm drive unit is housed in the lower part of the warm water cleaning device in the elevation portion.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を、補高部内であって温水洗浄装置の下部に収容すれば、便座横からはみ出る装置の体積を小さくできるので、装置全体の小型化につながる。 If all or a part of the wiping arm drive unit is accommodated in the elevation portion and below the warm water cleaning device, the volume of the device protruding from the side of the toilet seat can be reduced, leading to a reduction in the size of the entire device.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、摺動可能な移動部と、移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、拭き取りアームを固定しており、移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを備える。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit is slidable A moving unit, a sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit, a wiping arm is fixed, and a swinging unit that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving unit, and a swinging unit Swinging mechanism.
　本発明では、移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部に拭き取りアームが固定されていることになる。そして、揺動部は揺動機構によって揺動可能である。ゆえに、移動部によって拭き取りアームを露出させ、揺動部によって拭き取りアームを上下させることが可能となる。かかる機構は、従来全くなかった機構であるだけでなく、装置全体を小型にするとともに、確実な拭き取りを実現できる有用な機構である。 In the present invention, the wiping arm is fixed to the swinging part that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part. The swing part can be swung by a swing mechanism. Therefore, the wiping arm can be exposed by the moving unit, and the wiping arm can be moved up and down by the swinging unit. Such a mechanism is not only a mechanism that has never existed in the past, but also a useful mechanism that can reduce the size of the entire apparatus and realize reliable wiping.
　本発明において、移動部、摺動機構、揺動部、揺動機構の全部または一部は、温水洗浄装置の下部に設けられているか、補高部に設けられているか、又は便座に設けられている。 In the present invention, all or a part of the moving part, the sliding mechanism, the swinging part, and the swinging mechanism are provided in the lower part of the hot water washing device, in the elevation part, or in the toilet seat. ing.
　これにより、装置全体の小型化につながる。 This leads to downsizing of the entire device.
　本発明において、摺動機構に用いられるモータと、揺動機構に用いられるモータとは、共通化されている。 In the present invention, the motor used for the sliding mechanism and the motor used for the swing mechanism are shared.
　このような移動部、摺動機構、揺動部、揺動機構を用いる場合、たとえば、すべりねじやスプライン軸などを組み合わせた直線的な駆動機構で実現できる。そのため、モータを、たとえば、電磁クラッチ等で切り替えて、共通化することが可能となる。結果、装置のコスト低減につながる。 When such a moving part, sliding mechanism, swinging part, swinging mechanism is used, it can be realized by, for example, a linear drive mechanism in which a slide screw or a spline shaft is combined. For this reason, the motor can be shared by switching, for example, with an electromagnetic clutch or the like. As a result, the cost of the apparatus is reduced.
　本発明において、移動部の摺動に合わせて一緒にスライドするスライド式開閉部を備える。 In the present invention, a slide-type opening / closing part that slides together according to the sliding of the moving part is provided.
　これにより、移動部の摺動と一緒に、スライドして開閉できるので、開閉のための機構を別途設けなくてもよく、結果、装置のコスト低減につながる。 This makes it possible to slide open and close together with the sliding of the moving part, so there is no need to provide a separate mechanism for opening and closing, resulting in cost reduction of the apparatus.
　本発明は、ヒンジ式開閉部を備え、移動部は、拭き取りアームの露出時に、ヒンジ式開閉部を開いたままの状態とする押さえ部を含む。 The present invention includes a hinged opening / closing part, and the moving part includes a pressing part that keeps the hinged opening / closing part open when the wiping arm is exposed.
　移動部によって、拭き取りアームが露出した場合、スライド式開閉部と直交しているヒンジ式開閉部が閉じてしまう可能性がある。そこで、移動部に、押さえ部を設けることで、ヒンジ式開閉部を開閉するための機構を別途設けなくてもよく、結果、装置のコスト低減につながる。 When the wiping arm is exposed by the moving part, the hinged opening / closing part orthogonal to the sliding opening / closing part may be closed. Therefore, by providing the holding portion in the moving portion, it is not necessary to separately provide a mechanism for opening and closing the hinge-type opening / closing portion, and as a result, the cost of the apparatus is reduced.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアームは、可撓性を有する。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, the wiping arm having flexibility .
　たとえば、拭き取りアームの支柱部分や拭き取り部分を可撓性にすれば、臀部への当接時に、臀部の形状に合うように、拭き取りアームが変形することとなる。これにより、拭き取り感が向上する。 For example, if the strut portion and the wiping portion of the wiping arm are made flexible, the wiping arm will be deformed so as to match the shape of the buttock when contacting the buttock. Thereby, a feeling of wiping improves.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分は、可撓性を有することを特徴とする。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the wiping portion of the wiping arm is flexible It has the property.
　拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分を可撓性にすれば、拭き取り部分が肛門付近の形状に合うように変形する。これによって、拭き取り感が向上する。 If the wiping part of the wiping arm is made flexible, the wiping part will be deformed to match the shape near the anus. This improves the wiping feeling.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取り材を拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分の上まで送り込むためのローラを有する給紙部を備える。 The present invention is a heel wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, the wiping material of the wiping portion of the wiping arm A paper feed unit having a roller for feeding up is provided.
　当該ローラによって、拭き取り材を拭き取り部分まで送り込むことができれば、拭き取りアームは例えば補高部内などに入れた状態にしておくこともできるので、装置全体の小型化につながる。 If the wiping material can be fed to the wiping portion with the roller, the wiping arm can be kept in the elevated portion, for example, which leads to downsizing of the entire apparatus.
　本発明において、臀部拭き取り装置は、給紙部に、拭き取り材を挿入するための自動給紙部をさらに備える。 In the present invention, the buttock wiping device further includes an automatic paper feeding unit for inserting a wiping material in the paper feeding unit.
　これにより、使用者が給紙部に拭き取り材を入れなくてもよくなるので、利便性が向上する。 This improves the convenience because the user does not need to put a wiping material in the paper feed unit.
　本発明において、給紙部は、拭き取り部分の前に、拭き取り材を垂れ下がるようにして、拭き取り部分の上まで拭き取り材を送り込む。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit feeds the wiping material onto the wiping portion so that the wiping material hangs down before the wiping portion.
　これにより、拭き取り材を確実に拭き取り部分に載置させることができる。 Thereby, the wiping material can be surely placed on the wiping portion.
　本発明において、給紙部は、ローラで送り込まれた長尺の拭き取り材を所定の長さで切断するための切断部と含む。 In the present invention, the paper feed unit includes a cutting unit for cutting a long wiping material fed by a roller into a predetermined length.
　これにより、自動的に、拭き取り材を供給することができる。 This makes it possible to automatically supply the wiping material.
　本発明において、給紙部は、移動する搬送部をさらに含み、ローラの回転に合わせて、搬送部が移動して、拭き取り材を拭き取り部分の上に載置する。 In the present invention, the paper feeding unit further includes a moving conveyance unit, and the conveyance unit moves in accordance with the rotation of the roller, and places the wiping material on the wiping portion.
　これにより、自動的に、拭き取り材を拭き取り部分に載置することができる。 This makes it possible to automatically place the wiping material on the wiping portion.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、負圧を発生させる負圧発生装置をさらに備える。拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分は、負圧発生装置と連通する穴を有する。 The present invention relates to a heel wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and generates a negative pressure. Is further provided. The wiping portion of the wiping arm has a hole communicating with the negative pressure generator.
　これにより、拭き取り材が吸着されることとなるので、拭き取り材が拭き取り部分から落下するのを防止できる。 This allows the wiping material to be adsorbed, so that the wiping material can be prevented from dropping from the wiping portion.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、正圧を発生させる正圧発生装置をさらに備える。拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分は、正圧発生装置と連通する穴を有する。 The present invention is a heel wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and generates a positive pressure. Is further provided. The wiping portion of the wiping arm has a hole communicating with the positive pressure generator.
　これにより、拭き取り材を正圧で吹き飛ばすことができるので、拭き取り材の落下が容易となる。 This allows the wiping material to be blown off with positive pressure, so that the wiping material can be easily dropped.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、正圧を発生させる正圧発生装置をさらに備える。拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分は、正圧発生装置と連通しており、正圧発生装置からの正圧によって膨らむ。 The present invention is a heel wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and generates a positive pressure. Is further provided. The wiping portion of the wiping arm communicates with the positive pressure generator and swells due to the positive pressure from the positive pressure generator.
　これにより、正圧で拭き取り部分が膨らむことで、臀部との密着面積を増やすことができ確実な拭き取りが期待できる。その場合、当該拭き取り部分は使い捨てであるとは限らず、当該拭き取り部分の上に、別途拭き取り材が載置されてもよい。また、当該拭き取り部分を使い捨てにすることもできる。 As a result, the wiping portion swells with a positive pressure, so that the contact area with the buttock can be increased and reliable wiping can be expected. In that case, the wiping portion is not necessarily disposable, and a wiping material may be separately placed on the wiping portion. Moreover, the said wiping off part can also be made disposable.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを移動させるためのリンク機構を含む。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and the wiping arm driving unit includes the wiping arm. Includes a link mechanism for movement.
　リンク機構によって、拭き取りアームの位置を微調整することが可能となる。 The position of the wiping arm can be finely adjusted by the link mechanism.
　本発明において、拭き取りアームは、拭き取りアームを上下に揺動させるための上下用モータの回転軸と拭き取りアームとに連結する伸縮部とを含み、伸縮部がリンク機構の自由端の軌道に応じて伸縮する。 In the present invention, the wiping arm includes a rotating shaft of an up / down motor for swinging the wiping arm up and down and an expansion / contraction part connected to the wiping arm, the expansion / contraction part according to the trajectory of the free end of the link mechanism. It expands and contracts.
　伸縮部とリンク機構を用いることで、拭き取りアームの長さを調整できる。 The length of the wiping arm can be adjusted by using the telescopic part and the link mechanism.
　本発明において、押し当て部が上昇する際、伸縮部が伸びることで、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分がまっすぐ上昇する。 In the present invention, when the pressing part rises, the expansion / contraction part extends, so that the wiping part of the wiping arm rises straight.
　リンク機構を用いた作用の一つとして、拭き取り部分をまっすぐ上昇させることができる点がある。これにより、使用者の肛門の位置の個人差に関係なく、中心部分での拭き取りが可能となる。 One of the effects of using the link mechanism is that the wiping portion can be raised straight. Thereby, regardless of the individual difference in the position of the user's anus, wiping at the central portion is possible.
　本発明において、拭き取りアームが露出又は収納する際、伸縮部が伸縮することで、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分の位置調整が行われる。 In the present invention, when the wiping arm is exposed or accommodated, the position of the wiping portion of the wiping arm is adjusted by the expansion / contraction of the expansion / contraction part.
　リンク機構を用いた作用の一つとして、拭き取りアームを伸縮させて、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分の位置調整が可能であるという点がある拭き取りアームの収納時に、スペースの関係で、衝突が生じる場合、リンク機構で、拭き取りアームを少し縮めるなどすれば、収納が可能となる。 As one of the actions using the link mechanism, when the wiping arm is expanded and contracted, the position of the wiping part of the wiping arm can be adjusted. If the wiping arm is slightly shortened by the link mechanism, it can be stored.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、拭き取りアームにおいて、拭き取り材で臀部を拭くための拭き取り部分は、揺動可能に取り付けられている。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm drive unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and in the wiping arm, the wiping material is removed with the wiping material. A wiping portion for wiping is attached so as to be swingable.
　拭き取りアームに対して、押し当て部などの拭き取り取り部分を揺動可能に取り付けておくことで、拭き取り部分が臀部に当接する際に、水平に保つことができたり、臀部の形状に合わせて傾き角度が自動的に調整されたりすることが可能となる。これにより、拭き取り感が向上する。 By attaching the wiping off part such as the pressing part to the wiping arm so as to be able to swing, it can be kept horizontal when the wiping part comes into contact with the buttock or tilted according to the shape of the buttock. The angle can be automatically adjusted. Thereby, a feeling of wiping improves.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、消毒及び／又は洗浄液を噴出する消毒・洗浄アームをさらに備える。消毒・洗浄アームは、拭き取りアームとは別に露出して、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分を消毒及び／又は洗浄する。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and disinfecting the disinfection and / or cleaning liquid -A cleaning arm is further provided. The disinfecting / cleaning arm is exposed separately from the wiping arm to disinfect and / or clean the wiping portion of the wiping arm.
　このように、拭き取りアームとは別に、消毒・洗浄アームを用いて、二つのアームが露出して拭き取り部分を洗浄、消毒することにより、洗浄、消毒装置を、補高部内に設けて防水をどうするかといったことを、ほとんど考慮しなくてもよくなる。 In this way, apart from the wiping arm, using the disinfection / cleaning arm, the two arms are exposed and the wiping part is cleaned and disinfected, so that a cleaning and disinfecting device is provided in the elevation part to make it waterproof. There is little need to consider such things.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、臀部拭き取り装置は、消毒及び／又は洗浄液を噴出するためのノズルを、便座の蓋に備える。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the heel wiping device is disinfected and / or A nozzle for ejecting the cleaning liquid is provided on the lid of the toilet seat.
　便座の蓋にノズルを設ければ、洗浄、消毒装置を、補高部内に設けたり、消毒・洗浄アームを用いたりする必要がないので、非常に簡便に消毒、洗浄が可能となる。結果、装置のコスト低減につながる。 If a nozzle is provided on the lid of the toilet seat, it is not necessary to provide a cleaning / disinfecting device in the elevation or use a disinfection / cleaning arm, so disinfection and cleaning can be performed very easily. As a result, the cost of the apparatus is reduced.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、臀部拭き取り装置は、便器と便座との間に設けられた補高部を備える。拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分を補高部に設けられた消毒及び／又は洗浄部に収容して、拭き取り部分を消毒及び／又は洗浄する。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, wherein the buttock wiping device includes a toilet bowl, a toilet seat, A heightened portion provided between the two is provided. The wiping portion of the wiping arm is accommodated in a disinfection and / or cleaning unit provided in the elevation, and the wiping portion is disinfected and / or cleaned.
　これにより、拭き取りアームの収容時に、拭き取り部分を消毒、洗浄することが可能となるので、利便性が向上する。 This makes it possible to disinfect and clean the wiping portion when the wiping arm is stored, thus improving convenience.
　本発明において、消毒及び／又は洗浄部は、消毒及び／又は洗浄液を噴出し、噴出した消毒及び／又は洗浄液が便器側に流れ落ちるような形状を有する。 In the present invention, the disinfection and / or cleaning section has a shape such that the disinfection and / or cleaning liquid is ejected and the ejected disinfection and / or cleaning liquid flows down to the toilet bowl side.
　これによって、液が自然に流れ落ち、防水効果が高まる。 This will allow the liquid to flow down naturally and increase the waterproofing effect.
　本発明において、拭き取りアームは、消毒及び／又は洗浄液が拭き取りアーム駆動部に浸入するのを防止するための防御壁を含む。 In the present invention, the wiping arm includes a protective wall for preventing disinfection and / or cleaning liquid from entering the wiping arm driving unit.
　これにより、防水効果が高まる。 This increases the waterproofing effect.
　本発明において、消毒及び／又は洗浄部は、取り外し可能である。 In the present invention, the disinfection and / or cleaning unit is removable.
　これにより、洗浄、消毒のための装置をオプションで取り外し可能とすることができる。 This makes it possible to remove the device for cleaning and disinfection as an option.
　本発明において、消毒及び／又は洗浄部は、タンクに溜められた消毒及び／又は洗浄液を水道管からの水と混合して、拭き取り部分に向けて噴出する。 In the present invention, the disinfecting and / or cleaning unit mixes the disinfecting and / or cleaning liquid stored in the tank with the water from the water pipe and ejects it toward the wiping portion.
　このように水と混合すれば、消毒及び／又は洗浄液のためのタンクを小さくでき、装置全体の小型化につながる。 If mixed with water in this way, the tank for disinfection and / or cleaning liquid can be made smaller, leading to a reduction in the overall size of the apparatus.
　本発明において、消毒及び／又は洗浄部は、水道管からの水を拭き取り部分に向けて噴出する。 In the present invention, the disinfection and / or cleaning unit ejects water from the water pipe toward the wiping portion.
　これにより、水での洗浄が可能となる。 This makes it possible to wash with water.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置であって、便座が下りていない場合は、動作しない。 The present invention is a buttock wiping device comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation, and when the toilet seat is not lowered, the operation do not do.
　便座が上がったままで臀部拭き取り装置が駆動してしまうと、拭き取りアームが必要以上の力で使用者を押してしまい危険である。そこで、このように、便座が下りていない場合は、動作しないようにしておけば、安全性が高まる。 If the buttocks wiping device is driven while the toilet seat is raised, the wiping arm pushes the user with an excessive force, which is dangerous. Therefore, in this way, when the toilet seat is not lowered, the safety is enhanced if the toilet seat is not operated.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる自動給紙装置であって、長尺の拭き取り材を折り畳んだ状態で収容する紙ストッカー部と、長尺の拭き取り材を所定の長さで切断する切断部とを備える。 The present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation. A paper stocker unit that accommodates the wiping material in a folded state, and a cutting unit that cuts the long wiping material at a predetermined length.
　長尺の拭き取り材を折り畳んだ状態で収容すれば、コンパクトに拭き取り材をまとめておくことができ、装置全体の小型化につながる。 If the long wiping material is stored in a folded state, the wiping material can be collected in a compact manner, leading to a reduction in the overall size of the apparatus.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる自動給紙装置であって、予め所定の形状に切断されている拭き取り材を複数枚重ねた紙ストッカー部と、紙ストッカー部に収容されている一枚の拭き取り材を送り出す紙送りローラと、紙ストッカー部に収容されている拭き取り材を一枚分上昇させる駆動部とを含む。 The present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation. A paper stocker unit in which a plurality of wiping materials that have been cut into a shape are stacked, a paper feed roller that feeds a single wiping material contained in the paper stocker unit, and a wiping material contained in the paper stocker unit And a drive unit that raises one sheet.
　拭き取り材は柔らかいため、一枚を送り出すには工夫が必要である。このように、拭き取り材を一枚分上昇させれば、確実に、最上位の一枚だけを送ることが可能となり、実用的な自動給紙装置を提供できる。 Since the wiping material is soft, it is necessary to devise to send out one sheet. Thus, if the wiping material is raised by one sheet, it is possible to reliably feed only the uppermost sheet, and a practical automatic paper feeder can be provided.
　本発明において、紙送りローラが送り出した拭き取り材を滑らせて拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分に載置するための滑り台を含む。 In the present invention, it includes a slide for sliding the wiping material fed by the paper feed roller and placing it on the wiping portion of the wiping arm.
　滑り台によって、拭き取り材を送り出したあと、自動的に、拭き取り部分に拭き取り材を載置することができる。 After the wiping material is sent out by the slide, the wiping material can be automatically placed on the wiping portion.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる自動給紙装置であって、予め所定の形状に切断されている拭き取り材を複数枚重ねた紙ストッカー部と、紙ストッカー部に収容されている一枚の拭き取り材を送り出す紙送りローラとを含む。 The present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation. A paper stocker unit in which a plurality of wiping materials that are cut into a shape are stacked, and a paper feed roller that feeds out one wiping material stored in the paper stocker unit.
　一枚の拭き取り材を送り出す紙送りローラを用いれば、最上位の一枚だけを送ることが可能となり、実用的で安価な自動給紙装置を提供できる。 If a paper feed roller that feeds one sheet of wiping material is used, only the top sheet can be fed, and a practical and inexpensive automatic paper feeder can be provided.
　本発明において、紙ストッカー部は、複数枚重ねられた拭き取り材の先頭部分の下部に設けられた摩擦板を有する。 In the present invention, the paper stocker portion has a friction plate provided at the lower part of the top portion of the wiping material stacked in plural.
　拭き取り材と摩擦板との摩擦の方が、拭き取り材同士の摩擦よりも、大きくなる。また、拭き取り材と紙送りローラとの摩擦の方が、拭き取り材同士の摩擦よりも、大きくなる。その結果、紙送りローラによって、最上位の一枚だけを送ることが可能となり、実用的で安価な自動給紙装置を提供できる。 The friction between the wiping material and the friction plate is larger than the friction between the wiping materials. Further, the friction between the wiping material and the paper feed roller becomes larger than the friction between the wiping materials. As a result, only the uppermost sheet can be fed by the paper feed roller, and a practical and inexpensive automatic paper feeder can be provided.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部とを備える臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる自動給紙装置であって、予め所定の形状に切断されている拭き取り材を複数枚重ねた紙ストッカー部と、紙ストッカー部に収容されている一枚の拭き取り材を掴む掴み部とを含む。 The present invention is an automatic paper feeding device used for a buttock wiping device including a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm driving unit for moving the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation. A paper stocker portion in which a plurality of wiping materials cut into the shape of the paper are stacked, and a grip portion for gripping one wiping material housed in the paper stocker portion.
　拭き取り材は柔らかいので、一枚だけを取り出すには、工夫が必要であるが、このように掴み部を用いれば、確実に一枚だけを取り出すことが可能である。 Since the wiping material is soft, it is necessary to devise in order to take out only one sheet. However, if the grip portion is used in this way, it is possible to reliably remove only one sheet.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置で用いられる拭き取りアームであって、拭き取りアームは、水溶性又は水分解性の素材をプレス加工して成形したものである。 The present invention is a wiping arm used in a buttock wiping device that wipes the buttock with a wiping material, and the wiping arm is formed by pressing a water-soluble or water-decomposable material.
　水溶性又は水分解性の素材をプレス加工してできた拭きとりアームであれば、使い捨てにすることができる。よって、拭きとりアームの拭き取り部分の衛生を気にしなくてもよくなる。 If the wiping arm is made by pressing a water-soluble or water-decomposable material, it can be made disposable. Therefore, it is not necessary to worry about the hygiene of the wiping portion of the wiping arm.
　本発明において、拭き取りアームは、上下に重ねることが可能である。 In the present invention, the wiping arms can be stacked one above the other.
　これによって、使い捨ての拭き取りアームをコンパクトにまとめておくことが可能となり、装置全体の小型化につながる。 This makes it possible to keep the disposable wiping arm in a compact manner, leading to a reduction in the overall size of the device.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる拭き取り材であって、臀部拭き取り装置は、拭き取り材を臀部に押し当てるための押し当て部を有しており、平面視において、拭き取り材は、押し当て部よりも大きく、所定の形状である。 The present invention is a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, the buttock wiping device has a pressing portion for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, and in a plan view, the wiping material is a pressing portion Larger than the predetermined shape.
　このような拭き取り材を用いれば、押し当て部に水分等が付着することなく、衛生的にかつ広範囲に水分等の拭き取りを実現できる。 If such a wiping material is used, moisture and the like can be wiped hygienically and widely without adhering moisture or the like to the pressing portion.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる拭き取り材であって、臀部拭き取り装置は、拭き取り材を臀部に押し当てるための押し当て部を有しており、拭き取り材は、上下に複数重ねられた状態で、少なくとも一部が上下で接合されている。 The present invention is a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, the buttock wiping device has a pressing portion for pressing the wiping material against the buttock, a plurality of wiping materials are stacked in the vertical direction And at least one part is joined up and down.
　上下に接合した拭き取り材は、拭き取り材に厚みを持たせることができ、かつ、安価に提供することができるので、有益である。 The wiping material joined up and down is beneficial because the wiping material can be made thick and can be provided at low cost.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる拭き取り材の製造方法であって、ロール紙を送り出す工程と、送り出されたロール紙を折り畳む工程と、ロール紙を切断する工程と、折り畳まれたロール紙を接合する工程とを備える。 The present invention is a method of manufacturing a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, the step of feeding roll paper, the step of folding the fed roll paper, the step of cutting the roll paper, and the folded roll paper Joining.
　拭き取り材の製法としては、まずは、ここに記載したように、ロール紙を折り畳んで、接合する方法が考えられる。この方法の場合、ロール紙を折り畳む工程が必要ではあるが、製造装置自体をコンパクトにすることができる。 As a manufacturing method of the wiping material, first, as described herein, a method of folding and joining roll papers can be considered. In the case of this method, although the process of folding roll paper is required, the manufacturing apparatus itself can be made compact.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる拭き取り材の製造方法であって、複数のロール紙を重ねる工程と、重ねられたロール紙を接合する工程と、重ねられたロール紙を切断する工程とを備える。 The present invention is a method of manufacturing a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, comprising a step of stacking a plurality of roll papers, a step of joining the stacked roll papers, and a step of cutting the stacked roll papers. Prepare.
　ここに記載の拭き取り材の製法では、複数のロール紙を重ねて接合し切断するので、折り畳み工程が不要となる。折り畳みの精度を気にしなくてもよいので、精度の高い拭き取り合いの製造が可能となる。 In the manufacturing method of the wiping material described here, a plurality of roll papers are stacked, joined, and cut, so that a folding step is not necessary. Since it is not necessary to worry about folding accuracy, it is possible to manufacture a highly accurate wipe.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる拭き取り材の製造方法であって、複数のロール紙を重ねる工程と、重ねられたロール紙を接着する工程と、重ねられたロール紙を切断する工程とを備える。 The present invention is a method of manufacturing a wiping material used in a buttock wiping device, comprising a step of stacking a plurality of roll papers, a step of bonding the stacked roll papers, and a step of cutting the stacked roll papers. Prepare.
　ここに記載の拭き取り材の製法では、複数のロール紙を重ねて接着し切断するので、折り畳み工程が不要となる。折り畳みの精度を気にしなくてもよいので、精度の高い拭き取り合いの製造が可能となる。 In the manufacturing method of the wiping material described here, since a plurality of roll papers are stacked and bonded and cut, a folding process is not necessary. Since it is not necessary to worry about folding accuracy, it is possible to manufacture a highly accurate wipe.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置に用いられる拭き取り材の製造方法であって、複数の拭き取り材を重ねる工程と、重ねられた拭き取り材を接合する工程とを備える。 This invention is a manufacturing method of the wiping material used for a buttock wiping apparatus, Comprising: The process of stacking a plurality of wiping materials, and the process of joining the stacked wiping materials.
　ここに記載の拭き取り材の製法では、たとえば、複数の拭き取り材を重ねて接合するだけでよいので、折り畳み工程が不要となる。折り畳みの精度を気にしなくてもよいので、精度の高い拭き取り合いの製造が可能となる。 In the manufacturing method of the wiping material described here, for example, since a plurality of wiping materials need only be stacked and joined, a folding step is not necessary. Since it is not necessary to worry about folding accuracy, it is possible to manufacture a highly accurate wipe.
　本発明は、拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取るための拭き取りアームと、拭き取りアームを使用者が便器開口側に露出させかつ上下させることで拭き取り動作を行うための拭き取りアーム移動手段とを備える臀部拭き取り器具である。 The present invention is a buttock wiping instrument comprising a wiping arm for wiping the buttock with a wiping material, and a wiping arm moving means for performing a wiping operation by exposing and lifting the wiping arm to the toilet opening side by the user. is there.
　このような臀部拭き取り器具を用いれば、手動ではあるが、臀部を簡易的に拭き取ることが可能である。腰が上げづらい使用者や、介護者が被介護者の代わりになって臀部を拭き取るに際して、被介護者を持ち上げるのが大変な場合などは、このような簡易的な手動の臀部拭き取り器具でも、十分に臀部を拭き取ることが可能である。 If such a buttock wiping device is used, it is possible to wipe off the buttock easily, although it is manual. If it is difficult for the user who has difficulty in raising the back or the caregiver to wipe out the buttocks instead of the cared person, such a simple manual buttocks wiping device, It is possible to wipe off the buttocks sufficiently.
　本発明は、上述のいずれかに記載の臀部拭き取り装置又は上述の臀部拭き取り器具に専用に用いられる拭き取り材である。 The present invention is a wiping material used exclusively for the above-described groin wiping device or the above-described groin wiping device.
　その他、本明細書中においても、種々の解決手段を提示している。 In addition, various solutions are also presented in this specification.
　拭き取りアームが拭き取り材を取り付けたり差し込んだりしなければ、そのための機構が不要となるので、臀部拭き取り器具をその分だけ簡易化することができ、コストの低減、メンテナンスのしやすさにつながる。そのために、たとえば、押し当て部を、摩擦を有するものにしたり、落下しない形状にしたりするとよい。 If the wiping arm does not attach or insert the wiping material, a mechanism for that is not necessary, so the buttock wiping tool can be simplified correspondingly, leading to cost reduction and ease of maintenance. For this purpose, for example, the pressing portion may have a frictional shape or a shape that does not fall.
　押し当て部に拭き取り材を載置させながら拭き取りアームを露出させる場合、拭き取り材が予期せず落下したり、露出途中で水分等が付着して不衛生になったりする可能性がある。しかし、拭き取りアームとは別に、拭き取り材を臀部下に露出させる給紙部を用いて、押し当て部が、露出した拭き取り材を下から押し上げるようにすれば、拭き取りアームの移動途中に拭き取り材が落下したり、拭き取り材に汚れが付着したりといった事態を回避できる。これにより、衛生的で、使いやすい臀部拭き取り装置が提供できる。給紙部として、紙載せガイドを露出させるような簡易な機構を用いることができるので、装置全体の簡易化、コスト削減、メンテナンスのしやすさが実現できる。 When exposing the wiping arm while placing the wiping material on the pressing part, the wiping material may drop unexpectedly, or moisture etc. may adhere during the exposure, resulting in unsanitary conditions. However, using a paper feed unit that exposes the wiping material under the buttock separately from the wiping arm, if the pressing unit pushes up the exposed wiping material from below, the wiping material will move while the wiping arm is moving. It is possible to avoid situations such as dropping or dirt on the wiping material. Thereby, a hygienic and easy-to-use buttocks wiping device can be provided. Since a simple mechanism that exposes the paper loading guide can be used as the paper supply unit, it is possible to realize simplification of the entire apparatus, cost reduction, and ease of maintenance.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を、補高部内であって便座の下部に収容することによって、装置全体を小型化することが可能となる。同様に、拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を、便座内に収容することも有効である。 By accommodating all or a part of the wiping arm driving unit in the elevation portion and in the lower part of the toilet seat, the entire apparatus can be reduced in size. Similarly, it is also effective to accommodate all or part of the wiping arm drive unit in the toilet seat.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、肛門付近で拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分が前後するように、便座横の固定されている支点を中心に拭き取りアームを角運動させて、拭き取り動作を行わせることにより、簡易な機構で、拭き取りアームの露出と拭き取りを実現することができ、構造の簡易化、コストの削減、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさを備える臀部拭き取り装置が提供される。 The wiping arm drive unit is a simple mechanism by causing the wiping arm to move angularly around the fixed fulcrum next to the toilet seat so that the wiping part of the wiping arm moves back and forth in the vicinity of the anus. Thus, exposure and wiping of the wiping arm can be realized, and a buttock wiping device having simplified structure, cost reduction, ease of use, and ease of maintenance is provided.
　拭き取りアームの支柱部を予め屈曲させることで、拭き取り時に、拭き取り部分を水平にすることができ、また、拭き取り部分を高い位置に持ってくることが可能となるので、拭き取り感の向上が期待できる。 By pre-bending the support arm of the wiping arm, the wiping part can be leveled during wiping, and the wiping part can be brought to a higher position, so an improvement in wiping feeling can be expected. .
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、１つのモータで、拭き取りアームを露出及び上下させることができる機構を備えることで、構造の簡易化、コストの削減が期待できる。 The wiping arm drive unit can be expected to simplify the structure and reduce costs by providing a mechanism that can expose and move the wiping arm up and down with a single motor.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、１つの軸を中心に、拭き取りアームを角運動させる機構と、上下させる機構とを備えることで、構造の簡易化、コストの削減が期待できる。 The wiping arm driving unit can be expected to simplify the structure and reduce the cost by providing a mechanism for angularly moving the wiping arm around one axis and a mechanism for moving the wiping arm up and down.
　補高部に設けられた拭き取りアーム用の開口に、拭き取りアームが収納されるときに、拭き取り材に当たる落とし部を設けることで、拭き取り材を落とすための機構をあえて設ける必要がなくなる。これによし、大幅に構造が簡易化し、コストの削減、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさが可能となる。 When the wiping arm is housed in the opening for the wiping arm provided in the elevation portion, it is not necessary to provide a mechanism for dropping the wiping material by providing a dropping portion that contacts the wiping material. This greatly simplifies the structure and enables cost reduction, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを便座開口側に露出させるための露出用モータと、拭き取りアームを露出時に上下させるための上下用モータとを含み、露出用モータは、移動することなく臀部拭き取り装置に固定されていることで、構造が簡易化し、コストの削減、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさが可能となる。 The wiping arm drive unit includes an exposure motor for exposing the wiping arm to the toilet seat opening side, and a vertical motor for moving the wiping arm up and down when exposed, and the exposure motor does not move, but the buttock wiping device As a result, the structure is simplified, and cost reduction, ease of use, and ease of maintenance become possible.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを、便座を正面からみて、横側から便座開口穴側に摺動させる摺動手段と、摺動手段に取り付けられており、拭き取りアームを上下させるための上下用モータとを含み、摺動手段によって上下用モータが横側から便座開口穴側に摺動することによって、拭き取りアームが露出することで、構造が簡易化し、コストの削減、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさが可能となる。 The wiping arm drive unit is attached to the sliding means that slides the wiping arm from the side to the toilet seat opening hole side when the toilet seat is viewed from the front, and is used for up and down to move the wiping arm up and down. The wiping arm is exposed by sliding the vertical motor by the sliding means from the side to the toilet seat opening hole side, thereby simplifying the structure, reducing cost, ease of use, and maintenance. Easy to handle.
　拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分は、拭き取り時に水平となるようにしておくことで、臀部への拭き取り部分の当接面積が大きくなるので、十分な拭き取りが行われるようになる。 Since the wiping portion of the wiping arm is horizontal when wiping, the contact area of the wiping portion to the heel increases, so that sufficient wiping is performed.
　拭き取りアームを収容するために設けられた開口を有する面を平面形状とすれば、開閉部の構造が簡易化され、結果、構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生的であること、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさを備える臀部拭き取り装置が提供可能となる。 If the surface with the opening provided to accommodate the wiping arm is made into a planar shape, the structure of the opening and closing part is simplified, and as a result, the structure is simplified, the cost is reduced, it is hygienic, and it is easy to use. And, it is possible to provide a buttock wiping device having ease of maintenance.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、その拭き取り部分が臀部に当接する力を制御するために、拭き取りアームを駆動するためのモータをトルク制御又はトルク制限すれば、拭き取り感、安全面の向上が可能となる。 If the motor for driving the wiping arm is subjected to torque control or torque limitation in order to control the force with which the wiping portion comes into contact with the collar, the wiping arm driving unit can improve the wiping feeling and safety.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を、補高部内であって温水洗浄装置の下部に収容することで、装置全体を小型にすることができる。 The entire apparatus can be reduced in size by accommodating all or part of the wiping arm drive section in the elevation section and in the lower part of the hot water cleaning apparatus.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部は、摺動可能な移動部と、移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、拭き取りアームを固定しており、移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを備えることで、装置全体を小型にするとともに、確実な拭き取りを実現できる。 The wiping arm drive unit includes a slidable moving part, a sliding mechanism for sliding the moving part, a swinging part that fixes the wiping arm and slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part, By providing a rocking mechanism for rocking the rocking part, the entire apparatus can be downsized and reliable wiping can be realized.
　拭き取りアームの支柱部分を可撓性にしたり、拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分を可撓性にしたりすることで、拭き取り感が向上する。 The feeling of wiping is improved by making the support column part of the wiping arm flexible or making the wiping part of the wiping arm flexible.
　拭き取り材を拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分の上まで送り込むためのローラを設けることで、拭き取り材を拭き取り部分まで送り込むことができ、拭き取りアームは例えば補高部内などに入れた状態にしておくこともできるので、装置全体の小型化につながる。 By providing a roller to send the wiping material over the wiping part of the wiping arm, the wiping material can be sent to the wiping part, and the wiping arm can also be kept in a raised part, for example This leads to the miniaturization of the entire device.
　負圧発生装置によって、拭き取り材を吸着させれば、拭き取り材が拭き取り部分から落下するのを防止できる。また、正圧発生装置によって、拭き取り材を吹き飛ばせば、確実に拭き取り材を落下させることができる。 If the wiping material is adsorbed by the negative pressure generator, the wiping material can be prevented from dropping from the wiping portion. Moreover, if the wiping material is blown away by the positive pressure generator, the wiping material can be reliably dropped.
　正圧発生装置によって膨らむ拭き取り部分を用いれば、臀部との密着面積を増やすことができ確実な拭き取りが期待できる。また、当該拭き取り部分を使い捨てにすることもできる。 If the wiping portion that is swollen by the positive pressure generator is used, the contact area with the heel portion can be increased and reliable wiping can be expected. Moreover, the said wiping off part can also be made disposable.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部に、拭き取りアームを移動させるためのリンク機構を備えれば、拭き取りアームの位置の微調整が可能となり、拭き取り部分をまっすぐ上に上昇させたり、収容時に拭き取りアームを縮めたりすることが可能となる。 If the wiping arm drive part is equipped with a link mechanism for moving the wiping arm, the position of the wiping arm can be finely adjusted, and the wiping part can be lifted straight up, or the wiping arm can be shrunk during storage Is possible.
　拭き取りアームに対して、押し当て部などの拭き取り取り部分を揺動可能に取り付けておくことで、拭き取り部分が臀部に当接する際に、水平に保つことができたり、臀部の形状に合わせて傾き角度が自動的に調整されたりすることが可能となる。これにより、拭き取り感が向上する。 By attaching the wiping off part such as the pressing part to the wiping arm so as to be able to swing, it can be kept horizontal when the wiping part comes into contact with the buttock or tilted according to the shape of the buttock. The angle can be automatically adjusted. Thereby, a feeling of wiping improves.
　拭き取りアームとは別に、消毒・洗浄アームを用いて、二つのアームが露出して拭き取り部分を洗浄、消毒することにより、洗浄、消毒装置を、補高部内に設けて防水をどうするかといったことを、ほとんど考慮しなくてもよくなる。また、便座の蓋にノズルを設ければ、洗浄、消毒装置を、補高部内に設けたり、消毒・洗浄アームを用いたりする必要がないので、非常に簡便に消毒、洗浄が可能となる。また、補高部内に、消毒、洗浄部を設ければ、収容時に消毒洗浄が可能となり、利便性が向上する。 Separately from the wiping arm, using the disinfection and cleaning arm, the two arms are exposed and the wiping part is cleaned and disinfected, so that the cleaning and disinfecting device is installed in the elevation part and how to waterproof. , Almost no need to consider. In addition, if a nozzle is provided on the lid of the toilet seat, it is not necessary to provide a cleaning and disinfecting device in the elevation part or use a disinfecting / cleaning arm, so that disinfection and cleaning can be performed very easily. Further, if a disinfection / cleaning unit is provided in the elevation part, disinfection and cleaning can be performed at the time of storage, and convenience is improved.
　臀部拭き取り装置は、便座が下りていない場合は、動作しないようにしておけば、安全性が向上する。 臀 The safety of the buttock wiping device is improved if it is not operated when the toilet seat is not lowered.
　長尺の拭き取り材を折り畳んだ状態で収容する紙ストッカー部と、長尺の拭き取り材を所定の長さで切断する切断部とを備える自動給紙装置によって、コンパクトに拭き取り材を収容することができる。 A paper stocker unit that accommodates a long wiping material in a folded state, and an automatic paper feeder that includes a cutting unit that cuts the long wiping material at a predetermined length can accommodate the wiping material in a compact manner. it can.
　紙ストッカー部に収容されている拭き取り材を一枚分上昇させる駆動部を備える自動給紙装置によって、確実に、最上位の一枚だけを送ることが可能となり、実用的な自動給紙装置を提供できる。 The automatic paper feeder equipped with a drive unit that raises the wiping material contained in the paper stocker part by one sheet can be reliably fed only the top sheet, making a practical automatic paper feeder Can be provided.
　紙ストッカー部に収容されている一枚の拭き取り材を送り出す紙送りローラを備える自動給紙装置によって、最上位の一枚だけを送ることが可能となり、実用的で安価な自動給紙装置を提供できる。 An automatic paper feeder equipped with a paper feed roller that feeds a single sheet of wiping material stored in the paper stocker unit makes it possible to feed only the top sheet, providing a practical and inexpensive automatic paper feeder. it can.
　紙ストッカー部に収容されている一枚の拭き取り材を掴む掴み部を備える自動給紙装置によって、確実に、最上位の一枚だけを送ることが可能となり、実用的な自動給紙装置を提供できる。 An automatic paper feeder equipped with a gripping part for gripping a single sheet of wiping material stored in the paper stocker unit makes it possible to reliably feed only the top sheet, providing a practical automatic paper feeder. it can.
　拭き取りアームとして、水溶性又は水分解性の素材をプレス加工して成形したものを用いれば、拭き取りアームの使い捨てが可能であり、衛生面を気にしなくてもよくなる。 If a water-soluble or water-decomposable material formed by pressing is used as the wiping arm, the wiping arm can be disposable and the hygiene aspect does not have to be concerned.
　拭き取り材を、押し当て部よりも大きく、所定の形状とすることで、押し当て部に水分等が付着することなく、衛生的にかつ広範囲に水分等の拭き取りを実現できる。 By making the wiping material larger than the pressing portion and having a predetermined shape, moisture can be wiped hygienically and widely without adhering moisture to the pressing portion.
　上下に接合した拭き取り材は、拭き取り材に厚みを持たせることができ、かつ、安価に提供することができるので、有益である。 The wiping material joined up and down is beneficial because the wiping material can be made thick and can be provided at low cost.
　本発明の拭き取り材の製造方法によって、簡易かつ寸法精度の高い拭き取り材を製造可能となる。 The wiping material manufacturing method of the present invention makes it possible to manufacture a wiping material that is simple and has high dimensional accuracy.
　以上より、本明細書に記載の発明を適宜組み合わせることで、構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生的であること、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさを備える臀部拭き取り装置が提供可能となり、商品化可能な臀部拭き取り装置を提供すること可能となる。 As described above, by appropriately combining the inventions described in this specification, it is possible to provide a buttock wiping device that has a simplified structure, reduced costs, is hygienic, easy to use, and easy to maintain. It becomes possible to provide a commercially available heel wiping device.
　本発明のこれら、及び他の目的、特徴、局面、効果は、添付図面と照合して、以下の詳細な説明から一層明らかになるであろう。 These and other objects, features, aspects, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following detailed description in comparison with the accompanying drawings.
図１Ａは、本発明の第１の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の外観の概略構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 1A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of an appearance of a buttock wiping device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能ブロック図である。FIG. 1B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 1C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. 図２は、開閉部６側から見たときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す左側面図である。FIG. 2 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when viewed from the opening / closing part 6 side. 図３は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載せられたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. 図４は、紙１１ａが露出したときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 4 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed. 図５は、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 5 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. 図６は、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 6 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward. 図７は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載せられたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 7 is a front view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. 図８は、紙１１ａが露出したときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 8 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed. 図９は、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 9 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. 図１０は、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 10 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward. 図１１Ａは、本発明の第２の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の外観の概略構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 11A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of the appearance of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 図１１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能ブロック図である。FIG. 11B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 11C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１２は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載せられたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 12 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. 図１３は、拭き取りアーム４が露出する途中の様子を示す平面図である。FIG. 13 is a plan view showing a state in which the wiping arm 4 is being exposed. 図１４は、拭き取りアームが拭き取り位置まで露出したときの様子を示す平面図である。FIG. 14 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is exposed to the wiping position. 図１５は、拭き取りアームが上方向に傾いたときの様子を示す平面図である。FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is tilted upward. 図１６（ａ）は、紙を載置するときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図１６（ｂ）は、拭き取りアームが露出したときの様子を示す正面図である。図１６（ｃ）は、拭き取りアームで拭き取る時の様子を示す正面図である。図１６（ｄ）は、紙を落下させるときの様子を示す正面図である。Fig.16 (a) is a front view which shows the internal structure of the collar part wiping apparatus 1 when paper is mounted. FIG.16 (b) is a front view which shows a mode when the wiping arm is exposed. FIG.16 (c) is a front view which shows a mode when wiping off with a wiping arm. FIG. 16D is a front view showing a state when the paper is dropped. 図１７は、押し当て部４ａの上に、自動給紙部５を配置した場合の正面図である。FIG. 17 is a front view when the automatic sheet feeder 5 is arranged on the pressing unit 4a. 図１８は、第３の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置の正面図である。FIG. 18 is a front view of the buttock wiping device according to the third embodiment. 図１９は、紙１１ａが前進したときの様子を示す正面図である。FIG. 19 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a moves forward. 図２０は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載置したときの様子を示す正面図である。FIG. 20 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. 図２１は、専用紙１１ｊの一例を示す図である。FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11j. 図２２Ａは、本発明の第４の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 22A is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図２２Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 22B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 図２２Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 22C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. 図２３は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 23 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. 図２４は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. 図２５は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す左側面図である。FIG. 25 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. 図２６は、拭き取りアーム４の分解斜視図である。FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the wiping arm 4. 図２７は、専用紙１１ｂが、臀部拭き取り装置１内に送り込まれたときの内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 27 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is fed into the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 図２８は、押し当て部４ａが露出したときの内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 28 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is exposed. 図２９は、押し当て部４ａが上方向に傾いたときの内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 29 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is tilted upward. 図３０は、押し当て部４ａが肛門に当接したときの内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 30 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the anus. 図３１は、専用紙１１ｂを捨てる時の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 31 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is discarded. 図３２は、第５の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 32 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifth embodiment. 図３３は、自動給紙部５をオプションで取り付けた場合の、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 33 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the automatic paper feeder 5 is attached as an option. 図３４は、露出用モータ９を補高部２内に設けたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the exposure motor 9 is provided in the elevation 2. 図３５は、ここまでに示した実施形態の押し当て部４ａを消毒及び／又は洗浄するための消毒・洗浄アーム１６を搭載した臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 35 is a perspective view of the heel wiping apparatus 1 equipped with the disinfection / cleaning arm 16 for disinfecting and / or cleaning the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far. 図３６は、ここまでに示した実施形態の押し当て部４ａを消毒及び／又は洗浄するために、便座７の蓋７ｂに、消毒・洗浄ノズル１６ｄを取り付けた臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 36 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 in which a disinfection / cleaning nozzle 16d is attached to the lid 7b of the toilet seat 7 in order to disinfect and / or clean the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far. . 図３７は、第１、第３及び第４の実施形態のように、拭き取りアーム４を摺動させて、露出させる場合の別の機構を示す正面図である。FIG. 37 is a front view showing another mechanism when the wiping arm 4 is slid and exposed as in the first, third, and fourth embodiments. 図３８は、拭き取りアーム４を複数スタンバイしておき、スタンバイ中の拭き取りアーム４を洗浄、消毒、乾燥させるための臀部拭き取り装置１の概念図である。FIG. 38 is a conceptual diagram of the buttock wiping device 1 for standby a plurality of wiping arms 4 and cleaning, disinfecting, and drying the wiping arms 4 in standby. 図３９は、押し当て部４ａの凸部４ａ－１の高さが上下するような拭き取りアーム４を説明するための概念図である。FIG. 39 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the wiping arm 4 in which the height of the convex portion 4a-1 of the pressing portion 4a is raised and lowered. 図４０は、拭き取りアーム４の収納時の正面図である。FIG. 40 is a front view of the wiping arm 4 when stored. 図４１は、紙が送り出された後の正面図である。FIG. 41 is a front view after the paper is sent out. 図４２は、拭き取りアーム４の露出時の正面図である。FIG. 42 is a front view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed. 図４３は、拭き取り時の正面図である。FIG. 43 is a front view during wiping. 図４４は、上下に開閉する開閉部６の斜視図である。FIG. 44 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes up and down. 図４５は、左右に開閉する開閉部６の斜視図である。FIG. 45 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes to the left and right. 図４６は、左右に分離して開閉する開閉部６の斜視図である。FIG. 46 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that is opened and closed separately. 図４７は、第７の実施形態における臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図（収納時）である。FIG. 47 is a front view (during storage) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the seventh embodiment. 図４８は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図（露出時）である。FIG. 48 is a front view (when exposed) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. 図４９は、かさ歯車４ｍと台座１０ａとが一緒に摺動させる場合の構造を示す図である。FIG. 49 is a diagram showing a structure when the bevel gear 4m and the pedestal 10a are slid together. 図５０は、かさ歯車４ｍと台座１０ａとが一緒に摺動させる場合の構造を示す図である。FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a structure when the bevel gear 4m and the pedestal 10a are slid together. 図５１Ａは、本発明の第８の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 51A is a perspective view of a buttock wiping device 1 according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention. 図５１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 51B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 51C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1. 図５１Ｄは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 51D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1. 図５２は、臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。FIG. 52 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５３は、臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 53 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５４は、臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 54 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５５は、臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。FIG. 55 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５６は、臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 56 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５７は、臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 57 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５８は、臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。FIG. 58 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図５９は、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させたときの内部構造を示す右側面図である。FIG. 59 is a right side view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent. 図６０は、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させたときの内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 60 is a plan view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent. 図６１Ａは、第９の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 61A is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the ninth embodiment. 図６１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す右側面図である。61B is a right side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1. FIG. 図６１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図であって、給紙の際の遷移を示す図である。FIG. 61C is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1, and shows a transition during paper feeding. 図６２は、押し当て部４ａの移動遷移を示す図である。FIG. 62 is a diagram showing a movement transition of the pressing unit 4a. 図６３は、給紙部１４に、ロール紙１１ｅを設置し、自動給紙を実現する場合の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 63 is a front view showing an internal structure when roll paper 11e is installed in the paper supply unit 14 to realize automatic paper supply. 図６４は、押し当て部４ａの具体的構造の一例を示す正面図及び断面図である。FIG. 64 is a front view and a sectional view showing an example of a specific structure of the pressing portion 4a. 図６５は、負圧で紙を吸着するときに使用される押し当て部４ａの平面図及び断面図である。FIG. 65 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of the pressing portion 4a used when adsorbing paper with negative pressure. 図６６は、正圧で膨らむ押し当て部４ａの平面図及び左側面図である。FIG. 66 is a plan view and a left side view of the pressing portion 4a that swells with positive pressure. 図６７は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの平面図である。FIG. 67 is a plan view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. 図６８は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの正面図である。FIG. 68 is a front view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. 図６９は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの斜視図である。FIG. 69 is a perspective view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. 図７０は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの右側面図である。FIG. 70 is a right side view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. 図７１は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの上下に重ねたときの様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 71 is a perspective view showing a state when the disposable pressing portion 4a is stacked on the top and bottom. 図７２は、押し当て部４ａの他の実施形態の一例を示す正面図である。FIG. 72 is a front view showing an example of another embodiment of the pressing portion 4a. 図７３は、図７２の押し当て部４ａの変形例を示す正面図である。FIG. 73 is a front view showing a modification of the pressing portion 4a of FIG. 図７４は、専用紙１１ｆを用いて、専用紙自体を立ち上げるようにした場合の押し当て部４ａの構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 74 is a front view showing the structure of the pressing portion 4a when the special paper itself is raised using the special paper 11f. 図７５は、図５１Ａの実施形態において、拭き取り位置で押し当て部４ａを前後させたい場合のリンク機構を示す図である。FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a link mechanism when it is desired to move the pressing portion 4a back and forth at the wiping position in the embodiment of FIG. 51A. 図７６Ａは、本発明の第１０の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 76A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping apparatus 1 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 図７６Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 76B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 図７６Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 76C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. 図７７は、臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 77 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図７８は、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。FIG. 78 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed. 図７９は、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の左側面図である。FIG. 79 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed. 図８０は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 80 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height. 図８１は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 81 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height. 図８２は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。FIG. 82 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height. 図８３は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の左側面図である。FIG. 83 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned to the maximum height. 図８４は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 84 is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. 図８５は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。FIG. 85 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. 図８６は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。FIG. 86 is a front view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. 図８７は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の左側面図である。FIG. 87 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. 図８８は、補高部２の変形例を示すと共に、拭き取りアーム４及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動遷移を示した斜視図である。FIG. 88 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the elevation part 2 and showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c. 図８９は、開閉部の機構を示す図である。FIG. 89 is a diagram showing a mechanism of the opening / closing part. 図９０は、開閉部の機構を示す図である。FIG. 90 is a diagram illustrating a mechanism of the opening / closing unit. 図９１は、紙載せガイドの他の例を示す平面図である。FIG. 91 is a plan view showing another example of the paper loading guide. 図９２は、給紙ローラ１７ｂの回転と紙載せガイド１７ｃの押進とを一つのモータで実現する場合の給紙部１７の機構の一例を示す正面図である。FIG. 92 is a front view showing an example of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 when the rotation of the paper feeding roller 17b and the pushing of the paper loading guide 17c are realized by one motor. 図９３は、収納位置の押し当て部４ａと、収納位置に戻る直前の押し当て部４ａの位置を示した拡大図である。FIG. 93 is an enlarged view showing the pressing portion 4a at the storage position and the position of the pressing portion 4a immediately before returning to the storage position. 図９４は、第１０の実施形態で用いられていた露出兼上下用モータ１８を、二つのモータである露出用モータ９と上下用モータ８に置き換えたときの拭き取りアーム駆動部３の内部構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 94 shows the internal structure of the wiping arm drive unit 3 when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the tenth embodiment is replaced with two motors, ie, an exposure motor 9 and a vertical motor 8. It is a perspective view shown. 図９５は、第１０の実施形態で用いられていた露出兼上下用モータ１８を、二つのモータである露出用モータ９と上下用モータ８に置き換えたときの拭き取りアーム駆動部３の内部構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 95 shows the internal structure of the wiping arm drive unit 3 when the exposure / up / down motor 18 used in the tenth embodiment is replaced with an exposure motor 9 and an up / down motor 8 which are two motors. It is a perspective view shown. 図９６は、消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２の拡大斜視図である。FIG. 96 is an enlarged perspective view of the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22. 図９７は、消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２を用いたときの、拭き取りアーム４と押し当て部４ａとの移動経路を示す図である。FIG. 97 is a diagram illustrating a moving path between the wiping arm 4 and the pressing unit 4a when the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 is used. 図９８は、洗浄機構の構造の一例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 98 is a perspective view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism. 図９９は、洗浄機構の構造の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 99 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism. 図１００は、図９８に示し洗浄機構を補高部２内に収容したときの斜視図である。FIG. 100 is a perspective view when the cleaning mechanism shown in FIG. 98 is accommodated in the elevation 2. 図１０１は、拭き取りアーム４及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３を収容するための収容部２ｄの構造の一例を示す図である。FIG. 101 is a view showing an example of the structure of the accommodating portion 2 d for accommodating the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving portion 3. 図１０２は、図１０１の収容部２ｄを別の角度から見たときの斜視図である。FIG. 102 is a perspective view when the accommodating portion 2d of FIG. 101 is viewed from another angle. 図１０３は、図１０１及び図１０２に示す収容部２ｄの断面図である。103 is a cross-sectional view of the accommodating portion 2d shown in FIGS. 101 and 102. FIG. 図１０４は、拭き取りアームが最高位置のときのアーム軸を通る平面での断面図である。FIG. 104 is a cross-sectional view on a plane passing through the arm axis when the wiping arm is at the highest position. 図１０５は、給紙部１７及びその収容部２ｂを示す斜視図である。FIG. 105 is a perspective view showing the paper feed unit 17 and its storage unit 2b. 図１０６Ａは、第１１の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を示す図であり、（ａ）が平面図、（ｂ）が正面図、（ｃ）が規制棒部２４の左側面図である。FIG. 106A is a diagram showing the structure of the heel wiping device 1 according to the eleventh embodiment, in which (a) is a plan view, (b) is a front view, and (c) is a left side view of the regulating rod portion 24. is there. 図１０６Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 106B is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the heel wiping device 1. 図１０７は、拭き取りアーム４の屈曲の位置２６を回動可能にしたときの図を示す。FIG. 107 shows a view when the bending position 26 of the wiping arm 4 is made rotatable. 図１０８は、上記第１１の実施形態で用いた露出兼上下用モータ１８を、上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９に変更した場合の構造を示す図である。FIG. 108 is a view showing a structure when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the eleventh embodiment is changed to a vertical motor 8 and an exposure motor 9. 図１０９は、水道水の水圧を利用して消毒又は洗浄液を噴出する場合の系統を示すブロック図である。FIG. 109 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting or jetting cleaning liquid using tap water pressure. 図１１０は、駆動部を用いて消毒又は洗浄液を噴出する場合の系統を示すブロック図である。FIG. 110 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting disinfecting or cleaning liquid using the driving unit. 図１１１は、図１１０のブロック図に示す系統を用いた機構を示す斜視図である。FIG. 111 is a perspective view showing a mechanism using the system shown in the block diagram of FIG. 図１１２は、紙載せガイド１７ｃに使用する専用紙１１ｂの例を示す図である。FIG. 112 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11b used for the paper loading guide 17c. 図１１３は、第１２の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を示す図である。FIG. 113 is a diagram illustrating a structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the twelfth embodiment. 図１１４は、ギヤボックスを用いた場合の臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を示す図である。FIG. 114 is a diagram showing the structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when a gear box is used. 図１１５は、拭き取りアーム４と上下用モータ８の回転軸２９ａとの連結部分で用いられているリンク機構２７ｅを詳しく説明するための図である。FIG. 115 is a diagram for explaining in detail the link mechanism 27e used at the connecting portion between the wiping arm 4 and the rotary shaft 29a of the vertical motor 8. 図１１６は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための縦置き構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 116 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. 図１１７は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための斜め横置き構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 117 is a cross-sectional view showing a diagonally horizontal structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. 図１１８は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための縦置き構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 118 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. 図１１９は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための縦置き構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 119 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. 図１２０は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための斜め横置き構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 120 is a cross-sectional view showing an oblique horizontal placement structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. 図１２１は、ポータブルトイレ３１の待機時の外観図である。FIG. 121 is an external view of the portable toilet 31 during standby. 図１２２は、ポータブルトイレ３１の分解斜視図である。FIG. 122 is an exploded perspective view of the portable toilet 31. 図１２３は、臀部拭き取り装置１の各種機構を示す分解斜視図である。FIG. 123 is an exploded perspective view showing various mechanisms of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１２４は、専用紙１１ｂ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出したときのポータブルトイレ３１の斜視図である。FIG. 124 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed. 図１２５は、専用紙１１ｂ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出したときのポータブルトイレ３１の平面図である。FIG. 125 is a plan view of the portable toilet 31 when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed. 図１２６は、拭き取り時のポータブルトイレ３１の斜視図である。FIG. 126 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 during wiping. 図１２７は、拭き取り時のポータブルトイレ３１の正面図である。FIG. 127 is a front view of the portable toilet 31 at the time of wiping. 図１２８は、消臭装置５０を備えたポータブルトイレ３１の斜視図である。FIG. 128 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 provided with the deodorizing device 50. 図１２９は、専用紙の製造工程の一例を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 129 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for producing dedicated paper. 図１３０は、折りたたむことなく専用紙１１ｂを製造することができるようにした製造装置の機構を示す図である。FIG. 130 is a diagram showing a mechanism of a manufacturing apparatus that can manufacture the dedicated paper 11b without folding. 図１３１は、折りたたむことなく専用紙１１ｂを製造することができるようにした製造装置の他の機構を示す図である。FIG. 131 is a diagram showing another mechanism of the manufacturing apparatus that can manufacture the special paper 11b without folding. 図１３２Ａは、ポータブルトイレ３１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 132A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31. 図１３２Ｂは、ポータブルトイレ３１で使用されている臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 132B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1 used in the portable toilet 31. 図１３２Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 132C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1. 図１３３は、ポータブルトイレ３１の内部構造を示す正面図である。FIG. 133 is a front view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31. 図１３４は、ポータブルトイレ３１の内部構造を示す右側面図である。FIG. 134 is a right side view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31. 図１３５Ａは、ポータブルトイレ３１における臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 135A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttocks wiping device 1 in the portable toilet 31. FIG. 図１３５Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 135B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１３５Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 135C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１３６は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。136 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 図１３７は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び拭き取りアーム４の構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 137 is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the wiping arm 4. 図１３８は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３のリンク機構において、拭き取りアーム４の移動遷移を示す正面図である。FIG. 138 is a front view showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 in the link mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3. 図１３９は、給紙部１７の内部構造を示す左側面図である。FIG. 139 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17. 図１４０は、給紙部１７の内部構造を示す平面図であり、紙載せガイド１７ｃが収納されているときの図である。FIG. 140 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17 and is a view when the paper loading guide 17c is stored. 図１４１は、複数枚分の連続の専用紙を折り畳んで形成した折りたたみ連続専用紙１１ｋを示す図である。FIG. 141 is a diagram illustrating a folded continuous dedicated paper 11k formed by folding a plurality of continuous dedicated paper. 図１４２は、連続専用紙１１ｋを用いた時の自動給紙装置の概略構造を示す図である。FIG. 142 is a diagram showing a schematic structure of the automatic paper feeder when the continuous dedicated paper 11k is used. 図１４３は、使い捨てアーム１０９，１１０を用いる臀部拭き取り装置１００の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 143 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttocks wiping device 100 using the disposable arms 109 and 110. 図１４４（ａ）は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の平面図である。図１４４（ｂ）は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の右側面図である。図１４４（ｃ）は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の正面図である。FIG. 144 (a) is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 100. FIG. 144 (b) is a right side view of the buttock wiping device 100. FIG. 144 (c) is a front view of the buttock wiping device 100. 図１４５（ａ）～（ｃ）は、中心位置まで移動したときの臀部拭き取り装置１００の平面図、右側面図、及び正面図である。FIGS. 145 (a) to 145 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the center position. 図１４６（ａ）～（ｃ）は、露出位置まで移動したときの臀部拭き取り装置１００の平面図、右側面図、及び正面図である。FIGS. 146 (a) to 146 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the exposure position. 図１４７は、左右レール１０２を収容部の底面に配置したときの正面図である。FIG. 147 is a front view when the left and right rails 102 are arranged on the bottom surface of the housing portion. 図１４８は、左側に使い捨てアーム供給部１１２を配置した場合の臀部拭き取り装置１００の内部機構を示す斜視図である。FIG. 148 is a perspective view showing an internal mechanism of the heel wiping apparatus 100 when the disposable arm supply unit 112 is arranged on the left side. 図１４９は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の動作を示したフローチャートである。FIG. 149 is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 100. 図１５０は、撮像部１１５によって撮像された臀部の画像を模式的に示した図である。FIG. 150 is a diagram schematically illustrating an image of the buttock captured by the image capturing unit 115. 図１５１は、図１４９におけるステップＳ９０６での動作の詳細を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 151 is a flowchart showing details of the operation in step S906 in FIG. 図１５２は、拭き取りアームを用いた臀部拭き取り装置１２０の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 152 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 120 using a wiping arm. 図１５３は、臀部拭き取り装置１２０の内部構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 153 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 120. 図１５４は、臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 154 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１５５は、補高部２に収容されている給紙部１７及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３の斜視図である。FIG. 155 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 accommodated in the height raising unit 2. 図１５６は、拭き取り時の給紙部１７及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３の斜視図である。FIG. 156 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 during wiping. 図１５７は、拭き取りアーム４の移動パターンを模式的にまとめた図である。FIG. 157 is a diagram schematically illustrating the movement pattern of the wiping arm 4. 図１５８は、給紙側開閉部１９ａの構造を示す断面図である。FIG. 158 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the paper feed side opening / closing part 19a. 図１５９は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂの構造を示す平面図である。FIG. 159 is a plan view showing the structure of the arm-side opening / closing part 19b. 図１６０Ａは、第１３の実施形態の変形例を示す図である。FIG. 160A is a diagram showing a modification of the thirteenth embodiment. 図１６０Ｂは、拭き取りアーム４が露出し、上昇したときの様子を示す図である。FIG. 160B is a diagram showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and raised. 図１６１は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを駆動するための給紙部１７の機構の変形例を示す断面図である。FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 for driving the paper loading guide 17c. 図１６２Ａは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の変形例であって、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの斜視図である。FIG. 162A is a modified example of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is housed. 図１６２Ｂは、拭き取りアーム４が露出して上に傾いているときの斜視図である。FIG. 162B is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and tilted upward. 図１６３は、押し当て部４ａの内部構造が分かるようにした斜視図である。FIG. 163 is a perspective view illustrating the internal structure of the pressing portion 4a. 図１６４は、第１４の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 164 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourteenth embodiment. 図１６５は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの斜視図である。FIG. 165 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c. 図１６６は、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 166 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１６７は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したときの臀部拭き取り装置１の状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 167 is a perspective view showing a state of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper placement guide 17c is exposed. 図１６８は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したときの拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの斜視図である。FIG. 168 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. 図１６９Ａは、拭き取り時の臀部拭き取り装置１の状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 169A is a perspective view showing a state of the buttocks wiping device 1 at the time of wiping. 図１６９Ｂは、拭き取り時の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの斜視図である。FIG. 169B is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c during wiping. 図１７０は、補高部２に紙落とし部２２３を設けた場合の構造を示す図である。FIG. 170 is a diagram showing a structure in the case where a paper dropping unit 223 is provided in the elevation part 2. 図１７１Ａは、第１５の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 171A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifteenth embodiment. 図１７１Ｂは、斜め左後ろ側から見た時の臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。FIG. 171B is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when viewed from the diagonally left rear side. 図１７１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。FIG. 171C is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 図１７１Ｄは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 171D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1. 図１７１Ｅは、図１７１Ｄの続きの動作を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 171E is a flowchart showing a continued operation of FIG. 171D. 図１７１Ｆは、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉが働いている間（Ｓ１１０２～Ｓ１１０９）、紙載置センサ１２ｅが働いている間（Ｓ１１０８～Ｓ１１２１）に、専用紙１１ｂが検出されなくなった場合のエラー処理を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 171F shows error processing when the dedicated paper 11b is not detected while the paper placement guide sensor 17i is working (S1102 to S1109) and the paper placement sensor 12e is working (S1108 to S1121). It is a flowchart to show. 図１７２Ａは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 172A is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c. 図１７２Ｂは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 172B is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c. 図１７３Ａは、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置された専用紙１１ｂが露出したときの状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 173A is a perspective view showing a state when the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper placement guide 17c is exposed. 図１７３Ｂは、図１７３Ａの状態の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 173B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 173A. 図１７４Ａは、専用紙１１ｂが持ち上げられて拭き取りが行われるときの状態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 174A is a perspective view showing a state where the dedicated paper 11b is lifted and wiped off. 図１７４Ｂは、図１７４Ａの状態の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 174B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 174A. 図１７５Ａは、拭き取りが行われているときに紙載せガイド１７ｃが収納されるときの様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 175A is a perspective view showing a state where the paper loading guide 17c is stored when wiping is being performed. 図１７５Ｂは、図１７５Ａの状態の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 175B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 175A. 図１７６は、拭き取りアーム４を下降させて、紙載せガイドの下に設けられた紙落とし部３０３に専用紙１１ｂを当接させて、紙を落とす様子を示した斜視図である。FIG. 176 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which the wiping arm 4 is lowered and the dedicated paper 11b is brought into contact with the paper dropping unit 303 provided under the paper loading guide to drop the paper. 図１７７は、第１６の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す斜視図である。FIG. 177 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the sixteenth embodiment. 図１７８は、内部構造の拡大斜視図である。FIG. 178 is an enlarged perspective view of the internal structure. 図１７９は、移動部６０６及び紙載せガイド１７ｃが移動を開始して、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５が開き始めたときの様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 179 is a perspective view showing a state when the moving unit 606 and the paper loading guide 17c start to move and the hinge-type opening / closing unit 305 starts to open. 図１８０は、移動部６０６が収納位置まで移動したときの様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 180 is a perspective view illustrating a state where the moving unit 606 has moved to the storage position. 図１８１は、紙載せガイド１７ｃだけが収納されていく様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 181 is a perspective view showing how only the paper loading guide 17c is housed. 図１８２は、紙載せガイド１７ｃだけが収納されたときの様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 182 is a perspective view showing a state when only the paper loading guide 17c is stored. 図１８３は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂの斜視図である。FIG. 183 is a perspective view of the arm-side opening / closing part 19b. 図１８４は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂが開いたときの様子を示す斜視図である。FIG. 184 is a perspective view showing a state when the arm side opening / closing part 19b is opened. 図１８５は、オーバーラップタイプのボールねじスプライン４０１を用いて、便座の後から臀部を拭き取るための構造を示す図である。FIG. 185 is a diagram showing a structure for wiping the buttocks from behind the toilet seat using the overlap type ball screw spline 401. 図１８６は、ナット４０７を回転させて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる場合の機構を示す断面図である。FIG. 186 is a cross-sectional view showing a mechanism in the case where the nut 407 is rotated to expose the paper loading guide 17c. 図１８７は、図１８６に示した紙載せガイド１７ｃを利用した給紙部１７と回転部２０８を利用した拭き取りアーム駆動部３とを示す平面図である。FIG. 187 is a plan view showing the paper feeding unit 17 using the paper loading guide 17c shown in FIG. 186 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 using the rotating unit 208. FIG. 図１８８は、第１３～１６の実施形態に類似の構造で紙載せガイド１７ｃを揺動させる場合の構造を示す図である。FIG. 188 is a diagram showing a structure in the case of swinging the paper loading guide 17c with a structure similar to the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments. 図１８９は、第１３～第１６の実施形態において、構造的に拭き取りアーム４が臀部を押し上げる力を制限することを示す断面図である。FIG. 189 is a cross-sectional view showing that the wiping arm 4 structurally limits the force to push up the collar portion in the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments. 図１９０は、ねじ軸２０２に対して、フランジ付ナット４１０，４１０にて、移動部６０６を固定し、回転軸２０３に対して、フランジ付スプラインナット４１１，４１１で回転部２０８を固定したときの平面図である。190 shows a state where the moving part 606 is fixed to the screw shaft 202 by the flanged nuts 410 and 410, and the rotating part 208 is fixed to the rotating shaft 203 by the flanged spline nuts 411 and 411. It is a top view. 図１９１は、可撓性素材を用いた場合の押し当て部４ａの形状の一例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 191 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used. 図１９２は、可撓性素材を用いた場合の押し当て部４ａの形状の一例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 192 is a perspective view showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used. 図１９３は、電磁ソレノイド４１６を用いた場合の開閉機構を示す図である。FIG. 193 is a diagram showing an opening / closing mechanism when the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is used. 図１９４は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを角運動で露出させる場合の概念を示す平面図である。FIG. 194 is a plan view showing a concept when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed by angular motion. 図１９５は、移動部６０６と回転部２０８とを上下に配置したときの断面図である。FIG. 195 is a cross-sectional view when the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 are vertically arranged. 図１９６は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３をオーバーラップタイプのボールねじスプラインで実現した場合の正面図である。FIG. 196 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by an overlap type ball screw spline. 図１９７は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３をセパレートタイプのボールねじスプラインで実現した場合の正面図である。FIG. 197 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by a separate type ball screw spline. 図１９８Ａは、第１７の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置が便器に取り付けられたときの様子を示す平面図である。FIG. 198A is a plan view showing a state when the buttock wiping device according to the seventeenth embodiment is attached to the toilet bowl. 図１９８Ｂは、図１９８Ａに対する左側面図である。ただし、給紙部１７の記載は省略している。FIG. 198B is a left side view of FIG. 198A. However, the description of the paper feeding unit 17 is omitted. 図１９８Ｃは、図１９８Ａに対する右側面図である。FIG. 198C is a right side view of FIG. 198A. 図１９８Ｄは、図１９８Ａに対する正面図である。なお、軸受や台部等の記載は省略している。FIG. 198D is a front view of FIG. 198A. In addition, description of a bearing, a base part, etc. is abbreviate | omitted. 図１９９は、給紙部１７の一実施形態を示す斜視図である。FIG. 199 is a perspective view showing an embodiment of the paper feed unit 17. 図２００は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを摺動させて後進させたときの給紙部１７を示す斜視図である。FIG. 200 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is slid and moved backward. 図２０１は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したときの給紙部１７を示す斜視図である。FIG. 201 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. 図２０２は、拭き取りアーム４と紙載せガイド１７ｃとの位置関係を示した断面図である。202 is a cross-sectional view showing the positional relationship between the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c. 図２０３は、給紙部１７の変形例を示す図である。FIG. 203 is a diagram illustrating a modified example of the sheet feeding unit 17. 図２０４Ａは、手動で臀部を拭き取るために使用可能な臀部拭き取り器具の斜視図である。FIG. 204A is a perspective view of a heel wiper that can be used to manually wipe the buttock. 図２０４Ｂは、手動で臀部を拭き取るために使用可能な臀部拭き取り器具の斜視図である。FIG. 204B is a perspective view of a heel wiper that can be used to manually wipe the buttock. 図２０５（ａ）は、補高部２に落とし部として機能する突起部２ｅを設けて紙を落とす方法を説明するための断面図である。図２０５（ｂ）は、紙載せガイド１７ｃの変形例を示す平面図であり、図２０５（ｃ）は紙が落下するときの様子を示す右側面図である。FIG. 205 (a) is a cross-sectional view for explaining a method of dropping the paper by providing the raised portion 2 with a protruding portion 2e that functions as a dropping portion. FIG. 205 (b) is a plan view showing a modified example of the paper loading guide 17c, and FIG. 205 (c) is a right side view showing how the paper falls.
　発明を実施するための形態は、添付の図面に記載されているような実施形態であり、補高部の内部に収容されている拭き取りアーム駆動部を用いて、臀部を拭き取る。また、補高部の代わりに、便座を少し厚くして、厚い便座の内部にアームを駆動するための手段を設けてもよい。その他、詳細な構成は、図面中に記載する。 The form for carrying out the invention is an embodiment as described in the attached drawings, and the buttock is wiped by using the wiping arm driving part housed in the elevation part. Further, instead of the elevation part, the toilet seat may be made slightly thicker and a means for driving the arm may be provided inside the thick toilet seat. Other detailed configurations are described in the drawings.
　開示した全ての機構を種々に組み合わせた装置も本発明に含まれる。 Apparatuses that combine all the disclosed mechanisms in various ways are also included in the present invention.
　図５１～６０、図７６～９７に示す臀部拭き取り装置は、拭き取りアームのヘッド（押し当て部）が紙を載せたり、掴んだりして移動するのではなく、ヘッドの移動と紙の移動とを別に行うとしたものである。この臀部拭き取り装置での動作制御について、主要な点を説明する。 51 to 60 and 76 to 97, the wiping unit for wiping the head (pressing part) of the wiping arm does not move by placing or gripping the paper, but moves the head and the paper. It is something that is done separately. The main points of the operation control in this buttock wiping device will be described.
　検知機能としては、たとえば、以下の機能が存在する。
　紙が使用者によって供給されているか否かを検知（機械スイッチや接触センサなど）
　紙が正しく送られたか否かの検知部（光センサなど）
　紙が肛門の下に紙が正しく送られているかの検知部（光電センサやカラー判別センサなど）
　温水洗浄が終了しているか否かの検知部（肛門の色をカラー判別センサで判別するか、単純に、温水洗浄装置のスイッチが押されたか、温水洗浄の音が検出されたかなどのセンサでもよい）
　着座しているか否かの検知部（便座に使われている着座センサを利用可能。たとえば、着座センサを便器の上に載せて、着座センサからの信号を臀部拭き取り装置の制御部が受け取るようにすればよい。）
　そして、以下のように動作する。
　１．温水洗浄の終了を検知
　２．拭き取りが使用者によって指示。温水洗浄が終了していなければ、動作せずに、使用者に注意喚起して待機。
　３．紙が供給されていなければ注意喚起して待機
　４．紙が供給されていれば、紙送りローラを駆動して、紙を送る。
　５．紙載せガイドに紙が正しく載ったか検知
　６．紙載せガイドを押進する
　７．紙載せガイドが、肛門の下まで行った後、紙が正しく、配置されているか否かを検知
　８．紙が正しく配置されていない場合は、注意喚起して、紙載せガイドを原点位置に戻して、再度、給紙を使用者に促す。
　９．紙が正しく配置されている場合、ヘッドが拭き取り位置まで移動する。
　１０．ヘッドが上昇して、紙が紙載せガイドから離れる。
　１１．紙が紙載せガイドから離れるタイミングで、紙載せガイドが原点位置に戻る。
　１２．アームの駆動部が、ヘッドを臀部に押し当てる。ヘッドは前後したり、上下したりして、臀部の水分や汚れを紙に付着させる。
　１３．使用者からの拭き取り調整があれば、たとえば、上に強く押したいとか、前後に移動させたいとか、下にヘッドを下げたいとかの指示があれば、駆動部は、ヘッドを好みに合わせて移動させる。
　１４．拭き取りが完了したら、ヘッドは、原点位置に戻る。拭き取りの完了は使用者が指定してもよいし、所定の動作後に、自動で拭き取り完了としてもよい。
　１５．ヘッドが原点位置に戻ると拭き取りが終了。
　１６．着座センサで、離席が確認された後、消毒及び／又は洗浄部が駆動して、ヘッドを消毒及び／又は洗浄する。なお、消毒及び／又は洗浄部には、ドライヤー（送風機）を内蔵させておき、洗浄等の後、ドライヤーで乾燥させてもよい。
　１７．掃除ができるように、掃除モードを備える。掃除モードが指示されると、アームが便器に露出してヘッドをメンテできる。紙載せガイドも、掃除モードの指示で露出できるようにしておくとよい。ただし、この臀部拭き取り装置では、補高部に設けた蓋を開けるだけで、内部構造を簡単に確認できるので、便器側に露出しなくてもメンテナンスは可能。
　１８．その他、異常個所をランプなどで知らせるようにしてもよい。 As the detection function, for example, the following functions exist.
Detects whether paper is being supplied by the user (such as a mechanical switch or contact sensor)
Detection section for detecting whether or not the paper has been sent correctly
Detection unit for detecting whether paper is being sent correctly under the anus (photoelectric sensor, color discrimination sensor, etc.)
A detection unit for determining whether or not hot water washing has been completed (such as whether the color of the anus is discriminated by a color discrimination sensor, or whether a hot water washing device switch has been pressed or a warm water washing sound has been detected) Good)
Detecting whether or not seated (the seating sensor used in the toilet seat can be used. For example, the seating sensor is placed on the toilet and the signal from the seating sensor is received by the control unit of the buttocks wiping device. do it.)
And it operates as follows.
1. 1. Detection of the end of hot water washing Wiping is instructed by the user. If the hot water cleaning has not been completed, it will not operate and will wait for the user to be alerted.
3. If paper is not being supplied, alert and wait 4. If paper is supplied, the paper feed roller is driven to feed the paper.
5. 5. Detecting whether paper is correctly loaded on the paper loading guide 6. Push the paper loading guide. After the paper loading guide goes under the anus, it detects whether the paper is correctly placed. If the paper is not correctly arranged, the user is alerted, the paper loading guide is returned to the origin position, and the user is prompted to feed paper again.
9. If the paper is correctly placed, the head moves to the wipe position.
10. The head rises and the paper moves away from the paper loading guide.
11. When the paper moves away from the paper loading guide, the paper loading guide returns to the origin position.
12 The drive unit of the arm presses the head against the buttocks. The head moves back and forth and moves up and down to allow moisture and dirt on the buttock to adhere to the paper.
13 If there is a wiping adjustment from the user, for example, if there is an instruction to push upward, move back and forth, or lower the head, the drive unit moves the head to your liking Let
14 When wiping is completed, the head returns to the home position. The completion of wiping may be specified by the user, or may be automatically completed after a predetermined operation.
15. Wiping is complete when the head returns to the origin position.
16. After the seating sensor confirms the absence of the seat, the disinfection and / or cleaning unit is driven to disinfect and / or clean the head. The sterilization and / or cleaning unit may have a dryer (blower) built in, and may be dried with a dryer after cleaning or the like.
17. A cleaning mode is provided to enable cleaning. When the cleaning mode is instructed, the arm can be exposed to the toilet and the head can be maintained. It is preferable that the paper loading guide be exposed by an instruction in the cleaning mode. However, with this buttock wiping device, you can easily check the internal structure by simply opening the lid provided on the elevation, so maintenance is possible even if it is not exposed to the toilet.
18. In addition, the abnormal part may be notified by a lamp or the like.
　図１０６～１０８・１１３・１１４・１２１～１２８・１３５～１４０及び１５４～１５６に示す臀部拭き取り装置も上記と同様に動作するとよい。 106 to 108, 113, 114, 121 to 128, 135 to 140, and 154 to 156 may operate in the same manner as described above.
　ヘッドの丸洗い洗浄機能を示す図９８～１０４については、あくまでも一例に過ぎず、ヘッドの洗浄機能は特に本発明において限定されない。 The head cleaning function shown in FIGS. 98 to 104 is merely an example, and the head cleaning function is not particularly limited in the present invention.
　以下、図面を参照しながら、本発明の実施形態について説明する。なお、図面において、同一の名称を有する部分については、原則的には、同一の参照符号を付すこととする。ただし、同一の参照符号が付されていたとしても、異なる機能や特徴、構造等を有する場合もあり、その場合は、都度、異なる点を中心に説明することとする。また、同一の名称を有する部分であっても、機能や特徴、構造等の相違を明確にするために、異なる参照符号を用いて説明する場合もある。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, parts having the same name are, in principle, given the same reference numerals. However, even if the same reference numerals are given, there may be cases where they have different functions, features, structures, etc. In such a case, the description will focus on the different points each time. Further, even parts having the same name may be described using different reference numerals in order to clarify differences in functions, features, structures, and the like.
　また、本明細書及び図面に示している発明は、全て、種々に組み合わせて利用することができる。組み合わせについては、適宜、本明細書中で説明するが、特に説明されていない場合であっても、組み合わせて利用可能である。また、以下に示す実施形態は、一例に過ぎず、本発明を実施形態に限定して解釈するものではない。 In addition, all the inventions shown in this specification and the drawings can be used in various combinations. The combination will be appropriately described in the present specification, but the combination can be used even if not specifically described. The embodiment described below is merely an example, and the present invention is not limited to the embodiment.
　本明細書に示す本発明の実施形態では、臀部を拭くためにトイレットペーパーなどのトイレに流すことができる紙を用いて説明している箇所があるが、臀部を拭き取ることができるのであれば、紙以外の材料を用いてもよく、本発明を限定的に解釈されないよう、臀部を拭くための物を、拭き取り材と表現することとする。したがって、以下の説明において、紙とあるのは、拭き取り材と読み替えて認識し、自動給紙部又は給紙部などの表現がある箇所は、「紙」という表現があるものの、拭き取り材を自動で供給する装置や、拭き取り材を供給する装置と理解するものとする。 In the embodiment of the present invention shown in the present specification, there is a portion described using paper that can be flowed to a toilet such as toilet paper in order to wipe the buttock, but if the buttock can be wiped off, Materials other than paper may be used, and an object for wiping the buttock will be expressed as a wiping material so that the present invention is not limitedly interpreted. Therefore, in the following description, paper is recognized as wiping material, and automatic paper feeding unit or paper feeding unit is recognized as “paper” where there is an expression of “paper”. It should be understood as a device that supplies the wiping material and a device that supplies the wiping material.
　冒頭に、まず、本明細書に記載の臀部拭き取り装置が、従来の臀部拭き取り装置と大きく異なる点を概説しておく。 First, it will be outlined that the hip wiping device described in the present specification is greatly different from the conventional hip wiping device.
　従来の臀部拭き取り装置は、紙を拭き取りアームのヘッド部で掴み、紙をヘッド部が掴んだ状態で、拭き取りアーム駆動部によって、拭き取りアームが臀部の下方の拭き取り位置まで露出することとしていた。このように、従来の臀部拭き取り装置は、紙を掴むという構成を必要としていた。 In the conventional buttock wiping device, the paper is gripped by the head portion of the wiping arm, and the wiping arm is exposed to the wiping position below the buttock by the wiping arm driving portion while the paper is gripped by the head portion. As described above, the conventional buttock wiping device requires a configuration of gripping paper.
　しかし、紙を掴むという機構を臀部拭き取り装置に設けることによって、紙を掴むためにモータやワイヤ、形状記憶合金など各種アクチュエータが必要となり、さらに、掴んだ紙を確実に落とすための機構まで必要となり、結果として構造が複雑化し、コスト高を招いていた。紙を掴むためのヘッド部は、直接臀部に触れるところであるから、衛生的であるべきであるが、このようなアクチュエータが内蔵されているため、衛生的に保つためのメンテナンスが困難であるという問題もあった。たとえば、ヘッド部を丸洗いするのが困難である。 However, by providing a mechanism for gripping the paper in the buttock wiping device, various actuators such as motors, wires, and shape memory alloys are required to grip the paper, and a mechanism for reliably dropping the gripped paper is also required. As a result, the structure is complicated and the cost is increased. The head part for gripping the paper should be hygienic because it is in direct contact with the collar part. However, since such an actuator is built in, it is difficult to maintain hygienically. There was also. For example, it is difficult to wash the head part.
　しかし、本願発明者は、商品化可能な臀部拭き取り装置を開発するに際して、改めて、臀部拭き取り装置という発明を見つめ直した。温水洗浄装置によって、肛門の汚れはほとんどきれいに除去されているわけであり、肛門付近に存在する汚れは、水分と排便の微少な残存（以下、水分等）に過ぎないわけであるから、ヘッド部で紙をしっかりつかんで、臀部をしっかり拭き取らなくても、紙を肛門付近に押し当てる程度で、水分等を拭き取ることが可能なわけである。よって、あえて、紙をヘッド部が掴まなくてもよいのではないかという大きな発想の転換を得た。この大きな発想の転換は、あとから考えれば、単に、紙を掴むという構成要素を除外しただけに見えるが、その発想の転換を得ることは容易ではなかった。本願発明者は、平成１９年くらいから臀部拭き取り装置の発明を行っているが、その発想の転換に至るのに、約８年の年月を要した。本願明細書には、その発想の転換を活かして、できる限りの実施形態を詳細に開示することとするが、本発明の最大の特徴的な点は、以下である。 However, the inventor of the present application reviewed the invention of the buttock wiping device again when developing a commercially available buttock wiping device. The warm water washing device removes dirt from the anus almost cleanly, and the dirt that exists near the anus is only a small amount of moisture and defecation (hereinafter referred to as moisture). Even if the paper is not firmly gripped and the buttocks are not wiped off, it is possible to wipe off moisture and the like by pressing the paper near the anus. Therefore, a big change in the idea that the head part does not have to hold the paper. This big change in thinking seems to have simply excluded the component of grabbing paper, but it was not easy to get that change. The inventor of the present application has invented the buttock wiping device since around 2007, but it took about eight years to change the way of thinking. In the present specification, an embodiment as much as possible will be disclosed in detail by making use of the change of the idea, and the most characteristic point of the present invention is as follows.
　拭き取りアームのヘッド部は、紙を掴まない。ヘッド部が紙を掴まない代わりの方式として、以下の２つの方式を発明した。
　（１）第１の方式：拭き取りアームの押し当て部の摩擦力若しくは形状を利用して、紙を押し当て部に載置した状態で、押し当て部に紙を取り付ける若しくは差し込むことなく、拭き取りアームが移動して、臀部を拭き取る。
　（２）第２の方式：紙は、臀部の下に露出して、露出した紙の下から、拭き取りアームの押し当て部が紙を押し上げるようにして、臀部を拭き取る。
　いずれの方式も、臀部拭き取り装置の構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生的であること、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさに貢献する発明である。 The head of the wiping arm does not grip the paper. The following two methods were invented as an alternative method in which the head portion does not grip the paper.
(1) First method: Using the frictional force or shape of the pressing portion of the wiping arm, with the paper placed on the pressing portion, the wiping arm is not attached or inserted into the pressing portion. Moves and wipes the buttocks.
(2) Second method: The paper is exposed under the collar, and the collar is wiped from the exposed paper so that the pressing portion of the wiping arm pushes up the paper.
Both methods are inventions that contribute to simplification of the structure of the buttock wiping device, cost reduction, hygiene, ease of use, and ease of maintenance.
　さらに、本願発明者は、従来の臀部拭き取り装置が大型となっていたという点についても問題であると考えた。従来の臀部拭き取り装置は、便器の横に、駆動機構を配置していたため、どうしても、便器横のスペースを大幅に取ってしまっていた。そのため、本願発明者は、できる限り、便器横のスペースを取らないようにするために、以下の２つの方式を発明した。
　（３）第３の方式：便器と便座との間に設けられた補高部内であって便座の下部か又は厚めの便座の内部に、拭き取りアームを駆動させるための拭き取りアーム駆動部の機構の一部又は全部を設ける。補高部内であって便座の下部か又は厚めの便座の内部としては、左右だけでなく、温水洗浄装置の下部の空間も用いることができる。これにより、便器横のスペースをできる限り取らないようにすることができる。
　（４）第４の方式：臀部を拭き取るに際して、人体の前から後の方向に押し当て部を動かすことで、確実な拭き取りが可能となるが、押し当て部を前から後ろに動かすための機構として、従来は、拭き取りアームがレールの上に載って、前後する方法を採用していたが、本発明では、拭き取りアームを便器の横のある固定された支点を中心に回転させることで、肛門付近では、押し当て部が前後しているように移動させることとする。これにより、拭き取りアーム自体をレールに載せて前後させるという大掛かりな構造を省略することができるので、大幅な小型化が可能となる。
　第１及び第２の方式を採用することにより、第３及び第４の方式を、より採用しやすくなる。 Furthermore, the inventor of the present application considered that the conventional buttock wiping device was large in size. Since the conventional wiping device for a buttock has a drive mechanism disposed beside the toilet bowl, it has inevitably taken a large space beside the toilet bowl. Therefore, the inventor of the present application has invented the following two methods so as not to take a space beside the toilet as much as possible.
(3) Third method: a mechanism of a wiping arm driving unit for driving the wiping arm in a raised portion provided between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat and in the lower part of the toilet seat or inside the thick toilet seat Provide some or all of them. As the inside of the elevation part and below the toilet seat or inside the thick toilet seat, not only the right and left but also the space below the hot water washing apparatus can be used. Thereby, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl.
(4) Fourth method: When wiping the buttocks, moving the pressing part from the front to the back of the human body enables reliable wiping, but the mechanism for moving the pressing part from the front to the back In the past, the wiping arm was placed on the rail and moved back and forth, but in the present invention, the wiping arm is rotated around the fixed fulcrum next to the toilet, In the vicinity, the pressing part is moved so as to move back and forth. As a result, a large-scale structure in which the wiping arm itself is mounted on the rail and moved back and forth can be omitted, so that a significant reduction in size can be achieved.
By adopting the first and second methods, it becomes easier to adopt the third and fourth methods.
　上記のいずれの特徴も、大幅な発想の転換を要して得られた発明であり、決して容易に発明できるものではない。いわゆる「後知恵」として、本発明の進歩性が議論されることがあってはならない。 Any of the above-mentioned features are inventions obtained by requiring a significant change in idea, and cannot be easily invented. As the so-called “post-wisdom”, the inventive step of the present invention should not be discussed.
　その他、本願明細書中には、実用化に必要な種々の発明を開示している。上記４つの方式を使用しない場合でも、それぞれが独立して発明として成立するものである。 In addition, the present specification discloses various inventions necessary for practical use. Even when the above four methods are not used, each of them is independently established as an invention.
　以下、臀部拭き取り装置を実用化するための発明の実施形態を、順を追って説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the invention for putting the buttock wiping device into practical use will be described in order.
（第１の実施形態）
　図１Ａは、本発明の第１の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の外観の概略構造を示す斜視図である。図１Ａでは、内部構造が分かるように、内部構造を透かして記載している。図１Ａにおいて、臀部拭き取り装置１は、補高部２と、拭き取りアーム駆動部３と、拭き取りアーム４と、自動給紙部５と、開閉部６とを備える。便座７は、温水洗浄装置１５に回動可能に取り付けられている。なお、他の実施形態において、温水洗浄装置の記載を省略している図面もあるが、適宜、便座７の後部に温水洗浄装置１５が同様に設けられているとして、本発明を理解することができる。補高部２は、図示しない便器と便座７との間に設けられており、便座７の下部であって、便器の上に設けられている。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、上下用モータ８と、露出用モータ９と、レール部１０とを含む。 (First embodiment)
FIG. 1A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of an appearance of a buttock wiping device 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 1A, the internal structure is shown in a transparent manner so that the internal structure can be understood. In FIG. 1A, the heel wiping device 1 includes a height raising unit 2, a wiping arm driving unit 3, a wiping arm 4, an automatic paper feeding unit 5, and an opening / closing unit 6. The toilet seat 7 is rotatably attached to the warm water washing device 15. In other embodiments, there is a drawing in which the description of the hot water cleaning device is omitted, but it is possible to understand the present invention on the assumption that the hot water cleaning device 15 is similarly provided in the rear part of the toilet seat 7 as appropriate. it can. The elevation 2 is provided between a toilet bowl (not shown) and the toilet seat 7, and is provided below the toilet seat 7 and on the toilet bowl. The wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, and a rail unit 10.
　自動給紙部５は、ロール状のトイレットペーパー１１を送り出して、折りたたみ、所定の長さで切断し、切断された紙を拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａに載置する機能を有する。押し当て部４ａは、拭き取りアーム４の先端部分に設けられたヘッドであり、拭き取りアーム４が上に傾いた際、紙を臀部に押し当てて、水分等を拭き取るための拭き取り部分である。自動給紙部５は、電動式トイレットロールとして、すでに実用化されており、そのような電動式トイレットロールを流用すれば、実施可能であるので、ここでは要点のみ説明し、詳細な構造についての説明は省略する。 The automatic paper feeding unit 5 has a function of sending out the roll-shaped toilet paper 11, folding it, cutting it at a predetermined length, and wiping the cut paper on the pressing unit 4a of the arm 4. The pressing portion 4a is a head provided at the tip portion of the wiping arm 4, and is a wiping portion for pressing the paper against the collar portion when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward to wipe off moisture and the like. The automatic paper feeder 5 has already been put into practical use as an electric toilet roll, and can be implemented by diverting such an electric toilet roll. Therefore, only the main points will be described here and the detailed structure will be described. Description is omitted.
　なお、ロール状とは、長尺のトイレットペーパーを巻き取った状態のことをいう。本明細書において、ロール状以外に、長尺のトイレットペーパーを予め折り畳むなどしてコンパクトにしておき、その長尺のトイレットペーパーを自動給紙部５が自動で送り出して所定の間隔で折り畳み切断する場合も開示されている。また、トイレットペーパー自体が厚みを有するのであれば、折り畳むことは必須ではなく、長尺のトイレットペーパーを所定の長さで切断するだけでよい。 In addition, the roll shape means a state in which a long toilet paper is wound up. In the present specification, in addition to the roll shape, a long toilet paper is preliminarily folded to be compact, and the long toilet paper is automatically fed out by the automatic paper feeder 5 and is folded and cut at a predetermined interval. Cases are also disclosed. Further, if the toilet paper itself has a thickness, it is not essential to fold, and it is only necessary to cut a long toilet paper to a predetermined length.
　なお、自動給紙部５を用いずに、自動給紙部５を取り外して、自動給紙部５が設けられていた箇所に、押し当て部４ａに紙を手動で載置することができる開口や紙送りローラ等を設けておけば、手動で、押し当て部４ａに紙を載置することができる臀部拭き取り装置１が提供可能である。 Note that the automatic paper feeder 5 is removed without using the automatic paper feeder 5, and the paper can be manually placed on the pressing portion 4a at the place where the automatic paper feeder 5 is provided. If a paper feed roller or the like is provided, it is possible to provide the collar wiping device 1 that can manually place paper on the pressing portion 4a.
　開閉部６は、補高部２に設けられた開口を開閉するための装置であり、たとえば、上下、前後等にモータや電磁ソレノイド、ピストン等で駆動するシャッターを用いることができるが、開口を開閉することができる装置であれば、特に、限定されない。また、開閉部６は、モータ等で駆動するのではなく、ヒンジとバネによる開閉部になっており、拭き取りアームが露出時に当該開閉部を押し下げて開け、収納時にばねの力で自動的に閉じるようにしてもよい。また、手動で、使用者が開閉部６を上下、前後等に開閉するような構造であってもよい。開閉機構としては、周知のあらゆる機構を採用することが可能である。なお、本明細書の説明において、便座７の前側（温水洗浄装置１５とは逆側）を前方向とし、温水洗浄装置１５側を後方向とし、鉛直下方向を下方向、鉛直上方向を上方向、便座７に向かって右側を右方向、便座７に向かって左側を左方向ということとする。 The opening / closing part 6 is a device for opening and closing an opening provided in the elevation part 2. For example, a shutter driven by a motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, a piston or the like can be used up and down, front and rear, etc. Any device that can be opened and closed is not particularly limited. The opening / closing part 6 is not driven by a motor or the like, but is an opening / closing part by a hinge and a spring. When the wiping arm is exposed, the opening / closing part is pushed down to open and automatically closed by the spring force when stored. You may do it. Moreover, the structure which a user opens and closes the opening-and-closing part 6 up and down, back and forth, etc. manually may be sufficient. Any known mechanism can be adopted as the opening / closing mechanism. In the description of the present specification, the front side of the toilet seat 7 (the side opposite to the warm water cleaning device 15) is the front direction, the warm water cleaning device 15 side is the rear direction, the vertically downward direction is the downward direction, and the vertically upward direction is the upward direction. The right side toward the toilet seat 7 is the right direction, and the left side toward the toilet seat 7 is the left direction.
　自動給紙部５によって（又は手動で）、押し当て部４ａに紙が載置される。露出用モータ９が回転して、レール部１０上を拭き取りアーム４が上下用モータ８と一緒になって移動し、押し当て部４ａが便座７の穴７ａ側に移動して露出する。押し当て部４ａが露出すると、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を上方に揺動させて上方向に傾ける。これにより、紙で、臀部の水分等が拭き取られる。拭き取り後は、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を下方に揺動させて下方向に傾ける。紙が自然に落下する。なお、ここで示す拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構は、紙と拭き取りアームとが別々に移動する第２の方式においても使用することができる。以下、他の実施形態についても同様のことが言える。すなわち、その都度、指摘しなくても、第１の方式で使用する拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構と第２の方式で使用する拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構とは、どちらの方式でも使用することができる。 The paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a by the automatic paper feeding unit 5 (or manually). The exposure motor 9 rotates, the wiping arm 4 moves on the rail portion 10 together with the vertical motor 8, and the pressing portion 4a moves to the hole 7a side of the toilet seat 7 and is exposed. When the pressing portion 4a is exposed, the up / down motor 8 rotates to swing the wiping arm 4 upward and tilt upward. Thereby, the water | moisture content etc. of a buttocks are wiped off with paper. After wiping, the up / down motor 8 rotates to swing the wiping arm 4 downward and tilt downward. Paper falls naturally. The mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown here can also be used in the second method in which the paper and the wiping arm move separately. The same applies to other embodiments below. That is, each time, the wiping arm driving unit 3 mechanism used in the first method and the wiping arm driving unit 3 mechanism used in the second method should be used in both methods, even if not indicated each time. Can do.
　押し当て部４ａは、拭き取りアーム４が移動したとしても、紙が落下しない程度の摩擦をその表面に有する素材からできている。そのため、このように、拭き取りアーム４が露出する際、紙を掴んだり差し込んだりすることなく、押し当て部４ａを穴７ａ側に露出させることができる。押し当て部４ａの素材としては、紙が摩擦で落下しないものであればよいので、種々考えられる。たとえば、シリコン樹脂、ゴム、表面に滑り止め加工を施した樹脂や金属、表面をざらざらにした樹脂や金属、滑り止めテープを貼り付けた押し当て部４ａなど、種々考えられる。具体的にどのようにして紙を摩擦で落下させないかは、本発明と限定するものではない。本発明では、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａが紙を掴むことなく、押し当て部４ａと紙との間に生じる摩擦によって、拭き取りアーム４の移動と共に、紙が押し当て部４ａに載置されたまま露出することを特徴とする。 The pressing portion 4a is made of a material having friction on the surface thereof so that the paper does not fall even if the wiping arm 4 moves. Therefore, when the wiping arm 4 is exposed as described above, the pressing portion 4a can be exposed to the hole 7a side without grasping or inserting the paper. Various materials can be used as the material of the pressing portion 4a as long as the paper does not fall due to friction. For example, silicon resin, rubber, resin or metal with a non-slip treatment on the surface, resin or metal with a rough surface, or a pressing portion 4a with a non-slip tape attached thereto can be considered. How the paper is not dropped by friction is not specifically limited to the present invention. In the present invention, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 does not grip the paper, and the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a as the wiping arm 4 moves due to friction generated between the pressing portion 4a and the paper. It is characterized by being exposed as it is.
　押し当て部４ａは、図１Ａ及び後述の図７～１０に示したように、先端が盛り上がるような形状になっている。このような形状によっても、紙１１ａが拭き取りアーム４の移動時に落ちにくくなる。なお、紙１１ａを落ちにくくするための押し当て部４ａの形状は、図示した例に限定されない。押し当て部４ａは、肛門の前後に紙１１ａが当接するように、先端が丸まっており、肛門の前後方向に沿うような曲面形状をしているが、図示した例に限定されない。本発明では、押し当て部４ａの形状を工夫することによって紙を落下しないようにしている。本発明では、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａが紙を掴むことなく、押し当て部４ａの形状によって、拭き取りアーム４の移動と共に、紙が落下することなく、押し当て部４ａに載置されたまま露出することを特徴とする。 As shown in FIG. 1A and FIGS. 7 to 10 to be described later, the pressing portion 4a has a shape such that the tip is raised. Even with such a shape, the paper 11a is less likely to fall when the wiping arm 4 moves. In addition, the shape of the pressing part 4a for making it hard to drop the paper 11a is not limited to the illustrated example. The pressing portion 4a has a rounded tip so that the paper 11a contacts the front and back of the anus and has a curved shape along the front and rear direction of the anus, but is not limited to the illustrated example. In the present invention, the paper is not dropped by devising the shape of the pressing portion 4a. In the present invention, the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 is placed on the pressing unit 4a without moving the wiping arm 4 and dropping the paper according to the shape of the pressing unit 4a without gripping the paper. It is characterized by being exposed as it is.
　なお、後述するように、押し当て部４ａに、水溶解性や水分解性などを有する水溶性の素材を用いた使い捨てのアーム若しくは使い捨ての押し当て部を用いるようにしてもよい。使い捨てのアームとしては、軸が固めの基材部となっており、拭き取り部分が吸水部となっている構造が一例として考えられる。この点は、第１の実施形態以外の実施形態においても、同様である。 As will be described later, a disposable arm using a water-soluble material having water solubility or water decomposability or a disposable pressing unit may be used for the pressing unit 4a. As a disposable arm, a structure in which the shaft is a hard base material portion and the wiping portion is a water absorption portion is considered as an example. This point is the same in the embodiments other than the first embodiment.
　以下、図１Ｂ及び図１Ｃ並びに図２～図１０を参照しながら、第１の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の動作の詳細について説明する。図１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能ブロック図である。図１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図２は、開閉部６側から見たときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す左側面図である。図３は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載せられたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図４は、紙１１ａが露出したときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図５は、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図６は、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図７は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載せられたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図８は、紙１１ａが露出したときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図９は、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図１０は、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾いたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。 Hereinafter, the details of the operation of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1B and 1C and FIGS. 2 to 10. FIG. 1B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 1C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 2 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when viewed from the opening / closing part 6 side. FIG. 3 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. FIG. 4 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed. FIG. 5 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward. FIG. 7 is a front view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. FIG. 8 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is exposed. FIG. 9 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. FIG. 10 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward.
　図１Ｂに示すように、臀部拭き取り装置１は、全体の動作を制御する制御部１３を備える。臀部拭き取り装置１は、温水洗浄装置１５によって洗浄が完了しているか否かを検知するための洗浄確認センサ１２ｃと、給紙部５でのトイレットペーパー１１の残量を検知するための紙残量センサ１２ｄとを備える。洗浄確認センサ１２ｃは、温水洗浄装置１５のノズルが露出したか否かを検知する接触センサや、洗浄音を検知する音センサ、肛門付近の便の残存を検知する色識別センサ、温水洗浄装置１５の洗浄ボタン及び終了ボタンが押されたか否かを検知する検知部などで実現できるが、本発明を限定するものではない。紙残量センサ１２ｄは、トイレットペーパー１１のロールの厚みを検知する光センサや超音波センサ、トイレットペーパー１１の残存を検知する色識別センサなどで実現できるが、本発明を限定するものではない。なお、手動で紙を押し当て部４ａに載置する場合は、自動給紙部５は不要となるので、紙残量センタ１２ｄも不要である。 As shown in FIG. 1B, the buttock wiping device 1 includes a control unit 13 that controls the overall operation. The buttocks wiping device 1 includes a cleaning confirmation sensor 12c for detecting whether or not cleaning is completed by the hot water cleaning device 15, and a remaining amount of paper for detecting the remaining amount of the toilet paper 11 in the paper feeding unit 5. Sensor 12d. The cleaning confirmation sensor 12c is a contact sensor that detects whether or not the nozzle of the hot water cleaning device 15 is exposed, a sound sensor that detects a cleaning sound, a color identification sensor that detects the presence of stool near the anus, and the hot water cleaning device 15 However, the present invention is not limited to this. The remaining paper sensor 12d can be realized by an optical sensor or an ultrasonic sensor for detecting the thickness of the roll of the toilet paper 11, a color identification sensor for detecting the remaining of the toilet paper 11, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Note that when the paper is manually placed on the pressing unit 4a, the automatic paper feeding unit 5 is not necessary, and the paper remaining amount center 12d is also unnecessary.
　臀部拭き取り装置１は、押し当て部４ａに紙が載置されているか否かを検出するための紙載置検出センサ１２ｅを備える。紙載置検出センタ１２ｅは、紙の有無を判断する光センサや色識別センサなどで実現でき、典型的には、押し当て部４ａに取り付けられているが、押し当て部４ａでの紙の載置の有無を検出できればよく、それ以外のセンサであってよく、本発明を限定するものではない。 The heel wiping device 1 includes a paper placement detection sensor 12e for detecting whether or not paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a. The paper placement detection center 12e can be realized by an optical sensor or a color identification sensor that determines the presence or absence of paper. Typically, the paper placement detection center 12e is attached to the pressing unit 4a. Any other sensor may be used as long as the presence or absence of the device can be detected, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
　図１Ｂ及び図３に示すように、臀部拭き取り装置１は、拭き取りアーム４が収納位置にあるか否かを検知するための収納位置センサ１２ａと、露出位置にあるか否かを検知するための露出位置センサ１２ｂとを備える。図３では、リミットスイッチを用いるイメージで記載しているが、収納位置センサ１２ａ及び露出位置センサ１２ｂは、その他の接触スイッチや磁気センサ、光センサなど、種々のセンサによって実現でき、本発明を限定するものではない。 As shown in FIG. 1B and FIG. 3, the buttock wiping device 1 is for detecting whether or not the wiping arm 4 is in the storage position and a storage position sensor 12 a for detecting whether or not it is in the exposure position. And an exposure position sensor 12b. Although FIG. 3 shows an image using a limit switch, the storage position sensor 12a and the exposure position sensor 12b can be realized by various sensors such as other contact switches, magnetic sensors, optical sensors, and the present invention is limited. Not what you want.
　図２、図３、及び図７に示すように、板状のレール１０を４つのプーリー１０ｇで上下に挟んで、台座１０ａ及び１０ｂが、レール１０上を摺動できる構造となっている。台座１０ａに、上下用モータ８が固定されている。上下用モータ８の回転軸に、拭き取りアーム４の一端が固定されている。拭き取りアーム４は、押し当て部４ａを有しており、押し当て部４ａの上に、紙１１ａが載置される。露出用モータ９の回転軸には、プーリー１０ｆが取り付けられている。プーリー１０ｃが、補高部２内部に、図示しない軸受けを用いて回動可能に固定されている。プーリー１０ｃとプーリー１０ｆには、ベルト１０ｄがかけられている。台座１０ｂは、連結具１０ｅを用いて、ベルト１０ｄと連結されている。このような構造によって、露出用モータ９が回転すると、プーリー１０ｆが回転し、それに合わせて、ベルト１０ｄが回転し、ベルト１０ｄと一緒に、台座１０ｂ及び台座１０ａがレール１０を摺動することとなる。なお、拭き取りアーム４を摺動させるための構造は、種々考えられ、ここに示した例は、一例に過ぎず、本発明を限定するものではない。 As shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3, and FIG. 7, the plate-like rail 10 is sandwiched up and down by four pulleys 10g, so that the bases 10a and 10b can slide on the rail 10. A vertical motor 8 is fixed to the pedestal 10a. One end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. The wiping arm 4 has a pressing portion 4a, and the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. A pulley 10 f is attached to the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9. A pulley 10c is fixed inside the elevation part 2 so as to be rotatable using a bearing (not shown). A belt 10d is hung on the pulley 10c and the pulley 10f. The pedestal 10b is coupled to the belt 10d using a coupling tool 10e. With such a structure, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pulley 10f rotates, and the belt 10d rotates accordingly, and the base 10b and the base 10a slide on the rail 10 together with the belt 10d. Become. In addition, the structure for sliding the wiping arm 4 can be considered variously, and the example shown here is only an example and does not limit the present invention.
　図２及び図７に示すように、自動給紙部５は、紙送りローラ５ｃと、切断部５ｂとを備える。紙送りローラ５ｃは、図示しないモータの回転によって回転し、トイレットペーパー１１を挟んで、トイレットペーパー１１を切断部５ｂの方向に送る。切断部５ｂは、刃物でトイレットペーパー１１を挟んで切断する。刃物の駆動には、たとえば、揺動型の電磁ソレノイドを利用して刃物を揺動させてトイレットペーパー１１をカットするようにしたらよい。このような機構は周知であり、詳しい説明は省略するが、あらゆる周知の切断機構を利用することができる。折り畳み用ガイド５ａ，５ａの間にトイレットペーパー１１が垂れ下がってくることによって、自然に、トイレットペーパー１１が折り畳まれて、押し当て部４ａの上に載置されていく。所定の量を紙送りローラ５ｃが送り出したら、切断部５ｂがトイレットペーパー１１を切断する。これによって、図７に示したように、切断された紙１０ａが、押し当て部４ａの上に載置される。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 7, the automatic paper feeder 5 includes a paper feed roller 5c and a cutting part 5b. The paper feed roller 5c is rotated by rotation of a motor (not shown), and feeds the toilet paper 11 in the direction of the cutting portion 5b with the toilet paper 11 interposed therebetween. The cutting part 5b cuts the toilet paper 11 with a blade. For driving the blade, for example, the toilet paper 11 may be cut by swinging the blade using a swinging electromagnetic solenoid. Such mechanisms are well known and will not be described in detail, but any known cutting mechanism can be used. When the toilet paper 11 hangs down between the folding guides 5a and 5a, the toilet paper 11 is naturally folded and placed on the pressing portion 4a. When the paper feed roller 5c sends out a predetermined amount, the cutting unit 5b cuts the toilet paper 11. As a result, as shown in FIG. 7, the cut paper 10a is placed on the pressing portion 4a.
　図１Ｂに示すように、臀部拭き取り装置１は、開閉部６の開閉状態を検出するための開閉確認センサ６ａを有する。開閉確認センサ６ａは、接触スイッチや磁気センサなど、種々のセンサによって実現できるが、本発明を限定するものではない。また、開閉確認センサ６ａは、必須構成ではない。 As shown in FIG. 1B, the buttock wiping device 1 has an open / close confirmation sensor 6 a for detecting the open / close state of the open / close unit 6. The open / close confirmation sensor 6a can be realized by various sensors such as a contact switch and a magnetic sensor, but the present invention is not limited thereto. The open / close confirmation sensor 6a is not an essential component.
　以下、図１Ｃに示すフローチャートと各図を対応させながら、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を説明する。まず、操作部３５を用いて、使用者が拭き取りを指示したとする（Ｓ１００）。制御部１３は、洗浄確認センサ１２ｃによって、温水洗浄装置１５による洗浄が完了しているか否かを確認する（Ｓ１０１）。まだ、洗浄が完了していなかった場合は、制御部１３は、次の動作に進まずに、使用者に、音声や表示メッセージ等で、洗浄を完了させるように、促す。洗浄が完了していれば、制御部１３は、Ｓ１０２の動作に進む。なお、拭き取り実行中は、温水洗浄装置１５が作動しないように、温水洗浄装置１５への電源の供給を遮断するか、若しくは、臀部拭き取り装置１と温水洗浄装置１５とを協働させる場合は、拭き取り指示後は、温水洗浄指示ができないように制御しておくとよい。 Hereinafter, the operation of the buttock wiping device 1 will be described with the flowchart shown in FIG. First, it is assumed that the user instructs wiping using the operation unit 35 (S100). The controller 13 confirms whether or not the cleaning by the hot water cleaning device 15 is completed by the cleaning confirmation sensor 12c (S101). If the cleaning has not been completed yet, the control unit 13 prompts the user to complete the cleaning with a voice or a display message without proceeding to the next operation. If the cleaning is completed, the control unit 13 proceeds to the operation of S102. During wiping, the supply of power to the hot water cleaning device 15 is interrupted so that the hot water cleaning device 15 does not operate, or when the buttocks wiping device 1 and the hot water cleaning device 15 are allowed to cooperate, It is good to control so that a warm water washing instruction cannot be performed after a wiping instruction.
　Ｓ１０２において、制御部１３は、紙残量センサ１２ｄによって、紙が無くなっていないか否かを確認する。紙が無くなっている場合は、制御部１３は、次の動作に進まずに、使用者に、音声や表示メッセージ等で、トイレットペーパー１１を補充するように、促す。紙が無くなっていなければ、制御部１３は、Ｓ１０３の動作に進む。 In S102, the control unit 13 confirms whether or not the paper has run out by the paper remaining amount sensor 12d. If there is no paper, the control unit 13 prompts the user to replenish the toilet paper 11 with a voice, a display message, or the like without proceeding to the next operation. If there is no paper, the control unit 13 proceeds to the operation of S103.
　Ｓ１０３において、制御部１３は、開閉部６を制御して、補高部２の開口部を開ける。
　次に、制御部１３は、開閉確認センサ６ａからの信号に基づいて、正常に開いたか否かを確認する（Ｓ１０４）。正常に開いていなければ、制御部１３は、再度、開閉部６を制御して、開閉を試みる。それでも、開かない場合は、制御部１３は、次の動作に進まずに、使用者に、音声や表示メッセージ等で、異常が発生している旨を通知する。正常に開いた場合、制御部１３は、Ｓ１０５の動作に進む。なお、ヒンジ式の簡易な開閉部を用いる場合は、この制御は発生しない。 In S <b> 103, the control unit 13 controls the opening / closing unit 6 to open the opening of the elevation portion 2.
Next, the control part 13 confirms whether it opened normally based on the signal from the opening / closing confirmation sensor 6a (S104). If it is not normally opened, the control unit 13 controls the opening / closing unit 6 again to attempt opening / closing. If the control unit 13 still does not open, the control unit 13 notifies the user that an abnormality has occurred by voice or a display message without proceeding to the next operation. When it is normally opened, the control unit 13 proceeds to the operation of S105. Note that this control does not occur when a hinge-type simple opening / closing part is used.
　Ｓ１０５において、制御部１３は、自動給紙部５を作動させて、図２に示したように、トイレットペーパー１１を紙送りローラ５ｃで送り出して、所定の長さを送ったら、切断部５ｂで切断する。これにより、押し当て部４ａに、トイレットペーパー１１が載置されることとなる。なお、自動給紙部５は、押し当て部４ａに載置された紙１１ａを上から押さえつけるような装置を有しており、紙１１ａの折り畳みがばらばらにならないようにする。図３及び図７は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載置されているときの様子を示す。なお、ここでは、紙１０ａは、記載を簡略化するために、１つの厚い紙のように記載している。なお、トイレットペーパー１１が元々厚い紙であれば、折りたたまなくとも、１枚のシート状の紙１１ａが拭き取りに用いられる。また、１枚の専用紙を押し当て部４ａに自動又は手動で載置するようにしてもよい。 In S105, the control unit 13 operates the automatic paper feeding unit 5 to feed the toilet paper 11 with the paper feed roller 5c and feed a predetermined length as shown in FIG. Disconnect. Thereby, the toilet paper 11 will be mounted in the pressing part 4a. The automatic paper feeder 5 has a device that presses the paper 11a placed on the pressing unit 4a from above, so that the folding of the paper 11a does not fall apart. 3 and 7 show a state when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. Here, in order to simplify the description, the paper 10a is described as one thick paper. In addition, if the toilet paper 11 is originally thick paper, even if it is not folded, the sheet-like paper 11a will be used for wiping. Alternatively, one sheet of dedicated paper may be automatically or manually placed on the pressing unit 4a.
　次に、制御部１３は、紙載置検出センサ１２ｅをオンにして、常時、押し当て部４ａに紙１１ａが正常に載置しているか否かを検出するモードに移行する（Ｓ１０６）。当該モードは、紙１１ａの落下（Ｓ１１０）まで続き、もし、当該モード中に、誤って紙が落下してしまうということになれば、制御部１３は、拭き取り動作を停止して、拭き取りアーム４が収納位置に戻るように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を駆動する。 Next, the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement detection sensor 12e, and shifts to a mode for detecting whether or not the paper 11a is normally placed on the pressing unit 4a (S106). The mode continues until the paper 11a falls (S110). If the paper is accidentally dropped during the mode, the control unit 13 stops the wiping operation and the wiping arm 4 is stopped. The wiping arm driving unit 3 is driven so that the wiping arm returns to the storage position.
　Ｓ１０７において、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９を作動して、拭き取りアーム４を穴７ａ側に露出させる（Ｓ１０７）。図４及び図８は、便座７の穴７ａ側に押し当て部４ａが露出したときの様子を示す図である。制御部１３は、露出位置センサ１２ｂからの信号に基づいて、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置まで到達したか否かを判断し、到達したら、露出用モータ９の作動を停止する（Ｓ１０８）。 In S107, the control unit 13 operates the exposure motor 9 to expose the wiping arm 4 to the hole 7a side (S107). 4 and 8 are views showing a state where the pressing portion 4a is exposed to the hole 7a side of the toilet seat 7. FIG. Based on the signal from the exposure position sensor 12b, the controller 13 determines whether or not the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position, and when it reaches, stops the operation of the exposure motor 9 (S108).
　露出後、制御部１３は、上下用モータ８を回転させて、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾くようにする（Ｓ１０９）。図５及び図９は、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いたときの様子を示す図である。この際、モータ検出部８ａが上下用モータ８の回転を検出できるように設置されており、回転数や回転角度、トルクなどを検出して、制御部１３に検出した信号を送る。 After the exposure, the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 so that the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward (S109). 5 and 9 are views showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. At this time, the motor detection unit 8 a is installed so as to detect the rotation of the up / down motor 8, detects the rotation speed, rotation angle, torque, and the like, and sends the detected signal to the control unit 13.
　モータ検出部８ａは、モータの回転数や回転角度、トルクを検出することができる装置であり、シャント抵抗器、ポテンショメータ、タコジェネレータ、レゾルバ、ロータリーエンコーダー、ホール素子などによって実現できるが、それに限るものではない。 The motor detection unit 8a is a device that can detect the rotation speed, rotation angle, and torque of the motor, and can be realized by a shunt resistor, a potentiometer, a tachometer, a resolver, a rotary encoder, a Hall element, etc., but is not limited thereto. is not.
　たとえば、簡易な構成としては、可変抵抗器をモータ検出部８ａに用いて、上下用モータ８の回転軸の回転が可変抵抗器の回転軸に伝達するようにしておき、可変抵抗器の抵抗値によって、回転角度や回転数を制御部１３が検出して、拭き取りアーム４の傾き角度を検出するようにできる。 For example, as a simple configuration, a variable resistor is used for the motor detection unit 8a so that the rotation of the rotation shaft of the vertical motor 8 is transmitted to the rotation shaft of the variable resistor. Thus, the control unit 13 can detect the rotation angle and the number of rotations to detect the inclination angle of the wiping arm 4.
　押し当て部４ａによる押し上げの強さを検出したいのであれば、簡易な構成としては、モータに直列にシャント抵抗を接続しておき、シャント抵抗の電圧値で回路に流れる電流値を検出して、モータのトルクを検出し、制御部１３が上下用モータ８による押し上げ強さを制御するようにできる。また、モータ検出部８ａとして、押し当て部４ａに圧力センサを設けておき、臀部に係っている圧力を計測して、それによってモータのトルクを認識してもよい。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を駆動させるためのモータをこのようにトルク制御（若しくはトルク制限）することにより、所定以上の力で臀部に押し当て部４ａが当接しないように制御する。ここで、トルク制御とは、モータで発生するトルクが所定の値になるようにすることをいい、トルク制限とは、所定以上のトルクがモータで発生しないようにすることをいう。モータに、サーボモータを利用するのであれば、トルク情報をフィードバックして、トルク制御又はトルク制限が可能である。モータにサーボモータを使用しないのであれば、上記のように、モータに流れる電流値を検出して、モータに発生しているトルクを検出して、検出結果を制御部１３にフィードバックして、モータの回転を制御部１３が制御すればよい。 If you want to detect the strength of the pushing by the pressing portion 4a, as a simple configuration, connect a shunt resistor in series with the motor, detect the current value flowing through the circuit with the voltage value of the shunt resistor, The torque of the motor is detected, and the control unit 13 can control the push-up strength by the vertical motor 8. Further, as the motor detection unit 8a, a pressure sensor may be provided in the pressing unit 4a, and the pressure applied to the collar may be measured to thereby recognize the motor torque. The wiping arm driving unit 3 controls the motor for driving the wiping arm 4 in such a manner as described above so that the pressing unit 4a does not come into contact with the buttocks with a predetermined force or more. . Here, the torque control means that the torque generated by the motor becomes a predetermined value, and the torque limit means that a torque exceeding a predetermined value is not generated by the motor. If a servo motor is used for the motor, torque control or torque limitation is possible by feeding back torque information. If a servo motor is not used for the motor, as described above, the current value flowing through the motor is detected, the torque generated in the motor is detected, and the detection result is fed back to the control unit 13 to It is sufficient that the controller 13 controls the rotation.
　なお、本明細書に開示しているモータとして、エンコーダを内蔵するサーボモータを使用することもできるが、エンコーダが内蔵されているか否かの相違に過ぎず、機能ブロックとしては、図１Ｂに示すものと同様となる（他の全ての実施形態について同様のことが言える）。 Note that a servo motor incorporating an encoder can be used as the motor disclosed in the present specification, but only a difference whether an encoder is incorporated or not is shown in FIG. 1B as a functional block. (Same for all other embodiments).
　制御部１３は、モータ検出部８ａからの信号に基づいて、上下用モータ８の回転を制御して、所望の速度や強さで、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａを臀部に当接させて、水分等の拭き取りを実行する。この際、上下用モータ８は、正逆、微少な反復回転を繰り返すことで、肛門に紙１１ａを当てたり外したりして、水分等を拭き取るようにしてもよい。拭き取りが完了したか否かは、典型的には、臀部に押し当て部４ａを当接させている時間で判断することとする。たとえば、１０秒間、押し当て部４ａを臀部に当接させたら拭き取りが完了したとして、制御部１３は、次の動作Ｓ１１０に進む。ただし、拭き取りが完了したか否かの判断は、これに限られるものではなく、色識別センサなどを用いて、実際に水分等が除去されているか否かを判断するなど、種々の方法を採用し得る。 Based on the signal from the motor detection unit 8a, the control unit 13 controls the rotation of the up / down motor 8 to bring the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 into contact with the collar at a desired speed and strength. , Wipe off moisture, etc. At this time, the up / down motor 8 may wipe off moisture or the like by repeating the forward / reverse and slight repetitive rotations so that the paper 11a is applied to or removed from the anus. Whether or not wiping has been completed is typically determined by the time during which the pressing portion 4a is in contact with the collar portion. For example, the controller 13 proceeds to the next operation S110 assuming that wiping is completed when the pressing portion 4a is brought into contact with the collar portion for 10 seconds. However, the determination of whether or not wiping has been completed is not limited to this, and various methods such as determining whether or not moisture has actually been removed using a color identification sensor or the like are employed. Can do.
　拭き取りが完了したら、制御部１３は、上下用モータ８を回転させて、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾くようにする（Ｓ１１０）。図６及び図１０は、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾いたときの様子を示す図である。この際、制御部１３は、モータ検出部８ａからの信号に基づいて、上下用モータ８の回転を制御して、所定の角度分、拭き取りアーム４を下に傾ける。紙１１ａは、自重によって、自然に落下することとなる。ただし、押し当て部４ａの摩擦があり水分も吸収しているので、自然に落下しないことも想定し得る。そのため、制御部１３は、上下用モータ８及び／又は露出用モータ９を正逆に繰り返して反復回転させることで、拭き取りアーム４を微振動させて、紙１１ａを振り落すようにしてもよい。また、補高部２の開口部分に収納時に突出してくる突起部を設けておいて、拭き取りアーム４が収納される際に、突起部が突出して紙１１ａが当たって押し当て部４ａから落下するようにしておいてもよい。なお、突出部は拭き取り時には、引っ込めておくこととする。制御部１３は、紙載置検出センサ１２ｅによって、押し当て部４ａに紙１１ａが載置されていないことが検出されたら、次の動作Ｓ１１１に進む。 When wiping is completed, the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 so that the wiping arm 4 is inclined downward (S110). 6 and 10 are views showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward. At this time, the control unit 13 controls the rotation of the vertical motor 8 based on the signal from the motor detection unit 8a to tilt the wiping arm 4 downward by a predetermined angle. The paper 11a naturally falls due to its own weight. However, since the pressing portion 4a has friction and absorbs moisture, it can be assumed that it does not fall naturally. Therefore, the control unit 13 may cause the wiper arm 4 to vibrate slightly by repeatedly rotating the up / down motor 8 and / or the exposure motor 9 repeatedly in the forward and reverse directions to shake off the paper 11a. In addition, a protruding portion that protrudes at the time of storage is provided in the opening portion of the height raising portion 2, and when the wiping arm 4 is stored, the protruding portion protrudes and hits the paper 11a and falls from the pressing portion 4a. You may keep it. Note that the protrusion is retracted when wiping. When the paper placement detection sensor 12e detects that the paper 11a is not placed on the pressing portion 4a, the control unit 13 proceeds to the next operation S111.
　Ｓ１１１において、制御部１３は、上下用モータ８を作動させて、拭き取りアーム４を水平位置に戻す。その後、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９を作動させて、拭き取りアーム４を補高部２内に収納し（Ｓ１１２）、収納位置センサ１２ａによって、収納位置への拭き取りアーム４の格納が検出されたら（Ｓ１１３）、開閉部６を作動させて、補高部２の開口を閉じる（Ｓ１１４）。制御部１３は、開閉確認センサ６ａによって、正常に開口が閉じられたことが確認されたら（Ｓ１１５）、待機状態となり、次の拭き取り指示を待つこととなる。Ｓ１１５において、開口が正常に閉じられなかったことが検出されたら、制御部１３は、使用者に、音声や表示メッセージ等で、異常が発生している旨を通知する。なお、開閉部６が簡易なヒンジ式の開閉部である場合は、Ｓ１１４，１１５の動作は不要である。 In S111, the control unit 13 operates the up / down motor 8 to return the wiping arm 4 to the horizontal position. Thereafter, the control unit 13 operates the exposure motor 9 to store the wiping arm 4 in the elevation part 2 (S112), and the storing position sensor 12a detects the storing of the wiping arm 4 in the storing position. Then (S113), the opening / closing part 6 is operated to close the opening of the elevation part 2 (S114). When the opening / closing confirmation sensor 6a confirms that the opening has been normally closed (S115), the control unit 13 enters a standby state and waits for the next wiping instruction. In S115, if it is detected that the opening has not been closed normally, the control unit 13 notifies the user that an abnormality has occurred by voice or a display message. In addition, when the opening / closing part 6 is a simple hinge-type opening / closing part, the operation | movement of S114,115 is unnecessary.
　このように、第１の実施形態によれば、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａは、冒頭で述べた第１の方式のように、紙を掴むことなく、その摩擦を利用して、紙１１ａを載置したまま、移動可能である。また、押し当て部４ａの先端を盛り上がるような臀部の形状に沿った曲面形状とすることで、紙１１ａが落ちにくくなり、紙１１ａを載置したまま移動可能となる。このように、拭き取りアーム４が紙１１ａを掴まない機構とすることで、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を簡易な構造とすることが可能となった。具体的には、第１の実施形態では、露出用モータ９を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を露出させ、上下用モータ８を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を上下させるだけでよい。簡易な構造の拭き取りアーム駆動部３を用いることができるようになったため、冒頭で述べた第３の方式のように、補高部内に、機構の一部、ここでは、プーリー１ｃやレール１０、ベルト１０ｄが、収容されることが可能となった。そのため、便器横のスペースをできる限り取らないようにすることが可能となり、臀部拭き取り装置１の小型化が可能となった。 As described above, according to the first embodiment, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 uses the friction of the paper 11a without gripping the paper as in the first method described at the beginning. Can be moved with the In addition, by making the curved surface shape along the shape of the collar so that the tip of the pressing portion 4a rises, the paper 11a is difficult to fall off, and the paper 11a can be moved while being placed. Thus, it became possible to make the wiping arm drive part 3 into a simple structure by setting it as the mechanism in which the wiping arm 4 does not grip the paper 11a. Specifically, in the first embodiment, it is only necessary to expose the wiping arm 4 using the exposure motor 9 and move the wiping arm 4 up and down using the vertical motor 8. Since the wiping arm drive unit 3 having a simple structure can be used, a part of the mechanism, in this case, the pulley 1c, the rail 10, and the like, are provided in the elevation portion as in the third method described at the beginning. The belt 10d can be accommodated. For this reason, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl, and it is possible to reduce the size of the buttocks wiping device 1.
　なお、補高部２と便座７とは、別部材としたが、補高部２と便座７を一体化するように、便座７の厚みを増して、便座７に拭き取りアーム４及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３の一部を収容できる空洞を設け、開閉部６で、便座７の開口を開閉できる構造としておけば、厚めの便座の内部に、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構の一部を設けることが可能である。このことは、第１の実施形態に限らず、下記に説明する全ての実施形態において言えることである。 Although the height 2 and the toilet seat 7 are separate members, the thickness of the toilet seat 7 is increased so that the height 2 and the toilet seat 7 are integrated, and the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm are driven on the toilet seat 7. If a cavity that can accommodate a part of the part 3 is provided and the opening / closing part 6 can open and close the opening of the toilet seat 7, a part of the mechanism of the wiping arm drive part 3 can be provided inside the thick toilet seat. Is possible. This can be said not only in the first embodiment but also in all embodiments described below.
（第２の実施形態）
　図１１Ａは、本発明の第２の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の外観の概略構造を示す斜視図である。図１１Ａでは、内部構造が分かるように、内部構造を透かして記載している。図１１Ａにおいて、臀部拭き取り装置１は、補高部２と、拭き取りアーム駆動部３と、拭き取りアーム４と、開閉部６とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、上下用モータ８と、露出用モータ９と、ベルト１０ｄと、プーリー１０ｃ及び１０ｆとを含む。第２の実施形態では、手動で押し当て部４ａに紙１１ａを載置するものとして説明するが、後述の図１７のように、自動で、押し当て部４ａに紙１１ａを載置するように変形可能である。 (Second Embodiment)
FIG. 11A is a perspective view showing a schematic structure of the appearance of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the second embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 11A, the internal structure is shown in a transparent manner so that the internal structure can be understood. In FIG. 11A, the heel wiping device 1 includes a height raising unit 2, a wiping arm driving unit 3, a wiping arm 4, and an opening / closing unit 6. The wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, a belt 10d, and pulleys 10c and 10f. In the second embodiment, the paper 11a is manually placed on the pressing portion 4a. However, as shown in FIG. 17 described later, the paper 11a is automatically placed on the pressing portion 4a. It can be deformed.
　図では、押し当て部４ａは四角柱状になっているが、押し当て部４ａは、第１の実施形態と同様、肛門付近の臀部の形状に沿うような曲面形状を有しており、拭き取りアーム４が移動したとしても、紙が落下しない程度の摩擦をその表面に有する素材からできている。なお、押し当て部４ａは、凹凸形状を有しており、紙１１ａが拭き取りアーム４の移動時に落ちにくい形状を有していてもよい In the figure, the pressing portion 4a has a quadrangular prism shape, but the pressing portion 4a has a curved surface shape that follows the shape of the buttocks near the anus, as in the first embodiment, and the wiping arm Even if 4 moves, it is made of a material having friction on its surface so that the paper does not fall. The pressing portion 4a may have an uneven shape, and the paper 11a may have a shape that does not easily fall off when the wiping arm 4 moves.
　以下、図１１Ｂ及び図１１Ｃ並びに図１２～図１６を参照しながら、第２の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の動作の詳細について説明する。図１１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能ブロック図である。図１１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、図１１Ｃのフローチャートでは、第１の実施形態と同様の動作については、同一の参照符号を付して、説明を省略する。図１２は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載せられたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図１３は、拭き取りアーム４が露出する途中の様子を示す平面図である。図１４は、拭き取りアームが拭き取り位置まで露出したときの様子を示す平面図である。図１５は、拭き取りアームが上方向に傾いたときの様子を示す平面図である。図１６（ａ）は、紙を載置するときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図１６（ｂ）は、拭き取りアームが露出したときの様子を示す正面図である。図１６（ｃ）は、拭き取りアームで拭き取る時の様子を示す正面図である。図１６（ｄ）は、紙を落下させるときの様子を示す正面図である。なお、図１６（ａ）乃至（ｄ）では、紙１１ａの記載を省略している。 Hereinafter, the details of the operation of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 11B and 11C and FIGS. 12 to 16. FIG. 11B is a functional block diagram of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 11C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. In the flowchart of FIG. 11C, the same operations as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted. FIG. 12 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. FIG. 13 is a plan view showing a state in which the wiping arm 4 is being exposed. FIG. 14 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is exposed to the wiping position. FIG. 15 is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm is tilted upward. Fig.16 (a) is a front view which shows the internal structure of the collar part wiping apparatus 1 when paper is mounted. FIG.16 (b) is a front view which shows a mode when the wiping arm is exposed. FIG.16 (c) is a front view which shows a mode when wiping off with a wiping arm. FIG. 16D is a front view showing a state when the paper is dropped. In FIGS. 16A to 16D, the paper 11a is not shown.
　露出用モータ９の回転軸にプーリー１０ｆが取り付けられている。プーリー１０ｆとプーリー１０ｃとは、ベルト１０ｄで、露出用モータ９の回転が伝達するように連結されている。プーリー１０ｃには、上下用モータ８が固定されている。上下用モータ８の回転軸に、拭き取りアーム４の一端が固定されている。このような伝達機構により、露出用モータ９が回転すると、上下用モータ８が回転して、それに合わせて、拭き取りアーム４が回転し、便座７の穴７ａ側に露出する（図１２～図１４及び図１６（ａ）及び（ｂ））。露出後、上下用モータ８が回転すると、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾き（図１５及び図１６（ｃ））、紙１１ａでの水分等の拭き取りが行われる。 A pulley 10f is attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. The pulley 10f and the pulley 10c are connected by a belt 10d so that the rotation of the exposure motor 9 is transmitted. A vertical motor 8 is fixed to the pulley 10c. One end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. When the exposure motor 9 is rotated by such a transmission mechanism, the vertical motor 8 is rotated, and accordingly, the wiping arm 4 is rotated and exposed to the hole 7a side of the toilet seat 7 (FIGS. 12 to 14). And FIGS. 16A and 16B). After the exposure, when the vertical motor 8 is rotated, the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward (FIGS. 15 and 16C), and the paper 11a is wiped off with moisture and the like.
　図１１Ｃに示すように、紙１１ａの供給が手動で行われる場合は、Ｓ１０１の次のＳ２００において、紙載置検出センサ１２ｅによって、紙が載置されているか否かを制御部１３が判断する。もし、紙１１ａが載置されていなければ、制御部１３は、使用者に、音声や表示メッセージを用いて、紙を載置するように促す。第２の実施形態では、図１１Ｂに示したように、露出用モータ９の回転を検出するためのモータ検出部９ａを用いることとした。モータ検出部９ａの具体例や機能については、第１の実施形態で説明したモータ検出部８ａと同様である。モータ検出部９ａからの信号に基づいて、制御部１３は、どの程度回転したかを判断し、露出位置まで回転したか否かを検出する（Ｓ２０１）。なお、第１の実施形態と同様、制御部１３は、露出位置センサ及び収納位置センサを用いて、露出位置と収納位置を検知するようにしてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 11C, when the paper 11a is supplied manually, the control unit 13 determines whether or not the paper is placed by the paper placement detection sensor 12e in S200 after S101. . If the paper 11a is not placed, the control unit 13 prompts the user to place the paper using a voice or a display message. In the second embodiment, as shown in FIG. 11B, the motor detection unit 9a for detecting the rotation of the exposure motor 9 is used. Specific examples and functions of the motor detection unit 9a are the same as those of the motor detection unit 8a described in the first embodiment. Based on the signal from the motor detection unit 9a, the control unit 13 determines how much it has been rotated, and detects whether it has been rotated to the exposure position (S201). As in the first embodiment, the control unit 13 may detect the exposure position and the storage position using an exposure position sensor and a storage position sensor.
　制御部１３は、拭き取り時、Ｓ１０９で、上下用モータ８を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を上方向に傾けたことに加えて、露出用モータ９を正逆反復回転させることにより、肛門付近で押し当て部４ａが前後に移動するようにして拭き取り動作を実行する（Ｓ２０２）。これより、第１の実施形態のように、単に、押し当て部４ａを肛門付近に当接させるだけの場合に比べて、広範囲に確実に、水分等を拭き取ることが可能となる。 At the time of wiping, the control unit 13 uses the up / down motor 8 to tilt the wiping arm 4 in the upward direction in addition to tilting the wiping arm 4 in the forward and reverse directions, thereby pushing it near the anus. A wiping operation is executed such that the abutting portion 4a moves back and forth (S202). As a result, as in the first embodiment, it is possible to wipe off moisture and the like more reliably in a wider range than in the case where the pressing portion 4a is simply brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus.
　制御部１３は、紙の落下後（図１６（ｄ））、収納位置まで拭き取りアーム４が到達したか否かをモータ検出部９ａからの信号で判断する（Ｓ２０３）。収納後、開閉部６が閉じた後、臀部拭き取り装置１は、待機状態となる。 The control unit 13 determines whether or not the wiping arm 4 has reached the storage position after the paper has fallen (FIG. 16D) based on a signal from the motor detection unit 9a (S203). After storage, after the opening / closing part 6 is closed, the buttocks wiping device 1 enters a standby state.
　図１２に示すように、押し当て部４ａが便座７の横側に露出している状態で、使用者が紙１１ａを載置し、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の一部が補高部２内に収容されている。 As shown in FIG. 12, the user places the paper 11 a in a state where the pressing portion 4 a is exposed to the side of the toilet seat 7, and a part of the wiping arm driving unit 3 is placed in the height raising unit 2. Contained.
　図１７は、押し当て部４ａの上に、自動給紙部５を配置した場合の正面図である。ここでは、図示を省略しているが、第１の実施形態と同様、自動給紙部５には、事前に紙が折りたたまれるように、折り畳み用ガイド５ａ，５ａが設けられている。また、押し当て部４ａに折り畳まれた紙が載置した後、当該紙を押し当て部４ａに押し付けて、ばらばらにならないようにするする機構も備えるとよい。 FIG. 17 is a front view when the automatic paper feeding unit 5 is arranged on the pressing unit 4a. Although illustration is omitted here, folding guides 5a and 5a are provided in the automatic paper feeder 5 so that the paper is folded in advance, as in the first embodiment. Moreover, it is good to also provide the mechanism which presses the said paper against the pressing part 4a after the folded paper is mounted in the pressing part 4a, and prevents it from falling apart.
　このように、第２の実施形態によれば、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａは、冒頭で述べた第１の方式のように、紙を掴むことなく、その摩擦を利用して、紙１１ａを載置したまま、移動可能である。また、押し当て部４ａの形状を、臀部の肛門付近に沿った曲面形状とし、紙１１ａが落ちにくい形状とすれば、紙１１ａを載置したまま移動可能となる。このように、拭き取りアーム４が紙１１ａと掴まない機構とすることで、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を簡易な構造とすることが可能となった。具体的には、第２の実施形態では、露出用モータ９を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を露出させ、上下用モータ８を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を上下させるだけでよい。簡易な構造の拭き取りアーム駆動部３を用いることができるようになったため、冒頭で述べた第３の方式のように、補高部内に、機構の一部が、収容されることが可能となった。そのため、便器横のスペースをできる限り取らないようにすることが可能となり、臀部拭き取り装置１の小型化が可能となった。さらに、第２の実施形態では、露出用モータ９は、拭き取りアーム４をある支点を中心に角運動させて露出させることとなるが、露出用モータ９を正逆反復回転させれば、押し当て部４ａを肛門付近で前後に移動させることができる。これにより、冒頭で述べた第４の方式のように、拭き取りアーム自体をレールに載せて前後させるという大掛かりな構造を省略することができるので、大幅な小型化が可能となる。 As described above, according to the second embodiment, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 uses the friction of the paper 11a without gripping the paper as in the first method described at the beginning. Can be moved with the Further, if the shape of the pressing portion 4a is a curved shape along the vicinity of the anus of the buttocks, and the paper 11a is difficult to fall off, the paper 11a can be moved while being placed. Thus, it became possible to make the wiping arm drive part 3 into a simple structure by setting it as the mechanism in which the wiping arm 4 does not grasp the paper 11a. Specifically, in the second embodiment, it is only necessary to expose the wiping arm 4 using the exposure motor 9 and move the wiping arm 4 up and down using the vertical motor 8. Since the wiping arm drive unit 3 having a simple structure can be used, a part of the mechanism can be accommodated in the elevation portion as in the third method described at the beginning. It was. For this reason, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl, and it is possible to reduce the size of the buttocks wiping device 1. Further, in the second embodiment, the exposure motor 9 is exposed by causing the wiping arm 4 to be angularly moved around a certain fulcrum, but if the exposure motor 9 is rotated repeatedly forward and backward, it is pressed. The part 4a can be moved back and forth near the anus. As a result, as in the fourth method described at the beginning, a large structure in which the wiping arm itself is mounted on the rail and moved back and forth can be omitted, so that significant downsizing can be achieved.
　なお、上下用モータ８は、温水洗浄装置１５の下部の方に設置されていてもよい。なお、ギヤボックスやかさ歯車、ウォームギア等を用いて、露出用モータ９の回転運動を上下用モータ８に伝達することとすれば、ベルト１０ｄによる伝達機構を用いることなく、補高部２内に露出用モータ９を収容できる。 In addition, the up / down motor 8 may be installed toward the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 15. If the rotational movement of the exposure motor 9 is transmitted to the vertical motor 8 by using a gear box, a bevel gear, a worm gear, or the like, the exposure is exposed in the elevation portion 2 without using a transmission mechanism by the belt 10d. The motor 9 can be accommodated.
（第３の実施形態）
　上記第２の実施形態では、押し当て部４ａの上に、紙を手動で載置するか、若しくは、自動給紙部５を用いて、紙を載置することとした。自動給紙部５は、市販されているような電動式トイレットロールを用いることで、実現可能である。しかし、このような自動給紙部５自体にも、それなりのコストが発生し、また、臀部拭き取り装置１の構造の複雑化にもつながる。当然、自動給紙部５自体に不具合が発生する可能性もあり、メンテナンスにも苦労する。一方、単に、押し当て部４ａの上に紙を載置するだけでは、使用者の紙１１ａの置き方如何では、拭き取りアーム４の移動時に、紙１１ａが補高部２に引っかかるなどして、うまく、紙１１ａが露出できない可能性も否定できない。そこで、第３の実施形態では、第２の実施形態を変形して、紙１１ａを押し当て部４ａに適切に載置するために、押し当て部４ａの上まで紙１１ａを送り込むための給紙部の機構を説明することとする。 (Third embodiment)
In the second embodiment, the paper is manually placed on the pressing portion 4 a or the paper is placed by using the automatic paper feeder 5. The automatic paper feeder 5 can be realized by using a commercially available electric toilet roll. However, such an automatic sheet feeder 5 itself has a certain cost, and the structure of the heel wiping device 1 is complicated. Needless to say, there is a possibility that the automatic paper feeder 5 itself has a problem, and it is difficult to perform maintenance. On the other hand, simply by placing the paper on the pressing portion 4a, depending on how the user puts the paper 11a, when the wiping arm 4 is moved, the paper 11a is caught on the elevation part 2, etc. The possibility that the paper 11a cannot be successfully exposed cannot be denied. Accordingly, in the third embodiment, in order to appropriately place the paper 11a on the pressing portion 4a by modifying the second embodiment, paper feeding for feeding the paper 11a over the pressing portion 4a is performed. The mechanism of the part will be explained.
　図１８は、第３の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置の正面図である。第３の実施形態では、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構としては、第２の実施形態と同様の機構を備えていることとする。ただし、拭き取りアーム４の収納時には、図１８に示すように、押し当て部４ａが補高部２の内部に収まっていることとする。押し当て部４ａは、肛門付近の形状に沿うように、角が丸められており、曲面形状を有している。 FIG. 18 is a front view of a buttock wiping device according to the third embodiment. In the third embodiment, the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes the same mechanism as that of the second embodiment. However, when the wiping arm 4 is stored, it is assumed that the pressing portion 4a is accommodated in the elevation 2 as shown in FIG. The pressing portion 4a has rounded corners so as to follow the shape near the anus and has a curved surface shape.
　図１８に示すように、給紙部１４が、新たに追加される。給紙部１４は、紙投入口１４ａと、無限軌道１４ｂと、無限軌道１４ｃと、駆動部１４ｄとを備える。紙投入口１４ａは、表面の摩擦が小さい素材で出来ているか、若しくは、フリーのローラ、若しくは駆動ローラ等を用いて、紙１１ａが滑りやすく又は前方に移動しやすくなっている。無限軌道１４ｃは、駆動部１４ｄの回転によって、回転するようになっている。無限軌道１４ｃの回転と合わせて、無限軌道１４ｂも回転するようになっている。無限軌道１４ｂ，１４ｃの表面は、凹凸を有している。紙１１ａが上下から挟まれると、紙１１ａがエンボス加工されたように、凹凸を有するようになって、互いに引っ付くようになる。 As shown in FIG. 18, the paper feeding unit 14 is newly added. The paper feed unit 14 includes a paper slot 14a, an endless track 14b, an endless track 14c, and a drive unit 14d. The paper slot 14a is made of a material having a small surface friction, or the paper 11a is easily slipped or moved forward by using a free roller or a driving roller. The endless track 14c is rotated by the rotation of the drive unit 14d. Along with the rotation of the endless track 14c, the endless track 14b also rotates. The surfaces of the endless tracks 14b and 14c have irregularities. When the paper 11a is sandwiched from above and below, the paper 11a becomes uneven as if the paper 11a was embossed, and the paper 11a is attracted to each other.
　図１９は、紙１１ａが前進したときの様子を示す正面図である。図２０は、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載置したときの様子を示す正面図である。センサ１４ｅが紙１１ａの挿入を確認すると、駆動部１４ｄが回転を始めて、無限軌道１４ｂ，１４ｃに挟まれるようにして、紙１１ａが内部に送り込まれる。これによって、紙１１ａが平たく成形されながら、押し当て部４ａに載置されていく。押し当て部４ａに紙が載置されたら、センサ１４ｆは紙１１ａが無限軌道１４ｂ，１４ｃから送り出されたことを検知して、駆動部１４ｄが停止する。その後、第２の実施形態と同様にして、開閉部６が開いて、拭き取りアーム４が露出し、拭き取りが実行され、拭き取り後、紙が捨てられる。なお、センサ１４ｅ及び１４ｆは、どちらか一方だけであってもよい。 FIG. 19 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a moves forward. FIG. 20 is a front view showing a state when the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a. When the sensor 14e confirms the insertion of the paper 11a, the drive unit 14d starts rotating, and the paper 11a is fed into the inside so as to be sandwiched between the endless tracks 14b and 14c. Thereby, the paper 11a is placed on the pressing portion 4a while being formed flat. When the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a, the sensor 14f detects that the paper 11a has been sent out from the endless tracks 14b and 14c, and the driving unit 14d stops. Thereafter, in the same manner as in the second embodiment, the opening / closing part 6 opens, the wiping arm 4 is exposed, wiping is executed, and the paper is discarded after wiping. Note that only one of the sensors 14e and 14f may be provided.
　なお、第３の実施形態に示す給紙部１４は、第２の実施形態に限らず、他の実施形態にも採用できる。 Note that the paper feed unit 14 shown in the third embodiment is not limited to the second embodiment, and can be used in other embodiments.
　なお、給紙部１４の上に、電動式トイレットロールのような給紙部５を設置しておき、折りたたまれて切断された紙１１ａが紙投入口１４ａに載置されて、紙１１ａが無限軌道１４ｂ，１４ｃに自動で送り込まれるようにしてもよい。 In addition, the paper supply unit 5 such as an electric toilet roll is installed on the paper supply unit 14, the folded and cut paper 11 a is placed on the paper insertion opening 14 a, and the paper 11 a is infinite. It may be automatically sent to the tracks 14b and 14c.
　このように、給紙部１４を用いて、紙１１ａを押し当て部４ａに送り込むような構造とすれば、使用者が単に、押し当て部４ａの上に、紙を載置する場合に比べて、適切に、紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａに載置されることとなる。結果、確実に拭き取り動作へ進むことが期待できる。 As described above, when the paper feeding unit 14 is used to feed the paper 11a to the pressing unit 4a, the user simply places the paper on the pressing unit 4a. The paper 11a is appropriately placed on the pressing portion 4a. As a result, it can be expected to proceed to the wiping operation with certainty.
　なお、このような給紙部１４によって、紙を押し当て部４ａの上に送り込む方式は、折りたたまれた紙１１ａだけでなく、ある程度厚みがある１枚程度の紙の専用紙を用いる場合にも採用可能である。 Note that the method of feeding the paper onto the pressing unit 4a by such a paper feeding unit 14 is not limited to the folded paper 11a, but also when using only one sheet of paper having a certain thickness. It can be adopted.
　第３の実施形態に示す給紙部は、第２の実施形態以外に、他の実施形態においても使用可能であることは言うまでもない。 Needless to say, the paper feeding unit shown in the third embodiment can be used in other embodiments in addition to the second embodiment.
　なお、第１～第３の実施形態では、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａの表面を摩擦の大きい素材として、紙１１ａが露出時に落ちないようにするものとしたが、摩擦の大きい素材以外に、押し当て部４ａの形状を工夫することで、紙が落ちないようにすることが可能であり、また、押し当て部４ａに負圧を発生させる穴を設けておき、別途設けられた負圧発生装置と当該穴を連通しておき、穴から紙を吸うことで、移動時に紙が落ちにくいようにすることも可能である。 In the first to third embodiments, the surface of the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is made of a material with high friction so that the paper 11a does not fall when exposed. By devising the shape of the pressing portion 4a, it is possible to prevent the paper from falling, and a hole for generating a negative pressure is provided in the pressing portion 4a, and a negative pressure provided separately. It is also possible to make the paper difficult to drop during movement by communicating the generator and the hole and sucking the paper through the hole.
　また、落ちにくい紙を押し当て部４ａに取り付けるという方式も考えられる。図２１は、専用紙１１ｊの一例を示す図である。図２１に示す専用紙１１ｊは、基材部１１ｃと、吸水部１１ｄとを含む。基材部１１ｃは、厚めの素材であり、好ましくは、水溶性（水分解性又は水溶解性）の素材であるとよい。基材部１１ｃは、押し当て部４ａに取り付けても滑り落ちにくい形状をしている。たとえば、図２１に示すように、押し当て部４ａの湾曲形状に応じた形状を基材部１１ｃは有している。基材部１１ｃの上に、吸水部１１ｄが設けられている。吸水部１１ｄは、厚手の柔らかい紙であり、たとえば、トイレットペーパーを何枚か重ねた素材や、厚めの水溶性素材からなるとよい。このような専用紙１１ｊを押し当て部４ａに使用者が手動で取り付けることで、拭き取りアーム４の移動時に、専用紙１１ｊが落下してしまうことを防止できる。なお、専用紙１１ｊの構造や形状は、押し当て部４ａの形状に応じた形状を有していればよく、基材部１１ｃ及び吸水部１１ｄに分割されていることは必須ではない。基材部１１ｃだけで吸水が可能であれば、吸水部１１ｄは不要であり、吸水部１１ｄだけで押し当て部４ａの形状に応じた形状となるのであれば基材部１１ｃは不要である。 Also, a method of attaching paper that is difficult to fall to the pressing portion 4a is conceivable. FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11j. The dedicated paper 11j shown in FIG. 21 includes a base material portion 11c and a water absorption portion 11d. The base material portion 11c is a thick material, and preferably a water-soluble (water-decomposable or water-soluble) material. The base material portion 11c has a shape that hardly slides down even when attached to the pressing portion 4a. For example, as shown in FIG. 21, the base material portion 11c has a shape corresponding to the curved shape of the pressing portion 4a. A water absorbing part 11d is provided on the base part 11c. The water absorbing portion 11d is thick soft paper, and may be made of, for example, a material in which several toilet papers are stacked or a thick water-soluble material. When the user manually attaches the special paper 11j to the pressing portion 4a, it is possible to prevent the special paper 11j from dropping when the wiping arm 4 is moved. In addition, the structure and shape of the exclusive paper 11j should just have the shape according to the shape of the pressing part 4a, and it is not essential to be divided | segmented into the base material part 11c and the water absorption part 11d. If water absorption is possible only by the base material part 11c, the water absorption part 11d is unnecessary, and if it becomes a shape according to the shape of the pressing part 4a only by the water absorption part 11d, the base material part 11c is unnecessary.
（第４の実施形態）
　図２２Ａは、本発明の第４の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図２２Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図２２Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図２２Ｃにおいて、第１の実施形態と同様の動作を有する部分については、同一の参照符号を付し、詳しい説明を省略する。図２３は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図２４は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図２５は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す左側面図である。図２６は、拭き取りアーム４の分解斜視図である。図２７は、専用紙１１ｂが、臀部拭き取り装置１内に送り込まれたときの内部構造を示す正面図である。図２８は、押し当て部４ａが露出したときの内部構造を示す正面図である。図２９は、押し当て部４ａが上方向に傾いたときの内部構造を示す正面図である。図３０は、押し当て部４ａが肛門に当接したときの内部構造を示す正面図である。図３１は、専用紙１１ｂを捨てる時の内部構造を示す正面図である。 (Fourth embodiment)
FIG. 22A is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 22B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 22C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. In FIG. 22C, portions having the same operations as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted. FIG. 23 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 24 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 25 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the wiping arm 4. FIG. 27 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is fed into the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. FIG. 28 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is exposed. FIG. 29 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a is tilted upward. FIG. 30 is a front view showing the internal structure when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the anus. FIG. 31 is a front view showing the internal structure when the special paper 11b is discarded.
　第４の実施形態では、専用紙１１ｂを用いて、臀部を拭き取ることとする。専用紙１１ｂは、厚手の吸水性の紙であり、トイレに流すことができる水溶性素材からなる。専用紙１１ｂは、たとえば、トイレットペーパーを複数枚重ねて、端辺を接合したような四角形状のものであるとよく、予め四角形状に切断されており、重ねられて使用者に供給されているとよい。なお、四角形状に限るものではない。三角形や五角形、円形などでもよく、予め所定の形状に切断されていればよい。専用紙１１ｂは、平面視において、押し当て部４ａよりも大きい。また、上下に複数重ねられた状態で上下に接合することで、専用紙１１ｂを提供することができるが、接合するためには、上下から凹凸を有する型で圧着したり、水溶性接着剤で上下に接着したりするなどすればよい。接合の位置は、端辺に限らず、専用紙１１ｂが外れてこないように、少なくとも一部が接合されていればよい。 In the fourth embodiment, the buttock is wiped off using the dedicated paper 11b. The special paper 11b is a thick water-absorbing paper, and is made of a water-soluble material that can be flowed to the toilet. For example, the special paper 11b may be a quadrangular shape in which a plurality of toilet papers are stacked and the edges are joined, and are cut into a quadrangular shape in advance and supplied to the user after being stacked. Good. The shape is not limited to a square shape. It may be a triangle, pentagon, circle, or the like, and may be cut into a predetermined shape in advance. The dedicated paper 11b is larger than the pressing portion 4a in plan view. In addition, it is possible to provide the dedicated paper 11b by joining up and down in a state where a plurality of layers are stacked up and down. For example, it may be bonded up and down. The joining position is not limited to the end side, and it is sufficient that at least a part is joined so that the dedicated paper 11b does not come off.
　また、トイレットペーパーを複数重ねて端辺を接合し、予め所定の長さでミシン目を有するようにしてそれをロール状にしたものを使用者に供給し、使用者がミシン目で自らカットして、専用紙１１ｂを拭き取り前に作るという方式でもよい。 In addition, a plurality of toilet papers are stacked, the edges are joined, and a roll of the perforation with a predetermined length is supplied to the user, and the user cuts the perforation himself. Thus, a method of making the dedicated paper 11b before wiping off may be used.
　図２２Ａに示すように、臀部拭き取り装置１は、給紙部１４における給紙用の開口部１４ｋが、補高部２の横に、設けられた全体構造を有している。拭き取りアーム４を駆動させるための拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、補高部２及び給紙部１４内に収容されている。そのため、図２２Ａに示すように、便座７の横側に露出する部分は、専用紙１１ｂをセットするための給紙部１４だけとなり、小型化が図られている。 As shown in FIG. 22A, the buttock wiping device 1 has an overall structure in which a paper feed opening 14 k in the paper feed unit 14 is provided beside the elevation part 2. The wiping arm driving unit 3 for driving the wiping arm 4 is accommodated in the elevation unit 2 and the paper feeding unit 14. For this reason, as shown in FIG. 22A, the portion exposed to the side of the toilet seat 7 is only the paper supply unit 14 for setting the dedicated paper 11b, and the size is reduced.
　図２３～図２５に示すように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、上下用モータ８と、露出用モータ９と、台座１０ａと、プーリー１０ｃ及び１０ｆと、ベルト１０ｄと、連結具１０ｅと、スライド棒１０ｈ及び１０ｉとを備える。プーリー１０ｆは、露出用モータ９の回転軸と連結している。露出用モータ９が回転すると、プーリー１０ｆが回転し、プーリー１０ｃとベルト１０ｄが回転する。ベルト１０ｄと台座１０ａは、連結具１０ｅで連結されている。台座１０ａに上下に設けられた凹部又は穴に、スライド棒１０ｈ及び１０ｉが挿入されている。したがって、露出用モータ９が回転すると、スライド棒１０ｈ及び１０ｉに沿って、台座１０ａが左右に摺動する。台座１０ａに、上下用モータ８が固定されている。上下用モータ８の回転軸に、拭き取りアーム４の一端が連結されている。これにより、露出用モータ９が回転すると、上下用モータ８が拭き取りアーム４ごと摺動して、押し当て部４ａが便器７の穴７ａ側に露出する。なお、ここでは、スライド棒１０ｈ及び１０ｉ、ベルト１０ｄ、プーリー１０ｃ及び１０ｆによる摺動機構を例示しているが、上下用モータ８を摺動させるための摺動機構はこれに限られるものではない。たとえば、摺動機構としては、露出用モータ９の回転に合わせて回転するねじ軸がボールねじに貫入されており、上下用モータ８がボールねじに固定されていて、上下用モータ８がねじ軸に沿って摺動するような機構であってもよいし、第１の実施形態のように、レールに沿って上下用モータ８が摺動する機構であってもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 23 to 25, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, a pedestal 10a, pulleys 10c and 10f, a belt 10d, a connector 10e, and a slide bar. 10h and 10i. The pulley 10 f is connected to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pulley 10f rotates, and the pulley 10c and the belt 10d rotate. The belt 10d and the pedestal 10a are connected by a connecting tool 10e. Slide rods 10h and 10i are inserted into recesses or holes provided at the top and bottom of the base 10a. Therefore, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pedestal 10a slides left and right along the slide bars 10h and 10i. A vertical motor 8 is fixed to the pedestal 10a. One end of the wiping arm 4 is connected to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. Thereby, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 slides with the wiping arm 4, and the pressing portion 4 a is exposed to the hole 7 a side of the toilet 7. Here, the sliding mechanism using the slide rods 10h and 10i, the belt 10d, and the pulleys 10c and 10f is illustrated, but the sliding mechanism for sliding the vertical motor 8 is not limited to this. . For example, as the sliding mechanism, a screw shaft that rotates in accordance with the rotation of the exposure motor 9 is inserted into the ball screw, the vertical motor 8 is fixed to the ball screw, and the vertical motor 8 is the screw shaft. A mechanism that slides along the rails, or a mechanism in which the vertical motor 8 slides along the rails as in the first embodiment may be used.
　給紙部１４は、紙投入口１４ａと、紙送り用モータ１４ｄと、センサ１４ｅと、センサ１４ｆと、上ローラ１４ｇと、ガイド１４ｈと、下ローラ１４ｉと、台１４ｊとを備える。紙投入口１４ａは、滑りやすい摩擦の小さい表面素材からなる。開口部１４ｋから投入された専用紙１１ｂは紙投入口１４ａを滑り落ちて、センサ１４ｅの検知範囲に入る(図２２ＣのＳ３００)。センサ１４ｅが専用紙１１ｂを検知すると、紙送り用モータ１４ｄが回転して、上ローラ１４ｇ及び下ローラ１４ｉを回転させる(図２２ＣのＳ３０１)。上ローラ１４ｇ及び下ローラ１４ｉが回転すると、これらに挟まれるようにして、専用紙１１ｂが、送り出されることとなる。専用紙１１ｂが送り出されて、上下ローラ１４ｇ，１４ｉを出ると、センサ１４ｆが専用紙１１ｂを検出しなくなり、専用紙１１ｂが送り出されたことを検出する(図２２ＣのＳ３０２)。この時点で、紙送り用モータ１４ｄが停止する。専用紙１１ｂは、ガイド１４ｈに当たって、下に垂れ下がるようにして、台１４ｊの上に載った状態となる（図２７）。 The paper feed unit 14 includes a paper slot 14a, a paper feed motor 14d, a sensor 14e, a sensor 14f, an upper roller 14g, a guide 14h, a lower roller 14i, and a table 14j. The paper slot 14a is made of a surface material that is slippery and has a small friction. The dedicated paper 11b input from the opening 14k slides down the paper input port 14a and enters the detection range of the sensor 14e (S300 in FIG. 22C). When the sensor 14e detects the special paper 11b, the paper feed motor 14d rotates to rotate the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i (S301 in FIG. 22C). When the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i rotate, the dedicated paper 11b is sent out so as to be sandwiched between them. When the special paper 11b is sent out and exits the upper and lower rollers 14g and 14i, the sensor 14f does not detect the special paper 11b and detects that the special paper 11b is sent out (S302 in FIG. 22C). At this point, the paper feed motor 14d stops. The special paper 11b hits the guide 14h and hangs down to be placed on the table 14j (FIG. 27).
　露出用モータ９が回転して、拭き取りアーム４が前進すると、垂れ下がった専用紙１１ｂが押し当て部４ａの摩擦によって、台１４ｊから抜き出されるようにして、開いた開口部６から、押し当て部４ａが露出することとなる（図２８）。開閉部６を開閉させる機構は種々考えられるが、図２４及び図２５に示すように、ここでは、開閉用モータ６ｄが回転して、歯車（ピニオン）６ｂを回転させ、歯車６ｂが回転することで、歯車（ラック）６ｃが上下に移動するようなラックアンドピニオンによる開閉機構を用いているが、これに限定されるものではない。 When the exposure motor 9 rotates and the wiping arm 4 moves forward, the dedicated paper 11b that hangs down is pulled out from the base 14j by the friction of the pressing portion 4a, and the pressing portion is opened from the opened opening 6. 4a is exposed (FIG. 28). Various mechanisms for opening and closing the opening / closing portion 6 are conceivable. As shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, here, the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the gear (pinion) 6b rotates, and the gear 6b rotates. Thus, an open / close mechanism using a rack and pinion is used in which the gear (rack) 6c moves up and down, but the present invention is not limited to this.
　図２６は、拭き取りアーム４の分解斜視図である。押し当て部４ａは、凸部４ａ－１と、台部４ａ－２と、ヒンジ部４ｂとからなる。凸部４ａ－１は、たとえば、シリコン樹脂など、肛門付近の形状に沿うような曲面形状であり、可撓性の素材であり、摩擦を有する素材からなるとよいが、本発明を限定するものではない。台部４ａ－２は、凸部４ａ－１を連結する硬質の部材であり、樹脂や金属などであるとよいが、本発明を限定するものではない。台部の底面に、ヒンジ部４ｂが設けられている。ヒンジ部４ｂは、バネ４ｅなどの弾性部材によって、拭き取りアーム４の一端と反発力を有するように、揺動可能に連結されているとよいが、本発明を限定するものではない。拭き取りアーム４の途中で、連結部４ｄによって、押し当て部４ａが取り外しできるようになっている。押し当て部４ａの形状は、好みや肛門の形状に応じて、種々提供できるようになっており、使用者は、好み等に応じて、押し当て部４ａの形状をカスタマイズできる。拭き取りアーム４の中間部分には、ヒンジ機構を有する電磁石４ｃが設けられており、屈曲可能となっている。電磁石４ｃの部分には、電流が流れていない場合も、拭き取りアーム４が水平に保たれるように、図示しないバネがそのヒンジ機構の内部に設けられている。電磁石４ｃは、たとえば、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させる際は、反発するように着磁し、水平にさせる際には、引っ付くように着磁する。電磁石４ｃと共に設けられているヒンジ機構によって、電磁石４ｃの着磁方向に応じて、拭き取りアーム４が屈曲若しくは水平のどちらかにすることが可能となっている。 FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the wiping arm 4. The pressing part 4a includes a convex part 4a-1, a base part 4a-2, and a hinge part 4b. The convex portion 4a-1 has a curved shape that follows the shape of the vicinity of the anus, such as silicon resin, and is preferably made of a flexible material having friction, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Absent. The base portion 4a-2 is a hard member that connects the convex portions 4a-1, and may be a resin or a metal, but the present invention is not limited thereto. A hinge portion 4b is provided on the bottom surface of the base portion. The hinge portion 4b may be swingably connected to one end of the wiping arm 4 by an elastic member such as a spring 4e. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. In the middle of the wiping arm 4, the pressing portion 4a can be removed by the connecting portion 4d. Various shapes of the pressing portion 4a can be provided according to the preference and the shape of the anus, and the user can customize the shape of the pressing portion 4a according to the preference and the like. An electromagnet 4c having a hinge mechanism is provided at an intermediate portion of the wiping arm 4, and can be bent. In the portion of the electromagnet 4c, a spring (not shown) is provided inside the hinge mechanism so that the wiping arm 4 is kept horizontal even when no current flows. For example, the electromagnet 4c is magnetized so as to repel when the wiping arm 4 is bent, and is magnetized so as to be attracted when it is made horizontal. The hinge mechanism provided together with the electromagnet 4c allows the wiping arm 4 to be bent or horizontal depending on the magnetization direction of the electromagnet 4c.
　図２９に示すように、拭き取り時には、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を上方向に傾ける。その後、図３０に示すように、押し当て部４ａが肛門付近に当接すると、ヒンジ部４ｂを中心に、押し当て部４ａが水平に保たれるように曲がることとなる。バネ４ｅの力で、押し当て部４ａは、肛門に押しあたるような感じで、水分等を専用紙１１ｂに吸収させる。なお、上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９が微動して、上下、左右に押し当て部４ａを微動させて、拭き取りを実行してもよい。なお、台座１０ａに押し当て部４ａを前後に移動させるためのモータを取り付け、当該モータに上下用モータ８を取り付ければ、前後への微動も可能となる。 As shown in FIG. 29, at the time of wiping, the up / down motor 8 rotates to tilt the wiping arm 4 upward. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 30, when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus, the pressing portion 4a is bent around the hinge portion 4b so as to be kept horizontal. Due to the force of the spring 4e, the pressing portion 4a absorbs moisture or the like into the special paper 11b with a feeling of pressing against the anus. Alternatively, the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 may be finely moved, and the pressing portion 4a may be finely moved vertically and horizontally to perform wiping. In addition, if the motor for moving the pressing part 4a back and forth is attached to the base 10a, and the up and down motor 8 is attached to the motor, the back and forth fine movement is also possible.
　拭き取りが完了すると、図３１に示すように、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を水平方向に戻し、電磁石４ｃが拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させる方向に着磁して、専用紙１１ｂが自然落下する。その後、電磁石４ｃを元に戻すように着磁して、拭き取りアーム４を水平にする。最後に、露出用モータ９が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を収納位置に戻し、開閉部６が閉じられて、次の拭き取りの待機状態となる。なお、電磁石４ｃを用いて拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させずに、上下用モータ８で拭き取りアーム４を下側に傾けて紙を落としてもよく、その場合は、電磁石４ｃを用いなくてもよい。 When the wiping is completed, as shown in FIG. 31, the up / down motor 8 rotates to return the wiping arm 4 to the horizontal direction, the electromagnet 4c is magnetized in a direction to bend the wiping arm 4, and the dedicated paper 11b is Fall naturally. Thereafter, the electromagnet 4c is magnetized so as to return to the original position, and the wiping arm 4 is leveled. Finally, the exposure motor 9 rotates to return the wiping arm 4 to the storage position, the opening / closing part 6 is closed, and the next wiping standby state is entered. Instead of bending the wiping arm 4 using the electromagnet 4c, the wiping arm 4 may be tilted downward by the up / down motor 8, and the paper may be dropped. In that case, the electromagnet 4c may not be used.
　なお、第４の実施形態では、押し当て部４ａに紙が載置されたか否かは、露出用モータ９が作動した後の判断となるため、図２２Ｃに示したフローチャートにおいて、Ｓ１０７で露出用モータ９を作動させて、その後、Ｓ１０６で紙載置検出センサ１２ｅをオンにして、専用紙１１ｂが途中で落ちないか否かを監視しておくこととする。 In the fourth embodiment, whether or not the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a is determined after the exposure motor 9 is operated. Therefore, in the flowchart shown in FIG. The motor 9 is operated, and then the paper placement detection sensor 12e is turned on in S106 to monitor whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is dropped midway.
　このように、第４の実施形態によれば、冒頭で述べた第１の方式のように、紙を掴むことなく、その摩擦を利用して、専用紙１１ｂを載置したまま、移動可能である。また、押し当て部４ａの先端を盛り上がるような凸形状とすることで、専用紙１１ｂが落ちにくくなり、専用紙１１ｂを載置したまま移動可能となる。このように、拭き取りアーム４が専用紙１１ｂを掴まない機構とすることで、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を簡易な構造とすることが可能となった。具体的には、第４の実施形態では、露出用モータ９を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を露出させ、上下用モータ８を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を上下させるだけでよい。簡易な構造の拭き取りアーム駆動部３を用いることができるようになったため、冒頭で述べた第３の方式のように、補高部内に、機構の一部が、収容されることが可能となった。そのため、便器横のスペースをできる限り取らないようにすることが可能となり、臀部拭き取り装置１の小型化が可能となった。 Thus, according to the fourth embodiment, as in the first method described at the beginning, it is possible to move while holding the dedicated paper 11b using the friction without gripping the paper. is there. In addition, by forming a convex shape so that the tip of the pressing portion 4a is raised, the special paper 11b is not easily dropped, and the special paper 11b can be moved while being placed. Thus, it became possible to make the wiping arm drive part 3 into a simple structure by setting it as the mechanism in which the wiping arm 4 does not grasp the exclusive paper 11b. Specifically, in the fourth embodiment, it is only necessary to expose the wiping arm 4 using the exposure motor 9 and move the wiping arm 4 up and down using the vertical motor 8. Since the wiping arm drive unit 3 having a simple structure can be used, a part of the mechanism can be accommodated in the elevation portion as in the third method described at the beginning. It was. For this reason, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl, and it is possible to reduce the size of the buttocks wiping device 1.
　また、第４の実施形態のように専用紙１１ｂを用いれば、紙送りローラを用いるだけの簡易な構造の給紙部１４を用いて、押し当て部４ａに紙を載置することができることとなる。給紙部１４と拭き取りアーム駆動部４とを適切に配置すれば、臀部拭き取り装置１を小型化することが可能である。 Further, when the dedicated paper 11b is used as in the fourth embodiment, the paper can be placed on the pressing unit 4a by using the paper supply unit 14 having a simple structure using only the paper feed roller. Become. If the paper feeding unit 14 and the wiping arm driving unit 4 are appropriately arranged, the heel wiping device 1 can be downsized.
　また、押し当て部４ａが肛門への当接時にヒンジ機構等で水平を保つように構成すれば、拭き取り感は向上し、確実に水分等を拭き取ることが可能となる。 Further, if the pressing portion 4a is configured to be kept horizontal by a hinge mechanism or the like when contacting the anus, the wiping feeling is improved, and moisture and the like can be surely wiped off.
（第５の実施形態）
　第５の実施形態は、第４の実施形態に対して、自動給紙部５をオプションで取り付けた場合の臀部拭き取り装置１である。図３２は、第５の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図３２に示すように、臀部拭き取り装置１は、自動給紙部５を開口部１４ｋの上に取り付けている。自動給紙部５は、電動トイレットロールの構造を有し、開口部１４ｋの上に載せて固定するような簡易な構造で実現できる。臀部拭き取り装置１とは別体として、自動給紙部５だけを設ける場合、第４の実施形態では、センサ１４ｅで専用紙１１ｂの検出がなされない限り、臀部拭き取り装置１は動作しないので、自動給紙部５と臀部拭き取り装置１とが連動していなくてもよく、オプションとしての後付が容易である。ただし、当然、自動給紙部５と臀部拭き取り装置１とが連動するように設計してもよいことはいうまでもない。 (Fifth embodiment)
The fifth embodiment is a buttock wiping device 1 when the automatic paper feeder 5 is optionally attached to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 32 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifth embodiment. As shown in FIG. 32, the heel wiping device 1 has the automatic paper feeder 5 mounted on the opening 14k. The automatic paper feeder 5 has a structure of an electric toilet roll, and can be realized with a simple structure such as being placed and fixed on the opening 14k. When only the automatic paper feeder 5 is provided separately from the buttock wiping device 1, in the fourth embodiment, the buttock wiping device 1 does not operate unless the sensor 14e detects the dedicated paper 11b. The paper feeding unit 5 and the heel wiping device 1 do not have to be interlocked and can be easily retrofitted as an option. However, it goes without saying that the automatic paper feeding unit 5 and the heel wiping device 1 may be designed to work together.
　自動給紙部５に用いられる紙１１ｅは、厚手の専用紙１１ｂをロール状巻き取ったものである。自動給紙部５は、所定の長さで、当該ロール紙１１ｅを切断する。当該所定の長さは、第４の実施形態で用いた専用紙１１ｂの長さとなるが、押し当て部４ａの長さで決まってくる。 The paper 11e used in the automatic paper feeder 5 is a roll of the thick special paper 11b. The automatic paper feeder 5 cuts the roll paper 11e with a predetermined length. The predetermined length is the length of the dedicated paper 11b used in the fourth embodiment, but is determined by the length of the pressing portion 4a.
　図３３は、自動給紙部５をオプションで取り付けた場合の、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図３３において、第４の実施形態と異なるのは、専用のロール紙１１ｅを切断するための自動給紙部５を給紙部１４の上に取り付けている点である。自動給紙部５は、切断部５ｂと、紙送りローラ５ｃとを備える。紙送りローラ５ｃによって、ロール紙１１ｅが所定の長さ送り出されたら、切断部５ｂが、ロール紙１１ｅを切断する。これより、専用紙１１ｂがカットされて、紙投入口１４ａに落下する。その後、第４の実施形態と同様にして、臀部拭き取り装置１による拭きとり動作が実行される。 FIG. 33 is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when the automatic paper feeder 5 is attached as an option. In FIG. 33, the point different from the fourth embodiment is that the automatic paper feeder 5 for cutting the dedicated roll paper 11e is mounted on the paper feeder 14. The automatic paper feeding unit 5 includes a cutting unit 5b and a paper feed roller 5c. When the roll paper 11e is fed by a predetermined length by the paper feed roller 5c, the cutting unit 5b cuts the roll paper 11e. Thus, the dedicated paper 11b is cut and falls to the paper insertion opening 14a. Thereafter, similarly to the fourth embodiment, the wiping operation by the buttock wiping device 1 is executed.
　このように、第５の実施形態では、専用のロール紙１１ｅを用いて、専用紙１１ｂを自動的に供給することができるので、利便性がより向上する。 As described above, in the fifth embodiment, the dedicated paper 11b can be automatically supplied using the dedicated roll paper 11e, so that the convenience is further improved.
　なお、第１の実施形態で示したような自動給紙部５を開口部１４ｋの上に設置して、ロール状のトイレットペーパーを送り出して折り畳み所定の長さで切断するようにして、開口部１４ｋから紙が押し当て部に送り込まれるようにしてもよい。 In addition, the automatic paper feeder 5 as shown in the first embodiment is installed on the opening 14k, the roll-shaped toilet paper is fed out, folded and cut at a predetermined length, and the opening The paper may be sent to the pressing portion from 14k.
（実施形態の変形例）
　以下、ここまでに示した実施形態の変形例を具体的にいくつか説明する。第２の実施形態では、自動給紙部５から供給された紙１１ａが押し当て部４ａの上に載置されることとしたが、手動で、紙１１ａを押し当て部に載せてもよい。また、露出用モータ９は、補高部２内に設けてもよい。図３４は、露出用モータ９を補高部２内に設けたときの臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す斜視図である。図３４に示すように、押し当て部４ａを便器横に露出させて、手動で、紙１１ａを押し当て部４ａの上に載置させて、拭き取りアーム４が、穴７ａ側に露出するようにしてもよい。また、露出用モータ９を補高部２の中に収容して、上下用モータ８と拭き取りアーム４とが、回転して、露出するようにしてもよい。また、露出用モータ９は、ギヤボックスや各種歯車等を利用して、上下用モータ８を露出させるようにしてもよい。なお、押し当て部４ａは、シリコン製など摩擦の大きい素材が好ましいが、それに限定されるものではない。 (Modification of the embodiment)
Hereinafter, some specific modifications of the embodiment described so far will be described. In the second embodiment, the paper 11a supplied from the automatic paper feeding unit 5 is placed on the pressing unit 4a. However, the paper 11a may be manually placed on the pressing unit. Further, the exposure motor 9 may be provided in the elevation part 2. FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1 when the exposure motor 9 is provided in the elevation 2. As shown in FIG. 34, the pressing portion 4a is exposed to the side of the toilet, and the paper 11a is manually placed on the pressing portion 4a so that the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the hole 7a side. May be. Further, the exposure motor 9 may be accommodated in the elevation part 2 so that the vertical motor 8 and the wiping arm 4 are rotated and exposed. Further, the exposure motor 9 may expose the vertical motor 8 using a gear box, various gears, or the like. The pressing portion 4a is preferably made of a material with high friction such as silicon, but is not limited thereto.
　図３４の変形として、さらに、拭き取りアーム４を伸縮構造としてもよい。たとえば、自動車のラジオのアンテナ等において、電動式で伸縮する構造が周知である。すなわち、ワイヤを電動で巻き付けてアンテナが伸縮したり、ラックアンドピニオンを用いる構造で、ラック側を巻き付け可能なフレキシブルなベルトにして、ラックを電動で巻き付けてアンテナが伸縮したりするような構造が知られている。当該構造を拭き取りアーム４の伸縮に用いてもよい。拭き取りアーム４を伸縮させれば、臀部拭き取り装置１全体を小さくできる。 34, the wiping arm 4 may be a telescopic structure. For example, a structure that expands and contracts electrically is well known in an antenna of an automobile radio or the like. That is, the antenna is expanded and contracted by electrically winding a wire, or a structure using a rack and pinion, and a flexible belt that can be wrapped around the rack side, and the antenna is expanded and contracted by electrically winding the rack. Are known. You may use the said structure for the expansion-contraction of the wiping arm 4. FIG. If the wiping arm 4 is expanded and contracted, the entire buttock wiping device 1 can be made smaller.
　さらに、図３４の変形として、拭き取りアーム４（伸縮アームを含む）の先端に、水溶性の使い捨てのヘッドを手動で取り付けるようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, as a modification of FIG. 34, a water-soluble disposable head may be manually attached to the tip of the wiping arm 4 (including the telescopic arm).
　図３５は、ここまでに示した実施形態の押し当て部４ａを消毒及び／又は洗浄するための消毒・洗浄アーム１６を搭載した臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図３５において、消毒・洗浄アーム１６は、補高部２内に収容されており、それが分かるように、便座７を一部切り取って図示している。消毒・洗浄アーム１６は、図示しない消毒液タンクや洗浄液タンク、水道水などと連結しており、図示しない電磁弁等の開閉で、消毒・洗浄ヘッド１６ｃから、消毒液や洗浄液を噴出することができるようになっている。また、消毒・洗浄アーム１６は、露出用モータ１６ａと、上下用モータ１６ｂを備えている。補高部２には、消毒・洗浄アーム１６を露出させるための開口が設けられている。離座している間に、拭き取りアーム４が便器７の穴７ａ側に露出する。それに合わせて、消毒・洗浄アーム１６が露出し、押し当て部４ａの上から、消毒液及び／又は洗浄液を噴出して、押し当て部４ａを消毒及び／又は洗浄する。ここでは、上下用モータ１６ｂによって、消毒・洗浄アーム１６が上方向に傾いて押し当て部４ａの上から洗浄等することとしているが、拭き取りアーム４が下方向に傾けば、消毒・洗浄アーム１６は、露出モータ１６ａのみでよい。また、消毒・洗浄アーム１６は、補高部２以外の場所、たとえば、温水洗浄装置１５に収容されており、温水洗浄装置１５から、消毒・洗浄アーム１６が露出してもよい。このように、拭き取りアーム４とは別に、消毒等の機構を備えれば、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の周辺の防水も可能となる。 FIG. 35 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 equipped with the disinfection / cleaning arm 16 for disinfecting and / or cleaning the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far. In FIG. 35, the disinfection / washing arm 16 is accommodated in the elevation 2 and a part of the toilet seat 7 is cut away so that it can be seen. The disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 is connected to a disinfecting liquid tank, a cleaning liquid tank, tap water, etc. (not shown), and disinfecting liquid or cleaning liquid can be ejected from the disinfecting / cleaning head 16c by opening / closing an electromagnetic valve (not shown). It can be done. The disinfection / cleaning arm 16 includes an exposure motor 16a and a vertical motor 16b. The elevation 2 is provided with an opening for exposing the disinfection / cleaning arm 16. While being seated, the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the hole 7a side of the toilet bowl 7. Accordingly, the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 is exposed, and the disinfecting liquid and / or the cleaning liquid is ejected from above the pressing part 4a to disinfect and / or clean the pressing part 4a. Here, the sterilization / cleaning arm 16 is inclined upward by the up / down motor 16b to perform cleaning or the like from above the pressing portion 4a. However, if the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward, the sterilization / cleaning arm 16 Only the exposure motor 16a may be used. Further, the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 is accommodated in a place other than the elevation part 2, for example, the warm water cleaning device 15, and the disinfecting / cleaning arm 16 may be exposed from the warm water cleaning device 15. Thus, if a mechanism such as disinfection is provided separately from the wiping arm 4, waterproofing around the wiping arm drive unit 3 is also possible.
　図３６は、ここまでに示した実施形態の押し当て部４ａを消毒及び／又は洗浄するために、便座７の蓋７ｂに、消毒・洗浄ノズル１６ｄを取り付けた臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図３６において、臀部拭き取り装置１は、蓋７ｂに取り付けられた消毒・洗浄ノズル１６ｄと、タンク１６ｅと、配管１６ｆと、蓋検知センサ１６ｇとを備える。蓋検知センサ１６ｇは、蓋７ｂが閉じられているか否かを検知する。タンク１６ｅには、消毒液及び／又は洗浄液が収容されている。タンク１６ｅの代わりに、水道水と連結した電磁弁が用いられてもよい。若しくは、タンク１６ｅと電磁弁の両方が用いられてもよい。タンク１６ｅには、収容されている消毒液等を噴出するための機構（たとえば、ポンプなど）が内蔵されている。蓋７ｂが閉じられた際、消毒・洗浄ノズル１６ｄの下に、露出した押し当て部４ａが位置するように、消毒・洗浄ノズル１６ｄは、蓋７ｂに配置されている。蓋検知センサ１６ｇによって、蓋７ｂが閉じられていることが検知されたら、臀部拭き取り装置１の制御部１３は、拭き取りアーム４を穴７ａ側に露出させて、タンク１６ｅの噴出機構を駆動させて、配管１６ｆを通じて、消毒・洗浄ノズル１６ｄから、消毒液及び／又は洗浄液を噴出し、押し当て部４ａを消毒及び／又は洗浄する。このように、蓋７ｂに消毒等の機構を具備させれば、簡易な構造での押し当て部４ａの消毒等が可能となる。 FIG. 36 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 in which a disinfection / cleaning nozzle 16d is attached to the lid 7b of the toilet seat 7 in order to disinfect and / or clean the pressing portion 4a of the embodiment shown so far. . 36, the buttock wiping device 1 includes a disinfection / cleaning nozzle 16d attached to the lid 7b, a tank 16e, a pipe 16f, and a lid detection sensor 16g. The lid detection sensor 16g detects whether or not the lid 7b is closed. The tank 16e contains a disinfecting liquid and / or a cleaning liquid. Instead of the tank 16e, an electromagnetic valve connected to tap water may be used. Alternatively, both the tank 16e and the electromagnetic valve may be used. The tank 16e has a built-in mechanism (for example, a pump) for ejecting the stored disinfectant solution or the like. The disinfection / washing nozzle 16d is arranged on the lid 7b so that the exposed pressing portion 4a is positioned under the disinfection / washing nozzle 16d when the lid 7b is closed. When the lid detection sensor 16g detects that the lid 7b is closed, the control unit 13 of the heel wiping device 1 exposes the wiping arm 4 to the hole 7a side to drive the ejection mechanism of the tank 16e. The disinfecting liquid and / or the cleaning liquid is ejected from the disinfecting / cleaning nozzle 16d through the pipe 16f to disinfect and / or clean the pressing portion 4a. In this way, if the lid 7b is provided with a mechanism such as sterilization, the pressing portion 4a can be sterilized with a simple structure.
　図３７は、第１、第３及び第４の実施形態のように、拭き取りアーム４を摺動させて、露出させる場合の別の機構を示す正面図である。図３７（ａ）に示すように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３では、露出用モータ９の回転によって、ねじ軸１０ｊが回転するようになっている。台座１０ａに、ねじ穴が設けられており、ねじ穴にボールを内蔵させることで、ねじ軸１０ｊと台座１０ａによって、ボールねじが構成されている。なお、ボールは必須ではなく、単に、ねじ軸１０ｊと台座１０ａのねじ穴によって、台形ねじやすべりねじと呼ばれる機構を構成しても、摺動は可能である。台座１０ａは、図示しないスライドシャフトなどで、補高部２に摺動可能に支持されている。露出用モータ９が回転すると台座１０ａが摺動し、合わせて、上下用モータ８及びそれに連結している拭き取りアーム４も摺動する。拭き取りアーム４は、伸縮構造を有していてもよい。 FIG. 37 is a front view showing another mechanism when the wiping arm 4 is slid and exposed as in the first, third and fourth embodiments. As shown in FIG. 37A, in the wiping arm drive unit 3, the screw shaft 10j is rotated by the rotation of the exposure motor 9. A screw hole is provided in the pedestal 10a, and a ball screw is constituted by the screw shaft 10j and the pedestal 10a by incorporating a ball in the screw hole. Note that the ball is not essential, and sliding is possible even if a mechanism called a trapezoidal screw or a slide screw is simply constituted by the screw shaft 10j and the screw hole of the base 10a. The pedestal 10a is slidably supported by the elevation 2 with a slide shaft (not shown). When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the pedestal 10a slides, and at the same time, the vertical motor 8 and the wiping arm 4 connected thereto slide. The wiping arm 4 may have a telescopic structure.
　図３７（ｂ）に示すように、露出用モータ９の回転に合わせて拭き取りアーム４が露出する。図３７（ｃ）に示すように、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾く。ヒンジ部４ｂの存在により、押し当て部４ａの凸部４ａ－１は、水平を保つような状態で、肛門付近に当接して拭き取りが実行される。拭き取り後は、拭き取りアーム４の電磁石４ｃで屈曲して、紙１１ａ又は専用紙１１ｂが落下する。 As shown in FIG. 37 (b), the wiping arm 4 is exposed in accordance with the rotation of the exposure motor 9. As shown in FIG. 37 (c), the up / down motor 8 rotates and the wiping arm 4 tilts upward. Due to the presence of the hinge portion 4b, the convex portion 4a-1 of the pressing portion 4a is brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus in a state of being kept horizontal, and wiping is executed. After the wiping, the paper 11a or the dedicated paper 11b falls by bending with the electromagnet 4c of the wiping arm 4.
　このように、拭き取りアーム４を露出させるための機構は、種々考えられ、本発明を限定するものではない。ボールねじを用いた摺動機構は、実用化された周知な機構であり、技術情報も多く、臀部拭き取り装置１の実用化に際しては、採用を検討し得る機構である。 As described above, various mechanisms for exposing the wiping arm 4 are conceivable and do not limit the present invention. The sliding mechanism using the ball screw is a well-known mechanism that has been put into practical use, and has a lot of technical information, and is a mechanism that can be considered for use in putting the collar wiping device 1 into practical use.
　図３８は、拭き取りアーム４を複数スタンバイしておき、スタンバイ中の拭き取りアーム４を洗浄、消毒、乾燥させるための臀部拭き取り装置１の概念図である。上下用モータ８の回転軸には、取付部４ｆが設けられている。取付部４ｆは、平行ハンドや電磁石、クリップ式の掴み部などである。取付部４ｆは、スタンバイされている交換用の拭き取りアーム４を取り付けることができる。図３８（ａ）に示すように、拭き取り時に、１つの拭き取りアーム４を取付部が把持する。ここで、取付部４及び／又は拭き取りアーム４は、伸縮式であてもよいし、伸縮式でなくてもよい。露出用モータ９及び上下用モータ８並びにねじ軸１０ｊによる動作は、図３７と同様である。 FIG. 38 is a conceptual diagram of the buttock wiping device 1 for setting a plurality of wiping arms 4 on standby and cleaning, disinfecting, and drying the wiping arms 4 in standby. A mounting portion 4 f is provided on the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. The attachment portion 4f is a parallel hand, an electromagnet, a clip-type gripping portion, or the like. The attachment portion 4f can attach the replacement wiping arm 4 that is on standby. As shown in FIG. 38 (a), at the time of wiping, the attachment portion grips one wiping arm 4. Here, the attachment part 4 and / or the wiping arm 4 may be telescopic or not telescopic. The operations of the exposure motor 9, the vertical motor 8, and the screw shaft 10j are the same as those in FIG.
　交換用の拭き取りアーム４は、取付部の移動経路上に置くことが可能なようになっている。図３８（ｂ）に示すように、拭き取りが完了すると、拭き取りアーム４は、取付部４ｆから取り外されて、図示しない消毒、洗浄、及び乾燥装置によって、消毒、洗浄、乾燥される。次に、拭き取りを行う際は、図３８（ｃ）に示すようにスタンバイ済みの拭き取りアーム４が、取付部４に取り付けられて、拭き取りが実行される。 The replacement wiping arm 4 can be placed on the moving path of the mounting portion. As shown in FIG. 38 (b), when wiping is completed, the wiping arm 4 is removed from the attachment portion 4f, and is disinfected, cleaned, and dried by a disinfecting, cleaning, and drying device (not shown). Next, when wiping is performed, as shown in FIG. 38C, the standby wiping arm 4 is attached to the attachment portion 4 and wiping is performed.
　このように、拭き取りアーム４を交換式とすることも可能である。 Thus, the wiping arm 4 can be replaced.
　図３９は、押し当て部４ａの凸部４ａ－１の高さが上下するような拭き取りアーム４を説明するための概念図である。図３９に示すように、凸部４ａ－１は、シリコン樹脂などの柔らかいヘッドとなっている。凸部４ａ－１の内部に、回転体４ｇが設けられており、マッサージ装置のモミ玉のように、偏心位置にアームの軸が取り付けられており、アーム自体が回転することで、マッサージ装置のモミ玉のように、凸部４ａ－１を上下させることができる。拭き取りアーム４は伸縮式であってもよい。拭き取りアーム４の一端には、拭き取りアーム４を上下させるための上下用モータを内蔵し、さらに、拭き取りアーム４の軸方向を中心に回転させるモータも内蔵する２軸駆動機構４ｈが取り付けられている。２軸駆動機構４ｈのモータが回転すると、回転体４ｇが回転し、回転体４ｇが左右に倒れたり起きたりするようにして動作することとなるので、凸部４ａ－１の高さが上下することとなる。凸部４ａ－１をシリコン樹脂などの柔らかい素材にすれば、押し当て部４ａが肛門にやさしく落ちつけながらも、回転体４ｇの動きによって、肛門付近の水分等をやさしくかつ丁寧に拭き取ることが可能となる。 FIG. 39 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the wiping arm 4 in which the height of the convex portion 4a-1 of the pressing portion 4a is raised and lowered. As shown in FIG. 39, the convex portion 4a-1 is a soft head made of silicon resin or the like. A rotating body 4g is provided inside the convex portion 4a-1, and an arm shaft is attached at an eccentric position like a fir ball of the massage device. By rotating the arm itself, The convex part 4a-1 can be moved up and down like a fir ball. The wiping arm 4 may be telescopic. One end of the wiping arm 4 has a built-in vertical motor for moving the wiping arm 4 up and down, and a biaxial drive mechanism 4 h that also incorporates a motor that rotates around the axial direction of the wiping arm 4. . When the motor of the biaxial drive mechanism 4h rotates, the rotating body 4g rotates, and the rotating body 4g operates so as to be tilted to the left and right or to be raised, so that the height of the convex portion 4a-1 is increased or decreased. It will be. If the convex part 4a-1 is made of a soft material such as silicone resin, the pressing part 4a can be gently and carefully wiped off the water around the anus by the movement of the rotating body 4g while the pressing part 4a gently falls on the anus. Become.
　以上に説明した変形例は、第１～第４の実施形態以外の実施形態においても適用可能である。 The modified examples described above can be applied to embodiments other than the first to fourth embodiments.
（第６の実施形態）
　第６の実施形態では、伸縮機構を具備する拭き取りアーム４を備える臀部拭き取り装置１について説明する。第６の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１は、拭き取りアーム４を伸縮構造とするものである。図４０は、拭き取りアーム４の収納時の正面図である。図４１は、紙が送り出された後の正面図である。図４２は、拭き取りアーム４の露出時の正面図である。図４３は、拭き取り時の正面図である。図４０に示すように、拭き取りアーム４は、入れ子式の伸縮アームからなり、内部に、ワイヤ９ｂが貫入されている。ワイヤ９ｂの一端は、入れ子式の伸縮アームの先端に取り付けられており、他端は、露出用モータ９の回転軸に取り付けられた巻き付け部に巻き付けられている。ワイヤ９ｂの巻き上げ、巻伸ばしによって、入れ子式の伸縮アームが伸び縮みすることとなる。 (Sixth embodiment)
In the sixth embodiment, a buttock wiping device 1 including a wiping arm 4 having an expansion / contraction mechanism will be described. The buttocks wiping device 1 according to the sixth embodiment has the wiping arm 4 as an expandable structure. FIG. 40 is a front view of the wiping arm 4 when stored. FIG. 41 is a front view after the paper is sent out. FIG. 42 is a front view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed. FIG. 43 is a front view during wiping. As shown in FIG. 40, the wiping arm 4 is formed of a telescopic arm that is nested, and a wire 9b is inserted therein. One end of the wire 9b is attached to the tip of the telescopic telescopic arm, and the other end is wound around a winding portion attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. As the wire 9b is wound and stretched, the telescopic arm of the telescopic type expands and contracts.
　拭き取りアーム４には、ピン４ｊが突出している。ピン４ｊは、補高部２に設けられた溝２ａに挿入されている。ピン４ｊにより、拭き取りアーム４が傾かずに摺動できるようになっている。押し当て部４ａやヒンジ部４ｂ、連結部４ｄの構造は、図２６で説明したものと同様である。なお、電磁石４ｃは有ってもなくてもよいが、ここではないこととして図示している。 A pin 4j protrudes from the wiping arm 4. The pin 4j is inserted into a groove 2a provided in the elevation part 2. The wiping arm 4 can be slid without tilting by the pin 4j. The structure of the pressing part 4a, the hinge part 4b, and the connection part 4d is the same as that described in FIG. The electromagnet 4c may or may not be present, but is illustrated as not being here.
　自動給紙部５に用いられるロール紙１１ｅは、ある程度厚みのある紙をロール状にしたものである。自動給紙部５のホルダー５ｅにロール紙１１ｅは回動可能に取り付けられ、ロール紙１１ｅは、台５ｆの上に載置される。ロール紙１１ｅの端は、上下の紙送りローラ１５ｃに供給される。図示は省略しているが、紙送りローラ１５ｃにはセンサが設けられており、ロール紙１１ｅが供給されたら、紙送りローラ１５ｃは、図示しないモータによって回転することとなっている。紙送りローラ５ｃによって送り出された紙は、切断部５ｂの中を進んで、台１４ｊの上に載せられ、さらに、ガイド１４ｈに当たって、台１４ｊから垂れ下がるようになる。このようにして所定の長さのロール紙１１ｅを送り出だして切断する。所定の長さに達したか否かの判定は、紙送りローラ１５ｃの回転数をセンサで検知することで可能となる。所定の長さのロール紙１１ｅが送り出されると、紙送りローラ１５ｃは停止し、上下の刃で切断する切断部５ｂが作動して、ロール紙１１ｅが切断される。このようにして、一枚で拭き取りに堪えうる厚みを有する専用紙１１ｂが台１４ｊの上にセットされることとなる（図４１）。なお、紙送りローラ１５ｃが回転すれば、ロール紙１１ｅは、自然と回転して紙が送り出されるので、ロール紙１１ｅを回転させるためのモータは不要であるが、設けても構わない。 The roll paper 11e used in the automatic paper feeder 5 is a roll of paper having a certain thickness. The roll paper 11e is rotatably attached to the holder 5e of the automatic paper feeder 5, and the roll paper 11e is placed on the table 5f. The end of the roll paper 11e is supplied to the upper and lower paper feed rollers 15c. Although not shown, the paper feed roller 15c is provided with a sensor, and when the roll paper 11e is supplied, the paper feed roller 15c is rotated by a motor (not shown). The paper fed out by the paper feed roller 5c advances through the cutting part 5b, is placed on the table 14j, and further hits the guide 14h and hangs down from the table 14j. In this way, the roll paper 11e having a predetermined length is sent out and cut. Whether or not the predetermined length has been reached can be determined by detecting the number of rotations of the paper feed roller 15c with a sensor. When the roll paper 11e having a predetermined length is sent out, the paper feed roller 15c stops, and the cutting unit 5b that cuts with the upper and lower blades is operated to cut the roll paper 11e. In this way, the dedicated paper 11b having a thickness that can be wiped off by one sheet is set on the table 14j (FIG. 41). If the paper feed roller 15c rotates, the roll paper 11e rotates naturally and the paper is fed out. Therefore, a motor for rotating the roll paper 11e is unnecessary, but it may be provided.
　図４２に示すように、露出用モータ９が回転して、ワイヤ９ｂを押し伸ばすと、入れ子式の伸縮アームが伸びていって、押し当て部４ａが露出することとなる。このとき、ピン４ｊは、溝２ａの端まで到達している。なお、露出位置検出センサを設けて、露出位置に達したか否かを検出してもよい。なお、ワイヤ９ｂの代わりに、ラックを備えるベルトやフレキシブルラックでもよい。いずれにしても、拭き取りアーム４が伸縮する機構を有していれば、本発明を限定するものではない。 As shown in FIG. 42, when the exposure motor 9 rotates and pushes and extends the wire 9b, the telescopic arm extends, and the pressing portion 4a is exposed. At this time, the pin 4j reaches the end of the groove 2a. An exposure position detection sensor may be provided to detect whether or not the exposure position has been reached. Instead of the wire 9b, a belt provided with a rack or a flexible rack may be used. In any case, the present invention is not limited as long as the wiping arm 4 has a mechanism for expanding and contracting.
　図４３に示すように、上下用モータ８が回転すると、偏心位置に取り付けられたロッド８ｂの先端に取り付けられたピン４ｉが溝２ａに沿って移動する。これより、ピン４ｊを支点にして、拭き取りアーム４が、上方向に傾くこととなる。なお、ここでは、拭き取りアーム４を上方向に傾けるための機構として、このようなクランク機構を利用したが、拭き取りアーム４の一端に直接上下用モータの回転軸を取り付けて、上下させるようにしてもよい。上下させるための機構について、本発明を限定するものではない。 43, when the up / down motor 8 rotates, the pin 4i attached to the tip of the rod 8b attached to the eccentric position moves along the groove 2a. As a result, the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward with the pin 4j as a fulcrum. In this case, such a crank mechanism is used as a mechanism for tilting the wiping arm 4 upward. However, a rotary shaft of a vertical motor is directly attached to one end of the wiping arm 4 so as to be moved up and down. Also good. The present invention is not limited to the mechanism for moving up and down.
　図４３に示すように、押し当て部４ａは、ヒンジ４ｂによって、水平な状態で肛門に当接して、専用紙１１ｂに水分等が吸水される。専用紙１１ｂを捨てる場合は、拭き取りアーム４を水平にして、上下用モータ８が微動して専用紙１１ｂをふるい落せばよい。または、電磁石４ｃを用いる場合は、逆方向に着磁して、アームが屈曲し、紙を自然落下させるとよい。専用紙１１ｂを捨てた後は、上下用モータ８が回転してアームを水平にし、露出用モータ９が回転して、ワイヤ９ｂを巻き取って、伸縮アームを短くしていき、押し当て部を補高部２内に収納していく。 43, the pressing portion 4a is in contact with the anus in a horizontal state by the hinge 4b, and moisture or the like is absorbed by the dedicated paper 11b. When throwing away the special paper 11b, the wiping arm 4 is leveled, and the vertical motor 8 is finely moved to screen out the special paper 11b. Or when using the electromagnet 4c, it is good to magnetize in the reverse direction, an arm bends, and paper falls naturally. After discarding the special paper 11b, the up / down motor 8 rotates to level the arm, the exposure motor 9 rotates, winds the wire 9b, shortens the telescopic arm, and presses the pressing part. It is stored in the elevation 2.
　なお、ヒンジ４ｂの存在により、押し当て部４ａをピストン等によって傾けることができる。したがって、当該ピストン等で押し当て部４ａを傾かせて、紙を落下させてもよい。 It should be noted that the pressing portion 4a can be tilted by a piston or the like due to the presence of the hinge 4b. Therefore, the pressing portion 4a may be tilted with the piston or the like to drop the paper.
　第５の実施形態では、補高部には、アームを駆動させるための電気的機構が入っていないため、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を水から避けることが可能である。一方で、伸縮アームを利用すれば、便座横側への突出も最低限に抑えることができ、臀部拭き取り装置１の小型化が可能である。 In the fifth embodiment, since the elevation portion does not include an electrical mechanism for driving the arm, the wiping arm driving portion 3 can be avoided from water. On the other hand, if the telescopic arm is used, the protrusion to the side of the toilet seat can be minimized, and the heel wiping device 1 can be downsized.
　開閉部６に用いるための開閉用モータ６ｄについては、水がかからないようにカバーしておくことが可能であり、装置全体を防水にできる。 The opening / closing motor 6d used for the opening / closing section 6 can be covered so as not to be exposed to water, and the entire apparatus can be waterproofed.
　紙詰まりや各種衛生のために、補高部２に蓋を設け、蓋を開けることで、使用者でも簡単に紙詰まり等を解消することができ、押し当て部４ａを衛生的に保つこともできる。また、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、自動給紙部５の下に設けられており、使用者には複雑な機構を隠すことが可能となる。押し当て部４ａには、電気的機構や複雑な起動機構が備わっていないので、押し当て部４ａの衛生は、使用者でも簡単にできる。また、押し当て部４ａは、連結部４ｄによって、簡単に取り外し可能であるので、押し当て部４ａを衛生的にしやすい。 By installing a lid on the raised part 2 and opening the lid for paper jams and various types of hygiene, the user can easily remove paper jams and the like, and the pressing part 4a can be kept hygienic. it can. Further, the wiping arm driving unit 3 is provided under the automatic sheet feeding unit 5 and can hide a complicated mechanism from the user. Since the pressing part 4a is not provided with an electrical mechanism or a complicated starting mechanism, the user can easily sanitize the pressing part 4a. Moreover, since the pressing part 4a is easily removable by the connection part 4d, it is easy to make the pressing part 4a hygienic.
（開閉部６の構造の一例）
　なお、開閉部６の具体的な構造の一例をここで説明しておく。以下では、開閉部６の形状を平らな形状としているが、当然、便器や、便座７、補高部２の形状に合わせて、湾曲させてもよい。補高部２の形状は、便座７の形状に合わせて、湾曲させておかなければならないものでもない。特に、本明細書に開示している臀部拭き取り装置１は、小型化が可能となっているため、補高部２において、拭き取りアーム４が露出する部分を湾曲させて開口させるのではなく、直線的な平面形状で開口させておくことも可能である。この点、後述の図１０１及び図１０２に示すような直線的な形状の補高部２を一例として考えることが可能である。その点を踏まえた上で、図４４、図４５、及び図４６を参照しながら、開閉部６の構造の一例について説明する。 (Example of the structure of the opening / closing part 6)
An example of a specific structure of the opening / closing part 6 will be described here. In the following, the shape of the opening / closing part 6 is a flat shape, but naturally, the opening / closing part 6 may be curved in accordance with the shape of the toilet bowl, the toilet seat 7 and the elevation part 2. The height of the raised part 2 does not have to be curved in accordance with the shape of the toilet seat 7. In particular, since the heel wiping device 1 disclosed in the present specification can be downsized, the portion of the elevation 2 where the wiping arm 4 is exposed is not curved and opened. It is also possible to keep the opening in a typical planar shape. In this regard, it is possible to consider, as an example, a linearly-shaped elevated portion 2 as shown in FIGS. Based on this point, an example of the structure of the opening / closing part 6 will be described with reference to FIGS. 44, 45, and 46.
　図４４は、上下に開閉する開閉部６の斜視図である。開閉部６の左右の一端辺（図では、左辺）は、ラック６ｇになっており、ピニオン６ｆと連結している。開閉部６は、補高部２に設けられた保持ガイド６ｈ，６ｈに挿入されており、摺動が可能となっている。ピニオン６ｆは、開閉用モータ６ｄに連結された回転軸６ｅと連結している。開閉用モータ６ｄが回転すれば、ピニオン６ｆが回転し、それに合わせて、ラック６ｇも移動して、開閉部６が上下に摺動することとなる。開閉用モータ６ｄを、回転軸を用いて、補高部２の外側若しくは水がかかりにくい場所に配置することで、防水を実現することができる。なお、開閉用モータ６の位置は、左右逆でもよい。 FIG. 44 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes up and down. The left and right end sides (left side in the figure) of the opening / closing part 6 form a rack 6g and are connected to the pinion 6f. The opening / closing part 6 is inserted into holding guides 6h, 6h provided in the elevation part 2, and can slide. The pinion 6f is connected to a rotating shaft 6e connected to the opening / closing motor 6d. When the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the pinion 6f rotates, and the rack 6g moves accordingly, and the opening / closing portion 6 slides up and down. Waterproofing can be realized by disposing the opening / closing motor 6d on the outside of the elevation part 2 or in a place where it is difficult for water to flow, using the rotating shaft. The position of the opening / closing motor 6 may be reversed left and right.
　図４５は、左右に開閉する開閉部６の斜視図である。開閉部６の上下の一端辺（図では、下辺）は、ラック６ｇになっており、ピニオン６ｆと連結している。開閉部６は、補高部２に設けられた保持ガイド６ｈ，６ｈに挿入されており、摺動が可能となっている。ピニオン６ｆは、開閉用モータ６ｄに連結された回転軸６ｅと連結している。開閉用モータ６ｄが回転すれば、ピニオン６ｆが回転し、それに合わせて、ラック６ｇも移動して、開閉部６が左右に摺動することとなる。開閉用モータ６ｄを、回転軸を用いて、補高部２の外側若しくは水がかかりにくい場所に配置することで、防水を実現することができる。なお、開閉用モータ６の位置は、上下逆でもよい。 FIG. 45 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes left and right. One end (upper and lower sides in the figure) of the upper and lower portions of the opening / closing part 6 is a rack 6g and is connected to the pinion 6f. The opening / closing part 6 is inserted into holding guides 6h, 6h provided in the elevation part 2, and can slide. The pinion 6f is connected to a rotating shaft 6e connected to the opening / closing motor 6d. When the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the pinion 6f rotates, and the rack 6g moves accordingly, and the opening / closing portion 6 slides to the left and right. Waterproofing can be realized by disposing the opening / closing motor 6d on the outside of the elevation part 2 or in a place where it is difficult for water to flow, using the rotating shaft. The position of the opening / closing motor 6 may be upside down.
　図４６は、左右に分離して開閉する開閉部６の斜視図である。二つの開閉部６には、それぞれ、ピニオン６ｆと連結するように、ラック６ｇが設けられている。開閉部６は、補高部２に設けられた保持ガイド６ｈ，６ｈに挿入されており、摺動が可能となっている。ピニオン６ｆは、開閉用モータ６ｄに連結された回転軸６ｅと連結している。開閉用モータ６ｄが回転すれば、ピニオン６ｆが回転し、それに合わせて、ラック６ｇも移動して、開閉部６が左右に分離して摺動することとなる。開閉用モータ６ｄを、回転軸を用いて、補高部２の外側若しくは水がかかりにくい場所に配置することで、防水を実現することができる。なお、開閉用モータ６の位置は、上下逆でもよい。また、同様の構成を用いて、上下に分離するように、開閉部６を構成してもよい。 FIG. 46 is a perspective view of the opening / closing part 6 that opens and closes separately on the left and right. Each of the two opening / closing parts 6 is provided with a rack 6g so as to be connected to the pinion 6f. The opening / closing part 6 is inserted into holding guides 6h, 6h provided in the elevation part 2, and can slide. The pinion 6f is connected to a rotating shaft 6e connected to the opening / closing motor 6d. When the opening / closing motor 6d rotates, the pinion 6f rotates, and accordingly, the rack 6g also moves, and the opening / closing portion 6 slides separately on the left and right. Waterproofing can be realized by disposing the opening / closing motor 6d on the outside of the elevation part 2 or in a place where it is difficult for water to flow, using the rotating shaft. The position of the opening / closing motor 6 may be upside down. Moreover, you may comprise the opening-closing part 6 so that it may isolate | separate up and down using the same structure.
（第７の実施形態）
　第７の実施形態では、図３７に示した実施形態の変形例について示す。図４７は、第７の実施形態における臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図（収納時）である。図４８は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図（露出時）である。図４７において、自動給紙部５の構造は、第６の実施形態の場合と同様である。第７の実施形態において、拭き取りアーム４を露出させるための構造は、図３７に示したのと同様、露出用モータ９が二つの軸受４ｋに支持されているねじ軸１０ｊを回転させて、台座１０ａを摺動させる構造であるとする。第７の実施形態では、上下用モータ８の機能が異なる。上下用モータ８は、軸１０ｋと連結している。軸１０ｋは、軸受４ｋ，４ｋに支持されている。軸１０ｋの開口部６の直前にかさ歯車４ｍが固定されている。上下用モータ８が回転すると、かさ歯車４ｍが回転することとなる。図４８の露出時のかさ歯車４ｍの拡大図（左上の図）に示すように、台座１０ａに、かさ歯車４ｌが回転可能に連結している。かさ歯車４ｌの回転軸に、拭き取りアーム４の一端が固定されている。 (Seventh embodiment)
In the seventh embodiment, a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 37 will be described. FIG. 47 is a front view (during storage) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the seventh embodiment. FIG. 48 is a front view (when exposed) showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. In FIG. 47, the structure of the automatic paper feeder 5 is the same as that of the sixth embodiment. In the seventh embodiment, the structure for exposing the wiping arm 4 is the same as that shown in FIG. 37, in which the exposure motor 9 rotates the screw shaft 10j supported by the two bearings 4k to Suppose that it is the structure which slides 10a. In the seventh embodiment, the function of the up / down motor 8 is different. The vertical motor 8 is connected to the shaft 10k. The shaft 10k is supported by the bearings 4k and 4k. A bevel gear 4m is fixed immediately before the opening 6 of the shaft 10k. When the up / down motor 8 rotates, the bevel gear 4m rotates. As shown in the enlarged view (upper left figure) of the bevel gear 4m when exposed in FIG. 48, the bevel gear 4l is rotatably connected to the base 10a. One end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the bevel gear 4l.
　台座４ａに設けられたねじ穴に軸１０ｊが通っており、露出用モータ９が回転すると、軸１０ｊが回転して、台座４ａが摺動し、拭き取りアーム４が露出する。露出位置まで到達したときの図が、図４８である。露出位置まで到達すると、図４８の左上の図に示したように、かさ歯車４ｍとかさ歯車４ｌとが噛み合う。噛み合ったら、上下用モータ８が回転する。上下用モータ８が回転すると、軸１０ｋが回転するので、かさ歯車４ｍが回転する。その結果、かさ歯車４ｌが回転して、合わせて、拭き取りアーム４が回転し、押し当て部４ａを上下方向に移動させることができる。これにより、拭き取りと紙の落下を実現できる。なお、電磁石で拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させて、紙を落としてもよい。 The shaft 10j passes through the screw hole provided in the pedestal 4a, and when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the shaft 10j rotates, the pedestal 4a slides, and the wiping arm 4 is exposed. FIG. 48 shows a view when the exposure position is reached. When the exposure position is reached, the bevel gear 4m and the bevel gear 4l mesh with each other as shown in the upper left diagram of FIG. Once engaged, the up / down motor 8 rotates. When the vertical motor 8 rotates, the shaft 10k rotates, and thus the bevel gear 4m rotates. As a result, the bevel gear 41 is rotated, and the wiping arm 4 is rotated together, and the pressing portion 4a can be moved in the vertical direction. Thereby, wiping off and fall of paper are realizable. Note that the paper may be dropped by bending the wiping arm 4 with an electromagnet.
　なお、ここでは、かさ歯車４ｍ，４ｌを用いて、拭き取りアーム４を上下させることとしたが、軸１０ｋの回転運動を、軸１０ｋと垂直な運動に変換することができる伝達機構を備えれば、かさ歯車４ｍ，４ｌによる構造に限るものではない。たとえば、図４８の左下の拡大図に示すように、ウォーム４ｏを用いてもよい。すなわち、ウォーム４ｏは、軸１０ｋに固定されており、上下用モータ８が回転すると回転するようになっている。上下用モータ８は、円板８ｄの返信位置に取り付けられている。円板８ｄは、モータ８ｃ（又は揺動タイプの電磁ソレノイド）の回転軸に取り付けられている。そのため、円板８ｄが回転すると、上下用モータ８、軸１０ｋ及びウォーム４ｏが図の破線方向に移動する。拭き取りアーム４が露出位置まで到達している段階で、ウォーム４ｏを破線の位置に移動させると、拭き取りアーム４に連結しているウォームホイール４ｍとウォーム４ｏとが噛み合うこととなる。噛み合うと、上下用モータ８が回転して、それに応じて、ウォーム４ｏ及びウォームホイール４ｎが回転して、拭き取りアーム４を上下に移動させることが可能となる。なお、ウォームホイール４ｎとウォーム４ｏとを連結するクラッチ機構は、これに限るものではない。 In this case, the wiping arm 4 is moved up and down using the bevel gears 4m and 4l. However, if a transmission mechanism capable of converting the rotational motion of the shaft 10k into motion perpendicular to the shaft 10k is provided. The structure is not limited to bevel gears 4m and 4l. For example, a worm 4o may be used as shown in the enlarged view at the lower left of FIG. That is, the worm 4o is fixed to the shaft 10k, and rotates when the up / down motor 8 rotates. The vertical motor 8 is attached to the return position of the disk 8d. The disk 8d is attached to the rotation shaft of a motor 8c (or a swing type electromagnetic solenoid). Therefore, when the disk 8d rotates, the vertical motor 8, the shaft 10k, and the worm 4o move in the direction of the broken line in the figure. When the worm 4o is moved to the position of the broken line when the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position, the worm wheel 4m connected to the wiping arm 4 and the worm 4o are engaged with each other. When engaged, the up-and-down motor 8 rotates, and the worm 4o and the worm wheel 4n rotate accordingly, and the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down. The clutch mechanism that connects the worm wheel 4n and the worm 4o is not limited to this.
　これらの構造は、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置に達した段階で、拭き取りアーム４を上下に移動させるためのギアが入っていると考えることもできる。このような構造にすれば、露出時であっても、上下用モータ８を開口部６の付近から離れたところに配置しておくことができるので、上下用モータ８の防水が実現できる。 These structures can be considered to have a gear for moving the wiping arm 4 up and down when the wiping arm 4 reaches the exposed position. With such a structure, the vertical motor 8 can be disposed away from the vicinity of the opening 6 even when exposed, so that the vertical motor 8 can be waterproofed.
　なお、図４９及び図５０は、かさ歯車４ｍと台座１０ａとが一緒に摺動させる場合の構造を示す図である。図４９の拡大図に示すように、拭き取りアーム４とかさ歯車４ｌとを連結している軸４ｐに、支持部４ｑを固定する。支持部４ｇには、かさ歯車４ｍが固定されている。かさ歯車４ｌとかさ歯車４ｍとは、常に連結した状態となって、摺動する。図４９の部分右側面図に示すように、かさ歯車用の軸１０ｋは、軸が回転したらかさ歯車４ｍも回転するように、切り欠きが設けられている。なお、軸１０ｋは、スプライン軸や六角中シャフトなどでもよい。かさ歯車４ｍは、軸１０ｋを挿入する内側に突出部があり、突出部が軸１０ｋの切り欠きと嵌めあうような構造になっている。なお、かさ歯車４ｍの内側に切り欠きがあり、軸１０ｋ側に突出部があってもよい。このような構造にすれば、かさ歯車４ｍは、台座１０ａと一緒に摺動しつつ、上下用モータ８の回転に合わせて回転するようにすることができる。 49 and 50 are diagrams showing a structure when the bevel gear 4m and the pedestal 10a are slid together. As shown in the enlarged view of FIG. 49, the support portion 4q is fixed to the shaft 4p connecting the wiping arm 4 and the bevel gear 4l. A bevel gear 4m is fixed to the support portion 4g. The bevel gear 41 and the bevel gear 4m are always connected and slide. As shown in the partial right side view of FIG. 49, the bevel gear shaft 10k is provided with a notch so that the bevel gear 4m also rotates when the shaft rotates. The shaft 10k may be a spline shaft, a hexagonal medium shaft, or the like. The bevel gear 4m has a protruding part on the inner side where the shaft 10k is inserted, and the protruding part fits into the notch of the shaft 10k. In addition, there may be a notch inside the bevel gear 4m and a protrusion on the shaft 10k side. With such a structure, the bevel gear 4m can be rotated in accordance with the rotation of the up / down motor 8 while sliding together with the base 10a.
　なお、露出用モータ９によって、台座１０ａが露出位置まで前進したあと、かさ歯車４ｍが、クラッチ機構によって、押し下げられる等して、かさ歯車４ｌと連結してもよい。なお、かさ歯車４ｍとかさ歯車４ｌとは常に噛み合っており、軸１０ｋは伸縮する構造を有しており、軸１０ｋが伸縮しながら、かさ歯車４ｍとかさ歯車４ｌとが、一緒に摺動してもよい。なお、上下用モータ８及び／又は露出用モータ９は、ギア等で、下側にもってきてもよい。 The bevel gear 4m may be connected to the bevel gear 4l by being pushed down by the clutch mechanism after the pedestal 10a is advanced to the exposure position by the exposure motor 9. The bevel gear 4m and the bevel gear 4l always mesh with each other, and the shaft 10k has a structure that expands and contracts, and the bevel gear 4m and the bevel gear 4l slide together while the shaft 10k expands and contracts. May be. Note that the up / down motor 8 and / or the exposure motor 9 may be moved downward by a gear or the like.
　このように、第７の実施形態では、上下用モータ８の回転軸１０ｋに対して垂直な方向に回転を変換させる機構（たとえば、かさ歯車４ｍ及び４ｌ、ウォーム４ｏ及びウォームホイール４ｎ）を備え、当該機構に拭き取りアーム４を連結して、拭き取りアーム４を上下させることとしている。これにより、上下用モータ８を便座開口部分から離れた場所に配置することができるので、上下用モータ８の防水効果が高まる。 Thus, in the seventh embodiment, a mechanism (for example, bevel gears 4m and 4l, worm 4o and worm wheel 4n) that converts rotation in a direction perpendicular to the rotation shaft 10k of the vertical motor 8 is provided, The wiping arm 4 is connected to the mechanism, and the wiping arm 4 is moved up and down. Thereby, since the up-and-down motor 8 can be arrange | positioned in the place away from the toilet seat opening part, the waterproof effect of the up-and-down motor 8 increases.
　電磁クラッチを用いて、軸１０ｋの回転とねじ軸１０ｊとの回転とを切り替えるようにすれば、上下用モータ８と露出用モータ９を一つのモータによって実現することが可能となる。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、露出用モータ９の回転軸（たとえば、ねじ軸１０ｊ）に垂直な方向に回転を変換する機構（たとえば、かさ歯車４ｍ及び４ｌ、ウォーム４ｏ及びウォームホイール４ｎ）を備えることで、上下用モータ８と露出用モータ９とを一つのモータに共通化して、電磁クラッチ等によって、露出運動に用いられる回転軸と上下運動に用いられる回転軸との回転を切り替えることを可能とする。これにより、モータの数を減らすことができ、臀部拭き取り装置のコスト低減及び小型化が可能となる。 If the rotation of the shaft 10k and the rotation of the screw shaft 10j are switched using an electromagnetic clutch, the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 can be realized by a single motor. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 has a mechanism (for example, bevel gears 4m and 4l, a worm 4o and a worm wheel 4n) that converts rotation in a direction perpendicular to the rotation shaft (for example, the screw shaft 10j) of the exposure motor 9. By providing, the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 are made common to one motor, and the rotation of the rotary shaft used for the exposure motion and the rotary shaft used for the vertical motion is switched by an electromagnetic clutch or the like. Make it possible. Thereby, the number of motors can be reduced, and the cost reduction and downsizing of the buttocks wiping device can be achieved.
（第８の実施形態）
　第８の実施形態では、第２の方式、すなわち、紙は、拭き取りアームとは別に、臀部の下に露出して、露出した紙の下から、拭き取りアームの押し当て部が紙を押し上げるようにして、臀部を拭き取るという方式を採用した臀部拭き取り装置１について説明する。 (Eighth embodiment)
In the eighth embodiment, the second method, that is, the paper is exposed under the buttock separately from the wiping arm, and the pressing portion of the wiping arm pushes up the paper from under the exposed paper. The heel wiping apparatus 1 that employs a method of wiping the buttock will be described.
　図５１Ａは、本発明の第８の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図５１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図５１Ｃ及び図５１Ｄは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図５２は、臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。図５３は、臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図５１Ａ、図５２及び図５３では、専用紙１１ｂが供給される前の状態を示している。図５４は、臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図５５は、臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。図５６は、臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図５４乃至図５６では、専用紙１１ｂが供給されたときの状態を示す。図５７は、臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図５８は、臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。図５７及び図５８は、専用紙１１ｂで臀部を拭き取る時の様子を示す。各図において、内部構造が分かるように、補高部２及び便座７を一点鎖線で表示している。また、各図において、温水洗浄装置の記載を省略しているが、便座７の後方に温水洗浄装置が設けられており、便座７は温水洗浄装置に対して回動可能に取り付けられている。 FIG. 51A is a perspective view of a buttock wiping device 1 according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 51B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. 51C and 51D are flowcharts showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 52 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 53 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. 51A, 52, and 53 show a state before the dedicated paper 11b is supplied. FIG. 54 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 55 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 56 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. 54 to 56 show a state when the dedicated paper 11b is supplied. FIG. 57 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 58 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG.57 and FIG.58 shows a mode at the time of wiping a collar part with the exclusive paper 11b. In each figure, the elevation 2 and the toilet seat 7 are indicated by alternate long and short dash lines so that the internal structure can be understood. Moreover, in each figure, although description of a warm water washing apparatus is abbreviate | omitted, the warm water washing apparatus is provided behind the toilet seat 7, and the toilet seat 7 is rotatably attached with respect to the warm water washing apparatus.
　臀部拭き取り装置１は、便座７の下に設けられている。臀部拭き取り装置１は、補高部２に設けられた収容部２ｂ内に、拭き取りアーム４と、拭き取りアーム駆動部３とを備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、上下用モータ８と、露出用モータ９と、それらの動力を拭き取りアーム４に伝えるためのギアや軸、軸受け等（図示せず）を含む。また、臀部拭き取り装置１は、専用紙１１ｂを供給するための給紙部１７を備える。給紙部１７は、補高部２に設けられた収容部２ｂに、一部が収容されている。なお、便座７を厚くして、便座７に、臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を入れるようにしてもよい（他の実施形態も同様）。 The buttocks wiping device 1 is provided under the toilet seat 7. The buttocks wiping device 1 includes a wiping arm 4 and a wiping arm driving unit 3 in a storage portion 2 b provided in the elevation portion 2. The wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a vertical motor 8, an exposure motor 9, and gears, shafts, bearings, and the like (not shown) for transmitting their power to the wiping arm 4. In addition, the heel wiping device 1 includes a paper feeding unit 17 for supplying the dedicated paper 11b. A part of the sheet feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the accommodating unit 2 b provided in the elevation unit 2. The toilet seat 7 may be thickened and the structure of the buttock wiping device 1 may be inserted into the toilet seat 7 (the same applies to other embodiments).
　拭き取りアーム４は、一端に押し当て部４ａを有する。なお、押し当て部４ａは、拭き取りアーム４に設けられたヒンジ機構によって、肛門への当接時に、水平を保つように構成されていてもよい。拭き取りアーム４の他端は、上下用モータ８の回転軸に固定されている。上下用モータ８が回転すれば、それに合わせて、拭き取りアーム４は、上下し、結果、押し当て部４ａが上下する。上下用モータ８は、露出用モータ９の回転軸に固定されている。露出用モータ９が回転すると、露出用モータ９の回転軸を支点に、上下用モータ８が角運動して回転し、一緒に、拭き取りアーム４も回転して、収容部２ｂから、拭き取りアーム４が便座７の穴７ａ側に露出する。露出後、上下用モータ８が回転して、押し当て部４ａを上下させることができる。 The wiping arm 4 has a pressing portion 4a at one end. Note that the pressing portion 4a may be configured to be kept horizontal when contacting the anus by a hinge mechanism provided on the wiping arm 4. The other end of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. If the vertical motor 8 rotates, the wiping arm 4 moves up and down accordingly, and as a result, the pressing portion 4a moves up and down. The vertical motor 8 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 rotates by rotating around the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9, and the wiping arm 4 also rotates together with the wiping arm 4 from the storage portion 2b. Is exposed to the hole 7 a side of the toilet seat 7. After the exposure, the vertical motor 8 can be rotated to move the pressing portion 4a up and down.
　給紙部１７は、紙挿入口１７ａと、給紙ローラ１７ｂと、紙載せガイド１７ｃと、押し出し部１７ｄと、給紙用モータ１７ｅとを備える。押し出し部１７ｄは、入れ子式の構造になっている。給紙用モータ１７ｅは、図示しないギア（ピニオン）がその回転軸に取り付けられている。当該ギアと押し出し部１７ｄ（ラック）とが噛み合うようにラックアンドピニオンの構造になっており、給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転すると、押し出し部１７ｄの内側の入れ子部材が前進し、内側の入れ子部材が前進したあと、外側の入れ子部材が前進するようにピニオンとラックが噛み合うようになっている。具体的には、内側の入れ子の後端に突起があり、内側の入れ子が給紙用モータ１７ｅによって前進させられたあと、当該突起が外側の入れ子の内側に引っかかるようになっており、それによって、外側の入れ子の前進が始まり、外側の入れ子の前進によって、一緒に内側の入れ子も前進するように当該引っかかり部分は構成されている。 The paper feed unit 17 includes a paper insertion port 17a, a paper feed roller 17b, a paper loading guide 17c, an extrusion unit 17d, and a paper feed motor 17e. The extrusion part 17d has a nested structure. The paper feed motor 17e has a gear (pinion) (not shown) attached to its rotating shaft. A rack and pinion structure is formed so that the gear and the pushing portion 17d (rack) mesh with each other. When the paper feeding motor 17e rotates, the inner member inside the pushing portion 17d moves forward, and the inner member becomes After the advancement, the pinion and the rack are engaged so that the outer nesting member advances. Specifically, there is a protrusion at the rear end of the inner nest, and after the inner nest is advanced by the paper feeding motor 17e, the protrusion is caught inside the outer nest. The catching portion is configured such that the advancement of the outer nesting starts and the advancement of the outer nesting advances the inner nesting together.
　給紙用モータ１７ｅが逆回転すれば、押し出し部１７が後進し、縮むようになっている。具体的には、外側の入れ子（ラック）が給紙用モータ１７ｅに取り付けられたピニオンと噛み合って、後進し、最後尾まで外側の入れ子が後進したら、内側の入れ子のラックに、ピニオンが噛み合うようになっており、前述の引っかかり部分の引っかかりが解除されて、内側の入れ子が後進して収容されていく。 If the paper feed motor 17e rotates in the reverse direction, the push-out unit 17 moves backward and contracts. Specifically, the outer nesting (rack) meshes with the pinion attached to the paper feed motor 17e and moves backward, and when the outer nesting moves backward to the end, the pinion is meshed with the inner nesting rack. Thus, the catch of the catch portion described above is released, and the inner nesting is moved backward and accommodated.
　押し出し部１７ｄの上には、紙載せガイド１７ｃが取り付けられている。押し出し部１７ｄの動きに合わせて、紙載せガイド１７ｃも、前進又は後進する。給紙ローラ１７ｂは、上下に専用紙１１ｂをローラで挟む構造となっている。給紙ローラ１７ｂは、図示しないモータの回転によって、回転する。 A paper loading guide 17c is attached on the extrusion portion 17d. The paper loading guide 17c is also moved forward or backward in accordance with the movement of the pushing portion 17d. The paper feed roller 17b has a structure in which the dedicated paper 11b is sandwiched between the upper and lower rollers. The paper feed roller 17b is rotated by the rotation of a motor (not shown).
　紙挿入口１７ａに専用紙１１ｂが投入されると、給紙ローラ１７ｂの入口付近に取り付けられた紙給紙センサ１７ｇが検知して、給紙ローラ１７ｂを回転させる。それにより、給紙ローラ１７ｂの中を専用紙１１ｂが移動する。専用紙１１ｂは、紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に載置される。専用紙１１ｂの送出が終わると、給紙ローラ１７ｂの出口付近に取り付けられた紙送出センサ１７ｈによって専用紙１１ｂが排出されたことを検知して、給紙ローラ１７ｂを停止させる。このようにして、専用紙１１ｂが、紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に載置される。紙給紙センサ１７ｇや紙送出センサ１７ｈは、フォトセンサや超音波センサなど非接触で紙の有無を検知することができるセンサであるとよいが、限定されるものではない。 When the dedicated paper 11b is inserted into the paper insertion opening 17a, the paper feed sensor 17g attached near the entrance of the paper feed roller 17b detects it and rotates the paper feed roller 17b. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b moves in the paper feed roller 17b. The dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. When the feeding of the dedicated paper 11b is completed, the paper feeding sensor 17h attached near the outlet of the paper feeding roller 17b detects that the special paper 11b has been discharged, and the paper feeding roller 17b is stopped. In this way, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. The paper feed sensor 17g and the paper feed sensor 17h may be sensors that can detect the presence or absence of paper without contact, such as a photo sensor or an ultrasonic sensor, but are not limited thereto.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃは、下から上に押し当て部４ａが通過できる形状であり、かつ、専用紙１１ｂが落ちないような形状を有している。紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状は、一例に過ぎず、本発明を限定しない。紙載せガイド１７ｃには、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉが設けられており、紙載せガイド１７ｃに適切に専用紙１１ｂが載置したか否かを検出できるようになっている。紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉには、フォトセンサなど、種々のセンサを用いるとよい。このようにして、図５４乃至図５６に示すように、専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に載置される。なお、専用紙１１ｂは、ある程度厚みのある吸水性の素材からなっていているとよい。また、専用紙１１ｂは、吸水性の素材の下にある程度硬さのある基材部を設けて、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置した際に撓まないようにしてもよい。専用紙１１ｂは、複数のトイレットペーパーを折り畳んで端辺の全部又は一部を接合して作ってもよいし、複数のトイレットペーパーを重ねて端辺の全部又は一部を接合して作ってもよいし、厚手の吸水性の紙１枚を所定の形状で切断して作ってもよい。 The paper loading guide 17c has such a shape that the pressing portion 4a can pass from the bottom to the top and the special paper 11b does not fall. The shape of the paper loading guide 17c is only an example and does not limit the present invention. The paper loading guide 17c is provided with a paper loading guide sensor 17i so that it can be detected whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is properly placed on the paper loading guide 17c. Various sensors such as a photo sensor may be used as the paper placement guide sensor 17i. In this way, as shown in FIGS. 54 to 56, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. Note that the dedicated paper 11b is preferably made of a water-absorbing material having a certain thickness. In addition, the special paper 11b may be provided with a base portion having a certain degree of hardness under the water-absorbing material so that it does not bend when placed on the paper loading guide 17c. The dedicated paper 11b may be made by folding a plurality of toilet papers and joining all or part of the edges, or by piling up a plurality of toilet papers and joining all or part of the edges. Alternatively, one thick water-absorbing paper may be cut into a predetermined shape.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂが載置されると給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転して、紙載せガイド１７ｃを前進させる。これにより、補高部２から、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出することとなる。なお、図示を省略しているが、紙載せガイド１７ｃがまっすぐ露出するように補高部２に、紙載せガイド１７ｃの軌道を規制する溝等が設けられている。紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したあと、拭き取りアーム４が、露出用モータ９の回転によって角運動することとなるので、露出し、上下用モータ８によって、上方向に傾けられる。これによって、図５７に示すように、押し当て部４ａが紙載せガイド１７ｃの下から、専用紙１１ｂを押し上げて、紙１１ｂを臀部に押し当て水分等を拭き取ることとなる。 When the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c, the paper feeding motor 17e rotates to advance the paper loading guide 17c. As a result, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed from the elevation 2. Although not shown, a groove or the like is provided in the elevation 2 to regulate the orbit of the paper loading guide 17c so that the paper loading guide 17c is exposed straight. After the paper loading guide 17c is exposed, the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved by the rotation of the exposure motor 9, so that it is exposed and tilted upward by the vertical motor 8. As a result, as shown in FIG. 57, the pressing portion 4a pushes up the dedicated paper 11b from under the paper loading guide 17c, and presses the paper 11b against the collar portion to wipe off moisture and the like.
　拭き取りの直前、紙載せガイド１７ｃが臀部の下に露出し、紙載せガイド１７ｃの下に拭き取りアーム４が位置することとなる。便座７に座っている使用者の臀部と拭き取りアーム４との間隙は、数センチ程度である。拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａが上昇すれば、専用紙１１ｂが持ち上げられ、臀部に専用紙１１ｂが当接することとなる。このとき、給紙用モータ１７ｅが紙載せガイド１７ｃを後進させる。拭き取りアーム４が、拭き取りアーム駆動部３によって、上下、前後、左右等に微動させられることで、水分等が確実に専用紙１１ｂに吸収されることとなる。このようにして、拭き取りが実行される。 Immediately before wiping, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed under the buttock, and the wiping arm 4 is positioned under the paper loading guide 17c. The gap between the user's buttocks sitting on the toilet seat 7 and the wiping arm 4 is about several centimeters. When the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is raised, the dedicated paper 11b is lifted, and the dedicated paper 11b comes into contact with the collar portion. At this time, the paper feeding motor 17e moves the paper loading guide 17c backward. The wiping arm 4 is finely moved up and down, front and rear, left and right, etc. by the wiping arm driving unit 3, so that moisture or the like is reliably absorbed by the special paper 11b. In this way, wiping is performed.
　拭き取りが完了したら、上下用モータ８は、拭き取りアーム４を下方向に傾ける。専用紙１１ｂは、自重によって、押し当て部４ａでのバランスを崩して、自然落下する。なお、拭き取りアーム駆動部３が、拭き取りアーム４を微振動させるように駆動すれば、専用紙１１ｂの落下も確実となる。押し当て部４ａに設けられた紙載置検出センサ１２ｅが紙の落下を検出したら、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアームを収納部２ｂに収納する。 When the wiping is completed, the up / down motor 8 tilts the wiping arm 4 downward. The special paper 11b naturally falls by breaking its balance at the pressing portion 4a due to its own weight. If the wiping arm driving unit 3 drives the wiping arm 4 so as to vibrate slightly, the dedicated paper 11b can be surely dropped. When the paper placement detection sensor 12e provided in the pressing unit 4a detects the fall of the paper, the wiping arm driving unit 3 stores the wiping arm in the storage unit 2b.
　図５１Ｂに示すように、上下用モータ８、露出用モータ９、及び給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転は、モータ検出部８ａ，９ａ，１７ｍによる検出結果によって、回転角度や回転数、回転速度、トルク等が制御部１３によって制御されている。各モータ検出部の具体例については、先述したモータ検出部８ａと同様である。 As shown in FIG. 51B, the rotation of the vertical motor 8, the exposure motor 9, and the paper feed motor 17e depends on the detection results of the motor detectors 8a, 9a, and 17m. Etc. are controlled by the control unit 13. A specific example of each motor detection unit is the same as that of the motor detection unit 8a described above.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃが万が一臀部に押し当たる可能性がある。そのような場合には、モータ検出部１７ｍによって、給紙用モータ１７ｅに所定以上のトルクが発生することとなる。よって、モータ検出部１７ｍによって検出された電流値が所定以上になる。このような場合、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅを停止若しくは逆回転して、紙載せガイド１７ｃが使用者に当たらないように制御する。このように、給紙用モータ１７ｅがトルク制限若しくはトルク制御されてもよい。その他、簡易な構成として考えられるのが、紙載せガイド１７ｃの先端にセンサやスイッチを設けておき、もし、紙載せガイド１７ｃが使用者に当たった場合、当該センサやスイッチがそれを検出して、制御部１３が給紙用モータ１７ｅを停止若しくは逆回転させればよい。このように、給紙部１７は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが使用者に当たったか否かを検出して、検出した場合、紙載せガイド１７ｃを停止若しくは後進させるとよい。 There is a possibility that the paper loading guide 17c may be pressed against the buttocks. In such a case, the motor detection unit 17m generates a torque greater than a predetermined value in the paper feed motor 17e. Therefore, the current value detected by the motor detection unit 17m becomes a predetermined value or more. In such a case, the control unit 13 stops or reversely rotates the paper feeding motor 17e so that the paper loading guide 17c does not hit the user. Thus, the paper feed motor 17e may be torque limited or torque controlled. Another possible simple configuration is that a sensor or switch is provided at the tip of the paper loading guide 17c. If the paper loading guide 17c hits the user, the sensor or switch detects it. The control unit 13 may stop or reversely rotate the paper feeding motor 17e. As described above, the paper feeding unit 17 may detect whether or not the paper loading guide 17c has hit the user, and if detected, the paper feeding guide 17c may be stopped or moved backward.
　第８の実施形態においても、図示は省略しているが、開閉部６が設けられている。 Also in the eighth embodiment, although not shown, an opening / closing part 6 is provided.
　以下、臀部拭き取り装置１の詳細な動作を図５１Ｃ及び図５１Ｄを用いて説明する。図５１Ｃ及び図５１Ｄにおいて、第１の実施形態と同様の動作の部分については、同一の参照符号を付し、説明を省略する。 Hereinafter, the detailed operation of the buttock wiping device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 51C and 51D. In FIG. 51C and FIG. 51D, the same operation parts as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted.
　拭き取り指示（Ｓ１００）の後、洗浄済みであるか否かが確認された（Ｓ１０１）後、給紙部１７の紙給紙センサ１７ｇによって、専用紙１１ｂが投入されたか否かが検知される（Ｓ４００）。投入されていない場合、制御部１３は、使用者に専用紙１１ｂの投入を促すメッセージや表示を行う。専用紙１１ｂが投入されたら、制御部１３は、給紙ローラ１７ｂを回転させて、専用紙１１ｂを送り出す（Ｓ４０１）。そして、紙送出センサ１７ｈによって、専用紙１１ｂの送り出しが検知されたとする（Ｓ４０２）。なお、所定時間経過しても専用紙１１ｂの送り出しが検知されなかったとした場合、すなわち、紙送出センサ１７ｈによって、所定時間が経過しても、紙が無くなっていないことが検知された場合、紙が詰まっている可能性があるので、制御部１３は、エラーであると判定し、使用者に、紙詰まりが発生している旨のメッセージや表示を行う。 After the wiping instruction (S100), it is confirmed whether or not it has been cleaned (S101), and then it is detected by the paper feed sensor 17g of the paper feed unit 17 whether or not the dedicated paper 11b has been loaded ( S400). If not, the control unit 13 displays a message or display that prompts the user to insert the dedicated paper 11b. When the special paper 11b is loaded, the control unit 13 rotates the paper feed roller 17b to send out the special paper 11b (S401). Assume that the paper delivery sensor 17h detects the delivery of the dedicated paper 11b (S402). If it is determined that the delivery of the dedicated paper 11b is not detected even after a predetermined time has passed, that is, if the paper feed sensor 17h detects that the paper is not lost after the predetermined time has passed, Therefore, the control unit 13 determines that there is an error, and gives a message or display to the user that a paper jam has occurred.
　紙の送り出しが検知されたら、制御部１３は、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉをオン状態にする（Ｓ４０３）。すなわち、拭き取りアーム４が上に傾くまでの間、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉをオンにしておき、その間にもし、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉによって紙が載置されていないことが検出されたら、専用紙１１ｂが途中で落下してしまった可能性がある。もし、そのようなことが検知された場合、制御部１３は、使用者に対して、再度の拭き取り指示を行うようにメッセージや表示を行い、合わせて、紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び拭き取りアーム４を原点位置に戻して、拭き取り動作を最初から開始する。 When paper feeding is detected, the control unit 13 turns on the paper loading guide sensor 17i (S403). That is, the paper loading guide sensor 17i is turned on until the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. If the paper loading guide sensor 17i detects that no paper is loaded, the dedicated paper 11b is used. May have fallen along the way. If such a thing is detected, the control unit 13 displays a message and a display so as to instruct the user to perform wiping again. Return to the position and start wiping operation from the beginning.
　Ｓ４０３の処理の後、Ｓ１０３及びＳ１０４にて、制御部１３は、開閉部６を開閉させて、Ｓ４０４の動作に進む。Ｓ４０４において、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅを作動させて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる。紙載せガイド１７ｃの露出位置は、図示しない接触スイッチや非接触センサ、フォトセンサ、磁気センサ等の検出部によって検出され、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出位置まで露出したら、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅを停止する（Ｓ４０５）。 After the process of S403, in S103 and S104, the control unit 13 opens and closes the opening / closing unit 6, and proceeds to the operation of S404. In S404, the control unit 13 operates the paper feed motor 17e to expose the paper loading guide 17c. The exposure position of the paper loading guide 17c is detected by a detection unit such as a contact switch, a non-contact sensor, a photo sensor, or a magnetic sensor (not shown). The motor 17e is stopped (S405).
　次に、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９を回転させて、上下用モータ８を角運動させて、拭き取りアーム４を露出させる（Ｓ４０６）。拭き取りアーム４の露出位置は、モータ検出部９ａが検出する回転角度等で検出され、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置まで露出したら、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９を停止する（Ｓ４０７）。そして、制御部１３は、上下用モータ８を回転させて、拭き取りアーム４を上方向に傾ける（Ｓ４０８）。 Next, the control unit 13 rotates the exposure motor 9 to cause the vertical motor 8 to move angularly to expose the wiping arm 4 (S406). The exposure position of the wiping arm 4 is detected based on the rotation angle detected by the motor detection unit 9a. When the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the exposure position, the control unit 13 stops the exposure motor 9 (S407). Then, the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 to tilt the wiping arm 4 upward (S408).
　拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾くと、押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂを持ち上げて、専用紙１１ｂが、肛門付近に当接することとなる。専用紙１１ｂが持ち上がったことの検知として、制御部１３は、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉによって専用紙１１ｂが載置されなくなったことを検出するか、又は、モータ検出部８ａが検出した上下用モータ８の回転角度等に基づいて拭き取り位置まで押し当て部４ａが到達したか否かを検出することによって行う（Ｓ４０９）。 When the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward, the pressing portion 4a lifts the special paper 11b, and the special paper 11b comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus. As a detection that the dedicated paper 11b has been lifted, the control unit 13 detects that the dedicated paper 11b is no longer placed by the paper loading guide sensor 17i, or the vertical motor 8 detected by the motor detection unit 8a. This is performed by detecting whether or not the pressing portion 4a has reached the wiping position based on the rotation angle or the like (S409).
　Ｓ４０９による検知の後、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅを後進させて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収容部２ｂに収容する（Ｓ４１０）。 After the detection by S409, the control unit 13 moves the paper feed motor 17e backward to accommodate the paper loading guide 17c in the accommodation unit 2b (S410).
　その後、制御部１３は、第１の実施形態同様にして紙載置検出センサ１２ｅをオン状態にして（Ｓ１０６）、拭き取りの途中で紙が落下してしまわないかを検出しながら、拭き取り動作を実行する（Ｓ４１２）。拭き取り時、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９及び上下用モータ８を微少回転させながら、専用紙１１ｂを上下に押し当てたり、左右、前後に移動させたりして、拭き取りを実行する。以下、制御部１３は、第１の実施形態と同様に、紙の落下から開閉部６の閉じる動作までを実行し（Ｓ１１０～Ｓ１１５）、次の拭き取り指示の待機状態に戻る。 Thereafter, the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement detection sensor 12e in the same manner as in the first embodiment (S106), and performs the wiping operation while detecting whether the paper may fall during the wiping. Execute (S412). At the time of wiping, the control unit 13 performs wiping by pressing the dedicated paper 11b up and down or moving left and right and back and forth while slightly rotating the exposure motor 9 and the vertical motor 8. Thereafter, as in the first embodiment, the control unit 13 executes from the fall of the paper to the closing operation of the opening / closing unit 6 (S110 to S115), and returns to the standby state for the next wiping instruction.
　このように、第８の実施形態では、専用紙１１ｂが拭き取りアーム４とは別に臀部の下に露出して、露出した専用紙１１ｂの下から、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂを押し上げるようにして、臀部が拭き取られる。したがって、専用紙１１ｂを掴むための構造は不要であり、臀部拭き取り装置の構造の簡易化、コストの削減が可能となる。給紙部１７についても、専用紙１１ｂを給紙ローラ１７ｂで送り出し、紙載せガイド１７ｃで露出させるだけの簡易かつ確実な構造で実現できる。第１の方式では、押し当て部４ａが露出する際に、載置してある紙が落下する可能性があったが、第２の方式では、紙が途中で落下する可能性は、極めて低い。よって、簡易化構造、コスト削減が実現できることに加えて、確実な拭き取りが実現できる。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、きれいな紙が載置されるだけであるので、汚れる可能性は、極めて低い。押し当て部４ａは、専用紙１１ｂを挟んで肛門に当接するので、水分等が付着する可能性はあるが、構造が簡易であるため、使用者は、押し当て部４ａを拭き取ったり、洗浄したりすることが簡単にできる。よって、第７の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置は、衛生的であり、使いやすく、メンテナンスのしやすいものである。 Thus, in the eighth embodiment, the dedicated paper 11b is exposed under the buttock separately from the wiping arm 4, and the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is exposed from the exposed dedicated paper 11b to the dedicated paper 11b. The buttock is wiped off by pushing up. Therefore, a structure for grasping the dedicated paper 11b is not required, and the structure of the buttock wiping device can be simplified and the cost can be reduced. The paper feeding unit 17 can also be realized with a simple and reliable structure in which the dedicated paper 11b is fed by the paper feeding roller 17b and exposed by the paper loading guide 17c. In the first method, when the pressing portion 4a is exposed, there is a possibility that the placed paper falls, but in the second method, the possibility that the paper will fall in the middle is extremely low. . Therefore, in addition to realizing a simplified structure and cost reduction, reliable wiping can be realized. Since the paper loading guide 17c is only loaded with clean paper, the possibility of getting dirty is extremely low. Since the pressing portion 4a contacts the anus with the special paper 11b interposed therebetween, there is a possibility that moisture or the like may adhere to it. However, since the structure is simple, the user can wipe or press the pressing portion 4a. Can be easily done. Therefore, the buttocks wiping device according to the seventh embodiment is hygienic, easy to use, and easy to maintain.
　さらに、第８の実施形態では、便器と便座との間隙に設けられた補高部又は厚めの便座の内部に、拭き取りアームを駆動させるための拭き取りアーム駆動部の機構の一部を設ける。補高部又は厚めの便座の内部としては、左右だけでなく、温水洗浄装置の下部の空間も用いることができる。これにより、便器横のスペースをできる限り取らないようにすることができる。 Furthermore, in the eighth embodiment, a part of the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit for driving the wiping arm is provided in the heightened portion provided in the gap between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat or in the thick toilet seat. As the inside of the raised part or the thick toilet seat, not only the left and right but also the space below the hot water washing apparatus can be used. Thereby, it is possible to avoid as much space as possible next to the toilet bowl.
　なお、押し出し部１７ｄを押し出す構造は、種々考えられ、本発明を限定するものではない。たとえば、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転軸に、ベルトを巻き付けておき、当該ベルトを、押し出し部１７ｄの入れ子構造に連結しておき、当該ベルトが伸ばされたり、巻き取られたりするのに合わせて、押し出し部１７ｄが伸縮するようにしてもよい。給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転軸にピニオンを設けておき、ベルトの代わりに、フレキシブルラックが当該ピニオンに巻き取られるようにして、当該ラックを押し出し部１７ｄの入れ子構造に連結しておくことでも伸縮可能である。 In addition, the structure which pushes out the extrusion part 17d can be considered variously, and does not limit this invention. For example, a belt is wound around the rotation shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e, and the belt is connected to the nesting structure of the push-out portion 17d so that the belt is stretched or wound up. The extruding portion 17d may be expanded and contracted. A pinion is provided on the rotating shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e, and instead of a belt, a flexible rack is wound around the pinion, and the rack is connected to the nested structure of the push-out portion 17d to expand and contract. Is possible.
　なお、専用紙１１ｂを上下に複数枚重ねたものをコピー機などで用いられる自動給紙装置（ＡＤＦ）の機構を紙挿入口の手前に配置しておき、自動給紙装置の機構から、紙挿入口１７ａに一枚の専用紙１１ｂを送り出して、給紙ローラ１７ｂが一枚の専用紙１１ｂを紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置するようにすれば、自動での紙の供給が可能となる。また、長尺の専用紙１１ｂを給紙ローラ１７ｂに入れるようにしておき、所定の間隔で切断部が切断するようにして、紙載せガイド１７ｃに一枚の専用紙１１ｂを載置するようにしてもよい。 Note that a mechanism of an automatic paper feeder (ADF) used in a copying machine or the like in which a plurality of dedicated papers 11b are stacked one above the other is placed in front of the paper insertion slot, and the paper from the automatic paper feeder mechanism to the paper If the dedicated paper 11b is sent out to the insertion port 17a and the paper feed roller 17b places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c, the paper can be automatically supplied. In addition, the long dedicated paper 11b is placed in the paper feed roller 17b, and the cutting unit cuts at a predetermined interval so that the single special paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. May be.
　本実施形態のように、拭き取りアーム４と給紙部１７を別々にすることによって、拭き取りアーム４の機構だけを開発したり、給紙部１７の機構だけを開発したりして、開発を別々に分けて考えることができる。押し当て部４ａについても、直接、紙を掴むものではないので、押し当て部４ａの形状を肛門付近の形状に合わせたものにしたり、硬質樹脂、シリコン樹脂、ゴム製、軟質樹脂、金属製など種々のものを実際の人間に当てはめて試しながら開発したりすることができ、人間工学の観点から適切なものに設計することが可能となる。 As in this embodiment, by separating the wiping arm 4 and the paper feed unit 17, only the mechanism of the wiping arm 4 is developed, or only the mechanism of the paper feed unit 17 is developed, and development is performed separately. It can be divided into two. The pressing part 4a is not directly gripped by paper, so the pressing part 4a is made to match the shape of the vicinity of the anus, hard resin, silicon resin, rubber, soft resin, metal, etc. Various things can be developed by applying them to actual human beings, and it is possible to design them appropriately from the viewpoint of ergonomics.
　なお、上記実施形態では、拭き取りアーム４のアーム部分を直線状にしたが、屈曲させておいてもよい。拭き取りアーム４は、主に、先端部分に設けられた押し当て部４ａと、押し当て部４ａを駆動部と連結するための支柱部分となるアーム部とから構成されるが、アーム部を予め屈曲させておくことにより、以下に説明するように押し当て部４ａを高い位置に移動させることが可能となる。 In the above embodiment, the arm portion of the wiping arm 4 is linear, but it may be bent. The wiping arm 4 is mainly composed of a pressing portion 4a provided at the tip portion and an arm portion which becomes a support column portion for connecting the pressing portion 4a to the driving portion, but the arm portion is bent in advance. By doing so, the pressing portion 4a can be moved to a higher position as described below.
　図５９は、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させたときの内部構造を示す右側面図である。図６０は、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させたときの内部構造を示す平面図である。図５９では、収納時と拭き取り時の拭き取りアーム４の位置を同時に図示している。図６０では、収納時と拭き取り時の拭き取りアーム４及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの位置を同時に図示している。拭き取りアーム４を中間部分屈曲させることで、図５９に示すように、上下用モータ８の回転軸に取り付けられた拭き取りアーム４の根元部分を下方向に収納時に傾けておくことができる。なお、どの箇所で屈曲させるかは適宜設計すべき事項であり、図示した例に限定されるものではない。 FIG. 59 is a right side view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent. FIG. 60 is a plan view showing the internal structure when the wiping arm 4 is bent. In FIG. 59, the position of the wiping arm 4 at the time of storing and wiping is simultaneously shown. In FIG. 60, the positions of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c during storage and wiping are shown at the same time. By bending the wiping arm 4 at an intermediate portion, as shown in FIG. 59, the root portion of the wiping arm 4 attached to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8 can be tilted downward when stored. Note that where to be bent is a matter to be appropriately designed, and is not limited to the illustrated example.
　したがって、拭き取り時には、当該根元部分を上方向に傾けると、押し当て部４ａを、アーム部分を直線状にした場合に比べて、高い位置に移動させることができる。そのため、より、高い位置へ押し当て部４ａを設けなければならない場合、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させることは、効果的である。さらに、高い位置に押し当て部４ａを移動させることができるということは、臀部に、押し当て部４ａをより強く押し付けることが可能ということを意味しているため、より強く押し当て部４ａを臀部に押し付けたい場合は、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させるとよい。第２の方式を用いる場合は、紙と拭き取りアーム４とが別々に露出するため、拭き取りアーム４及び押し当て部の収納時の高さの規制が緩くなるため、アームを屈曲させたとしても、収納が可能である。 Therefore, at the time of wiping, if the base portion is tilted upward, the pressing portion 4a can be moved to a higher position than when the arm portion is linear. Therefore, when the pressing part 4a must be provided at a higher position, it is effective to bend the wiping arm 4. Furthermore, the fact that the pressing portion 4a can be moved to a higher position means that the pressing portion 4a can be pressed more strongly against the collar portion, and therefore the pressing portion 4a is more strongly pressed against the collar portion. If it is desired to press the wiping arm 4, the wiping arm 4 may be bent. When using the second method, since the paper and the wiping arm 4 are separately exposed, the height restriction when the wiping arm 4 and the pressing portion are stored is loosened, so even if the arm is bent, Storage is possible.
　なお、拭き取りアーム４のアーム部分（押し当て部４ａ以外の部分）を撓む可撓性素材で構成すれば、必要以上の力で、臀部に押し当て部４ａが当接することを防止できると共に、拭き心地を向上させることができる。 If the arm portion of the wiping arm 4 (portion other than the pressing portion 4a) is made of a flexible material that can be bent, the pressing portion 4a can be prevented from coming into contact with the collar portion with an excessive force. The wiping comfort can be improved.
（第９の実施形態）
　第９の実施形態は、第１の方式を採用する実施形態である。図６１Ａは、第９の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図６１Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す右側面図である。図６１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図であって、給紙の際の遷移を示す図である。図６１Ａ及び図６１Ｂにおいて、拭き取りアーム４を複数記載して移動経路が分かるようにしてあるが、実際は、拭き取り取りアーム４は、１つである。 (Ninth embodiment)
The ninth embodiment is an embodiment that employs the first method. FIG. 61A is a plan view showing an internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the ninth embodiment. 61B is a right side view showing the internal structure of the heel wiping device 1. FIG. FIG. 61C is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1, and shows a transition during paper feeding. In FIG. 61A and FIG. 61B, a plurality of wiping arms 4 are described so that the movement path can be understood, but actually, there is only one wiping arm 4.
　臀部拭き取り装置１は、補高部２に、上下用モータ８と、露出用モータ９と、拭き取りアーム４とを備える。拭き取りアーム４の先端には、押し当て部４ａが設けられている。押し当て部４ａは、拭き取りアーム４の中心軸からずれた偏芯位置に設けられており、図６１Ａに示すように、Ｌ字型に折れ曲がった先にヒンジを介して取り付けられている。拭き取りアーム４の他端は、上下用モータ８の回転軸に取り付けられている。図示は省略しているが、上下用モータ８の回転軸の軸中心と拭き取りアーム４の軸中心とが一直線状になるようになっている。すなわち、上下用モータ８が回転すれば、拭き取りアーム４の中心軸が回転し、それに合わせて、押し当て部４が起き上がるように移動する（後述の図６２）。 The heel wiping device 1 includes an elevation motor 8, an exposure motor 9, and a wiping arm 4 in the elevation part 2. A pressing part 4 a is provided at the tip of the wiping arm 4. The pressing portion 4a is provided at an eccentric position shifted from the central axis of the wiping arm 4, and as shown in FIG. 61A, is attached via a hinge at a point bent in an L shape. The other end of the wiping arm 4 is attached to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. Although not shown, the axis center of the rotary shaft of the vertical motor 8 and the axis center of the wiping arm 4 are arranged in a straight line. That is, when the up / down motor 8 rotates, the central axis of the wiping arm 4 rotates, and accordingly, the pressing unit 4 moves up (see FIG. 62 described later).
　露出用モータ９の回転軸には、上下用モータ８が回転するように固定されている。すなわち、露出用モータ９が回転すると、上下用モータ８が角運動して回転し、合わせて、拭き取りアーム４が、露出することとなる。 The vertical motor 8 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9 so as to rotate. That is, when the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 rotates by angular movement, and the wiping arm 4 is exposed at the same time.
　図６１Ｃを参照しながら、押し当て部４ａに紙が載置されるときの様子を説明する。まず、図６１Ｃ（ａ）に示すように、給紙部１４の紙投入口１４ａに専用紙１１ｂが挿入される。図示しないセンサによって、その挿入が検知されると、図示しないモータによって、上ローラ１４ｇ及び下ローラ１４ｉが回転させられる。それに応じて、専用紙１１ｂが、送り出され、搬送部１４ｌの上に専用紙１１ｂが載置される。搬送部１４ｌは、スライド溝１４ｍにそって、紙面上左右に摺動することができるようになっている。摺動のための機構は、種々考えられるが、たとえば、搬送部１４１が図示しないねじ軸に取り付けられたボールねじに固定されており、当該ねじ軸が図示しないモータによって回転して、それに合わせて、ボールねじが摺動するような機構が考えられるが、特に限定されない。 Referring to FIG. 61C, the state when the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a will be described. First, as shown in FIG. 61C (a), the dedicated paper 11b is inserted into the paper insertion slot 14a of the paper supply unit 14. When the insertion is detected by a sensor (not shown), the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i are rotated by a motor (not shown). In response to this, the dedicated paper 11b is sent out, and the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the transport unit 14l. The transport unit 141 can slide to the left and right on the paper surface along the slide groove 14m. Although various mechanisms for sliding are conceivable, for example, the conveying unit 141 is fixed to a ball screw attached to a screw shaft (not shown), and the screw shaft is rotated by a motor (not shown), and accordingly, A mechanism for sliding the ball screw is conceivable, but is not particularly limited.
　図示しないセンサによって、専用紙１１ｂの搬送部１４ｌへの載置が検知されたら、図６１Ｃ（ｂ）に示すように、搬送部１４ｌの摺動が開始する。それに合わせて、上ローラ１４ｇ及び下ローラ１４ｉが回転する。これにより、図６１Ｃ（ｂ）から図６１Ｃ（ｅ）に示すように、専用紙１１ｂが、紙面上左側に送られていく。図６１Ｃ（ｄ）から、同（ｅ）に示すように、上ローラ１４ｇ及び下ローラ１４ｉから、送り出されると、図示しないセンサによって紙が送り出されたことが検知されて、上ローラ１４ｇ及び下ローラ１４ｉは停止する。このとき、専用紙１１ｂは、押し当て部４ａの上に載置し始める。図６１Ｃ（ｅ）から同（ｆ）に示すように、押し当て部４ａに専用紙１１ｂが載置し始めると、押し当て部４ａと専用紙１１ｂとの摩擦によって、専用紙１１ｂが押し当て部４ａに残っていくこととなるので、搬送部１４ｌがスライド溝１４ｍの最左端まで到達したら、押し当て部４ａの上に、専用紙１１ｂが載置された状態となる。図６１Ｃ（ｆ）の後、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置に移動していくこととなる。合わせて、搬送部１４ｌは、図６１Ｃ（ａ）の原点位置に戻る。 When the sensor (not shown) detects the placement of the dedicated paper 11b on the transport unit 14l, the transport unit 14l starts to slide as shown in FIG. 61C (b). Accordingly, the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i rotate. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 61C (b) to FIG. 61C (e), the dedicated paper 11b is sent to the left side on the paper surface. As shown in FIG. 61C (d), when the paper is fed from the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i, it is detected that the paper is fed by a sensor (not shown), and the upper roller 14g and the lower roller 14i stops. At this time, the dedicated paper 11b starts to be placed on the pressing portion 4a. As shown in FIG. 61C (e) to FIG. 61 (f), when the dedicated paper 11b starts to be placed on the pressing portion 4a, the dedicated paper 11b is pressed by the friction between the pressing portion 4a and the dedicated paper 11b. Therefore, when the transport unit 141 reaches the leftmost end of the slide groove 14m, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the pressing unit 4a. After FIG. 61C (f), the wiping arm 4 is moved to the exposure position. At the same time, the transport unit 141 returns to the origin position in FIG. 61C (a).
　このように、第９の実施形態で示す給紙部１４は、紙送りローラとなる上下ローラ１４ｇ，１４ｉによって紙が送り込まれると共に、紙送りローラの回転に合わせて搬送部１４ｌが移動して、紙１１ｂを押し当て部４ａの上に載置していくこととなる。このような給紙部１４の機構は、第９の実施形態以外に第１の方式を用いる実施形態においても利用可能である。 As described above, in the paper supply unit 14 shown in the ninth embodiment, the paper is fed by the upper and lower rollers 14g and 14i serving as the paper feed rollers, and the transport unit 14l is moved in accordance with the rotation of the paper feed roller. The paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a. Such a mechanism of the paper feeding unit 14 can be used in the embodiment using the first method in addition to the ninth embodiment.
　図６２は、押し当て部４ａの移動遷移を示す図である。押し当て部４ａは、拭き取りアーム４の先端にＬ字状に２回折れ曲がって取り付けられており、拭き取りアーム４の中心軸から偏芯した位置に取り付けられている。押し当て部４ａは、回動部４ｒによって、拭き取りアーム４に取り付けられている。図１６３は、押し当て部４ａの内部構造が分かるようにした斜視図である。回動部４ｒとしては、球体軸受の構造を利用してもよいし、図１６３に示すようにアームの先端に押し当て部４ａが回動可能に取り付けられていてもよい。押し当て部４ａは、水平に保つことができるような重さを有している。図６２（ｂ）に示すように、回動部４ｒからは、突出部４ｓが突出している。押し当て部４ａの肛門付近に当接する部分の内側には、突出部４ｔ（図１６３では、壁部４ｔ）が突出している。 FIG. 62 is a diagram showing the movement transition of the pressing unit 4a. The pressing portion 4 a is attached to the tip of the wiping arm 4 by being bent twice in an L shape, and is attached at a position eccentric from the central axis of the wiping arm 4. The pressing portion 4a is attached to the wiping arm 4 by a rotating portion 4r. FIG. 163 is a perspective view illustrating the internal structure of the pressing portion 4a. As the rotating part 4r, a spherical bearing structure may be used, or as shown in FIG. 163, a pressing part 4a may be rotatably attached to the tip of the arm. The pressing part 4a has such a weight that it can be kept horizontal. As shown in FIG. 62 (b), a protruding portion 4s protrudes from the rotating portion 4r. A protruding portion 4t (in FIG. 163, a wall portion 4t) protrudes inside the portion of the pressing portion 4a that contacts the vicinity of the anus.
　図６２（ａ）に示すように、拭き取りアーム４が軸中心に紙面上時計回りに回転すると、押し当て部４ａはその重さで、水平にバランスを保ちながら下がっていくこととなる。図６２（ａ）に示したような押し当て部４ａが下がっていく様子を、図６２（ｂ）に詳しく図示する。図６２（ｂ）の遷移の最終状態で、給紙部１４による給紙が、図６１Ｃに示すようにして行われる。 As shown in FIG. 62 (a), when the wiping arm 4 rotates clockwise about the axis about the axis, the pressing portion 4a is lowered with its weight while maintaining a horizontal balance. A state in which the pressing portion 4a as shown in FIG. 62 (a) is lowered is illustrated in detail in FIG. 62 (b). In the final state of the transition shown in FIG. 62B, paper feeding by the paper feeding unit 14 is performed as shown in FIG. 61C.
　図６２（ｃ）に示すように、拭き取りアーム４が軸中心に紙面上反時計回りに回転すると、押し当て部４ａはその重さで、水平にバランスを保ちながら上がっていくこととなる。突出部４ｓが突出部４ｔに当接した状態が、押し当て部４ａの最大の高さとなる。このときに、拭き取りが行われる。 As shown in FIG. 62 (c), when the wiping arm 4 rotates about the axis counterclockwise on the paper surface, the pressing portion 4a moves up with its weight while maintaining a horizontal balance. The state in which the protruding portion 4s is in contact with the protruding portion 4t is the maximum height of the pressing portion 4a. At this time, wiping is performed.
　図６２（ｄ）に示すように、最大高さまで押し当て部４ａが到達し、拭き取りが完了すると、拭き取りアーム４が軸中心に紙面上反時計回りに回転する。すると、突出部４ｓと突出部４ｔとが当接したままの状態となるので、押し当て部４ａは水平を保つことができずに、傾いて、下側を向くこととなる。これにより、紙の落下を行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 62 (d), when the pressing portion 4a reaches the maximum height and the wiping is completed, the wiping arm 4 rotates about the axis counterclockwise on the paper surface. Then, since the projecting portion 4s and the projecting portion 4t remain in contact with each other, the pressing portion 4a cannot be kept horizontal but tilts and faces downward. Thereby, the paper can be dropped.
　紙の落下後は、図６２（ｅ）に示すように、拭き取りアーム４が軸中心に紙面上反時計周りに回転する。押し当て部４ａが最大の高さまで到達したら、今度は、軸中心に紙面上時計回りに回転すると、突出部４ｓと４ｔとの当接が解除されて、押し当て部４ａが水平を保ちながら、原点復帰が行われ、次の拭き取りの待機状態となる。 After the paper has fallen, as shown in FIG. 62 (e), the wiping arm 4 rotates about the axis counterclockwise on the paper surface. When the pressing portion 4a reaches the maximum height, this time, when it rotates clockwise about the axis, the contact between the projecting portions 4s and 4t is released, and the pressing portion 4a is kept horizontal, Returning to the origin is performed and the next wiping standby state is entered.
　このように、第９の実施形態では、押し当て部４ａを拭き取りアーム４の回転中心から偏芯して設けることによって、拭き取りアーム４を軸中心に回転させることで、押し当て部４ａを上昇させることが可能となる。 As described above, in the ninth embodiment, the pressing portion 4a is raised by rotating the wiping arm 4 about the axis by providing the pressing portion 4a eccentrically from the rotation center of the wiping arm 4. It becomes possible.
　なお、図６３は、給紙部１４に、ロール紙１１ｅを設置し、自動給紙を実現する場合の内部構造を示す正面図である。図６３に示すように、専用紙１１ｂをロール状にしたロール紙１１ｅを用いて、紙を押し当て部４ａの上に載置するように、各種ローラで紙を送り出し、送り出した紙を所定の長さで図示しない切断部で切断するようにしておけば、第９の実施形態においても、自動給紙を実現することが可能である。 FIG. 63 is a front view showing the internal structure when roll paper 11e is installed in the paper supply unit 14 to realize automatic paper supply. As shown in FIG. 63, using a roll paper 11e in which the dedicated paper 11b is rolled, the paper is sent out by various rollers so that the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a. If the length is cut by a cutting section (not shown), automatic feeding can be realized also in the ninth embodiment.
　このように、第９の実施形態では、第１の方式を用いることで、臀部拭き取り装置の構造の簡易化、コストの削減、衛生的であること、使いやすさ、及びメンテナンスのしやすさが実現できる。 As described above, in the ninth embodiment, by using the first method, the structure of the buttock wiping device is simplified, the cost is reduced, it is hygienic, ease of use, and ease of maintenance. realizable.
　図６４は、押し当て部４ａの具体的構造の一例を示す正面図及び断面図である。図６４の正面図に示すように、拭き取りアーム４の屈曲した先端に、押し当て部４ａが取り付けられている。図６４の断面図に示すように、拭き取りアーム４の先端に回動部４ｒが取り付けられている。回動部４ｒは、矢印Ｂの方向に回転可能となっている。断面図上は表記されていないが、正面図上に破線で表した突出部４ｓが、矢印Ｂ方向に回転したら、突出部４ｔに当接するようになる。その他、上側の断面図に示したように、拭き取りアーム４を傾けて利用することも可能である。押し当て部４ａの上面は、臀部の肛門付近の形状に沿うように、曲面形状（ここでは凸部）を有している。 FIG. 64 is a front view and a cross-sectional view showing an example of a specific structure of the pressing portion 4a. As shown in the front view of FIG. 64, a pressing portion 4 a is attached to the bent tip of the wiping arm 4. As shown in the cross-sectional view of FIG. 64, a rotating part 4 r is attached to the tip of the wiping arm 4. The rotating part 4r is rotatable in the direction of arrow B. Although not shown on the cross-sectional view, when the protruding portion 4s represented by the broken line on the front view rotates in the direction of the arrow B, it comes into contact with the protruding portion 4t. In addition, as shown in the upper cross-sectional view, the wiping arm 4 can be tilted for use. The upper surface of the pressing part 4a has a curved surface shape (here, a convex part) so as to follow the shape of the buttocks near the anus.
（押し当て部４ａの変形例）
　押し当て部４ａの変形例をいくつか説明する。図６５は、負圧で紙を吸着するときに使用される押し当て部４ａの平面図及び断面図である。図６５に示すように、押し当て部４ａに一以上の空気穴４ｕを設けておく。拭き取りアーム４の内部を、負圧を発生させる負圧発生装置（図示せず）に連通させておく負圧を発生させて、紙を押し当て部４ａに吸着した状態で、拭き取りアーム４を移動させたり、臀部を拭き取ったりすれば、紙が押し当て部４ａから落ちることなく、移動や拭き取りが可能となる。また、正圧発生装置を押し当て部４ａに取り付けておけば、正圧を発生させて、空気穴４ｕから空気を出すことができる。この場合、拭き取り時に、正圧を発生させて、紙を少し持ち上げるようにして拭き取ってもよいし、紙を捨てる際に、正圧を発生させて、紙を吹き落してもよい。 (Modification of the pressing portion 4a)
Several modified examples of the pressing portion 4a will be described. FIG. 65 is a plan view and a cross-sectional view of the pressing portion 4a used when adsorbing paper with negative pressure. As shown in FIG. 65, one or more air holes 4u are provided in the pressing portion 4a. The wiping arm 4 is moved in a state where a negative pressure is generated that allows the inside of the wiping arm 4 to communicate with a negative pressure generator (not shown) that generates a negative pressure, and the paper is adsorbed to the pressing portion 4a. If it is made to wipe or wipe the collar part, the paper can be moved and wiped without dropping from the pressing part 4a. Moreover, if a positive pressure generator is attached to the pressing part 4a, a positive pressure can be generated and air can be taken out from the air hole 4u. In this case, a positive pressure may be generated at the time of wiping, and the paper may be wiped up by lifting it a little, or when the paper is discarded, the positive pressure may be generated and the paper may be blown off.
　図６６は、正圧で膨らむ押し当て部４ａの平面図及び左側面図である。押し当て部４ａは、袋状になっており、正圧で、左側面図に示したように、膨らむ形状を有している。拭き取りアーム４と図示しない正圧発生装置とが連通している。第１の方式のように、押し当て部４ａに紙が載置されて拭き取りアームが移動してもよい。この場合、押し当て部４ａが膨らんだ状態で、紙が押し当て部４ａに載置されることとなる。また、第２の方式のように、押し当て部４ａが、別途露出した紙の下部まで移動して、臀部を拭き取ってもよい。この場合、予め押し当て部４ａが膨らんだ状態で紙の下部まで移動してもよいし、押し当て部４ａがしぼんだ状態で紙の下部まで移動して、その後、押し当て部４ａが膨らんで臀部を拭き取ってもよい。また、押し当て部４ａを使い捨ての素材とし、水溶性でトイレに流すことができるようにするとよい。拭き取り後、押し当て部４ａを廃棄して、次の拭き取りの際には、新しい押し当て部４ａを取り付けるようにすれば、衛生的である。また、押し当て部４ａを使い捨てとする場合には、紙を押し当て部４ａの上に載置せずに、押し当て部４ａそのもので拭き取って、拭き取り後は廃棄する。 FIG. 66 is a plan view and a left side view of the pressing portion 4a that swells with positive pressure. The pressing portion 4a has a bag shape, and has a shape that swells with positive pressure as shown in the left side view. The wiping arm 4 communicates with a positive pressure generator (not shown). As in the first method, paper may be placed on the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm may move. In this case, the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a with the pressing portion 4a swelled. Moreover, like the 2nd system, the pressing part 4a may move to the lower part of the separately exposed paper, and may wipe off a collar part. In this case, the pressing portion 4a may be moved to the lower portion of the paper in a state where the pressing portion 4a is swollen in advance, or the pressing portion 4a is moved to the lower portion of the paper in a state where the pressing portion 4a is deflated, and then the pressing portion 4a is swollen. The buttocks may be wiped off. Moreover, it is good to make the pressing part 4a into a disposable raw material so that it is water-soluble and can be poured into a toilet. After wiping, it is hygienic if the pressing portion 4a is discarded and a new pressing portion 4a is attached at the time of the next wiping. When the pressing unit 4a is made disposable, the paper is not placed on the pressing unit 4a, but is wiped off with the pressing unit 4a itself and discarded after wiping.
　図６７は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの平面図である。図６８は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの正面図である。図６９は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの斜視図である。図７０は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの右側面図である。図７１は、使い捨ての押し当て部４ａの上下に重ねたときの様子を示す斜視図である。使い捨ての押し当て部４ａは、トイレに流すことができる水溶性、水分解性の素材で出来ている。押し当て部４ａは、当該素材をプレス加工によって成形されている。押し当て部４ａの丸まった曲面の上面に、吸水性の高い素材を接合しておいてもよい。図６９に示すように、丸まった曲面部には、断面Ｗ字形状の把持部４ｖが設けられている。拭き取りアーム駆動部に、平行ハンドなどの把持機構を設けておき、把持部４ｖを当該把持機構で掴んで、一つ一つ拭き取りに利用する。図７１に示すように、上下に重ねた押し当て部４ａを当該把持機構が一つ一つ把持して、臀部が拭き取られる。 FIG. 67 is a plan view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. FIG. 68 is a front view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. FIG. 69 is a perspective view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. FIG. 70 is a right side view of the disposable pressing portion 4a. FIG. 71 is a perspective view showing a state when the disposable pressing portion 4a is stacked on the top and bottom. The disposable pressing part 4a is made of a water-soluble and water-decomposable material that can be flowed to the toilet. The pressing portion 4a is formed by pressing the material. A material having high water absorption may be bonded to the upper surface of the curved surface of the pressing portion 4a. As shown in FIG. 69, the rounded curved surface portion is provided with a grip portion 4v having a W-shaped cross section. A gripping mechanism such as a parallel hand is provided in the wiping arm driving section, and the gripping section 4v is gripped by the gripping mechanism and used for wiping one by one. As shown in FIG. 71, the gripping mechanism grips the pressing portions 4a stacked one above the other one by one, and the collar portion is wiped off.
　図７２は、押し当て部４ａの他の実施形態の一例を示す正面図である。図７２（ａ）は、押し当て部４ａの上に、紙１１ｂが載置されたときの様子を示している。押し当て部４ａは、立ち上がり部４１と、立ち上がり部４２と、回動部４３と、突出部４４とを含む。拭き取りアーム４には、押進部４５がさらに含まれている。図７２（ｂ）は、紙１１ｂが持ち上げられたときの様子を示している。立ち上がり部４１，４２は、回動部４３で折れ曲がるようにヒンジ構造で連結されている。押進部４５は、図示しない駆動機構によって、前進させられる。押進部４５が前進したら、立ち上がり部４２が押されて、それによって、立ち上がり部４１が突出部４４に突出するようになって、二つの立ち上がり部４２が折れ曲がって立ち上がる。これによって、紙が持ち上げられることとなる。このように紙１１ｂが水平な状態から持ち上がるような機構を用いれば、拭き取りアーム４を上下させなくても、若しくは、拭き取りアーム４の上下幅を少なくして、臀部の拭き取りが可能となる。 FIG. 72 is a front view showing an example of another embodiment of the pressing portion 4a. FIG. 72A shows a state where the paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a. The pressing portion 4 a includes a rising portion 41, a rising portion 42, a rotating portion 43, and a protruding portion 44. The wiping arm 4 further includes a pushing portion 45. FIG. 72 (b) shows the state when the paper 11b is lifted. The rising portions 41 and 42 are connected by a hinge structure so as to be bent at the rotating portion 43. The pushing portion 45 is advanced by a drive mechanism (not shown). When the pushing portion 45 advances, the rising portion 42 is pushed, whereby the rising portion 41 protrudes to the protruding portion 44, and the two rising portions 42 are bent and rise. As a result, the paper is lifted. If a mechanism that lifts the paper 11b from a horizontal state is used in this way, the wiping portion can be wiped without raising or lowering the wiping arm 4 or by reducing the vertical width of the wiping arm 4.
　図７３は、図７２の押し当て部４ａの変形例を示す正面図である。図７３に示す押し当て部４ａは、図７２の押し当て部４ａと異なり、立ち上がり部４１，４２の上に、先端凸部４６を含むこととする。先端凸部４６は、立ち上がり部４１，４２の上に、回動可能に取り付けられている。図７３（ａ）は、押し当て部４ａの上に、紙１１ｂが載置されたときの様子を示している。図７３（ｂ）は、紙１１ｂが持ち上げられたときの様子を示している。押進部４５によって、立ち上がり部４１，４２が持ち上げられると、一緒に、先端凸部４６も持ち上がられる。これによって、臀部の拭き取りが可能となる。先端凸部４６を設ければ、肛門に凸部をしっかり当接させることができるので、確実な拭き取りが可能となる。 FIG. 73 is a front view showing a modification of the pressing portion 4a of FIG. The pressing portion 4a shown in FIG. 73 is different from the pressing portion 4a of FIG. The tip convex portion 46 is rotatably mounted on the rising portions 41 and 42. FIG. 73A shows a state where the paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a. FIG. 73 (b) shows a state when the paper 11b is lifted. When the rising portions 41 and 42 are lifted by the pushing portion 45, the tip convex portion 46 is also lifted together. This makes it possible to wipe off the buttocks. Providing the tip convex portion 46 allows the convex portion to be firmly brought into contact with the anus, so that reliable wiping can be performed.
　なお、図７２及び図７３に示した立ち上がりの機構は一例に過ぎず、限定されない。その他、パンタグラフのような機構を利用してもよいし、正圧でゴムチューブやエアバッグなどを膨らませるような機構によって、紙を持ち上げてもよい。 The rising mechanism shown in FIGS. 72 and 73 is merely an example and is not limited. In addition, a mechanism such as a pantograph may be used, or the paper may be lifted by a mechanism that inflates a rubber tube or an airbag with positive pressure.
　図７４は、専用紙１１ｆを用いて、専用紙自体を立ち上げるようにした場合の押し当て部４ａの構造を示す正面図である。図７４（ａ）は、押し当て部４ａに専用紙１１ｆが載置されたときの様子を示す。図７４（ｂ）は、専用紙１１ｆが立ち上がったときの様子を示す。ここで用いる専用紙１１ｆは、厚めの紙としており、ある程度硬さのあるものとする。たとえば、専用紙１１ｆの上部は、吸水性がある素材であるとよい。たとえば、ある程度の固さを有する厚めの水溶性の紙（基材部）の上に、トイレットペーパー等の吸水部を接合してあるとよい。押進部４５によって、専用紙１１ｆが押されると、専用紙１１ｆが屈曲して起き上がる。この起き上がった状態で拭き取りが実行される。基材部に、折り目を付けておけば、専用紙１１ｆが折り目部分で折れ曲がるように屈曲させることも可能である。また、専用紙１１ｆの基材部の形状としては、ワンタッチで組み立てることができる箱などの形状を採用することも可能である。いわゆるワンタッチカートンの形状を基材部に採用すれば、押進部４５からの押進によって、ワンタッチカートンの箱形状を立ち上げることができるので、吸水部が上に上がって、臀部が拭き取れる。このように、専用紙１１ｆ自体を立ち上がるようなものとすれば、拭き取りアーム４を上下させることなく、若しくは、拭き取りアーム４の上下幅を少なくして、拭き取りを行うことが可能となる。 FIG. 74 is a front view showing the structure of the pressing portion 4a when the special paper itself is raised using the special paper 11f. FIG. 74A shows a state when the dedicated paper 11f is placed on the pressing portion 4a. FIG. 74 (b) shows a state when the dedicated paper 11f rises. The dedicated paper 11f used here is thick paper, and has a certain degree of hardness. For example, the upper part of the special paper 11f may be a material having water absorption. For example, a water-absorbing part such as toilet paper may be bonded on a thick water-soluble paper (base material part) having a certain degree of hardness. When the dedicated paper 11f is pushed by the pushing portion 45, the dedicated paper 11f is bent and rises. Wiping off is performed in the state where it got up. If a crease is provided in the base material portion, the special paper 11f can be bent so as to be bent at the crease portion. In addition, as the shape of the base material portion of the dedicated paper 11f, it is possible to adopt a shape such as a box that can be assembled with one touch. If a so-called one-touch carton shape is adopted for the base material part, the box shape of the one-touch carton can be raised by pushing from the pushing part 45, so that the water absorbing part rises and the collar part is wiped off. In this way, if the special paper 11f itself is raised, the wiping arm 4 can be wiped off without raising or lowering the wiping arm 4 or by reducing the vertical width of the wiping arm 4.
　図７５は、図５１Ａの実施形態において、拭き取り位置で押し当て部４ａを前後させたい場合のリンク機構を示す図である。露出用モータ９を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を前後移動させるためのリンク機構を示す。露出用モータ９の回転軸を中心とした弧状のスライド溝Ｘの端部に、前後動用の直線状スライド溝Ｙを設ける。拭き取りアーム４の下部に固定されている２つの自由端Ａ，Ｃをたとえば、車輪やプーリーなどにして、スライド溝Ｘ，Ｙをスライドするようにしてある。拭き取りアーム４の上部に自由端Ｂを固定しておき、自由端Ｂがリンク部材を摺動するようにしておき、リンク部材が露出用モータ９の回転軸を中心に回転するようにしておく。露出用モータ９が回転するとリンク部材が回転する。それに合わせて、自由端Ｂも摺動し、自由端Ａ，Ｃもスライド溝Ｘを摺動する。スライド溝Ｙまで自由端Ａ，Ｃが到達すると、リンク部材内の自由端Ｂの摺動に合わせて、自由端Ａ，Ｃがスライド溝Ｙを摺動する。拭き取りアーム４の一端には、上下用モータ８が固定されており、拭き取りアーム４と一緒に、上下用モータ８も摺動する。露出用モータ９の回転に合わせて、スライド溝Ｙを拭き取りアーム４が摺動することによって、拭き取り時に、拭き取りアーム４を前後させることが可能となる。拭き取りアーム４を前後させれば、拭き取りが確実に行われる。なお、ここで示したリンク機構は一例に過ぎず、限定する者ではない。本発明において、拭き取りアーム４の移動を、リンク機構を用いて規制すれば、使用するモータの数を減らしつつ、複雑な動きを実現することができる FIG. 75 is a diagram showing a link mechanism when it is desired to move the pressing portion 4a back and forth at the wiping position in the embodiment of FIG. 51A. A link mechanism for moving the wiping arm 4 back and forth using the exposure motor 9 is shown. A linear slide groove Y for back-and-forth movement is provided at the end of the arc-shaped slide groove X around the rotation axis of the exposure motor 9. The two free ends A and C fixed to the lower portion of the wiping arm 4 are, for example, wheels and pulleys, and the slide grooves X and Y are slid. The free end B is fixed to the upper part of the wiping arm 4 so that the free end B slides on the link member, and the link member rotates around the rotation axis of the exposure motor 9. When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the link member rotates. Accordingly, the free end B slides, and the free ends A and C slide along the slide groove X. When the free ends A and C reach the slide groove Y, the free ends A and C slide in the slide groove Y in accordance with the sliding of the free end B in the link member. A vertical motor 8 is fixed to one end of the wiping arm 4, and the vertical motor 8 slides together with the wiping arm 4. When the wiping arm 4 slides along the slide groove Y in accordance with the rotation of the exposure motor 9, the wiping arm 4 can be moved back and forth during wiping. If the wiping arm 4 is moved back and forth, the wiping is surely performed. In addition, the link mechanism shown here is only an example and is not limited. In the present invention, if the movement of the wiping arm 4 is restricted by using a link mechanism, a complicated movement can be realized while reducing the number of motors to be used.
（第１０の実施形態）
　第１０の実施形態では、第２の方式、すなわち、紙は、拭き取りアームとは別に、臀部の下に露出して、露出した紙の下から、拭き取りアームの押し当て部が紙を押し上げるようにして、臀部を拭き取るという方式を採用した臀部拭き取り装置１について説明する。 (Tenth embodiment)
In the tenth embodiment, the second method, that is, the paper is exposed under the buttock separately from the wiping arm, and the pressing portion of the wiping arm pushes up the paper from under the exposed paper. The heel wiping apparatus 1 that employs a method of wiping the buttock will be described.
　図７６Ａは、本発明の第１０の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図７６Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図７６Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図７７は、臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図７７では、便座７を図示せずに、内部構造が分かるように示している。図７８は、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。図７９は、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の左側面図である。図８０は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図８１は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図８２は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。図８３は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで位置しているときの臀部拭き取り装置１の左側面図である。図８１乃至図８３では、便座７を図示せずに、内部構造が分かるように示している。図８４は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図８５は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の平面図である。図８５では、便座７を図示せずに、内部構造が分かるように示している。図８６は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の正面図である。図８７は、拭き取りアーム４が戻るときの臀部拭き取り装置１の左側面図である。各図において、内部構造が分かるように、補高部２及び便座７を一点鎖線で表示している。また、各図において、温水洗浄装置の記載を省略しているが、便座７の後方に温水洗浄装置が設けられており、便座７は温水洗浄装置に対して回動可能に取り付けられている。 FIG. 76A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 76B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 76C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 77 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1. In FIG. 77, the toilet seat 7 is shown so that the internal structure can be seen without showing it. FIG. 78 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed. FIG. 79 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is housed. FIG. 80 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height. FIG. 81 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height. FIG. 82 is a front view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned up to the maximum height. FIG. 83 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 is positioned to the maximum height. 81 to 83, the toilet seat 7 is shown so that the internal structure can be seen without showing it. FIG. 84 is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. FIG. 85 is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. In FIG. 85, the toilet seat 7 is shown so that the internal structure can be seen without showing it. FIG. 86 is a front view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. FIG. 87 is a left side view of the buttock wiping device 1 when the wiping arm 4 returns. In each figure, the elevation 2 and the toilet seat 7 are indicated by alternate long and short dash lines so that the internal structure can be understood. Moreover, in each figure, although description of a warm water washing apparatus is abbreviate | omitted, the warm water washing apparatus is provided behind the toilet seat 7, and the toilet seat 7 is rotatably attached with respect to the warm water washing apparatus.
　第８の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１では便座７に向かって左右同じ側に給紙部１７と拭き取りアーム駆動部３とが設けられていたが、第１０の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１では、便座７に向かって左右反対側に給紙部１７と拭き取りアーム駆動部３とが対向するように設けられている。すなわち、拭き取りアーム４が、給紙部１７の位置とは左右逆側に設けられている。第１０の実施形態では、給紙部１７は、収容部２ｃに収容されており、拭き取りアーム４は、収容部２ｂに収容されている。拭き取りアーム４を露出、上昇させるための機構として、第８の実施形態では、露出用モータ９と上下用モータ８を用いることとしたが、第１０の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１では、露出兼上下用モータ１８を用いて、露出と上下を一つのモータで実現することとしている。なお、第１０の実施形態においても、第８の実施形態と同様に、露出用モータ９と上下用モータ８を用いて、拭き取りアーム４を露出及び上下させてもよい。 In the buttocks wiping device 1 according to the eighth embodiment, the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are provided on the left and right sides toward the toilet seat 7, but the buttocks wiping device 1 according to the tenth embodiment. Then, the sheet feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are provided so as to face each other on the opposite side toward the toilet seat 7. That is, the wiping arm 4 is provided on the side opposite to the position of the paper feeding unit 17. In the tenth embodiment, the paper feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the accommodating part 2c, and the wiping arm 4 is accommodated in the accommodating part 2b. In the eighth embodiment, the exposure motor 9 and the vertical motor 8 are used as a mechanism for exposing and raising the wiping arm 4. However, in the buttocks wiping device 1 according to the tenth embodiment, the exposure motor 9 is exposed. By using the cum vertical motor 18, exposure and vertical movement are realized by a single motor. Also in the tenth embodiment, similarly to the eighth embodiment, the wiping arm 4 may be exposed and moved up and down using the exposure motor 9 and the vertical motor 8.
　給紙部１７の構造は、図７８及び図８２に示すように、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転軸にベルト１７ｉを巻き付け、ベルト１７ｉを押し出し部１７ｄの入れ子構造に連結しておく構造である。ベルト１７ｉを伸ばして、押し出し部１７ｄを伸ばし（図８２）、ベルト１７ｉを巻き取って、押し出し部１７ｄを縮める（図７８）構造である。また、図８０に示すように、拭き取りアーム４は、左側から露出して上昇するので、紙載せガイド１７ｃは、第８の実施形態と異なり、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａの上昇時に邪魔にならないような形状として、左辺が開いたコの字となっている。なお、紙載せガイド１７ｃは、押し当て部４ａの上昇時に通過できる形状となっていればよく、図示した例に限られない。その他の構造は、第８の実施形態と同様である。 78 and 82, the structure of the paper feeding unit 17 is a structure in which a belt 17i is wound around the rotation shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e, and the belt 17i is connected to the nesting structure of the push-out unit 17d. The belt 17i is extended, the extruded portion 17d is extended (FIG. 82), the belt 17i is wound up, and the extruded portion 17d is contracted (FIG. 78). Further, as shown in FIG. 80, since the wiping arm 4 is exposed and lifted from the left side, unlike the eighth embodiment, the paper loading guide 17c is obstructed when the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is lifted. As a shape that does not become necessary, the left side is an open U-shape. The paper loading guide 17c is not limited to the illustrated example as long as it has a shape that allows the paper loading guide 17c to pass when the pressing portion 4a is raised. Other structures are the same as those in the eighth embodiment.
　臀部拭き取り装置１は、便座７及び図示しない温水洗浄装置の下に設けられている。臀部拭き取り装置１は、補高部２に設けられた収容部２ｂ内に、拭き取りアーム４と、拭き取りアーム駆動部３とを備える。また、臀部拭き取り装置１は、補高部２に設けられた収容部２ｃ内に、給紙部１７を備える。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、露出兼上下用モータ１８と、アーム連結部１８ａと、ねじ軸１８ｂと、歯車１８ｃと、第１の止め部１８ｄと、第２の止め部１８ｅと、第３の止め部１８ｆとを含む。拭き取りアーム４は、第８の実施形態と同様に、ヒンジ機構によって連結された押し当て部４ａを有する。 The buttocks wiping device 1 is provided under the toilet seat 7 and a hot water cleaning device (not shown). The buttocks wiping device 1 includes a wiping arm 4 and a wiping arm driving unit 3 in a storage portion 2 b provided in the elevation portion 2. In addition, the buttock wiping device 1 includes a paper feeding unit 17 in a storage unit 2 c provided in the elevation unit 2. The wiping arm drive unit 3 includes an exposure / up / down motor 18, an arm connecting portion 18 a, a screw shaft 18 b, a gear 18 c, a first stopper 18 d, a second stopper 18 e, and a third stopper. Part 18f. The wiping arm 4 has the pressing part 4a connected by the hinge mechanism similarly to 8th Embodiment.
　臀部拭き取り装置１は、収容部２ｄを開閉するためのアーム側開閉部１９ｂと、収容部２ｃを開閉するための給紙側開閉部１９ａとを備える。アーム側開閉部１９ｂ及び給紙側開閉部１９ａの具体的構造の説明及び図示を省略するが、たとえば、モータを利用して、各収容部２ｄ，２ｃの開口部分を開閉するシャッターや、ＣＤ－ＲＯＭドライブの開閉蓋のように、一辺にヒンジ機構を有して、上下に開閉するような蓋などで実現できる。アーム側開閉部１９ｂ及び給紙側開閉部１９ａには、それぞれ、開閉が正常に行われているか否かを検知するための開閉確認センサ１９ｄ，１９ｃが設けられている。 The heel wiping device 1 includes an arm side opening / closing part 19b for opening / closing the accommodating part 2d and a paper feeding side opening / closing part 19a for opening / closing the accommodating part 2c. Although the description and illustration of the specific structures of the arm side opening / closing part 19b and the paper feeding side opening / closing part 19a are omitted, for example, a shutter that opens and closes the opening portions of the storage parts 2d and 2c using a motor, a CD- Like a ROM drive open / close lid, it can be realized by a lid having a hinge mechanism on one side and opened and closed vertically. The arm side opening / closing part 19b and the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a are provided with opening / closing confirmation sensors 19d, 19c for detecting whether the opening / closing is normally performed, respectively.
　図７６Ａ、図７７、図７８及び図７９に拭き取りアーム４が収容されている状態を示している。露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転軸には、歯車１８ｃが噛み合っている。ねじ軸１８ｂの下部には、歯車が設けられており、当該歯車が歯車１８ｃと噛み合っている。ねじ軸１８ｂは、補高部２の上下の軸受（図示せず）によって、回転可能に、補高部２に取り付けられている。アーム連結部１８ａは、ねじ穴を有し、ねじ軸１８ｂを貫入している。ねじ穴は、ボールねじであるとよいが、ボールが入っていることは必須ではない。拭き取りが指示されると、図７６Ｃに示すように、Ｓ１００～Ｓ４０５までの動作を行った後、制御部１３は、露出兼上下用モータ１８を回転させる（Ｓ５００）。露出兼上下用モータ１８が回転すると、歯車１８ｃが回転し、合わせて、ねじ軸１８ｂが回転する。ねじ軸１８ｂが回転すると、アーム連結部１８ａが一緒に回転する。拭き取りアーム４は、アーム連結部１８ａに固定されているので、ねじ軸１８ｂの回転に合わせて、拭き取りアーム４がねじ軸１８ｂを中心に回動する。これによって、拭き取りアーム４が露出することとなる。 76A, 77, 78 and 79 show a state where the wiping arm 4 is accommodated. A gear 18 c meshes with the rotation shaft of the exposure / up / down motor 18. A gear is provided below the screw shaft 18b, and the gear meshes with the gear 18c. The screw shaft 18b is rotatably attached to the elevation part 2 by upper and lower bearings (not shown) of the elevation part 2. The arm connecting portion 18a has a screw hole and penetrates the screw shaft 18b. The screw hole may be a ball screw, but it is not essential that the ball is contained. When wiping is instructed, as shown in FIG. 76C, after performing the operations from S100 to S405, the control unit 13 rotates the exposure / up / down motor 18 (S500). When the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates, the gear 18c rotates, and the screw shaft 18b rotates. When the screw shaft 18b rotates, the arm connecting portion 18a rotates together. Since the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the arm connecting portion 18a, the wiping arm 4 rotates around the screw shaft 18b in accordance with the rotation of the screw shaft 18b. As a result, the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
　第１の止め部１８ｄ及び第２の止め部１８ｅは、補高部２の上下に固定されている。一方、第３の止め部１８ｆは、補高部２の上面にのみ固定されており、その下部は空いている。露出兼上下用モータ１８が回転し、拭き取りアーム４が露出すると、第３の止め部１８ｆの下を通って、第２の止め部１８ｅに当接するまで移動することとなる。制御部１３は、モータ検出部１８ｇが検出した回転数によって、露出位置まで拭き取りアーム４が到達したことを検出する（Ｓ５０１）。なお、モータ検出部１８ａ以外の検出部によって、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置まで到達したことを制御部１３が検出してもよい。モータ検出部１８ｇの具体例は、モータ検出部８ｂと同様である。 The first stopper 18d and the second stopper 18e are fixed above and below the elevation 2. On the other hand, the third stopper portion 18f is fixed only to the upper surface of the elevation portion 2, and its lower portion is vacant. When the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates and the wiping arm 4 is exposed, it moves under the third stopper 18f until it contacts the second stopper 18e. The control unit 13 detects that the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position based on the number of rotations detected by the motor detection unit 18g (S501). The control unit 13 may detect that the wiping arm 4 has reached the exposure position by a detection unit other than the motor detection unit 18a. A specific example of the motor detection unit 18g is the same as that of the motor detection unit 8b.
　さらに、露出兼上下用モータ１８が回転すると、拭き取りアーム４が第２の止め部１８ｅに当接した状態となっているので、拭き取りアーム４の動きが規制され、ねじ軸１８ｂに沿って連結部１８ａが上昇していくこととなる（Ｓ５０２）。最大高さまで拭き取りアーム４が上昇すると、モータ検出部１８ｇによって当該位置が回転数によって検出され、露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転が停止する（Ｓ５０３）。図８０、図８１、図８２及び図８３は、拭き取りアーム４が最大高さまで移動したときの様子を示す。図８０、図８１、図８２及び図８３では、専用紙１１ｂの記載を省略しているが、紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に載置された専用紙１１ｂが右側から供給されて、押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂを持ち上げて、専用紙１１ｂを介して押し当て部４ａが臀部に当接する。その後、給紙部１７は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを後進させる。紙載せガイド１７ｃが後進した後、露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転を正逆反復して行えば、押し当て部４ａが肛門付近で前後する動作となる（Ｓ５０４）。これにより、水分等の拭き取りがしっかり行われる。なお、押し当て部４ａの形状は、図示した例に限られない。押し当て部４ａに回転体（回転ローラなど）を設けておけば、押し当て部４ａの前後の運動がスムーズに行われるので、そのようにしてもよい。押し当て部４ａを臀部に当接させる力を調整したい場合、拭き取りアーム４が第３の止め部１８ｆと当接するように露出兼上下用モータ１８を回転させて、第３の止め部１８ｆに拭き取りアーム４を当接させた状態で、回転を続ける。すると、アーム連結部１８ａが下がるので、押し当て部４ａの高さが下がり、臀部への当接強度を弱めることができる。なお、第３の止め部１８ｆの下部の解放部分まで下げると、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置まで戻ってしまうので、下部までは下げないようにする。当接強度を弱めた箇所で、再度、露出兼上下用モータ１８を正逆反復運動させれば、押し当て部４ａを前後に移動させて拭き取りが可能となる。 Further, when the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates, the wiping arm 4 is in contact with the second stopper 18e, so that the movement of the wiping arm 4 is restricted, and the connecting portion along the screw shaft 18b. 18a will rise (S502). When the wiping arm 4 is raised to the maximum height, the position is detected by the rotation speed by the motor detection unit 18g, and the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18 is stopped (S503). 80, 81, 82, and 83 show a state where the wiping arm 4 has moved to the maximum height. In FIG. 80, FIG. 81, FIG. 82 and FIG. 83, the description of the dedicated paper 11b is omitted, but the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c is supplied from the right side and the pressing portion 4a. Lifts the special paper 11b, and the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the collar through the special paper 11b. Thereafter, the paper feeding unit 17 moves the paper loading guide 17c backward. If the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18 is repeated forward and backward after the paper loading guide 17c moves backward, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth near the anus (S504). Thereby, wiping off of moisture and the like is performed firmly. In addition, the shape of the pressing part 4a is not restricted to the illustrated example. If a rotating body (such as a rotating roller) is provided in the pressing portion 4a, the front and back movement of the pressing portion 4a is performed smoothly. When adjusting the force with which the pressing portion 4a is brought into contact with the collar portion, the exposure and vertical motor 18 is rotated so that the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the third stopper 18f, and the third stopper 18f is wiped off. The rotation is continued with the arm 4 in contact. Then, since the arm connecting portion 18a is lowered, the height of the pressing portion 4a is lowered, and the contact strength to the flange portion can be weakened. In addition, since the wiping arm 4 will return to an exposure position if it lowers to the release part of the lower part of the 3rd stop part 18f, it is made not to lower to the lower part. If the exposure / up / down motor 18 is repetitively moved forward and backward again at a place where the contact strength is weakened, the pressing portion 4a can be moved back and forth to be wiped off.
　拭き取りの完了後、拭き取りアーム４を収納する場合、露出兼上下用モータ１８は、露出時とは逆に回転して、拭き取りアーム４を第３の止め部１８ｆに当接させる。図８４及び図８５は、拭き取りアーム４が第３の止め部１８ｆに当接させたときの様子を示す図である。拭き取りアーム４が第３の止め部１８ｆに当接すると、拭き取りアーム４の動きが規制されることとなるので、そのまま露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転を続ければ、ねじ軸１０ｂに沿ってアーム連結部１８ａが下がることとなる（Ｓ５０５）。合わせて、拭き取りアーム４も下がる。図８６及び図８７に示すように、拭き取りアーム４が、第３の止め部１８ｆの下部の解放部分まで下がり切ると、拭き取りアーム４の制止が解除されて、再び、拭き取りアーム４が回動を始め、収容部２ｄまで戻り、第１の止め部１８ｄに当接することとなる（Ｓ５０６）。 When the wiping arm 4 is stored after the wiping is completed, the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates in the opposite direction to that during exposure to bring the wiping arm 4 into contact with the third stopper 18f. 84 and 85 are diagrams showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is brought into contact with the third stopper 18f. When the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the third stopper 18f, the movement of the wiping arm 4 is regulated. The part 18a is lowered (S505). At the same time, the wiping arm 4 is also lowered. As shown in FIGS. 86 and 87, when the wiping arm 4 is lowered to the release portion at the lower part of the third stopper 18f, the wiping arm 4 is released from being stopped, and the wiping arm 4 is rotated again. At first, it returns to the accommodating portion 2d and comes into contact with the first stopper 18d (S506).
　制御部１３は、モータ検出部１８ｇが検出した回転数で、収容部２ｄまで、拭き取りアーム４が戻ったことを検出する（Ｓ５０７）。その状態で、制御部１３は、露出兼上下用モータ１８を所定回数回転させて、拭き取りアーム４を下げて、拭き取り動作を開始する前の収納位置まで戻す。その後、Ｓ１１４及びＳ１１５の動作が行われて、次の拭き取りの待機状態となる。 The control unit 13 detects that the wiping arm 4 has returned to the accommodation unit 2d at the number of rotations detected by the motor detection unit 18g (S507). In this state, the control unit 13 rotates the exposure / up / down motor 18 a predetermined number of times to lower the wiping arm 4 and return it to the storage position before starting the wiping operation. Thereafter, the operations of S114 and S115 are performed, and the next wiping standby state is entered.
　このように、第１０の実施形態では、第２の方式を採用するため、第８の実施形態と同様の効果が得られる。また、拭き取りアーム４の露出と上下を一つのモータで行うこととしているので、コストを削減することができる。 Thus, in the tenth embodiment, since the second method is adopted, the same effect as in the eighth embodiment can be obtained. Further, since the wiping arm 4 is exposed and moved up and down by one motor, the cost can be reduced.
　なお、補高部２の形状を工夫することで、第１乃至第３の止め部１８ｄ，１８ｅ，１８ｆと特別に設けなくてもよくなる。また、収容部２ｄに水が浸入するのを防止することができる。また、押し当て部４ａを衛生的に保つために、消毒洗浄することができる構造を採用できる。図８８は、補高部２の変形例を示すと共に、拭き取りアーム４及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動遷移を示した斜視図である。図８８では、拭き取りアーム４を３つ記載しているが、移動遷移が分かるように示しただけであり、実際は、拭き取りアーム４は、１つである。 It should be noted that by devising the shape of the elevation part 2, it is not necessary to provide the first to third stoppers 18d, 18e, and 18f specially. Further, it is possible to prevent water from entering the housing portion 2d. Moreover, in order to keep the pressing part 4a hygienic, a structure that can be disinfected and cleaned can be employed. FIG. 88 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the elevation part 2 and showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c. In FIG. 88, three wiping arms 4 are shown. However, the wiping arms 4 are only shown so that the movement transition can be seen.
　図８８に示すように、拭き取りアーム４の移動する箇所のみに、アーム移動用開口１８ｊを設けておけば、拭き取りアーム駆動部３側への水分の浸入を極力さけることが可能である。アーム側開口１８ｉは、別途図示しない開閉部１９ｂによって、開閉されるとよい。拭き取りアーム４の収納位置で、押し当て部４ａの収納箇所に、蓋１８ｈを設けておけば、蓋１８ｈを開けて、押し当て部４ａを使用者が洗浄したり、消毒したりすることができる。蓋１８ｈの裏側に、消毒又は洗浄液を吹き付けるノズルを取り付けておき、収納時に、消毒又は洗浄するようにするとよい。消毒又は洗浄液は、アーム側開口１８ｉを通じて、便器側に流れていくこととなる。蓋１８ｈの裏に、ドライヤー等の乾燥装置を設けてもよい。 88, if an arm moving opening 18j is provided only at a location where the wiping arm 4 moves, it is possible to prevent moisture from entering the wiping arm drive unit 3 as much as possible. The arm side opening 18i may be opened and closed by an opening / closing part 19b (not shown). If a cover 18h is provided at the storing position of the wiping arm 4 at the storing position of the wiping arm 4, the cover 18h can be opened so that the user can clean or disinfect the pressing part 4a. . A nozzle for spraying disinfectant or cleaning liquid may be attached to the back side of the lid 18h so that disinfection or cleaning is performed during storage. The disinfectant or cleaning liquid flows to the toilet side through the arm side opening 18i. A drying device such as a dryer may be provided behind the lid 18h.
　図８８に示すように、紙載せガイド用開口１７ｌは、必要最小限の大きさでよい。紙載せガイド１７ｃを支持する溝１７ｋなどが形成されていてもよい。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、溝１７ｋと図示しない支持部によって支持される。開口１７ｌの底面が紙載せガイド１７ｃの底面と一致するようにすれば、紙載せガイド１７ｃは、揺れることなく移動可能であり、確実に押し出される。開口１７ｌは、小さいので、電磁石とバネなど、簡易な蓋による開閉手段によって、開閉することが可能である。 88. As shown in FIG. 88, the paper loading guide opening 17l may be the minimum necessary size. A groove 17k or the like that supports the paper loading guide 17c may be formed. The paper loading guide 17c is supported by the groove 17k and a support portion (not shown). If the bottom surface of the opening 17l is made to coincide with the bottom surface of the paper loading guide 17c, the paper loading guide 17c can move without shaking and is pushed out reliably. Since the opening 17l is small, it can be opened and closed by simple opening and closing means such as an electromagnet and a spring.
　図８８に示すように、補高部２の形状を工夫すれば、図示した符号１８ｄ，１８ｅ，１８ｆに該当する箇所がそれぞれ、第１乃至第３の止め部１８ｄ，１８ｅ，１８ｆの役割を果たすこととなる。すなわち、拭き取りアーム４は、１８ｅの面に当接すれば、上昇可能である。拭き取りアーム４は、１８ｆの面に当接すれば、下降が可能である。拭き取りアーム４は、１８ｄの面に当接すれば、下降が可能、若しくは、原点位置に戻ったとして動作終了が可能となる。なお、１８ｆの面は、鉛直垂直下方向にまっすぐ下に向かう面であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 88, if the shape of the elevation part 2 is devised, the locations corresponding to the reference numerals 18d, 18e, and 18f shown in the figure serve as first to third stoppers 18d, 18e, and 18f, respectively. It will be. That is, the wiping arm 4 can be lifted if it comes into contact with the surface 18e. The wiping arm 4 can be lowered if it contacts the surface of 18f. If the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the surface of 18d, the wiping arm 4 can be lowered or the operation can be ended when the wiping arm 4 returns to the origin position. In addition, the surface of 18f may be a surface that goes straight downward in the vertical vertical downward direction.
（第１０の実施形態の変形例）
　以下、第１０の実施形態の変形例をまとめて説明する。図８９及び図９０は、開閉部の機構を示す図である。図８９は、閉じた状態を示し、図９０は、開いた状態を示す。補高部２に設けられた開口が直線状になるように、補高部２を形成しておくとよいが、それに限られるものではない。当該機構は、全ての開閉部に利用でき、ここまでに説明した開閉部６，１９ａ，１９ｂに利用できる。 (Modification of the tenth embodiment)
Hereinafter, modifications of the tenth embodiment will be described together. 89 and 90 are diagrams showing the mechanism of the opening / closing section. FIG. 89 shows a closed state, and FIG. 90 shows an opened state. Although it is preferable to form the elevation part 2 so that the opening provided in the elevation part 2 is linear, the invention is not limited to this. The mechanism can be used for all the opening / closing sections, and can be used for the opening / closing sections 6, 19a, 19b described so far.
　補高部２に設けられたガイド溝２０ａを摺動できるように、回動軸２０ｇで回動可能に腕部２０ｂに開閉部６，１９ａ，１９ｂが取り付けられている。腕部２０ｂの一端には、磁石２０ｃが取り付けられている。当該一端には、さらに、バネ２０ｄが取り付けられており、バネ２０ｄは、補高部２に固定されている。腕部２０ｂは、支点２０ｅを中心に回動可能となっている。支点２０ｅは、補高部２に固定されている。バネ２０ｄは、開閉部６，１９ａ，１９ｂを閉じる方向に常に力をかけている。このような機構は、開閉部６，１９ａ，１９ｂの両端に設けられているとよい。制御部１３から、開く指示がなされるまで、電磁石は、脱着した状態となっている。 Opening / closing parts 6, 19a, 19b are attached to the arm part 20b so as to be rotatable by a rotating shaft 20g so that the guide groove 20a provided in the elevation part 2 can slide. A magnet 20c is attached to one end of the arm portion 20b. A spring 20d is further attached to the one end, and the spring 20d is fixed to the elevation part 2. The arm portion 20b is rotatable around a fulcrum 20e. The fulcrum 20e is fixed to the elevation part 2. The spring 20d always applies a force in the direction of closing the opening / closing parts 6, 19a, 19b. Such a mechanism is preferably provided at both ends of the opening / closing sections 6, 19a, 19b. The electromagnet is in a detached state until an opening instruction is given from the control unit 13.
　開ける際、制御部１３は、電磁石２０ｆを着磁させる。電磁石２０ｆが着磁すると、磁石２０ｃと電磁石２０ｆが接合する。支点２０ｅを中心に、ガイド溝２０ａに沿って、開閉部６，１９ａ，１９ｂが下がる。閉じる際、制御部１３は、電磁石２０ｆを脱着させる。電磁石２０ｆが脱着すると、バネ２０ｄの力で、磁石２０ｃが下がる。これにより、開閉部６，１９ａ，１９ｂが上がる。このような電磁石による開閉機構によって、開閉部を実現すれば、コストを下げることが可能である。 When opening, the control unit 13 magnetizes the electromagnet 20f. When the electromagnet 20f is magnetized, the magnet 20c and the electromagnet 20f are joined. The opening / closing parts 6, 19a, 19b are lowered along the guide groove 20a around the fulcrum 20e. When closing, the control unit 13 removes the electromagnet 20f. When the electromagnet 20f is detached, the magnet 20c is lowered by the force of the spring 20d. Thereby, the opening-and-closing part 6, 19a, 19b goes up. If the opening / closing part is realized by such an electromagnet opening / closing mechanism, the cost can be reduced.
　なお、図８９及び図９０に示した電磁石と永久磁石の関係であるが、ソレノイドの軸を腕部２０ｂの端部に回動自在に取り付けることによっても、実現することが可能である。 The relationship between the electromagnet and the permanent magnet shown in FIGS. 89 and 90 can also be realized by attaching the shaft of the solenoid to the end of the arm portion 20b so as to be rotatable.
　図９１は、紙載せガイドの他の例を示す平面図である。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、ワイヤを曲げるなどして製造してもよい。ただし、ワイヤ以外でもよく、板金加工、樹脂成型等、限定されない。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、押し当て部４ａが通過する箇所が空いているように形成するとよい。押し当て部４ａが通過する箇所以外は、紙が撓んで落ちないように、紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を工夫しておく。図９１に示す例では、Ｃの字を反転させた形状の穴（押し当て部４ａの追加する穴）に対して、専用紙１１ｂの端辺が載置可能なように、直線状のワイヤを配置している。なお、専用紙１１ｂが落ちないように、コの字状の引掛け部が、所々に設けられていてもよい。その他、紙載せガイド１７ｃの表面を摩擦が大きくなるようにしておいても、専用紙１１ｂが落ちない。このような形状であれば、専用紙１１ｂが撓みにくくなるので、トイレットペーパーを１～数枚重ねた程度の紙を使用すればよく、吸水部の下にコピー用紙程度の厚みの基材となる水溶性の紙を貼り付けておく必要がなくなる。当然、基材部を用いた紙を使用してもよいのは言うまでもない。また、全面を板状にして、押し当て部４ａ及び拭き取りアーム４のアーム軸が通過する箇所のみをくり抜いたような形状を紙載せガイド１７ｃとしてもよい。 FIG. 91 is a plan view showing another example of the paper loading guide. The paper loading guide 17c may be manufactured by bending a wire. However, it may be other than a wire and is not limited to sheet metal processing, resin molding, or the like. The paper loading guide 17c may be formed so that a portion through which the pressing portion 4a passes is vacant. The shape of the paper loading guide 17c is devised so that the paper does not bend and fall except at the location where the pressing portion 4a passes. In the example shown in FIG. 91, a straight wire is used so that the edge of the special paper 11b can be placed in a hole with a reversed C shape (a hole added to the pressing portion 4a). It is arranged. Note that U-shaped hooks may be provided in some places so that the dedicated paper 11b does not fall. In addition, even if the surface of the paper loading guide 17c is made to have a large friction, the dedicated paper 11b does not fall. With such a shape, the dedicated paper 11b is difficult to bend, so it is sufficient to use a sheet of toilet paper that is one to several sheets stacked. There is no need to attach water-soluble paper. Of course, it goes without saying that paper using the substrate portion may be used. Alternatively, the paper loading guide 17c may have a shape in which the entire surface is plate-shaped and only the portion through which the arm shaft of the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm 4 passes is cut out.
　図９２は、給紙ローラ１７ｂの回転と紙載せガイド１７ｃの押進とを一つのモータで実現する場合の給紙部１７の機構の一例を示す正面図である。給紙用モータ２１ａの回転は、プーリー２１ｄ及びベルト２１ｆを介して、プーリー付き電磁クラッチ２１ｂ及び２１ｃに伝達される。このような電磁クラッチを用いた機構は、ＯＡ機器などでよく使用されている機構であり、実施可能である。電磁クラッチが設けられているために、適切なタイミングで電磁クラッチがオンオフする。たとえば、以下のような制御となる。（１）給紙ローラ１７ｂの電磁クラッチ２１ｂをオン、巻取り部２１ｅの電磁クラッチ２１ｃをオフにして、給紙用モータ２１ａを回転させて、給紙ローラ１７ｂのみを回転させる。これにより、専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置する。（２）専用紙１１ｂが、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載って、最先端まで、専用紙１１ｂが到達したタイミングで、巻取り部２１ｅの電磁クラッチ２１ｃをオンにして、ベルト１７ｊを伸ばす。その間、電磁クラッチ２１ｂをオンとして、専用紙１１ｂを最後まで送る。その後、電磁クラッチ２１ｂはオフとなってもよい。（３）紙載せガイド１７ｃが、最後まで押進し、押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂを持ち上げたタイミングで、給紙用モータ２１ａが逆回転して、巻取り部２１ｅに、ベルトを巻き取らせて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収納する。このような電磁クラッチを用いれば、モータを共通化でき、コスト低減となる。 FIG. 92 is a front view showing an example of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 when the rotation of the paper feeding roller 17b and the pushing of the paper loading guide 17c are realized by a single motor. The rotation of the paper feeding motor 21a is transmitted to the pulley-equipped electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c via the pulley 21d and the belt 21f. Such a mechanism using an electromagnetic clutch is a mechanism often used in OA equipment and can be implemented. Since the electromagnetic clutch is provided, the electromagnetic clutch is turned on and off at an appropriate timing. For example, the control is as follows. (1) The electromagnetic clutch 21b of the paper feed roller 17b is turned on, the electromagnetic clutch 21c of the take-up portion 21e is turned off, the paper feed motor 21a is rotated, and only the paper feed roller 17b is rotated. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. (2) The dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c, and the electromagnetic clutch 21c of the winding portion 21e is turned on and the belt 17j is extended at the timing when the dedicated paper 11b reaches the most advanced position. Meanwhile, the electromagnetic clutch 21b is turned on, and the dedicated paper 11b is sent to the end. Thereafter, the electromagnetic clutch 21b may be turned off. (3) At the timing when the paper loading guide 17c is pushed up to the end and the pressing portion 4a lifts the dedicated paper 11b, the paper feeding motor 21a rotates reversely, and the belt is wound around the winding portion 21e. The paper loading guide 17c is stored. If such an electromagnetic clutch is used, the motor can be made common and the cost can be reduced.
　図９３は、収納位置の押し当て部４ａと、収納位置に戻る直前の押し当て部４ａの位置を示した拡大図である。アーム側開口１８ｉにおける補高部２の上面に、押し当て部４ａの高さのぎりぎりの位置（たとえば、押し当て部４ａの上面と突起部２ｅの下端との間に２，３ｍｍ程度のクリアランスが生じるくらいの位置）に、突起部２ｅを設ける。ただし、突起部２ｅによって、拭き取りアーム４の移動が邪魔にならないようになっている。突起部２ｅには、ばねが内蔵されており、もし、押し当て部４ａが突起部２ｅに当たったら、突起部２ｅのばねが押し下がって、凹む構造とすれば、クリアンランスを設けずに、押し当て部４ａの上面と突起部２ｅの下端との高さが一致していてもよい。通常、拭き取りアーム４が原点位置に戻る際に、専用紙１１ｂは、自然とバランスを崩して、落下することになるが、水分を専用紙１１ｂが多く含んでいると、押し当て部４ａに密着して、自然落下しない可能性もある。そのような場合は、突起部２ｅに専用紙１１ｂがあたり、バランスを失って、自然落下する。なお、アーム側開口１８ｉの多さを専用紙１１ｂより小さくしておけば、当該開口に専用紙１１ｂが当たるので、それによっても、紙はバランスを失い、自然落下する。この場合は、突起部２ｅは不要である。このように、補高部２の形状を、専用紙１１ｂが自然に落下するような構造にしておけば、専用紙１１ｂを落下させるために、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させたり、押し当て部４ａを回転させたりする必要がない。その他、電磁石とばねを利用した突起部２ｅが、補高部２から落下時に突出し、突起部２ｅに専用紙１１ｂが当たって、自然落下するようにしてもよい。また、押し当て部４ａの表面を、撥水性を有する素材にしておけば、専用紙１１ｂの水分が撥水し、専用紙１１ｂが押し当て部４ａから滑り落ちやすくなる。なお、突起部２ｅに関して、開口の形状によっては、突起部とは言えない場合も有る。したがって、本発明では、拭き取りアーム用の開口に、拭き取りアームが収納されるときに、押し当て部４ａに載置された紙１１ｂに当たる落とし部（ここでは、突起部２ｅ）が設けられていると捉えることとする。したがって、特別に、突起部２ｅとして開口に設けなくても、開口の縁に紙１１ｂが当たって、落下する場合も考えられ、そのような場合は、紙１１ｂが当たる開口の一部が落とし部として機能していることとなる。 FIG. 93 is an enlarged view showing the position of the pressing portion 4a in the storage position and the pressing portion 4a immediately before returning to the storage position. On the upper surface of the elevation portion 2 in the arm side opening 18i, a clearance of about 2 to 3 mm is provided between the position of the height of the pressing portion 4a (for example, between the upper surface of the pressing portion 4a and the lower end of the protruding portion 2e). The projecting portion 2e is provided at a position where it occurs. However, the protrusion 2e prevents the movement of the wiping arm 4 from getting in the way. The protrusion 2e has a built-in spring. If the pressing portion 4a hits the protrusion 2e, the spring of the protrusion 2e is pushed down and recessed, so that a clear lance is not provided. The heights of the upper surface of the pressing portion 4a and the lower end of the protruding portion 2e may be the same. Normally, when the wiping arm 4 returns to the origin position, the special paper 11b naturally falls out of balance and falls, but if the special paper 11b contains a large amount of moisture, the special paper 11b comes into close contact with the pressing portion 4a. And there is a possibility that it will not fall naturally. In such a case, the special paper 11b hits the protrusion 2e, loses balance, and falls naturally. If the number of the arm side openings 18i is smaller than that of the dedicated paper 11b, the dedicated paper 11b hits the opening, so that the paper loses balance and falls naturally. In this case, the protrusion 2e is not necessary. In this way, if the shape of the elevation part 2 is configured so that the special paper 11b naturally falls, the wiping arm 4 is bent or the pressing part 4a is used to drop the special paper 11b. There is no need to rotate. In addition, the protrusion 2e using an electromagnet and a spring may protrude from the elevation 2 at the time of dropping, and the dedicated paper 11b may hit the protrusion 2e and fall naturally. Further, if the surface of the pressing part 4a is made of a material having water repellency, the moisture of the special paper 11b becomes water repellent, and the special paper 11b is easily slipped off from the pressing part 4a. Note that the protrusion 2e may not be a protrusion depending on the shape of the opening. Therefore, in the present invention, when the wiping arm is stored in the opening for the wiping arm, a dropping portion (here, the protruding portion 2e) that hits the paper 11b placed on the pressing portion 4a is provided. I will capture it. Accordingly, even if the protrusion 2e is not provided in the opening, it is conceivable that the paper 11b hits the edge of the opening and falls, and in such a case, a part of the opening to which the paper 11b hits is dropped. It will function as.
　図９４及び図９５は、第１０の実施形態で用いられていた露出兼上下用モータ１８を、二つのモータである露出用モータ９と上下用モータ８に置き換えたときの拭き取りアーム駆動部３の内部構造を示す斜視図である。図９４は、収納位置を示す。図９５は、露出位置を示す。紙送りローラ１７ｂと紙載せガイド１７ｃの押進用のベルト１７ｊとを、電磁クラッチ２１ｂ，２１ｃを用いて、共通の給紙用モータ２１ａで駆動し、補高部２の開口を、電磁石を用いた簡易な構造とすれば、その分、コストを下げることが可能となる。一方、臀部拭き取り装置１においては、拭き取り感を向上させることが最大の課題である。そのため、できる限り簡易に構成にし、共通化できるモータを共通化させるなどしてコストを浮かした上で、拭き取り感を向上させる機構にコストを分配するのは、効果的である。たとえば、図９４に示すように、拭き取りアーム４を露出させるための露出用モータ９の回転を、複数の歯車１８ｃを利用して、回転台８ｅの回転に伝達することとすれば、補高部２内に、拭き取りアーム駆動部３をコンパクトに収容することができる。回転台８ｅの上には、上下用モータ８が固定されている。露出用モータ９の回転によって、回転台８ａｅの中心を支点に上下用モータ８が角運動して、拭き取りアーム４が露出する。図９５に示すような露出後、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４が上方に傾けられる。肛門の横側に、拭き取りアーム４の回転中心が位置することとなるので、露出モータ９を小さい幅で正逆反復回転させれば、肛門付近では、押し当て部４ａが前後に移動することとなり、前後に、拭き取りを行っているようになる。上下用モータ８を用いれば、使用者の好みに応じて、押し当て部４ａの高さや当接の強さなどを調整することができる。押し当て部４ａを前後に移動させれば、肛門付近の水分や汚れをほぼ拭き取ることが可能となる。 94 and 95 show the wiping arm drive unit 3 when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the tenth embodiment is replaced with two motors, that is, an exposure motor 9 and a vertical motor 8. It is a perspective view which shows an internal structure. FIG. 94 shows the storage position. FIG. 95 shows the exposure position. The paper feeding roller 17b and the belt 17j for pushing the paper loading guide 17c are driven by the common paper feeding motor 21a using the electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c, and the opening of the height raising portion 2 is used with an electromagnet. If the simple structure is used, the cost can be reduced accordingly. On the other hand, in the buttock wiping device 1, improving the wiping feeling is the biggest problem. Therefore, it is effective to distribute the cost to a mechanism that improves the wiping feeling after raising the cost by making the motor as simple as possible and sharing a common motor. For example, as shown in FIG. 94, if the rotation of the exposure motor 9 for exposing the wiping arm 4 is transmitted to the rotation of the turntable 8e using a plurality of gears 18c, The wiping arm drive part 3 can be accommodated in 2 compactly. A vertical motor 8 is fixed on the turntable 8e. The rotation of the exposure motor 9 causes the vertical motor 8 to move angularly about the center of the turntable 8ae to expose the wiping arm 4. After exposure as shown in FIG. 95, the up / down motor 8 rotates and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward. Since the rotation center of the wiping arm 4 is located on the lateral side of the anus, if the exposure motor 9 is rotated forward and backward repeatedly with a small width, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth near the anus. , Wipe off before and after. If the vertical motor 8 is used, the height of the pressing portion 4a and the strength of contact can be adjusted according to the user's preference. If the pressing portion 4a is moved back and forth, moisture and dirt near the anus can be almost wiped off.
　なお、図７６Ａの機構を用いる場合、ボールねじ以外に、台形ねじや三角ねじなどを用いてもよい。また、図７６Ａの機構を用いる場合、アーム連結部に、Ｕナットなど、締め付けが強くなる部材を用いてもよい。 Note that when the mechanism of FIG. 76A is used, a trapezoidal screw or a triangular screw may be used in addition to the ball screw. In addition, when the mechanism shown in FIG. 76A is used, a member that is strongly tightened, such as a U nut, may be used for the arm connecting portion.
　図９６は、消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２の拡大斜視図である。拭き取りアーム４には、消毒液や洗浄液が拭き取りアーム駆動部３に侵入しないように、水滴の防御壁２２ｃが設けられている。なお、補高部２に開けたアーム移動用開口１８ｊと拭き取りアーム４とのクリアランスを極力小さくすれば、防御壁は小さくでき、場合によってはなくすことも可能である。また、防御壁２２ｃは、補高部２の中に差し込まれるようになっていてもよい。押し当て部４ａの上方に、ノズル又はシャワー２２ｂを設けておき、ノズル又はシャワー２２ｂから、消毒液及び／又は洗浄液が噴射される。噴射方法は、周知の手段を利用できるが、たとえば、水道水とノズル又はシャワー２２ｂを、電磁弁を介して連結して、消毒・洗浄時に、電磁弁が開いて、洗浄するとよい。その連結経路の途中に、洗浄液や消毒液が混入するようにしておけばよい。タンクにためられた水だけで洗浄してもよいし、タンクにためられた洗浄液や消毒液を用いて、消毒、洗浄してもよい。タンクから水を吸い上げる方法は、周知の手段を用いることができ、たとえば、ポンプで吸い上げるとよい。押し当て部４ａは、拭き取り時に水平になるように構成すれば、収納時に、傾かせることも可能である。この傾きにより、洗浄液等は、自然と、落下する。消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２は、傾斜面２２ｄを有しているので、落下した洗浄液等は、排水路２２ａから、そのまま、便器に流れ落ちることとなる。排水路２２ａは、便器に向かって傾斜しているとよい。洗浄液等の流れに応じて、回転するブラシを消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２に取り付けてもよい。ブラシの回転は、回転羽を流路に設けておくことで、ブラシを回転させることができる。 FIG. 96 is an enlarged perspective view of the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22. The wiping arm 4 is provided with a water barrier 22c for preventing the disinfecting liquid and the cleaning liquid from entering the wiping arm driving unit 3. If the clearance between the arm moving opening 18j opened in the elevation 2 and the wiping arm 4 is made as small as possible, the defense wall can be made smaller and can be eliminated in some cases. Further, the defense wall 22 c may be inserted into the elevation part 2. A nozzle or shower 22b is provided above the pressing portion 4a, and a disinfecting liquid and / or a cleaning liquid is ejected from the nozzle or shower 22b. Well-known means can be used for the injection method. For example, tap water and a nozzle or shower 22b may be connected via an electromagnetic valve, and cleaning may be performed by opening the electromagnetic valve at the time of disinfection / cleaning. A cleaning solution or a disinfecting solution may be mixed in the connection path. You may wash | clean only with the water stored in the tank, and you may disinfect and wash | clean using the washing | cleaning liquid and disinfection liquid which were stored in the tank. As a method for sucking water from the tank, a well-known means can be used. If the pressing part 4a is configured to be horizontal during wiping, it can be tilted during storage. Due to this inclination, the cleaning liquid or the like naturally falls. Since the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 has the inclined surface 22d, the dropped cleaning liquid or the like flows down from the drainage channel 22a to the toilet as it is. The drainage channel 22a may be inclined toward the toilet. A rotating brush may be attached to the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 according to the flow of the cleaning liquid or the like. The brush can be rotated by providing rotating blades in the flow path.
　図９７は、消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２を用いたときの、拭き取りアーム４と押し当て部４ａとの移動経路を示す図である。防御壁２２ｃは、拭き取り時に臀部に当たらないように、最適化されているとよい。拭き取りアーム４が移動するためのアーム移動用開口１８ｊは、できる限り小さくすることで、水分が拭き取りアーム駆動部３に侵入するのを防止できる。当然、アーム移動用開口１８ｊの内側に、切込みを入れたシリコン樹脂などの弾性部材を入れておき、その切込み内を拭き取りアーム４が移動するようにしておけば、さらに防水効果は高まる。消毒及び／又は洗浄部２２は、後付可能なようにユニットとして取り外し可能にしておけば、オプション販売が可能となるだけでなく、修理も容易となる。補高部２２におけるアーム移動用開口１８ｊの底面は、内部に水分が浸入しないように、傾斜面２２ｄとなっているとよい。図上、２２ｅの付近に、差込口を設けて、防御壁２２ｃが補高部２内に差し込まれるようにしてもよい。その他、防御壁２２ｃの位置は、特に限定されない。なお、押し当て部４ａは、拭き取り時に水平となるように拭き取りアーム４の軸中心に対して傾いて連結しているようにすれば、アームを下に傾けただけで、紙が自然に落下することが期待できる。ヘッドの形状は、種々考えられ、本発明を限定するものではない。 FIG. 97 is a diagram showing a moving path between the wiping arm 4 and the pressing unit 4a when the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 is used. The defense wall 22c may be optimized so as not to hit the buttocks during wiping. The arm moving opening 18j for the wiping arm 4 to move can be made as small as possible to prevent moisture from entering the wiping arm driving unit 3. Naturally, if an elastic member such as a cut silicon resin is placed inside the arm moving opening 18j and the wiping arm 4 is moved within the cut, the waterproof effect is further enhanced. If the disinfection and / or cleaning unit 22 can be removed as a unit so that it can be retrofitted, not only can it be sold as an option, but also it can be easily repaired. The bottom surface of the arm moving opening 18j in the elevation portion 22 is preferably an inclined surface 22d so that moisture does not enter the inside. In the drawing, an insertion port may be provided in the vicinity of 22 e so that the defense wall 22 c is inserted into the elevation portion 2. In addition, the position of the defense wall 22c is not particularly limited. In addition, if the pressing part 4a is inclined and connected with respect to the axis center of the wiping arm 4 so as to be horizontal when wiping, the paper naturally falls only by tilting the arm downward. I can expect that. Various head shapes are conceivable and do not limit the present invention.
　図９８は、洗浄機構の構造の一例を示す斜視図である。図９９は、洗浄機構の構造の一例を示す断面図である。電磁弁２３ａには、水道管が連結している。電磁弁２３ａは、水用管２３ｂと洗浄・消毒液用管２３ｃとに水道水を供給することができ、両方の管の開閉を切り替えることができる。シャワーヘッド２３ｄは、周知のあらゆる機構を用いて、最適化可能である。押し当て部４ａに水を噴射する場合、電磁弁２３ａは、水道水と水用管２３ｂとを連結する。これにより、シャワーヘッド２３でから水が出てくる。押し当て部４ａに洗浄液又は消毒液を噴射する場合、電磁弁２３ａは、水道水と洗浄・消毒液用管２３ｃとを連結する。これにより、水道水が洗浄液又は消毒液と混合して、シャワーヘッド２３ｄから噴射されることになる。 FIG. 98 is a perspective view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism. FIG. 99 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the structure of the cleaning mechanism. A water pipe is connected to the electromagnetic valve 23a. The electromagnetic valve 23a can supply tap water to the water pipe 23b and the cleaning / disinfecting liquid pipe 23c, and can switch between opening and closing of both pipes. The shower head 23d can be optimized using any known mechanism. When water is injected into the pressing portion 4a, the electromagnetic valve 23a connects the tap water and the water pipe 23b. Thereby, water comes out from the shower head 23. When the cleaning liquid or the disinfecting liquid is sprayed onto the pressing portion 4a, the electromagnetic valve 23a connects the tap water and the cleaning / disinfecting liquid pipe 23c. Thereby, tap water mixes with a washing | cleaning liquid or disinfection liquid, and is jetted from the shower head 23d.
　図９９に示すように、洗浄・消毒液用管２３ｃは、シャワーヘッド２３ｄの直前で、ベンチュリー―管２３ｅに連通している。ベンチュリー―管２３ｅは、洗浄・消毒液用管２３ｃとの連結部分で管径が細くなっている。ベンチュリー―管２３ｅは、管径が細くなった部分で、下方向にオリフィス２３ｇと連通している。このような構造により、ベンチュリー―効果によって、タンク２３ｆに溜められた洗浄液又は消毒液が吸い上げられて、水道水と混合して、希釈された消毒液や洗浄液がシャワーヘッド２３ｈから噴射されることとなる。なお、ここでは、ベンチュリー―効果を用いて、水道水と洗浄液又は消毒液を混合することとしたが、混合には、その他、あらゆる周知の機構を用いることができ、ベンチュリー―効果を用いるものに限られない。なお、タンク２３ｆの蓋の記載は省略している。 As shown in FIG. 99, the cleaning / disinfecting liquid pipe 23c communicates with the venturi pipe 23e immediately before the shower head 23d. The venturi-tube 23e has a small diameter at the connecting portion with the cleaning / disinfecting solution tube 23c. The venturi-tube 23e is a portion where the tube diameter is reduced, and communicates with the orifice 23g in the downward direction. With such a structure, due to the venturi effect, the cleaning liquid or the disinfecting liquid stored in the tank 23f is sucked up, mixed with tap water, and the diluted disinfecting liquid or cleaning liquid is jetted from the shower head 23h. Become. In this example, tap water and cleaning liquid or disinfecting liquid are mixed using the venturi effect. However, any other known mechanism can be used for mixing, and the venturi effect is used. Not limited. Note that the description of the lid of the tank 23f is omitted.
　タンク２３ｆには、希釈用の消毒液や洗浄液が入っている。たとえば、次亜塩素酸ナトリウムや第４級アンモニウム塩などが入っている。次亜塩素酸ナトリウムのように、強力な消毒液を用いる場合は、押し当て部４ａが腐食するおそれがあるので、消毒洗浄の後、水洗浄だけを行うことができるように、水用管２３ｂと洗浄・消毒液用管２３ｃの二つを組み合わせているが、限定されない。なお、洗浄液・消毒液の種類は、特に、限定されない。 The tank 23f contains a disinfectant and a cleaning solution for dilution. For example, sodium hypochlorite and quaternary ammonium salts are included. When a strong disinfectant such as sodium hypochlorite is used, the pressing portion 4a may corrode, so that the water pipe 23b can be used to perform only water cleaning after disinfection cleaning. Are combined, but not limited thereto. The type of cleaning liquid / disinfecting liquid is not particularly limited.
　図１００は、図９８に示し洗浄機構を補高部２内に収容したときの斜視図である。図１００に示すように、電磁弁２３ａは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３とは別に設けておく。水がどこから侵入するか分からないので、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の周辺には、排水用の溝２３ｉを設けておく。若しくは、排水用溝２３ｉに変わって、水の浸入を防ぐ壁などを設けておいてもよい。なお、拭き取りアーム４を露出させるための開口部分の面は、直線的な平面形状として、シャッターが真下や真横に開くような構造にすれば、開閉部の構造を簡易なものとすることができる。 FIG. 100 is a perspective view when the cleaning mechanism shown in FIG. 98 is accommodated in the elevation 2. As shown in FIG. 100, the electromagnetic valve 23 a is provided separately from the wiping arm driving unit 3. Since it is not known from where the water enters, a draining groove 23 i is provided around the wiping arm driving unit 3. Alternatively, instead of the drainage groove 23i, a wall or the like that prevents water from entering may be provided. In addition, if the surface of the opening part for exposing the wiping arm 4 is a straight plane shape and the shutter is opened directly below or next to it, the structure of the opening / closing part can be simplified. .
　図１０１は、拭き取りアーム４及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３を収容するための収容部２ｄの構造の一例を示す図である。なお、図１０１において、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の具体的なモータの記載は、省略してある。なお、図１０１において、拭き取りアーム４の移動遷移が分かるように、二つ図示されているが、実際は、１つである。収納部２ｄには、アーム移動用開口１８ｊが設けられているが、シャワーヘッド２３ｄから出てくる水が拭き取りアーム駆動部３に侵入しないように、適宜、傾斜面２２ｄや排水溝２３ｉが設けられている。そのため、水が飛び跳ねて、仮に、収納部２ｄに水が浸入したとしても、傾斜面２２ｄや排水溝２３ｉによって、水は、便器側に流れ落ちることとなる。拭き取りアーム４の途中には、防御壁２２ｃが設けられている。防御壁２２ｃは、拭き取りアーム４に水滴が付着し、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いたときに、水滴が拭き取りアーム駆動部３まで流れ落ちてこないようにする働きを有する。 FIG. 101 is a view showing an example of the structure of the accommodating portion 2d for accommodating the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving portion 3. FIG. In addition, in FIG. 101, description of the specific motor of the wiping arm drive part 3 is abbreviate | omitted. In addition, in FIG. 101, although two are shown so that the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 may be understood, it is actually one. The storage portion 2d is provided with an arm moving opening 18j, but an inclined surface 22d and a drainage groove 23i are provided as appropriate so that water coming out of the shower head 23d does not enter the arm driving portion 3. ing. Therefore, even if water jumps and water enters the storage portion 2d, the water flows down to the toilet side by the inclined surface 22d and the drainage groove 23i. In the middle of the wiping arm 4, a defense wall 22c is provided. The protective wall 22c has a function of preventing water droplets from flowing down to the wiping arm driving unit 3 when water droplets adhere to the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
　図１０１に示すように、拭き取りアーム４を収容するための開口１８ｊを有する面を平面形状にしておくことにより、開口１８ｊを開閉するための開閉部の構造を簡易な構造とすることができる。同様のことが、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収容するための開口部（図１０５の１７ｌ）についても言えるが、後述することとする。 As shown in FIG. 101, by making the surface having the opening 18j for accommodating the wiping arm 4 into a planar shape, the structure of the opening / closing part for opening / closing the opening 18j can be simplified. The same applies to the opening (17l in FIG. 105) for accommodating the paper loading guide 17c, which will be described later.
　なお、押し当て部４ａの収納前に、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を左右に繰り返し揺動すれば、紙はその振動により、自然と落下する。押し当て部４ａを金属製にしたり撥水素材などにして、摩擦を小さくしたり、撥水性を高めておけば、拭き取り感も向上しつつ、紙も落下させやすくなる。 If the wiping arm driving unit 3 repeatedly swings the wiping arm 4 left and right before storing the pressing unit 4a, the paper naturally falls due to the vibration. If the pressing portion 4a is made of metal or water repellent material to reduce friction or increase water repellency, the wiping feeling is improved and the paper is easily dropped.
　図１０２は、図１０１の収容部２ｄを別の角度から見たときの斜視図である。収納部２ｄのアーム移動用開口１８ｊを直線的な平面形状としておけば、アーム移動用開口１８ｊを開閉するためのシャッター等の開閉部の駆動機構を簡易な構造とすることができる。拭き取りアーム駆動部３が温水洗浄装置の下にあると考えれば、押し当て部４ａが人の後ろから臀部を拭き取ることとなる。その場合、押し当て部４ａの前後の動きを実現したければ、拭き取りアーム駆動部３にモータを一つ足すなどすればよい。 FIG. 102 is a perspective view of the housing portion 2d shown in FIG. 101 when viewed from another angle. If the arm movement opening 18j of the storage portion 2d is formed in a linear plane shape, the drive mechanism of the opening / closing section such as a shutter for opening and closing the arm movement opening 18j can be made a simple structure. If it is considered that the wiping arm driving unit 3 is under the hot water cleaning device, the pressing unit 4a wipes the buttock from the back of the person. In that case, if it is desired to realize the back-and-forth movement of the pressing portion 4a, a motor may be added to the wiping arm driving portion 3.
　図１０３は、図１０１及び図１０２に示す収容部２ｄの断面図である。図１０３では、拭き取りアーム４が収納位置のときのアーム軸を通る平面での断面図（水・洗浄液の供給経路の記載は省略）を示している。図１０３に示すように、拭き取りアーム４は、収納位置において、下方向に傾いている。押し当て部４ａは、最高位置（拭き取り位置）で、水平となるように、収納位置では、傾いている。拭き取りアーム４は、途中で屈曲している。押し当て部４ａは、底面がお椀状にくり抜かれており、その中心部付近で拭き取りアーム４の先端と接合している。このような構造で、原点位置での洗浄時、シャワーヘッド２３ｄからの水は、アームにほとんどかからなくなる。このような拭き取りアーム４、押し当て部４ａ、収納部２ｄの構造は、あくまでも一例に過ぎず、水が拭き取りアーム駆動部３に浸入しないように、適宜、適切な形状に設計され、最適化されるとよい。押し当て部４ａをねじ式とし、押し当て部４ａを点対称な形状とすれば、押し当て部４ａが緩んだとしても、向き違いは生じない。押し当て部４ａは、個人差や好みに応じて、交換可能である。 103 is a cross-sectional view of the accommodating portion 2d shown in FIGS. 101 and 102. FIG. FIG. 103 shows a cross-sectional view in a plane passing through the arm axis when the wiping arm 4 is in the storage position (the description of the water / cleaning liquid supply path is omitted). As shown in FIG. 103, the wiping arm 4 is inclined downward in the storage position. The pressing portion 4a is inclined at the storage position so as to be horizontal at the highest position (wiping position). The wiping arm 4 is bent halfway. The pressing portion 4a has a bottom surface cut out in a bowl shape, and is joined to the tip of the wiping arm 4 in the vicinity of the center portion thereof. With such a structure, water from the shower head 23d is hardly applied to the arm during cleaning at the origin position. The structure of the wiping arm 4, the pressing unit 4a, and the storage unit 2d is merely an example, and is appropriately designed and optimized appropriately so that water does not enter the wiping arm driving unit 3. Good. If the pressing portion 4a is a screw type and the pressing portion 4a has a point-symmetric shape, even if the pressing portion 4a is loosened, there is no difference in direction. The pressing unit 4a can be exchanged according to individual differences and preferences.
　図１０４は、拭き取りアームが最高位置のときのアーム軸を通る平面での断面図である。拭き取りアーム４が最高位置まで傾くと、押し当て部４ａが水平となる。このとき、仮に、拭き取りアーム４に水分が付いていたとしても、防御壁２２ｃがあるので、水分は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３にまで落ちることはない。押し当て部４ａの洗浄後、押し当て部４ａが乾くまでの間に次の拭き取りが行われたとしても、押し当て部４ａに多少の水滴が付いていたところで、押し当て部４ａは消毒・洗浄後であり、残っている水滴は清潔な水滴である。また、押し当て部４ａは、紙を下から押し上げるので、残っていた水滴は、紙の下側に付くだけであり、直接肛門に付着するわけでもない。したがって、多少水滴が残っていたとしても、衛生面では問題がない。また、紙を持ち上げる際に、紙が落ちないように、意図的に、押し当て部４ａに少し水滴を付けておくという方法も可能である。 FIG. 104 is a cross-sectional view in a plane passing through the arm axis when the wiping arm is at the highest position. When the wiping arm 4 is tilted to the highest position, the pressing portion 4a becomes horizontal. At this time, even if moisture is attached to the wiping arm 4, the moisture does not fall down to the wiping arm drive unit 3 because the defense wall 22 c is present. Even if the next wiping is performed after the pressing portion 4a is cleaned until the pressing portion 4a dries, the pressing portion 4a is disinfected and cleaned when some water droplets are attached to the pressing portion 4a. Later, the remaining water droplets are clean water droplets. Further, since the pressing unit 4a pushes up the paper from below, the remaining water droplets only attach to the lower side of the paper and do not directly adhere to the anus. Therefore, even if some water droplets remain, there is no problem in terms of hygiene. In addition, it is possible to intentionally add a little water drop to the pressing portion 4a so that the paper does not fall when the paper is lifted.
　図１０５は、給紙部１７及びその収容部２ｂを示す斜視図である。給紙部１７を収納するための収納部２ｃにおいて、紙載せガイド用開口１７ｌを、図１０５に示すように直線的な平面形状にしておけば、開閉部の構造を簡易なものとすることができる。なお、紙載せガイド１７ｃの衛生面が気になる場合は、消毒液を紙載せガイド１７ｃに吹き付ける手段を設けていてもよい。紙載せガイド１７ｃが消毒液自体に浸かるようにしてもよい。 FIG. 105 is a perspective view showing the paper feed unit 17 and its storage unit 2b. If the paper loading guide opening 17l in the storage portion 2c for storing the paper supply portion 17 has a linear planar shape as shown in FIG. 105, the structure of the opening / closing portion can be simplified. it can. When the sanitary aspect of the paper loading guide 17c is a concern, a means for spraying a disinfectant solution onto the paper loading guide 17c may be provided. The paper loading guide 17c may be immersed in the disinfecting liquid itself.
（第１１の実施形態）
　図１０６Ａは、第１１の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を示す図であり、（ａ）が平面図、（ｂ）が正面図、（ｃ）が規制棒部２４の左側面図である。図１０６Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。なお、第１１の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の動作は、第１０の実施形態の説明で用いた図７６Ｃを援用して説明する。移動遷移が分かるように、拭き取りアーム４を複数記載しているが、拭き取りアーム４は、実際は、１つである。 (Eleventh embodiment)
FIG. 106A is a diagram showing the structure of the heel wiping device 1 according to the eleventh embodiment, in which (a) is a plan view, (b) is a front view, and (c) is a left side view of the regulating rod portion 24. is there. FIG. 106B is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the heel wiping device 1. In addition, operation | movement of the buttock wiping apparatus 1 which concerns on 11th Embodiment is demonstrated using FIG. 76C used by description of 10th Embodiment. Although a plurality of wiping arms 4 are described so that the movement transition can be understood, the number of wiping arms 4 is actually one.
　まず、第１１の実施形態における給紙部１７の機構及び動作を説明する。給紙部１７では、給紙用モータ２１ａの回転を、電磁クラッチ２１ｂ，２１ｃに、ベルト２１ｆを介して伝達する機構となっている。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、レール駆動輪２１ｊの回転によって、前後する機構となっている。たとえば、紙載せガイド１７ｃの裏面をラックにし、レール駆動輪２１ｊをピニオンにしておけばよい。レール駆動輪２１ｊは、回転軸を介して、プーリー２１ｈに連結している。プーリー２１ｈは、ベルト２１ｉによって、プーリー２１ｇにつながっている。プーリー２１ｇは、電磁クラッチ２１ｃに、軸を介して連結している。したがって、電磁クラッチ２１ｃがオンのときに、給紙用モータ２１ａが回転すれば、プーリー２１ｇが回転し、ベルト２１ｉが回転し、プーリー２１ｈが回転し、レール駆動輪２１ｊが回転して、紙載せガイド１７ｃが前進（又は後進）することとなる。電磁クラッチ２１ｂは、軸を介して、紙送りローラ１７ｂに連結している。電磁クラッチ２１ｂがオンのときに、給紙用モータ２１ａが回転すれば、紙送りローラ１７ｂが回転する。 First, the mechanism and operation of the paper feeding unit 17 in the eleventh embodiment will be described. The paper feeding unit 17 has a mechanism for transmitting the rotation of the paper feeding motor 21a to the electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c via the belt 21f. The paper loading guide 17c is a mechanism that moves back and forth by the rotation of the rail drive wheel 21j. For example, the back surface of the paper loading guide 17c may be a rack and the rail driving wheel 21j may be a pinion. The rail driving wheel 21j is connected to the pulley 21h via a rotating shaft. The pulley 21h is connected to the pulley 21g by a belt 21i. The pulley 21g is connected to the electromagnetic clutch 21c via a shaft. Accordingly, if the sheet feeding motor 21a rotates while the electromagnetic clutch 21c is on, the pulley 21g rotates, the belt 21i rotates, the pulley 21h rotates, and the rail drive wheel 21j rotates, and the paper is loaded. The guide 17c moves forward (or reverse). The electromagnetic clutch 21b is connected to the paper feed roller 17b via a shaft. If the sheet feeding motor 21a rotates while the electromagnetic clutch 21b is on, the sheet feed roller 17b rotates.
　紙挿入口１７ａに専用紙１１ｂが挿入されると、紙供給センサ１７ｇが検知して、制御部１３が電磁クラッチ２１ｂをオンにし、電磁クラッチ２１ｃをオフにして、専用紙１１ｂが送り出される。紙送出センサ１７ｈが専用紙１１ｂの送出を検知し終えたら、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ２１ｃをオンにして、紙載せガイド１７ｃを前進させる。紙載せガイド１７ｃには、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉが設けられており、紙が適正に載置されているか否かを検知できるようになっている。このような検知方法は、第８の実施形態で示したものと同じである。 When the special paper 11b is inserted into the paper insertion port 17a, the paper supply sensor 17g detects it, and the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 21b, turns off the electromagnetic clutch 21c, and the special paper 11b is sent out. When the paper delivery sensor 17h finishes detecting the delivery of the special paper 11b, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 21c and advances the paper loading guide 17c. The paper placement guide 17c is provided with a paper placement guide sensor 17i so that it can be detected whether or not the paper is properly placed. Such a detection method is the same as that shown in the eighth embodiment.
　次に、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構及び動作を説明する。拭き取りアーム駆動部３には、露出兼上下用モータ１８が設けられており、図１０６Ａで図示を省略しているが、ねじ軸２４ｇを回転せることができるように、設けられている。また、拭き取りアーム駆動部３には、規制棒用モータ２５が設けられており、図１０６Ａで図示を省略しているが、レール上の規制棒駆動部２４ｃ，２４ｄを移動板２４ｅが摺動できるように設けられている。移動板２４ｅには、規制棒部２４が固定されている。規制棒部２４の上部は、補高部２に摺動可能に取り付けられており、移動板２４ｅの摺動に合わせて、規制棒部２４も摺動可能となっている。規制棒部２４は、長さの異なる二本の規制棒２４ａと２４ｂとからなる。二本の規制棒部２４ａと２４ｂとの間は、拭き取りアーム４が上昇した際に挿入可能な程度の間隙となっている。規制棒２４ａは、補高部２の上下に連続的に設けられている。一方、規制棒部２４ｂは、下部が空いており、短くなっている。露出・上昇時、二本の規制棒部２４ａと２４ｂとの間に、拭き取りアーム４が挿入されて、上昇する。 Next, the mechanism and operation of the wiping arm drive unit 3 will be described. The wiping arm driving unit 3 is provided with an exposure / up / down motor 18, which is omitted in FIG. 106A, but provided so that the screw shaft 24g can be rotated. The wiping arm drive unit 3 is provided with a regulating rod motor 25, which is not shown in FIG. 106A, but the movable plate 24e can slide on the regulating rod drive units 24c and 24d on the rail. It is provided as follows. A regulating bar portion 24 is fixed to the moving plate 24e. The upper portion of the restriction rod portion 24 is slidably attached to the elevation portion 2, and the restriction rod portion 24 is also slidable in accordance with the sliding of the moving plate 24e. The restriction rod portion 24 is composed of two restriction rods 24a and 24b having different lengths. Between the two regulating rod portions 24a and 24b, there is a gap that can be inserted when the wiping arm 4 is raised. The restriction rod 24 a is continuously provided above and below the elevation part 2. On the other hand, the lower part of the restriction rod portion 24b is vacant and is shorter. At the time of exposure / raising, the wiping arm 4 is inserted between the two restricting rod portions 24a and 24b and is lifted.
　モータ検出部１８ａは、露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転数等を検出できるように設けられている。モータ検出部２５ａは、規制棒用モータ２５の回転数等を検出できるように設けられている。モータ検出部１８ａ，２５ａの具体例は、第１の実施形態で説明したモータ検出部８ａと同様である。 The motor detection unit 18a is provided so as to detect the number of rotations of the exposure / up / down motor 18 and the like. The motor detection unit 25a is provided so as to be able to detect the rotational speed of the regulation rod motor 25 and the like. Specific examples of the motor detection units 18a and 25a are the same as those of the motor detection unit 8a described in the first embodiment.
　拭き取りアーム４は、収納位置では、最も低い位置に位置している。拭き取りアーム４の根元には、アーム連結部２４ｆが固定されている。アーム連結部２４ｆは、ねじ軸２４ｇに貫入されている。図１０６Ａ（ｃ）に示すように、規制棒２４ｂの下部は開いている。専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置すると、制御部１３は、露出兼上下用モータ１８を回転させて（図７６ＣのＳ５００）、拭き取りアーム４を露出させる。露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転によって、ねじ軸２４ｇが回転し、拭き取りアーム４が露出する。その際、拭き取りアーム４は、規制棒２４ｂの下部をすり抜けて、規制棒２４ａに当接することとなる（図１０６Ａ（ｂ）・（ｃ）に図示する下側の拭き取りアーム４の状態）。拭き取りアーム４が露出して、記載棒２４ａに当接した位置に達したか否かは、モータ検出部１８ａによって、検出される（図７６ＣのＳ５０１）。 The wiping arm 4 is located at the lowest position in the storage position. An arm connecting portion 24 f is fixed to the base of the wiping arm 4. The arm connecting portion 24f is inserted into the screw shaft 24g. As shown in FIG. 106A (c), the lower portion of the regulating rod 24b is open. When the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c, the control unit 13 rotates the exposure and vertical motor 18 (S500 in FIG. 76C) to expose the wiping arm 4. The screw shaft 24g is rotated by the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18, and the wiping arm 4 is exposed. At that time, the wiping arm 4 passes through the lower portion of the regulating rod 24b and comes into contact with the regulating rod 24a (the state of the lower wiping arm 4 shown in FIGS. 106A (b) and 106 (c)). Whether or not the wiping arm 4 is exposed and has reached the position in contact with the description rod 24a is detected by the motor detection unit 18a (S501 in FIG. 76C).
　露出兼上下用モータ１８が回転を続けると、拭き取りアーム４が上昇する（同図のＳ５０２、図１０６Ａ（ｂ）・（ｃ）に図示する上側の拭き取りアーム４の状態）。モータ検出部１８ａによって、最大の高さ位置に達したか否かが検出される（図７６ＣのＳ５０３）。その後、拭き取り動作に進む。最大高さに押し当て部４ａが達した状態で、専用紙１１ｂが臀部に当接していることとなるので、それだけで、水分等はほぼ拭き取られる。好みにより、肛門付近で押し当て部４ａを前後させたければ、規制棒用モータ２５を制御部１３に作動させる。規制棒用モータ２５を作動させると、移動板２４ｅが制御棒駆動部２４ｃ，２４ｄを摺動する。移動板２４ｅには、規制棒２４ａ及び２４ｂが固定されている。よって、移動板２４ｅが摺動すれば、規制棒２４ａ及び２４ｂも摺動する。規制棒２４ａ及び２４ｂの摺動に合わせて、拭き取りアーム４がねじ軸２４ｇを中心に角運動するので、押し当て部４ａが肛門付近で前後することとなる。このようにして拭き取り動作が実行される。 When the exposure / up / down motor 18 continues to rotate, the wiping arm 4 rises (the state of the upper wiping arm 4 shown in S502 of FIG. 106, FIGS. 106A (b) and (c)). The motor detection unit 18a detects whether or not the maximum height position has been reached (S503 in FIG. 76C). Thereafter, the process proceeds to a wiping operation. Since the dedicated paper 11b is in contact with the collar portion with the pressing portion 4a reaching the maximum height, moisture and the like are almost wiped off. If it is desired to move the pressing portion 4 a back and forth near the anus, the control rod motor 25 is operated by the control portion 13. When the restriction rod motor 25 is operated, the moving plate 24e slides on the control rod drive portions 24c and 24d. Restricting rods 24a and 24b are fixed to the moving plate 24e. Therefore, if the moving plate 24e slides, the regulation rods 24a and 24b slide. Since the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved around the screw shaft 24g in accordance with the sliding of the regulating rods 24a and 24b, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth in the vicinity of the anus. In this way, the wiping operation is executed.
　拭き取りが完了したら、露出兼上下用モータ１８が逆回転する。露出兼上下用モータ１８の回転によって、ねじ軸２４ｇが回転し、アーム連結部２４ｆが下がって、合わせて、拭き取りアーム４も下がっていく（図７６ＣのＳ５０５）。拭き取りアーム４が下がると、規制棒２４ｂの下端まで達し、その後、規制棒２４ｂの下端の開いている部分をすり抜けて、拭き取りアーム４が収納位置に戻る（同図のＳ５０６，Ｓ５０７）。 When wiping is completed, the exposure / up / down motor 18 rotates in the reverse direction. The screw shaft 24g is rotated by the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 18, the arm connecting portion 24f is lowered, and the wiping arm 4 is also lowered (S505 in FIG. 76C). When the wiping arm 4 is lowered, the wiping arm 4 reaches the lower end of the regulating rod 24b, and then passes through the open portion of the lower end of the regulating rod 24b, so that the wiping arm 4 returns to the storage position (S506 and S507 in the figure).
　このように、第１１の実施形態に示す構造によっても、拭き取りアーム４を露出、上下、前後させることが可能である。 Thus, even with the structure shown in the eleventh embodiment, the wiping arm 4 can be exposed, moved up and down, and back and forth.
　なお、第１１の実施形態では、拭き取りアーム４を屈曲させているが、屈曲の位置２６を回動可能にすれば、補高部２の高さを変えることができる。図１０７は、拭き取りアーム４の屈曲の位置２６を回動可能にしたときの図を示す。図１０６Ａでは、拭き取りアーム４の屈曲位置２６は、拭き取りアーム４が露出した際の補高部２の端部あたりであったが、図１０７では、屈曲位置２６を回動可能にしてある。このようにすることで、屈曲位置２６で露出時に水平にする機構を備えれば、補高部２の高さを低くすることが可能である。電動式で屈曲する方法としては、たとえば、揺動タイプの電磁ソレノイドを屈曲位置２６に設けて、一定角度屈曲させる方法などが考えられるが、特に限定されない。 In the eleventh embodiment, the wiping arm 4 is bent. However, if the bending position 26 is made to be rotatable, the height of the elevation part 2 can be changed. FIG. 107 shows a view when the bending position 26 of the wiping arm 4 is made rotatable. In FIG. 106A, the bending position 26 of the wiping arm 4 is around the end of the elevation 2 when the wiping arm 4 is exposed, but in FIG. 107, the bending position 26 is rotatable. By doing in this way, if the mechanism which makes it horizontal at the time of exposure at the bending position 26 is provided, it is possible to make the height of the elevation part 2 low. As an electric bending method, for example, a method of providing a rocking type electromagnetic solenoid at the bending position 26 and bending it at a certain angle can be considered, but it is not particularly limited.
　なお、掃除モードが指定されたときに、拭き取りアーム４が、図１０６Ａ（ａ）上、さらに右側に移動して、押し当て部４ａが補高部２の外に露出するようにすれば、押し当て部４ａを洗浄、消毒等することが可能である。 When the cleaning mode is designated, if the wiping arm 4 moves further to the right in FIG. 106A (a) so that the pressing portion 4a is exposed to the outside of the elevation portion 2, the pressing arm 4 is pushed. It is possible to wash, disinfect, etc. the contact part 4a.
　図１０８は、上記第１１の実施形態で用いた露出兼上下用モータ１８を、上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９に変更した場合の構造を示す図である。図１０８（ａ）は、平面図であり、同図（ｂ）は、正面図である。上下用モータ８が回転台８ｅ（たとえば、スラストニードルベアリングなど）の上に固定されている。回転台８ｅは、露出用モータ９の回転によって、回転する。上下用モータ８の回転軸には、拭き取りアーム４の根元が固定されている。露出用モータ９が回転すると、上下用モータ８が回転し、拭き取りアーム４が便器側に露出することとなる。露出後、同図（ｂ）に示すように、上下用モータ８の回転軸を回転させて、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａを上昇させることとなる。上下用モータ８の回転に合わせて、拭き取りアーム４を上下させることができる。押し当て部４ａが上昇してから、露出用モータ９を反復回転させると、押し当て部４ａを前後させることができる。このようにして、臀部の拭き取りを確実に行うことが可能となる。 FIG. 108 is a diagram showing a structure when the exposure and vertical motor 18 used in the eleventh embodiment is changed to a vertical motor 8 and an exposure motor 9. FIG. 108 (a) is a plan view, and FIG. 108 (b) is a front view. A vertical motor 8 is fixed on a turntable 8e (for example, a thrust needle bearing). The turntable 8e is rotated by the rotation of the exposure motor 9. The root of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8. When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the vertical motor 8 rotates and the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the toilet bowl side. After the exposure, as shown in FIG. 5B, the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8 is rotated to raise the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4. The wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down in accordance with the rotation of the vertical motor 8. When the exposure motor 9 is repeatedly rotated after the pressing portion 4a is raised, the pressing portion 4a can be moved back and forth. In this way, it is possible to reliably wipe off the buttock.
　なお、第２の方式の拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構は、第１の方式に流用可能である。すなわち、第２の方式で使用した拭き取りアーム駆動部３を第１の方式に用いる場合、押し当て部４ａに紙を手又は給紙部で載せて、その後、押し当て部４ａが紙を載せたまま移動して、肛門を拭き取ってもよいことは、言うまでもない。 Note that the mechanism of the wiping arm drive unit 3 of the second method can be used for the first method. That is, when the wiping arm driving unit 3 used in the second method is used in the first method, the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a by hand or a paper feeding unit, and then the pressing unit 4a places the paper. It goes without saying that you can move and wipe the anus.
（消毒・洗浄についての実施形態）
　消毒及び洗浄についての実施形態を説明する。図１０９は、水道水の水圧を利用して消毒又は洗浄液を噴出する場合の系統を示すブロック図である。図１０９に示す構造例としては、すでに、図９８にて押し当て部４ａの洗浄については、説明してある。すなわち、電磁弁２３ａによって、水道水をそのまま、噴出部（シャワーヘッド等）２３ｄから押し当て部４ａに噴出するか、若しくは、タンク２３ｆ内の消毒液又は洗浄液を希釈して噴出部（シャワーヘッド等）２３ｄから押し当て部４ａに噴出するかを切り替えることができるようになっている。また、紙載せガイド１７ｃを洗浄、消毒等する場合も同様に、電磁弁２３ａによって切り替え、水道水をそのまま、噴出部（シャワーヘッド等）２３ｊから紙載せガイド１７ｃに噴出するか、若しくは、タンク２３ｆ内の消毒液又は洗浄液を希釈して噴出部（シャワーヘッド等）２３ｊから紙載せガイド１７ｃに噴出するかを切り替えることができるようになっている。 (Embodiment for disinfection and cleaning)
An embodiment for disinfection and cleaning will be described. FIG. 109 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting or jetting cleaning liquid using tap water pressure. As the structural example shown in FIG. 109, the cleaning of the pressing portion 4a has already been described in FIG. That is, tap water is directly ejected from the ejection part (shower head or the like) 23d to the pressing part 4a by the electromagnetic valve 23a, or the disinfecting liquid or the cleaning liquid in the tank 23f is diluted to form the ejection part (shower head or the like). ) It is possible to switch whether to eject from 23d to the pressing portion 4a. Similarly, when cleaning or disinfecting the paper loading guide 17c, switching is performed by the electromagnetic valve 23a, and tap water is directly ejected from the ejection part (shower head or the like) 23j to the paper loading guide 17c, or the tank 23f. It is possible to switch whether the disinfecting solution or the cleaning solution is diluted and ejected from the ejection part (shower head or the like) 23j to the paper loading guide 17c.
　図１１０は、駆動部を用いて消毒又は洗浄液を噴出する場合の系統を示すブロック図である。図１１０では、図１０９と異なり、タンク２３ｆ内の消毒又は洗浄液をポンプ２３ｋで汲み上げて、噴出部２３ｄ又は２３ｊに送る構造としている。ポンプ２３ｋを駆動するための動力としては、単独でモータ等の動力源を用いてもよいが、たとえば、拭き取りアーム４や紙載せガイド１７ｃを駆動するためのモータとポンプを電磁クラッチで接続し、モータを共有化することも可能である。このように、消毒又は洗浄液を噴出する機構は、種々考えられる。 FIG. 110 is a block diagram showing a system in the case of disinfecting or jetting cleaning liquid using the drive unit. In FIG. 110, unlike FIG. 109, disinfection or cleaning liquid in the tank 23f is pumped up by the pump 23k and sent to the ejection part 23d or 23j. As the power for driving the pump 23k, a power source such as a motor may be used alone. It is also possible to share the motor. As described above, various mechanisms for ejecting the disinfecting or cleaning liquid are conceivable.
　なお、噴出部２３ｄ，２３ｊは、周知のあらゆる手段を利用可能である。たとえば、消毒・洗浄液の噴出部は、霧状に噴出できるようなノズルとし、水道水の噴出部は、シャワーヘッドのように、広範囲に水を噴出できるものであるとよい。 In addition, all the well-known means can be utilized for the ejection parts 23d and 23j. For example, the disinfecting / cleaning liquid ejecting section may be a nozzle that can be ejected in a mist form, and the tap water ejecting section may be capable of ejecting water over a wide range, such as a shower head.
　図１１１は、図１１０のブロック図に示す系統を用いた機構を示す斜視図である。なお、図１１１では、紙載せガイド１７ｃを水洗浄する配管を省略している。洗浄液は、ポンプ２３ｋで吸い上げられる。ポンプ２３ｋは、たとえば、渦巻ポンプである。渦巻ポンプを使用する場合は、インペラーは、オイルシールでシールされて、モータの軸と連結されている。その他、マグネットポンプでもよい。ポンプの種類は特に限定されない。ポンプ２３ｋで吸い上げられた消毒液は、消毒液用管を通って、押し当て部４ａ近くのノズル２３ｄ、又は、紙載せガイド近くのノズル２３ｊから噴出される。ノズルの形状を最適化すれば、押し当て部４ａや紙載せガイドに万遍なく消毒液を噴射できる。押し当て部４ａは、水用管から供給される水で、丸洗いできる。消毒液タンク２３ｆの消毒液をくみ上げる程度でよく、消毒液用管は、ほぼ水平であるので、モータは、簡易なＤＣモータで安価に実現可能である。消毒液の種類については、押し当て部４ａや紙載せガイド１７ｃは、臀部を拭き取った手と同じ程度に汚れていると考えるのであれば、ベンザルコニウム塩化物などの安価な消毒液でよいが、消毒液の種類は限定されない。 FIG. 111 is a perspective view showing a mechanism using the system shown in the block diagram of FIG. In FIG. 111, piping for washing the paper loading guide 17c with water is omitted. The cleaning liquid is sucked up by the pump 23k. The pump 23k is, for example, a spiral pump. When a centrifugal pump is used, the impeller is sealed with an oil seal and connected to the motor shaft. In addition, a magnet pump may be used. The type of pump is not particularly limited. The disinfecting liquid sucked up by the pump 23k is ejected from the nozzle 23d near the pressing portion 4a or the nozzle 23j near the paper loading guide through the disinfecting liquid pipe. If the shape of the nozzle is optimized, the disinfectant can be uniformly sprayed onto the pressing portion 4a and the paper loading guide. The pressing part 4a can be washed with water supplied from a water pipe. It is sufficient that the disinfecting liquid in the disinfecting liquid tank 23f is pumped up, and the disinfecting liquid pipe is substantially horizontal, so that the motor can be realized with a simple DC motor at low cost. As for the type of the disinfectant, if it is considered that the pressing unit 4a and the paper loading guide 17c are as dirty as the hand that wiped off the buttock, an inexpensive disinfectant such as benzalkonium chloride may be used. The type of disinfectant is not limited.
（専用紙１１ｂについて）
　図１１２は、紙載せガイド１７ｃに使用する専用紙１１ｂの例を示す図である。同図（ａ）には、複数枚のトイレットペーパーを折りたたみ、各辺１１ｇ（斜線を引いた箇所）を接合した専用紙１１ｂを示している。接合は、圧着や接着剤による接着、水溶性の縫い糸による縫合、エンボス加工など、どのような接合方法であってもよい。同図（ｂ）に示すように、折りたたみ方によっては、折りたたまれている辺は接合しなくてもよくなる。また、同図（ｃ）に示すように、重ねられた紙がばらばらにならなければよいので、２辺だけを接合してもよい。圧着する場合、たとえば、凹凸を有する型を上下からプレスしたり、エンボスローラのように挟み込むようにしたりして実現できる。紙の撓みを少なくしたければ、別途、厚みのある水溶性用紙を最下面に配置したり、紙の中間に配置したりして接合してもよい。なお、ここに示した専用紙１１ｂの構造は一例に過ぎない。ここでは、トイレットペーパーを折り畳んだこととしているが、複数のトイレットペーパーを重ねて接合してもよい。トムソン型などで、接合したトイレットペーパーを切断してもよいし、その他の切断装置で、切断してもよい。 (About special paper 11b)
FIG. 112 is a diagram illustrating an example of the dedicated paper 11b used for the paper loading guide 17c. FIG. 4A shows a dedicated paper 11b in which a plurality of toilet papers are folded and the respective sides 11g (the hatched portions) are joined. The joining may be any joining method such as pressure bonding, adhesion with an adhesive, sewing with a water-soluble sewing thread, or embossing. As shown in FIG. 5B, depending on the folding method, the folded sides may not be joined. Further, as shown in FIG. 5C, since the stacked papers do not have to be separated, only two sides may be joined. In the case of pressure bonding, for example, it can be realized by pressing a mold having projections and depressions from above and below or sandwiching it like an embossing roller. If it is desired to reduce the bending of the paper, a thick water-soluble paper may be separately disposed on the lowermost surface or may be disposed in the middle of the paper to be joined. The structure of the special paper 11b shown here is only an example. Here, the toilet paper is folded, but a plurality of toilet papers may be stacked and joined. The joined toilet paper may be cut with a Thomson type or may be cut with another cutting device.
（第１２の実施形態）
　図１１３は、第１２の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を示す図である。同図（ａ）は平面図、（ｂ）は正面図、（ｃ）は拭き取りアーム４部分の平面図（露出時：但し右に９０度回転）、（ｄ）は右側面図、（ｅ）はリンク機構の概略図である。露出用モータ９の回転軸には、かさ歯車２７ｂが取り付けられている。回転台８ｅは、軸受２７ｄ，２７ｅによって中心軸２７ｇで回転可能に取り付けられている。中心軸２７ｇには、かさ歯車２７ａが取り付けられている。回転台８ｅは、一辺がＬ字状に折れ曲がっており、Ｌ字状に折れ曲がった部分に、上下用モータ８を固定している。かさ歯車２７ａとかさ歯車２７ｂとは噛み合っている。露出用モータ９の回転軸が回転すると、かさ歯車２７ｂが回転し、合わせて、かさ歯車２７ａが回転して、回転台８ｅが回転する。結果、中心軸２７ｇを中心に、上下用モータ８が角運動して回転する。上下用モータ８の回転軸には、リンク機構２７ｅ（詳しくは図１１５にて説明）を介して、拭き取りアーム４が取り付けられているので、回転台８ｅの回転に合わせて、拭き取りアーム４が露出することとなる。拭き取りアーム４と上下用モータ８の回転軸とは、リンク機構２７ｅによって連結されている。そのため、同図（ｅ）に示すように、拭き取りアーム４が上昇する際、押し当て部４ａの頂点位置がまっすぐ上昇するようにすることができる。まっすぐ上昇すれば、肛門の高さ位置の個人差が生じたとしても、押し当て部４ａの頂点位置が左右にずれないので、拭き取り感が向上する。 (Twelfth embodiment)
FIG. 113 is a diagram illustrating a structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the twelfth embodiment. (A) is a plan view, (b) is a front view, (c) is a plan view of the wiping arm 4 part (when exposed: rotated 90 degrees to the right), (d) is a right side view, (e) FIG. 3 is a schematic view of a link mechanism. A bevel gear 27 b is attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. The turntable 8e is rotatably attached to the central shaft 27g by bearings 27d and 27e. A bevel gear 27a is attached to the central shaft 27g. The turntable 8e is bent in an L shape on one side, and the vertical motor 8 is fixed to the bent portion in the L shape. The bevel gear 27a and the bevel gear 27b are meshed with each other. When the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 is rotated, the bevel gear 27b is rotated. In addition, the bevel gear 27a is rotated and the turntable 8e is rotated. As a result, the vertical motor 8 is rotated by rotating around the central shaft 27g. Since the wiping arm 4 is attached to the rotating shaft of the vertical motor 8 via a link mechanism 27e (details will be described with reference to FIG. 115), the wiping arm 4 is exposed in accordance with the rotation of the turntable 8e. Will be. The wiping arm 4 and the rotary shaft of the up / down motor 8 are connected by a link mechanism 27e. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 5E, when the wiping arm 4 is raised, the apex position of the pressing portion 4a can be raised straight. If it rises straight, even if an individual difference in the height position of the anus occurs, the apex position of the pressing portion 4a does not shift to the left and right, so that the wiping feeling is improved.
　図１１４は、ギヤボックスを用いた場合の臀部拭き取り装置１の構造を示す図である。同図（ａ）は平面図、（ｂ）は正面図、（ｃ）は拭き取りアーム４部分の平面図（露出時：但し右に９０度回転）、（ｄ）は右側面図、（ｅ）はリンク機構の概略図である。図１１４に示す臀部拭き取り装置１では、露出用モータ９の回転軸の回転を、ギヤボックス２８を用いて、減速して、ベルトなどの伝達手段２８ａによって、回転台８ｅの中心軸２７ｇに伝達する。中心軸２７ｇを回転させたあとの動作は、図１１３と同様である。このように、ギヤボックスを用いて、露出用モータ９の回転を上下用モータ８に伝達してもよい。 FIG. 114 is a diagram showing the structure of the buttock wiping device 1 when a gear box is used. (A) is a plan view, (b) is a front view, (c) is a plan view of the wiping arm 4 part (when exposed: rotated 90 degrees to the right), (d) is a right side view, (e) FIG. 3 is a schematic view of a link mechanism. In the buttock wiping device 1 shown in FIG. 114, the rotation of the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 is decelerated using the gear box 28 and transmitted to the central shaft 27g of the turntable 8e by the transmission means 28a such as a belt. . The operation after rotating the central shaft 27g is the same as in FIG. Thus, the rotation of the exposure motor 9 may be transmitted to the vertical motor 8 using a gear box.
　図１１５は、拭き取りアーム４と上下用モータ８の回転軸２９ａとの連結部分で用いられているリンク機構２７ｅを詳しく説明するための図である。図１１５を用いて、拭き取りアーム４の露出時の上下動作を詳しく説明する。回転軸２９ａと拭き取りアーム４とは、入れ子式の伸縮部２９ｂによって連結されている。回転軸２９ａに連結している拭き取りアーム４の部分は、入れ子の内側となっており、自由端２７ｆに連結している拭き取りアーム４の部分は、入れ子の外側となっている。伸縮部２９ｂによって、拭き取りアーム４は、根元部分で、伸縮可能となっている。自由端２７ｆがリンク機構２７ｅの軌道に応じて移動することで、伸縮部２９ｂが伸縮することとなる。 FIG. 115 is a diagram for explaining in detail the link mechanism 27e used at the connecting portion between the wiping arm 4 and the rotary shaft 29a of the vertical motor 8. 115, the vertical movement when the wiping arm 4 is exposed will be described in detail. The rotating shaft 29a and the wiping arm 4 are connected to each other by a telescopic expansion / contraction part 29b. The portion of the wiping arm 4 connected to the rotating shaft 29a is inside the nesting, and the portion of the wiping arm 4 connected to the free end 27f is outside the nesting. The wiping arm 4 can be expanded and contracted at the root portion by the expansion and contraction portion 29b. The free end 27f moves according to the trajectory of the link mechanism 27e, so that the expansion / contraction part 29b expands / contracts.
　同図（ａ）は、押し当て部４ａが最上位置に達したときの正面図である。同図（ｂ）～（ｅ）は、（ａ）から徐々に、押し当て部４ａが下がっていく様子を示している。上下用モータ８の回転軸２９ａが回転すると、自由端２７ｆがリンク機構２７ｅの溝に沿って上方に移動するのに合わせて、伸縮部が伸びていく。これにより、押し当て部４ａの頂点２９が紙面上左右にぶれることなく、そのまま上昇する。（ａ）のように、最上位置に達すると、自由端２７ｆがリンク機構２７ｅに設けられている溝の上端に当接する。このとき、伸縮部２９ｂは最大に伸びていることとなるので、押し当て部４ａの頂点２９は、左右にぶれることなく上昇したこととなる。押し当て部４ａが下降するときは、逆に、伸縮部２９ｂが縮みながら、押し当て部４ａの頂点２９が左右にぶれることなくそのまま下降していく。押し当て部４ａは、ヒンジ機構２９ｃを介して、拭き取りアーム４と連結している。ヒンジ機構２９ｃは、拭き取りアーム４の一端に設けられたＴ字状の機構であり、押し当て部４ａの内部で揺動可能となっている。ヒンジ機構２９ｃによって、押し当て部４ａを水平に保つことができるようになっており、頂点部分を肛門付近に当接する際、押し当て部４ａを水平に当接させることができる。なお、左右にぶれないようにするための構成は、一例に過ぎず、また、ヒンジ機構２９ｃの構成も一例に過ぎず、本発明を限定する者ではない。 (A) of the figure is a front view when the pressing portion 4a reaches the uppermost position. (B) to (e) in the same figure show how the pressing portion 4a is gradually lowered from (a). When the rotary shaft 29a of the vertical motor 8 rotates, the telescopic portion extends as the free end 27f moves upward along the groove of the link mechanism 27e. As a result, the apex 29 of the pressing portion 4a rises as it is without shaking left and right on the paper surface. As shown in (a), when the uppermost position is reached, the free end 27f comes into contact with the upper end of the groove provided in the link mechanism 27e. At this time, since the expansion / contraction part 29b extends to the maximum, the apex 29 of the pressing part 4a has risen without shaking left and right. When the pressing portion 4a is lowered, conversely, the apex 29 of the pressing portion 4a is lowered as it is without moving left and right while the expandable portion 29b is contracted. The pressing portion 4a is connected to the wiping arm 4 through a hinge mechanism 29c. The hinge mechanism 29c is a T-shaped mechanism provided at one end of the wiping arm 4, and can swing within the pressing portion 4a. The pressing portion 4a can be kept horizontal by the hinge mechanism 29c, and when the apex portion is brought into contact with the vicinity of the anus, the pressing portion 4a can be brought into horizontal contact. In addition, the structure for preventing it from moving to right and left is only an example, and the structure of the hinge mechanism 29c is only an example, and is not intended to limit the present invention.
　このように第１２の実施形態によれば、かさ歯車やギヤボックスなど、技術的に信頼性の高い機構を用いて、拭き取りアーム４の駆動を可能にしている。また、リンク機構を用いて、押し当て部４ａの頂点が左右にぶれないようにできるので、肛門の高さに個人差があったとしても、肛門に頂点２９を当接させることができるので、拭き取り感が向上する。 Thus, according to the twelfth embodiment, the wiping arm 4 can be driven using a technically reliable mechanism such as a bevel gear or a gear box. In addition, the link mechanism can be used to prevent the apex of the pressing portion 4a from moving sideways, so even if there is an individual difference in the height of the anus, the apex 29 can be brought into contact with the anus. Improved wiping feeling.
　なお、温水洗浄する際に、適切な位置に、使用者が座っていると考えられるので、肛門の位置が、大幅にずれていないと考えられる。 In addition, since it is considered that the user is sitting at an appropriate position when washing with warm water, it is considered that the position of the anus is not significantly shifted.
（専用紙の自動給紙機構について）
　図１１６～図１２０を用いて、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙するための機構について説明する。ここで説明する機構は、第１の方式で用いた給紙部１４の紙投入口１４ａに取り付けるか、若しくは、第２の方式で用いた給紙部１７の紙挿入口１７ａに取り付けるかして利用可能である。ここでは、第２の方式で用いた給紙部１７の紙挿入口１７ａに取り付けるとして説明するが、第１の方式の場合も同様である。 (About the automatic paper feed mechanism for special paper)
A mechanism for automatically feeding the dedicated paper 11b will be described with reference to FIGS. The mechanism described here is attached to the paper insertion port 14a of the paper feeding unit 14 used in the first method, or attached to the paper insertion port 17a of the paper feeding unit 17 used in the second method. Is available. Here, the description will be made assuming that the paper is attached to the paper insertion port 17a of the paper feeding unit 17 used in the second method, but the same applies to the case of the first method.
　図１１６は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための縦置き構造を示す断面図である。紙ストッカー部３０には、専用紙１１ｂが積層されている。専用紙１１ｂ紙は、厚手の１枚の紙や複数の紙を重ねて接合した紙である。専用紙１１ｂの先頭部分の下部に、摩擦板３０ａが設けられている。摩擦板３０ａと送り出しローラ３０ｂとで積層された専用紙１１ｂを挟む。送り出しローラ３０ｂは図示しないモータ等で回転する。送り出しローラ３０ｂが回転すると、専用紙１１ｂと送り出しローラ３０ｂとの摩擦よりも、専用紙１１ｂ同士の摩擦の方が小さいため、一番上の専用紙１１ｂだけが送り出される。摩擦板３０ａがあることで、２枚目以降の専用紙１１ｂが前進するのが防止される。送り出された一番上の専用紙１１ｂが、紙送りローラ１７ｂに供給される。紙送りローラ１７ｂが回転して、一枚の専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃに供給される。このようにして自動で、専用紙１１ｂを紙載せガイド１７ｃに供給することができる。 FIG. 116 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertical installation structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper supply unit 17. In the paper stocker unit 30, the dedicated paper 11b is laminated. The dedicated paper 11b paper is a thick sheet of paper or a plurality of sheets that are joined together. A friction plate 30a is provided at the bottom of the leading portion of the special paper 11b. The dedicated paper 11b laminated by the friction plate 30a and the feed roller 30b is sandwiched. The feed roller 30b is rotated by a motor or the like (not shown). When the feed roller 30b rotates, the friction between the special papers 11b is smaller than the friction between the special paper 11b and the feed roller 30b, so that only the uppermost special paper 11b is sent out. The presence of the friction plate 30a prevents the second and subsequent dedicated paper 11b from moving forward. The top dedicated paper 11b sent out is supplied to the paper feed roller 17b. The paper feed roller 17b rotates and a sheet of dedicated paper 11b is supplied to the paper loading guide 17c. In this way, the dedicated paper 11b can be automatically supplied to the paper loading guide 17c.
　図１１７は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための斜め横置き構造を示す断面図である。図１１７のように、斜め横に紙ストッカー部３０を置いて、送り出しローラ３０ｂで専用紙１１ｂを一枚ずつ送り出してもよい。当然、紙ストッカー部３０を真横に水平に置いても、一枚ずつ専用紙１１ｂを送りだすことは可能である。その他、コピー機などで使われている紙分離機構・紙送り機構を、紙ストッカー部３０に採用してもよい。 FIG. 117 is a cross-sectional view showing an oblique horizontal structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. As shown in FIG. 117, the paper stocker unit 30 may be placed diagonally and the dedicated paper 11b may be sent out one by one by the feed roller 30b. Of course, even if the paper stocker unit 30 is placed horizontally beside it, it is possible to feed the dedicated paper 11b one by one. In addition, a paper separating mechanism / paper feeding mechanism used in a copying machine or the like may be employed in the paper stocker unit 30.
　図１１８及び図１１９は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための縦置き構造を示す断面図である。紙ストッカー部３０には、専用紙１１ｂが積層されている。紙ストッカー部３０の上下辺には、専用紙１１ｂを制止するための凸部である爪部３０ｃが設けられている。なお、爪部３０ｃの長さや大きさ、位置などは、適宜最適化される。掴み部３０ｆは、先端で専用紙１１ｂを挟むことができるハンドとなっている。ただし、専用紙１１ｂを掴むことができれば、特に限定されない。掴み部３０ｆは、駆動部３０ｄによって、ガイド３０ｅに沿って、紙面上左右動可能である。たとえば、駆動部３０ｅをモータとし、ガイド３０ｅをねじとして、ねじが回れば、掴み部３０ｆが左右できるようにしておくとよいが、紙側へ接近したり離れたりすることができれば、構造は限定されない。 118 and 119 are cross-sectional views showing a vertically placed structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper supply unit 17. FIG. In the paper stocker unit 30, the dedicated paper 11b is laminated. On the upper and lower sides of the paper stocker unit 30, claw portions 30 c that are convex portions for restraining the dedicated paper 11 b are provided. Note that the length, size, position, and the like of the claw portion 30c are optimized as appropriate. The grip portion 30f is a hand that can sandwich the dedicated paper 11b at the tip. However, there is no particular limitation as long as the dedicated paper 11b can be grasped. The grip portion 30f can be moved left and right on the paper surface along the guide 30e by the drive portion 30d. For example, the drive unit 30e is a motor, the guide 30e is a screw, and if the screw is turned, the grip 30f can be moved left and right. Not.
　紙ストッカー部３０から、専用紙１１ｂを一枚取り出す場合、掴み部３０ｆが紙側に接近するように駆動部３０ｄが駆動する。掴み部３０ｆの先端が専用紙１１ｂに接触すると、センサが反応したり、電流値が変化したりすることで、先端が専用紙１１ｂに接触したことが分かる。先端が専用紙１１ｂに接触すると、掴み部３０ｆは、専用紙１１ｂを掴むように、先端を閉じる。先端の形状を最適化しておけば、掴み部３０ｆは、１枚だけ紙を掴むことができる。専用紙１１ｂを掴むと、駆動部３０ｄは、掴み部３０ｆが逆に移動するように駆動する。これによって、図１１９のように一枚だけ専用紙１１ｂが、紙ストッカー部３０から取り出される。掴み部３０ｆが所定位置までくると、センサ等によって、掴みを解除する位置が分かる。図１１９のような位置まできたら、掴み部３０ｆは、掴みを解除する。そうすると、専用紙１１ｂが落下し、紙送りローラ１７ｂに専用紙１１ｂが供給される。その後、紙送りローラ１７ｂが回転して、紙載せガイド１７ｃに紙が供給される。 When taking out one sheet of the dedicated paper 11b from the paper stocker unit 30, the drive unit 30d is driven so that the grip unit 30f approaches the paper side. When the tip of the grip portion 30f comes into contact with the dedicated paper 11b, the sensor reacts or the current value changes, so that the tip is in contact with the special paper 11b. When the leading end comes into contact with the dedicated paper 11b, the grip portion 30f closes the leading end so as to grip the dedicated paper 11b. If the shape of the tip is optimized, the grip portion 30f can grip only one sheet. When the dedicated paper 11b is gripped, the drive unit 30d is driven so that the grip unit 30f moves in the reverse direction. Thereby, only one sheet 11b is taken out from the paper stocker unit 30 as shown in FIG. When the grip portion 30f reaches a predetermined position, the position where the grip is released is known by a sensor or the like. When the position shown in FIG. 119 is reached, the grip portion 30f releases the grip. Then, the special paper 11b falls and the special paper 11b is supplied to the paper feed roller 17b. Thereafter, the paper feed roller 17b rotates and the paper is supplied to the paper loading guide 17c.
　図１２０は、専用紙１１ｂを自動で給紙部１７に供給するための斜め横置き構造を示す断面図である。図１２０のように、斜め横に紙ストッカー部３０を置いて、掴み部３０ｆが専用紙１１ｂに近接、離接を行うように駆動して、専用紙１１ｂを一枚ずつ掴んでもよい。当然、紙ストッカー部３０を真横に水平に置いても、一枚ずつ専用紙１１ｂを送りだすことは可能である。掴み部３０ｆとしては、負圧で、専用紙１１ｂを吸うようにして１枚ずつとりだし、負圧を解除して専用紙１１ｂを１枚落として、紙送りローラ１７ｂに供給するようにしてもよい。その他、紙の送り出しローラ３０ｂと爪部３０ｃとを用いて紙を１枚ずつ取り出してもよい。 FIG. 120 is a cross-sectional view showing an oblique horizontal structure for automatically supplying the dedicated paper 11b to the paper feeding unit 17. As shown in FIG. 120, the paper stocker unit 30 may be placed diagonally and driven so that the gripping unit 30f approaches and separates from the dedicated paper 11b, and the dedicated paper 11b may be gripped one by one. Of course, even if the paper stocker unit 30 is placed horizontally beside it, it is possible to feed the dedicated paper 11b one by one. As the gripping portion 30f, it is possible to take out one sheet at a time by sucking the dedicated paper 11b with a negative pressure, release the negative pressure, drop one sheet of the dedicated paper 11b, and supply it to the paper feed roller 17b. . In addition, the paper may be taken out one by one using the paper feed roller 30b and the claw portion 30c.
（ポータブルトイレでの実施形態について）
　臀部拭き取り装置は、便器に用いられ、いわゆる室内で使用するポータブルトイレも便器であることに違いはないため、ポータブルトイレで使用する臀部拭き取り装置も本発明に含まれることは言うまでもない。 (About embodiment in portable toilet)
Since the buttocks wiping device is used for toilets, there is no doubt that a portable toilet used in a room is also a toilet, so it goes without saying that the buttocks wiping device used in a portable toilet is also included in the present invention.
　図１２１～図１２８では、拭き取り機能付きポータブルトイレ３１（以下、ポータブルトイレ３１）に使用する臀部拭き取り装置の一例を記載し、以下に説明を行うが、本明細書上で開示した臀部拭き取り装置のあらゆる構造がポータブルトイレにも利用できる。 121 to 128, an example of a buttock wiping device used for a portable toilet 31 with a wiping function (hereinafter referred to as portable toilet 31) is described and will be described below. Any structure can be used for portable toilets.
　まず、使用する用語を説明しておく。ポータブルトイレ機能とは、一般的なポータブルトイレのように、排泄物を容器等に収容しておき、排せつ後、室外に廃棄できる機能である。温水洗浄機能とは、排せつ後の臀部を水洗浄することができる機能である。水は、設置場所を選ばないためにも、水タンクから供給されることが多いが限定されない。拭き取り機能とは、水洗浄後の臀部の水分を紙で拭き取るための機能である。便座と便器との間隙に、補高部を設け、補高部に、拭き取りアーム及びその駆動部の全部又は一部を収容しておく。なお、補高部の代わりに、便座の厚さを厚くして、拭き取りアーム及び拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を便座に設けてもよい。拭き取りアームは、紙供給機能から供給される紙を用いて、臀部を拭き取る。拭き取りアームの先端のヘッドは、肛門に合うような形状を有する。紙供給機能とは、拭き取りアームに紙を供給する機能である。 First, let us explain the terms used. The portable toilet function is a function in which excrement is stored in a container or the like and can be discarded outside after being discharged like a general portable toilet. The hot water cleaning function is a function that can wash the buttocks after draining. Water is often supplied from a water tank in order not to select an installation location, but is not limited. The wiping function is a function for wiping the moisture of the buttocks after water washing with paper. An elevation part is provided in the gap between the toilet seat and the toilet bowl, and the wiping arm and all or part of the drive part are accommodated in the elevation part. Instead of the height-enhancing portion, the toilet seat may be thickened and all or part of the wiping arm and the wiping arm driving unit may be provided on the toilet seat. The wiping arm wipes the buttock using paper supplied from the paper supply function. The head at the tip of the wiping arm has a shape that fits the anus. The paper supply function is a function of supplying paper to the wiping arm.
　図１２１～図１２８に示すポータブルトイレ３１では、拭き取りアーム４とは別に、給紙部１７が専用紙１１ｂを拭き取りアーム４の上に供給して、下から、拭き取りアーム４が専用紙１１ｂを押し上げて、臀部を拭くこととする。すなわち、第２の方式を採用している。 In the portable toilet 31 shown in FIGS. 121 to 128, the paper feeding unit 17 supplies the dedicated paper 11b onto the wiping arm 4 separately from the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 pushes up the dedicated paper 11b from below. And wipe the buttocks. That is, the second method is adopted.
　紙廃棄機能とは、拭き取り後の専用紙１１ｂを拭き取りアーム４から落とすための機能である。拭き取りアーム４を左右上下に微動させることで、専用紙１１ｂを自然落下させるか、若しくは、補高部２に拭き取りアーム４が戻る際に、専用紙１１ｂを落とす突起等を設けておいて落下させるようにしておく。専用紙１１ｂとして、水分を十分に吸収できる程度に複数重ねられたトイレットペーパーを圧着等した四角形状の紙を用いる。専用紙１１ｂを給紙部１７に設けられている紙挿入口１７ａに投入して、専用紙１１ｂを供給する。被介護者は、紙挿入口１７ａに、専用紙１１ｂを投入して、拭き取りを図１２１～図１２８に示すポータブルトイレ３１に行わせる。 The paper disposal function is a function for removing the dedicated paper 11b after wiping off from the wiping arm 4. Slightly move the wiping arm 4 left and right and up and down to allow the dedicated paper 11b to fall naturally, or when the wiping arm 4 returns to the elevation 2 to provide a protrusion for dropping the dedicated paper 11b. Keep it like that. As the special paper 11b, a quadrangular paper obtained by press-bonding a plurality of toilet papers stacked so as to sufficiently absorb moisture is used. The dedicated paper 11b is loaded into a paper insertion port 17a provided in the paper supply unit 17, and the dedicated paper 11b is supplied. The cared person inserts the dedicated paper 11b into the paper insertion opening 17a and causes the portable toilet 31 shown in FIGS. 121 to 128 to wipe it.
　補高部２には、拭き取りアーム４及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３を収容するための収容部３２並びに給紙部１７の紙載せガイド１７ｃを収容するための紙載せガイド用開口３３が設けられている。収容部３２及び紙載せガイド用開口３３のくり抜き部から、水洗時の水が浸入するのを防止するため、シャッター機能（３９，３４）を拭き取りアーム側及び紙送り部側の両方に設ける。 The elevation part 2 is provided with an accommodating part 32 for accommodating the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving part 3 and a paper loading guide opening 33 for accommodating the paper loading guide 17 c of the paper feeding part 17. . A shutter function (39, 34) is provided on both the wiping arm side and the paper feed unit side in order to prevent water from entering during the washing from the hollowed portions of the storage portion 32 and the paper loading guide opening 33.
　誤作動防止機能とは、臀部の洗浄が行われているか否かを判断した上で、拭き取りアーム４による拭き取りを行う機能である。臀部の洗浄が行われていない場合は、拭き取りを行わないようにして、誤動作を防止する。自動給紙機能とは、給紙部１７の紙挿入口１７ａに、専用紙１１ｂを手動で投入することが困難な被介護者向けに、複数枚重ねられた専用紙１１ｂを紙ストッカー部３８に収納しておき、紙ストッカー部３８から一枚ずつ紙投入口に投入できる自動給紙機能をオプション機能として提供するものである。 The malfunction prevention function is a function of wiping with the wiping arm 4 after judging whether or not the buttock is being cleaned. If the buttocks are not cleaned, do not wipe off to prevent malfunction. The automatic paper feed function refers to the paper stocker unit 38 with a plurality of dedicated papers 11b stacked for a care recipient who is difficult to manually put the special paper 11b into the paper insertion slot 17a of the paper feeding unit 17. An automatic paper feed function that can be stored and loaded one by one from the paper stocker unit 38 into the paper slot is provided as an optional function.
　消毒機能について：図１２１～図１２８に示すポータブルトイレ３１において、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａは、専用紙１１ｂを介してではあるが、臀部に触れることとなる。よって、押し当て部４ａを衛生的に保つ必要がある。そのため、適宜、押し当て部４ａに消毒液を噴射できる機能を設ける。 Disinfection function: In the portable toilet 31 shown in FIGS. 121 to 128, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the buttocks through the special paper 11b. Therefore, it is necessary to keep the pressing part 4a hygienic. Therefore, the function which can inject disinfectant | liquid to the pressing part 4a is provided suitably.
　メンテナンス機能について：拭き取りアームの押し当て部４ａや紙載せガイド１７ｃを消毒・洗浄等するために、補高部２に蓋部を設けて開けることができるようにしておき、これらを直接消毒・洗浄等できるようにする。また、掃除モードが選択されたら、拭き取りアーム４や紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出してきて、消毒・洗浄等ができるようにする。 Maintenance function: In order to disinfect and clean the wiping arm pressing part 4a and the paper loading guide 17c, the elevation part 2 is provided with a lid so that it can be opened and directly disinfected and cleaned. And so on. When the cleaning mode is selected, the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c are exposed so that disinfection and cleaning can be performed.
　抗菌化について：押し当て部４ａや紙載せガイド１７ｃは抗菌素材でできており、雑菌が繁殖しないようにする。
　消臭機能について：排泄物の匂いが室内に広がらないよう、便器を密閉した状態で内部を消臭する消臭装置５０をオプション機能として提供する。 About antibacterial: The pressing portion 4a and the paper loading guide 17c are made of an antibacterial material so that germs do not propagate.
Deodorizing function: As an optional function, a deodorizing apparatus 50 that deodorizes the inside of the toilet in a sealed state so that the smell of excrement does not spread indoors.
　使用する環境の制約条件・設置環境の整備の必要性について：家庭用電源があれば、図１２１～図１２８に示すポータブルトイレ３１は、動作可能であり、室内を特別に改造工事したり、設置環境を整備したりする必要はない。
　日常使用時の準備や片付けについて：専用紙１１ｂを、別途、購入する必要がある。
　自動給紙機能を用いる場合は、専用紙１１ｂを紙ストッカー部３８に補充する必要がある。
　拭き取りアーム４や紙載せガイド１７ｃは、定期的に清掃するとよい。
　連続使用可能時間について：通常の使用状況であれば、連続使用可能時間を考慮する必要はない。
　保守管理体制について：通常の使用状況で生じるトラブルとして、紙詰まりが考えられるが、構造が簡単なため、補高部２を開けて、使用者が専用紙１１ｂを除去するだけで、紙詰まりは解消する。 Restrictions on the environment to be used / Necessity of setting up the installation environment: If there is a household power supply, the portable toilet 31 shown in FIGS. 121 to 128 can be operated, and the room is specially modified or installed. There is no need to improve the environment.
About preparation and clean-up for daily use: The special paper 11b needs to be purchased separately.
When the automatic paper feeding function is used, it is necessary to replenish the paper stocker unit 38 with the dedicated paper 11b.
The wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c may be periodically cleaned.
About continuous usable time: Under normal usage conditions, there is no need to consider continuous usable time.
About maintenance management system: A paper jam is considered as a trouble that occurs in the normal use situation. However, since the structure is simple, the user only needs to open the elevation 2 and remove the special paper 11b. Eliminate.
　他の機器類との接続について：温水洗浄装置１５との連携が必要であり、温水洗浄が終わっている状況で臀部を拭き取ることとする。
　消臭装置５０との連携がオプションで可能であり、便器内の汚物の匂いを、消臭装置５０で消臭できる。 About connection with other devices: The cooperation with the warm water washing device 15 is necessary, and the buttock is wiped off in the situation where the warm water washing is finished.
Cooperation with the deodorizing device 50 is possible as an option, and the odor of filth in the toilet can be deodorized by the deodorizing device 50.
　補高部２の形状について：各種機能を収容するための補高部２は、便座７の開け閉め時に指を詰めないように、ポータブルトイレ３１や便器部３６、温水洗浄装置１５の形状に合わせた形状とする。 About the shape of the elevation part 2: The elevation part 2 for accommodating various functions is adapted to the shape of the portable toilet 31, the toilet part 36, and the hot water washing device 15 so that fingers are not filled when the toilet seat 7 is opened and closed. Shape.
　また、各種機能を収容するために、補高部２には、機構上いくつかの穴やくり抜きが設けられているが、平常時には、全て閉じられているようにしておく。これにより、指を詰めることが無いようにしてある。 Also, in order to accommodate various functions, the elevation part 2 is provided with several holes and cutouts on the mechanism, but is normally closed. This prevents the fingers from being stuffed.
　補高部２の固定について：補高部２は、ポータブルトイレ３１から落下しないように、ポータブルトイレ３1に固定されるようにする。給紙部１７や紙ストッカー部３８などは、補高部２から若干出っ張っているが、補高部２にしっかり固定することにより、落下しないようにしておく。 Securing the elevation part 2: The elevation part 2 is fixed to the portable toilet 31 so as not to fall from the portable toilet 31. The paper feeding unit 17 and the paper stocker unit 38 slightly protrude from the elevation part 2, but they are secured to the elevation part 2 so as not to fall.
　拭き取りアーム４について：拭き取りアーム４が必要以上の力で臀部を押し付けないようにする必要がある。
　（１）補高部２の天井部分の高さ制限によって、そもそも拭き取りアーム４が必要以上の高さまで上がらないようにしておく。
　（２）必要以上のトルクが元々生じないようなモータを拭き取りアーム駆動部３に用いる。
　（３）臀部に拭き取りアーム４が押し付けられ、所定以上のトルクが発生したらモータは拭き取り動作を緩めて、所定未満のトルクとなるように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３に、センサや電流値検知部を設け、トルク制御若しくはトルク制限を行うようにしておく。 About the wiping arm 4: It is necessary that the wiping arm 4 does not press the buttocks with an excessive force.
(1) In the first place, the wiping arm 4 is prevented from rising to an unnecessarily high height by limiting the height of the ceiling portion of the elevation 2.
(2) A motor that does not generate torque more than necessary is used as the wiping arm drive unit 3.
(3) When the wiping arm 4 is pressed against the collar and a torque exceeding a predetermined value is generated, the motor loosens the wiping operation, and a sensor or a current value detection unit is connected to the wiping arm driving unit 3 so that the torque is less than the predetermined value. Provide torque control or torque limit.
　紙の送り出しについて：紙載せガイド１７ｃが、臀部に当たらないようにする必要がある。
　（１）補高部２から、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出する開口部分の高さが決められており、そもそも紙載せガイド１７ｃが臀部に当たらないようにしておく。
　（２）必要以上のトルクが元々生じないようなモータを給紙部１７に用いる。
　（３）紙載せガイド１７ｃが臀部に当たり、所定以上のトルクが発生したらモータは、停止又は逆回転するように、給紙部１７に、センサや電流値検知部を設けておくか若しくは、紙載せガイド１７ｃにセンサやスイッチを設けて、使用者に当接したら、紙載せガイド１７ｃが停止又は逆回転するようにしておく。 Regarding paper delivery: It is necessary to prevent the paper loading guide 17c from hitting the buttocks.
(1) The height of the opening portion where the paper placement guide 17c is exposed is determined from the elevation portion 2 so that the paper placement guide 17c does not hit the collar in the first place.
(2) A motor that does not generate more torque than necessary is used for the paper feeding unit 17.
(3) If the paper loading guide 17c hits the collar and generates a torque greater than a predetermined value, the motor is provided with a sensor or a current value detection unit in the paper feeding unit 17 so that the motor stops or reversely rotates. When a sensor or a switch is provided on the guide 17c and comes into contact with the user, the paper loading guide 17c is stopped or reversely rotated.
　便座７を上げて、補高部２に直接座られる可能性があるため、補高部２に直接座らないようにする対策として、便座７が下りていない場合は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び給紙部１７が動作しないようにセンサ又はスイッチを設けておく。 Since there is a possibility that the toilet seat 7 is raised and can be directly seated on the elevation part 2, as a measure not to sit directly on the elevation part 2, if the toilet seat 7 is not lowered, the wiping arm drive unit 3 and the feeding unit A sensor or switch is provided so that the paper unit 17 does not operate.
　温水洗浄が終わってから動作するようにする対策として、温水洗浄が終わったことを検知するセンサを設けて、温水洗浄が終わっていなければ、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び給紙部１７が動作しないようにしておく。 As a measure to make the operation after the hot water cleaning is completed, a sensor for detecting the completion of the hot water cleaning is provided so that the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper feeding unit 17 do not operate unless the hot water cleaning is completed. Keep it.
　漏電対策について：漏電が生じないように設計する。
　停電時について：動作中に停電となった場合、手動で拭き取りアーム４や紙載せガイド１７ｃを元の位置に戻すことができるようなモータを利用する（適切なホールディングトルクを用いる）。なお、コストと相談しながら、補助バッテリーも採用可能である。 About leakage countermeasures: Design to prevent leakage.
About a power failure: If a power failure occurs during operation, a motor that can manually return the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c to their original positions is used (using an appropriate holding torque). An auxiliary battery can also be used while consulting with the cost.
　水洗後の排せつについて：水洗後に、排せつしてしまう可能性も考慮した対策が必要となる。紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を工夫して、万が一排せつしても、専用紙１１ｂが下に落ちるだけで済むようにしておく。また、紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を工夫して、排泄物の落下力によっても、故障しないようにしておく。拭き取りアーム４に排泄物が落下した場合に備え、押し当て部４ａの汚れをセンサで検知して、押し当て部４ａに汚れが生じている場合は、警告する。 排 Removal after washing: Measures that take into account the possibility of draining after washing are required. The shape of the paper loading guide 17c is devised so that even if the paper loading guide 17c is removed, only the dedicated paper 11b falls. Further, the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is devised so that it does not break down due to the dropping force of excrement. In preparation for when excrement falls on the wiping arm 4, the dirt of the pressing part 4a is detected by a sensor, and a warning is given if the pressing part 4a is dirty.
　拭き取りアーム４について：モータの故障によって、拭き取りアーム４が動作できない状態である場合、操作スイッチを押しても、拭き取りアーム４が所定の時間内に、所定の場所まで移動してこないということになるため、当該所定の場所に、センサを設けて、拭き取りアーム４が移動してきているか否かを自己診断する。もし、所定の時間内に、拭き取りアーム４が移動してこなければ、異常が発生しているとして警告する。 About the wiping arm 4: If the wiping arm 4 cannot be operated due to a motor failure, the wiping arm 4 will not move to a predetermined place within a predetermined time even if the operation switch is pressed. Then, a sensor is provided at the predetermined place to self-diagnose whether or not the wiping arm 4 has moved. If the wiping arm 4 does not move within a predetermined time, a warning is given that an abnormality has occurred.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃについて：モータの故障によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃが動作できない状態である場合、操作スイッチを押しても、紙載せガイド１７ｃが所定の時間内に、所定の場所まで移動してこないということになるため、当該所定の場所に、センサを設けて、紙載せガイド１７ｃが移動してきているか否かを自己診断する。もし、所定の時間内に、紙載せガイド１７ｃが移動してこなければ、異常が発生しているとして警告する。 Regarding the paper loading guide 17c: When the paper loading guide 17c cannot be operated due to a motor failure, the paper loading guide 17c does not move to a predetermined location within a predetermined time even if the operation switch is pressed. Therefore, a sensor is provided at the predetermined location to self-diagnose whether or not the paper loading guide 17c is moving. If the paper loading guide 17c does not move within a predetermined time, a warning is given that an abnormality has occurred.
　自動給紙機能について：紙ストッカー部３８にストックされている紙の有無を検知し、紙が無くなっていれば、警告し、紙の補充を使用者に促す。 Automatic feed function: Detects the presence or absence of paper stocked in the paper stocker unit 38, warns the user if paper is exhausted, and prompts the user to replenish the paper.
　外観について：幅４６０ｍｍ×奥行６４５ｍｍ×高さ６８０ｍｍであり、既存のポータブルトイレ及び温水洗浄装置から、上記外観サイズを割り出した。拭き取り装置自体は、小型である。 Appearance: 460 mm in width x 645 mm in depth x 680 mm in height, and the above-mentioned appearance size was determined from existing portable toilets and hot water washing devices. The wiping device itself is small.
　重量について：約３０Ｋｇ。既存の温水洗浄装置付ポータブルトイレの重量が約２０Ｋｇであることから、拭き取り機能等を実現する構成の重量約１０Ｋｇを加算して割り出した。
　交流１００Ｖ　５０／６０Ｈｚで駆動し、家庭用電源から供給可能である。 About weight: About 30 kg. Since the weight of the existing portable toilet with a hot water washing device is about 20 kg, the weight of about 10 kg of the configuration that realizes the wiping function and the like was added and calculated.
It can be driven by AC 100V 50/60 Hz and supplied from a household power source.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、以下のアクチュエータからなる。
　　上下用モータ８：ギア付ＤＣモータ　１個、上下用モータ８により、拭き取りアーム４を上下する。
　　露出用モータ９：ギア付ＤＣモータ　１個、露出用モータ９により、拭き取りアーム４を露出・収納する。
　これらのモータにより、拭き取り時において、拭き取りアーム４を上下、前後に移動させることができる。
　各モータは、押し当て部４ａと拭き取りアーム４を移動させて、臀部に押し当て部４ａを押し付ける程度のトルクがあればよい。 The wiping arm driving unit 3 includes the following actuators.
Up / down motor 8: One geared DC motor and up / down motor 8 move the wiping arm 4 up and down.
Exposing motor 9: One DC motor with gear and the exposing motor 9 expose and store the wiping arm 4.
With these motors, the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down and back and forth during wiping.
Each motor only needs to have a torque enough to move the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm 4 and press the pressing portion 4a against the collar portion.
　給紙部１７は、以下のアクチュエータからなる。
　　給紙用モータ２１ａ：ギア付ＤＣモータ　１個　電磁クラッチ２１ｂ，２１ｃ及びベルト２１ｆを利用して、給紙ローラ１７ｂとレール駆動輪２１ｊを駆動させるための駆動モータの共有化を図る。当該モータは、紙載せガイドを移動させる程度のトルクがあればよい。 The paper feeding unit 17 includes the following actuators.
Feed motor 21a: 1 geared DC motor By using the electromagnetic clutches 21b and 21c and the belt 21f, the drive motor for driving the feed roller 17b and the rail drive wheel 21j is shared. The motor only needs to have enough torque to move the paper loading guide.
　アーム用開閉部３９は、以下のアクチュエータからなる。
　　ギア付ＤＣモータ３９ａ：ただし、てこを利用して電磁石の着脱のみでシャッターを開閉できるようにすることも可能である。 The arm opening / closing part 39 is composed of the following actuators.
Geared DC motor 39a: However, it is also possible to use a lever to open and close the shutter only by attaching and detaching the electromagnet.
　紙載せガイド用開閉部３４は、以下のアクチュエータからなる。
　　ギア付ＤＣモータ３４ａ：ただし、てこを利用して電磁石の着脱のみでシャッターを開閉できるようにすることも可能である。 The paper loading guide opening / closing part 34 includes the following actuators.
Geared DC motor 34a: However, it is also possible to use a lever to open and close the shutter only by attaching and detaching the electromagnet.
　紙ストッカー部３８は、以下のアクチュエータからなる。
　　重ねられた専用紙１１ｂを掴むためのギア付ＤＣモータ１個（図示せず）。
　　紙投入口に掴まれた紙を投入するためのギア付ＤＣモータ１個（図示せず）。 The paper stocker unit 38 includes the following actuators.
One geared DC motor (not shown) for gripping the stacked dedicated paper 11b.
One geared DC motor (not shown) for loading the paper held in the paper slot.
　その他として、以下が考えられる。
　専用紙１１ｂと拭き取りアーム４が別々に臀部の下に位置することとなるが、専用紙１１ｂの下から押し当て部４ａが移動する際に、専用紙１１ｂがうまく臀部に密着できない可能性がある。そのような場合は、押し当て部４ａへの紙の吸着が必要になってくるため、押し当て部４ａに負圧発生用の穴を設けて、臀部への当接時に、負圧発生装置から負圧を発生させて、専用紙１１ｂを押し当て部４ａに吸着させる。一方、専用紙１１ｂを外す際には、負圧を解除するか正圧を発生させて、専用紙１１ｂを押し当て部４ａから落下させる。この構造を採用する場合は、負圧・正圧発生のために、コンプレッサーが必要となる。 In addition, the following can be considered.
Although the special paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are separately located under the buttock, there is a possibility that the special paper 11b cannot be in close contact with the buttock when the pressing portion 4a moves from under the special paper 11b. . In such a case, since it is necessary to adsorb the paper to the pressing portion 4a, a hole for generating a negative pressure is provided in the pressing portion 4a, and the negative pressure generating device is brought into contact with the collar portion. A negative pressure is generated, and the special paper 11b is attracted to the pressing portion 4a. On the other hand, when removing the dedicated paper 11b, the negative pressure is released or the positive pressure is generated, and the dedicated paper 11b is dropped from the pressing portion 4a. When this structure is adopted, a compressor is required to generate negative pressure and positive pressure.
　以下は、拭き取り機能付きポータブルトイレット３１の動作概略である。
１．拭き取り開始時
　使用者によって、操作部３５の拭き取りスイッチが押されると、各開閉部３４，３９が開いて、紙送り部１７が作動して、専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃに載せられ、紙載せガイド１７ｃが前進して、専用紙１１ｂが、臀部下まで露出する。その動作に合わせて、拭き取りアーム４が臀部下まで露出する。 The following is an outline of the operation of the portable toilet 31 with a wiping function.
1. At the start of wiping When the wiping switch of the operation unit 35 is pressed by the user, the open / close units 34 and 39 are opened, the paper feeding unit 17 is activated, and the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. The loading guide 17c moves forward, and the dedicated paper 11b is exposed to the bottom of the collar. In accordance with the operation, the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the bottom of the buttocks.
２．拭き取り時
　紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置された専用紙１１ｂの下から、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａが上昇してきて、専用紙１１ｂを押し上げて、肛門付近に密着させる。
　その後、紙載せガイド１７ｃが後進して、元の位置に戻る。
　拭き取りアーム４が、前後、上下にやさしく移動することにより、臀部の水分等を専用紙に吸水させる。 2. At the time of wiping The pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 rises from under the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c, and pushes up the dedicated paper 11b so as to be in close contact with the vicinity of the anus.
Thereafter, the paper loading guide 17c moves backward and returns to the original position.
The wiping arm 4 gently moves up and down and up and down, so that moisture in the buttock is absorbed by the special paper.
３．拭き取り完了後
　拭き取りが完了したら、押し当て部４ａが下がる。押し当て部４ａが下がれば、専用紙１１ｂは、厚みがあるので、自重により、臀部から離れる。専用紙１１ｂは、そのまま拭き取りアーム４が前後上下に微動して、専用紙１１ｂを振り落す。
　最後に、拭き取りアーム４が元の位置に戻って、各開閉部３４，３９が閉じる。
　なお、拭き取りアーム４及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動速度は、たとえば、約５ｃｍ／秒である。 3. After completion of wiping When the wiping is completed, the pressing portion 4a is lowered. If the pressing portion 4a is lowered, the dedicated paper 11b has a thickness, so that it is separated from the collar portion by its own weight. The dedicated paper 11b is wiped off the front and rear and up and down by the wiping arm 4 as it is.
Finally, the wiping arm 4 returns to the original position, and the open / close portions 34 and 39 are closed.
The moving speed of the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c is, for example, about 5 cm / second.
　以下は、ユーザーインターフェイスである。
１．拭き取りスイッチ
　被介護者でも操作ができるように、拭き取りのボタンを操作部３５に分かりやすく設ける。 The following is the user interface.
1. Wiping switch A wiping button is provided on the operation unit 35 so that a care recipient can also operate.
２．掃除モードのボタン
　押し当て部４ａや紙載せガイド１７ｃを洗浄等ができるように、掃除ボタンを設ける。掃除ボタンが押されると、拭き取りアーム４及び紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出してくる。 2. Cleaning Mode Button A cleaning button is provided so that the pressing portion 4a and the paper loading guide 17c can be cleaned. When the cleaning button is pressed, the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c are exposed.
　以下は、センサ等である。
１．拭き取りアーム４の位置検出
　拭き取りアーム４の上限・下限・左限・右限の位置に、それぞれセンサ（計４個）を設けて、拭き取りアーム４の位置を検出し、上下用モータ８、露出用モータ９の制御に利用する。なお、上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９の回転数等を検知するモータ検出部８ａ，９ａによって、上限、下限、左限、右限等を検知してもよい。 The following are sensors and the like.
1. Detecting the position of the wiping arm 4 Sensors (4 units in total) are provided at the upper limit, lower limit, left limit, and right limit positions of the wiping arm 4 to detect the position of the wiping arm 4, and the vertical motor 8 is used for exposure. This is used for controlling the motor 9. The upper limit, the lower limit, the left limit, the right limit, and the like may be detected by the motor detection units 8a and 9a that detect the rotation speeds of the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9.
２．紙載せガイド１７ｃの位置検出
　紙載せガイド１７ｃの左限・右限の位置に、それぞれセンサ（計２個）を設けて、紙載せガイド１７ｃの位置を検出し、給紙用モータ２１ａの制御に利用する。なお、給紙用モータ２１ａの回転数等を検知するモータ検出部によって、左限、右限等を検知してもよい。 2. Position detection of the paper loading guide 17c Sensors (two in total) are provided at the left limit and right limit positions of the paper loading guide 17c, respectively, to detect the position of the paper loading guide 17c and to control the paper feeding motor 21a. Use. Note that the left limit, the right limit, and the like may be detected by a motor detection unit that detects the number of rotations of the sheet feeding motor 21a.
３．温水洗浄の完了検出
　温水洗浄が完了しているか否かを、温水洗浄の操作ボタンが押されたか否かの検出によって行う。なお、温水洗浄装置１５のノズルから水が出ているか否かを音センサで検知して、温水洗浄が完了しているか否かを判断してもよい。 3. Completion detection of hot water cleaning Whether hot water cleaning is completed or not is detected by detecting whether or not the operation button for hot water cleaning is pressed. Note that it may be determined whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed by detecting whether or not water is discharged from the nozzle of the hot water cleaning device 15 with a sound sensor.
　便座が下りていない場合は、動作しないように、補高部２にスイッチ又はセンサを設ける。 If the toilet seat is not lowered, a switch or sensor is provided in the elevation 2 so that it does not operate.
　以下、図１２１～図１２８を参照しながら、動作及び構造の詳細について説明する。図１２１は、ポータブルトイレ３１の待機時の外観図である。便器部３６は、ポータブルトイレ機能を実現するために、内部に、汚物を溜めるためのバケツを備える。なお、便器部３６としては、汚物を自動で使い捨ての袋や容器に密閉する装置が備え付けられていてもよい。便器部３６の上に、温水洗浄装置１５、便座７、及び臀部拭き取り装置１が設けられている。操作部３５は、便座７の横に設けられている。なお、操作部３５は、無線式であってもよい。なお、拭き取り機能を実現するための操作スイッチは、別途設けてもよいし、温水洗浄装置１５の操作部に組み込んでもよい。便器部３６と便座７との間に補高部２を設ける。補高部２の内部に、拭き取りアーム４及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３の全部又は一部を収容しておく。また、補高部２の内部には、給紙部１７の機能の一部が収容されており、給紙部１７から、専用紙１１ｂを送り出す。 Hereinafter, the details of the operation and the structure will be described with reference to FIGS. 121 to 128. FIG. 121 is an external view of the portable toilet 31 during standby. The toilet unit 36 includes a bucket for storing filth therein to realize a portable toilet function. In addition, as the toilet bowl part 36, the apparatus which seals a waste in a disposable bag and a container automatically may be equipped. On the toilet part 36, the warm water washing | cleaning apparatus 15, the toilet seat 7, and the buttocks wiping apparatus 1 are provided. The operation unit 35 is provided beside the toilet seat 7. Note that the operation unit 35 may be wireless. An operation switch for realizing the wiping function may be provided separately, or may be incorporated in the operation unit of the hot water cleaning device 15. The elevation part 2 is provided between the toilet part 36 and the toilet seat 7. All or part of the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are accommodated in the elevation part 2. Further, part of the function of the paper feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the elevation unit 2, and the dedicated paper 11 b is sent out from the paper feeding unit 17.
　なお、手動で給紙する場合は、紙ストッカー部３８は、設けないものとする。 Note that the paper stocker unit 38 is not provided when manually feeding paper.
　図１２２は、ポータブルトイレ３１の分解斜視図である。図１２２に示すように、補高部２の内部には、拭き取りアーム４と、拭き取りアーム駆動部３と、給紙部１７の内部機構４０が収容される。給紙部１７の内部機構４０は、給紙部１７の筐体３７と補高部２に設けられた紙載せガイド用開口３３に収容される。給紙部１７の上に、紙ストッカー部３８が設置される。給紙部１７の構造は、図１０６Ａや、図１０８、図１１３などに示した構造との構造と同様である。紙ストッカー部３８には、図１１６～１２０に示した構造が用いられる。 FIG. 122 is an exploded perspective view of the portable toilet 31. As shown in FIG. 122, the wiping arm 4, the wiping arm driving unit 3, and the internal mechanism 40 of the paper feeding unit 17 are accommodated in the elevation unit 2. The internal mechanism 40 of the paper feeding unit 17 is accommodated in the paper loading guide opening 33 provided in the housing 37 and the height raising unit 2 of the paper feeding unit 17. A paper stocker unit 38 is installed on the paper supply unit 17. The structure of the paper feeding unit 17 is the same as the structure shown in FIG. 106A, FIG. 108, FIG. The paper stocker unit 38 uses the structure shown in FIGS.
　図１２３は、臀部拭き取り装置１の各種機構を示す分解斜視図である。図１２３に示すように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４の一端に接続された上下用モータ８と、上下用モータ８を固定している回転台８ｅと、回転台８ｅを回転させる露出用モータ９とを備える。露出用モータ９の回転軸と回転台８ｅとは、たとえば、図１１３に示したように、かさ歯車で連結しているとするが、限定されない。露出用モータ９が回転すると、回転台８ｅが回転し、上下用モータ８・拭き取りアーム４及び押し当て部４ａが角運動して露出する。露出後、上下用モータ８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を斜め上方に傾かせ、押し当て部４ａによって、専用紙１１ｂが持ち上げられる。 FIG. 123 is an exploded perspective view showing various mechanisms of the buttocks wiping device 1. As shown in FIG. 123, the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes an up / down motor 8 connected to one end of the wiping arm 4, a turntable 8e fixing the up / down motor 8, and an exposure for rotating the turntable 8e. Motor 9. The rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 and the turntable 8e are connected by a bevel gear as shown in FIG. 113, for example, but are not limited thereto. When the exposure motor 9 rotates, the turntable 8e rotates, and the vertical motor 8, the wiping arm 4 and the pressing portion 4a are angularly exposed to be exposed. After the exposure, the up / down motor 8 rotates to tilt the wiping arm 4 obliquely upward, and the dedicated paper 11b is lifted by the pressing portion 4a.
　拭き取りアーム４、押し当て部４ａ、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、補高部２に設けられている収容部３２に収容されている。収容部３２は、蓋３２ａによって閉じられる。 The wiping arm 4, the pressing unit 4 a, and the wiping arm driving unit 3 are accommodated in the accommodating portion 32 provided in the height raising portion 2. The accommodating part 32 is closed by the lid 32a.
　収容部３２の開口を閉じるために、モータ３９ａで駆動するアーム用開閉部３９が設けられている。なお、アーム用開閉部３９を上下するために、モータ３９ａ以外の機構を用いることも可能である。 In order to close the opening of the housing part 32, an arm opening / closing part 39 driven by a motor 39a is provided. It is also possible to use a mechanism other than the motor 39a to move the arm opening / closing part 39 up and down.
　給紙部１７の内部機構４０は、給紙用モータ２１ａと、給紙ローラ１７ｂと、紙載せガイド１７ｃと、レール駆動輪２１ｊとを備える。給紙部１７の紙挿入口１７ａに、使用者が手動で専用紙１１ｂを投入するか、又は紙ストッカー部３８から専用紙１１ｂが投入されるかすると、給紙用モータ２１ａが回転して、給紙ローラ１７ｂを回転させる。給紙ローラ１７ｂが回転すると、紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂが載せられる。紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂが載せられると、給紙用モータ２１ａに接続されている電磁クラッチ２１ｃが作動して、レール駆動輪２１ｊが回転する。レール駆動輪２１ｊの回転によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃが、専用紙１１ｂを載せた状態で、露出する。 The internal mechanism 40 of the paper feed unit 17 includes a paper feed motor 21a, a paper feed roller 17b, a paper loading guide 17c, and a rail drive wheel 21j. When the user manually inserts the special paper 11b into the paper insertion opening 17a of the paper supply unit 17 or the special paper 11b is input from the paper stocker unit 38, the paper supply motor 21a rotates, The paper feed roller 17b is rotated. When the paper feed roller 17b rotates, the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c. When the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c, the electromagnetic clutch 21c connected to the paper feeding motor 21a is operated to rotate the rail driving wheel 21j. By the rotation of the rail driving wheel 21j, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed in a state where the dedicated paper 11b is loaded.
　紙載せガイド用開口３３を閉じるために、モータ３４ａによって駆動する紙載せガイド用開閉部３４が設けられている。なお、紙載せガイド用開閉部３４を上下するために、モータ３４ａ以外の簡易な機構を用いることも可能である。 In order to close the paper loading guide opening 33, a paper loading guide opening / closing section 34 driven by a motor 34a is provided. It is also possible to use a simple mechanism other than the motor 34a to move the paper loading guide opening / closing part 34 up and down.
　図１２４は、専用紙１１ｂ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出したときのポータブルトイレ３１の斜視図である。図１２５は、専用紙１１ｂ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出したときのポータブルトイレ３１の平面図である。図１２４及び図１２５に示すように、専用紙１１ｂ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出すると、専用紙１１ｂの下に、押し当て部４ａが位置することとなる。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、押し当て部４ａが下から上がってきた場合に、専用紙１１ｂだけが持ち上がるように、大きくくり抜かれた形状をしている。 FIG. 124 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 when the special paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed. FIG. 125 is a plan view of the portable toilet 31 when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed. As shown in FIGS. 124 and 125, when the dedicated paper 11b and the wiping arm 4 are exposed, the pressing portion 4a is positioned under the dedicated paper 11b. The paper loading guide 17c has a shape that is greatly cut out so that only the special paper 11b is lifted when the pressing portion 4a is raised from below.
　図１２６は、拭き取り時のポータブルトイレ３１の斜視図である。図１２７は、拭き取り時のポータブルトイレ３１の正面図である。図１２６及び図１２７に示すように、拭き取り時には、拭き取りアーム４が上方向に傾いて、押し当て部４ａが上に移動する。これにより、専用紙１１ｂが持ち上がることとなる。合わせて、紙載せガイド１７ｃが後進して元の位置に戻る。この状態で、臀部・専用紙１１ｂ・押し当て部４ａが密着した状態となるので、臀部の水分等が専用紙１１ｂに吸水されることとなる。露出用モータ９が正逆に反復回転すれば、押し当て部４ａが前後に移動することとなるので、拭き取りが確実に行われる。また、一定以上の圧力で臀部に押し当て部４ａが当たるようであれば、上下用モータ８が押し当てを緩めることで、押し当て圧力を調整することができる。 FIG. 126 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 at the time of wiping. FIG. 127 is a front view of the portable toilet 31 at the time of wiping. As shown in FIGS. 126 and 127, at the time of wiping, the wiping arm 4 is inclined upward, and the pressing portion 4a moves upward. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b is lifted. At the same time, the paper loading guide 17c moves backward and returns to the original position. In this state, the collar portion, the special paper 11b, and the pressing portion 4a are in close contact with each other, so that moisture or the like in the collar portion is absorbed by the special paper 11b. If the exposure motor 9 is repeatedly rotated in the forward and reverse directions, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth, so that wiping is reliably performed. Moreover, if the pressing part 4a hits the collar part with a certain pressure or higher, the pressing pressure can be adjusted by the vertical motor 8 loosening the pressing.
　図１２８は、消臭装置５０を備えたポータブルトイレ３１の斜視図である。図１２８に示すように、排泄後などの待機状態では、便器の蓋５１が降りた状態で、消臭装置５０が作動する。消臭装置５０を用いる場合を想定して、補高部２には、消臭装置５０に便器部３６内部の空気を送るための穴が設けられている。消臭時には、アーム用開閉部３９が下降して、当該穴を介して、消臭装置５０に空気を送り、消臭する。消臭後は、アーム用開閉部３９が上昇して、便器部３６を密閉した状態として、室内ににおいが拡散するのを防止する。 128 is a perspective view of the portable toilet 31 provided with the deodorizing device 50. FIG. As shown in FIG. 128, in a standby state such as after excretion, the deodorizer 50 operates with the toilet lid 51 lowered. Assuming the case where the deodorizing device 50 is used, the elevation portion 2 is provided with a hole for sending air inside the toilet unit 36 to the deodorizing device 50. At the time of deodorization, the arm opening / closing part 39 descends, and air is sent to the deodorization device 50 through the hole to deodorize. After the deodorization, the arm opening / closing part 39 rises to prevent the smell from diffusing into the room with the toilet part 36 sealed.
　このように、ポータブルトイレ３１では、第２の方式を用いて臀部の拭き取りを行うものとする。 Thus, in the portable toilet 31, the buttock is wiped off using the second method.
（専用紙１１ｂの製造について）
　図１２９は、専用紙の製造工程の一例を示すフローチャートである。専用紙１１ｂの製造のために用いる装置として、ロール紙を繰り出して（Ｓ６００）、自動で折りたたみ（Ｓ６０１）、所定の長さで切断（Ｓ６０２）することができる装置が用いられる。このような送り出し、折りたたみ、切断の工程として、周知のあらゆる技術を利用できる。たとえば、特開２００３－７０６８０や特開平９－２７６１７８等のように、ロール紙を送り出しながら、往復運動する部材を反復運動させて、ロール紙を折り畳んでもよいし、特開２００３－７２９９８や登実３０２４５３７等のように、送り出されるロール紙が自然に折り畳まれるような形状で受けて、折りたたんでもよい。 (Regarding the manufacture of special paper 11b)
FIG. 129 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a process for producing dedicated paper. As an apparatus used for manufacturing the dedicated paper 11b, an apparatus capable of feeding a roll paper (S600), automatically folding it (S601), and cutting it at a predetermined length (S602) is used. Any known technique can be used as such a process of feeding, folding and cutting. For example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-70680 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-276178, the roll paper may be folded by repeatedly moving a reciprocating member while feeding the roll paper. The roll paper to be fed out may be received in a shape that is naturally folded, such as 3024537, and folded.
　次に、折りたたまれて切断されたロール紙を、プレス機等で圧着する（Ｓ６０３）。プレス機としては、上下に折り畳まれた紙を挟み、圧着した箇所（たとえば、紙の端など）を上下から嵌め合うような凹凸を有する装置が用いられるとよい。その他、上下のロールで、紙を挟み、圧着したい箇所を上下から嵌め合うような凹凸を有する装置が用いられてもよい。 Next, the folded and cut roll paper is pressure-bonded by a press machine or the like (S603). As the pressing machine, it is preferable to use an apparatus having an unevenness that sandwiches the paper folded up and down and fits the crimped portion (for example, the edge of the paper) from above and below. In addition, the apparatus which has an unevenness | corrugation which pinches | interposes the location which pinches | interposes a paper with an up-and-down roll and crimps | bonds from the upper and lower sides may be used.
　圧着された紙の周縁部分を、トムソン型等の抜き刃を利用して、余分な端辺を切り落として、決められたサイズの専用紙１１ｂを完成させる（Ｓ６０４）。なお、精度よく折り畳むことができるのであれば、周縁部分の切り落とし工程は不要である。 The excess edge is cut off from the peripheral edge of the crimped paper using a Thomson-type cutting blade to complete the predetermined size of dedicated paper 11b (S604). In addition, if it can fold with high precision, the peripheral part cutting-off process is unnecessary.
　図１３０は、折りたたむことなく専用紙１１ｂを製造することができるようにした製造装置の機構を示す図である。図１３０に示すように、複数のトイレットペーパー１１が回転可能なように設けられている。上下にトイレットペーパー１１が複数枚重ねられた状態で、各トイレットペーパー１１から圧着部５２に対して、トイレットペーパー１１が供給される。圧着部５２は、たとえば、エンボスローラのような装置であり、上下のローラに凹凸部分が設けられている。ここでは、トイレットペーパー１１の長手方向の端辺及び所定の長さ長手方向に垂直する方向に圧着できるように、圧着部５２のローラに凹凸が設けられている。これにより、図１３０において、符号１１ｈで示したように、圧着されたトイレットペーパー１１ｈが圧着部５２から送り出されることとなる。その後、切断部５３において、カッター５３ａが一定間隔で上下に作動して、圧着されたトイレットペーパー１１ｈが所定の間隔で切断される。これにより、専用紙１１ｂが切断部５３から排出される。なお、切断部５３は、トムソン型のようにして、四角形状にトイレットペーパー１１ｈを型抜きするものであってもよい。なお、圧着部５２として、上下に嵌め合うプレス機を用いてもよく、その場合は、プレス機の前に紙送り用のローラを設けるとよい。 FIG. 130 is a diagram showing a mechanism of a manufacturing apparatus that can manufacture the dedicated paper 11b without folding. As shown in FIG. 130, a plurality of toilet papers 11 are provided so as to be rotatable. The toilet paper 11 is supplied from each toilet paper 11 to the crimping portion 52 in a state where a plurality of toilet papers 11 are stacked one above the other. The crimping part 52 is a device such as an embossing roller, for example, and uneven portions are provided on the upper and lower rollers. Here, the roller of the crimping part 52 is provided with irregularities so that the longitudinal end of the toilet paper 11 and the predetermined length can be crimped in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction. Thereby, in FIG. 130, as shown by reference numeral 11h, the press-fitted toilet paper 11h is sent out from the pressure-bonding portion 52. Thereafter, in the cutting part 53, the cutter 53a is moved up and down at regular intervals, and the toilet paper 11h that has been crimped is cut at predetermined intervals. As a result, the dedicated paper 11 b is discharged from the cutting unit 53. In addition, the cutting part 53 may die-cut the toilet paper 11h in a square shape like a Thomson type. Note that a press machine that fits up and down may be used as the crimping part 52. In that case, a paper feeding roller may be provided in front of the press machine.
　図１３１は、折りたたむことなく専用紙１１ｂを製造することができるようにした製造装置の他の機構を示す図である。図１３１に示すように、複数のトイレットペーパー１１が回転可能なように設けられている。上下にトイレットペーパー１１が複数枚重ねられた状態で、各トイレットペーパー１１から上下ローラ５２ａに対して、トイレットペーパー１１が供給される。上下ローラ５２ａから搬送されるトイレットペーパー１１は、直後の接着部５２ｂに供給される。接着部５２ｂは、水溶性接着剤を射出することができるガンであり、トイレットペーパー１１の長手方向の端辺に水溶性接着剤を垂らしてシールすることができる。なお、接着部５２ｂは、上下ローラ５２ａの直後ではなく、手前に設けられていてもよい。接着部５２ｂは、所定の間隔で、長手方向に垂直する方向に接着剤を塗布することもできる。これにより、接着されたトイレットペーパー１１ｉが搬出され、切断部５３に送り込まれる。切断部５３は、図１３０と同様に切断して、専用紙１１ｂを排出する。 FIG. 131 is a diagram showing another mechanism of the manufacturing apparatus capable of manufacturing the special paper 11b without folding. As shown in FIG. 131, a plurality of toilet papers 11 are provided so as to be rotatable. The toilet paper 11 is supplied from the respective toilet papers 11 to the upper and lower rollers 52a in a state where a plurality of toilet papers 11 are vertically stacked. The toilet paper 11 conveyed from the upper and lower rollers 52a is supplied to the bonding part 52b immediately after. The bonding part 52 b is a gun that can inject a water-soluble adhesive, and can seal the water-soluble adhesive hanging from the longitudinal edge of the toilet paper 11. In addition, the adhesion part 52b may be provided in front rather than just after the upper and lower rollers 52a. The adhesive portion 52b can also apply an adhesive in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction at a predetermined interval. Thereby, the adhered toilet paper 11 i is carried out and fed into the cutting part 53. The cutting part 53 cuts similarly to FIG. 130, and discharges the exclusive paper 11b.
　なお、予めトイレットペーパーを所定の大きさに切断しておいて、切断された複数のトイレットペーパーを重ね合わせて、圧着等で接合することで、専用紙１１ｂを製造してもよい。この場合、接合後、さらに端部を切り落として形状と整える目的で、トムソン型などによる切断構成を備えてもよい。 Note that the dedicated paper 11b may be manufactured by cutting the toilet paper into a predetermined size in advance, and stacking a plurality of cut toilet papers and joining them by pressure bonding or the like. In this case, a cutting configuration such as a Thomson type may be provided for the purpose of trimming the end portion and adjusting the shape after joining.
（ポータブルトイレでの他の実施形態１）
　図１３２Ａ，１３２Ｂ，１３２Ｃ，１３３，及び１３４を用いて、拭き取り機能付きポータブルトイレ３１の他の実施形態１について説明する。図１３２Ａは、ポータブルトイレ３１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図１３２Ｂは、ポータブルトイレ３１で使用されている臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図１３２Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図１３３は、ポータブルトイレ３１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図１３４は、ポータブルトイレ３１の内部構造を示す右側面図である。図１３２Ａでは、拭き取りアーム４が収納位置にある場合と露出位置にある場合とを図示している。図１３３では、拭き取りアーム４が露出位置にあるときの最下位置と最上位置とを図示している。図１３４では、拭き取りアーム４は、露出位置に位置しているとしている。 (Other embodiment 1 with portable toilet)
132A, 132B, 132C, 133, and 134 will be used to describe another embodiment 1 of the portable toilet 31 with a wiping function. FIG. 132A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31. FIG. 132B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1 used in the portable toilet 31. FIG. 132C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1. FIG. 133 is a front view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31. FIG. 134 is a right side view showing the internal structure of the portable toilet 31. FIG. 132A shows a case where the wiping arm 4 is in the storage position and a case where it is in the exposure position. In FIG. 133, the lowest position and the highest position when the wiping arm 4 is in the exposed position are illustrated. In FIG. 134, it is assumed that the wiping arm 4 is located at the exposure position.
　図１３２Ａにおいて、押し当て部４ａは、拭き取りアーム４の先端に設けられたＴ字状の部材に対して回動可能に取り付けられており、水平が保たれるようになっている。なお、押し当て部４ａには、負圧によって専用紙１１ｂを吸いつける機構を設けてもよいし、正圧で専用紙１１ｂを落とす機構を設けてもよい。 132A, the pressing portion 4a is rotatably attached to a T-shaped member provided at the tip of the wiping arm 4, so that the level is maintained. The pressing portion 4a may be provided with a mechanism for sucking the dedicated paper 11b with negative pressure, or with a mechanism for dropping the dedicated paper 11b with positive pressure.
　図１３２Ａにおいて、紙載せ台２０５ｋは、押し当て部４ａに対応する部分がくり抜かれている。当該くり抜き部分から、押し当て部４ａの上部が少し露出するようになっている。図１３４に示す給紙部２０５から供給される専用紙１１ｂは、紙載せ台２０５ｋのくり抜き部分から少し露出している押し当て部４ａの上に載置させる In FIG. 132A, the paper platform 205k has a portion corresponding to the pressing portion 4a cut out. The upper part of the pressing portion 4a is slightly exposed from the cut-out portion. The dedicated paper 11b supplied from the paper supply unit 205 shown in FIG. 134 is placed on the pressing unit 4a that is slightly exposed from the cut-out portion of the paper mounting table 205k.
　拭き取りアーム４は、露出用モータ９、かさ歯車２７ａ，２７ｂ及び中心軸２７ｇを用いた構造によって、角運動によって露出可能であり、また、上下用モータ８によって上下が可能である。上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９による詳しい動作は、図１１３に示した機構と同様である。なお、上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９の機構は、本明細書中で示した他の機構に置き換えてもよい。 The wiping arm 4 can be exposed by angular motion by the structure using the exposure motor 9, the bevel gears 27 a and 27 b and the central shaft 27 g, and can be moved up and down by the vertical motor 8. Detailed operations by the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 are the same as those of the mechanism shown in FIG. Note that the mechanisms of the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 may be replaced with other mechanisms shown in the present specification.
　本実施形態では、給紙部２０５の動作に特徴があるので、以下、給紙部２０５の動作を図１３２Ｂ，１３２Ｃ，１３３，１３４を参照しながら説明する。 In this embodiment, since the operation of the paper feeding unit 205 is characteristic, the operation of the paper feeding unit 205 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 132B, 132C, 133, and 134.
　図１３４に示すように、給紙部２０５は、ボールねじ用モータ２０５ｍと、ボールねじ用モータ２０５ｍの回転軸と連結しているボールねじ２０５ａと、紙ストッカー２０５ｂと、紙送り用モータ２０５ｃと、紙送り用モータ２０５ｃの回転軸と連結しているプーリー２０５ｄと、紙送りローラ２０５ｅと、プーリー２０５ｏと、プーリー２０５ｄの回転をプーリー２０５ｏを介して紙送りローラ２０５ｅに伝達させるベルト２０５ｊと、フリーローラ２０５ｆと、図示しないモータの回転軸と連結している紙送り駆動ローラ２０５ｇと、紙送りローラ２０５ｈと、滑り台２０５ｉと、紙載せ台２０５ｋとを含む。紙載せ台２０５ｋの上には、紙が載置しているか否かを検出する紙載せ台検知部２０６ａが設けられている。ボールねじ２０５ａの上には、専用紙１１ｂを載せる板が設けられており、当該板に専用紙１１ｂが載置しているか否かを検出する紙残量検知部２０６ｂが設けられている。紙送り駆動ローラ２０５ｇの手前には、専用紙１１ｂの有無を検出するための紙送り検知部２０６ｃが設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 134, the paper feed unit 205 includes a ball screw motor 205m, a ball screw 205a connected to the rotation shaft of the ball screw motor 205m, a paper stocker 205b, a paper feed motor 205c, A pulley 205d connected to the rotation shaft of the paper feed motor 205c, a paper feed roller 205e, a pulley 205o, a belt 205j for transmitting the rotation of the pulley 205d to the paper feed roller 205e via the pulley 205o, and a free roller 205f, a paper feed driving roller 205g connected to a rotating shaft of a motor (not shown), a paper feed roller 205h, a slide 205i, and a paper platform 205k. On the paper platform 205k, a paper platform detector 206a for detecting whether or not paper is placed is provided. On the ball screw 205a, a plate on which the dedicated paper 11b is placed is provided, and a remaining paper amount detection unit 206b for detecting whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the plate is provided. A paper feed detection unit 206c for detecting the presence or absence of the dedicated paper 11b is provided in front of the paper feed driving roller 205g.
　使用者は、紙ストッカー２０５ｂに複数の専用紙１１ｂを重ねて載置する。紙ストッカー２０５ｂは、引き出し部２０５ｐによって、専用紙１１ｂを横から補充できるようになっている。図１３３では、引き出し部２０５ｐが引き出されたときの状態を図示している。操作部３５によって、拭き取りが指示され（Ｓ１００）、温水洗浄の完了が検知されると（Ｓ１０１）、制御部１３は、紙残量検知部２０６ｂによって、専用紙１１ｂが残っているか否かを判断し（Ｓ７００）、残っている場合にのみ、次の動作に進む。残っていない場合は、制御部１３は、使用者に紙の補充を促すメッセージや音声等を通知する。 The user places a plurality of dedicated papers 11b on the paper stocker 205b. The paper stocker 205b can replenish the dedicated paper 11b from the side by a drawer 205p. FIG. 133 illustrates a state when the drawer portion 205p is pulled out. When wiping is instructed by the operation unit 35 (S100) and completion of warm water cleaning is detected (S101), the control unit 13 determines whether or not the dedicated paper 11b remains by the remaining paper amount detection unit 206b. (S700), the process proceeds to the next operation only when it remains. If not, the control unit 13 notifies the user of a message, voice, or the like that prompts the user to replenish paper.
　次に、制御部１３は、ボールねじ２０５ａが紙一枚分だけ上方に移動するようにボールねじ用モータ２０５ｍを回転させる（Ｓ７０１）。当該回転量を、制御部１３は、モータ検出部２０５ｌからの信号によって認識する。これにより、最上の専用紙１１ｂがフリーローラ２０５ｆと紙送りローラ２０５ｅに当接する。その状態で、制御部１３は、紙送り用モータ２０５ｃを回転させる（Ｓ７０２）。紙送りローラ２０５ｃが回転すると、プーリー２０５ｄ及びベルト２０５ｊによって、紙送りローラ２０５ｅに回転力が伝達する。そして、最上の専用紙１１ｂが一枚だけ送り出されることとなる。 Next, the control unit 13 rotates the ball screw motor 205m so that the ball screw 205a moves upward by one sheet (S701). The control unit 13 recognizes the rotation amount based on a signal from the motor detection unit 205l. As a result, the uppermost exclusive paper 11b comes into contact with the free roller 205f and the paper feed roller 205e. In this state, the control unit 13 rotates the paper feed motor 205c (S702). When the paper feed roller 205c rotates, the rotational force is transmitted to the paper feed roller 205e by the pulley 205d and the belt 205j. Then, only one uppermost exclusive paper 11b is sent out.
　送り出された一枚の専用紙１１ｂは、紙送り駆動ローラ２０５ｇと紙送りローラ２０５ｈの間に挿入される。制御部１３は、紙送り検知部２０６ｃによって専用紙１１ｂが紙送り駆動ローラ２０５ｇに送り込まれたことを検知することとなる（Ｓ７０３）。そして、制御部１３は、紙送り検知部２０６ｃが専用紙１１ｂを検知しなくなるまでの間、紙送り用モータ２０５ｃの駆動を継続する（Ｓ７０３）。その間、制御部１３は、紙送り駆動ローラ２０５ｇも回転させて、専用紙１１ｂを、滑り台２０５ｉに送り出す。専用紙１１ｂは、滑り台２０５ｉを滑り落ちて、紙載せ台２０５ｋの上に載置されることとなる。すると、紙載せ台検知部２０６ａ（若しくは、押し当て部４ａに設けられた紙載置センサ１２ｅ）は、紙が押し当て部４ａに載置されたことを検出することとなる（Ｓ７０４）。これによって、拭き取り動作の準備が完了したので、制御部１３は、拭き取りアーム４を露出させ、上下させて、臀部の拭き取りを実行し、拭き取り後、紙を捨てて、拭き取りアーム４を元の収納位置に戻す動作を実行する（Ｓ７０５）。 The single sheet 11b sent out is inserted between the paper feed driving roller 205g and the paper feed roller 205h. The control unit 13 detects that the dedicated paper 11b is fed to the paper feed driving roller 205g by the paper feed detection unit 206c (S703). The control unit 13 continues to drive the paper feed motor 205c until the paper feed detection unit 206c no longer detects the dedicated paper 11b (S703). In the meantime, the control unit 13 also rotates the paper feed driving roller 205g to send the dedicated paper 11b to the slide 205i. The dedicated paper 11b slides down the slide 205i and is placed on the paper mount 205k. Then, the paper placement table detection unit 206a (or the paper placement sensor 12e provided in the pressing unit 4a) detects that the paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a (S704). Since the preparation for the wiping operation is thus completed, the control unit 13 exposes the wiping arm 4 and moves it up and down to perform wiping of the buttock. After wiping, the paper is discarded and the wiping arm 4 is returned to the original storage. The operation of returning to the position is executed (S705).
　このように、本実施形態では、拭き取りアームの押し当て部の摩擦力若しくは形状を利用して、紙を押し当て部に載せたまま、拭き取りアームが移動して、臀部を拭き取る第１の方式を利用したポータブルトイレ３１を提供することが可能である。 As described above, in this embodiment, the first method of wiping the collar portion by moving the wiping arm while placing the paper on the pressing portion using the frictional force or the shape of the pressing portion of the wiping arm is used. It is possible to provide a portable toilet 31 that has been used.
　なお、本実施形態では、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分が入れ子式の伸縮部２９ｂとなっており、上下用モータ８の回転軸と伸縮部２９ｂの根元部分とがリンク機構２７ｅによって連結されている。リンク機構の詳細な構造は、図１１５と同様である。そのため、上下用モータ８の回転軸の回転に合わせて、伸縮部２９ｂが伸縮するため、押し当て部４ａの頂点位置が左右にぶれることなくまっすぐ上下することとなる。 In the present embodiment, the root portion of the wiping arm 4 is a telescopic telescopic portion 29b, and the rotation shaft of the vertical motor 8 and the root portion of the telescopic portion 29b are connected by a link mechanism 27e. The detailed structure of the link mechanism is the same as in FIG. Therefore, since the expansion / contraction part 29b expands / contracts in accordance with the rotation of the rotation shaft of the vertical motor 8, the apex position of the pressing part 4a goes straight up and down without shaking.
　なお、本実施形態で示した給紙部２０５の構造は、ポータブルトイレ以外の通常のトイレにも用いることができることは言うまでもない。 Needless to say, the structure of the paper feeding unit 205 shown in the present embodiment can also be used in a normal toilet other than a portable toilet.
（ポータブルトイレでの他の実施形態２）
　ポータブルトイレでの他の実施形態１では、第１の方式を用いたが、紙載せガイドを用いる第２の方式を用いたときのポータブルトイレの他の実施形態２を以下に説明する。図１３５Ａは、ポータブルトイレ３１における臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す平面図である。図１３５Ａでは、紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出しているときを実線で示し、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの位置を破線で示している。図１３５Ｂは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図１３５Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図１３６は、臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す正面図である。図１３６では、拭き取りアーム４が上下する遷移を示している。図１３７は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び拭き取りアーム４の構造を示す斜視図である。図１３８は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３のリンク機構において、拭き取りアーム４の移動遷移を示す正面図である。図１３９は、給紙部１７の内部構造を示す左側面図である。図１４０は、給紙部１７の内部構造を示す平面図であり、紙載せガイド１７ｃが収納されているときの図である。以下、図１３５～図１４０を参照しながら、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能、構造及び動作について説明する。 (Other embodiment 2 with portable toilet)
In the other embodiment 1 of the portable toilet, the first method is used, but another embodiment 2 of the portable toilet when the second method using the paper loading guide is used will be described below. FIG. 135A is a plan view showing the internal structure of the buttocks wiping device 1 in the portable toilet 31. FIG. In FIG. 135A, the time when the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 are exposed is indicated by a solid line, and the position when the wiping arm 4 is stored is indicated by a broken line. FIG. 135B is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 135C is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttock wiping device 1. 136 is a front view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. FIG. 136 shows a transition in which the wiping arm 4 moves up and down. FIG. 137 is a perspective view showing structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the wiping arm 4. FIG. 138 is a front view showing the movement transition of the wiping arm 4 in the link mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3. FIG. 139 is a left side view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17. FIG. 140 is a plan view showing the internal structure of the paper feed unit 17 and is a view when the paper loading guide 17c is stored. Hereinafter, the function, structure and operation of the buttocks wiping device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS.
　まず、給紙部１７の構造及び動作を説明する。給紙部１７は、モータ用枠７０と、移動枠７０ａ，７０ｂと、移動梁７０ｃ，７０ｄによって、全体的な枠を構成している。モータ用枠７０には、給紙用モータ１７ｅと、カップリング１７ｆとが固定されている。移動梁７０ｃと７０ｄによって、移動枠７０ａと７０ｂとが対向するようにして固定されている。移動枠７０ａ，７０ｂには、回転軸（以下、下回転軸という）７３ｅと回転軸（以下、上回転軸という）７４ｅとが回動可能に取り付けられている。下回転軸７３ｅは、カップリング１７ｆを介して、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転軸と連結している。下回転軸７３ｅの一端には、プーリー（以下、下プーリーという）７３ｆが取り付けられている。下回転軸７３ｅの両端には、ピニオン（以下、下ピニオンという）７３ｃと７３ｄが取り付けられている。これにより、下回転軸７３ｅが回転すると、下プーリー７３ｆ、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び下ピニオン７３ｄが回転する。 First, the structure and operation of the paper feeding unit 17 will be described. The paper supply unit 17 constitutes an overall frame by a motor frame 70, moving frames 70a and 70b, and moving beams 70c and 70d. A paper feed motor 17e and a coupling 17f are fixed to the motor frame 70. The moving frames 70a and 70b are fixed by the moving beams 70c and 70d so as to face each other. A rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as a lower rotating shaft) 73e and a rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as an upper rotating shaft) 74e are rotatably attached to the moving frames 70a and 70b. The lower rotating shaft 73e is connected to the rotating shaft of the paper feeding motor 17e through the coupling 17f. A pulley (hereinafter referred to as a lower pulley) 73f is attached to one end of the lower rotating shaft 73e. Pinions (hereinafter referred to as lower pinions) 73c and 73d are attached to both ends of the lower rotating shaft 73e. Thereby, when the lower rotating shaft 73e rotates, the lower pulley 73f, the lower pinion 73c, and the lower pinion 73d rotate.
　上回転軸７４ｅの一端には、プーリー（以下、上プーリーという）７４ｆが取り付けられている。上回転軸７４ｅの両端には、ピニオン（以下、上ピニオンという）７４ｃと７４ｄが取り付けられている。上プーリー７４ｆと、下プーリー７３ｆとの間には、ベルト７５がかけられており、下プーリー７３ｆの回転動作が上プーリー７４ｆに伝達するようになっている。これにより、下プーリー７３ｆが回転すると、上プーリー７４ｆが回転し、上回転軸７４ｅが回転して、上ピニオン７４ｃ及び上ピニオン７４ｄが回転する。 A pulley (hereinafter referred to as an upper pulley) 74f is attached to one end of the upper rotating shaft 74e. Pinions (hereinafter referred to as upper pinions) 74c and 74d are attached to both ends of the upper rotating shaft 74e. A belt 75 is hung between the upper pulley 74f and the lower pulley 73f, and the rotational operation of the lower pulley 73f is transmitted to the upper pulley 74f. Thus, when the lower pulley 73f rotates, the upper pulley 74f rotates, the upper rotating shaft 74e rotates, and the upper pinion 74c and the upper pinion 74d rotate.
　レール部（以下、下レール部という）７１ａ及び７１ｂは、補高部２に固定されている。また、ラック（以下、下ラックという）７３ａ及び７３ｂは、固定台７１ｅによって、補高部２に固定されている。下ラック７３ａ及び７３ｂは、それぞれ、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄと噛み合うようになっている。下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄは、それぞれ、下レール部７１ａ及び７１ｂ上をスライド可能なように、スライド台７１ｃ及び７１ｄに固定されている。 Rail portions (hereinafter referred to as lower rail portions) 71a and 71b are fixed to the elevation portion 2. In addition, racks (hereinafter referred to as lower racks) 73a and 73b are fixed to the elevation part 2 by a fixing base 71e. The lower racks 73a and 73b mesh with the lower pinions 73c and 73d, respectively. The lower pinions 73c and 73d are fixed to the slide bases 71c and 71d so as to be slidable on the lower rail portions 71a and 71b, respectively.
　レール部（以下、上レール部という）７２ａ及び７２ｂは、移動梁７０ｃ及び７０ｄに固定されている。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、上レール部７２ａ及び７２ｂ上をスライド可能なように、固定部７２ｃ，７２ｄによって、取り付けられている。紙載せガイド１７ｃの両辺には、ラック（以下、上ラックという）７４ａ及び７４ｂが固定されている。上ラック７４ａ及び７４ｂは、それぞれ、上ピニオン７４ｃ及び７４ｄと噛み合うようになっている。 Rail portions (hereinafter referred to as upper rail portions) 72a and 72b are fixed to moving beams 70c and 70d. The paper loading guide 17c is attached by fixing portions 72c and 72d so as to be slidable on the upper rail portions 72a and 72b. Racks (hereinafter referred to as upper racks) 74a and 74b are fixed to both sides of the paper loading guide 17c. The upper racks 74a and 74b mesh with the upper pinions 74c and 74d, respectively.
　給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転して、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄが回転すると、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄが、下ラック７３ａ及び７３ｂと噛み合いながら、下レール部７１ａ及び７１ｂに沿って移動することとなる。したがって、モータ用枠７０、移動枠７０ａ，７０ｂ、及び移動梁７０ｃ，７０ｄによる全体枠ごと、露出用モータ１７ｅ、カップリング１７ｆ、下プーリー７３ｆ、ベルト７５、上プーリー７４ｆ、スライド台７１ｃ及び７１ｄ、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄ、下回転軸７３ｅ、上ピニオン７４ｃ及び７４ｄ、上レール部７２ａ及び７２ｄ、上ラック７４ａ及び７４ｂ、上回転軸７４ｅ、固定部７２ｃ及び７２ｄ、並びに紙載せガイド１７ｃ等が、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄの移動に合わせて移動することとなる。 When the sheet feeding motor 17e rotates and the lower pinions 73c and 73d rotate, the lower pinions 73c and 73d move along the lower rail portions 71a and 71b while meshing with the lower racks 73a and 73b. Therefore, the motor frame 70, the moving frames 70a and 70b, and the entire frame by the moving beams 70c and 70d, the exposure motor 17e, the coupling 17f, the lower pulley 73f, the belt 75, the upper pulley 74f, the slide bases 71c and 71d, Lower pinions 73c and 73d, lower rotation shaft 73e, upper pinions 74c and 74d, upper rail portions 72a and 72d, upper racks 74a and 74b, upper rotation shaft 74e, fixing portions 72c and 72d, paper loading guide 17c, etc. It moves in accordance with the movement of the pinions 73c and 73d.
　さらに、給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転し、ベルト７５によって回転が伝達されて、プーリー７４ｆが回転すると、上ピニオン７４ｃ及び７４ｄが回転することとなる。上ピニオン７４ｃ及び７４ｄと上ラック７４ａ及び７４ｂは噛み合っているので、上ピニオン７４ｃ及び７４ｄが回転すると、上ラック７４ａ及び７４ｂは、上レール部７２ａ及び７２ｄに沿って移動することとなる。このような構造によって、収納時には、図１４０の状態であった紙載せガイド１７ｃは、露出時には、図１３５及び図１３６に示すように、便器部側に露出することとなる。全体枠ごと移動させつつ、さらに、紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動させることにより、図１４０に示す収納時には、紙載せガイド１７ｃの前後幅程度の大きさに、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収容しつつ、図１３５Ａ及び図１３６に示す露出時には、紙載せガイド１７ｃの前後幅以上の距離まで、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させることができる。ポータブルトイレの場合、通常のトイレに比べて、便座の幅が大きかったり、便器部内のバケツのサイズが大きかったりするため、紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動距離を長くしなければならない。そのため、このような実施形態によって、紙載せガイドを収納露出すれば、ポータブルトイレにおいて、紙載せガイド１７ｃによる給紙が可能となる。 Further, when the paper feed motor 17e rotates and the rotation is transmitted by the belt 75 and the pulley 74f rotates, the upper pinions 74c and 74d rotate. Since the upper pinions 74c and 74d and the upper racks 74a and 74b mesh with each other, when the upper pinions 74c and 74d rotate, the upper racks 74a and 74b move along the upper rail portions 72a and 72d. With such a structure, the paper loading guide 17c that was in the state of FIG. 140 at the time of storage is exposed to the toilet unit side as shown in FIGS. 135 and 136 at the time of exposure. By moving the paper loading guide 17c while moving the whole frame, the paper loading guide 17c is accommodated in the size of the front and rear width of the paper loading guide 17c during the accommodation shown in FIG. And at the time of exposure shown in FIG. 136, the paper placement guide 17c can be exposed to a distance equal to or larger than the front and rear width of the paper placement guide 17c. In the case of a portable toilet, the width of the toilet seat is larger than that of a normal toilet, and the size of the bucket in the toilet bowl is large. Therefore, the moving distance of the paper loading guide 17c must be increased. Therefore, according to such an embodiment, if the paper placement guide is stored and exposed, the paper can be fed by the paper placement guide 17c in the portable toilet.
　ここで用いる給紙部１７の機構を要約すると以下のようになる。給紙部１７は、紙載せガイド１７ｃをさせるための第１の移動機構として、上ラック７４ａ，７４ｂ及び上ピニオン７４ｃ，７４ｄを有し、第１の移動機構自体を移動させる第２の移動機構として、補高部２に固定された下ピニオン７３，７３ｄ及び第１の移動機構と共に移動する下ラック７３ａ，７３ｂを有する。第１の移動機構は、上ラック７４ａ，７４ｂ及び上ピニオン７４ｃ，７４ｄによって紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動させるための給紙用モータ１７ｅを有している。給紙用モータ１７ｅは、その回転運動が第２の移動機構に伝達するように、上ピニオン７４ｃ，７４ｄと連結しており、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転運動に連動して、第１の移動機構が移動するようになっている。 The mechanism of the paper feed unit 17 used here is summarized as follows. The paper supply unit 17 includes upper racks 74a and 74b and upper pinions 74c and 74d as first movement mechanisms for moving the paper loading guide 17c, and a second movement mechanism that moves the first movement mechanism itself. The lower pinions 73 and 73d fixed to the elevation part 2 and the lower racks 73a and 73b that move together with the first moving mechanism. The first moving mechanism includes a paper feeding motor 17e for moving the paper loading guide 17c by the upper racks 74a and 74b and the upper pinions 74c and 74d. The paper feed motor 17e is connected to the upper pinions 74c and 74d so that the rotational movement is transmitted to the second movement mechanism, and the first movement is linked to the rotational movement of the paper feed motor 17e. The mechanism moves.
　すなわち、給紙部１７は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動させる第１の移動機構と、第１の移動機構自体を移動させる第２の移動機構とを含む。そして、第１の移動機構は、紙載せガイド１７ｃをラックアンドピニオンの機構によって移動させる。第２の移動機構は、第１の移動機構をラックアンドピニオンの機構によって移動させる。第１の移動機構は、ラックアンドピニオンの機構の駆動のための給紙用モータ１７ｅを含む。第２の移動機構は、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転運動に連動して、第１の移動機構をラックアンドピニオンの機構によって移動させる。 That is, the paper supply unit 17 includes a first movement mechanism that moves the paper loading guide 17c and a second movement mechanism that moves the first movement mechanism itself. The first moving mechanism moves the paper loading guide 17c by a rack and pinion mechanism. The second moving mechanism moves the first moving mechanism by a rack and pinion mechanism. The first moving mechanism includes a paper feeding motor 17e for driving the rack and pinion mechanism. The second moving mechanism moves the first moving mechanism by the rack and pinion mechanism in conjunction with the rotational movement of the paper feeding motor 17e.
　なお、上下のラックアンドピニオンは、上下対称に設けられていてもよい。 Note that the upper and lower rack and pinions may be provided symmetrically.
　なお、ここでは、紙挿入口１７ａから、使用者が紙を差し込んで、紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に専用紙１１ｂを載置することとしているが、以前に説明した実施形態のように、給紙ローラ１７ｂを用いて、紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂを載置してもよい。また、便座の幅によっては、上記で説明した紙載せガイド１７ｃの収納方法を用いなくても良い場合があることは言うまでもない。たとえば、下ピニオン７３ｃ，７３ｄ及び下ラック７３ａ，７３ｂを用いずに、単に、上ピニオン７４ｃ，７４ｄと上ラック７４ａ，７４ｂとが噛み合うようにしておいて、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転に合わせて、上ピニオン７４ｃ，７４ｄが回転して、上ラック７４ａ，７４ｂに固定されている紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出するように、紙載せガイド１７ｃを上レール部７２ａ，７２ｂにスライド可能に取り付けておくだけでもよい。 Here, the user inserts the paper from the paper insertion opening 17a and places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c. However, as in the embodiment described above, the paper is fed. The dedicated paper 11b may be placed on the paper loading guide 17c using the roller 17b. Needless to say, depending on the width of the toilet seat, the method for storing the paper loading guide 17c described above may not be used. For example, without using the lower pinions 73c and 73d and the lower racks 73a and 73b, the upper pinions 74c and 74d and the upper racks 74a and 74b are simply meshed with each other in accordance with the rotation of the paper feeding motor 17e. The paper loading guide 17c is slidably attached to the upper rail portions 72a and 72b so that the upper pinions 74c and 74d rotate and the paper loading guide 17c fixed to the upper racks 74a and 74b is exposed. But you can.
　また、逆に、上ピニオン７４ｃ，７４ｄ及び上ラック７４ａ，７４ｂを用いずに、単に、下ピニオン７３ｃ，７３ｄと下ラック７３ａ，７３ｂとを噛み合うようにしておいて、下ピニオン７３ｃ及び７３ｄに紙載せガイド１７ｃを固定しておき、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転に合わせて、給紙用モータ１７ｅ及び下ピニオン７３ｃ，７３ｄ並びに紙載せガイド１７ｃが下レール部７１ａ，７１ｂに沿って移動するようにして、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出するようにしてもよい。 Conversely, without using the upper pinions 74c and 74d and the upper racks 74a and 74b, the lower pinions 73c and 73d are simply meshed with the lower racks 73a and 73b, and the lower pinions 73c and 73d are made of paper. The loading guide 17c is fixed, and the sheet feeding motor 17e, the lower pinions 73c and 73d, and the sheet loading guide 17c are moved along the lower rail portions 71a and 71b in accordance with the rotation of the sheet feeding motor 17e. Thus, the paper loading guide 17c may be exposed.
　次に、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の構造及び動作を説明する。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、露出用モータ９と、上下用モータ８とを備える。露出用モータ９は、露出用モータ固定部９３によって、補高部２に固定されている。露出用モータ９の回転軸には、ウォーム９１が取り付けられている。ウォーム９１と噛み合うように、ウォームホイール９２が、補高部２及び軸押さえ板９４に回転可能に取り付けられている。補高部２と軸押さえ板９４とは、支柱９４ａ，９５ｂによって、固定されている。露出用モータ９の回転軸が回転すると、ウォーム９１が回転し、合わせて、ウォームホイール９２が回転する。ウォームホイール９２の回転軸には、回転台８１が取り付けられている。回転台８１は、Ｌ字に折れ曲がっている。回転台８１には、上下用モータ８及び対向する二つのガイドブラケット８４，８４が固定されている。これにより、ウォームホイール９２が回転するのに合わせて、ウォームホイール９２の回転軸を中心に、角運動によって、回転台８１が回転し、一緒に、上下用モータ８及びガイドブラケット８４，８４が回転する。 Next, the structure and operation of the wiping arm drive unit 3 will be described. The wiping arm drive unit 3 includes an exposure motor 9 and a vertical motor 8. The exposure motor 9 is fixed to the elevation part 2 by an exposure motor fixing part 93. A worm 91 is attached to the rotating shaft of the exposure motor 9. A worm wheel 92 is rotatably attached to the elevation portion 2 and the shaft pressing plate 94 so as to mesh with the worm 91. The raised portion 2 and the shaft pressing plate 94 are fixed by support columns 94a and 95b. When the rotation shaft of the exposure motor 9 is rotated, the worm 91 is rotated, and the worm wheel 92 is rotated together. A rotating table 81 is attached to the rotating shaft of the worm wheel 92. The turntable 81 is bent into an L shape. A vertical motor 8 and two opposing guide brackets 84 and 84 are fixed to the turntable 81. As a result, as the worm wheel 92 rotates, the turntable 81 rotates by angular movement around the rotation axis of the worm wheel 92, and the vertical motor 8 and the guide brackets 84, 84 rotate together. To do.
　上下用モータ８のモータ回転軸８２には、リンクプレート８３が固定されている。リンクプレート８３には第１の溝８３ａが形成されている。第１の溝８３ａには、伸縮部２９ｂの一端に設けられた第１の自由端８６ａが摺動可能に挿入されている。伸縮部２９ｂには、伸縮可能に拭き取りアーム４が取り付けられている。ガイドブラケット８４，８４には、第２の溝８４ａが水平に形成されており、第２の溝８４ａの中間付近で、斜め左上方向に切り込まれた第３の溝８４ｂが形成されており、さらに、第２のみぞ８４ａの左端で、斜め左上方向に切り込まれた第４の溝８４ｃが形成されている。第４の溝８４ｃの方が、第３の溝８４ｂよりも長い。伸縮部２９ｂは、拭き取りアーム４の一端で入れ子式となった部材である。第１の自由端８６ａは、ガイドブラケット８４に形成された第２、３、及び４の溝８４ａ，８４ｂ，８４ｃにも挿入されている。伸縮部２９ｂが挿入される側の拭き取りアーム４の一端には、第２の自由端８６ｂが設けられている。第１の自由端８６ａは、ガイドブラケット８４に形成された第２、３、及び４の溝８４ａ，８４ｂ，８４ｃに挿入されている。 A link plate 83 is fixed to the motor rotating shaft 82 of the vertical motor 8. A first groove 83 a is formed in the link plate 83. A first free end 86a provided at one end of the telescopic portion 29b is slidably inserted into the first groove 83a. The wiping arm 4 is attached to the expansion / contraction part 29b so that expansion / contraction is possible. The guide brackets 84 and 84 have a second groove 84a formed horizontally, and a third groove 84b cut obliquely in the upper left direction is formed near the middle of the second groove 84a. Furthermore, a fourth groove 84c cut obliquely in the upper left direction is formed at the left end of the second groove 84a. The fourth groove 84c is longer than the third groove 84b. The stretchable part 29 b is a member that is nested at one end of the wiping arm 4. The first free end 86a is also inserted into second, third, and fourth grooves 84a, 84b, and 84c formed in the guide bracket 84. A second free end 86b is provided at one end of the wiping arm 4 on the side where the extendable portion 29b is inserted. The first free end 86a is inserted into second, third, and fourth grooves 84a, 84b, and 84c formed in the guide bracket 84.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、ウォームホイール９２の回転を伝達するための歯車等の伝達部９２ａ及び９２ｂを有する。伝達部９２ａ及び９２ｂの回転がモータ検出部９ａに伝えられて、モータ検出部９ａは、露出用モータ９の回転数、回転速度を検知することができる。なお、露出用モータ９に流れる電流（すなわちトルク）を検出するために、別途、モータ検出部９ａが設けられていてもよい。また、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、上下用モータ回転軸８２の回転を伝達するための歯車等の伝達部８５を有する。伝達部８５の回転がモータ検出部８ａに伝えられて、モータ検出部８ａは、上下用モータ８の回転数、回転速度を検知することができる。なお、上下用モータに流れる電流（すなわちトルク）を検出するために、別途、モータ検出部８ａが設けられていてもよい。なお、各モータ検出部は、各モータの回転軸に直接取り付けられる小型のものであってもよいし、各モータの内部に内蔵されているものであってもよい。また、トルク検出には、押し当て部４ａに取り付けられた圧力センサが用いられてもよい。 The wiping arm driving unit 3 includes transmission units 92 a and 92 b such as gears for transmitting the rotation of the worm wheel 92. The rotations of the transmission units 92a and 92b are transmitted to the motor detection unit 9a, and the motor detection unit 9a can detect the rotation speed and rotation speed of the exposure motor 9. In addition, in order to detect the electric current (namely, torque) which flows into the exposure motor 9, the motor detection part 9a may be provided separately. Further, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a transmission unit 85 such as a gear for transmitting the rotation of the vertical motor rotation shaft 82. The rotation of the transmission unit 85 is transmitted to the motor detection unit 8a, and the motor detection unit 8a can detect the number of rotations and the rotation speed of the vertical motor 8. In addition, in order to detect the electric current (namely, torque) which flows into the up-and-down motor, the motor detection part 8a may be provided separately. Each motor detection unit may be a small one that is directly attached to the rotation shaft of each motor, or may be built in each motor. Moreover, the pressure sensor attached to the pressing part 4a may be used for torque detection.
　拭き取りアーム４の他端には、ヒンジ機構２９ｃが設けられている。具体的には、ヒンジ機構２９ｃは、Ｔ字状であり、押し当て部４ａ内部で、回動可能となっている。押し当て部４ａは、上半分が肛門の形状に合わせた凸部となっており、下半分がＴ字状のヒンジ機構２９ｃを上半分と挟み込んで回動可能に取り付ける二つに分かれた重り部となっている。上半分の凸部と下半分の二つの重り部とによって、Ｔ字状のヒンジ機構２９ｃを挟み込むことで、押し当て部４ａが回動可能となっている。重り部によって、拭き取りアーム４が傾いたとしても、押し当て部４ａが常に水平を保つことができるようになっている。 A hinge mechanism 29 c is provided at the other end of the wiping arm 4. Specifically, the hinge mechanism 29c is T-shaped and can be rotated inside the pressing portion 4a. The pressing portion 4a is a convex portion whose upper half is an anus shape, and whose lower half is divided into two weight parts that are rotatably attached by sandwiching a T-shaped hinge mechanism 29c with the upper half. It has become. The pressing portion 4a is rotatable by sandwiching the T-shaped hinge mechanism 29c between the upper half convex portion and the lower half two weight portions. Even if the wiping arm 4 is tilted by the weight portion, the pressing portion 4a can always be kept horizontal.
　図１３８を参照しながら、リンク機構について説明する。なお、伸縮部２９ｂは、拭き取りアーム４の内部でばね等によって縮む方向に力が加えられているとする。図１３８（ｋ）が、原点位置である。このとき、第１の自由端８６ａが第２の溝８４ａの右端に位置する。（ｋ）の状態が、拭き取りアーム４が最も引っ込んだ状態である。その後、上下用モータ８の回転に合わせて、（ｊ）、（ｉ）、（ｈ）、（ｇ）、（ｆ）、（ｅ）、（ｄ）、（ｃ）、（ｂ）と遷移し、最後に、（ａ）の状態となる。（ａ）の状態が、拭き取りアーム４が最も露出した状態である。伸縮部２９ｂには、縮むように力が加えられているので、拭き取りアーム４自体の長さは同じままである。図１３８のような機構は、必ず必要となるわけではない。たとえば、図１３８（ａ）から（ｋ）までの拭き取りアーム４の先端位置の相違がたとえば最大４０ｍｍであるする。このような先端位置の相違を生じさせる必要があるのは、拭き取りアーム４の露出又は収納時に、補高部２内で、拭き取りアーム４がどこかに引っかかってしまう場合に、図１３８のような機構を設けて、補高部２内で、先端位置の調整を行えるようにしておけば、引っかかることなく拭き取りアーム４を収納することができる。このように、本実施形態のリンク機構は、押し当て部４ａの左右位置の調整という目的を第１に有している。このリンク機構は、第１の溝８３ａを第１の自由端８６ａが摺動し、さらに、第１の自由端８６ａが第２の溝８４ａを摺動することによって実現されている。ただし、このようなリンク機構は必須ではない。 The link mechanism will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, suppose that force is applied to the expansion / contraction part 29b in the direction contracted by the spring etc. inside the wiping arm 4. FIG. 138 (k) shows the origin position. At this time, the first free end 86a is located at the right end of the second groove 84a. The state (k) is the state where the wiping arm 4 is retracted most. After that, in accordance with the rotation of the up / down motor 8, the transition is made to (j), (i), (h), (g), (f), (e), (d), (c), (b). Finally, the state (a) is obtained. The state (a) is the state where the wiping arm 4 is most exposed. Since force is applied to the expansion / contraction part 29b so as to contract, the length of the wiping arm 4 itself remains the same. The mechanism as shown in FIG. 138 is not necessarily required. For example, the difference in the tip position of the wiping arm 4 from FIGS. 138 (a) to (k) is, for example, a maximum of 40 mm. It is necessary to cause such a difference in tip position when the wiping arm 4 is caught somewhere in the elevation 2 when the wiping arm 4 is exposed or stored, as shown in FIG. If a mechanism is provided so that the tip position can be adjusted in the elevation 2, the wiping arm 4 can be stored without being caught. Thus, the link mechanism of this embodiment has the objective of adjusting the left-right position of the pressing part 4a first. This link mechanism is realized by the first free end 86a sliding in the first groove 83a and the first free end 86a sliding in the second groove 84a. However, such a link mechanism is not essential.
　さらに、本実施形態のリンク機構は、押し当て部４ａの上昇時に、その頂点部分が左右にぶれずに、まっすぐ上昇できるという第２の目的を有する。それを、図１３６を用いて説明する。図１３８（ａ）の最左端に第２の自由端８６ｂが達すると、第１及び第２の自由端８６ａ，ｌ８６ｂがそれぞれ、第３及び第４の溝８４ｂ，８４ｃに挿入できる状態となる。この状態では、第１の自由端８６ａは、すでに、第１の溝８３ａの下端に達しているので、これ以上摺動することはできない。よって、さらに、上下用モータ８が回転すると、伸縮部２９ｂの縮む抵抗力以上の力が加わることとなり、伸縮部２９ｂが伸びながら、第１及び第２の自由端８６ａ，ｌ８６ｂがそれぞれ、第３及び第４の溝８４ｂ，８４ｃに挿入されて摺動していくこととなる。その状態を示したのが、図１３６である。図１３６に示すように、伸縮部２９ｂが伸びることで、拭き取りアーム４が斜め上に傾いた際、押し当て部４ａの頂点が左右にぶれることなく上昇することとなる。このように、本実施形態のリンク機構によって、押し当て部４ａの頂点が左右にぶれないという機構を実現できる。ただし、このようなリンク機構は必須ではない。特に、拭き取りアーム４の長さとの関係で、押し当て部４ａの頂点のずれが拭き取り感に影響がない程度しかずれないのであれば、リンク機構を設けなくてもよい。 Furthermore, the link mechanism of the present embodiment has the second object that when the pressing portion 4a is lifted, its apex portion can be lifted straight without shaking left and right. This will be described with reference to FIG. When the second free end 86b reaches the leftmost end in FIG. 138 (a), the first and second free ends 86a and l86b can be inserted into the third and fourth grooves 84b and 84c, respectively. In this state, the first free end 86a has already reached the lower end of the first groove 83a and cannot slide any further. Therefore, when the vertical motor 8 is further rotated, a force greater than the contracting force of the expansion / contraction part 29b is applied, and the first and second free ends 86a and l86b are respectively connected to the third extension part 29b while the expansion / contraction part 29b extends. And it will be inserted in the 4th groove | channels 84b and 84c, and will slide. FIG. 136 shows this state. As shown in FIG. 136, when the expansion / contraction part 29b is extended, when the wiping arm 4 is inclined obliquely upward, the apex of the pressing part 4a rises without shaking left and right. Thus, the link mechanism of the present embodiment can realize a mechanism in which the apex of the pressing portion 4a does not move left and right. However, such a link mechanism is not essential. In particular, if the displacement of the apex of the pressing portion 4a does not affect the wiping feeling due to the relationship with the length of the wiping arm 4, the link mechanism need not be provided.
　次に、給紙側開閉部１９ａ及びアーム側開閉部１９ｂについて説明する。図１３６に示すように、給紙側開閉部１９ａは、補高部２の開口部分に設けられている。たとえば、図示しないラックアンドピニオンとモータによって、給紙側開閉部１９ａが左右に移動できるようになっている。図１３６に示すように、アーム側開閉部１９ｂは、てこ９６を紙面上右に図示しないモータや電磁ソレノイドでスライドさせることによって、アーム側開閉部１９ｂが補高部２内に入り込むような機構となっている。なお、各開閉部の機構は、これらに限られない。 Next, the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a and the arm side opening / closing part 19b will be described. As shown in FIG. 136, the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19 a is provided in the opening part of the elevation part 2. For example, the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a can be moved left and right by a rack and pinion and a motor (not shown). As shown in FIG. 136, the arm-side opening / closing part 19b has a mechanism in which the arm-side opening / closing part 19b enters the elevation part 2 by sliding the lever 96 to the right on the page with a motor or electromagnetic solenoid (not shown). It has become. In addition, the mechanism of each opening / closing part is not restricted to these.
　次に、ポータブルトイレ３１の動作の流れを説明する。拭き取り指示（Ｓ１００）の後、洗浄済みか否かが確認されて（Ｓ１０１）から、制御部１３は、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉによって、専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置されたか否かを検知し、該センサ１７ｉをオン状態にしておく（Ｓ８００）。該センサ１７ｉのオンは、後述のＳ８０６の間まで継続する。その間、該センサ１７ｉによって、専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置されていないことが検知された場合、何らかのエラーで専用紙１１ｂが載置されなくなったことを意味するので、制御部１３は、その旨を使用者に表示等で通知することとする。 Next, the operation flow of the portable toilet 31 will be described. After the wiping instruction (S100), it is confirmed whether or not the washing has been completed (S101), and the control unit 13 determines whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c by the paper placement guide sensor 17i. Then, the sensor 17i is turned on (S800). The sensor 17i is kept on until S806 described later. Meanwhile, if the sensor 17i detects that the dedicated paper 11b is not placed on the paper loading guide 17c, it means that the dedicated paper 11b is not placed due to some error. This will be notified to the user by a display or the like.
　Ｓ８００の後、制御部１３は、給紙側開閉部１９ａを作動して、給紙部１７側の補高部２の開口を開ける（Ｓ８０１）。給紙部１７側の開口が開いたか否かを、制御部１３は、開閉確認センサ１９ｃによって行う。もし、正常に開いていない場合、制御部１３は、その旨を使用者に表示等で通知することとする。 After S800, the control unit 13 operates the paper supply side opening / closing unit 19a to open the opening of the elevation portion 2 on the paper supply unit 17 side (S801). The control unit 13 determines whether or not the opening on the paper feeding unit 17 side is opened by an open / close confirmation sensor 19c. If it is not normally opened, the control unit 13 notifies the user to that effect by display or the like.
　次に、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅを作動させて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる（Ｓ８０２）。図示しない検出部によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの露出位置が検出された場合、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅの作動を停止する（Ｓ８０３）。 Next, the control unit 13 operates the paper feeding motor 17e to expose the paper loading guide 17c (S802). When the exposure position of the paper loading guide 17c is detected by a detection unit (not shown), the control unit 13 stops the operation of the paper feeding motor 17e (S803).
　次に、制御部１３は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂを作動して、拭き取りアーム４側の補高部２の開口を開ける（Ｓ８０４）。拭き取りアーム４側の開口が開いたか否かを、制御部１３は、開閉確認センサ１９ｄによって行う。もし、正常に開いていない場合、制御部１３は、その旨を使用者に表示等で通知することとする。 Next, the control unit 13 operates the arm side opening / closing unit 19b to open the opening of the elevation portion 2 on the wiping arm 4 side (S804). The controller 13 determines whether or not the opening on the wiping arm 4 side is opened by the open / close confirmation sensor 19d. If it is not normally opened, the control unit 13 notifies the user to that effect by display or the like.
　次に、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９を作動させて、拭き取りアーム４を便座７の穴側に露出させる（Ｓ８０５）。モータ検出部９ａによって、拭き取りアーム４の露出位置が検出された場合、制御部１３は、露出用モータ９の作動を停止する（Ｓ８０６）。 Next, the control unit 13 operates the exposure motor 9 to expose the wiping arm 4 to the hole side of the toilet seat 7 (S805). When the exposure position of the wiping arm 4 is detected by the motor detection unit 9a, the control unit 13 stops the operation of the exposure motor 9 (S806).
　次に、制御部１３は、上下用モータを作動させて、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａを上昇させる（Ｓ８０７）。このとき、制御部１３は、押し当て部４ａに専用紙１１ｂが載置されているか否かを判断するための紙載置センサ１２ｅをオンにする（Ｓ８０８）。紙載置センサ１２ｅのオン状態は、排紙動作が行われるＳ８１１まで継続し、もし、その間、紙載置センサ１２ｅによって専用紙１１ｂが載置されていないことが検出されたら、押し当て部４ａから専用紙１１ｂが落下したことを意味するので、制御部１３は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を駆動して、拭き取りアーム４を収納位置に戻すと共に、その旨を使用者に表示等で通知することとする。 Next, the control unit 13 operates the up / down motor to raise the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 (S807). At this time, the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement sensor 12e for determining whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the pressing portion 4a (S808). The on state of the paper placement sensor 12e continues until S811 when the paper discharge operation is performed. During this time, if the paper placement sensor 12e detects that the special paper 11b is not placed, the pressing unit 4a. This means that the dedicated paper 11b has fallen, so that the control unit 13 drives the wiping arm driving unit 3 to return the wiping arm 4 to the storage position, and notifies the user to that effect by a display or the like. And
　Ｓ８０７の動作によって、押し当て部４ａが上昇し、専用紙１１ｂが肛門付近に当接し、水分等が専用紙１１ｂに拭き取られることとなる。押し当て部４ａの上昇が始まると、制御部１３は、給紙用モータ１７ｅを逆回転に作動して、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収納位置に戻し、給紙側開閉部１９ａを閉じる動作を行う（Ｓ８０９）。その後、制御部１３は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を駆動して、押し当て部４ａが前後若しくは上下するように適宜駆動させて、拭き取り動作を実行する（Ｓ８１０）。 By the operation of S807, the pressing portion 4a rises, the special paper 11b comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus, and moisture etc. are wiped off by the special paper 11b. When the pressing unit 4a starts to rise, the control unit 13 operates the paper feeding motor 17e to rotate in reverse, returns the paper loading guide 17c to the storage position, and closes the paper feeding side opening / closing unit 19a ( S809). Thereafter, the control unit 13 drives the wiping arm driving unit 3 to appropriately drive the pressing unit 4a so as to move back and forth or up and down to perform a wiping operation (S810).
　拭き取りの後、制御部１３は、上下用モータ８を逆回転させて、押し当て部４ａを加工させ、紙載置センサ１２ｅによって、専用紙１１ｂの載置が検出されなくなるまで、露出用モータ９を反復に微動させるなどして、専用紙１１ｂを落下させる動作を行い、排紙する（Ｓ８１１）。排紙が終われば、制御部１３は、拭き取りアーム４が収納位置に戻るように、上下用モータ８及び露出用モータ９を回転させて、拭き取りアーム４を収納し、アーム側開閉部１９ｂを閉じて（Ｓ８１２）、次の拭き取りの待機状態となる。 After wiping, the control unit 13 rotates the up / down motor 8 in the reverse direction to process the pressing unit 4a, and the exposure motor 9 until the placement of the dedicated paper 11b is not detected by the paper placement sensor 12e. The special paper 11b is dropped, for example, by repeatedly finely moving the paper, and the paper is discharged (S811). When the paper discharge is completed, the control unit 13 rotates the vertical motor 8 and the exposure motor 9 so that the wiping arm 4 returns to the storage position, stores the wiping arm 4, and closes the arm side opening / closing unit 19b. (S812), the next wiping standby state is entered.
　このように、本実施形態によれば、第２の方式を用いて、給紙部１７から専用紙１１ｂを肛門したまで配置し、拭き取りアーム駆動部３によって拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂの下から押し上げるようにして上昇することによって水分等の拭き取りが実行されることとなる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the second method is used to arrange the dedicated paper 11b from the paper feeding unit 17 until it is anus, and the wiping arm driving unit 3 uses the pressing unit 4a of the wiping arm 4 as a dedicated device. When the paper 11b is pushed up from below the paper 11b, the moisture is wiped off.
（専用紙１１ｂの供給方法の変形例）
　ここまでの実施形態では、専用紙１１ｂを紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置するに際して、予め四角形状に製造された専用紙１１ｂを使用者が紙載せガイド１７ｃに供給したり、複数重ねられた専用紙１１ｂを自動的に紙載せガイド１７ｃに供給したりする構成を主に説明したが、専用紙１１ｂの供給方法はこれに限られない。 (Modification of the method for supplying the dedicated paper 11b)
In the embodiments so far, when the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper loading guide 17c, the user supplies the special paper 11b manufactured in advance in a rectangular shape to the paper loading guide 17c, or a plurality of dedicated papers stacked. Although the configuration for automatically supplying 11b to the paper loading guide 17c has been mainly described, the method for supplying the dedicated paper 11b is not limited to this.
　たとえば、複数枚分の専用紙１１ｂを連続させたロール状にしておき、ロール状の専用紙１１ｂを電動トイレットロールの構造を利用して、所定の長さで自動的に切断して、切断された専用紙１１ｂを紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に載置してもよい。 For example, a plurality of sheets of dedicated paper 11b are made into a continuous roll shape, and the roll-shaped dedicated paper 11b is automatically cut to a predetermined length by using the structure of the electric toilet roll. The dedicated paper 11b may be placed on the paper loading guide 17c.
　ただし、専用紙１１ｂは、吸水力を持たせるために、ある程度の厚みを有するため、複数枚分の専用紙１１ｂをロール状にすると、ロール自体が厚いものとなる可能性があり、扱いにくいこととなりかねない。そこで、図１４１及び図１４２を用いて、複数枚分の専用紙を所定の長さで折りたたみ、折りたたまれた専用紙を所定の長さで切断する方式について説明する。図１４１は、複数枚分の連続の専用紙を折り畳んで形成した折りたたみ連続専用紙１１ｋを示す図である。図１４２は、連続専用紙１１ｋを用いた時の自動給紙装置の概略構造を示す図である。折り畳まれる間隔は、たとえば、専用紙１１ｂの長さと同様としておく。折りたたみ連続専用紙１１ｋは、端辺を圧着や接着、水溶性縫い糸などで接合している。なお、所定の長さの切断部は、紙が薄くなっていてもよい。また、ある程度厚みを有する水溶性紙を連続専用紙１１ｋとして用いれば、端辺の接合は不要である。一定の間隔で折りたたんでおくことにより、紙ストッカー部９６に連続専用紙１１ｋを収納することができ、連続長さを長くしても、紙ストッカー部９６の高さを調整するだけでよくなる。図１４２に示すように、紙ストッカー部９６に、折りたたまれた連続専用紙１１ｋを収容し、開口９６ａから、連続専用紙１１ｋの先端を露出させる。露出した連続専用紙１１ｋを紙送りローラ９６ｃに挟んで、切断部９６ｂを介して、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置するようにしておく。所定の長さだけ紙送りローラ９６ｃが回転したら、切断部９６ｂが連続専用紙１１ｋを切断する。これにより、切断の度に、紙載せガイド１７ｃに所定の長さで切断された連続専用紙１１ｋが載置されることとなる。その後は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させて、拭き取りを実行する。 However, since the special paper 11b has a certain thickness in order to give water absorption, if the special paper 11b for a plurality of sheets is made into a roll, the roll itself may be thick and difficult to handle. It can be. Therefore, a method of folding a plurality of sheets of dedicated paper with a predetermined length and cutting the folded dedicated paper with a predetermined length will be described with reference to FIGS. 141 and 142. FIG. 141 is a diagram illustrating a folded continuous dedicated paper 11k formed by folding a plurality of continuous dedicated paper. FIG. 142 is a diagram showing a schematic structure of the automatic paper feeder when the continuous dedicated paper 11k is used. The folding interval is set to be the same as the length of the dedicated paper 11b, for example. The folding continuous dedicated paper 11k has its ends joined by pressure bonding, adhesion, water-soluble sewing thread or the like. Note that the cutting portion having a predetermined length may be thin. Further, if water-soluble paper having a certain thickness is used as the continuous dedicated paper 11k, the joining of the edges is unnecessary. By folding the paper stocker 96 at a constant interval, the continuous dedicated paper 11k can be stored in the paper stocker unit 96. Even if the continuous length is increased, it is only necessary to adjust the height of the paper stocker unit 96. As shown in FIG. 142, the folded continuous dedicated paper 11k is accommodated in the paper stocker unit 96, and the leading end of the continuous dedicated paper 11k is exposed from the opening 96a. The exposed continuous dedicated paper 11k is sandwiched between paper feed rollers 96c and placed on the paper placement guide 17c via the cutting portion 96b. When the paper feed roller 96c rotates by a predetermined length, the cutting unit 96b cuts the continuous dedicated paper 11k. As a result, the continuous dedicated paper 11k cut at a predetermined length is placed on the paper loading guide 17c every time it is cut. Thereafter, the paper placement guide 17c is exposed and wiping is executed.
　このように、連続専用紙１１ｋを用いて、所定の間隔で切断して、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置する方式を用いれば、専用紙１１ｂを一枚一枚給紙しなくてもよいので、手の不自由な使用者でも、臀部の拭き取りを自動的に実行することが可能となる。 In this manner, if the method of cutting the continuous dedicated paper 11k at a predetermined interval and placing it on the paper loading guide 17c is used, it is not necessary to feed the dedicated paper 11b one by one. Even a handicapped user can automatically perform wiping of the buttocks.
　なお、ここ示した自動給紙の機構は、第１の方式にも利用できる。すなわち、切断部９６及び紙送りローラ９６ｃを介して供給された専用紙１１ｂが、紙載せガイドの代わりに、押し当て部４ａに載置されてもよい。 The automatic paper feeding mechanism shown here can also be used for the first method. That is, the dedicated paper 11b supplied via the cutting unit 96 and the paper feed roller 96c may be placed on the pressing unit 4a instead of the paper loading guide.
（温水洗浄装置の下部に拭き取りアーム駆動部を配置する実施形態）
　温水洗浄装置の下部に拭き取りアーム駆動部を配置する構成を以下に説明する。図１４３～図１５１を用いて、臀部の拭き取りに、使い捨てアーム１０９，１１０を用いる実施形態について説明する。ここで用いる使い捨てアーム１０９，１１０は、水溶性の棒状の基材部に、水溶性の吸水部を取り付けており、全体として水溶性である器具である。たとえば、基材部として、スパイラル状に水溶性用紙を巻き付けた棒状の部材を用いる。吸水部として、基材部の先端にトイレットペーパーを巻き付けたものを用いる。その他、先述した図６７乃至図７１に示すような使い捨ての押し当て部を用いてもよい。なお、使い捨てアームと呼ぶか、使い捨て押し当て部と呼ぶかは発明の本質的には何ら関係のないことである。臀部を直接拭き取る部分である吸水部分に対して、当該吸水部分を把持するための部分が必要となるが、図１４４で説明する使い捨てアームは把持する部分を棒状にしており、一方、図６７で説明する使い捨て押し当て部は把持する部分が屈曲した板状になっているに過ぎず、臀部を拭き取る部分が使い捨てとなっていることには変わりがない。 (Embodiment in which the wiping arm driving unit is arranged at the lower part of the hot water cleaning device)
The structure which arrange | positions the wiping arm drive part in the lower part of a warm water washing | cleaning apparatus is demonstrated below. An embodiment in which the disposable arms 109 and 110 are used for wiping the buttock will be described with reference to FIGS. 143 to 151. The disposable arms 109 and 110 used here are devices that are water-soluble as a whole, with a water-soluble water-absorbing portion attached to a water-soluble rod-like base material portion. For example, a rod-shaped member in which water-soluble paper is wound in a spiral shape is used as the base material portion. As a water absorption part, what wound the toilet paper around the front-end | tip of a base material part is used. In addition, a disposable pressing portion as shown in FIGS. 67 to 71 may be used. It should be noted that the term “disposable arm” or “disposable pressing part” has nothing to do with the invention. A portion for gripping the water absorption portion is required with respect to the water absorption portion which is a portion for directly wiping the collar portion, but the disposable arm described in FIG. The disposable pressing portion to be described is merely a plate shape in which the gripped portion is bent, and the portion for wiping the collar portion is disposable.
　図１４３は、使い捨てアーム１０９，１１０を用いる臀部拭き取り装置１００の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図１４４（ａ）は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の平面図である。図１４４（ｂ）は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の右側面図である。図１４４（ｃ）は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の正面図である。図１４５（ａ）～（ｃ）は、中心位置まで移動したときの臀部拭き取り装置１００の平面図、右側面図、及び正面図である。図１４６（ａ）～（ｃ）は、露出位置まで移動したときの臀部拭き取り装置１００の平面図、右側面図、及び正面図である。なお、ここで用いる使い捨てアーム１０９，１１０は一例に過ぎず、その他、使い捨て可能な水分拭き取り先端器具であれば、どのような構成のものを用いてもよい。 FIG. 143 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 100 using the disposable arms 109 and 110. FIG. 144 (a) is a plan view of the buttock wiping device 100. FIG. 144 (b) is a right side view of the buttock wiping device 100. FIG. 144 (c) is a front view of the buttock wiping device 100. FIGS. 145 (a) to 145 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the center position. FIGS. 146 (a) to 146 (c) are a plan view, a right side view, and a front view of the buttock wiping device 100 when moved to the exposure position. The disposable arms 109 and 110 used here are merely examples, and any other configuration may be used as long as it is a disposable water wiping tip device.
　図１４４に示すように、臀部拭き取り装置１００は、温水洗浄装置１１３及び便座１１４の下部に設けられている。臀部拭き取り装置１００の下に便器（図示せず）が設けられている。温水洗浄装置１１３の下部に、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を配置することによって、臀部拭き取り装置１００を効率的に配置することができ、全体の大きさをコンパクトにすることができる。また、使い捨てアーム１０９を掴むための掴み押し当て部１０８が露出することが無いので、衛生的に保つことができる。 144, the buttocks wiping device 100 is provided below the hot water cleaning device 113 and the toilet seat 114. As shown in FIG. A toilet (not shown) is provided under the buttock wiping device 100. By disposing the wiping arm driving unit 118 at the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 113, the buttock wiping device 100 can be efficiently disposed, and the overall size can be made compact. In addition, since the grasping pressing portion 108 for grasping the disposable arm 109 is not exposed, it can be kept hygienic.
　臀部拭き取り装置１００は、操作部１１７と、制御部１１９と、カバー部１１６と、撮像部１１５と、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８と、使い捨てアーム供給部１１２とを備える。使い捨てアーム１０９は、拭き取りのためのアームであるから、拭き取りアームとも言える。駆動部１１８は、使い捨てアーム１０９を移動させるための装置である。よって、駆動部１１８は、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８と称することができる。 The heel wiping device 100 includes an operation unit 117, a control unit 119, a cover unit 116, an imaging unit 115, a wiping arm driving unit 118, and a disposable arm supply unit 112. Since the disposable arm 109 is an arm for wiping, it can also be said to be a wiping arm. The drive unit 118 is a device for moving the disposable arm 109. Therefore, the drive unit 118 can be referred to as a wiping arm drive unit 118.
　操作部１１７は、使用者が拭き取りを指示するための入力装置である。制御部１１９は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の動作を制御するための装置である。カバー部１１６は、便器と便座１１４との間に生じる間隙をカバーし、臀部拭き取り装置１００に水分が浸入するのを防止する装置である。カバー部１１６は、後述の図１４８のように、上下に移動する装置であってもよいが、左右方向に開くような装置であってもよく、その具体的構造については、本発明を限定するものでない。 The operation unit 117 is an input device for the user to instruct wiping. The control unit 119 is a device for controlling the operation of the buttock wiping device 100. The cover portion 116 is a device that covers a gap generated between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat 114 and prevents moisture from entering the buttocks wiping device 100. The cover 116 may be a device that moves up and down as shown in FIG. 148 described later, but may also be a device that opens in the left-right direction, and its specific structure limits the present invention. Not a thing.
　撮像部１１５は、肛門付近の画像を撮像することができる位置に配置されている。制御部１１９は、撮像部１１５が得た画像を基に、水分が付着している領域を判断し、当該領域に使い捨てアームが当接するよう、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を制御する。また、制御部１１９は、臀部に汚れが付着しているか否かを判断することができ、付着していれば、臀部の拭き取り前に、温水洗浄装置１１３による洗浄を実行させることができる。撮像部１１５が防水であるとよいことは言うまでもない。 The imaging unit 115 is disposed at a position where an image near the anus can be captured. The control unit 119 determines a region where moisture is attached based on the image obtained by the imaging unit 115, and controls the wiping arm driving unit 118 so that the disposable arm comes into contact with the region. In addition, the control unit 119 can determine whether or not dirt is attached to the collar part. If the dirt is adhered, the controller 119 can perform cleaning by the hot water cleaning device 113 before wiping the collar part. Needless to say, the imaging unit 115 should be waterproof.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８は、左右レール１０２と、左右レール駆動モータ１０３と、前後レール駆動モータ１０４と、前後レール１０５と、上下モータ１０６と、掴み部１０７と、掴み押し当て部１０８とを含む。 The wiping arm driving unit 118 includes a left and right rail 102, a left and right rail driving motor 103, a front and rear rail driving motor 104, a front and rear rail 105, a vertical motor 106, a gripping portion 107, and a gripping pressing portion 108.
　左右レール１０２は、温水洗浄装置１１３の下部に取り付けられている。図１４４（ｃ）に示すように、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を収容する部材（以下、収容部という）の天井側に、左右レール１０２が取り付けられている。ただし、図１４７に示すように、左右レール１０２は、収容部の底面に取り付けられていてもよい。左右レール１０２は、左右レール駆動モータ１０３の回転によって、レールに載っている部材を左右に移動させることができる。 The left and right rails 102 are attached to the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 113. As shown in FIG. 144 (c), the left and right rails 102 are attached to the ceiling side of a member (hereinafter referred to as “accommodating unit”) that accommodates the wiping arm driving unit 118. However, as shown in FIG. 147, the left and right rails 102 may be attached to the bottom surface of the housing portion. The left and right rails 102 can move the members placed on the rails to the left and right by the rotation of the left and right rail drive motor 103.
　前後レール１０５は、左右レール１０２に載っている。前後レール１０５は、前後レール駆動モータ１０４の回転によって、レールに載っている部材を前後に移動させることができる。 The front and rear rails 105 are mounted on the left and right rails 102. The front and rear rail 105 can move the member mounted on the rail back and forth by the rotation of the front and rear rail drive motor 104.
　上下モータ１０６は、前後レールに載っている。上下モータ１０６には、掴み部１０７が取り付けられており、上下モータ１０６が回転することによって、掴み部１０７をその回転軸を中心に上下に移動させることができる。 The vertical motor 106 is mounted on the front and rear rails. A grip portion 107 is attached to the vertical motor 106, and the grip portion 107 can be moved up and down around its rotation axis by rotating the vertical motor 106.
　掴み部１０７は、平行ハンドや支点ハンドなどであるとよいが、特に限定されるものではない。掴み部１０７は、基材部を掴みやすい形状に加工された掴み押し当て部１０８に、使い捨てアーム１０９の基材部を掴ませることができる。このような機構によって、使い捨てアーム１０９は、左右、前後、上下に移動することができる。 The grip portion 107 may be a parallel hand or a fulcrum hand, but is not particularly limited. The grip portion 107 can grip the base material portion of the disposable arm 109 by the grip pressing portion 108 processed into a shape that makes it easy to grip the base material portion. By such a mechanism, the disposable arm 109 can move left and right, back and forth, and up and down.
　なお、ここでは、使い捨てアーム１０９を移動させるための具体的な機構として、レールやモータ、ハンドを示したが、これは、あくまでも一例に過ぎず、左右、前後、上下、把持を行うことができる機構であれば、モータやレール、ハンドに限定されるものではない。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８は、使い捨てアームを左右に移動させるための左右駆動部と、使い捨てアームを前後に移動させるための前後駆動部と、使い捨てアームを上下に移動させるための上下駆動部と、使い捨てアームを把持するための把持部が設けられていればよい。また、拭き取り感を向上させるために、前後駆動部を設けているが、前後の拭き取りがなくてもよいのであれば、前後駆動部は必須ではない。 Here, rails, motors, and hands are shown as specific mechanisms for moving the disposable arm 109, but this is only an example, and it is possible to perform left and right, front and rear, up and down, and gripping. If it is a mechanism, it is not limited to a motor, a rail, or a hand. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 118 includes a left and right drive unit for moving the disposable arm left and right, a front and rear drive unit for moving the disposable arm back and forth, and a vertical drive unit for moving the disposable arm up and down. It is sufficient that a gripping part for gripping the disposable arm is provided. In order to improve the wiping feeling, the front / rear drive unit is provided. However, the front / rear drive unit is not essential as long as there is no need to wipe the front / rear.
　使い捨てアーム供給部１１２は、図１４４（ｃ）に示すように、スタンバイ用使い捨てアーム１１０を縦方向に積んでいる。積み上げるための構造としては、たとえば、使い捨てアーム１１０を縦方向に積み上げることができる縦長の箱状部材を用い、基材部が傾かないように、基材部の間隔毎に、基材部を引掛けるための部材を配置しておけばよい。また、その他の構造であってもよく、特に限定されるものではない。使い捨てアーム供給部１１２は、ここでは、コンパクトな構造とするために、底面に斜めに傾斜した部分を有し、自動的に、拭き取り用使い捨てアーム１０９が移動する構造としている。ただし、使い捨てアーム供給部１１２は、一つ一つ掴み押し当て部１０８が基材部を掴んで抜き取っていく構造であってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 144 (c), the disposable arm supply unit 112 has the standby disposable arms 110 stacked in the vertical direction. As a structure for stacking, for example, a vertically long box-shaped member capable of stacking the disposable arms 110 in the vertical direction is used, and the base material portion is pulled at every interval of the base material portion so that the base material portion does not tilt. What is necessary is just to arrange | position the member for hanging. Other structures may be used and are not particularly limited. Here, in order to make the disposable arm supply unit 112 have a compact structure, the disposable arm supply unit 112 has an inclined portion on the bottom surface, and the disposable arm 109 for wiping is automatically moved. However, the disposable arm supply unit 112 may have a structure in which the gripping and pressing unit 108 grips and extracts the base material one by one.
　図１４４に示すように、まず、使い捨てアーム１０９が把持される。把持後、図１４５に示すように、左右レール１０２によって、左方向に使い捨てアーム１０９が移動する。なお、左右対称の構造を有する場合は、右方向に使い捨てアーム１０９が移動するのは言うまでもない。このとき、カバー部１１６が開いて、便器と便座との間隙から、使い捨てアーム１０９が便器の穴の中心部に移動することとなる。この時点では、使い捨てアーム１０９は、便器の下に位置しているので、臀部に使い捨てアーム１０９は当接していない。 As shown in FIG. 144, the disposable arm 109 is first gripped. After gripping, as shown in FIG. 145, the disposable arm 109 is moved leftward by the left and right rails 102. Needless to say, the disposable arm 109 moves rightward when it has a symmetrical structure. At this time, the cover 116 is opened, and the disposable arm 109 moves to the center of the toilet bowl through the gap between the toilet bowl and the toilet seat. At this time, since the disposable arm 109 is located under the toilet bowl, the disposable arm 109 is not in contact with the buttocks.
　次に、図１４６に示すように、上下モータ１０６が駆動して、使い捨てアーム１０９が上方に移動する。図１４６（ｂ）に示すように、使い捨てアーム１０９の先端が便座１１４から露出する。このような位置で、臀部の拭き取りが行われる。なお、水分を効果的に拭き取るために、後述の図１５０及び図１５１の画像認識処理による拭き取り動作によって、臀部を傷つけないように丁寧な拭き取りが行われる。図１４６に示した状態で、上下や前後、左右に微動して、丁寧な拭き取りが実現されることとなる。 Next, as shown in FIG. 146, the vertical motor 106 is driven and the disposable arm 109 moves upward. As shown in FIG. 146 (b), the distal end of the disposable arm 109 is exposed from the toilet seat 114. At such a position, the buttock is wiped off. In order to effectively wipe off moisture, wiping is performed carefully so as not to damage the buttocks by a wiping operation by image recognition processing of FIGS. 150 and 151 described later. In the state shown in FIG. 146, it is finely moved up and down, front and rear, and left and right, and careful wiping is realized.
　図１４７は、左右レール１０２を収容部の底面に配置したときの正面図である。各部材を上下対称に配置すればよいので、他の部材の配置については、詳細に示すまでもない。このように、左右レール１０２は、温水洗浄装置１１３の下部に設けられていればよい。 FIG. 147 is a front view when the left and right rails 102 are arranged on the bottom surface of the housing portion. Since each member should just be arrange | positioned symmetrically, it does not need to show in detail about arrangement | positioning of another member. As described above, the left and right rails 102 may be provided at the lower portion of the hot water cleaning device 113.
　図１４４や図１４７では、便器に向かって右側に使い捨てアーム供給部１１２を配置することとしたが、左側に配置してもよいことは言うまでもない。その場合、各部材は左右対称に配置すればよい。 144 and 147, the disposable arm supply unit 112 is arranged on the right side toward the toilet, but it goes without saying that it may be arranged on the left side. In that case, each member may be arranged symmetrically.
　図１４８は、左側に使い捨てアーム供給部１１２を配置した場合の臀部拭き取り装置１００の内部機構を示す斜視図である。図１４８では、使い捨てアーム１０９が把持されている様子が分かるように、一部、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８の収容部を破断して記載している。拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８は、収容部の内部に収まりつつも、掴み部１０７で把持された使い捨てアーム１０９が露出して、臀部を拭き取ることができる。拭き取り後は、掴み部１０７による把持が解除され、使い捨てアーム１０９が自然落下することとなる。掴み部１０７には、拭き取り時の水分が付着することはなく、また、誤って拭き取り後に排便したり排尿したりしたとしても、掴み押し当て部１０８が汚れることは、ほぼ考えられない。また、使い捨てアーム１１２も、清潔な状態のままである。よって、衛生的に保たれたまま、臀部の拭き取りを実行できる臀部拭き取り装置が提供されることとなる。 FIG. 148 is a perspective view showing the internal mechanism of the buttock wiping device 100 when the disposable arm supply unit 112 is arranged on the left side. In FIG. 148, the accommodation portion of the wiping arm driving unit 118 is partially broken and described so that it can be seen that the disposable arm 109 is gripped. The wiping arm driving unit 118 can wipe out the collar portion by exposing the disposable arm 109 gripped by the grip portion 107 while being housed in the housing portion. After wiping, gripping by the grip portion 107 is released, and the disposable arm 109 is naturally dropped. Moisture during wiping does not adhere to the gripping portion 107, and even if stool or urination is accidentally performed after wiping, the gripping pressing portion 108 is hardly considered dirty. The disposable arm 112 also remains clean. Therefore, the heel part wiping apparatus which can perform the wiping of the buttock while being maintained hygienically is provided.
　図１４９は、臀部拭き取り装置１００の動作を示したフローチャートである。以下、図１４９を参照しながら、臀部拭き取り装置１００の動作を確認する。まず、制御部１１９は、カバー部１１６を移動して解放させる（ステップＳ９００）。次に、制御部１１９は、撮像部１１５に肛門付近の画像を撮像させて、便が付着しているか否かを判断する（ステップＳ９０１）。もし、便が付着していれば、制御部１１９は、カバー部１１６を閉じて、再度、温水洗浄装置による洗浄を行わせる。便が付着していない場合、制御部１１９からの指示に応じて、掴み部１０７が駆動し、掴み押し当て部１０８で使い捨てアーム１０９が把持される（ステップＳ９０１）。このとき、左右レール駆動モータ１０３、前後レール駆動モータ１０４及び上下モータ１０６が駆動して、掴み押し当て部１０８を適切な位置に移動させるとよい。 FIG. 149 is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 100. Hereinafter, the operation of the buttocks wiping device 100 will be confirmed with reference to FIG. First, the control unit 119 moves and releases the cover unit 116 (step S900). Next, the control unit 119 causes the imaging unit 115 to capture an image near the anus and determines whether or not stool is attached (step S901). If the stool is attached, the control unit 119 closes the cover unit 116 and causes the warm water cleaning device to perform cleaning again. When the stool is not attached, the grip portion 107 is driven in accordance with an instruction from the control portion 119, and the disposable arm 109 is gripped by the grip pressing portion 108 (step S901). At this time, the left and right rail drive motor 103, the front and rear rail drive motor 104, and the up and down motor 106 may be driven to move the gripping pressing unit 108 to an appropriate position.
　次に、掴み部１０７は掴み押し当て部１０８を用いて、使い捨てアーム１０９の基材部の一端を把持する（ステップ９０２）。次に、左右レール駆動モータ１０３によって、左右レール１０２上を前後レール１０５等が左方向（左右対称の構成の場合は右方向）に移動する（ステップＳ９０３）。中心部まで、移動したら、前後レール駆動モータ１０４によって、前後レール１０５上を上下モータ１０６等が前方向に移動する（ステップＳ９０４）。なお、図１４８では、前後レール１０５には、連結部１０６ａを介して上下モータ１０６を連結している例を示している。 Next, the grip portion 107 grips one end of the base material portion of the disposable arm 109 using the grip pressing portion 108 (step 902). Next, the left and right rail drive motor 103 moves the front and rear rails 105 and the like on the left and right rails 102 in the left direction (right direction in the case of a symmetrical configuration) (step S903). After moving to the center, the vertical motor 106 and the like move forward on the front and rear rail 105 by the front and rear rail drive motor 104 (step S904). 148 shows an example in which the vertical motor 106 is connected to the front and rear rail 105 via a connecting portion 106a.
　所定の位置まで、前方向に移動したら、上下モータ１０６によって、掴み部１０７が上方向に移動する（ステップＳ９０５）。このとき、勢いよく使い捨てアーム１０９が移動すると、肛門付近等を傷つけることとなるので、ゆっくり移動させるとよい。所定の位置まで移動すると、臀部に使い捨てアーム１０９が当接して、拭き取りが可能となる。 After moving forward to a predetermined position, the gripper 107 is moved upward by the up / down motor 106 (step S905). At this time, if the disposable arm 109 moves vigorously, the vicinity of the anus and the like is damaged, so it is preferable to move it slowly. When it moves to a predetermined position, the disposable arm 109 comes into contact with the buttocks and can be wiped off.
　この時点で、左右レール駆動モータ１０３、前後レール駆動モータ１０４、及び上下モータ１０６が連動しながら、使い捨てアーム１０９を上下、前後、左右に微動させて、水分を拭き取ることとする（ステップＳ９０６）。ステップＳ９０６の動作は、図１５１において、後で詳述するが、撮像部１１５を用いない場合は、予め決められた動作を行うように、制御部１１９は、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を制御するものとする。 At this point, the left and right rail drive motor 103, the front and rear rail drive motor 104, and the upper and lower motor 106 are interlocked, and the disposable arm 109 is finely moved up and down, front and rear, and left and right to wipe off moisture (step S906). The operation in step S906 will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 151. When the imaging unit 115 is not used, the control unit 119 controls the wiping arm driving unit 118 so as to perform a predetermined operation. And
　拭き取りが完了したら、制御部１１９は、掴み押し当て部１０８による使い捨てアーム１０９の把持を解除するように、掴み部１０７を制御する（ステップＳ９０７）。これによって、使い捨てアーム１０９が自然落下することとなる。その後、制御部１１９によって、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８の各モータ等が初期の待機状態にもどるように指示されて、待機状態に戻る（ステップＳ９０８）。待機状態とは、たとえば、次に、使い捨てアーム１０９をすぐに把持することができるような位置の状態のことである。最後に、制御部１１９は、カバー部１１６を移動させて閉じる（ステップＳ９０９）。 When the wiping is completed, the control unit 119 controls the grip unit 107 so as to release the grip of the disposable arm 109 by the grip pressing unit 108 (step S907). As a result, the disposable arm 109 falls naturally. Thereafter, the control unit 119 instructs each motor of the wiping arm driving unit 118 to return to the initial standby state, and returns to the standby state (step S908). The standby state is, for example, a state where the disposable arm 109 can be immediately gripped next. Finally, the control unit 119 moves and closes the cover unit 116 (step S909).
　図１５０は、撮像部１１５によって撮像された臀部の画像を模式的に示した図である。図１５０において、黒点は水滴を示し、バツ印を付けたとこことは、肛門付近である。また、肛門の上方に４つの黒点があるが、これは、女性の尿道付近の尿を示している。撮像部１１５によって撮像された画像を基に、制御部は、水滴（尿も含む）の付着箇所を認識する。臀部の大きさに個人差があるため、使い捨てアーム１０９が当接する箇所は、人によってまちまちであるが、右方向に水滴が多いのか、左方向に水滴が多いのか、前方向に水滴が多いのか、後ろ方向に水滴が多いのかは、画像から判断可能である。また、画像によって、便が付着したままで、温水洗浄装置による洗浄が不十分であるか否かも判断できる。なぜなら、水滴の色合いと、便の色合いは異なっているからである。このようにして、制御部は、水滴の付着位置や便の付着の有無を判断できる。 FIG. 150 is a diagram schematically showing an image of a buttock imaged by the imaging unit 115. In FIG. 150, a black dot indicates a water droplet, and this is near the anus when a cross mark is given. Also, there are four black spots above the anus, indicating urine near the female urethra. Based on the image picked up by the image pickup unit 115, the control unit recognizes an attachment location of water droplets (including urine). Because there are individual differences in the size of the buttocks, the place where the disposable arm 109 abuts varies from person to person, but whether there are many water drops in the right direction, many water drops in the left direction, or many water drops in the forward direction Whether there are many water droplets in the backward direction can be determined from the image. Further, it can be determined from the image whether or not the stool remains attached and the washing with the hot water washing apparatus is insufficient. This is because the color of water drops and the color of feces are different. In this way, the control unit can determine whether or not the water droplets are attached or the feces are attached.
　図１５１は、図１４９におけるステップＳ９０６での動作の詳細を示すフローチャートである。まず、撮像部１１５によって、臀部の画像が撮像される（ステップＳ１００１）。次に、制御部１１９は、水滴の位置を認識する（ステップＳ１００２）。前方向（又は後ろ方向）に水滴が多ければ、制御部１１９は、前方向（又は後ろ方向）に使い捨てアーム１０９が移動するように、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を制御したり、左方向（又は右方向）に水滴が多ければ、制御部１１９は、左方向（又は右方向）に使い捨てアーム１０９が移動するようにしたりして、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を制御する。そのために、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８は、使い捨てアーム１０９を前後、上下、左右に微動して、水分を拭き取っていく（ステップＳ１００３）。 151 is a flowchart showing details of the operation in step S906 in FIG. First, the image of the buttocks is captured by the imaging unit 115 (step S1001). Next, the control unit 119 recognizes the position of the water droplet (step S1002). If there are many water droplets in the front direction (or rear direction), the control unit 119 controls the wiping arm drive unit 118 so that the disposable arm 109 moves in the front direction (or rear direction), or controls the wiping arm drive unit 118 in the left direction (or right direction). If there are many water droplets in the direction), the control unit 119 controls the wiping arm driving unit 118 by moving the disposable arm 109 in the left direction (or right direction). Therefore, the wiping arm driving unit 118 finely moves the disposable arm 109 back and forth, up and down, and left and right to wipe off moisture (step S1003).
　拭き取りの動作は、水滴の位置に応じて、パターン化しておいて、そのパターン化された記憶に基づき、制御部１１９は、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を制御すればよい。具体的には、制御部１１９は、水滴の位置に応じて、拭き取り動作をパターン化して記憶しておく。拭き取りの動作とは、どの程度前後に移動するかとか、左右に移動するか、上下に移動するかという動作パターンである。制御部１１９は、認識したパターンが記憶しているどのパターンに近いか判断し、最も近いパターンの拭き取り動作を拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８に実行させる。たとえば、前の方に水分が多い場合は、Ａパターンのように駆動し、右方向に水分が多い場合は、Ｂパターンのように駆動するというように、予め決めておくという方法が採用され得る。ただし、その都度、位置関係を制御部１１９が計算して、適切な位置に使い捨てアーム１０９を移動させてもよい。また、女性が利用する場合も考慮して、女性モードが選択されている場合、制御部１１９は、尿道付近から先に使い捨てアーム１０９をやさしく当接して、その後、肛門付近の水滴を拭き取るようにする。なお、撮像部１１５を用いなくても拭き取りは可能である。撮像部１１５を用いない場合、制御部１１９は、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８を予め決められている動きとなるように動作を制御すればよい。なお、撮像部１１５の画像は、プライバシー保護の観点から外部出力できないようになっているとよい。 The wiping operation is patterned in accordance with the position of the water droplet, and the control unit 119 may control the wiping arm driving unit 118 based on the patterned memory. Specifically, the control unit 119 patterns and stores the wiping operation in accordance with the position of the water droplet. The wiping operation is an operation pattern such as how far it moves back and forth, whether it moves left and right, or up and down. The control unit 119 determines which pattern the recognized pattern is closer to, and causes the wiping arm driving unit 118 to execute the wiping operation of the closest pattern. For example, a method of pre-determining such that when there is a lot of moisture in the front, it is driven as in the A pattern, and when there is a lot of moisture in the right direction, it is driven as in the B pattern. . However, the control unit 119 may calculate the positional relationship each time and move the disposable arm 109 to an appropriate position. Also, in consideration of the case where a woman uses it, when the female mode is selected, the control unit 119 gently touches the disposable arm 109 first from the vicinity of the urethra, and then wipes off the water droplets near the anus. To do. Note that wiping can be performed without using the imaging unit 115. When the imaging unit 115 is not used, the control unit 119 may control the operation of the wiping arm driving unit 118 so as to have a predetermined movement. It should be noted that the image of the imaging unit 115 may not be output externally from the viewpoint of privacy protection.
　ステップＳ１００３において、当初予定していた拭き取りが完了したら、制御部１１９は、再度、撮像部１１５の画像を認識して、水滴がなくなったか否かを判断する（ステップＳ１００４）。水滴がなくなっていない場合は、再び、Ｓ１００３の動作に戻って、拭き取りを実行する。水滴がなくなっていれば、制御部１１９は、使い捨てアーム１０９の把持解除の動作に進む。 In step S1003, when the originally scheduled wiping is completed, the control unit 119 recognizes the image of the imaging unit 115 again and determines whether or not there is no water droplet (step S1004). If there is no water drop, the process returns to S1003 again to execute wiping. If there is no water drop, the control unit 119 proceeds to the operation for releasing the grip of the disposable arm 109.
　なお、図１４３～図１４８に示したように温水洗浄装置の下部に駆動部を配置する機構は、水分拭き取り先端器具以外に、第１及び第２の方式の臀部拭き取り装置にも応用可能である。図１５２は、拭き取りアームを用いた臀部拭き取り装置１２０の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図１５３は、臀部拭き取り装置１２０の内部構造を示す斜視図である。図１５２及び図１５３において、図１４３及び図１４８と同様の機能を有する部分については、同一の参照符号を付し、説明を省略する。 As shown in FIGS. 143 to 148, the mechanism for disposing the drive unit in the lower part of the hot water cleaning apparatus can be applied to the first and second type heel wiping apparatuses in addition to the water wiping tip device. . FIG. 152 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 120 using a wiping arm. FIG. 153 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 120. 152 and 153, parts having the same functions as those in FIGS. 143 and 148 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof is omitted.
　拭き取りアームを用いるタイプの臀部拭き取り装置１２０では、拭き取りアーム４を駆動するための拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８ａと、それを制御する制御部１１９ａと、給紙部１２３と、拭き取りアーム４とを備えることとなる。拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８ａは、制御部１１９ａからの指示に応じて、拭き取りアーム４を左右、前後、上下に移動させることができる。給紙部１２３は、ロール状のトイレットペーパー１２５を送り出しながら折りたたみ、切断部１２４で切断し、切断したトイレットペーパーを拭き取りアーム４の先端の押し当て部４ａに載置する装置である。なお、手動で押し当て部４ａに紙を載置してもよく、その場合は、給紙部１２３は、不要となる。 The buttock wiping device 120 of the type using the wiping arm includes a wiping arm driving unit 118a for driving the wiping arm 4, a control unit 119a for controlling the wiping arm, a paper feeding unit 123, and the wiping arm 4. Become. The wiping arm driving unit 118a can move the wiping arm 4 up and down, back and forth, and up and down in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 119a. The paper feeding unit 123 is a device that folds the roll-shaped toilet paper 125 while feeding it, cuts it with the cutting unit 124, wipes the cut toilet paper, and places it on the pressing unit 4 a at the tip of the arm 4. Note that paper may be manually placed on the pressing unit 4a, and in that case, the paper feeding unit 123 is not necessary.
　図１５３に示すように、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８ａを温水洗浄装置の下部に設けることとする。拭き取りを行う際、給紙部１２３によって押し当て部４ａに紙が載置され、カバー部１１６が開いて、紙が取り付けられた状態で、拭き取りアーム４が便座と便器との間から露出する。なお、図１５３では、紙が取り付けられていない状態を図示してある。 153. As shown in FIG. 153, the wiping arm driving unit 118a is provided at the lower part of the hot water cleaning apparatus. When wiping is performed, paper is placed on the pressing unit 4a by the paper feeding unit 123, the cover unit 116 is opened, and the wiping arm 4 is exposed from between the toilet seat and the toilet bowl with the paper attached. FIG. 153 shows a state where no paper is attached.
　露出後、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８ａは、拭き取りアーム４を前後、上下、左右に移動させて臀部を拭き取る。その際、制御部１１９ａは、撮像部１１５からの画像に基づいて、拭き取りアーム駆動部１１８ａの動作を制御して、臀部の水分を丁寧に拭き取ることとする。拭き取りが完了したら、押し当て部４ａから紙が落下させられて、拭き取りを完了し、拭き取りアーム４を待機位置に戻す。 After exposure, the wiping arm driving unit 118a moves the wiping arm 4 back and forth, up and down, and left and right to wipe off the buttock. At that time, the control unit 119a controls the operation of the wiping arm driving unit 118a on the basis of the image from the imaging unit 115, and carefully wipes the moisture from the buttocks. When the wiping is completed, the paper is dropped from the pressing portion 4a, the wiping is completed, and the wiping arm 4 is returned to the standby position.
　このように、温水洗浄装置の下部に拭き取りアーム駆動部の全部又は一部を配置すれば、全体がコンパクトなものとなることが期待できる。 As described above, if all or part of the wiping arm driving unit is arranged at the lower part of the hot water washing apparatus, it can be expected that the whole is compact.
（第２の方式の他の実施形態：第１３の実施形態）
　次に、第２の方式を用いる場合の他の実施形態（第１３の実施形態）について説明する。ここで説明する実施形態は、温水洗浄装置の下部に拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構の全部又は一部を配置するものであり、後ろから臀部を拭き取ることができるようにした臀部拭き取り装置である。 (Other Embodiment of Second Method: Thirteenth Embodiment)
Next, another embodiment (the thirteenth embodiment) when using the second method will be described. In the embodiment described here, all or a part of the mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 is arranged in the lower part of the hot water cleaning device, and the heel wiping device is configured so that the buttock can be wiped from behind.
　図１５４は、臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図１５４では、温水洗浄装置１５の下に配置された補高部２を図示し、補高部２に設けられたアーム側収容部２００に拭き取りアーム駆動部３を収容し、給紙側収容部２０１に給紙部１７が収容されているとする。図１５４では、アーム側収容部２００を開閉するためのアーム側開閉部１９ｂ、及び、給紙側収容部２０１を開閉する給紙側開閉部１９ａは図示していないが、これらの収容部が開閉できるようになっている。給紙部１７は、今まで説明してきたいずれかの構造を有するものとする。本実施形態では、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の構造に特徴があるため、以下、拭き取りアーム駆動部３について詳述する。 FIG. 154 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1. In FIG. 154, the elevation portion 2 disposed below the hot water cleaning device 15 is illustrated, and the wiping arm driving portion 3 is accommodated in the arm side accommodation portion 200 provided in the elevation height portion 2. Assume that the sheet feeder 17 is accommodated in 201. In FIG. 154, the arm side opening / closing part 19b for opening and closing the arm side accommodating part 200 and the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a for opening and closing the sheet feeding side accommodating part 201 are not shown, but these accommodating parts are opened and closed. It can be done. It is assumed that the paper feed unit 17 has any of the structures described so far. In this embodiment, since the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 is characterized, the wiping arm driving unit 3 will be described in detail below.
　図１５５は、補高部２に収容されている給紙部１７及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３の斜視図である。図１５５は、拭き取り前の原点位置での状態を図示している。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４と、ねじ軸２０２と、回転軸２０３と、露出兼上下用モータ２０４と、移動部６０６と、プーリー６０６ａと、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｂと、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｃと、ベルト２０７と、回転部（「揺動部」と言ってもよいが読みやすくするために回転部と記載する）２０８とを備える。拭き取りアーム４は、押し当て部４ａを有する。拭き取りアーム４において、少なくとも押し当て部４ａは、可撓性の材料からからなっている。臀部に押し当て部４ａが当接すると、押し当て部４ａは、撓む。また、拭き取りアーム４のアーム軸部分が可撓性を有して、当接時に撓むようになっていてもよい。 FIG. 155 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 accommodated in the elevation unit 2. FIG. 155 illustrates a state at the origin position before wiping. The wiping arm driving unit 3 includes a wiping arm 4, a screw shaft 202, a rotating shaft 203, an exposure / up / down motor 204, a moving unit 606, a pulley 606a, an electromagnetic clutch with a pulley 606b, and an electromagnetic clutch with a pulley. 606 c, a belt 207, and a rotating unit (which may be referred to as a “swinging unit”, but described as a rotating unit for ease of reading) 208. The wiping arm 4 has a pressing portion 4a. In the wiping arm 4, at least the pressing portion 4a is made of a flexible material. When the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the collar portion, the pressing portion 4a bends. Moreover, the arm axis | shaft part of the wiping arm 4 may have flexibility, and may be bent at the time of contact | abutting.
　移動部６０６には、ねじ穴が形成されており、ねじ穴にねじ軸２０２が貫入されている。ねじ穴は、たとえば、ボールが入っていて、ねじ穴とねじ軸２０２でボールねじを構成していてもよいが、限定されるものではない。図示を省略しているが、ねじ軸２０２の露出兼上下用モータ２０４側は、補高部２と連結している図示しない軸受等に取り付けられており、ねじ軸２０２の逆側の一端は、補高部２に回動可能に軸受等で取り付けられている。ねじ軸２０２は、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｂに取り付けられている。プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｂが回転すれば、ねじ軸２０２が回転し、それに合わせて、移動部６０６が摺動する構造となっている。なお、後述の図１７８に示すように、移動部６０６には、スライド棒３１０が貫入されていてもよい。スライド棒３１０によって、移動部６０６がガタなく摺動可能となる。なお、移動部６０６を摺動させるための機構は、一例に過ぎず、種々の周知な機構で移動部６０６を摺動させるとよい。 The moving part 606 is formed with a screw hole, and the screw shaft 202 is inserted into the screw hole. For example, the screw hole may contain a ball, and the screw hole and the screw shaft 202 may constitute a ball screw, but is not limited thereto. Although not shown, the exposure / up / down motor 204 side of the screw shaft 202 is attached to a bearing (not shown) connected to the elevation 2, and one end on the opposite side of the screw shaft 202 is It is attached to the elevation 2 by a bearing or the like so as to be rotatable. The screw shaft 202 is attached to the electromagnetic clutch 606b with pulley. When the pulley-equipped electromagnetic clutch 606b rotates, the screw shaft 202 rotates, and the moving unit 606 slides accordingly. As shown in FIG. 178 described later, a slide bar 310 may be inserted into the moving unit 606. The slide bar 310 allows the moving unit 606 to slide without play. Note that the mechanism for sliding the moving unit 606 is merely an example, and the moving unit 606 may be slid by various known mechanisms.
　移動部６０６は、コの字状になっており、コの字状の凹み部分に回転部２０８を備える。移動部６０６及び回転部２０８には、回転軸２０３を貫入できるように穴が形成されている。回転軸２０３の露出兼上下用モータ２０４側は、補高部２と連結している図示しない軸受等に取り付けられており、回転軸２０３の露出兼上下用モータ２０４側とは逆側の一端は、補高部２に回動可能に軸受等で取り付けられている。回転軸２０３は、ここでは、図での理解をしやすいように、半円柱状としているが、楕円柱や多角形柱でもよい。また、回転軸２０３の機械要素としては、スプライン軸（スプラインシャフト）やボールスプラインが適用可能である。スプライン軸は、断面が歯車状のスライド軸や、断面に切込みを入れたスライド軸などである。スプライン軸に用いられる軸受（スプライン軸受、スプラインナット）は、内側に、歯車状を有しておりスプライン軸と噛み合うようになっていたり、切込みと噛み合うような凸部を有していたりする。したがって、スプライン軸が回転すれば、軸受も回転する。軸受けに、拭き取りアームアーム４を固定しておけばよい。ボールスプラインは、断面に切込みを入れたスライド軸とボールが入ったボールスプライン用の軸受である。ボールスプラインの軸受に拭き取りアーム４を固定しておけばよい。なお、ボールが入っているか否かは必須事項ではない。 The moving unit 606 has a U-shape, and includes a rotation unit 208 in a U-shaped recess. A hole is formed in the moving part 606 and the rotating part 208 so that the rotating shaft 203 can be penetrated. The exposure / up / down motor 204 side of the rotary shaft 203 is attached to a bearing (not shown) connected to the elevation part 2, and one end of the rotary shaft 203 opposite to the exposure / up / down motor 204 side is And it is attached to the elevation part 2 with a bearing or the like so as to be rotatable. Here, the rotating shaft 203 is a semi-cylindrical shape so that it can be easily understood in the figure, but it may be an elliptical column or a polygonal column. Moreover, as a mechanical element of the rotating shaft 203, a spline shaft (spline shaft) or a ball spline can be applied. The spline shaft is a slide shaft having a gear-like cross section, a slide shaft having a cut in the cross section, or the like. Bearings (spline bearings, spline nuts) used for the spline shaft have a gear shape on the inner side and mesh with the spline shaft, or have a convex portion that meshes with the notch. Therefore, if the spline shaft rotates, the bearing also rotates. The wiping arm arm 4 may be fixed to the bearing. The ball spline is a bearing for a ball spline in which a slide shaft having a cut in a cross section and a ball is contained. The wiping arm 4 may be fixed to the ball spline bearing. Note that whether or not a ball is contained is not essential.
　回転軸２０３を貫入するための移動部６０６に形成されている穴は、円柱状である。一方、回転軸２０３を貫入するための回転部２０８に形成されている穴は、回転軸２０３の形状と同じ形状の半円柱状である。なお、回転軸２０３を楕円柱にすれば、回転軸２０３を貫入するための回転部２０８に形成されている穴は、楕円柱状となる。回転軸２０３を多角形柱にすれば、回転軸２０３を貫入するための回転部２０８に形成されている穴は、多角形柱状となり、回転軸２０３をスプライン軸やボールスプラインにすればそれぞれの軸受が回転部２０８の一部を構成していることになる。その他、回転軸２０３の端部処理は、その他、周知の手段を用いて対応可能である。回転軸２０３と回転部２０８とは固定されていない。回転部２０８は、回転軸２０３に沿って摺動可能となっている。したがって、移動部６０６がねじ軸２０２に沿って摺動するのに合わせて、回転部２０８も回転軸２０３に沿って摺動可能となっている。 The hole formed in the moving part 606 for penetrating the rotating shaft 203 is cylindrical. On the other hand, the hole formed in the rotation part 208 for penetrating the rotation shaft 203 is a semi-cylindrical shape having the same shape as the rotation shaft 203. If the rotating shaft 203 is an elliptic cylinder, the hole formed in the rotating portion 208 for penetrating the rotating shaft 203 has an elliptic cylinder shape. If the rotating shaft 203 is a polygonal column, the hole formed in the rotating portion 208 for penetrating the rotating shaft 203 has a polygonal columnar shape. If the rotating shaft 203 is a spline shaft or a ball spline, the respective bearings are formed. Constitutes a part of the rotation unit 208. In addition, the end portion processing of the rotating shaft 203 can be handled using other known means. The rotating shaft 203 and the rotating unit 208 are not fixed. The rotating unit 208 is slidable along the rotating shaft 203. Therefore, as the moving unit 606 slides along the screw shaft 202, the rotating unit 208 can also slide along the rotating shaft 203.
　回転軸２０３には、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｃが取り付けられている。プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｃが回転すれば、回転軸２０３が回転する。回転部２０８に開けられている穴は、回転軸２０３の形状と同じであるので、回転軸２０３の回転に合わせて、回転部２０８も一緒に回転することとなる。回転部２０８を摺動可能とし、さらに、回転軸２０３の回転によって回転部２０８を回転可能とするのに適した回転軸２０３及び回転部２０８の穴の形状は、適宜、最適な形状を選択することができ、本発明を限定するものではない。なお、回転部２０８の形状は、ここでは、円柱状としているが、特に限定されるものではなく、多角形柱状であってもよい。 The rotating shaft 203 is attached with an electromagnetic clutch 606c with a pulley. When the pulley-equipped electromagnetic clutch 606c rotates, the rotating shaft 203 rotates. Since the hole formed in the rotation unit 208 has the same shape as the rotation shaft 203, the rotation unit 208 rotates together with the rotation of the rotation shaft 203. As the shape of the hole of the rotation shaft 203 and the rotation unit 208 suitable for enabling the rotation unit 208 to slide and further enabling the rotation unit 208 to rotate by the rotation of the rotation shaft 203, an optimal shape is appropriately selected. And is not intended to limit the invention. In addition, although the shape of the rotation part 208 is made into the column shape here, it is not specifically limited, Polygonal column shape may be sufficient.
　ここに示す拭き取りアーム駆動部３では、摺動可能な移動部６０６と、移動部６０６を摺動させるための摺動機構（ここでは、ねじ軸２０２、露出兼上下用モータ２０４、及び各種プーリー、電磁クラッチ、ベルト）と、移動部６０６の摺動と合わせて摺動する回転部２０８と、回転部２０８を回転させるための回転機構（ここでは、回転軸２０３、露出兼上下用モータ２０４、及び各種プーリー、電磁クラッチ、ベルト：「揺動機構」と言ってもよいがここでは読みやすくするために回転機構と記する）とを備えることとなる。 In the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown here, a slidable moving unit 606 and a sliding mechanism for sliding the moving unit 606 (here, the screw shaft 202, the exposure and vertical motor 204, various pulleys, An electromagnetic clutch, a belt), a rotating unit 208 that slides together with the sliding of the moving unit 606, a rotating mechanism for rotating the rotating unit 208 (here, the rotating shaft 203, the exposure / up / down motor 204, and Various pulleys, electromagnetic clutches, and belts, which may be referred to as “swinging mechanisms”, are referred to as rotating mechanisms for the sake of easy reading.
　回転部２０８には、拭き取りアーム４が固定されているので、回転部２０８の回転に合わせて、拭き取りアーム４が上下可能となっている。 Since the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the rotating unit 208, the wiping arm 4 can be moved up and down in accordance with the rotation of the rotating unit 208.
　使用者によって、拭き取りが指示されると、温水洗浄が終了したか否かの判断の後、給紙部１７によって、専用紙１１ｂが肛門下に供給される。このときの紙の載置、開閉部の開閉等の各種検知については、これまで説明したことを全て本実施形態でも用いることができるので、以下の説明では省略する。 When the wiping instruction is given by the user, the dedicated paper 11b is supplied to the anus by the paper supply unit 17 after determining whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed. Since various detections such as paper placement and opening / closing of the opening / closing unit at this time can be used in the present embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted in the following description.
　拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４を露出させる際、図示しない制御部は、露出兼上下用モータ２０４を作動する。この際、制御部は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂをオンにして、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃをオフにする。したがって、露出兼上下用モータ２０４の回転によって、ねじ軸２０２のみが回転することとなる。よって、移動部６０６が露出側に移動していくこととなる。移動部６０６が露出側に移動するのに合わせて、回転部２０８も一緒に移動していき、それにより、拭き取りアーム４が肛門下の露出位置に露出することとなる。露出位置の検知は、露出兼上下用モータ２０４に取り付けられたモータ検出部や露出位置に設けられた接触センサ等で検知可能である。 When exposing the wiping arm 4 during wiping, a control unit (not shown) operates the exposure / up / down motor 204. At this time, the control unit turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606b and turns off the electromagnetic clutch 606c. Therefore, only the screw shaft 202 is rotated by the rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 204. Therefore, the moving part 606 moves to the exposure side. As the moving unit 606 moves to the exposed side, the rotating unit 208 also moves together, so that the wiping arm 4 is exposed to the exposed position under the anus. The exposure position can be detected by a motor detection unit attached to the exposure / up / down motor 204, a contact sensor provided at the exposure position, or the like.
　図１５６は、拭き取り時の給紙部１７及び拭き取りアーム駆動部３の斜視図である。露出位置まで移動したら、制御部は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃをオンにすると共に、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂをオフにする。これにより、回転軸２０３のみが回転することとなる。制御部は、露出兼上下用モータ２０４を回転させると、回転軸２０３が回転し、合わせて回転部２０８が回転して、拭き取りアーム４が上向きに傾くこととなる。拭き取りアーム４は、押し当て部４ａが可撓性を有する素材によって形成されているため、押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂを介して臀部に当接する際に、押し当て部４ａが肛門付近の形状に合わせて撓むこととなる。これにより、専用紙１１ｂが肛門付近に当接して、水分等が拭き取られることとなる。なお、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａ以外のアーム軸部分が可撓性を有していてもよい。なお、適宜、制御部は移動部６０６が左右したり、拭き取りアーム４が上下したりするようにして、拭き取りを実行してもよい。なお、露出兼上下用モータ２０４の回転数や回転速度等は、図示しないモータ検出部等によって制御される。 FIG. 156 is a perspective view of the paper feeding unit 17 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 at the time of wiping. After moving to the exposure position, the control unit turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606c and turns off the electromagnetic clutch 606b. Thereby, only the rotating shaft 203 rotates. When the control unit rotates the exposure / up / down motor 204, the rotation shaft 203 rotates, and the rotation unit 208 rotates together, and the wiping arm 4 tilts upward. In the wiping arm 4, since the pressing portion 4a is formed of a flexible material, when the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the buttocks via the dedicated paper 11b, the pressing portion 4a has a shape near the anus. Will bend to match. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b comes into contact with the vicinity of the anus, and moisture and the like are wiped off. In addition, arm shaft parts other than the pressing part 4a of the wiping arm 4 may have flexibility. Note that the control unit may appropriately perform wiping such that the moving unit 606 moves right and left or the wiping arm 4 moves up and down. Note that the rotation speed, rotation speed, and the like of the exposure / up / down motor 204 are controlled by a motor detection unit (not shown).
　拭き取りが完了したら、制御部は、露出兼上下用モータ２０４を逆方向に回転させて、拭き取りアーム４を水平若しくは下向きに傾ける。それに合わせて、専用紙１１ｂが落下することとなる。なお、適宜、制御部は、移動部６０６を左右に微動させたり、拭き取りアーム４を上下に微動させたりして、専用紙１１ｂに振動を与えて、専用紙１１ｂが落下するようにしてもよい。 When the wiping is completed, the control unit rotates the exposure / up / down motor 204 in the reverse direction to tilt the wiping arm 4 horizontally or downward. Accordingly, the dedicated paper 11b falls. As appropriate, the control unit may slightly move the moving unit 606 left and right or slightly move the wiping arm 4 up and down to give vibration to the dedicated paper 11b so that the dedicated paper 11b falls. .
　紙載置センサ１２ｅ（図示せず）によって、専用紙１１ｂの落下が検知されたら、制御部は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃをオンにして、露出兼上下用モータ２０４を作動して、拭き取りアーム４を水平にする。その後、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃをオフにして、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂをオンにして、ねじ軸２０２を逆方向に回転させて、移動部６０６を図１５４に示す原点位置に戻す。 When the paper placement sensor 12e (not shown) detects the fall of the dedicated paper 11b, the control unit turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606c, operates the exposure / up / down motor 204, and moves the wiping arm 4 horizontally. To. Thereafter, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned off, the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on, the screw shaft 202 is rotated in the reverse direction, and the moving unit 606 is returned to the origin position shown in FIG.
　このように、第２の方式を用いつつ、拭き取りアーム４を温水洗浄装置１５の下部に配置すれば、よりコンパクトな臀部拭き取り装置が提供できる。さらに、ここで説明した拭き取りアーム駆動部では、拭き取りアーム４の露出と押し当て部４ａの上下とを一つのモータで実現することができるので、さらにコンパクトにしつつ、コストも下げることが可能となる。 Thus, if the wiping arm 4 is arranged at the lower part of the hot water cleaning device 15 while using the second method, a more compact buttock wiping device can be provided. Furthermore, in the wiping arm driving unit described here, the exposure of the wiping arm 4 and the upper and lower sides of the pressing unit 4a can be realized by a single motor, so that the cost can be reduced while further reducing the size. .
　なお、ここでは、移動体の摺動方式として、ねじ軸の回転を用いることとしたが、これに限るものではない。移動台を摺動させるための機構としては、レールの上に移動台を載せて、レール上を移動台がベルトとプーリーなどの機構で摺動してもよいし、レール上を駆動輪が移動して移動台が摺動してもよいし、ラックアンドピニオンなどの機構で移動台が摺動してもよいし、種々考えられる。 In this case, the rotation of the screw shaft is used as the sliding method of the moving body, but the present invention is not limited to this. As a mechanism for sliding the moving table, the moving table may be placed on the rail, and the moving table may slide on the rail by a mechanism such as a belt and a pulley, or the driving wheel moves on the rail. Then, the moving table may slide, or the moving table may slide by a mechanism such as a rack and pinion.
　なお、露出用と上下用のモータを別々に分けてもよい。すなわち、回転軸２０２用に露出用モータを用いて、回転軸２０３用に上下用モータを用いてもよい。 In addition, you may divide the motor for exposure and the motor for up and down separately. That is, an exposure motor may be used for the rotating shaft 202 and a vertical motor may be used for the rotating shaft 203.
　なお、図１５４において、拭き取りアーム駆動部３を適切に収容するための筐体が、補高部２の横側に設けられている。そして、当該筐体から、押し当て部４ａを露出して確認できるようにしておき、押し当て部４ａが汚れていれば使用者が拭き取ったり洗浄したりすることができるようになっている。また、押し当て部４ａが拭き取りアーム４から取り外して交換することができたり、拭き取りアーム４が回転部２０８から取り外して交換することができたりするようにしておく。これにより、拭き取りアーム４を衛生的に保つことが可能となる。もちろん、図１５４に示す拭き取りアーム駆動部３を補高部２の内部に全て収容して、コンパクト化を図ってもよい。 In FIG. 154, a housing for appropriately accommodating the wiping arm driving unit 3 is provided on the lateral side of the height raising unit 2. Then, the pressing portion 4a is exposed from the casing so that it can be confirmed. If the pressing portion 4a is dirty, the user can wipe or wash the pressing portion 4a. Also, the pressing unit 4a can be removed from the wiping arm 4 and replaced, or the wiping arm 4 can be removed from the rotating unit 208 and replaced. Thereby, it becomes possible to keep the wiping arm 4 hygienic. Of course, all of the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown in FIG. 154 may be accommodated in the height raising unit 2 to achieve compactness.
（第１及び第２の方式を用いる場合の配置位置について）
　これまでの実施形態においては、拭き取りアーム駆動部３による拭き取りアーム４の移動方法を種々説明したが、拭き取りアーム４の移動方法については、様々な変形例が考えられる。そのため、ここで、拭き取りアーム４の移動方法をまとめておく。図１５７は、拭き取りアーム４の移動パターンを模式的にまとめた図である。図１５７において、符号の記載を省略しているが、一点鎖線は便座７の平面図を表しており、押し当て部４ａは丸い図形で、拭き取りアーム４は細長い長方形で表し、移動経路が分かるように、１つの図に複数の拭き取りアーム４及び押し当て部４ａを記載している。 (About the arrangement position when using the first and second methods)
In the above embodiments, various methods of moving the wiping arm 4 by the wiping arm driving unit 3 have been described. However, various modifications of the wiping arm 4 can be considered. Therefore, here, a method of moving the wiping arm 4 is summarized. FIG. 157 is a diagram schematically illustrating the movement pattern of the wiping arm 4. In FIG. 157, the reference numerals are omitted, but the alternate long and short dash line represents a plan view of the toilet seat 7, the pressing portion 4 a is a round figure, the wiping arm 4 is an elongated rectangle, so that the movement path can be understood. In FIG. 1, a plurality of wiping arms 4 and a pressing portion 4a are shown.
　第１の方式を用いる場合は、押し当て部４ａの上に紙が載置されて拭き取りアーム４が移動する。第２の方式を用いる場合は、紙載せガイド１７ｃから紙が露出されて、紙の下から押し当て部４ａが上昇して拭き取られる。いずれの方式でも、拭き取りアーム４の移動経路は同等に考えられる。なお、紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動経路についても、本明細書に示した実施例（便座サイドからの露出）以外に、便座後方や前方からの露出でもよく限定されない。なお、図１５７に示す各図を、点対称、線対称に配置した変形パターンで拭き取りアーム駆動部３を構成してもよい。 When using the first method, the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a and the wiping arm 4 moves. When the second method is used, the paper is exposed from the paper loading guide 17c, and the pressing portion 4a is lifted and wiped from the bottom of the paper. In either method, the movement path of the wiping arm 4 can be considered equally. In addition, the movement path of the paper loading guide 17c is not limited and may be exposure from the rear or front of the toilet seat other than the embodiment shown in this specification (exposure from the toilet seat side). In addition, you may comprise the wiping arm drive part 3 by the deformation | transformation pattern which has arrange | positioned each figure shown in FIG. 157 to point symmetry and line symmetry.
　図１５７（ａ）乃至（ｄ）では、拭き取りアーム４がある支点を中心にした角運動によって露出・収納され、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分の支点を中心にした上下運動によって拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４が上方に傾いて拭き取りが実行される場合を示している。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分で二軸方向に運動（角運動と上下運動）させる機構を備えていることとなる。（ａ）及び（ｂ）は便座横に支点を設けている。（ｃ）は便座斜め後方に支点を設けている。（ｄ）は便座後方に支点を設けている。支点及び／又は拭き取りアーム駆動部３は補高部２の中に全部又は一部があってもよいし、補高部２の外にあってもよい。今まで説明した実施形態の内、図１１Ａ、図３４、図３５、図３６、図５１Ａ、図６１Ａ、図７６Ａ、図９４、図１０６Ａ、図１０７、図１０８、図１１３、図１１４、図１２１、図１３２、図１３５Ａ等に示す実施形態がこのパターンによるものである。 In FIGS. 157 (a) to (d), the wiping arm 4 is exposed and stored by an angular movement centered on a certain fulcrum, and the wiping arm 4 is wiped up and down by a vertical movement around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4. The case where wiping is performed by tilting upward is shown. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism that moves in the biaxial direction (angular motion and vertical motion) at the root portion of the wiping arm 4. In (a) and (b), a fulcrum is provided beside the toilet seat. (C) is provided with a fulcrum obliquely behind the toilet seat. (D) provides a fulcrum behind the toilet seat. The fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2. Among the embodiments described so far, FIGS. 11A, 34, 35, 36, 51A, 61A, 76A, 94, 106A, 107, 108, 113, 114, 121 are shown. The embodiment shown in FIGS. 132, 135A and the like is based on this pattern.
　図１５７（ｅ）乃至（ｈ）では、拭き取りアーム４の軸方向に、拭き取りアーム４が手動して、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分の支点を中心に上下運動によって拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４が上方に傾いて拭き取りが実行される場合を示している。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を根元部分で一軸に運動（上下運動）させる機構と、拭き取りアーム４全体を一軸方向に運動（スライド運動）させる機構とを備えていることとなる。（ｅ）は便座横からスライドする場合であり、（ｆ）は便座後からスライドする場合であり、（ｇ）は便座斜め後ろからスライドする場合であり、（ｈ）は便座斜め前からスライドする場合である。支点及び／又は拭き取りアーム駆動部３は補高部２の中に全部又は一部があってもよいし、補高部２の外にあってもよい。今まで説明した実施形態の内、図１Ａ、図２３、図３３、図３７、図３８、図４０、図４７、図５０等に示す実施形態がこのパターンによるものである。 In FIGS. 157 (e) to (h), the wiping arm 4 is manually moved in the axial direction of the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward when wiping is performed by moving up and down around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4. The case where wiping is executed is shown. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism that moves the wiping arm 4 uniaxially (up and down movement) at the root portion and a mechanism that moves the entire wiping arm 4 in a uniaxial direction (sliding movement). . (E) is a case of sliding from the side of the toilet seat, (f) is a case of sliding from the back of the toilet seat, (g) is a case of sliding from behind the toilet seat, and (h) is sliding from front of the toilet seat. Is the case. The fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2. Among the embodiments described so far, the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1A, 23, 33, 37, 38, 40, 47, 50, and the like are based on this pattern.
　図１５７（ｉ）及び（ｊ）では、拭き取りアーム４の軸に垂直な方向に、拭き取りアーム４がスライドして、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分の支点を中心に上下運動によって拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４が上方に傾いて拭き取りが実行される場合を示している。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を根元部分で一軸に運動（上下運動）させる機構と、拭き取りアーム４全体を一軸方向に運動（スライド運動）させる機構とを備えていることとなる。（ｉ）は便座横からスライドする場合であり、（ｊ）は便座後ろからスライドする場合である。支点及び／又は拭き取りアーム駆動部３は補高部２の中に全部又は一部があってもよいし、補高部２の外にあってもよい。今まで説明した実施形態の内、図１５４等に示す実施形態がこのパターンによるものである。 In FIGS. 157 (i) and (j), the wiping arm 4 slides in a direction perpendicular to the axis of the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 is wiped up and down around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4. The case where wiping is performed by tilting upward is shown. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism that moves the wiping arm 4 uniaxially (up and down movement) at the root portion and a mechanism that moves the entire wiping arm 4 in a uniaxial direction (sliding movement). . (I) is a case of sliding from the side of the toilet seat, and (j) is a case of sliding from behind the toilet seat. The fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2. Of the embodiments described so far, the embodiment shown in FIG. 154 and the like is based on this pattern.
　図１５７（ｋ）では、拭き取りアーム４の軸方向に垂直な方向に拭き取りアーム４をスライドして、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分の支点を中心に上下運動によって拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４が上方に傾いて拭き取りが実行され、拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４の軸方向にスライドさせて前後運動させる場合を示している。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を根元部分で一軸に運動（上下運動）させる機構と、拭き取りアーム４全体を二軸方向に運動（露出と前後のスライド運動）させる機構との三軸の運動機構を備えていることとなる。支点及び／又は拭き取りアーム駆動部３は補高部２の中に全部又は一部があってもよいし、補高部２の外にあってもよい。今まで説明した実施形態の内、図１４４、１４８、１５３等に示す実施形態がこのパターンによるものである。 In FIG. 157 (k), the wiping arm 4 is slid in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the wiping arm 4 and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward during wiping by a vertical movement around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4. It shows a case where wiping is executed and sliding is performed in the axial direction of the wiping arm 4 during wiping. That is, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a mechanism for moving the wiping arm 4 uniaxially (up and down movement) at the base portion and a mechanism for moving the entire wiping arm 4 in two directions (exposure and sliding movement back and forth). It is equipped with a shaft motion mechanism. The fulcrum and / or the wiping arm drive unit 3 may be entirely or partially in the elevation part 2, or may be outside the elevation part 2. Among the embodiments described so far, the embodiments shown in FIGS. 144, 148, 153, and the like are based on this pattern.
　図１５７（ｌ）乃至（ｏ）では、拭き取りアーム４の軸方向に垂直な方向に拭き取りアーム４をスライドして、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分の支点を中心に上下運動によって拭き取り時に拭き取りアーム４が上方に傾いて拭き取りが実行され、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分で角運動させる場合を示している。当該角運動は、（ｌ）及び（ｍ）に示すように拭き取り位置で行われてもよいし、（ｍ）及び（ｏ）に示すように拭き取りアーム４を露出させるため及び拭き取り位置で行われてもよい。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を根元部分で二軸に運動（上下運動と角運動）させる機構と、拭き取りアーム４全体を一軸方向に運動（スライド運動）させる機構との三軸の運動機構を備えていることとなる。（ｌ）は便座横からスライドする場合であり、（ｍ）は便座後方からスライドする場合であり、（ｍ）及び（ｎ）は便座横に拭き取りアーム４が待機しており角運動及びスライド運動によって便器側に露出する場合である。図１５７（ｌ）乃至（ｏ）に示す実施形態は、たとえば、図１５３に示す実施形態において、前後レール１０５及び前後レール駆動モータ１０４の変わりに、連結部１０６ａに角運動のためのモータを取り付けることによって実現可能であり、配置位置は、温水洗浄装置の下部だけでなく、便座横であってもよい。 In FIGS. 157 (l) to (o), the wiping arm 4 is slid in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the wiping arm 4, and the wiping arm 4 is moved up and down around the fulcrum of the root portion of the wiping arm 4 during wiping. In this case, the wiping is performed by tilting upward, and the base part of the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved. The angular movement may be performed at the wiping position as shown in (l) and (m), or to expose the wiping arm 4 as shown in (m) and (o) and at the wiping position. May be. That is, the wiping arm driving unit 3 has three axes, a mechanism that moves the wiping arm 4 biaxially (vertical movement and angular movement) at the root portion and a mechanism that moves the entire wiping arm 4 in one axis direction (sliding movement). The movement mechanism is provided. (L) is the case of sliding from the side of the toilet seat, (m) is the case of sliding from the back of the toilet seat, and (m) and (n) are the wiping arm 4 waiting on the side of the toilet seat and the angular motion and the sliding motion Is exposed to the toilet side. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 157 (l) to (o), for example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 153, a motor for angular motion is attached to the connecting portion 106a instead of the front / rear rail 105 and the front / rear rail drive motor 104. In addition to the lower part of the hot water washing apparatus, the arrangement position may be on the side of the toilet seat.
　このように、第１及び第２の方式を用いる場合の拭き取りアーム駆動部による拭き取りアームの移動方法は、種々考えられ、上述したパターン以外にも想定し得る。二軸運動であれ三軸運動であれ、拭き取りアーム駆動部は、拭き取りアームを臀部下の露出位置に移動し、拭き取りアームの押し当て部によって載置された紙で臀部を拭き取るものであれば、全て本発明に含まれることとなる。 As described above, various methods of moving the wiping arm by the wiping arm driving unit when using the first and second methods are conceivable, and other than the above-described patterns can be assumed. Whether it is a biaxial movement or a triaxial movement, the wiping arm drive unit moves the wiping arm to the exposed position under the buttock and wipes the buttock with paper placed by the wiping arm pressing part, All are included in the present invention.
　（開閉部について）
　ここでは、簡易的な構成の開閉部について説明する。図１５８は、給紙側開閉部１９ａの構造を示す断面図である。給紙側開閉部１９ａは、補高部２にヒンジ部１９ｇによって回動可能に取り付けられている。補高部２と給紙側開閉部１９ａとには、バネ部１９ｉが取り付けられており、給紙側開閉部１９ａが常に閉まる方向に力を働かせている。給紙側開閉部１９ａの内側には、丸みを帯びた三角形状の凸部１９ｅが設けられている。 (About the opening and closing part)
Here, an opening / closing part having a simple configuration will be described. FIG. 158 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the paper feed side opening / closing part 19a. The sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a is rotatably attached to the elevation part 2 by a hinge part 19g. A spring portion 19i is attached to the elevation portion 2 and the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a, and a force is applied in a direction in which the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a is always closed. A rounded triangular convex portion 19e is provided inside the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a.
　図１５８（ａ）に示す収納状態から、図１５８（ｂ）に示す移動開始時の状態に遷移する際、紙載せガイド１７ｃの先頭が凸部１９ｅに当接して、給紙側開閉部１９ａを押し開ける。その後、移動枠７０ｂが凸部１９ｅに当接することとなるが、凸部１９ｅは丸みを帯びているので、移動枠７０ｂは、そのまま給紙側開閉部１９ａを押し開けて前進することとなる。図１５８（ｃ）に示すように、凸部１９ｅが移動枠７０ｂに当接した状態で、給紙側開閉部１９ａが開くこととなる。 When the storage state shown in FIG. 158 (a) transitions to the state at the start of movement shown in FIG. 158 (b), the top of the paper loading guide 17c comes into contact with the convex portion 19e, and the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a is moved. Push it open. After that, the moving frame 70b comes into contact with the convex portion 19e. However, since the convex portion 19e is rounded, the moving frame 70b moves forward by pushing the sheet feeding side opening / closing portion 19a as it is. As shown in FIG. 158 (c), the sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a is opened in a state where the convex part 19e is in contact with the moving frame 70b.
　閉じる場合は、移動枠７０ｂと凸部１９ｅとの当接が解除された後は、凸部１９ｅと紙載せガイド１７ｃとが当接して、給紙側開閉部１９ａが閉じていくこととなる。 In the case of closing, after the contact between the moving frame 70b and the convex portion 19e is released, the convex portion 19e and the paper loading guide 17c come into contact with each other, and the paper feed side opening / closing portion 19a is closed.
　凸部１９ｅが設けられていることによって、給紙部１７の下部の形状が複雑になっていたとしても、スムーズに開閉が可能となっている。ただし、凸部１９ｅは必須ではなく、紙載せガイド１７ｃによる押し開けが可能であればよい。 By providing the convex part 19e, even if the shape of the lower part of the paper feeding part 17 is complicated, it can be opened and closed smoothly. However, the convex portion 19e is not essential, and it is sufficient if it can be pushed open by the paper loading guide 17c.
　図１５９は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂの構造を示す平面図である。図１５９（ａ）は、閉じたときの平面図である。アーム側開閉部１９ｂは、補高部２の下部に設けられたヒンジ部１９ｈによって、開閉可能となっており、バネ部１９ｉによって常に閉じる方向に力が加えられている。図１５９（ｂ）は、拭き取りアーム４が角運動して露出するときの様子である。押し当て部４ａの下部が凸部１９ｆに当りながらアーム側開閉部１９ｂを押し開けていく。凸部１９ｆは、断面が丸みを帯びた三角形状であるとよい。押し当て部４ａが凸部１９ｆに当接したあと、拭き取りアーム４のアーム部分が凸部１９ｆに当接して、さらに、アーム側開閉部１９ｂを押し下げることとなる。図１５９（ｃ）は拭き取りアーム４が露出したときの状態を示す平面図である。 FIG. 159 is a plan view showing the structure of the arm side opening / closing part 19b. FIG. 159 (a) is a plan view when closed. The arm side opening / closing part 19b can be opened and closed by a hinge part 19h provided at the lower part of the elevation part 2, and a force is always applied in a closing direction by a spring part 19i. FIG. 159 (b) shows the state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed by angular motion. The arm side opening / closing part 19b is pushed open while the lower part of the pressing part 4a hits the convex part 19f. The convex portion 19f may have a triangular shape with a rounded cross section. After the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the convex portion 19f, the arm portion of the wiping arm 4 comes into contact with the convex portion 19f, and further pushes down the arm side opening / closing portion 19b. FIG. 159 (c) is a plan view showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed.
　拭き取りアーム４の収納時には、凸部１９ｆがアーム部分に当接した後、押し当て部４ａの下部に当接して、閉じていくこととなる。 When the wiping arm 4 is stored, the convex portion 19f comes into contact with the arm portion, and then comes into contact with the lower portion of the pressing portion 4a to be closed.
　凸部１９ｆが設けられていることによって、拭き取りアーム４の下部の形状が複雑になっていたとしても、スムーズに開閉が可能となっている。ただし、凸部１９ｆは必須ではなく、拭き取りアーム４による押し開けが可能であればよい。 By providing the convex portion 19f, even if the shape of the lower portion of the wiping arm 4 is complicated, it can be opened and closed smoothly. However, the convex portion 19f is not essential, and it is only necessary that the wiping arm 4 can be pushed open.
　このような簡易な開閉部による開け閉めによって、臀部拭き取り装置のコストを下げることが可能となる。 開 け Opening and closing with such a simple opening / closing part makes it possible to reduce the cost of the buttock wiping device.
　このような一辺をヒンジ部によって回動可能とした開閉部は、本明細書に示した全ての実施形態において適用可能である。 Such an opening / closing part in which one side can be rotated by the hinge part can be applied to all the embodiments shown in the present specification.
（第１３の実施形態の変形）
　図１６０Ａは、第１３の実施形態の変形例を示す図である。図１６０Ａでは、回転部２０８に、拭き取りアーム４を取り付けているが、押し当て部４ａは、第１３の実施形態以外の実施形態で使用したものを用いている。すなわち、押し当て部４ａは、回動可能にヒンジ機構によって、拭き取りアーム４に取り付けられているものとする。図１６０Ｂは、拭き取りアーム４が露出し、上昇したときの様子を示す図である。図１６０Ｂのように、押し当て部４ａは、水平を保つことができるので、後ろから臀部を拭き取る場合でも、水平を保ち、水分等を拭き取ることが可能である。なお、押し当て部４ａの凸形状は、種々考えられるが、縦長の凸形状であってもよい。 (Modification of the thirteenth embodiment)
FIG. 160A is a diagram showing a modification of the thirteenth embodiment. In FIG. 160A, the wiping arm 4 is attached to the rotating unit 208, but the pressing unit 4a is the same as that used in the embodiments other than the thirteenth embodiment. That is, the pressing part 4a is assumed to be attached to the wiping arm 4 by a hinge mechanism so as to be rotatable. FIG. 160B is a diagram showing a state when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and raised. As shown in FIG. 160B, the pressing portion 4a can keep the level, so even when the heel portion is wiped from behind, the pressing portion 4a can keep the level and wipe off moisture and the like. In addition, although the convex shape of the pressing part 4a is considered variously, a vertically long convex shape may be sufficient.
　なお、図１６０Ａ及びＢに示す拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、温水洗浄装置の下部ではなく、便器の横に設けられており、横から臀部を拭き取るのに用いられてもよい。また、第２の方式だけでなく、第１の方式においても利用可能である。 In addition, the wiping arm drive part 3 shown to FIG. 160A and B is provided in the side of the toilet bowl instead of the lower part of a warm water washing | cleaning apparatus, and may be used for wiping a buttock from the side. Further, it can be used not only in the second method but also in the first method.
（紙載せガイド１７ｃの駆動機構の変形例）
　図１６１は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを駆動するための給紙部１７の機構の変形例を示す断面図である。（ａ）は収納時、（ｂ）は露出時を示している。補高部２に固定された給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転軸に、ねじ軸２１０が回転可能に取り付けられている。紙載せガイド１７ｃには、ねじ穴２１１が設けられている。ねじ軸２１０は、ねじ穴２１１に貫入されている。ねじ穴２１１にはボールが入っており、ねじ軸２１０とでボールねじを構成していてもよい。開閉部１９ａは、下部のヒンジによって、補高部２に回動可能に取り付けられている。紙挿入口１７ａから専用紙１１ｂを挿入する。若しくは、図示しない給紙ローラによって、専用紙１１ｂが送り出される。紙載せガイド１７ｃには、図示しない押し当て部４ａが上昇する際に通過できる形状を有している。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、ねじ軸２１０の奥にあるスライド棒（図示せず）にも貫入している。 (Modification of drive mechanism of paper loading guide 17c)
FIG. 161 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 for driving the paper loading guide 17c. (A) shows when stored, and (b) shows when exposed. A screw shaft 210 is rotatably attached to a rotation shaft of a paper feeding motor 17e fixed to the elevation portion 2. A screw hole 211 is provided in the paper loading guide 17c. The screw shaft 210 is inserted into the screw hole 211. The screw hole 211 may contain a ball, and the screw shaft 210 may constitute a ball screw. The opening / closing part 19a is rotatably attached to the elevation part 2 by a lower hinge. The dedicated paper 11b is inserted from the paper insertion port 17a. Alternatively, the dedicated paper 11b is sent out by a paper feed roller (not shown). The paper loading guide 17c has a shape that can pass when the pressing portion 4a (not shown) rises. The paper loading guide 17c also penetrates into a slide bar (not shown) at the back of the screw shaft 210.
　給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転すると、ねじ軸２１０が回転し、ねじ軸２１０及び図示しないスライド棒に沿って、紙載せガイド１７ｃが前進する（図１６１（ｂ））。これによって、専用紙１１ｂが露出することとなる。押し当て部が上昇して、専用紙１１ｂが持ち上げられると、給紙用モータ１７ｅが逆回転して、紙載せガイド１７ｃが元の位置に戻り、開閉部１９ａが閉じる。 When the paper feed motor 17e rotates, the screw shaft 210 rotates, and the paper loading guide 17c advances along the screw shaft 210 and a slide bar (not shown) (FIG. 161 (b)). As a result, the dedicated paper 11b is exposed. When the pressing portion is raised and the dedicated paper 11b is lifted, the paper feeding motor 17e rotates in reverse, the paper loading guide 17c returns to the original position, and the opening / closing portion 19a is closed.
　このように、ねじ軸の回転による摺動機構によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動させてもよい。 In this way, the paper loading guide 17c may be moved by a sliding mechanism by rotating the screw shaft.
（拭き取りアーム駆動部３の変形例）
　図１６２Ａは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の変形例であって、拭き取りアーム４が収納されているときの斜視図である。ここでは、露出用モータと上下用モータとを共通化して、露出兼上下用モータ４として提供している。ここに示す拭き取りアーム駆動部３の機構は、アーム軸の方向に拭き取りアームがスライドして上下運動するタイプ（図１５７（ｅ）乃至（ｈ））に用いられる。第１及び第２の方式どちらにでも使用可能である。図１６２Ｂは、拭き取りアーム４が露出して上に傾いているときの斜視図である。 (Modification of wiping arm drive unit 3)
FIG. 162A is a modified example of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is housed. Here, the exposure motor and the vertical motor are used in common and provided as the exposure and vertical motor 4. The mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit 3 shown here is used for a type in which the wiping arm slides up and down in the direction of the arm axis (FIGS. 157 (e) to (h)). It can be used for both the first and second systems. FIG. 162B is a perspective view when the wiping arm 4 is exposed and tilted upward.
　移動部６０６には、ねじ軸２０２と、回転軸２０３が貫入している。ねじ軸２０２側のねじ穴はボールねじ等になっている。一方、回転軸２０３は、たとえば、スプライン軸になっており、貫入する穴は円柱状となっている。移動部６０６には、回転部２０８が回転可能なように取り付けられている。回転部２０８の一方にはウォームホイール２１３が取り付けられている。ウォーム２１２には、スプライン軸に噛み合う穴が設けられており、ウォーム２１２がウォームホイール２１３と噛み合うように、回転軸２０３に貫入されている。なお、回転軸２０３及びウォームホイール２１３は、同様の作用を生じさせるものであれば、上記に限らない。 The screw shaft 202 and the rotating shaft 203 penetrate the moving portion 606. The screw hole on the screw shaft 202 side is a ball screw or the like. On the other hand, the rotating shaft 203 is, for example, a spline shaft, and the penetrating hole has a cylindrical shape. A rotating unit 208 is rotatably attached to the moving unit 606. A worm wheel 213 is attached to one of the rotating portions 208. The worm 212 is provided with a hole that meshes with the spline shaft, and the worm 212 is inserted into the rotary shaft 203 so as to mesh with the worm wheel 213. Note that the rotating shaft 203 and the worm wheel 213 are not limited to the above as long as they produce the same action.
　ねじ軸２０２には、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｃが取り付けられている。回転軸２０３には、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｃが取り付けられている。ベルト２０７及びプーリー６０６ａを介して、露出兼上下用モータ２０４の回転が、ねじ軸２０２及び回転軸２０３に伝達するようになっている。 The screw shaft 202 is attached with an electromagnetic clutch 606c with a pulley. An electromagnetic clutch 606c with a pulley is attached to the rotating shaft 203. The rotation of the exposure / up / down motor 204 is transmitted to the screw shaft 202 and the rotation shaft 203 via the belt 207 and the pulley 606a.
　露出時には、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂがオンになって、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃがオフになり、露出兼上下用モータ２０４が回転して、ねじ軸２０２が回転するので、移動部６０６が前方向に摺動することとなる。露出後、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃがオンになって、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂがオフになるので、ウォーム２１２が回転して、ウォームホイール２１３が回転し、拭き取りアーム４が上に傾くこととなる。 At the time of exposure, the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned off, the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates, and the screw shaft 202 rotates, so that the moving unit 606 slides forward. It becomes. After the exposure, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned on and the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned off. Therefore, the worm 212 is rotated, the worm wheel 213 is rotated, and the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward.
　拭き取り後は、露出兼上下用モータ２０４が逆に回転して、拭き取りアーム４が下を向き、専用紙１１ｂを落下させる。その後、露出兼上下用モータ２０４が回転して、拭き取りアーム４を水平にする。次に、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂがオンになって、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃがオフになり、露出兼上下用モータ２０４が逆回転して、移動部６０６を元の位置に戻す。 After wiping, the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates in the reverse direction, the wiping arm 4 faces downward, and the dedicated paper 11b is dropped. Thereafter, the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates to level the wiping arm 4. Next, the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned off, and the exposure / up / down motor 204 rotates in the reverse direction to return the moving unit 606 to the original position.
　図１６２Ａ及び１６２Ｂに示す拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、摺動可能な移動部６０６と、移動部６０６を摺動させるための摺動機構（ねじ軸２０２等）と、移動部６０６の摺動に合わせて摺動し、拭き取りアーム４を固定している回転部２０８と、回転部２０８を回転させるための回転機構（回転軸２０３及びウォーム２１２、ウォームホイール２１３等）とを備える。 162A and 162B includes a slidable moving part 606, a sliding mechanism (such as a screw shaft 202) for sliding the moving part 606, and a sliding movement of the moving part 606. And a rotating part 208 that fixes the wiping arm 4 and a rotating mechanism (rotating shaft 203, worm 212, worm wheel 213, etc.) for rotating the rotating part 208.
　このように、上下用モータと露出用モータを共通化することが可能である。 Thus, it is possible to make the vertical motor and the exposure motor common.
　なお、モータを二つ利用するのであれば、ねじ軸２０２に露出用モータを、回転軸２０３に上下用モータを取り付ければよい。 If two motors are used, an exposure motor may be attached to the screw shaft 202 and a vertical motor may be attached to the rotary shaft 203.
（第１４の実施形態）
　ここまでに示した第２の方式を用いた実施形態では、紙載せガイド１７ｃが便座７の横側から露出することとしたが、紙載せガイド１７ｃは、便座７の後方から露出してもよい。便座７の後方から紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる場合についても、ここまでに説明してきた給紙部１７の方式で、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させてもよい。しかし、便座後方からの露出に、ここまで説明してきた給紙部１７の機構が適した機構であるとは限らない。そこで、第１４の実施形態では、便座後方から紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる場合に適した機構を説明していくこととする。さらに、露出用モータ９、上下用モータ８、及び給紙用モータ１７ｅを共通化して一つのモータで、拭き取りアーム４の露出、上下、紙載せガイド１７ｃの露出を行うことができる機構についても説明することとする。 (Fourteenth embodiment)
In the embodiment using the second method described so far, the paper placement guide 17c is exposed from the side of the toilet seat 7. However, the paper placement guide 17c may be exposed from the rear of the toilet seat 7. . Also in the case where the paper placement guide 17c is exposed from the back of the toilet seat 7, the paper placement guide 17c may be exposed by the method of the paper feeding unit 17 described so far. However, the mechanism of the paper feed unit 17 described so far is not always suitable for exposure from behind the toilet seat. Therefore, in the fourteenth embodiment, a mechanism suitable for exposing the paper loading guide 17c from behind the toilet seat will be described. Furthermore, a mechanism that can expose the wiping arm 4, the top and bottom, and the paper loading guide 17 c with a single motor by sharing the exposure motor 9, the vertical motor 8, and the paper feed motor 17 e will be described. I decided to.
　図１６４は、第１４の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。ここでは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の構造が分かるように露出させて記載している。また、開閉部については、記載せずに、補高部２を開口したままにしてある。開閉部については、ここまでに説明した方式を用いて実現可能である。なお、後述の第１６の実施形態に示すような簡易な開閉部も利用可能である。図１６５は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの斜視図である。図１６６は、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図１６７は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したときの臀部拭き取り装置１の状態を示す斜視図である。図１６８は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したときの拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの斜視図である。図１６９Ａは、拭き取り時の臀部拭き取り装置１の状態を示す斜視図である。図１６９Ｂは、拭き取り時の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの斜視図である。第１３の実施形態及び第１３の実施形態の変形例で示した機能と同様のものについては同一の参照符号を付して説明を省略する。以下、異なる点を中心に説明する。なお、第１４の実施形態では、補高部２に設けられた軸受部２２０を図示し、ねじ軸２０２及び回転軸２０３の軸受部分を分かるように図示している。 FIG. 164 is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fourteenth embodiment. Here, the wiping arm drive unit 3 is exposed so as to understand the structure. The opening / closing part is not described, and the elevation part 2 is left open. The opening / closing part can be realized by using the method described so far. A simple opening / closing unit as shown in a sixteenth embodiment to be described later can also be used. FIG. 165 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c. FIG. 166 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 167 is a perspective view showing a state of the buttock wiping device 1 when the paper placement guide 17c is exposed. FIG. 168 is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. FIG. 169A is a perspective view showing a state of the buttocks wiping device 1 at the time of wiping. FIG. 169B is a perspective view of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c during wiping. The same functions as those shown in the thirteenth embodiment and the modification of the thirteenth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof is omitted. Hereinafter, different points will be mainly described. In the fourteenth embodiment, the bearing portion 220 provided in the elevation portion 2 is illustrated, and the bearing portions of the screw shaft 202 and the rotating shaft 203 are illustrated so as to be understood.
　図１６５に示すように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、駆動用モータ３００を含む。駆動用モータ３００は、第１３の実施形態で示した露出兼上下用モータ２０４と同様であるが、紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動にも使用されるため、名称を駆動用モータ３００とした。第１３の実施形態と同様にして、駆動用モータ３００は、移動部６０６を摺動させ、回転部２０８を回転させることができる。第１４の実施形態では、移動部６０６に、紙載せガイド１７ｃが固定されている。この点が、第１３の実施形態及びその変形例と異なる点である。 As shown in FIG. 165, the wiping arm drive unit 3 includes a drive motor 300. The drive motor 300 is the same as the exposure / up / down motor 204 shown in the thirteenth embodiment, but is also used for moving the paper loading guide 17c. Similarly to the thirteenth embodiment, the driving motor 300 can slide the moving unit 606 and rotate the rotating unit 208. In the fourteenth embodiment, the paper loading guide 17 c is fixed to the moving unit 606. This point is different from the thirteenth embodiment and its modifications.
　駆動用モータ３００によって、移動部６０６が摺動させられると、図１６７及び図１６８に示すように、移動部６０６と共に、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出する。紙載せガイド１７ｃには、押し当て部４ａが上方向に通過できるように穴が設けられている。そのため、拭き取り時に、駆動用モータ３００によって、回転部２０８が回転させられると、図１６９Ａ及び図１６９Ｂに示すように、専用紙１１ｂが上方向に持ち上げられることとなる。このようにして臀部が拭き取られる。拭き取り後は、駆動用モータ３００によって、によって、拭き取りアーム４が下に下げられることとなる。その際、拭き取り後の専用紙１１ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に再び載置されることとなる。 When the moving unit 606 is slid by the driving motor 300, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed together with the moving unit 606 as shown in FIGS. 167 and 168. The paper loading guide 17c is provided with a hole so that the pressing portion 4a can pass upward. Therefore, when the rotator 208 is rotated by the driving motor 300 during wiping, the dedicated paper 11b is lifted upward as shown in FIGS. 169A and 169B. In this way, the buttock is wiped off. After wiping off, the wiping arm 4 is lowered by the driving motor 300. At that time, the dedicated paper 11b after wiping is placed again on the paper loading guide 17c.
　そのため、専用紙１１ｂを落下させる必要があるが、補高部２の開口部分に、突出部（図示せず）を設けておき、移動部６０６が収納位置に戻る際に、電磁ソレノイドなどを利用して突出部が突出して、専用紙１１ｂに当たるようにしておき、専用紙１１ｂが落下するようにしておく。また、紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を落下しやすい形状、たとえば、押し当て部４ａの両脇に伸びる二本の棒状形状などのように、専用紙１１ｂの露出時には落下しにくくしているが、拭き取り後に専用紙１１ｂが戻ったときには、専用紙１１ｂがバランスを崩すような形状に紙載せガイド１７ｃをしておくのもよい。 For this reason, it is necessary to drop the dedicated paper 11b, but a projecting portion (not shown) is provided at the opening of the elevation portion 2, and an electromagnetic solenoid or the like is used when the moving portion 606 returns to the storage position. Then, the protruding portion protrudes and hits the dedicated paper 11b, and the dedicated paper 11b falls. Further, the paper loading guide 17c has a shape that is easy to drop, for example, two rod-like shapes extending on both sides of the pressing portion 4a. When the dedicated paper 11b returns later, the paper loading guide 17c may be formed in a shape that causes the dedicated paper 11b to lose its balance.
　図１６６に示すように、移動部６０６の露出位置は露出位置センサ１２ｂによって検出されて、制御部１３が駆動モータ３００の動作を停止する。収納時には、移動部６０６の収納位置を収納位置センサ１２ａによって検出して、制御部１３が駆動モータ３００の動作を停止する。モータ検出部３００ａによって、トルク制限若しくはトルク制御が行われて、押し当て部４ａの臀部への押し当ての強さが制御される。 166, the exposure position of the moving unit 606 is detected by the exposure position sensor 12b, and the control unit 13 stops the operation of the drive motor 300. At the time of storage, the storage position of the moving unit 606 is detected by the storage position sensor 12a, and the control unit 13 stops the operation of the drive motor 300. Torque restriction or torque control is performed by the motor detection unit 300a, and the strength of the pressing of the pressing unit 4a to the flange is controlled.
　このように、第１４の実施形態では、紙載せガイド１７ｃの露出、拭き取りアーム４の露出、拭き取りアーム４の上下の全てが一つのモータで実現可能となり、コスト軽減効果が非常に期待できる。 Thus, in the fourteenth embodiment, the exposure of the paper loading guide 17c, the exposure of the wiping arm 4, and the upper and lower sides of the wiping arm 4 can all be realized by one motor, and a cost reduction effect can be expected very much.
　なお、拭き取りアーム４の露出のためのモータと、拭き取りアーム４の上下のためのモータを別々にしてもよいことは言うまでもない。その場合でも、拭き取りアーム４の露出のためのモータによって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの露出が共通化されているので、コスト低減効果が期待できる。 Needless to say, the motor for exposing the wiping arm 4 and the motor for raising and lowering the wiping arm 4 may be separated. Even in that case, since the exposure of the paper loading guide 17c is made common by the motor for exposing the wiping arm 4, a cost reduction effect can be expected.
　なお、上記では、紙の落下に図示しない突出部を用いることとしたが、落下方法はそれに限るものではない。図１７０は、補高部２に紙落とし部２２３を設けた場合の構造を示す図である。図１７０に示すように、補高部２に機構収容部２１１とは逆側にもう少し奥まで移動部６０６が移動できるように、機構収容部２２２を設けておく。そして、機構収容部２２２の上面に突出するようにして、紙落とし部２２３を設けておく。拭き取り後に紙を落下させたい場合は、駆動用モータ３００が機構収容部２２２まで、移動部６０６を移動させる。すると、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置している専用紙１１ｂが紙落とし部２２３に当たって、専用紙１１ｂが落下することとなる。このとき、拭き取りアーム４を上昇させて、押し当て部４ａが専用紙１１ｂを持ち上げるようにすれば、さらに確実に、専用紙１１ｂを落下させることが可能である。このように、補高部２の形状を工夫するだけで、紙の落下を実現でき、コスト低減につながる。 In the above description, a protrusion (not shown) is used for dropping the paper, but the dropping method is not limited thereto. FIG. 170 is a diagram showing a structure in the case where a paper dropping unit 223 is provided in the elevation part 2. As shown in FIG. 170, the mechanism accommodating portion 222 is provided in the elevation portion 2 so that the moving portion 606 can move to the far side on the opposite side to the mechanism accommodating portion 211. Then, a paper dropping unit 223 is provided so as to protrude from the upper surface of the mechanism housing unit 222. When it is desired to drop the paper after wiping, the driving motor 300 moves the moving unit 606 to the mechanism housing unit 222. Then, the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c hits the paper dropping unit 223, and the dedicated paper 11b falls. At this time, if the wiping arm 4 is raised so that the pressing portion 4a lifts the special paper 11b, the special paper 11b can be dropped more reliably. In this way, the paper can be dropped simply by devising the shape of the elevation part 2, leading to cost reduction.
　ここで、第１４の実施形態を第２の方式との関係で捉えることで、第２の方式となるための要件について考察する。第１４の実施形態を構造的に捉えると、紙載せガイド１７ｃは、臀部の下に紙を露出させるための給紙部として機能しており、給紙部を駆動させるための機構が駆動用モータ３００やねじ軸２０２、移動部６０６ということになる。したがって、紙を臀部の下に露出させるための給紙部を第１４の実施形態は含んでいることとなる。ただし、今までに説明した第２の方式に対応する実施形態と異なるのは、第１４の実施形態の紙載せガイド１７ｃが拭き取りアーム４と一緒に移動しているという点である。したがって、第１４の実施形態が第２の方式であると分類した場合、臀部の下に紙を露出させるための給紙部は、拭き取りアーム４とは別体であっても、別体でなかってもよいということが分かる。第１４の実施形態では、拭き取りアーム駆動部３として機能しているのは、駆動用モータ３００やねじ軸２０２、移動部６０６、回転部２０８、回転軸２０３ということになるが、駆動用モータ３００やねじ軸２０２、移動部６０６は拭き取りアームを露出するための機構であり、その全部が給紙部と共通化しており、駆動用モータ３００やねじ軸２０２、移動部６０６、回転部２０８、回転軸２０３は拭き取りアームで臀部を拭くための機構（上下、左右動で拭き取る）であるが、その一部が給紙部と共通化している。このように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３が拭き取りアーム４を移動（露出や拭き取り動作）させるための機構と、給紙部によって拭き取り材を露出させるための機構とは、全部又は一部が共通化している。すなわち、給紙部の駆動部と拭き取りアームの駆動部とは、別々に設けられている必要はないということが分かる。以上の考察から、第２の方式を概念的に捉えた場合以下のことが言える。 Here, by considering the fourteenth embodiment in relation to the second method, the requirements for becoming the second method will be considered. When the fourteenth embodiment is structurally grasped, the paper loading guide 17c functions as a paper feeding unit for exposing paper under the collar, and a mechanism for driving the paper feeding unit is a driving motor. 300, the screw shaft 202, and the moving unit 606. Accordingly, the fourteenth embodiment includes a paper feeding unit for exposing paper under the collar. However, the difference from the embodiment corresponding to the second method described so far is that the paper loading guide 17c of the fourteenth embodiment moves together with the wiping arm 4. Therefore, when the fourteenth embodiment is classified as the second method, the paper feeding unit for exposing the paper under the collar is not the wiping arm 4, but is a separate body. I understand that it is okay. In the fourteenth embodiment, the functions of the wiping arm driving unit 3 are the driving motor 300, the screw shaft 202, the moving unit 606, the rotating unit 208, and the rotating shaft 203. The screw shaft 202 and the moving unit 606 are mechanisms for exposing the wiping arm, and all of them are shared with the paper feeding unit. The driving motor 300, the screw shaft 202, the moving unit 606, the rotating unit 208, and the rotating unit are rotated. A shaft 203 is a mechanism for wiping the collar with a wiping arm (wiping up and down and moving left and right), but a part of it is shared with the paper feed unit. Thus, the mechanism for the wiping arm driving unit 3 to move the wiping arm 4 (exposure and wiping operation) and the mechanism for exposing the wiping material by the paper feeding unit are all or partly in common. Yes. That is, it can be seen that the drive unit of the paper feed unit and the drive unit of the wiping arm do not need to be provided separately. From the above consideration, the following can be said when the second method is conceptually considered.
　拭き取り材を臀部に押し当てるための押し当て部を拭き取りアームが有しており、給紙部によって、臀部の下に拭き取り材が露出させられ、拭き取り材が露出した状態で、押し当て部が拭き取り材の下から拭き取り材を押し上げるようにして、臀部を拭き取る。そして、拭き取りアームを駆動させるための機構と給紙部を駆動させるための機構とは、別々である必要はなく、一部又は全部が共通化されていてもよい。 The wiping arm has a wiping arm for pressing the wiping material against the buttock.The wiping material is exposed under the buttock by the paper feed unit, and the wiping material is exposed with the wiping material exposed. Wipe up the buttocks by pushing up the wiping material from under the material. The mechanism for driving the wiping arm and the mechanism for driving the paper feed unit do not need to be separate, and some or all of them may be shared.
　このようにして、第１４の実施形態を捉えることが可能であり、その結果、以下に説明する第１５及び第１６の実施形態を第２の方式を実現するための実施形態として提案することが可能となる。 In this way, the fourteenth embodiment can be grasped, and as a result, the fifteenth and sixteenth embodiments described below can be proposed as embodiments for realizing the second scheme. It becomes possible.
（第１５の実施形態）
　図１７１Ａは、第１５の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。ここでは、便座７及び温水洗浄装置１５も図示してある。ただし、温水洗浄装置１５における温水噴出用のノズルの図示は省略してある。また、開閉部については、記載せずに、補高部２を開口したままにしてある。開閉部については、ここまでに説明した方式を用いて実現可能である。なお、後述の第１６の実施形態に示すような簡易な開閉部も利用可能である。図１７１Ｂは、斜め左後ろ側から見た時の臀部拭き取り装置１の斜視図である。図１７１Ｃは、臀部拭き取り装置１の機能的構成を示すブロック図である。図１７１Ｄは、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作を示すフローチャートである。図１７１Ｅは、図１７１Ｄの続きの動作を示すフローチャートである。図１７２Ａ及び図１７２Ｂは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。 (Fifteenth embodiment)
FIG. 171A is a perspective view of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the fifteenth embodiment. Here, the toilet seat 7 and the warm water washing device 15 are also illustrated. However, the illustration of the nozzle for hot water ejection in the hot water washing apparatus 15 is omitted. The opening / closing part is not described, and the elevation part 2 is left open. The opening / closing part can be realized by using the method described so far. A simple opening / closing unit as shown in a sixteenth embodiment to be described later can also be used. FIG. 171B is a perspective view of the buttocks wiping device 1 when viewed from the diagonally left rear side. FIG. 171C is a block diagram illustrating a functional configuration of the buttock wiping device 1. FIG. 171D is a flowchart showing the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1. FIG. 171E is a flowchart showing a continued operation of FIG. 171D. 172A and 172B are perspective views showing the structures of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c.
　まず、臀部拭き取り装置１の構造について説明する。なお、第１５の実施形態において、第１３の実施形態及び第１３の実施形態の変形例並びに第１４の実施形態と同様の部分については、同一の参照符号を付し、説明を簡略化するものとする。 First, the structure of the buttocks wiping device 1 will be described. Note that, in the fifteenth embodiment, the same reference numerals are given to the same portions as those in the thirteenth embodiment, the modification example of the thirteenth embodiment, and the fourteenth embodiment, and the description is simplified. And
　図１７１Ａに示すように、使用者は紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に、専用紙１１ｂを載置することとなる。ここでは、拭き取りアーム駆動部３がむき出しの状態となっているが、実際は、カバーがされている。紙載せガイド１７ｃの部分はむき出しでもよいし、蓋があってもよい。また、以前に説明した紙挿入口１７ａと給紙ローラ１７ｂとを用いて、紙挿入口１７ａに専用紙１１ｂを挿入して、給紙ローラ１７ｂが紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に、紙を送り出すようにしてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 171A, the user places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c. Here, the wiping arm driving unit 3 is exposed, but in reality, a cover is provided. The portion of the paper loading guide 17c may be exposed or may have a lid. Further, the dedicated paper 11b is inserted into the paper insertion opening 17a using the paper insertion opening 17a and the paper supply roller 17b described above, and the paper supply roller 17b feeds the paper onto the paper loading guide 17c. It may be.
　第１４の実施形態では、移動部６０６に紙載せガイド１７ｃが固定されていたが、第１５の実施形態では、紙載せガイド１７ｃが移動部６０６には固定されておらず、紙載せガイド１７ｃが単体で移動可能となっている。具体的には、図１７２Ｂに示すように、紙載せガイド１７ｃは、移動部６０６の後方でＬ字に折れ曲がっており、当該折れ曲がった部分に、ねじ軸３０１とスライド棒３０２とを貫入している。ねじ軸３０１及びスライド棒３０２は、一方が軸受部２２０に、もう一方が補高部２に取り付けられている。スライド棒３０２は、摺動時のガイドになるので、回転しなくてもよく、軸受部２２０及び補高部２に固定されていてもよい。ねじ軸３０１を貫入するための紙載せガイド１７ｃのねじ穴には、ボールが入っている。当該ねじ穴・ボール及びねじ軸３０１によってボールねじが構成されて、紙載せガイド１７ｃがねじ軸３０１及びスライド棒３０２に沿って、摺動可能となる。なお、ボールはなくてもよく、ねじ軸３０１は、すべりねじや台形ねじでもよい。 In the fourteenth embodiment, the paper placement guide 17c is fixed to the moving unit 606. However, in the fifteenth embodiment, the paper placement guide 17c is not fixed to the moving unit 606, and the paper placement guide 17c is It can move by itself. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 172B, the paper placement guide 17c is bent into an L shape behind the moving unit 606, and the screw shaft 301 and the slide bar 302 are inserted into the bent portion. . One of the screw shaft 301 and the slide rod 302 is attached to the bearing portion 220, and the other is attached to the elevation portion 2. Since the slide bar 302 serves as a guide at the time of sliding, it does not need to rotate, and may be fixed to the bearing part 220 and the elevation part 2. A ball is contained in the screw hole of the paper loading guide 17 c for penetrating the screw shaft 301. The screw hole / ball and the screw shaft 301 constitute a ball screw, and the paper loading guide 17 c can slide along the screw shaft 301 and the slide bar 302. The ball may not be provided, and the screw shaft 301 may be a slide screw or a trapezoidal screw.
　図１７２Ａ及びＢに示すように、ねじ軸３０１の一端には、プーリー付電磁クラッチ６０６ｄが取り付けられている。電磁クラッチ６０６ｄは、ベルト２０７を介して、駆動モータ３００の回転軸に取り付けられたプーリー６０６ｅと連動している。これにより、駆動モータ３００が回転すると、プーリー６０６ｅが回転し、電磁クラッチ６０６ｄがオンであれば、ねじ軸３０１が回転することとなる。それに合わせて、紙載せガイド１７ｃが摺動することとなる。 172A and B, an electromagnetic clutch 606d with a pulley is attached to one end of the screw shaft 301. The electromagnetic clutch 606d is interlocked with a pulley 606e attached to the rotating shaft of the drive motor 300 via a belt 207. Thereby, when the drive motor 300 rotates, the pulley 606e rotates, and if the electromagnetic clutch 606d is turned on, the screw shaft 301 rotates. Accordingly, the paper loading guide 17c slides.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃと移動部６０６とは別体であり分離している。したがって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの摺動とは別に、第１３の実施形態で説明したように、移動部６０６も摺動可能である。紙載せガイド１７ｃを摺動させる場合は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｄをオンとし、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ，６０６ｃをオフにする。移動部６０６を摺動せる場合は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂをオンとし、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃ，６０６ｄをオフにする。回転部２０８を回転させる場合は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃをオンとし、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ，６０６ｄをオフにする。 The paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606 are separate and separated. Therefore, apart from the sliding of the paper loading guide 17c, as described in the thirteenth embodiment, the moving unit 606 is also slidable. When sliding the paper loading guide 17c, the electromagnetic clutch 606d is turned on and the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606c are turned off. When sliding the moving unit 606, the electromagnetic clutch 606b is turned on and the electromagnetic clutches 606c and 606d are turned off. When rotating the rotating unit 208, the electromagnetic clutch 606c is turned on and the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d are turned off.
　図１７３Ａは、紙載せガイド１７ｃに載置された専用紙１１ｂが露出したときの状態を示す斜視図である。図１７３Ｂは、図１７３Ａの状態の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。図１７４Ａは、専用紙１１ｂが持ち上げられて拭き取りが行われるときの状態を示す斜視図である。図１７４Ｂは、図１７４Ａの状態の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。図１７５Ａは、拭き取りが行われているときに紙載せガイド１７ｃが収納されるときの様子を示す斜視図である。図１７５Ｂは、図１７５Ａの状態の拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃの構造を示す斜視図である。 FIG. 173A is a perspective view showing a state when the dedicated paper 11b placed on the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. FIG. 173B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 173A. FIG. 174A is a perspective view showing a state where the dedicated paper 11b is lifted and wiped off. FIG. 174B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 174A. FIG. 175A is a perspective view showing a state where the paper loading guide 17c is stored when wiping is being performed. FIG. 175B is a perspective view showing the structure of the wiping arm driving unit 3 and the paper loading guide 17c in the state of FIG. 175A.
　以下、図１７１Ｄ及び図１７１Ｅを参照しながら、臀部拭き取り装置１の動作について説明する。まず、操作部３５を用いて、使用者によって、拭き取りが指示されたら（Ｓ１１０００）、制御部１３は、温水洗浄センサ１２ｃによって、温水洗浄が完了したか否か、温水洗浄液がノズルから垂れていないか否かを検出する（Ｓ１１０１）。温水洗浄が完了したか否かについては、温水洗浄装置１５の洗浄スイッチが押されたか否かを洗浄確認センサ１２ｃが検知して制御部１３は判断可能である。温水洗浄液がノズルから垂れ下がっていないか否かの検知については、水が落ちる音が消えたか否かを判断するセンサを設けて判断してもよいし、ノズルの下部に水滴を検知するセンサを設けて判断してもよいし、ノズルの両脇にＬＥＤの発光器と受光器を設けて水滴が落ちなくなったか否かを判断してもよいし、その他種々のセンサが用いられる。もっとも簡易な構成にするのであれば、ノズルから水滴が落ちる秒数を測定しておき、測定した時間、温水洗浄後、待機した後、拭き取りを開始するという制御でもよい。もし、Ｓ１１０１において、温水洗浄が完了していないと判断されたら、制御部１３は、図示しない出力部を介して、使用者に温水洗浄を行うように促す。なお、温水洗浄が完了し、拭き取りが指示された場合は、温水洗浄装置１５に対して、温水洗浄ボタンを使用者が押しても温水洗浄装置１５が動作しないように制御部１３は、制御するものとする。 Hereinafter, the operation of the buttocks wiping device 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 171D and 171E. First, when wiping is instructed by the user using the operation unit 35 (S11000), the control unit 13 determines whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed by the hot water cleaning sensor 12c, and the hot water cleaning liquid does not drip from the nozzle. Is detected (S1101). Whether or not the hot water cleaning is completed can be determined by the control unit 13 when the cleaning check sensor 12c detects whether or not the cleaning switch of the hot water cleaning device 15 is pressed. The detection of whether or not the hot water cleaning liquid is hanging from the nozzle may be determined by providing a sensor that determines whether or not the water drop sound has disappeared, or a sensor that detects water droplets is provided below the nozzle. It is also possible to determine whether or not water droplets have dropped by providing LED light emitters and light receivers on both sides of the nozzle, and various other sensors are used. If the simplest configuration is used, the control may be such that the number of seconds that a water droplet falls from the nozzle is measured, and the wiping is started after waiting for the measured time, after washing with warm water. If it is determined in S1101 that the hot water cleaning is not completed, the control unit 13 prompts the user to perform the hot water cleaning via an output unit (not shown). When the hot water cleaning is completed and wiping is instructed, the control unit 13 controls the hot water cleaning device 15 so that the hot water cleaning device 15 does not operate even if the user presses the hot water cleaning button. And
　次に、制御部１３は、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉによって、紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂが載置されているか否かを検知する（Ｓ１１０２）。紙載せガイド１７ｃに紙が載置されていない場合、制御部１３は、図示しない出力部を介して、使用者に専用紙１１ｂを載置するように促す。 Next, the control unit 13 detects whether or not the dedicated paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c by the paper placement guide sensor 17i (S1102). When no paper is placed on the paper placement guide 17c, the control unit 13 prompts the user to place the dedicated paper 11b via an output unit (not shown).
　Ｓ１１０１及びＳ１１０２において、拭き取り準備が整ったことが検知されたら、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ及び６０６ｄをオンにし、６０６ｃをオフにする（Ｓ１１０３）。次に、制御部１３は、駆動モータ３００を作動させる（Ｓ１１０４）。これにより、紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び拭き取りアーム４が移動して露出していくこととなる。 In S1101 and S1102, when it is detected that preparation for wiping is completed, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d and turns off 606c (S1103). Next, the control unit 13 operates the drive motor 300 (S1104). As a result, the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 are moved and exposed.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び移動部６０６の露出位置には、露出位置センサ１２ｂ（たとえば、接触スイッチや非接触センサなど）が設けられている。露出位置まで到達すると、制御部１３は、露出位置センサ１２ｂによる露出位置を検知し、駆動モータ３００を停止させる（Ｓ１１０５）。このときの状態が、図１７３Ａ及び図１７３Ｂである。 An exposure position sensor 12b (for example, a contact switch or a non-contact sensor) is provided at the exposure position of the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606. When reaching the exposure position, the control unit 13 detects the exposure position by the exposure position sensor 12b and stops the drive motor 300 (S1105). The state at this time is shown in FIGS. 173A and 173B.
　次に、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ及び６０６ｄをオフにし、６０６ｃをオンにする（Ｓ１１０６）。制御部１３は、駆動モータ３００を作動させて、回転軸２０３を回転させ、拭き取りアーム４を上方に傾ける（Ｓ１１０７）。このタイミングで、制御部１３は、紙載置センサ１２ｅをオンにする（Ｓ１１０８）。紙載置センサ１２ｅをオンにしている間に、もし、専用紙１１ｂが落下してしまって、押し当て部４ａでの紙の載置が検知されなくなったら、想定外に途中で専用紙１１ｂが落下したことを意味する。そのように途中で落下してしまった場合は、制御部１３は、全ての動作を停止し、拭き取りアーム４を水平位置に戻し、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収納位置に戻し、拭き取りアーム４を収納位置に戻すこととする。このようなエラー時の動作については、後で、図１７１Ｆを用いて説明することとする。 Next, the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d and turns on the 606c (S1106). The control unit 13 operates the drive motor 300 to rotate the rotating shaft 203 and tilt the wiping arm 4 upward (S1107). At this timing, the control unit 13 turns on the paper placement sensor 12e (S1108). While the paper placement sensor 12e is turned on, if the special paper 11b falls and the paper placement on the pressing portion 4a is no longer detected, the special paper 11b is unexpectedly interrupted. It means that it has fallen. If the controller 13 falls in the middle, the controller 13 stops all operations, returns the wiping arm 4 to the horizontal position, returns the paper loading guide 17c to the storage position, and moves the wiping arm 4 to the storage position. We will return to. The operation at the time of such an error will be described later with reference to FIG. 171F.
　Ｓ１１０８の後、制御部１３は、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉをオフにする（Ｓ１１０９）。なぜなら、このタイミングで紙載せガイド１７ｃからは専用紙１１ｂが無くなってしまったので、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉによる検知が不要となるからである。 After S1108, the control unit 13 turns off the paper loading guide sensor 17i (S1109). This is because the dedicated paper 11b disappears from the paper loading guide 17c at this timing, so that detection by the paper loading guide sensor 17i becomes unnecessary.
　何のエラーもなく拭き取りアーム４が上に傾いたとする。このとき、制御部１３は、モータ検知部３００ａからの信号によって、拭き取りアーム４の傾き角度を検出していることとなる。所定の傾き角度まで拭き取りアーム４が傾いたとすると、制御部１３は、拭き取り位置に達したとして検知するものとする（Ｓ１１１０）。なお、モータ検出部３００ａの具体例については、第１の実施形態で説明したのと同様である。なお、構造図では、モータ検知部３００ａやその他各種センサの配置については図示を省略している。 Suppose that the wiping arm 4 is tilted upward without any error. At this time, the control part 13 has detected the inclination angle of the wiping arm 4 with the signal from the motor detection part 300a. If the wiping arm 4 is tilted to a predetermined tilt angle, the control unit 13 detects that the wiping position has been reached (S1110). A specific example of the motor detection unit 300a is the same as that described in the first embodiment. In the structure diagram, the illustration of the arrangement of the motor detection unit 300a and other various sensors is omitted.
　また、制御部１３は、モータ検出部３００ａからの信号によって、駆動モータ３００にかかるトルク（拭き取り圧力の強さ）を検知しているものとする。モータ検知部３００ａは、回転角度の他、トルク検出する場合は、当然、二つ以上設けられていてもよい。トルク検出についての具体例もすでに説明したとおりであるので説明を省略する。制御部１３は、モータ検知部３００ａからの信号によって、現在のトルクを認識し、トルク制限を行い、押し当て部４ａが臀部に必要以上の力で押し当たらないように制御する（Ｓ１１１１）。たとえば、トルク制限を行う場合、所定以上のトルクがかかったら、その時点で、制御部１３は、駆動モータ３００を停止するものとする。使用者の臀部の位置は座っている間はほぼ固定されており、ある力まで押し当て部４ａが臀部に当接した時点で、押し当て部４ａと臀部が密着した状態になっていると言える。駆動モータ３００としてギヤードモータを用いる場合、ホールディングトルク以上のトルクが臀部から逆方向にかからない限りは、拭き取りアーム４は、上昇した位置のままで保持されていることとなる。よって、所定以上のトルクが発生した段階で、駆動モータ３００を停止すればよいこととなる。このときの状態が、図１７４Ａ及び図１７４Ｂである。 Further, it is assumed that the control unit 13 detects the torque applied to the drive motor 300 (the strength of the wiping pressure) based on a signal from the motor detection unit 300a. Of course, two or more motor detectors 300a may be provided in the case of detecting torque in addition to the rotation angle. Since the specific example about torque detection is also as already demonstrated, description is abbreviate | omitted. The control unit 13 recognizes the current torque based on the signal from the motor detection unit 300a, performs torque limitation, and controls the pressing unit 4a so that it does not press against the collar with an excessive force (S1111). For example, when performing torque limitation, if a torque exceeding a predetermined value is applied, the control unit 13 stops the drive motor 300 at that time. The position of the user's buttocks is substantially fixed while sitting, and it can be said that the pressing portion 4a and the buttocks are in close contact when the pressing portion 4a contacts the buttocks up to a certain force. . When a geared motor is used as the drive motor 300, the wiping arm 4 is held in the raised position unless a torque greater than the holding torque is applied in the reverse direction from the collar. Therefore, it is only necessary to stop the drive motor 300 when a predetermined torque or more is generated. The state at this time is shown in FIGS. 174A and 174B.
　駆動モータ３００を停止した後、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｄをオンにし、６０６ｂ及び６０６ｃをオフにする（Ｓ１１１２）。制御部１３は、駆動モータ３００を逆回転に作動して、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収納位置に戻す（Ｓ１１１３）。このときの状態が、図１７５Ａ及び図１７５Ｂである。紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び移動部６０６の収納位置には、収納位置センサ１２ａ（たとえば、接触スイッチや非接触センサなど）が設けられている。収納位置まで到達すると、制御部１３は、収納位置センサ１２ａによる収納位置を検知し、駆動モータ３００を停止させる（Ｓ１１１４）。 After stopping the drive motor 300, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606d and turns off 606b and 606c (S1112). The control unit 13 operates the drive motor 300 in the reverse direction to return the paper loading guide 17c to the storage position (S1113). The state at this time is shown in FIGS. 175A and 175B. A storage position sensor 12a (for example, a contact switch or a non-contact sensor) is provided at the storage position of the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606. When reaching the storage position, the control unit 13 detects the storage position by the storage position sensor 12a and stops the drive motor 300 (S1114).
　次に、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ及び６０６ｄをオフにし、６０６ｃをオンにする（Ｓ１１１５）。ここで、制御部１３はトルク制御を行う（Ｓ１１１６）。すなわち、モータ検出部３００ａによって検出されたトルクを制御部１３が認識し、所定のトルク以上になれば、制御部１３が駆動モータ３００を逆回転し、所定のトルク以下となれば、制御部１３が駆動モータ３００を正回転させて、常に、一定の範囲のトルクで、押し当て部４ａが臀部に押し当たった状態を作り上げることとなる。トルク制御と交互に、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｃ及び６０６ｄをオフにし、６０６ｂをオンにして（Ｓ１１１５）、駆動モータ３００を正逆反復させて、押し当て部４ａが左右に微動運動するように制御する（Ｓ１１１６）。所定のパターンだけ、これらの拭き取り動作が行われたら、制御部１３は、Ｓ１１１７に進む。 Next, the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d and turns on the 606c (S1115). Here, the control unit 13 performs torque control (S1116). That is, when the control unit 13 recognizes the torque detected by the motor detection unit 300a and becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined torque, the control unit 13 reversely rotates the drive motor 300. However, when the drive motor 300 is rotated forward, a state in which the pressing portion 4a is pressed against the collar portion is always created with a certain range of torque. Alternately with the torque control, the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606c and 606d, turns on the 606b (S1115), and repeats the drive motor 300 forward and backward so that the pressing unit 4a performs a fine movement to the left and right. (S1116). If these wiping operations are performed for a predetermined pattern, the control unit 13 proceeds to S1117.
　なお、第１５の実施形態では駆動モータ３００を一つにしているため、電磁クラッチの切り替えを行いながら、紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び拭き取りアーム４の動作を制御しているが、モータを２以上設ければ、電磁クラッチの切り替えを減らすことができるので、フィードバック制御の応答時間を短縮することが可能である。また、駆動モータ３００をサーボモータにして、高精度に制御することで、応答時間を短縮することも可能である。また、ここまで細かい拭き取り動作を行わなくても、Ｓ１１１１の段階で、水分等がほぼ拭き取られているので、トルク制御を省くか、左右微動を省くか、両方を省いてもよい。すなわち、Ｓ１１１６の動作は必須ではない。 In the fifteenth embodiment, since the drive motor 300 is single, the operations of the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 are controlled while switching the electromagnetic clutch. However, two or more motors can be provided. Thus, switching of the electromagnetic clutch can be reduced, so that the response time of feedback control can be shortened. Further, the response time can be shortened by controlling the drive motor 300 as a servo motor with high accuracy. Further, even if the fine wiping operation is not performed so far, moisture and the like are almost wiped off at the stage of S1111. Therefore, the torque control may be omitted, the left and right fine movement may be omitted, or both may be omitted. That is, the operation of S1116 is not essential.
　Ｓ１１１７において、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ及び６０６ｄをオフにし、６０６ｃをオンにし（Ｓ１１１７）、駆動モータ３００を逆回転させて、拭き取りアーム４を下方に傾ける（Ｓ１１１８）。制御部１３は、モータ検知部３００ａからの信号に基づいて下方位置を検出したら（Ｓ１１１９）、駆動モータ３００を停止する（Ｓ１１２０）。このタイミングで、専用紙１１ｂが落下することとなるので、制御部１３は、紙載置センサ１２ｅをオフにする（Ｓ１１２１）。なお、押し当て部４ａと拭き取りアーム４とのヒンジ構造であるが、拭き取りアーム４が下方に傾いた場合は、押し当て部４ａも傾くように構成しておく。図１３６及び図１３７等に示した押し当て部４ａをＴ字状のアーム先端で回動可能にすれば、そのように押し当て部４ａも傾くが、これに限られるものではない。 In S1117, the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d, turns on the 606c (S1117), reversely rotates the drive motor 300, and tilts the wiping arm 4 downward (S1118). When detecting the lower position based on the signal from the motor detection unit 300a (S1119), the control unit 13 stops the drive motor 300 (S1120). Since the dedicated paper 11b falls at this timing, the control unit 13 turns off the paper placement sensor 12e (S1121). In addition, although it is a hinge structure of the pressing part 4a and the wiping arm 4, when the wiping arm 4 inclines below, it is comprised so that the pressing part 4a may also incline. If the pressing portion 4a shown in FIGS. 136 and 137 and the like can be rotated at the tip of the T-shaped arm, the pressing portion 4a also tilts as such, but the present invention is not limited to this.
　次に、制御部１３は、駆動モータ３００を正回転させて、モータ検知部３００ａからの信号に基づいて、拭き取りアーム４を水平位置へと移動させる（Ｓ１１２２）。その後、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂをオンにし、６０６ｃ及び６０６ｄをオフにし（Ｓ１１２４）、移動部６０６及び拭き取りアーム４を摺動させて収納位置が検出されるまで駆動モータ３００を逆回転させて（Ｓ１１２５）、停止し（Ｓ１１２６）、次の拭き取り指示まで待機状態となる。 Next, the control unit 13 rotates the drive motor 300 forward and moves the wiping arm 4 to a horizontal position based on a signal from the motor detection unit 300a (S1122). Thereafter, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutch 606b, turns off 606c and 606d (S1124), and slides the moving unit 606 and the wiping arm 4 to reversely rotate the drive motor 300 until the storage position is detected. (S1125), stop (S1126), and wait until the next wiping instruction.
　このように、第１５の実施形態では、紙載せガイド１７ｃの移動が、ねじ軸３０１や電磁クラッチ６０６ｄ、駆動モータ３００等によって実現されている。また、拭き取りアーム４の移動がねじ軸２０２や電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ、駆動モータ３００等によって実現されている。そのため、拭き取りアーム駆動部３が拭き取りアーム４を移動させるための機構と、紙載せガイド１７ｃによって専用紙１１ｂを露出させるための機構とは、一部が共通化されている。よって、駆動部の共通化により、コストを下げることが可能となる。 Thus, in the fifteenth embodiment, the movement of the paper loading guide 17c is realized by the screw shaft 301, the electromagnetic clutch 606d, the drive motor 300, and the like. The movement of the wiping arm 4 is realized by the screw shaft 202, the electromagnetic clutch 606b, the drive motor 300, and the like. Therefore, a mechanism for the wiping arm driving unit 3 to move the wiping arm 4 and a mechanism for exposing the dedicated paper 11b by the paper loading guide 17c are partially shared. Therefore, the cost can be reduced by sharing the drive unit.
　さらに、紙載せガイド１７ｃと移動部６０６とは別々に移動可能であるので、駆動部を共通化しつつも、拭き取り時には、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収納位置にまで戻すことができる。そのため、専用紙１１ｂを落下させる際、紙載せガイド１７ｃが邪魔にならないので、専用紙１１ｂの落下がスムーズに行われることとなる。 Furthermore, since the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606 can be moved separately, the paper loading guide 17c can be returned to the storage position at the time of wiping while sharing the driving unit. For this reason, when the dedicated paper 11b is dropped, the paper loading guide 17c does not get in the way, so that the dedicated paper 11b is smoothly dropped.
　なお、繰り返しになるが、モータを複数設けて、ねじ軸３０１、ねじ軸２０２、回転軸２０３が別々のモータで回転できるようにしてもよいことは言うまでもない。したがって、第１５の実施形態では、摺動可能な移動部６０６と、移動部６０６を摺動させるための摺動機構と、移動部６０６の摺動に合わせて摺動し、拭き取りアーム４を固定している回転部２０８と、回転部２０８を回転させるための回転機構（揺動機構）とを拭き取りアーム駆動部３が含み、給紙部が、移動部６０６とは別に摺動する紙載せガイド１７ｃによって実現されている点にも特徴がある。その上で、第１５の実施形態では、具体的には、紙載せガイド１７ｃが、移動部６０６とは別に摺動しながらも、移動部６０６の摺動機構によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃが移動させられるとして、駆動部を共通化しているという点にも特徴がある。 In addition, although it repeats, it cannot be overemphasized that a plurality of motors may be provided so that the screw shaft 301, the screw shaft 202, and the rotary shaft 203 can be rotated by separate motors. Therefore, in the fifteenth embodiment, the slidable moving portion 606, the sliding mechanism for sliding the moving portion 606, and the wiping arm 4 are fixed by sliding according to the sliding of the moving portion 606. The paper loading guide includes a wiping arm drive unit 3 and a paper feeding unit that slides separately from the moving unit 606. It is also characterized in that it is realized by 17c. In addition, in the fifteenth embodiment, specifically, the paper loading guide 17c is moved by the sliding mechanism of the moving unit 606 while the paper loading guide 17c slides separately from the moving unit 606. However, there is a feature in that the drive unit is shared.
　図１７１Ｆは、紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉが働いている間（Ｓ１１０２～Ｓ１１０９）、紙載置センサ１２ｅが働いている間（Ｓ１１０８～Ｓ１１２１）に、専用紙１１ｂが検出されなくなった場合のエラー処理を示すフローチャートである。紙載せガイドセンサ１７ｉが働いている間（Ｓ１１０２～Ｓ１１０９）、紙載置センサ１２ｅが働いている間（Ｓ１１０８～Ｓ１１２１）に、少なくともどちらかのセンサで専用紙１１ｂの載置が検出されなくなった場合（Ｓ１２００ａ，Ｓ１２００ｂ）、専用紙１１ｂが途中で落下したり、どこかに引っかかったりしていることを意味する。そのため、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ，６０６ｄをオフにして、６０６ｃをオンにして（Ｓ１２０１）、モータ検出部３００ａで水平位置を検出するまで駆動モータ３００を作動させる（Ｓ１２０２）。 FIG. 171F shows error processing when the dedicated paper 11b is not detected while the paper placement guide sensor 17i is working (S1102 to S1109) and the paper placement sensor 12e is working (S1108 to S1121). It is a flowchart to show. While the paper loading guide sensor 17i is working (S1102 to S1109) and while the paper loading sensor 12e is working (S1108 to S1121), the placement of the dedicated paper 11b is no longer detected by at least one of the sensors. In this case (S1200a, S1200b), it means that the special paper 11b has been dropped or caught somewhere. Therefore, the control unit 13 turns off the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d, turns on the 606c (S1201), and operates the drive motor 300 until the horizontal position is detected by the motor detection unit 300a (S1202).
　水平位置が検出されたら、制御部１３は、電磁クラッチ６０６ｂ，６０６ｄをオンにして、６０６ｃをオフにして（Ｓ１２０３）、収納位置センサ１２ａで収納位置を検出するまで駆動モータ３００を作動させて（Ｓ１２０４）、収納された拭き取り開始前の状態に拭き取りアーム４及び紙載せガイド１７ｃを戻す。 When the horizontal position is detected, the control unit 13 turns on the electromagnetic clutches 606b and 606d, turns off the 606c (S1203), and operates the drive motor 300 until the storage position is detected by the storage position sensor 12a ( In step S1204, the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c are returned to the state before the stored wiping is started.
　なお、他の実施形態においても、紙載せガイド１７ｃに紙が載置されていないことを検知したら、制御部１３は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを収納位置まで戻すとよい。また、押し当て部４ａに紙が載置されていないことを検知したら、制御部１３は、拭き取りアーム４を収納位置まで戻すとよい。 In other embodiments as well, when it is detected that no paper is placed on the paper placement guide 17c, the control unit 13 may return the paper placement guide 17c to the storage position. Further, when it is detected that no paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a, the control unit 13 may return the wiping arm 4 to the storage position.
　なお、図１７６は、拭き取りアーム４を下降させて、紙載せガイドの下に設けられた紙落とし部３０３に専用紙１１ｂを当接させて、紙を落とす様子を示した斜視図である。このように、紙載せガイド１７ｃと拭き取りアーム４とを別々に動作させることができるので、紙載せガイド１７ｃを、紙を落とすための手段として使用することが可能である。 Note that FIG. 176 is a perspective view showing a state in which the wiping arm 4 is lowered and the dedicated paper 11b is brought into contact with the paper dropping unit 303 provided under the paper loading guide to drop the paper. Thus, since the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 can be operated separately, the paper loading guide 17c can be used as a means for dropping the paper.
（第１６の実施形態）
　第１６の実施形態は、第１５の実施形態に対して簡易な開閉部を設けた機構となっている。ここでは、開閉部の特徴を説明する。なお、第１６の実施形態では、拭き取りアーム駆動部３において、移動部６０６を安定的に摺動させるために、スライド棒３１０を補高部２及び軸受部２２０に取り付けて、移動部６０６に穿孔された穴に貫入していることとする。また、移動部６０６の構成は、この後説明するように、押さえ部３０７を配置するために少し変更されている。 (Sixteenth embodiment)
The sixteenth embodiment is a mechanism provided with a simple opening / closing portion compared to the fifteenth embodiment. Here, the characteristics of the opening / closing part will be described. In the sixteenth embodiment, in the wiping arm driving unit 3, in order to slide the moving unit 606 stably, the slide bar 310 is attached to the elevation unit 2 and the bearing unit 220, and the moving unit 606 is perforated. It is assumed that it has penetrated the hole. Further, the configuration of the moving unit 606 is slightly changed in order to arrange the pressing unit 307, as will be described later.
　図１７７は、第１６の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置１の内部構造を示す斜視図である。図１７７において、臀部拭き取り装置１は、第１５の実施形態での構成に加えて、スライド式開閉部３０４、ヒンジ部３０４ａ、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５、ヒンジ部３０５ａ、溝３０６，３０８、及び押さえ部３０７を備える。スライド式開閉部３０４は、可撓性を有する樹脂や金属等である。溝３０６は、スライド式開閉部３０４が収納可能なように、補高部２に設けられている。スライド式開閉部３０４がスライドしてくると、スライド式開閉部３０４が溝３０６に沿って撓み、溝３０６に挿入される。ヒンジ部３０５ａに、バネを内蔵するか、若しくは、図１５８のようにヒンジ式開閉部３０５にばね（図示せず）を取り付けて、常に閉じる方向に力が加わるようになっている。 FIG. 177 is a perspective view showing the internal structure of the buttock wiping device 1 according to the sixteenth embodiment. In FIG. 177, in addition to the configuration of the fifteenth embodiment, the heel wiping device 1 includes a slide-type opening / closing part 304, a hinge part 304a, a hinge-type opening / closing part 305, a hinge part 305a, grooves 306, 308, and a holding part. 307. The sliding opening / closing part 304 is made of flexible resin or metal. The groove 306 is provided in the elevation part 2 so that the sliding opening / closing part 304 can be accommodated. When the sliding opening / closing part 304 slides, the sliding opening / closing part 304 bends along the groove 306 and is inserted into the groove 306. A spring is built in the hinge part 305a or a spring (not shown) is attached to the hinged opening / closing part 305 as shown in FIG. 158 so that a force is always applied in the closing direction.
　図１７８は、内部構造の拡大斜視図である。移動部６０６は、紙載せガイド１７ｃよりも、右側に少し突出する大きさを有している。移動部６０６の右前の端辺に、ヒンジ部３０４ａが設けられている。ヒンジ部３０４ａによって、開閉部３０４が、回動可能に移動部６０６に取り付けられている。移動部６０６の下面には、押さえ部３０７が取り付けられている。押さえ部３０７の右端は、紙載せガイド１７ｃの右端よりも右側に位置している。押さえ部３０７は、移動台３０５の移動と共に、一緒に移動していく。 FIG. 178 is an enlarged perspective view of the internal structure. The moving unit 606 has a size that slightly protrudes to the right side of the paper loading guide 17c. A hinge part 304 a is provided on the right front end of the moving part 606. The opening / closing part 304 is rotatably attached to the moving part 606 by the hinge part 304a. A pressing part 307 is attached to the lower surface of the moving part 606. The right end of the pressing portion 307 is located on the right side of the right end of the paper loading guide 17c. The holding unit 307 moves together with the movement of the moving table 305.
　図１７９は、移動部６０６及び紙載せガイド１７ｃが移動を開始して、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５が開き始めたときの様子を示す斜視図である。移動部６０６が摺動すると、それに合わせて、スライド式開閉部３０４が一緒にスライドしていく。補高部２の下面には、スライド式開閉部３０４のスライド経路に溝３０８が設けられており、当該溝３０８にスライド式開閉部３０４の下部が挿入されている。移動部６０６の移動に合わせて、スライド式開閉部３０４の右端は、溝３０６に挿入されていく。移動部６０６が摺動すると、押さえ部３０７の右端がヒンジ式開閉部３０５を押すこととなるので、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５がヒンジ３０５を支点に回動することとなる。なお、移動部６０６を紙載せガイド１７ｃより先に露出させるようにしてもよく、その場合は、移動部６０６の右端と紙載せガイド１７ｃの右端との位置関係は、図示した例とは異なってもよい。 FIG. 179 is a perspective view showing a state when the moving unit 606 and the paper loading guide 17c start to move and the hinge-type opening / closing unit 305 starts to open. When the moving unit 606 slides, the sliding opening / closing unit 304 slides along with it. A groove 308 is provided in the slide path of the sliding opening / closing part 304 on the lower surface of the elevation part 2, and the lower part of the sliding opening / closing part 304 is inserted into the groove 308. As the moving unit 606 moves, the right end of the sliding opening / closing unit 304 is inserted into the groove 306. When the moving part 606 slides, the right end of the pressing part 307 pushes the hinged opening / closing part 305, so that the hinged opening / closing part 305 rotates around the hinge 305 as a fulcrum. The moving unit 606 may be exposed before the paper loading guide 17c. In this case, the positional relationship between the right end of the moving unit 606 and the right end of the paper loading guide 17c is different from the illustrated example. Also good.
　図１７９において、押さえ部３０７の右端を紙載せガイド１７ｃの右端よりも右にしたことで、先に押さえ部３０７がヒンジ式開閉部３０５に当接するので、専用紙１１ｂがヒンジ式開閉部３０５に当接するのを防止できる。 In FIG. 179, since the right end of the pressing portion 307 is set to the right of the right end of the paper loading guide 17c, the pressing portion 307 comes into contact with the hinged opening / closing portion 305 first. The contact can be prevented.
　図１８０は、移動部６０６が収納位置まで移動したときの様子を示す斜視図である。図１８０に示すように、スライド式開閉部３０４が溝３０６の内部に挿入された状態となっている。押さえ部３０７は、露出位置まで到達しても、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５を抑えることができる程度の長さを有している。これによって、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５が閉じるのが防止されている。なお、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５を、両側に倒れることができるもの（たとえば、スイングドアのような構造）にしておけば、紙載せガイド１７ｃが収納するときも、紙載せガイド１７ｃがヒンジ式開閉部３０５を倒すことができるので、押さえ部３０７による押さえは不要となる。 FIG. 180 is a perspective view showing a state where the moving unit 606 has moved to the storage position. As shown in FIG. 180, the sliding opening / closing part 304 is inserted into the groove 306. The pressing portion 307 has such a length that the hinge-type opening / closing portion 305 can be suppressed even when it reaches the exposed position. This prevents the hinged opening / closing part 305 from closing. If the hinge-type opening / closing part 305 can be tilted to both sides (for example, a structure like a swing door), even when the paper-loading guide 17c is housed, the paper-loading guide 17c is used as the hinge-type opening / closing part. Since 305 can be defeated, pressing by the pressing portion 307 becomes unnecessary.
　図１８１は、紙載せガイド１７ｃだけが収納されていく様子を示す斜視図である。図１８２は、紙載せガイド１７ｃだけが収納されたときの様子を示す斜視図である。このように、押さえ部３０７によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃがヒンジ式開閉部３０５を押すことなく収納可能となる。図１８２の後は、拭き取りアーム４を水平にして、移動部６０６が後進することで、スライド式開閉部３０４によって、補高部２に開けられた開口が閉じ、さらに、押さえ部３０７の抑えが解除されるところまで移動部６０６が後進したら、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５が立ち上がって、左側の開口も閉じられることとなる。 FIG. 181 is a perspective view showing a state in which only the paper loading guide 17c is housed. FIG. 182 is a perspective view showing a state when only the paper loading guide 17c is stored. In this manner, the paper loading guide 17c can be stored without pushing the hinged opening / closing portion 305 by the pressing portion 307. After FIG. 182, the wiping arm 4 is leveled and the moving unit 606 moves backward, so that the opening opened in the height raising unit 2 is closed by the sliding opening / closing unit 304, and the pressing unit 307 is further suppressed. When the moving part 606 moves backward until it is released, the hinge-type opening / closing part 305 rises and the left opening is also closed.
　このように、第１６の実施形態では、移動部６０６の移動に合わせて一緒に摺動して補高部の開口を開け閉めするスライド式開閉部３０５を用いることで、開口の開閉に駆動用のモータや電磁石などを使用しなくても開閉することが可能となる。さらに、構造が簡易であり、確実に開閉ができるため、コスト低減に加えて、防水効果も向上する。ヒンジ式開閉部３０５は、第１６の実施形態の場合、押さえ部３０７を用いることで、簡易な片開き（片方にのみ倒れる開き方）の場合でも、紙載せガイド１７ｃを後進させた際に、収納することが可能となる。両開き（両方に倒れる開き方）で、自立して立脚する開閉部は当然実現可能できるが、ヒンジ部の機構を複雑にする可能性がある。したがって、片開きでも紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出だけでなく収納することができることを可能にしている押さえ部３０７の効果は大きい。結果として、第１６の実施形態は、開閉機構も含めた上で、簡易化が図られた構造であり、コスト削減に極めて有効な実施形態となっている。 As described above, in the sixteenth embodiment, the sliding opening / closing unit 305 that slides together with the movement of the moving unit 606 to open and close the opening of the height raising unit is used to open and close the opening. It can be opened and closed without using a motor or an electromagnet. Furthermore, since the structure is simple and can be reliably opened and closed, the waterproof effect is improved in addition to cost reduction. In the case of the sixteenth embodiment, the hinge-type opening / closing portion 305 uses the pressing portion 307, so that the paper loading guide 17c can be moved backward even in the case of simple one-side opening (how to open only one side). It can be stored. An opening / closing part that stands on its own with a double opening (how to open both sides) can naturally be realized, but the mechanism of the hinge part may be complicated. Therefore, the effect of the pressing portion 307 that enables the paper loading guide 17c to be accommodated as well as exposed even if it is partially opened is great. As a result, the sixteenth embodiment has a simplified structure including the opening / closing mechanism, and is an extremely effective embodiment for cost reduction.
　なお、ここでは、スライド式開閉部３０４を可撓性の素材であるとしたが、まっすぐ右側にスライド式開閉部３０４を開けるのであれば、可撓性の素材としなくてもよい。その場合、溝３０６が右側にまっすぐ設けられている。開いた際に、補高部２からスライド式開閉部３０４が出てしまう場合は、カバーを設けるなどするとよい。 Here, the sliding opening / closing part 304 is made of a flexible material. However, if the sliding opening / closing part 304 is opened straight on the right side, the flexible opening / closing part 304 may not be used. In that case, the groove 306 is provided straight on the right side. If the sliding opening / closing part 304 comes out of the elevation 2 when opened, a cover may be provided.
　なお、給紙ローラを用いるのであれば、紙載せガイド１７ｃの上に、給紙ローラで、専用紙１１ｂを載置させることができるため、拭き取りアーム駆動部３及び紙載せガイド１７ｃを補高部の内部に収容することが可能である。そのようにすることで、便器横への露出部分をできる限り小さくすることが可能である。 If a paper feed roller is used, the dedicated paper 11b can be placed on the paper placement guide 17c by the paper feed roller, so that the wiping arm drive unit 3 and the paper placement guide 17c are replaced with the height raising portion. It is possible to accommodate inside. By doing so, it is possible to make the exposed part of the toilet side as small as possible.
　なお、上記では、押さえ部３０７を移動部６０６の一部と捉えると、移動部６０６がヒンジ式開閉部３０５を押し開けることとしたが、紙載せガイド１７ｃが押し開けてもよい。 In the above description, when the pressing unit 307 is regarded as a part of the moving unit 606, the moving unit 606 pushes the hinged opening / closing unit 305 open, but the paper loading guide 17c may be pushed open.
　なお、配置が左右対称であってもよいことは、言うまでもない。 Needless to say, the arrangement may be symmetrical.
　なお、第１６に示す実施形態について、便座の後方に配置したとして説明を行っているが、便座の横に配置されたとしても同様に実現可能である。その場合、紙載せガイド１７ｃが温水洗浄装置の下部に配置されることとなるため、手動で紙を載せるのは難しいが、給紙ローラを用いて、紙を送り出して、紙載せガイド１７ｃに紙を載せるようにすればよい。 In addition, although the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 is described as being arranged behind the toilet seat, it can be similarly realized even if it is arranged beside the toilet seat. In that case, since the paper loading guide 17c is arranged at the lower part of the hot water washing apparatus, it is difficult to manually load the paper, but the paper is fed out by using a paper feed roller, and the paper is placed on the paper loading guide 17c. Should be placed.
　なお、第１６の実施形態で示した開閉機構は、第１３及び１４の実施形態にも適用可能である。すなわち、例えば、図１５５及び図１６５において、移動部６０６の右端にスライド式開閉部３０４を設け、移動部６０６の左端に押さえ部３０７を設けて、ヒンジ式開閉部３０５を設ければ、同様の構成で開閉が可能となる。第１４の実施形態の場合も、紙載せガイド１７ｃよりも移動部６０６を大きくして、移動部６０６がヒンジ式開閉部３０５を先に開けるようにすればよい。これにより、専用紙１１ｂがヒンジ式開閉部３０５に当接しないので、衛生的でありかつ、紙がずれるなどのトラブルが回避できる。 Note that the opening / closing mechanism shown in the sixteenth embodiment is also applicable to the thirteenth and fourteenth embodiments. That is, for example, in FIGS. 155 and 165, if the sliding opening / closing unit 304 is provided at the right end of the moving unit 606, the holding unit 307 is provided at the left end of the moving unit 606, and the hinged opening / closing unit 305 is provided, the same Opening and closing is possible with the configuration. Also in the case of the fourteenth embodiment, the moving unit 606 may be made larger than the paper loading guide 17c so that the moving unit 606 opens the hinged opening / closing unit 305 first. As a result, the dedicated paper 11b does not come into contact with the hinged opening / closing part 305, so that it is hygienic and troubles such as paper slippage can be avoided.
（開閉部について）
　図１８３は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂの斜視図である。図１８３に示すように、アーム側開閉部１９ｂは、３枚のヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－１，１９ｂ－２，１９ｂ－３によって構成されている。それぞれ、下部のヒンジ部分を中心に回動可能となっている。ヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－１，１９ｂ－２，１９ｂ－３は、ヒンジ部分にばねを内蔵するか、若しくは、開閉部分に直接ばねを付けることで、反発力で立脚する方向に力がかかっているものとする。 (About the opening and closing part)
FIG. 183 is a perspective view of the arm-side opening / closing part 19b. As shown in FIG. 183, the arm side opening / closing part 19b is composed of three hinge-type opening / closing parts 19b-1, 19b-2, 19b-3. Each of them can be rotated around a lower hinge portion. The hinge-type opening / closing parts 19b-1, 19b-2, 19b-3 have a built-in spring in the hinge part, or a spring is directly attached to the opening / closing part, so that force is applied in the direction to stand by repulsive force. Shall.
　図１８４は、アーム側開閉部１９ｂが開いたときの様子を示す斜視図である。図１８３及び図１８４に示すように、真ん中のヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－２が内側に入っているので、ヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－２が倒れると、両脇のヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－１及び１９ｂ－３が倒れることとなる。拭き取りアーム４の支柱部分に、押さえ部４００を設けることで、拭き取りアーム４が露出している場合でも、ヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－２が開いたままの状態となるので、ヒンジ式開閉部１９ｂ－１及び１９ｂ－３も開いたままの状態とすることができる。ここに示したアーム側開閉部１９ｂは、たとえば、図１３５Ａに示した実施形態において有効であるが、他の実施形態にも、拭き取りアーム４の配置に応じて適宜利用可能である。 FIG. 184 is a perspective view showing a state when the arm side opening / closing part 19b is opened. As shown in FIGS. 183 and 184, since the middle hinged opening / closing part 19b-2 is inside, when the hinged opening / closing part 19b-2 falls down, the hinged opening / closing parts 19b-1 and 19b on both sides -3 will fall. By providing the pressing portion 400 on the column portion of the wiping arm 4, even when the wiping arm 4 is exposed, the hinge-type opening / closing portion 19b-2 remains open, so the hinge-type opening / closing portion 19b- 1 and 19b-3 can also be left open. The arm side opening / closing part 19b shown here is effective in the embodiment shown in FIG. 135A, for example, but can be used as appropriate in other embodiments depending on the arrangement of the wiping arm 4.
（後ろから拭くタイプの変形例）
　第１３～１６の実施形態では、便座の後から臀部を拭き取る実施形態を開示した。これらの実施形態に対して、直線運動と回転運動とを実現できるボールねじスプライン４０１を利用することが可能である。ボールねじスプラインは、シャフトにボールねじのらせん状のねじ溝４０１と直線状のスプライン溝４０２を有するものである。ボールねじスプラインには、ボールねじ部分とスプライン軸部分がオーバーラップしているタイプのものと、セパレートしているタイプのものがある。図１８５は、オーバーラップタイプのボールねじスプライン４０１を用いて、便座の後から臀部を拭き取るための構造を示す図である。 (Modified example of wiping from behind)
In the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments, embodiments in which the buttock is wiped from behind the toilet seat are disclosed. For these embodiments, it is possible to utilize a ball screw spline 401 capable of realizing linear motion and rotational motion. The ball screw spline has a spiral screw groove 401 and a straight spline groove 402 of a ball screw on a shaft. The ball screw spline includes a type in which the ball screw portion and the spline shaft portion overlap each other and a type in which the ball screw spline is separated. FIG. 185 is a diagram showing a structure for wiping the buttocks from behind the toilet seat using the overlap type ball screw spline 401.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、ボールねじスプライン４０１に対して、ボールねじナット４０４と、プーリー４０４ｂと、ベルト４０４ａと、スプラインナット４０５と、プーリー４０５ｂと、ベルト４０５ａと、プーリー４０４ｂを回転させるモータ（図示せず）と、プーリー４０５ｂを回転させるモータ（図示せず）とを含む。なお、各モータは、電磁クラッチで切り替えられるようにしておき、共通化されていてもよい。ボールねじスプライン４０１の一端に拭き取りアーム４が取り付けられている。拭き取りアーム４とボールねじスプライン４０１との連結部分は、故障時に備え、ボルト等で取り外し可能となっている。なお、ボールねじスプライン４０１は、図示しない台等で、補高部２に回動・摺動可能に取り付けられている。 The wiping arm driving unit 3 rotates the ball screw nut 404, the pulley 404b, the belt 404a, the spline nut 405, the pulley 405b, the belt 405a, and the pulley 404b with respect to the ball screw spline 401 (see FIG. And a motor (not shown) for rotating the pulley 405b. Each motor may be switched by an electromagnetic clutch and may be shared. The wiping arm 4 is attached to one end of the ball screw spline 401. The connecting portion between the wiping arm 4 and the ball screw spline 401 can be removed with a bolt or the like in preparation for failure. The ball screw spline 401 is attached to the elevation part 2 so as to be rotatable and slidable by a stand or the like (not shown).
　図１８５（ａ）に示すように、プーリー４０４ｂが回転すると、ボールねじスプライン４０１が摺動するので、拭き取りアーム４が露出する。図１８５（ｂ）に示すように、プーリー４０５ｂが回転すると、ボールねじスプライン４０１が回転することにより、拭き取りアーム４が揺動して、上方向に向くこととなる。拭き取りアーム４を下方向に向かせる場合や、収納位置に戻す場合は、それぞれ逆回転させればよい。制御方法は、第１３の実施形態で説明したのと同様、露出位置や、収納位置、上下位置の検出よる停止や拭き取り動作、トルク制御（制限）などによって、実現可能である。 As shown in FIG. 185 (a), when the pulley 404b rotates, the ball screw spline 401 slides, so that the wiping arm 4 is exposed. As shown in FIG. 185 (b), when the pulley 405b rotates, the ball screw spline 401 rotates, so that the wiping arm 4 swings and faces upward. When the wiping arm 4 is directed downward or returned to the storage position, the wiping arm 4 may be rotated in the reverse direction. As described in the thirteenth embodiment, the control method can be realized by stopping or wiping operation by detecting the exposure position, the storage position, and the vertical position, torque control (limitation), and the like.
　このように、ボールねじスプラインを用いることでも、便座の後から臀部を拭き取ることを実現することが可能である。 Thus, it is possible to realize wiping of the buttocks from behind the toilet seat by using a ball screw spline.
（紙載せガイド１７ｃの摺動方法の変形例）
　紙載せガイド１７ｃは、台形ねじ（すべりねじ）、ボールねじなどのねじ軸の回転によって露出させることもできるが、図１８６では、ナット４０７を回転させて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる場合を図示する。図１８６は、ナット４０７を回転させて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる場合の機構を示す断面図である。ナット４０７を給紙用モータ（図示せず）の駆動によって回転するようにしておく。ねじ軸４０６は、補高部２に穿孔された穴ですべり軸受等で受けられている。平面図は記載していないが、ねじ軸４０６と並行してスライドシャフトによって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの動きを規制して摺動するようにしてある。ナット４０７が回転すると、ねじ軸４０６が直線運動して前進する（図１８６（ａ））。ねじ軸４０６の先端に紙載せガイド１７ｃを取り付けておくことにより、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させることができる（図１８６（ｂ））。 (Modification of sliding method of paper loading guide 17c)
The paper loading guide 17c can be exposed by rotating a screw shaft such as a trapezoidal screw (slide screw) or a ball screw, but FIG. 186 shows a case where the nut 407 is rotated to expose the paper loading guide 17c. To do. FIG. 186 is a cross-sectional view showing a mechanism in the case where the nut 407 is rotated to expose the paper loading guide 17c. The nut 407 is rotated by driving a paper feeding motor (not shown). The screw shaft 406 is received by a plain bearing or the like in a hole drilled in the raised portion 2. Although not shown in the plan view, the movement of the paper loading guide 17c is regulated and slid by the slide shaft in parallel with the screw shaft 406. When the nut 407 rotates, the screw shaft 406 moves forward by linear movement (FIG. 186 (a)). By attaching the paper placement guide 17c to the tip of the screw shaft 406, the paper placement guide 17c can be exposed (FIG. 186 (b)).
　図１８７は、図１８６に示した紙載せガイド１７ｃを利用した給紙部１７と回転部２０８を利用した拭き取りアーム駆動部３とを示す平面図である。図１８７（ａ）に示すように、ねじ軸２０２を回転させると、移動部６０６と回転部２０８が摺動して拭き取りアーム４が露出する。合わせて、同（ｂ）に示すように、ナット４０７を回転させると、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出する。同（ｃ）に示すように、回転軸２０３を回転させると、拭き取りアーム４が回転して、押し当て部４ａを揺動させることが可能である。 187 is a plan view showing the paper feeding unit 17 using the paper loading guide 17c shown in FIG. 186 and the wiping arm driving unit 3 using the rotating unit 208. FIG. As shown in FIG. 187 (a), when the screw shaft 202 is rotated, the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 slide to expose the wiping arm 4. In addition, when the nut 407 is rotated as shown in (b), the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. As shown in (c), when the rotating shaft 203 is rotated, the wiping arm 4 is rotated, and the pressing portion 4a can be swung.
（紙載せガイド１７ｃの揺動について）
　図１８８は、第１３～１６の実施形態に類似の構造で紙載せガイド１７ｃを揺動させる場合の構造を示す図である。図１８８に示すように、紙載せガイド回転部４０９を、回転部２０８と移動部６０６との間に配置しておく。回転軸４０８は、六角シャフトやスプラインシャフトのように、回転部４０９を摺動させながらも、トルクをかけて揺動させることができる部材である。図１８８（ａ）に示すように、ねじ軸２０２の回転によって、移動部６０６の摺動に合わせて、紙載せガイド１７ｃ及び拭き取りアーム４が露出する。その後、同（ｂ）に示すように、回転軸４０８を図示しないモータで回転させれば、紙載せガイド１７ｃを下側に揺動させることができる。これにより、拭き取りアーム４で拭き取られた後、拭き取りアーム４も下側に揺動させれば、紙を落下させることが可能となる。 (About swinging of the paper loading guide 17c)
FIG. 188 is a diagram showing a structure in the case of swinging the paper loading guide 17c with a structure similar to the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments. As shown in FIG. 188, the paper placement guide rotation unit 409 is disposed between the rotation unit 208 and the moving unit 606. The rotating shaft 408 is a member that can be swung by applying torque while sliding the rotating portion 409, such as a hexagonal shaft or a spline shaft. As shown in FIG. 188 (a), the rotation of the screw shaft 202 exposes the paper loading guide 17c and the wiping arm 4 as the moving portion 606 slides. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 5B, the paper loading guide 17c can be swung downward by rotating the rotating shaft 408 with a motor (not shown). Thereby, after wiping off by the wiping arm 4, if the wiping arm 4 is also swung downward, the paper can be dropped.
（拭き取りアーム４の構造的トルク制限）
　図１８９は、第１３～第１６の実施形態において、構造的に拭き取りアーム４が臀部を押し上げる力を制限することを示す断面図である。図１８９（ａ）は、拭き取りアーム４が水平のときの断面図である。同（ｂ）は、拭き取りアーム４が上方に揺動したときの断面図である。同（ｃ）は、拭き取りアーム４が下方に揺動したときの断面図である。図示したように、拭き取りアーム４が上方（又は下方）に揺動したとき、移動部６０６自体の形状がストッパーとなって、それ以上、上方（又は下方）に揺動しないようにしておけば、必要以上のトルクで臀部を拭き取りアーム４が押し上げることが防止され、構造的にトルク制限がかかることとなる。 (Structural torque limit of wiping arm 4)
FIG. 189 is a cross-sectional view showing that the wiping arm 4 structurally limits the force to push up the collar portion in the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments. FIG. 189 (a) is a cross-sectional view when the wiping arm 4 is horizontal. FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view when the wiping arm 4 swings upward. FIG. 4C is a cross-sectional view when the wiping arm 4 swings downward. As shown in the figure, when the wiping arm 4 swings upward (or downward), the shape of the moving part 606 itself becomes a stopper, so that it does not swing further upward (or downward) It is prevented that the arm 4 is wiped off with a torque more than necessary, and the arm 4 is prevented from being pushed up, and a torque limit is applied structurally.
（便器への設置について）
　第１３～第１６の実施形態は、温水洗浄装置の下に拭き取りアーム駆動部３が配置されるため、臀部拭き取り装置と便器との固定が問題となる可能性がある。それを考慮して、図１９０を示す。図１９０は、ねじ軸２０２に対して、フランジ付ナット４１０，４１０にて、移動部６０６を固定し、回転軸２０３に対して、フランジ付スプラインナット４１１，４１１で回転部２０８を固定したときの平面図である。補高部２に、固定穴４１２が設けられている。図１９０に示したように、適切な部材を選択することで、補高部２に固定穴４１２を、設けることができるので、臀部拭き取り装置を便器に固定することが可能である。 (About installation on the toilet)
In the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments, since the wiping arm driving unit 3 is disposed under the hot water cleaning device, there is a possibility that fixing the buttock wiping device and the toilet bowl becomes a problem. Considering this, FIG. 190 is shown. 190 shows a state where the moving part 606 is fixed to the screw shaft 202 by the flanged nuts 410 and 410, and the rotating part 208 is fixed to the rotating shaft 203 by the flanged spline nuts 411 and 411. It is a top view. A fixing hole 412 is provided in the raised height portion 2. As shown in FIG. 190, the fixing hole 412 can be provided in the elevation 2 by selecting an appropriate member, so that the buttock wiping device can be fixed to the toilet.
　図１９５は、移動部６０６と回転部２０８とを上下に配置したときの断面図である。図１９０の構造に対して、第１５の実施形態のように、紙載せガイド１７ｃを配置したい場合は、図１９５に示すように、移動部６０６と回転部２０８とを上下に配置して、紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動部６０６の背面に配置すれば、固定穴４１２の場所を確保することができる。 FIG. 195 is a cross-sectional view when the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 are vertically arranged. When the paper loading guide 17c is to be arranged as in the fifteenth embodiment with respect to the structure of FIG. 190, the moving unit 606 and the rotating unit 208 are arranged vertically as shown in FIG. If the mounting guide 17c is disposed on the back surface of the moving unit 606, the location of the fixing hole 412 can be secured.
　なお、本発明において、便器と臀部拭き取り装置との固定については、固定穴以外を用いてもよく、便器にある固定穴との整合がうまく取れない場合は、適宜、補高部２の厚さを増したり、便器と補高部２との間に、中間部材を入れて、便器、中間部材、補高部、温水洗浄装置の順で固定したりしてもよい。固定方法については、本発明を限定するものではない。 In the present invention, for fixing the toilet and the buttock wiping device, other than the fixing hole may be used, and when the alignment with the fixing hole in the toilet is not well achieved, the thickness of the height raising portion 2 is appropriately selected. Alternatively, an intermediate member may be inserted between the toilet bowl and the elevation part 2, and the toilet bowl, the intermediate member, the elevation part, and the hot water washing apparatus may be fixed in this order. The fixing method is not intended to limit the present invention.
　なお、拭き取りアーム４は支柱部分が取り外しできるように、根元部分がねじ式などになっているとよい。図１８９、図１９０及び１９４では、支柱部分が外れた状態の拭き取りアーム４を図示している。 It should be noted that the wiping arm 4 may have a screw-type root portion so that the column portion can be removed. 189, 190, and 194 show the wiping arm 4 in a state where the column portion has been removed.
（押し当て部４ａの形状について）
　押し当て部４ａの形状は、肛門付近の形状に合致するように、適宜設計すべき事項であるが、押し当て部４ａを可撓性の素材によって、臀部への当接時に変形することができるようにしておくとよい。また、第１の方式を使用する場合、紙を押し当て部４ａに載置した際に、できる限り押し当て部４ａが大きい方が、紙の予期せぬ落下を防止できる。そこで、図１９１及び図１９２のような形状が一例として考えられる。図１９１及び図１９２は、可撓性素材を用いた場合の押し当て部４ａの形状の一例を示す斜視図である。 (About the shape of the pressing portion 4a)
The shape of the pressing portion 4a is a matter to be appropriately designed so as to match the shape in the vicinity of the anus. However, the pressing portion 4a can be deformed by a flexible material when contacting the buttocks. It is good to do so. When the first method is used, when the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a, the larger the pressing portion 4a can prevent the paper from being unexpectedly dropped. Thus, shapes such as FIGS. 191 and 192 are considered as an example. 191 and 192 are perspective views showing an example of the shape of the pressing portion 4a when a flexible material is used.
　図１９１に示すように、押し当て部４ａは、可撓部４１５と、可撓部４１５の両脇に設けられた棒状のサイド部４１３，４１３とを含むサイド部４１３は、回動部４１４によって、可撓部４１５から回動可能に取り付けられている。図１９１（ａ）が水平状態を示し、同（ｂ）が当接時の状態を示す。同（ｂ）に示すように、可撓部４１５がその可撓性によって、撓んで、肛門付近に押し当たるようになる。サイド部４１３，４１３が存在するため、紙を押し当て部４ａに載置したとき、落ちにくくなっている。回動部４１５を設けることで、可撓部４１５が肛門付近にフィットしやすくなる。 As shown in FIG. 191, the pressing portion 4 a includes a flexible portion 415 and side portions 413 including rod-shaped side portions 413 and 413 provided on both sides of the flexible portion 415. The flexible portion 415 is pivotally attached. FIG. 191 (a) shows a horizontal state, and FIG. 191 (b) shows a state at the time of contact. As shown in FIG. 6B, the flexible portion 415 is bent by the flexibility and is pressed near the anus. Since the side portions 413 and 413 exist, it is difficult to drop when the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a. By providing the rotation part 415, the flexible part 415 can be easily fitted near the anus.
　ただし、図１９２に示すように、サイド部４１３，４１３は回動しなくてもよい。図１９２に示すように半円盤状のサイド部４１３，４１３を設け、サイド部４１３も可撓性にしておけば、押し当て部４ａが肛門付近にフィットしやすくなる。図１９２（ａ）は、後ろから臀部を拭き取る場合の押し当て部４ａを示し、同（ｂ）は、横から臀部を拭き取る場合の押し当て部４ａを示している。 However, as shown in FIG. 192, the side portions 413 and 413 do not need to rotate. As shown in FIG. 192, if the semi-disc-shaped side portions 413 and 413 are provided and the side portion 413 is also flexible, the pressing portion 4a can easily fit near the anus. FIG. 192 (a) shows the pressing portion 4a when the buttock is wiped from behind, and FIG. 192 (b) shows the pressing portion 4a when the buttock is wiped from the side.
　なお、サイド部４１３が可撓性であってもよいことは、言うまでもない。 Needless to say, the side portion 413 may be flexible.
　ここに示した形状は、あくまでも紙を落ちにくくしつつ、肛門付近にフィットしやすいようにした形状の一例に過ぎず、本発明を限定するものではない。 The shape shown here is merely an example of a shape that makes it easy to fit near the anus while making it difficult to drop the paper, and does not limit the present invention.
（開閉部の変形例について）
　補高部に設けられた開閉部については、拭き取りアーム側、給紙部側、どちらも、周知の機構を使用して開閉を実現することが可能である。種々の変形例が考えられるため、全てを例示することは不可能であるが、ここでは、電磁ソレノイドを利用した開閉機構について説明する。図１９３は、電磁ソレノイド４１６を用いた場合の開閉機構を示す図である。なお、ここでは、構造を分かりやすくするために、電磁ソレノイド４１６の可動鉄芯４１９のストロークを少し大きめにとっているが、ストロークが足らない場合は、レバーを用いてストロークを拡大すればよい。また、可動鉄芯４１９に押し込みスプリングを設けておき、開閉蓋４１７を閉じているときは、押し込みスプリングが腕部４１８を押し上げるようにするとよい。 (Modification of the opening / closing part)
About the opening-and-closing part provided in the elevation part, it is possible to implement opening and closing using a well-known mechanism both on the wiping arm side and the paper feeding part side. Since various modifications are possible, it is impossible to exemplify all of them, but here, an opening / closing mechanism using an electromagnetic solenoid will be described. FIG. 193 is a diagram showing an opening / closing mechanism when the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is used. Here, in order to make the structure easy to understand, the stroke of the movable iron core 419 of the electromagnetic solenoid 416 is slightly increased. However, if the stroke is insufficient, the stroke may be increased using a lever. Further, it is preferable that a push spring is provided on the movable iron core 419 and the push spring pushes up the arm portion 418 when the opening / closing lid 417 is closed.
　図１９３（ａ）に示すように、プッシュ時には、腕部４１８と鉄芯４１９とのヒンジ機構、及び、開閉部４１７に設けられた溝４１７ａと腕部４１８との関係によって、開閉蓋４１７が持ち上がって、閉じた状態となる。同（ｂ）のように、プル時には、鉄芯４１９が腕部４１８を引き、溝４１８を摺動して、その結果、開閉蓋４１７が押し下がって、開いた状態となる。 As shown in FIG. 193 (a), at the time of pushing, the opening / closing lid 417 is lifted by the hinge mechanism between the arm portion 418 and the iron core 419 and the relationship between the groove 417a provided on the opening / closing portion 417 and the arm portion 418. Closed. As in (b), at the time of pulling, the iron core 419 pulls the arm portion 418 and slides in the groove 418, and as a result, the open / close lid 417 is pushed down to be in an open state.
　このように、ソレノイドを用いた構造によっても、開閉部を構成することが可能である。 As described above, the opening / closing part can also be configured by a structure using a solenoid.
　その他、開閉部の変形例として、補高部２に設けられた上下の溝にシャッターを挿入しておき、シャッターをソレノイドで押し引きすることで左右に開閉することも可能である。その場合、ソレノイドのストロークが足らないので、レバーで、ストロークを拡大すれば、シャッターが補高部２の上下溝に沿って左右にスライド可能である。この場合、移動後のシャッターを収納しておくだけの溝（図１７７の３０６のような溝）が補高部２に設けられている。 In addition, as a modified example of the opening / closing part, it is also possible to open and close left and right by inserting a shutter into the upper and lower grooves provided in the elevation part 2 and pushing and pulling the shutter with a solenoid. In that case, since the stroke of the solenoid is insufficient, the shutter can be slid to the left and right along the upper and lower grooves of the elevation 2 by expanding the stroke with a lever. In this case, a groove (such as a groove 306 in FIG. 177) for storing the moved shutter is provided in the elevation 2.
　可撓性板状部材の下面又は上面にフレキシブルラックを取り付けてシャッターを構成し、当該シャッターを補高部２の上下の溝に挿入して、フレキシブルラックに噛み合うピニオンを回転させ、シャッターを移動させることでも開閉が可能である。この場合も、移動後のシャッターを収納しておくだけの溝（図１７７の３０６のような溝）が補高部２に設けられている。直線的な開口であれば、可撓性板状部材及びフレキシブルラックである必要はない。 A flexible rack is attached to the lower surface or upper surface of the flexible plate-like member to form a shutter, the shutter is inserted into the upper and lower grooves of the elevation 2, the pinion engaged with the flexible rack is rotated, and the shutter is moved. Can also be opened and closed. Also in this case, a groove (groove such as 306 in FIG. 177) that only accommodates the moved shutter is provided in the elevation 2. If it is a linear opening, it is not necessary to be a flexible plate-like member and a flexible rack.
（紙載せガイド１７ｃを角運動で露出させる実施形態について）
　図１９４は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを角運動で露出させる場合の概念を示す平面図である。図１９４に示すように、紙載せガイド１７ｃを紙載せガイド用アーム４２０の先に取り付け、当該アーム４２０の根元に、給紙用モータ１７ｅの回転軸を取り付ける。これにより、給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転すれば、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出することとなる。本発明では、給紙部１７によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出するための構造は特に限定されない。本明細書で示した以外の構造も考えられ得るが、給紙部１７が紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出することができる構造は、全て本発明の範囲に含まれる。 (About the embodiment in which the paper loading guide 17c is exposed by angular motion)
FIG. 194 is a plan view showing a concept when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed by angular motion. As shown in FIG. 194, the paper loading guide 17 c is attached to the tip of the paper loading guide arm 420, and the rotation shaft of the paper feeding motor 17 e is attached to the base of the arm 420. Thus, when the paper feeding motor 17e rotates, the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. In the present invention, the structure for exposing the paper loading guide 17c by the paper feeding unit 17 is not particularly limited. Although structures other than those shown in the present specification can be considered, all structures in which the paper feeding unit 17 can expose the paper loading guide 17c are included in the scope of the present invention.
（拭き取りアーム駆動部３をボールねじスプラインで実現する場合について）
　図１９６は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３をオーバーラップタイプのボールねじスプラインで実現した場合の正面図である。図１９７は、拭き取りアーム駆動部３をセパレートタイプのボールねじスプラインで実現した場合の正面図である。ここでは、モータの図示を省略しているが、プーリー４０４ｂ，４０５ｂにモータがそれぞれ取り付けられていてもよいし、二つのモータが共通化されていてもよい。 (When wiping arm drive unit 3 is realized with a ball screw spline)
FIG. 196 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by an overlap type ball screw spline. FIG. 197 is a front view when the wiping arm driving unit 3 is realized by a separate type ball screw spline. Although illustration of the motor is omitted here, the motor may be attached to each of the pulleys 404b and 405b, or the two motors may be shared.
　図１９６（ａ）及び図１９７（ａ）では、スプラインナット４０５をプーリー４０５ｂ及びベルト４０５ａを介して回転させた場合を示し、この場合、拭き取りアーム４が角運動して、便座穴側に露出することとなる。なお、紙については記載を省略しているが、第１の方式のように、紙を押し当て部４ａに載せてもよいし、第２の方式のように、紙載せガイドが紙を露出させてもよい。 196 (a) and 197 (a) show a case where the spline nut 405 is rotated via the pulley 405b and the belt 405a. In this case, the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved and exposed to the toilet seat hole side. It will be. Although description of the paper is omitted, the paper may be placed on the pressing portion 4a as in the first method, or the paper loading guide exposes the paper as in the second method. May be.
　図１９６（ｂ）及び図１９７（ｂ）では、ボールねじナット４０４をプーリー４０４ｂ及びベルト４０４ａを介して回転させた場合を示し、この場合、拭き取りアーム４が上昇していくこととなり、押し当て部４ａが紙を介して臀部に当接する。図１９６（ｃ）及び図１９７（ｃ）では、スプラインナット４０５をプーリー４０５ｂ及びベルト４０５ａを介して正逆に反復回転させた場合を示し、この場合、拭き取りアーム４が角運動して、揺動し、肛門付近で押し当て部４ａが前後に動くこととなる。これによって、確実な拭き取りが行われる。 196 (b) and 197 (b) show a case where the ball screw nut 404 is rotated via the pulley 404b and the belt 404a. In this case, the wiping arm 4 is raised, and the pressing portion 4a comes into contact with the collar portion through the paper. 196 (c) and 197 (c) show a case where the spline nut 405 is repeatedly rotated forward and backward through the pulley 405b and the belt 405a. In this case, the wiping arm 4 is angularly moved and swung. Then, the pressing portion 4a moves back and forth near the anus. Thus, reliable wiping is performed.
　図１９６に示すオーバーラップタイプのボールねじスプライン４０１は、スプライン溝４０３とねじ溝４０２とがオーバーラップしているため、コンパクト化が可能である。図１９７に示すセパレートタイプのボールねじスプライン４０４は、スプライン溝４０３とねじ溝４０２とが離れているため、オーバーラップタイプに比べて、大きくなってしまうが、コストダウンが可能である。どちらのタイプを使用するかは、適宜、決定すればよい。なお、本発明では、ボールねじスプラインで用いるボールねじナット及びスプラインナットには、ボールが内蔵されているが、将来、ボールを内蔵しなくても同様の作用を実現可能な製品が開発された場合、そのようなシャフトを用いても本発明を実現することができ、本発明に含まれるものとする。また、セパレートタイプのボールねじスプラインにおいては、スプラインナットはシャフトにトルクを加えることができればよいので、ボールが内蔵されていることは必須ではなく、ボールねじナットでも、台形ねじ（滑りねじ）に用いられるナットと同様に、ボールが内蔵されていなくてもよい。よって、ボールが内蔵されているか否かは本発明を限定するものではない。 The overlap type ball screw spline 401 shown in FIG. 196 can be made compact because the spline groove 403 and the screw groove 402 overlap. The separate type ball screw spline 404 shown in FIG. 197 is larger than the overlap type because the spline groove 403 and the screw groove 402 are separated from each other, but the cost can be reduced. Which type should be used may be appropriately determined. In the present invention, the ball screw nut and the spline nut used in the ball screw spline have a built-in ball. However, in the future, when a product that can achieve the same function without a built-in ball is developed. Even if such a shaft is used, the present invention can be realized and included in the present invention. Also, in the separate type ball screw spline, the spline nut need only be able to apply torque to the shaft, so it is not essential that the ball is built in. The ball screw nut is also used for trapezoidal screws (sliding screws). The ball may not be built in like the nut to be provided. Therefore, whether or not the ball is incorporated does not limit the present invention.
　拭き取り後は、ボールねじナット４０４及びスプラインナット４０５を逆方向に回転させて、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を収納する。なお、補高部２に、紙を落とすための突起部（図示せず）を設けておいて、収納直前に、紙が自然に落下するようにしておけばよい。 After wiping, the ball screw nut 404 and the spline nut 405 are rotated in the reverse direction, and the wiping arm driving unit 3 stores the wiping arm 4. It should be noted that a protrusion (not shown) for dropping the paper may be provided on the elevation 2 so that the paper naturally falls immediately before storage.
　このように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、１つの軸を中心に、拭き取りアーム４を角運動させる機構と、上下させる機構とを含み、１つの軸として、ボールねじスプライン４０１を用いることで、拭き取りアーム４の角運動と上下運動とを行うことができる。ボールねじスプラインは、確立された技術であるので、臀部拭き取り装置が設計しやすくなる。 As described above, the wiping arm driving unit 3 includes a mechanism for angularly moving the wiping arm 4 around one axis and a mechanism for moving the wiping arm 4 up and down, and using the ball screw spline 401 as one axis, The angular movement and vertical movement of the arm 4 can be performed. Since the ball screw spline is an established technology, it becomes easier to design the heel wiping device.
　なお、スプライン軸をピストンによって上下させることとすれば、ボールねじ用の溝を形成せずにスプライン軸用の溝のみが形成された部材のみを利用することができる。 If the spline shaft is moved up and down by the piston, only a member in which only the spline shaft groove is formed can be used without forming the ball screw groove.
（第１７の実施形態）
　図１９８Ａは、第１７の実施形態に係る臀部拭き取り装置が便器に取り付けられたときの様子を示す平面図である。図１９８Ｂは、図１９８Ａに対する左側面図である。ただし、給紙部１７の記載は省略している。図１９８Ｃは、図１９８Ａに対する右側面図である。ただし、拭き取りアーム駆動部３の記載は省略している。図１９８Ｄは、図１９８Ａに対する正面図である。なお、軸受や台部等の記載は省略している。 (Seventeenth embodiment)
FIG. 198A is a plan view showing a state when the buttock wiping device according to the seventeenth embodiment is attached to the toilet bowl. FIG. 198B is a left side view of FIG. 198A. However, the description of the paper feeding unit 17 is omitted. FIG. 198C is a right side view of FIG. 198A. However, description of the wiping arm drive unit 3 is omitted. FIG. 198D is a front view of FIG. 198A. In addition, description of a bearing, a base part, etc. is abbreviate | omitted.
　拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、スプラインナット４０５ｂに露出用モータ９、ボールねじナット４０４ｂに上下用モータ８を取り付け、便座７の後に拭き取りアーム４を収容している点以外は、図１９６と同様である（露出時の回転が図１９６と逆方向）。突出部２ｅを便座７の後方に設けて、拭き取りアーム４が収容される際に、もし、押し当て部４ａに紙が残っていたら、突出部２ｅに当たるようにして、自然落下するようにしておく。また、拭き取りアーム４の根元部分は、ボルト４２１によってボールねじスプライン４０１に固定されている。拭き取りアーム４を取り外したい場合は、ボルト４２１を緩めれば、ボールねじスプライン４０１から取り外すことが可能である。もし、拭き取りアーム４が露出したままで故障してしまっても、ボルト４２１を緩めれば、拭き取りアーム４を取り外すことができ、初期対応が可能となる。本実施形態に限らず、拭き取りアーム４は取り外しができるようになっているとよい。 The wiping arm driving unit 3 is the same as FIG. 196 except that the exposure motor 9 is attached to the spline nut 405b, the vertical motor 8 is attached to the ball screw nut 404b, and the wiping arm 4 is accommodated after the toilet seat 7. (Rotation during exposure is opposite to that in FIG. 196). The protrusion 2e is provided behind the toilet seat 7, and when the wiping arm 4 is accommodated, if paper remains on the pressing part 4a, it will come into contact with the protrusion 2e so as to fall naturally. . Further, the base portion of the wiping arm 4 is fixed to the ball screw spline 401 with a bolt 421. If it is desired to remove the wiping arm 4, it can be removed from the ball screw spline 401 by loosening the bolt 421. Even if the wiping arm 4 is exposed and fails, if the bolts 421 are loosened, the wiping arm 4 can be removed, and an initial response is possible. Not only this embodiment but the wiping arm 4 is good to be removable.
　第１７の実施形態では、紙載せガイド１７ｃを角運動によって露出させる機構を示すだけでなく、紙載せガイド１７ｃを上下運動させてその高さを調整できる機構を開示する。図１９８ｃに示すように、ボールねじスプライン４０１の一端に、ボルト４２１によって、紙載せガイド用アーム４２０が取り付けられ、その先に紙載せガイド１７ｃが取り付けられている。紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる際、給紙用モータ１７ｅが回転して、プーリー４０５ｂ、ベルト４０５ａを介して、スプラインナット４０５を回転させることで、ボールねじスプライン４０１が回転して紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出することができる。 The seventeenth embodiment discloses not only a mechanism for exposing the paper loading guide 17c by an angular movement, but also a mechanism capable of adjusting the height by moving the paper loading guide 17c up and down. As shown in FIG. 198c, a paper loading guide arm 420 is attached to one end of the ball screw spline 401 by a bolt 421, and a paper loading guide 17c is attached to the tip thereof. When the paper loading guide 17c is exposed, the paper feeding motor 17e rotates and the spline nut 405 is rotated via the pulley 405b and the belt 405a, whereby the ball screw spline 401 rotates and the paper loading guide 17c is moved. Can be exposed.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さを調整したい場合、ボールねじナット４０４を回転させれば、ボールねじスプライン４０１の上下運動によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さを調整することができる。ボールねじナット４０４は手動で回転できるように、半径が大きくなっていたり、レバーが取り付けられていたりするとよい。ただし、押し当て部４ａの下限は決まっているので、それよりも下に紙載せガイド１７ｃが下降しないように、ボールねじスプライン４０１におけるねじ溝の切り方は調整されているとよい。また、ストッパーを設けるなどして、ボールねじスプライン４０１が下限よりも下がらないようにしておくのもよい。 If the height of the paper loading guide 17c is to be adjusted, the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted by the vertical movement of the ball screw spline 401 by rotating the ball screw nut 404. The ball screw nut 404 may have a large radius or a lever attached so that it can be rotated manually. However, since the lower limit of the pressing portion 4a is determined, it is preferable that the cutting method of the thread groove in the ball screw spline 401 is adjusted so that the paper placing guide 17c does not descend below that. It is also possible to prevent the ball screw spline 401 from falling below the lower limit by providing a stopper or the like.
　このように、第１７の実施形態では、ボールねじスプライン４０１を上下運動させる機構によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さを調整することができるようにしている。便座７からお尻のお肉が垂れ下がっている使用者の場合、紙載せガイド１７ｃがお尻に当たる可能性がある。そのため、紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さを調整することができるようにしておけば、個人差があっても、紙載せガイド１７ｃがお尻に当たらないようにすることができる。 Thus, in the seventeenth embodiment, the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted by the mechanism for moving the ball screw spline 401 up and down. In the case of a user with the buttocks hanging from the toilet seat 7, the paper loading guide 17c may hit the buttocks. Therefore, if the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted, the paper loading guide 17c can be prevented from hitting the buttocks even if there are individual differences.
　なお、高さ調整機能を用いないか、若しくは、別の手段で高さ調整をするのであれば、ボールねじスプライン４０１の代わりに、スプライン軸とスプラインナットのみを利用して紙載せガイド１７ｃが角運動するようにしてもよい。 If the height adjustment function is not used, or if the height is adjusted by another means, the paper loading guide 17c is squared using only the spline shaft and spline nut instead of the ball screw spline 401. You may try to exercise.
（給紙部１７の実施形態）
　図１８６及び図１８７では、ねじ軸を用いて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる機構について説明したが、ここでは、当該機構をさらに変形した実施形態について説明する。図１９９は、給紙部１７の一実施形態を示す斜視図である。図１９９では、紙載せガイド１７ｃが収容されているときを示している。 (Embodiment of paper feed unit 17)
In FIGS. 186 and 187, the mechanism for exposing the paper loading guide 17 c using the screw shaft has been described. Here, an embodiment in which the mechanism is further modified will be described. FIG. 199 is a perspective view showing an embodiment of the paper feed unit 17. In FIG. 199, the paper loading guide 17c is accommodated.
　図１９９において、補高部２の内部に、台５００が上下に摺動可能に複数の支柱５０１とねじ軸５０２によって、取り付けられている。ねじ軸５０２には、高さ調整ナット５０３が貫入している。高さ調整ナット５０３を回転させると、その回転に応じて、台５００が上下する。台５００の上に、給紙部１７の駆動機構が配置されているので、高さ調整ナット５０３によって、紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さ調整が可能となる。 199. In FIG. 199, a stand 500 is attached inside the elevation 2 by a plurality of columns 501 and a screw shaft 502 so as to be slidable up and down. A height adjusting nut 503 is inserted into the screw shaft 502. When the height adjustment nut 503 is rotated, the table 500 moves up and down according to the rotation. Since the drive mechanism of the paper feeding unit 17 is disposed on the table 500, the height of the paper loading guide 17c can be adjusted by the height adjustment nut 503.
　台５００には、軸台５０４ａ，５０４ｂが立脚している。軸台５０４ａ，５０４ｂには、ねじ軸５０５及びスライドシャフト５０６が平行に貫入されている。ねじ軸５０５及びスライドシャフト５０６の先端は、移動部５０７に固定的に取り付けられている。軸台５０４ａと軸台５０４ｂとの間で、ねじ軸５０５に、ナット５０８が貫入されている。ナット５０８は、ベルト５０９を介して、プーリー５１０と伝達している。プーリー５１０は、給紙モータ１７ｅと連結している。これにより、給紙モータ１７ｅが正回転すれば、ナット５０８が正回転するので、移動部５０７が、ねじ軸５０５及びスライドシャフト５０６に沿って摺動して前進することとなる。給紙モータ１７ｅが逆回転すれば、ナット５０８が逆回転するので、移動部５０７が、ねじ軸５０５及びスライドシャフト５０６に沿って摺動して後進することとなる。 Shafts 504a and 504b stand on the platform 500. A screw shaft 505 and a slide shaft 506 are inserted into the shaft bases 504a and 504b in parallel. The distal ends of the screw shaft 505 and the slide shaft 506 are fixedly attached to the moving unit 507. A nut 508 is inserted into the screw shaft 505 between the shaft base 504a and the shaft base 504b. The nut 508 communicates with the pulley 510 via the belt 509. The pulley 510 is connected to the paper feed motor 17e. As a result, when the paper feed motor 17e rotates in the forward direction, the nut 508 rotates in the forward direction, so that the moving unit 507 slides forward along the screw shaft 505 and the slide shaft 506. If the paper feed motor 17e rotates in the reverse direction, the nut 508 rotates in the reverse direction, so that the moving unit 507 slides back along the screw shaft 505 and the slide shaft 506.
　紙載せガイド１７ｃは、溝５０７ｂを両側面に有している。溝５０７ｂにガイド５０７ａが挿入されている。これにより、使用者は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動部５０７の上で摺動させることができる。 The paper placement guide 17c has grooves 507b on both sides. A guide 507a is inserted into the groove 507b. Accordingly, the user can slide the paper loading guide 17c on the moving unit 507.
　図２００は、紙載せガイド１７ｃを摺動させて後進させたときの給紙部１７を示す斜視図である。使用者は、紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂを載置したい場合、紙載せガイド１７ｃを補高部２から引き出して、載置する。なお、使用者によって、トイレットペーパーを所定の大きさにきれいに折り畳まれるのであれば、専用紙１１ｂでなくてもよく、そのことは、第２の方式を採用する他の実施形態においても言える。使用者は、紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂを載置した後、紙載せガイド１７ｃを補高部２に戻す。なお、紙載せガイド１７ｃが原点位置に戻っているか否かをリミットスイッチやフォトセンサなどを使用して判断し、原点位置に戻っていない場合は、拭き取り動作を開始しないようにエラーメッセージを通知するとよい。 FIG. 200 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is slid and moved backward. When the user wants to place the dedicated paper 11b on the paper loading guide 17c, the user pulls out the paper loading guide 17c from the elevation part 2 and places it. Note that the toilet paper may not be the dedicated paper 11b as long as the user can fold the toilet paper into a predetermined size, and this can also be said in other embodiments employing the second method. The user places the dedicated paper 11b on the paper placement guide 17c, and then returns the paper placement guide 17c to the elevation part 2. Whether the paper loading guide 17c has returned to the origin position is determined using a limit switch, a photo sensor, or the like, and if it has not returned to the origin position, an error message is notified so as not to start the wiping operation. Good.
　図２０１は、紙載せガイド１７ｃが露出したときの給紙部１７を示す斜視図である。給紙側開閉部１９ａは、下部がヒンジになっており、補高部２にヒンジが取り付けられており、バネ等で閉じる方向に力を加えてある。移動部５０７が給紙側開閉部１９ａを押し開けて露出する。ここでは、専用紙１１ｂの図示を省略しているが、紙載せガイド１７ｃに専用紙１１ｂが載置された状態で露出し、押し当て部４ａが紙載せガイド１７ｃのくり抜き部分の下から上昇してきて、臀部を専用紙１１ｂで拭き取ることとなる。専用紙１１ｂが持ち上がったら、給紙用モータ１７ｅが逆回転して、紙載せガイド１７ｃが後進し、原点位置に戻る。給紙側開閉部１９ａは、バネの力で、自然に閉じることとなる。 FIG. 201 is a perspective view showing the paper feeding unit 17 when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed. The lower part of the paper feed side opening / closing part 19a is a hinge, and a hinge is attached to the elevation part 2, and a force is applied in a closing direction by a spring or the like. The moving unit 507 opens the sheet feeding side opening / closing unit 19a to expose it. Although the illustration of the special paper 11b is omitted here, the paper 11b is exposed in a state where the special paper 11b is placed on the paper placement guide 17c, and the pressing portion 4a rises from below the cut-out portion of the paper placement guide 17c. Thus, the buttock is wiped off with the special paper 11b. When the dedicated paper 11b is lifted, the paper feed motor 17e rotates in the reverse direction, the paper loading guide 17c moves backward, and returns to the origin position. The sheet feeding side opening / closing part 19a is naturally closed by the force of the spring.
　このように、給紙部１７をねじ軸５０５で露出する機構に加えて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを引き出して、使用者が紙を載置することができるようにすれば、ねじ軸５０５のストロークを確保できないような場合でも、簡易な構造で給紙部１７をコンパクトにすることが可能となる。 In this way, in addition to the mechanism that exposes the paper feeding unit 17 with the screw shaft 505, the stroke of the screw shaft 505 can be increased by pulling out the paper loading guide 17c so that the user can place the paper. Even if it cannot be ensured, it is possible to make the paper feeding unit 17 compact with a simple structure.
　このようなねじ軸による簡易な高さ調整機構は、他の実施形態で示した給紙部１７においても適用可能である。たとえば、第８、１０、１１、１２の実施形態や図１２１の実施形態の給紙部１７の場合であれば、補高部２の上に、台５００を設けて、台５００の上に、給紙部１７を載置して、ねじ軸５０２と高さ調整ナット５０３とで高さを調整するようにすればよい。図１３５Ａの実施形態の給紙部１７であれば、固定台７１ｅを台５００の上に載置して、ねじ軸５０２と高さ調整ナット５０３とで高さを調整するようにすればよい。図１６１の実施形態の給紙部１７であれば、図示した構造を台５００の上に構築して、ねじ軸５０２と高さ調整ナット５０３とで高さを調整するようにすればよい。 Such a simple height adjustment mechanism using a screw shaft can also be applied to the paper feeding unit 17 shown in the other embodiments. For example, in the case of the paper feeding unit 17 of the eighth, tenth, eleventh, and twelfth embodiments and the embodiment of FIG. 121, a table 500 is provided on the elevation unit 2, The paper feeding unit 17 may be placed and the height may be adjusted by the screw shaft 502 and the height adjusting nut 503. In the paper feeding unit 17 of the embodiment of FIG. 135A, the fixed base 71e may be placed on the base 500 and the height may be adjusted by the screw shaft 502 and the height adjustment nut 503. 161, the illustrated structure is constructed on the table 500, and the height may be adjusted by the screw shaft 502 and the height adjusting nut 503.
　また、紙載せガイド１７ｃを引き出し可能な構造とする点についても、他の実施形態で示した給紙部１７において適用可能である。たとえば、図１３５Ａの実施形態の給紙部１７であれば、図１３５Ａにある紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動部とみなして、別途、その移動部に紙載せガイド１７ｃを摺動可能に載置するようにしておけばよい。図１６１に示す給紙部１７であれば、図１６１にある紙載せガイド１７ｃを移動部とみなして、別途、その移動部に紙載せガイド１７ｃを摺動可能に載置するようにしておけばよい。すなわち、給紙部１７に、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させる際に、紙載せガイド１７ｃと一緒に移動する移動部を設けておき、紙載せガイド１７ｃを、その移動部の上を摺動可能としておけば、紙載せガイド１７ｃを使用時に引き出して紙を載置することができる。これにより、給紙部１７をコンパクトにすることが可能となる。 Further, the point that the paper loading guide 17c can be pulled out is also applicable to the paper feeding unit 17 shown in the other embodiments. For example, in the case of the paper feeding unit 17 in the embodiment of FIG. 135A, the paper placing guide 17c in FIG. 135A is regarded as a moving unit, and the paper placing guide 17c is separately slidably placed on the moving unit. Just keep it. 161, if the paper loading guide 17c shown in FIG. 161 is regarded as a moving portion and the paper loading guide 17c is separately slidably mounted on the moving portion. Good. That is, when the paper loading guide 17c is exposed to the paper feeding portion 17, a moving portion that moves together with the paper loading guide 17c is provided so that the paper loading guide 17c can slide on the moving portion. If so, the paper loading guide 17c can be pulled out during use to place the paper. As a result, the paper feeding unit 17 can be made compact.
　なお、高さ調整ナット５０３を用いる代わりに、台５００にねじ穴を形成して、ねじ軸５０２を回転させて、台５００の高さを調整できるようにしてもよい。この場合、ねじ軸５０２を回転させるために、ハンドルが、ねじ軸５０２に下端に取り付けられるとよい。 Instead of using the height adjustment nut 503, a screw hole may be formed in the base 500, and the screw shaft 502 may be rotated to adjust the height of the base 500. In this case, in order to rotate the screw shaft 502, a handle may be attached to the screw shaft 502 at the lower end.
　なお、給紙部１７の紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さ調整については、ねじ軸によるものに限らず、給紙部１７の傾きを調整することで、紙載せガイド１７ｃの露出時の高さを調整することができる。すなわち、給紙部１７を下に傾ければ、紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さを低くでき、上に傾ければ紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さを高くできる。その他、給紙部１７と補高部２との間にスペーサーを挟んだりする構造でもよく、その場合は、台５００を持ち上げることができるようにしておいて、補高部２と台５００との間にスペーサーを入れて、スペーサーの高さで紙載せガイド１７ｃの高さ調整を行うようにしてもよい。その他、高さ調整の機構は、本発明において限定されない。 Note that the height adjustment of the paper loading guide 17c of the paper feeding unit 17 is not limited to the screw shaft, and the height of the paper loading guide 17c is adjusted by adjusting the inclination of the paper feeding unit 17. can do. That is, if the paper feeding unit 17 is tilted downward, the height of the paper placement guide 17c can be reduced, and if it is tilted upward, the height of the paper placement guide 17c can be increased. In addition, a structure in which a spacer is sandwiched between the paper feeding unit 17 and the elevation part 2 may be used. In this case, the base 500 can be lifted and the elevation part 2 and the base 500 can be lifted. A spacer may be inserted in between, and the height of the paper loading guide 17c may be adjusted by the height of the spacer. In addition, the height adjustment mechanism is not limited in the present invention.
　第１３～１６の実施形態の実施形態についても、台の上に機構を搭載して高さ調整することが可能であり、その他の方法でも高さ調整できるようにするとよい。 Also in the thirteenth to sixteenth embodiments, the height can be adjusted by mounting a mechanism on the table, and the height can be adjusted by other methods.
（拭き取りアーム４と紙載せガイド１７ｃとの位置関係）
　図２０２は、拭き取りアーム４と紙載せガイド１７ｃとの位置関係を示した断面図である。たとえば、第１３の実施形態を用いる場合、拭き取りアーム４を露出する際に、図２０２に示すように、斜め下方に傾けた状態で、押し当て部４ａを露出させることができる。この場合、紙載せガイド１７ｃを少し下の当りに露出させたとしても、紙載せガイド１７ｃと押し当て部４ａとの衝突は回避される。なお、このことは、拭き取りアーム４を露出時に傾けた状態で露出可能な実施形態全てに対して言え、第１３の実施形態だけに限ったことではない。拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、最初から拭き取りアーム４を傾けた状態で露出させてもよいし、拭き取りアーム４を一旦水平にした状態で露出し、便座開口穴部分に少し露出した段階で、下に傾けて、紙載せガイド１７ｃの下まで移動させてもよい。 (Positional relationship between the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c)
202 is a cross-sectional view showing the positional relationship between the wiping arm 4 and the paper loading guide 17c. For example, when the thirteenth embodiment is used, when the wiping arm 4 is exposed, as shown in FIG. 202, the pressing portion 4a can be exposed while being inclined obliquely downward. In this case, even if the paper placement guide 17c is exposed slightly below, collision between the paper placement guide 17c and the pressing portion 4a is avoided. This can be said for all embodiments that can be exposed with the wiping arm 4 tilted during exposure, and is not limited to the thirteenth embodiment. The wiping arm driving unit 3 may be exposed with the wiping arm 4 tilted from the beginning, or exposed when the wiping arm 4 is once leveled and slightly exposed in the toilet seat opening hole. It may be tilted and moved to below the paper loading guide 17c.
　このように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３は、拭き取りアーム４を露出する際、下方に傾いた状態で拭き取りアーム４を露出させるようにすれば、紙載せガイド１７ｃを下げておくことが可能であり、お尻の肉と紙載せガイド１７ｃとが衝突するのを回避できる。 Thus, when the wiping arm drive unit 3 exposes the wiping arm 4, the paper loading guide 17 c can be lowered by exposing the wiping arm 4 while tilting downward. Collision between the buttocks meat and the paper loading guide 17c can be avoided.
（給紙部１７の変形例）
　図２０３は、給紙部１７の変形例を示す図である。図２０３において、スライドシャフト５１１は、移動しないように設けられている。その代り、ねじ軸４０６の一端にガイド５１２が固定されており、ガイド５１２にスライドシャフト５０６が貫入するようになっている。これにより、図２０３（ａ）に示す状態から、ナット４０７が回転して、同（ｂ）に示す状態になる際、ガイド５１２がスライドシャフト５０６に沿って摺動していくこととなるので、紙載せガイド１７ｃが揺動することなく、前進できる。なお、同（ｃ）に示すように、移動台５０７をねじ軸４０６に対して固定して設けておき、移動台５０７の上に、紙載せガイド１７ｃを引き出し式にスライドできるようにしておいてもよい。 (Modification of paper feed unit 17)
FIG. 203 is a diagram illustrating a modified example of the sheet feeding unit 17. In FIG. 203, the slide shaft 511 is provided so as not to move. Instead, a guide 512 is fixed to one end of the screw shaft 406, and a slide shaft 506 penetrates the guide 512. As a result, when the nut 407 rotates from the state shown in FIG. 203 (a) to the state shown in FIG. 203 (b), the guide 512 slides along the slide shaft 506. The paper loading guide 17c can move forward without swinging. As shown in FIG. 6C, the moving table 507 is fixed to the screw shaft 406 so that the paper loading guide 17c can slide on the moving table 507 in a pull-out manner. Also good.
　その他、紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出させるための機構としては、周知のあらゆる機構を利用することができ、たとえば、ＣＤ－ＲＯＭドライブで使用されている機構なども有用であり、どのような機構を利用して紙載せガイド１７ｃを露出するかは本発明を限定するものではない。 In addition, as a mechanism for exposing the paper loading guide 17c, any known mechanism can be used. For example, a mechanism used in a CD-ROM drive is also useful, and any mechanism is used. Whether the paper loading guide 17c is exposed does not limit the present invention.
（臀部拭き取り器具について）
　図２０４Ａ及び図２０４Ｂは、手動で臀部を拭き取るために使用可能な臀部拭き取り器具の斜視図である。図２０４Ａは、原点の配置を、図２０４Ｂは、拭き取り時の配置を示す。拭き取りアーム４の先端部分に押し当て部４ａが回動可能に取り付けられている。回動構造は特に限定されないが、先端がＴ字状になっており、押し当て部４ａの内部で回動できるようになっている。押し当て部４ａには、使用者が手で紙（専用紙１１ｂであってもよいし、使用者がをきれいに畳んだトイレットペーパーでもよい）を載置する。また、押し当て部４ａに、簡易的な掴み構造を設けてもよい。たとえば、開閉板を押し当て部４ａの底面に設けておいて、紙を押し当て部４ａの上に置いて、底面側に垂れた紙を開閉板で挟み、開閉板を永久磁石で引っ付くことができるようにしておけばよい。また、押し当て部４ａを可撓性樹脂で形成し、可撓性樹脂に切込みを入れておき、当該切込みに紙を差し込むようにしてもよい。その場合、当該切込みは上面でもよいし、底面側にあってもよい。 (About the buttock wiper)
204A and 204B are perspective views of a heel wiper that can be used to manually wipe the buttock. FIG. 204A shows the arrangement of the origin, and FIG. 204B shows the arrangement at the time of wiping. A pressing portion 4 a is rotatably attached to the distal end portion of the wiping arm 4. Although the rotation structure is not particularly limited, the tip is T-shaped and can be rotated inside the pressing portion 4a. On the pressing portion 4a, the user puts paper by hand (may be the dedicated paper 11b or the toilet paper in which the user is neatly folded). Further, a simple gripping structure may be provided on the pressing portion 4a. For example, the opening / closing plate is provided on the bottom surface of the pressing portion 4a, the paper is placed on the pressing portion 4a, the paper hanging on the bottom surface side is sandwiched by the opening / closing plate, and the opening / closing plate is pulled by a permanent magnet. You should be able to. Alternatively, the pressing portion 4a may be formed of a flexible resin, a cut is made in the flexible resin, and paper may be inserted into the cut. In that case, the cut may be on the top surface or on the bottom surface side.
　拭き取りアーム４を移動させるための拭き取りアーム移動手段として、補高部２の上に、回転板６０９が設けられており、回転板６０９にヒンジ部６０８が固定されている。レバー６０７を動かすことで、拭き取りアームを回転して露出させたり、上下させたりすることができる。押し当て部４ａに紙を取り付けたら、レバー６０７を使って、拭き取りアーム４を露出させて、斜め上方に傾けて、臀部を拭き取る。適宜、使用者は、拭き取りアーム４を前後させて、拭き取りを行うとよい。 As a wiping arm moving means for moving the wiping arm 4, a rotating plate 609 is provided on the elevation portion 2, and a hinge portion 608 is fixed to the rotating plate 609. By moving the lever 607, the wiping arm can be rotated to be exposed or moved up and down. After the paper is attached to the pressing portion 4a, the wiping arm 4 is exposed using the lever 607 and is tilted obliquely upward to wipe the collar portion. As appropriate, the user may wipe the wiping arm 4 back and forth.
　このように、簡易な臀部拭き取り器具を用いても、臀部を拭き取ることが可能である。なお、ここに示した構造は一例に過ぎず、拭き取りアームを露出させて上下させることができる機構であれば、どのような機構であってもよい。押し当て部４ａが紙を掴むことができるように、やっとこのような機構や、押し当て部を二つに分離できるようにしておき握るとスライドして分離された押し当て部が当接して紙を掴むような機構を臀部拭き取り器具に設けてもよい。 Thus, it is possible to wipe the buttock even with a simple buttock wiping tool. Note that the structure shown here is merely an example, and any mechanism may be used as long as the wiping arm can be exposed and moved up and down. In order to allow the pressing portion 4a to grip the paper, such a mechanism or the pressing portion is finally separated so that it can be separated into two. A mechanism for gripping the heel may be provided in the buttock wiping device.
　なお、本明細書に記載した拭き取りアーム駆動部については、拭き取り材を拭き取りアームの拭き取り部分で掴んだり差し込んだりしたりするなどして取り付けて臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置に用いてもよい。すなわち、拭き取りアーム駆動部の駆動機構ということだけに着目した場合は、拭き取り材を掴むか否かを限定することなく発明として成立する。 In addition, about the wiping arm drive part described in this specification, you may use it for the wiping part wiping apparatus which wipes a buttock by attaching a wiping material by wiping the wiping part of the wiping arm and inserting it. That is, when attention is paid only to the driving mechanism of the wiping arm driving unit, the invention is established without limiting whether or not the wiping material is gripped.
　なお、紙を取り付けるための簡易な機構として、電磁ソレノイドを用いて、二つに分離された押し当て部の一方を閉じるようにしてもよい。また、押し当て部の底面で開閉する手段を設けて、当該開閉手段で紙を挟んで紙を取り付けてもよい。押し当て部を可撓性の樹脂などで形成して、当該樹脂に切込みを入れておき、紙を当該切込みに挿入するようにして、押し当て部が紙を取り付けるようにしてもよい。 As a simple mechanism for attaching paper, an electromagnetic solenoid may be used to close one of the two separated pressing portions. Further, a means for opening and closing on the bottom surface of the pressing portion may be provided, and the paper may be attached by sandwiching the paper with the opening and closing means. The pressing portion may be formed of a flexible resin or the like, a cut is made in the resin, and paper is inserted into the cut so that the pressing portion attaches the paper.
　なお、第１４乃至第１６の実施形態において、紙の落とし方は種々考えられる。図２０５（ａ）は、補高部２に落とし部として機能する突起部２ｅを設けて紙を落とす方法を説明するための断面図である。押し当て部４ａは紙載せガイド１７ｃの下に位置して露出することとなるが（図２０５の破線）、拭き取り時には、便座７の当りまで上昇して臀部を拭き取る。拭き取り後、拭き取りアーム４を収納する際に、拭き取りアーム駆動部３が、拭き取りアーム４を補高部２の開口付近で、紙載せガイド１７ｃよりも高い位置でかつ補高部２の上面よりも低い位置に拭き取りアーム４を傾けることとする。そして、拭き取りアーム駆動部３はそのまま拭き取りアーム４を収納するために摺動させるとする。さらに、突起部２ｅ，２ｅを紙載せガイド１７ｃよりも高い位置に設け、かつ、突起部２ｅ，２ｅの間を、押し当て部４ａが通って移動できるような間隔にしておく。これによって、図２０５の実線に示したように、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａは、収納時に、突起部２ｅ，２ｅの間を通って、収納されることとなる。もし、押し当て部４ａに紙が残っていたとしても、収納直前には、必ず、残っていた紙は突起部２ｅに当たることとなるので、紙が落下することとなる。なお、突起部２ｅは、二つでなくても一つでもよい。 In the fourteenth to sixteenth embodiments, there are various ways of dropping paper. FIG. 205 (a) is a cross-sectional view for explaining a method of dropping the paper by providing the raised portion 2 with a protruding portion 2e that functions as a dropping portion. The pressing portion 4a is exposed below the paper loading guide 17c (broken line in FIG. 205), but when wiping, it rises to the toilet seat 7 and wipes the buttock. When the wiping arm 4 is stored after wiping, the wiping arm driving unit 3 is located near the opening of the height raising portion 2 at a position higher than the paper loading guide 17c and higher than the upper surface of the height raising portion 2. The wiping arm 4 is tilted to a low position. The wiping arm drive unit 3 is slid to accommodate the wiping arm 4 as it is. Further, the protrusions 2e and 2e are provided at a position higher than the paper loading guide 17c, and an interval is provided between the protrusions 2e and 2e so that the pressing portion 4a can move through. As a result, as shown by the solid line in FIG. 205, the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is stored through the projections 2e and 2e when stored. Even if the paper remains in the pressing portion 4a, the remaining paper always comes into contact with the protruding portion 2e immediately before storage, so that the paper falls. Note that the number of the protrusions 2e is not limited to two.
　図２０５（ｂ）は、紙載せガイド１７ｃの変形例を示す平面図であり、図２０５（ｃ）は紙が落下するときの様子を示す右側面図である。ここで示すタイプは、紙載せガイド１７ｃと移動部６０６とが一緒に移動するタイプで説明するが、別々に移動するタイプでもにも適用可能である。図２０５（ｂ）に示すように、紙載せガイド１７ｃの穴を大きく開けておく。具体的には、紙載せガイド１７ｃの端辺と押し当て部４ａとによって、専用紙１１ｂがバランスよく載置するように、紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を設計しておく。同図（ｂ）の状態で拭き取りアーム４が露出するものとする。拭き取りが完了後、同図（ｃ）のように、拭き取りアーム４が下方に傾くように、拭き取りアーム駆動部３が拭き取りアーム４を移動させる。紙載せガイド１７ｃは、押し当て部４ａが無かったら、専用紙１１ｂをバランスよく載置することができない程度の大きさの穴を有している。そのため、拭き取りアーム４が下方に傾いたら、その穴から、専用紙１１ｂが落下していくこととなる。このとき、拭き取りアーム４の押し当て部４ａも傾いているので、専用紙１１ｂは便器に落下することとなる。このように、紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を工夫して、押し当て部４ａが水平のときは、紙が落ちないが、押し当て部４ａが下に傾くと紙が落ちやすい形状にしておくことで、紙の落下のために、あえて、紙載せガイド１７ｃを動かさなくてもよくなるので、構造が簡易化し、コスト削減につながる。なお、紙載せガイド１７ｃを、たとえば、右側だけの一本の棒状にして、紙を載置したまま露出するときは、一本の棒状部分と押し当て部４ａとだけで移動し、拭き取り時は、押し当て部４ａが紙を持ち上げて、落下時は、押し当て部４ａが下に下がるようにすれば、紙載せガイド１７ｃから紙がバランスを崩して落ちやすくなる。その他、紙載せガイド１７ｃの形状を適宜工夫して、露出時には確実に押し当て部４ａに載置しながらも、落下時には紙がバランスを崩しやすいものにすればよい。なお、使用者が紙をきれいに折り畳むことによる使用も考慮すれば、専用紙１１ｂの使用だけに限るものではなく、本明細書中において、専用紙１１ｂによる実施形態は、使用者がロール紙を折り畳んだ拭き取り材も含む。 205 (b) is a plan view showing a modified example of the paper loading guide 17c, and FIG. 205 (c) is a right side view showing a state where the paper falls. The type shown here will be described as a type in which the paper loading guide 17c and the moving unit 606 move together, but it can also be applied to a type in which they move separately. As shown in FIG. 205 (b), a hole in the paper loading guide 17c is made large. Specifically, the shape of the paper loading guide 17c is designed so that the dedicated paper 11b is placed in a balanced manner by the edge of the paper loading guide 17c and the pressing portion 4a. It is assumed that the wiping arm 4 is exposed in the state of FIG. After the wiping is completed, the wiping arm driving unit 3 moves the wiping arm 4 so that the wiping arm 4 is inclined downward as shown in FIG. The paper loading guide 17c has a hole of such a size that the special paper 11b cannot be placed in a well-balanced manner without the pressing portion 4a. For this reason, when the wiping arm 4 is tilted downward, the dedicated paper 11b falls from the hole. At this time, since the pressing portion 4a of the wiping arm 4 is also inclined, the dedicated paper 11b falls to the toilet bowl. Thus, by devising the shape of the paper loading guide 17c, when the pressing portion 4a is horizontal, the paper does not fall, but when the pressing portion 4a is tilted downward, the paper is easily dropped. Since it is not necessary to move the paper loading guide 17c due to the fall of the paper, the structure is simplified and the cost is reduced. For example, when the paper loading guide 17c is formed in a single bar shape only on the right side and exposed while the paper is placed, the paper loading guide 17c moves only with the single bar-shaped portion and the pressing portion 4a. When the pressing portion 4a lifts the paper and falls, the pressing portion 4a is lowered so that the paper is easily out of balance from the paper loading guide 17c. In addition, the shape of the paper loading guide 17c may be appropriately devised so that the paper can easily lose its balance when dropped while being securely placed on the pressing portion 4a during exposure. In addition, if the use by folding the paper neatly by the user is also considered, the embodiment is not limited to the use of the special paper 11b. In the present specification, the embodiment using the special paper 11b is used by the user to fold the roll paper. Includes wiping material.
　その他、冒頭でも述べたが、本明細書に記載した発明はそれぞれ組み合わせることが可能であり、上記で説明した組み合わせの例だけに限るものではない。 In addition, as described at the beginning, the inventions described in the present specification can be combined with each other, and are not limited to the combination examples described above.
　以上、本発明を詳細に説明してきたが、前述の説明はあらゆる点において本発明の例示にすぎず、その範囲を限定しようとするものではない。本発明の範囲を逸脱することなく種々の改良や変形を行うことができることは言うまでもない。 Although the present invention has been described in detail above, the above description is merely an example of the present invention in all respects and is not intended to limit the scope thereof. It goes without saying that various improvements and modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention.
　本発明は、臀部拭き取り装置であり、産業上利用可能である。 The present invention is a buttocks wiping device and can be used industrially.
１　臀部拭き取り装置
２　補高部／２ａ　溝／２ｂ，２ｃ，２ｄ　収容部／２ｅ　突起部　
３　拭き取りアーム駆動部
４　拭き取りアーム／４ａ　押し当て部／４ａ－１　凸部／４ａ－２　台部
４ｂ　ヒンジ部／４ｃ　電磁石／４ｄ　連結部／４ｅ　バネ／４ｆ　取付部
４ｇ　回転体／４ｈ　２軸駆動機構／４ｉ　ピン／４ｊ　ピン／４ｋ　軸受
４ｌ　かさ歯車／４ｍ　かさ歯車／４ｎ　ウォームホイール／４ｏ　ウォーム
４ｐ　軸／４ｑ　支持部／４ｒ　回動部／４ｓ　突出部／４ｔ　突出部
４ｕ　空気穴／４ｖ　把持部
５　自動給紙部／５ａ　折り畳み用ガイド／５ｂ　切断部／５ｃ　紙送りローラ
５ｄ　ホルダー／５ｆ　台
６　開閉部／６ａ　開閉確認センサ／６ｂ　歯車／６ｃ　歯車／６ｄ　開閉用モータ
６ｅ　回転軸／６ｆ　ピニオン／６ｇ　ラック／６ｈ　保持ガイド
７　便座／７ａ　穴／７ｂ蓋
８　上下用モータ／８ａ　モータ検出部／８ｂ　ロッド／８ｃ　モータ／８ｄ　円板
８ｅ　回転台
９　露出用モータ／９ａ　モータ検出部／９ｂ　ワイヤ
１０　レール／１０ａ　台座／１０ｂ　台座／１０ｃ　プーリー／１０ｄ　ベルト
１０ｅ　連結具／１０ｆ　プーリー／１０ｇ　プーリー／１０ｈ　上スライド棒
１０ｉ　下スライド棒　／１０ｊ　ねじ軸／１０ｋ　軸
１１　トイレットペーパー／１１ａ　紙／１１ｂ　専用紙／１１ｃ　基材部
１１ｄ　給水部／１１ｅ　ロール紙／１１ｆ　専用紙／１１ｇ　接合部
１１ｈ　圧着されたトイレットペーパー／１１ｉ　接着されたトイレットペーパー
１１ｊ　専用紙／１１ｋ　折り畳み連続専用紙
１２ａ　収納位置センサ／１２ｂ　露出位置センサ／１２ｃ　洗浄確認センサ
１２ｄ　紙残量センサ／１２ｅ　紙載置センサ
１３　制御部
１４　給紙部／１４ａ　紙投入口／１４ｂ　無限軌道／１４ｃ　無限軌道
１４ｄ　紙送り用モータ／１４ｅ　センサ／１４ｆ　センサ／１４ｇ　上ローラ
１４ｈ　ガイド／１４ｉ　下ローラ／１４ｊ　台／１４ｋ　開口部／１４ｌ　搬送部
１４ｍ　スライド溝
１５　温水洗浄装置
１６　消毒・洗浄アーム／１６ａ　露出用モータ／１６ｂ　上下用モータ
１６ｃ　消毒・洗浄ヘッド／１６ｄ　消毒・洗浄ノズル／１６ｅ　タンク
１６ｆ　配管／１６ｇ　蓋検知センサ
１７　給紙部／１７ａ　紙挿入口／１７ｂ　給紙ローラ／１７ｃ　紙載せガイド
１７ｄ押し出し部／１７ｅ　給紙用モータ／１７ｆ　カップリング
１７ｇ　紙供給センサ／１７ｈ　紙送出センサ／１７ｉ　紙載せガイドセンサ
１７ｊ　ベルト／１７ｋ　溝
１７ｌ　紙載せガイド用開口／１７ｍ　モータ検出部
１８　露出兼上下用モータ／１８ａ　アーム連結部／１８ｂ　ねじ軸／１８ｃ　歯車
１８ｄ　第１の止め部／１８ｅ　第２の止め部／１８ｆ　第３の止め部
１８ｇ　モータ検出部／１８ｈ　蓋／１８ｉ　アーム側開口／１８ｊ　アーム移動用開口
１９ａ　給紙側開閉部／１９ｂ　アーム側開閉部／１９ｃ　開閉確認センサ
１９ｄ　開閉確認センサ／１９ｅ　凸部／１９ｆ　凸部／１９ｇ　ヒンジ部
１９ｈ　ヒンジ部／１９ｉ　バネ部
１９ｂ－１，１９ｂ－２，１９ｂ－３　ヒンジ式開閉部
２０ａ　ガイド溝／２０ｂ　腕部／２０ｃ　磁石
２１ａ　給紙用モータ／２１ｂ，２１ｃ　プーリー付き電磁クラッチ
２１ｄ　プーリー／２１ｅ　巻き取り部／２１ｆ　ベルト／２１ｇ　プーリー
２１ｈ　プーリー／２１ｉ　ベルト／２１ｊ　レール駆動輪
２２　消毒及び／または洗浄部
２２ａ　排水路／２２ｂ　ノズル又はシャワー／２２ｃ　防御壁／２２ｄ　傾斜面
２２ｅ差込口
２３ａ　電磁弁／２３ｂ　水用管／２３ｃ　洗浄・消毒液用管
２３ｄ　シャワーヘッド／２３ｅ　ベンチュリー管／２３ｆ　タンク
２３ｇ　オリフィス／２３ｈ　シャワーヘッド蓋／２３ｉ　排水溝
２３ｊ　噴出部／２３ｋ　ポンプ
２４　規則棒部／２４ａ　規則棒／２４ｂ　規則棒／２４ｃ　規則棒駆動部
２４ｄ　規則棒駆動部／２４ｅ移動板／２４ｆ　アーム連結部／２４ｇ　ねじ軸
２５　規則棒用モータ／２５ａ　モータ検出部
２６　屈曲位置
２７ａ　かさ歯車／２７ｂ　かさ歯車／２７ｃ　軸受／２７ｄ　軸受
２７ｅ　リンク機構／２７ｆ　自由端／２７ｇ　中心軸
２８　ギヤボックス／２８ａ　ベルト
２９　頂点／２９ａ　回転軸／２９ｂ　伸縮部／２９ｃ　ヒンジ機構
３０　紙ストッカー部／３０ａ　摩擦板／３０ｂ　送り出しローラ／３０ｃ　爪部
３０ｄ　駆動部／３０ｅ　ガイド／３０ｆ　掴み部
３１　拭き取り機能付きポータブルトイレ
３２　収容部／３２ａ蓋
３３　紙載せガイド用開口
３４　紙載せガイド用開閉部／３４ａ　モータ
３５　操作部
３６　便器部
３７　給紙部筐体
３８　紙ストッカー部
３９　アーム用開閉部／３９ａ　モータ
４０　紙送り部内部機構
４１　立ち上がり部
４２　立ち上がり部
４３　回動部
４４　突出部
４５　押進部
４６　先端凸部
５０　消臭装置
５１　便器の蓋
５２　圧着部／５２ａ　上下ローラ／５２ｂ　接着部
５３　切断部／５３ａ　カッター
７０　モータ用枠／７０ａ　移動枠／７０ｂ　移動枠／７０ｃ　移動梁／７０ｄ　移動梁
７１ａ　下レール部／７１ｂ　下レール部／７１ｃ　スライド台／７１ｄ　スライド台
７１ｅ　固定台
７２ａ　上レール部／７２ｂ　上レール部／７２ｃ　固定部／７２ｄ　固定部
７３ａ　下ラック／７３ｂ　下ラック／７３ｃ　下ピニオン／７３ｄ　下ピニオン
７３ｅ　下回転軸／７３ｆ　下プーリー
７４ａ　上ラック／７４ｂ　上ラック／７４ｃ　上ピニオン／７４ｄ　上ピニオン
７４ｅ　上回転軸／７４ｆ　上プーリー
７５　ベルト
８１　回転台
８２　上下用モータ回転軸
８３　リングプレート　／８３ａ　第１の溝
８４　ガイドブラケット／８４ａ　第２の溝／８４ｂ　第３の溝／８４ｃ　第４の溝
８５　伝達部
８６ａ　第１の自由端／　８６ｂ　第２の自由端
９１　ウォーム
９２　ウォームホイール／９２ａ　伝達部／９２ｂ　伝達部
９３　露出用モータ固定部
９４　軸押さえ板
９５ａ　支柱／９５ｂ　支柱
９６　紙ストッカー部／９６ａ　開口／９６ｂ　切断部／９６ｃ　紙送りローラ
１００　臀部拭き取り装置
１０２　左右レール
１０３　左右レール駆動モータ
１０４　前後レール駆動モータ
１０５　前後レール
１０６　上下モータ
１０７　掴み部
１０８　掴み先端部
１０９　拭き取り用使い捨てアーム
１１０　スタンバイ用使い捨てアーム
１１１　補高部
１１２　使い捨てアーム供給部
１１３　温水洗浄装置
１１４　便座
１１５　撮像部
２００　アーム側収容部
２０１　給紙側収容部
２０２　ねじ軸
２０３　回転軸
２０４　露出兼上下用モータ
２０５　給紙部／２０５ａ　ボールねじ／２０５ｂ　紙ストッカー
２０５ｃ　紙送り用モータ／２０５ｄ　プーリー／２０５ｅ　紙送りローラ
２０５ｆ　フリーローラ／２０５ｇ　紙送り駆動ローラ／２０５ｈ　紙送りローラ
２０５ｉ　滑り台／２０５ｊ　ベルト／２０５ｋ　紙載せ台／２０５ｌ　モータ検出部
２０５ｍ　ボールねじ用モータ／２０５ｎ　モータ検出部／２０５ｏ　プーリー
２０５ｐ　引き出し部
２０６ａ　紙載せ台検知部／２０６ｂ　紙残量検知部／２０６ｃ　紙送り検知部
２０７　ベルト／２０７ａ　ベルト
２０８　回転部
２１０　ねじ軸
２１１　ボールねじ
２１２　ウォーム
２１３　ウォームホイール
２２０　軸受部
２２１　機構収容部
２２２　機構収容部
２２３　紙落し部
３００　駆動モータ／３００ａ　モータ検出部
３０１　ねじ軸
３０２　スライド棒
３０３　紙落し部
３０４　スライド式開閉部／３０４ａ　ヒンジ部
３０５　ヒンジ式開閉部／３０５ａ　ヒンジ部
３０６　溝
３０７　押さえ部
３０８　溝
３１０　スライド棒
４００　押さえ部
４０１　ボールねじスプライン／４０２　ねじ溝／４０３　スプライン溝
４０４　ボールねじナット／４０４ａ　ベルト／４０４ｂ　プーリー
４０５　スプラインナット／４０５ａ　ベルト／４０５ｂ　プーリー
４０６　ねじ溝／４０７　ナット／４０８　回転軸
４０９　紙載せガイド回転部
４１０　フランジ付ナット／４１１　フランジ付スプラインナット
４１２　固定穴／４１３　サイド部／４１４　回動部／４１５　可撓部
４１６　電磁ソレノイド／４１７　開閉蓋／４１７ａ　溝
４１８　腕部／４１８ａ　溝／４１９　可動鉄芯
４２０　紙載せガイド用アーム／４２１　ボルト
５００　台／５０１　支柱／５０２　ねじ軸／５０３　高さ調整ナット
５０４ａ，５０４ｂ　軸台／５０５　ねじ軸／５０６　スライドシャフト
５０７　移動部／５０７ａ　ガイド／５０７ｂ　溝／５０８　ナット／５０９　ベルト
５１０　プーリー
５１１　スライドシャフト／５１２　ガイド
６０６　移動部／６０６ａ，６０６ｅ　プーリー
６０６ｂ，６０６ｃ，６０６ｄ　プーリー付電磁クラッチ
６０７　レバー／６０８　ヒンジ部／６０９　回転台 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Ridge part wiping off device 2 Raised part / 2a Groove / 2b, 2c, 2d Storage part / 2e
3 Wiping arm drive unit 4 Wiping arm / 4a Pressing unit / 4a-1 Convex unit / 4a-2 Base unit 4b Hinge unit / 4c Electromagnet / 4d Connection unit / 4e Spring / 4f Mounting unit 4g Rotating body / 4h Biaxial drive Mechanism / 4i Pin / 4j Pin / 4k Bearing 4l Bevel gear / 4m Bevel gear / 4n Worm wheel / 4o Worm 4p Shaft / 4q Support portion / 4r Rotating portion / 4s Protruding portion / 4t Protruding portion 4u Air hole / 4v Holding portion 5 Automatic paper feeding section / 5a Folding guide / 5b Cutting section / 5c Paper feed roller 5d Holder / 5f Base 6 Opening / closing section / 6a Opening / closing confirmation sensor / 6b Gear / 6c Gear / 6d Opening / closing motor 6e Rotating shaft / 6f Pinion / 6g Rack / 6h Holding guide 7 Toilet seat / 7a Hole / 7b Lid 8 Vertical motor / 8a Motor detector / 8b Rod / 8c Motor / 8d Disc 8e Rotation Base 9 Exposing motor / 9a Motor detecting part / 9b Wire 10 Rail / 10a Base / 10b Base / 10c Pulley / 10d Belt 10e Connecting tool / 10f Pulley / 10g Pulley / 10h Upper slide bar 10i Lower slide bar / 10j Screw shaft / 10k Axis 11 Toilet paper / 11a Paper / 11b Special paper / 11c Base material part 11d Water supply part / 11e Roll paper / 11f Special paper / 11g Joint part 11h Pressed toilet paper / 11i Bonded toilet paper 11j Special paper / 11k Folded continuous dedicated paper 12a Storage position sensor / 12b Exposure position sensor / 12c Cleaning confirmation sensor 12d Paper remaining amount sensor / 12e Paper placement sensor 13 Control unit 14 Paper feeding unit / 14a Paper slot / 14b Endless track / 14c Endless track 14d Paper feed motor / 14e Sensor / 14f Sensor / 14g Upper roller 14h Guide / 14i Lower roller / 14j Base / 14k Opening portion / 141 Transport portion 14m Slide groove 15 Hot water cleaning device 16 Disinfection / cleaning arm / 16a Exposure motor / 16b Vertical motor 16c Disinfection / Cleaning head / 16d Disinfection / cleaning nozzle / 16e Tank 16f Piping / 16g Lid detection sensor 17 Paper feed unit / 17a Paper insertion slot / 17b Paper feed roller / 17c Paper loading guide 17d Extrusion unit / 17e Paper feed motor / 17f Coupling 17g Paper feed sensor / 17h Paper feed sensor / 17i Paper placement guide sensor 17j Belt / 17k Groove 17l Paper placement guide opening / 17m Motor detection unit 18 Exposure / up / down motor / 18a Arm connection unit / 18b Screw shaft / 18c Gear 18d First stop / 18e Second stop / 1 f Third stop 18g Motor detector / 18h Lid / 18i Arm side opening / 18j Arm movement opening 19a Paper feed side opening / closing part / 19b Arm side opening / closing part / 19c Opening / closing confirmation sensor 19d Opening / closing confirmation sensor / 19e Convex / 19f Convex part / 19g Hinge part 19h Hinge part / 19i Spring part 19b-1, 19b-2, 19b-3 Hinge type opening / closing part 20a Guide groove / 20b Arm part / 20c Magnet 21a Feed motor / 21b, 21c With pulley Electromagnetic clutch 21d Pulley / 21e Winding part / 21f Belt / 21g Pulley 21h Pulley / 21i Belt / 21j Rail drive wheel 22 Disinfection and / or cleaning part 22a Drainage path / 22b Nozzle or shower / 22c Defense wall / 22d Inclined surface 22e difference Inlet 23a Solenoid valve / 23b Water pipe / 23c For cleaning / disinfectant Tube 23d Shower head / 23e Venturi tube / 23f Tank 23g Orifice / 23h Shower head lid / 23i Drainage groove 23j Spout / 23k Pump 24 Regular rod / 24a Regular rod / 24b Regular rod / 24c Regular rod drive 24d Regular rod drive Part / 24e moving plate / 24f arm connecting part / 24g screw shaft 25 regular rod motor / 25a motor detecting part 26 bending position 27a bevel gear / 27b bevel gear / 27c bearing / 27d bearing 27e link mechanism / 27f free end / 27g center Shaft 28 Gear box / 28a Belt 29 Apex / 29a Rotating shaft / 29b Telescopic part / 29c Hinge mechanism 30 Paper stocker part / 30a Friction plate / 30b Feeding roller / 30c Claw part 30d Driving part / 30e Guide / 30f Grabbing part 31 Wiping function Portable toilet 3 with Storage unit / 32a lid 33 Paper loading guide opening 34 Paper loading guide opening / closing unit / 34a Motor 35 Operation unit 36 Toilet unit 37 Paper feeding unit housing 38 Paper stocker unit 39 Arm opening / closing unit / 39a Motor 40 Inside paper feeding unit Mechanism 41 Rising part 42 Rising part 43 Rotating part 44 Projecting part 45 Pushing part 46 Tip convex part 50 Deodorizing device 51 Toilet lid 52 Crimping part / 52a Up / down roller / 52b Adhesive part 53 Cutting part / 53a Cutter 70 For motor Frame / 70a Moving frame / 70b Moving frame / 70c Moving beam / 70d Moving beam 71a Lower rail part / 71b Lower rail part / 71c Slide base / 71d Slide base 71e Fixed base 72a Upper rail part / 72b Upper rail part / 72c Fixed part / 72d fixed part 73a lower rack / 73b lower rack / 73c lower pinion / 73d lower pinion 73e lower turn Shaft / 73f Lower pulley 74a Upper rack / 74b Upper rack / 74c Upper pinion / 74d Upper pinion 74e Upper rotating shaft / 74f Upper pulley 75 Belt 81 Rotary table 82 Motor rotating shaft 83 Vertical plate Ring plate / 83a First groove 84 Guide Bracket / 84a Second groove / 84b Third groove / 84c Fourth groove 85 Transmission portion 86a First free end / 86b Second free end 91 Worm 92 Warm wheel / 92a Transmission portion / 92b Transmission portion 93 Exposed Motor fixing portion 94 shaft holding plate 95a support / 95b support 96 paper stocker / 96a opening / 96b cutting / 96c paper feed roller 100 collar wiping device 102 left and right rail 103 left and right rail drive motor 104 front and rear rail drive motor 105 front and rear rail 106 Vertical motor 107 Grip part 108 Grip point End 109 Disposable arm for wiping 110 Standby disposable arm 111 Height raising unit 112 Disposable arm supply unit 113 Hot water cleaning device 114 Toilet seat 115 Imaging unit 200 Arm side accommodation unit 201 Feeding side accommodation unit 202 Screw shaft 203 Rotating shaft 204 Exposing and serving Vertical motor 205 Paper feed unit / 205a Ball screw / 205b Paper stocker 205c Paper feed motor / 205d Pulley / 205e Paper feed roller 205f Free roller / 205g Paper feed drive roller / 205h Paper feed roller 205i Slide base / 205j Belt / 205k Paper Platform / 205l Motor detector 205m Ball screw motor / 205n Motor detector / 205o Pulley 205p Drawer 206a Paper platform detector / 206b Remaining paper detector / 206c Paper feed detector 207 Bell / 207a Belt 208 Rotating part 210 Screw shaft 211 Ball screw 212 Worm 213 Worm wheel 220 Bearing part 221 Mechanism accommodating part 222 Mechanism accommodating part 223 Paper removing part 300 Drive motor / 300a Motor detecting part 301 Screw shaft 302 Slide bar 303 Paper removing part 304 Slide Opening / Closing Unit / 304a Hinge Unit 305 Hinge Opening / Closing Unit / 305a Hinge Unit 306 Groove 307 Pressing Unit 308 Groove 310 Slide Bar 400 Pressing Unit 401 Ball Screw Spline / 402 Screw Groove / 403 Spline Groove 404 Ball Screw Nut / 404a Belt / 404b Pulley 405 Spline nut / 405a Belt / 405b Pulley 406 Thread groove / 407 Nut / 408 Rotating shaft 409 Paper loading guide rotating part 410 Nut with flange / 411 Hula Spline nut with screw 412 Fixing hole / 413 Side part / 414 Rotating part / 415 Flexible part 416 Electromagnetic solenoid / 417 Opening / closing lid / 417a Groove 418 Arm part / 418a Groove / 419 Movable core 420 Paper loading guide arm / 421 Bolt 500/501 Post / 502 Screw shaft / 503 Height adjustment nut 504a, 504b Shaft base / 505 Screw shaft / 506 Slide shaft 507 Moving part / 507a Guide / 507b Groove / 508 Nut / 509 Belt 510 Pulley 511 Slide shaft / 512 Guide 606 Moving part / 606a, 606e Pulley 606b, 606c, 606d Electromagnetic clutch with pulley 607 Lever / 608 Hinge part / 609 Turntable

Claims (24)

  1. 　拭き取り材で臀部を拭き取る臀部拭き取り装置であって、
    　前記拭き取り材を前記臀部に押し当てるための押し当て部を有する拭き取りアームと、
    　前記拭き取りアームを移動させて拭き取り動作を行わせる拭き取りアーム駆動部と、
    　前記臀部の下に、前記拭き取り材を露出させるための給紙部とを備え、
    　前記拭き取りアーム駆動部は、前記給紙部が露出した前記拭き取り材の下から、前記押し当て部が前記拭き取り材を押し上げるように、前記拭き取りアームを駆動させることを特徴とする、臀部拭き取り装置。     A wiping device for wiping the buttock with a wiping material,
    A wiping arm having a pressing portion for pressing the wiping material against the collar,
    A wiping arm driving unit that moves the wiping arm to perform a wiping operation;
    A sheet feeding unit for exposing the wiping material under the collar,
    The wiping arm driving unit drives the wiping arm so that the pressing unit pushes up the wiping material from below the wiping material from which the paper feeding unit is exposed.
  2. 　前記給紙部は、前記拭き取り材を載置するための紙載せガイドを含み、前記拭き取り材を前記紙載せガイドに載置した状態で、前記紙載せガイドを露出させることによって、前記拭き取り材を前記臀部の下に露出することを特徴とする、請求項１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The paper feed unit includes a paper placement guide for placing the wiping material, and the paper placement guide is exposed by exposing the paper placement guide in a state where the wiping material is placed on the paper placement guide. The wiping part wiping apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the wiping part is exposed under the hook part.
  3. 　前記拭き取りアーム駆動部によって、前記押し当て部が前記拭き取り材を押し上げた後、前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドを収納位置に戻すことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 3. The buttock wiping device according to claim 2, wherein after the pressing unit pushes up the wiping material by the wiping arm driving unit, the paper feeding unit returns the paper loading guide to the storage position. .
  4. 　前記給紙部は、ラックアンドピニオンの機構によって、前記紙載せガイドを移動させることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit moves the paper loading guide by a rack and pinion mechanism.
  5. 　前記給紙部は、
    　　前記紙載せガイドを移動させる第１の移動機構と、
    　　前記第１の移動機構自体を移動させる第２の移動機構とを含むことを特徴とする、請求項２のいずれかに記載の臀部拭き取り装置。     The paper feeder is
    A first moving mechanism for moving the paper loading guide;
    The buttock wiping apparatus according to claim 2, further comprising a second moving mechanism that moves the first moving mechanism itself.
  6. 　前記給紙部は、ねじ軸の回転によって、前記紙載せガイドを移動させることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit moves the paper loading guide by rotation of a screw shaft.
  7. 　前記給紙部は、前記拭き取り材を前記紙載せガイドまで送り出す給紙ローラを含むことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit includes a paper feeding roller that feeds the wiping material to the paper loading guide.
  8. 　前記臀部拭き取り装置は、前記給紙部に、前記拭き取り材をセットするための自動給紙部をさらに備えることを特徴とする、請求項１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The buttock wiping device according to claim 1, further comprising an automatic sheet feeding unit for setting the wiping material on the sheet feeding unit.
  9. 　前記給紙部は、前記拭き取り材がセットされたか否かを検知するための紙供給センサを含むことを特徴とする、請求項１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 2. The saddle wiping device according to claim 1, wherein the paper feeding unit includes a paper supply sensor for detecting whether or not the wiping material is set.
  10. 　前記給紙部は、
    　　前記拭き取り材を送り出すための給紙ローラと、
    　　前記拭き取り材が前記給紙ローラから送り出されたか否かを検知する紙送出センサとを含むことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。     The paper feeder is
    A paper feed roller for feeding out the wiping material;
    The collar part wiping apparatus according to claim 2, further comprising a paper feed sensor that detects whether or not the wiping material is fed from the paper feed roller.
  11. 　前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドに前記拭き取り材が載置されているか否かを検知する紙載せガイドセンサを含むことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit includes a paper loading guide sensor that detects whether or not the wiping material is placed on the paper loading guide.
  12. 　前記紙載せガイドは、前記押し当て部が下から上に通過できる形状を有していることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The heel wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper loading guide has a shape that allows the pressing portion to pass from the bottom to the top.
  13. 　前記給紙部と前記拭き取りアーム駆動部とは、便座に向かって左右の同じ側にあるか若しくは左右に対向した位置にあることを特徴とする、請求項１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 1, wherein the paper feeding unit and the wiping arm driving unit are on the left and right sides of the toilet seat or at positions facing the left and right.
  14. 　前記給紙部を収容するために設けられた開口を有する面を平面形状としたことを特徴とする、請求項１に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The collar part wiping apparatus according to claim 1, wherein a surface having an opening provided to accommodate the paper feeding unit has a planar shape.
  15. 　前記給紙部は、前記拭き取り材を前記紙載せガイドに送り込むための給紙ローラを含み、前記紙載せガイドを露出させるためのモータと前記給紙ローラを回転させるためのモータとを、共通化していることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The paper feed unit includes a paper feed roller for feeding the wiping material into the paper placement guide, and a motor for exposing the paper placement guide and a motor for rotating the paper feed roller are shared. The collar part wiping apparatus of Claim 2 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  16. 　前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドを角運動によって露出させることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit exposes the paper loading guide by angular motion.
  17. 　前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドの高さを調整することができることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit is capable of adjusting a height of the paper loading guide.
  18. 　前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドを露出させる際に、前記紙載せガイドと一緒に移動する移動部を含み、
    　前記紙載せガイドは、前記移動部の上を摺動可能であることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。     The paper feeding unit includes a moving unit that moves together with the paper loading guide when the paper loading guide is exposed,
    The said paper loading guide is slidable on the said moving part, The collar part wiping apparatus of Claim 2 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  19. 　前記拭き取りアーム駆動部は、前記拭き取りアームを露出する際に、下方に傾けて、前記紙載せガイドの下に前記押し当て部が位置するようにすることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The said wiping arm drive part inclines below, when exposing the said wiping arm, The said pressing part is located under the said paper loading guide, The Claim 2 characterized by the above-mentioned. Buttocks wiping device.
  20. 　前記拭き取りアーム駆動部は、
    　　摺動可能な移動部と、
    　　前記移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、
    　　前記拭き取りアームを固定しており、前記移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、
    　　前記揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを含み、
    　前記紙載せガイドは、前記移動部に取り付けられており、前記摺動機構によって、移動させられることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。     The wiping arm drive unit is
    A slidable moving part;
    A sliding mechanism for sliding the moving part;
    The wiping arm is fixed, and a swinging part that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part;
    A swinging mechanism for swinging the swinging part,
    The said paper loading guide is attached to the said moving part, and is moved by the said sliding mechanism, The collar part wiping apparatus of Claim 2 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  21. 　前記拭き取りアーム駆動部は、
    　　摺動可能な移動部と、
    　　前記移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、
    　　前記拭き取りアームを固定しており、前記移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、
    　　前記揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを含み、
    　前記給紙部は、前記移動部とは別体であって、前記紙載せガイドを摺動させるための紙載せガイド摺動機構を含むことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。     The wiping arm drive unit is
    A slidable moving part;
    A sliding mechanism for sliding the moving part;
    The wiping arm is fixed, and a swinging part that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part;
    A swinging mechanism for swinging the swinging part,
    The said paper feeding part is a separate body from the said moving part, Comprising: The paper loading guide sliding mechanism for sliding the said paper loading guide is characterized by the above-mentioned. .
  22. 　前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドを摺動させるための紙載せガイド摺動機構を含むことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The saddle wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit includes a paper loading guide sliding mechanism for sliding the paper loading guide.
  23. 　前記拭き取りアーム駆動部は、
    　　摺動可能な移動部と、
    　　前記移動部を摺動させるための摺動機構と、
    　　前記拭き取りアームを固定しており、前記移動部の摺動に合わせて摺動する揺動部と、
    　　前記揺動部を揺動させるための揺動機構とを含み、
    　前記給紙部は、前記移動部とは別体であって、前記紙載せガイドを揺動させるための紙載せガイド揺動機構を含むことを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。     The wiping arm drive unit is
    A slidable moving part;
    A sliding mechanism for sliding the moving part;
    The wiping arm is fixed, and a swinging part that slides in accordance with the sliding of the moving part;
    A swinging mechanism for swinging the swinging part,
    The buttock wiping device according to claim 2, wherein the paper feeding unit is separate from the moving unit, and includes a paper loading guide rocking mechanism for rocking the paper loading guide. .
  24. 　前記給紙部は、前記紙載せガイドが使用者に当たったか否かを検知するセンサを有し、使用者に前記紙載せガイドが当たった場合、前記紙載せガイドを停止又は後進させることを特徴とする、請求項２に記載の臀部拭き取り装置。 The paper feeding unit includes a sensor that detects whether or not the paper loading guide hits a user, and stops or reverses the paper loading guide when the paper loading guide hits the user. The buttocks wiping device according to claim 2.
PCT/JP2016/059058 2015-03-23 2016-03-22 Buttocks wiping device WO2016152881A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680015768.3A CN107427167A (en) 2015-03-23 2016-03-22 Buttocks wiping arrangement
US15/559,621 US10357133B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2016-03-22 Buttocks wiping device

Applications Claiming Priority (24)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015060198 2015-03-23
JP2015-060198 2015-03-23
JP2015-064975 2015-03-26
JP2015064975 2015-03-26
JP2015-069624 2015-03-30
JP2015069624 2015-03-30
JP2015-081214 2015-04-10
JP2015081214 2015-04-10
JP2015082594 2015-04-14
JP2015-082594 2015-04-14
JP2015086230 2015-04-20
JP2015-086230 2015-04-20
JP2015088738 2015-04-23
JP2015-088738 2015-04-23
JP2015-091844 2015-04-28
JP2015091844 2015-04-28
JP2015116159 2015-06-08
JP2015-116159 2015-06-08
JP2015130340 2015-06-29
JP2015-130340 2015-06-29
JP2015176082A JP2017006616A (en) 2015-03-23 2015-09-07 Buttocks wiping device
JP2015176160A JP2017006617A (en) 2015-03-23 2015-09-07 Buttocks wiping device
JP2015-176160 2015-09-07
JP2015-176082 2015-09-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016152881A1 true WO2016152881A1 (en) 2016-09-29

Family

ID=56978469

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/059058 WO2016152881A1 (en) 2015-03-23 2016-03-22 Buttocks wiping device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2016152881A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10293353B2 (en) 2017-04-25 2019-05-21 Gpcp Ip Holdings Llc Automated flowable material dispensers and related methods for dispensing flowable material
CN112007898A (en) * 2020-07-31 2020-12-01 济南巴克超声波科技有限公司 Single-station rotary vacuum drying cleaning machine
US11027909B2 (en) 2018-08-15 2021-06-08 Gpcp Ip Holdings Llc Automated flowable material dispensers and related methods for dispensing flowable material
CN112007898B (en) * 2020-07-31 2024-05-03 济南巴克超声波科技有限公司 Single-station rotary vacuum drying cleaning machine

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4195076B1 (en) * 2008-03-29 2008-12-10 株式会社岡田製作所 Toe wiping device, hot water cleaning toilet seat and hot water cleaning toilet using the same
JP2009061126A (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-03-26 Okada Seisakusho:Kk Apparatus for wiping buttock and warm water washing toilet bowl
JP2011200627A (en) * 2009-09-17 2011-10-13 Okada Seisakusho:Kk Buttocks-wiping device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009061126A (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-03-26 Okada Seisakusho:Kk Apparatus for wiping buttock and warm water washing toilet bowl
JP4195076B1 (en) * 2008-03-29 2008-12-10 株式会社岡田製作所 Toe wiping device, hot water cleaning toilet seat and hot water cleaning toilet using the same
JP2011200627A (en) * 2009-09-17 2011-10-13 Okada Seisakusho:Kk Buttocks-wiping device

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10293353B2 (en) 2017-04-25 2019-05-21 Gpcp Ip Holdings Llc Automated flowable material dispensers and related methods for dispensing flowable material
US11027909B2 (en) 2018-08-15 2021-06-08 Gpcp Ip Holdings Llc Automated flowable material dispensers and related methods for dispensing flowable material
CN112007898A (en) * 2020-07-31 2020-12-01 济南巴克超声波科技有限公司 Single-station rotary vacuum drying cleaning machine
CN112007898B (en) * 2020-07-31 2024-05-03 济南巴克超声波科技有限公司 Single-station rotary vacuum drying cleaning machine

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2017006617A (en) Buttocks wiping device
JP2007319447A (en) Self-propelled robot apparatus
JP4195076B1 (en) Toe wiping device, hot water cleaning toilet seat and hot water cleaning toilet using the same
JPH06507103A (en) Methods and equipment for treating waste generated during patient care, maintenance and treatment
JP5863080B1 (en) Buttocks wiping device
WO2016152881A1 (en) Buttocks wiping device
JP2007117284A (en) Portable toilet device of excrement packing type
WO2011033777A1 (en) Buttocks-wiping device
JP2017006622A (en) Moisture wiping tip tool, hip wiping device, and arm
JP2008291619A (en) Height adjustable men&#39;s toilet
JP2016214924A (en) Buttocks-wiping device
JP2011144623A (en) Buttocks wiping device
JP2016041894A (en) Moisture automatic wiping-out device of hip part
JP2004242512A (en) Toilet for dog
JP2005058296A (en) Human body washing apparatus
JP2004236733A (en) Self-propelled type vacuum cleaner
JP6613439B2 (en) Endoscope washing device
JP2019017558A (en) Toilet system and sanitary fixture
JP3076664U (en) Nursing flush toilet device
JP2005324012A (en) Medicine packaging device and hose for cleaner of the device
JP2000120143A (en) Human private parts washing device
KR20220102791A (en) mattress care device
JP2004254892A (en) Urinary wiping paper serving device and urinary wiping paper discarding device
JP2004105506A (en) Sucking cleaning feces receiving device
JP2009297312A (en) Endoscope cart

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16768784

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15559621

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16768784

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1